Md Nastran 2006 Dmap Programmer’s Guide

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

Michael Reymond

Main Index

Corporate MSC.Software Corporation 2 MacArthur Place Santa Ana, CA 92707 USA Telephone: (800) 345-2078 Fax: (714) 784-4056 Europe MSC.Software GmbH Am Moosfeld 13 81829 Munich, Germany Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0 Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6 Asia Pacific MSC Software Japan Ltd. Shinjuku First West 8F 23-7 Nishi Shinjuku 1-Chome, Shinjyku-Ku Tokyo 160-0023, JAPAN Telephone: (03)-6911-1200 Fax: (03)-6911-1201

Worldwide Web www.mscsoftware.com Disclaimer MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this document without prior notice. The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only, and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC.Software Corporation assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting from the use of any information contained herein. User Documentation: Copyright  2006 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved. This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC.Software Corporation is prohibited. This software may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from MSC.Software suppliers. MSC, MSC., MD, MSC.Dytran, MSC.Marc, MSC.Nastran, MD Nastran, MSC.Patran, the MSC.Software corporate logo, and Simulating Reality are trademarks or registered trademarks of the MSC.Software Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAMCRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI Group. SAMCEF is a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Livermore Software Technology Corporation. ANSYS is a registered trademark of SAS IP, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ANSYS Inc. ABAQUS is a registered trademark of ABAQUS Inc. All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective owners. NA*V2005R3*Z*DMAP*Z*DC-PROG

Main Index

C O N T E N T S MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide Table of Contents

Table of Contents Preface

■

About This Book, x

■

List of Nastran Books, xi

■

Technical Support, xii

■

Internet Resources, xv

■

Introduction, 2

■

The Nastran DMAP Language, 3

■

Parameters, 4 ❑ Constant Parameters, 5 ❑ Variable Parameters, 6 ❑ Expressions and Operators, 9

■

Data Blocks, 13 ❑ Table Trailers, 13 ❑ Matrix Trailers, 13 ❑ Data Block Type and Status, 15

■

Instructions, 16 ❑ Modules, 16 ❑ Statements, 19

■

“Output from a Previous Module” Rule, 38

■

Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks, 39

■

Preface Modules and SOLution 100, 40

■

Processing of User Errors, 41

■

SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH, 42

■

WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 44

■

Introduction, 48

■

Matrix Data Blocks, 49

1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

2 Data Blocks

Main Index

■

Table Data Blocks, 51 ❑ IFP Tables, 51 ❑ IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits, 51 ❑ OFP Tables, 53 ❑ Table_code, 56

■

Table Descriptions, 71

■

Data Block Descriptions, 72 - BGPDT, 72 - BGPDT68, 74 - CASECC, 75 - CLAMA, 99 - CONTAB, 101 - CSTM, 102 - CSTM68, 104 - DBCOPT, 111 - DESTAB, 114 - DIT, 115 - DSCMCOL, 120 - DVPTAB, 131 - DYNAMIC, 133 - EGPSF, 152 - EGPSTR, 157 - ELDCT, 160 - EPT, 163 - EPT01, 208 - EQEXIN, 211 - ERROR, 213 - FOL, 215 - GEOM1, 216 - GEOM168, 231 - GEOM2, 234 - GEOM201, 284 - GEOM3, 292

- GEOM301, 308 - GEOM4, 309 - GEOM4705, 340 - GPDT68, 341 - GPL, 343 - HIS, 344 - KDICT, 345 - LAMA, 348 - MPT, 350 - OBJTAB, 368 - OEE, 369 - OEF, 374 - OES, 439 - OGF, 585 - OGS, 591 - OPG, 598 - OPTPRM, 603 - OQG, 605 - OUG, 611 - R1MAP, 623 - R1TAB, 624 - RESP12, 632 - SEMAP, 636 - SET, 641 - TOL, 642 - VIEWTB, 643

■

Data Block Glossary, 648 ❑ Data Block Naming Conventions, 756

■

Parameter Glossary, 761 ❑ Parameter Naming Conventions, 831

■

NDDL Summary, 834

■

Detailed Description of NDDL Statements, 835 - DATABLK, 836 - DEPEN, 845 - PARAM, 847 - PATH, 849 - QUAL, 850

3 NASTRAN Data Definition Language (NDDL)

Main Index

4 DMAP Modules and Statements

Main Index

■

DMAP Module and Statement List, 852 ❑ Matrix Modules, 852 ❑ Utility Modules, 852 ❑ Executive Modules and Statements, 853 ❑ Miscellaneous Modules and Statements, 853

■

DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary, 855 ❑ Matrix Modules, 855 ❑ Utility Modules, 856 ❑ Executive Modules and Statements, 858 ❑ Obsolete Modules and Statements, 858

■

Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 860 - CYCLIC2, 938 - ACMG, 861 - ADAMSMNF, 864 - CYCLIC3, 940 - ADAMSRBM, 867 - CYCLIC4, 942 - ADAPT, 868 - DBC, 946 - ADD, 871 - DBDELETE, 955 - ADD5, 873 - DBDICT, 957 - ADG, 876 - DBEQUIV, 973 - ADJMOD, 878 - SubDMAP DBFETCH, 976 - ADR, 879 - SubDMAP DBMGR, 978 - AELOOP, 881 - DBSTATUS, 982 - AEMODEL, 884 - SubDMAP DBSTORE, 983 - AFPMP, 885 - DBVIEW, 985 - AIEMGA, 887 - DCMP, 988 - AMG, 889 - DDR2, 993 - AMP, 891 - DDRMM, 996 - APD, 893 - DECOMP, 1000 - APPEND, 895 - DELETE, 1005 - ASDR, 898 - DIAGONAL, 1006 - ASG, 900 - DISDCMP, 1009 - AXMDRV, 902 - DISFBS, 1011 - AXMPR1, 903 - DISOFPM, 1012 - AXMPR2, 904 - DISOFPS, 1013 - BCDR, 905 - DISOPT, 1014 - BDRYINFO, 907 - DISPARM, 1017 - BGCASO, 909 - DISUTIL, 1018 - BGP, 910 - DIVERG, 1022 - BMG, 911 - DLT2SLT, 1024 - BNDSPC, 912 - DMPCASE, 1025 - CAMPREP, 914 - DMIIN, 1026 - CASE, 916 - DOM10, 1027 - CEAD, 921 - DOM11, 1030 - CMPZPR, 926 - DOM12, 1033 - CMSENGY, 928 - DOM6, 1039 - COPY, 931 - DOM9, 1041 - CURV, 932 - DOPFS, 1045 - CURVPLOT, 934 - DOPR1, 1047 - CYCLIC1, 936 - DOPR2, 1050

- DOPR3, 1052 - DOPR3X, 1056 - DOPR4, 1057 - DOPR5, 1058 - DOPR6, 1060 - DOPRAN, 1062 - DPD, 1063 - DRMH1, 1066 - DRMH3, 1068 - DRMS1, 1070 - DSABO, 1072 - DSAD, 1074 - DSADJ, 1082 - DSADX, 1085 - DSAE, 1087 - DSAF, 1089 - DSAH, 1091 - DSAJ, 1095 - DSAL, 1097 - DSAM, 1101 - DSAN, 1102 - DSAP, 1103 - DSAPRT, 1105 - DSAR, 1107 - DSARLP, 1109 - DSARME, 1111 - DSARSN, 1112 - DSAW, 1114 - DSDVRG, 1115 - DSFLTE, 1116 - DSFLTF, 1118 - DSGRDM, 1119 - DSMA, 1120 - DSPRM, 1122 - DSTA, 1125 - DSTAP2, 1128 - DSVG1, 1129 - DSVG1P, 1132 - DSVG2, 1134 - DSVG3, 1136 - DSVGP4, 1137 - DSVGP5, 1139 - DTIIN, 1141 - DUMMOD1, 1142 - DUMMOD2, 1143 - DUMMOD3, 1144 - DUMMOD4, 1145 - DVIEWP, 1146 - DYNCXPNT, 1148 - EFFMASS, 1149 - ELFDR, 1151 - ELTPRT, 1152 - EMA, 1155 - EMAKFR, 1157 Main Index

- EMG, 1159 - EQUIVX, 1164 - ESTINDX, 1166 - EXPORTLD, 1167 - FA1, 1168 - FA2, 1170 - FBODYLD, 1172 - FBS, 1173 - FILE, 1177 - FORTIO, 1179 - FRLG, 1181 - FRLGEN, 1183 - FRQDRV, 1185 - FRRD1, 1186 - FRRD2, 1189 - GENTRAN, 1192 - GETCOL, 1194 - GETMKL, 1195 - GI, 1196 - GIC2C, 1198 - GKAM, 1199 - GNFM, 1203 - GP0, 1205 - GP1, 1208 - GP2, 1210 - GP3, 1212 - GP4, 1214 - GP5, 1217 - GPFDR, 1219 - GPJAC, 1223 - GPSP, 1224 - GPSTR1, 1228 - GPSTR2, 1229 - GPSTRPBX, 1231 - GPWG, 1232 - GUST, 1238 - GUSTLDW, 1241 - GYROLD, 1242 - IFP, 1244 - IFP1, 1248 - IFP3, 1250 - IFP4, 1252 - IFP5, 1254 - IFP6, 1256 - IFP7, 1258 - IFP8, 1259 - IFP9, 1260 - IFP10, 1262 - IFPINDX, 1263 - IFPBSH2, 1264 - IFT, 1265 - ILMP1, 1270 - ILMP2, 1271 - ILMPGPF, 1272

- INDXBULK, 1273 - INPUTT2, 1274 - INPUTT4, 1277 - INTERR, 1280 - ISHELL, 1282 - LAMX, 1284 - LANCZOS, 1290 - LCGEN, 1293 - LMATPRT, 1295 - MACOFP, 1296 - MAKAEFA, 1297 - MAKAEFS, 1299 - MAKAEMON, 1300 - MAKCOMP, 1301 - MAKENEW, 1302 - MAKEOLD, 1304 - MAKETR, 1306 - MAKMON, 1308 - MASSCOMB, 1309 - MATGEN, 1310 - MATGPR, 1323 - MATMOD, 1328 - MATOFP, 1374 - MATPCH, 1377 - MATPRN, 1379 - MATPRT, 1380 - MATREDU, 1381 - MCE1, 1384 - MCE2, 1385 - MCFRAC, 1387 - MDATA, 1389 - MDCASE, 1391 - MDENZO, 1395 - MDISUTIL, 1400 - MERGE, 1401 - MERGEOFP, 1405 - MESSAGE, 1406 - MGEN, 1408 - MKCNTRL, 1409 - MKCSTMA, 1410 - MKMNTIFP, 1411 - MKRBVEC, 1412 - MKSPLINE, 1413 - MODACC, 1414 - MODCASE, 1416 - MODENRGY, 1417 - MODEPF, 1419 - MODEPOUT, 1422 - MODEPT, 1425 - MODGDN, 1426 - MODGM2, 1427 - MODGM4, 1431 - MODQSET, 1433 - MODTRK, 1435 Main Index

- MODTRL, 1437 - MODUSET, 1439 - MONVEC, 1442 - MONVEC3, 1443 - MPP, 1444 - MPPTRAN, 1446 - MPYAD, 1447 - MRGCOMP, 1453 - MRGCSTM, 1454 - MRGMON, 1455 - MSGHAN, 1456 - MSGSTRES, 1457 - MTRXIN, 1458 - NASSETS, 1464 - NDINTERP, 1465 - NEWUSET, 1466 - NLCOMB, 1467 - NLHARM, 1469 - NLICLOOP, 1471 - NLITER, 1472 - NLRSLOOP, 1479 - NLRSMAP, 1481 - NLSOLV, 1483 - NLTRD, 1491 - NLTRD2, 1495 - NLTRLG, 1501 - NORM, 1503 - NSMEPT, 1505 - OFP, 1506 - OPTGP0, 1509 - ORTHOG, 1510 - OUTPRT, 1512 - OUTPUT2, 1515 - OUTPUT4, 1528 - PARAML, 1534 - PARTN, 1553 - PCOMB, 1558 - PCOPY, 1560 - PFCALC, 1561 - PLOT, 1564 - PLTHBDY, 1566 - PLTSET, 1567 - PNCHGRP, 1569 - PNMKGRP, 1570 - PRESOL, 1572 - PROJVER, 1575 - PRTMSG, 1576 - PRTPARM, 1577 - PURGEX, 1579 - PVT, 1580 - RANDOM, 1582 - RBMG3, 1590 - RBMG4, 1592 - READ, 1593

- RESMOD, 1602 - RESTART, 1607 - RMDUPBLK, 1609 - RMG2, 1610 - ROTOR, 1612 - ROTRDR1, 1614 - ROTRDR2, 1616 - ROTRUTL, 1618 - RSPEC, 1626 - SCALAR, 1627 - SDP, 1629 - SDR1, 1631 - SDR2, 1635 - SDR3, 1641 - SDRCOMP, 1642 - SDRHT, 1644 - SDRNL, 1646 - SDRP, 1648 - SDRX, 1652 - SDRXD, 1654 - SDSA, 1656 - SDSB, 1658 - SDSC, 1660 - SECONVRT, 1661 - SEDR, 1663 - SEDRDR, 1666 - SEEFMBND, 1669 - SEEFMCLF, 1670 - SEEFMDMP, 1672 - SEEFMLST, 1673 - SEEFMNOR, 1674 - SEEFMOUT, 1675 - SEEFMXIT, 1676 - SELA, 1677 - SEMA, 1679 - SEP1, 1681 - SEP1X, 1683 - SEP2, 1687 - SEP2CT, 1689 - SEP2DR, 1690 - SEP2X, 1694 - SEP3, 1696 - SEP4, 1698 - SEPLOT, 1700 - SEPR1, 1702 - SEQP, 1703 - SHPCAS, 1710 - SMA3, 1711 - SMPYAD, 1712 - SOLVE, 1714 - SOLVIT, 1716 - SSG1, 1722 - SSG2, 1726 - SSG3, 1729 Main Index

- SSG4, 1732 - ST2DYN, 1734 - STATICS, 1735 - STDCON, 1738 - STRSORT, 1740 - TA1, 1742 - TABEDIT, 1745 - TABPRT, 1750 - TABPT, 1758 - TAFF, 1759 - TAHT, 1760 - TASNP1, 1762 - TASNP2, 1763 - TIMETEST, 1765 - TOLAPP, 1770 - TRD1, 1772 - TRD2, 1782 - TRLG, 1784 - TRNSP, 1788 - TYPE, 1789 - UEIGL, 1792 - UGVADD, 1795 - UMERGE, 1796 - UMERGE1, 1799 - UPARTN, 1802 - UREDUC, 1805 - VDR, 1807 - VEC, 1809 - VECPLOT, 1812 - VIEW, 1818 - VIEWP, 1819 - WEIGHT, 1821 - XSORT, 1823 - XYPLOT, 1825 - XYTRAN, 1826

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

Preface

■ About This Book ■ List of MSC.Nastran Books ■ Technical Support ■ Internet Resources

Main Index

x

About This Book The MSC.Nastran 2005 r3 DMAP Programmer's Guide is a replacement for and update of the former Version 70.7 DMAP Modules and Data Blocks book. The chapters have been rearranged to make it easier to print this guide in two volumes. Contained in the first volume is material occasionally referenced by the user: the introduction to DMAP, syntax and concepts, data block descriptions, and NDDL statement descriptions. The second volume contains material that is more frequently referenced: the DMAP Module descriptions. Many new and useful utilities were added in Version 2001 and are briefly described in “CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD)” on page 46. Also, refer to the MD Nastran 2006 Release Guide for changes in DMAP module formats that would affect upward compatibility of users' DMAP alters from Version 70.7 to Version 2001. The editor would like to thank Ms. Wendy Webb for producing the electronic form of this guide and Mr. Don Truitt for his expertise in the document production software. The editor would like to also thank Michael Fischer for managing this effort and making this guide more widely available than previous editions. Mike Reymond, Editor December 2005

Main Index

Preface

List of Nastran Books Below is a list of some of the Nastran documents. You may order any of these documents from the MSC.Software BooksMart site at www.engineering-e.com. Installation and Release Guides ❏ Installation and Operations Guide ❏ Release Guide

Reference Books ❏ Quick Reference Guide ❏ DMAP Programmer’s Guide ❏ Reference Manual

User’s Guides ❏ Getting Started ❏ Linear Static Analysis ❏ Basic Dynamic Analysis ❏ Advanced Dynamic Analysis ❏ Design Sensitivity and Optimization ❏ Thermal Analysis ❏ Numerical Methods ❏ Implicit Nonlinear (SOL 600) ❏ Explicit Nonlinear (SOL 700) ❏ Aeroelastic Analysis ❏ Superelement ❏ User Modifiable ❏ Toolkit

Main Index

xi

xii

Technical Support For help with installing or using an MSC.Software product, contact your local technical support services. Our technical support provides the following services:

• • • • •

Resolution of installation problems Advice on specific analysis capabilities Advice on modeling techniques Resolution of specific analysis problems (e.g., fatal messages) Verification of code error.

If you have concerns about an analysis, we suggest that you contact us at an early stage. You can reach technical support services on the web, by telephone, or e-mail: Web

Go to the MSC.Software website at www.mscsoftware.com, and click on Support. Here, you can find a wide variety of support resources including application examples, technical application notes, available training courses, and documentation updates at the MSC.Software Training, Technical Support, and Documentation web page.

Phone and Fax

United States Telephone: (800) 732-7284 Fax: (714) 784-4343

Frimley, Camberley Surrey, United Kingdom Telephone: (44) (1276) 67 10 00 Fax: (44) (1276) 69 11 11

Munich, Germany Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0 Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6

Tokyo, Japan Telephone: (03)-6911-1200 Fax: (03)-6911-1201

Rome, Italy Telephone: (390) (6) 5 91 64 50 Fax: (390) (6) 5 91 25 05

Paris, France Telephone: (33) (1) 69 36 69 36 Fax: (33) (1) 69 36 45 17

Moscow, Russia Telephone: (7) (095) 236 6177 Fax: (7) (095) 236 9762

Gouda, The Netherlands Telephone: (31) (18) 2543700 Fax: (31) (18) 2543707 Madrid, Spain Telephone: (34) (91) 5560919

Email

Main Index

Send a detailed description of the problem to the email address below that corresponds to the product you are using. You should receive an acknowledgement

Preface

that your message was received, followed by an email from one of our Technical Support Engineers. MSC.Patran Support MSC.Nastran Support MSC.Nastran for Windows Support MSC.visualNastran Desktop 2D Support MSC.visualNastran Desktop 4D Support MSC.Abaqus Support MSC.Dytran Support MSC.Fatigue Support MSC.Interactive Physics Support MSC.Marc Support MSC.Mvision Support MSC.SuperForge Support MSC Institute Course Information

[email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

Training The MSC Institute of Technology is the world's largest global supplier of CAD/CAM/CAE/PDM training products and services for the product design, analysis and manufacturing market. We offer over 100 courses through a global network of education centers. The Institute is uniquely positioned to optimize your investment in design and simulation software tools. Our industry experienced expert staff is available to customize our course offerings to meet your unique training requirements. For the most effective training, The Institute also offers many of our courses at our customer's facilities. The MSC Institute of Technology is located at: 2 MacArthur Place Santa Ana, CA 92707 Phone: (800) 732-7211 Fax: (714) 784-4028 The Institute maintains state-of-the-art classroom facilities and individual computer graphics laboratories at training centers throughout the world. All of our courses emphasize hands-on computer laboratory work to facility skills development. We specialize in customized training based on our evaluation of your design and simulation processes, which yields courses that are geared to your business. In addition to traditional instructor-led classes, we also offer video and DVD courses, interactive multimedia training, web-based training, and a specialized instructor's program.

Main Index

xiii

xiv

Course Information and Registration. For detailed course descriptions, schedule information, and registration call the Training Specialist at (800) 732-7211 or visit www.mscsoftware.com.

Main Index

Preface

Internet Resources MSC.Software (www.mscsoftware.com) MSC.Software corporate site with information on the latest events, products and services for the CAD/CAE/CAM marketplace. Simulation Center (simulate.engineering-e.com) Simulate Online. The Simulation Center provides all your simulation, FEA, and other engineering tools over the Internet. Engineering-e.com (www.engineering-e.com) Engineering-e.com is the first virtual marketplace where clients can find engineering expertise, and engineers can find the goods and services they need to do their job CATIASOURCE (plm.mscsoftware.com) Your SOURCE for Total Product Lifecycle Management Solutions.

Main Index

xv

xvi

Main Index

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s GuideMSC/PATRAN User’s Guide

CHAPTER

1

Direct Matrix Abstraction

■ Introduction ■ The MSC.Nastran DMAP Language ■ Parameters ■ Data Blocks ■ Instructions ■ “Output from a Previous Module” Rule ■ Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks ■ Preface Modules and SOLution 100 ■ Processing of User Errors ■ SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH ■ WHERE and CONVERT Clauses

Main Index

2

1.1

Introduction MD Nastran DMAP (Direct Matrix Abstraction Program) is a high-level language with its own compiler and grammatical rules. This section provides a summary description of the MD Nastran DMAP language, rules, and syntax. A DMAP program consists of a series of functional blocks called “modules,” each of which has a unique name and a specific function. Modules are executed sequentially; branching and looping operations are performed by DMAP control statements. Modules communicate through the MD Nastran Executive System (NES) via logical collections of data called “data blocks” and “parameters.” Data blocks come in two distinct forms: “matrices” that obey the rules of matrix algebra, and “tables” that represent a convenient collection of data items. Data blocks are given arbitrary names (mnemonic names are recommended) and have header and trailer information defining their characteristics. Parameters are scalar items used for specifying control, operation, or system characteristics. Modules can use “input parameters,” “output parameters,” or both. Input parameters affect the internal operation of the modules. Output parameters are used to control DMAP logic and/or to pass scalar information to subsequent modules. Data blocks and parameters can be written onto either scratch or permanent physical files. When the normal MD Nastran execution is completed, data blocks and parameters written to scratch files are erased, and those written to the permanent physical file are available for future use. The NDDL (MD Nastran Data Definition Language) designates whether a data block is scratch or permanent. A detailed description of the NDDL statements can be found in “NASTRAN Data Definition Language (NDDL)” on page 833. MD Nastran provides the user with a variety of prewritten solution sequences. These solution sequences consist of a series of DMAP statements. MD Nastran allows the user to modify prewritten solution sequences or to write his or her own solution sequences using DMAP. The compilation, linkage, and execution of a DMAP program is specified by executive control statements in the input file. The creation of and access to databases is specified by file management statements also contained in the input file. File management statements are described in the “File Management Statements” in Chapter 2 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

1.2

The MD Nastran DMAP Language The basic components, or objects, of the DMAP language are: Parameters

Scalar quantities used to control the flow of DMAP execution and to communicate options and/or values to modules or functions.

Data Blocks

Tables or matrices represented by a symbolic name.

Instructions

Statements or modules that process parameters and/or data blocks as input and/or output.

The basic syntax of the DMAP language is:

• The DMAP language uses free-field input format and is case insensitive. • A physical entry consists of information in columns 1 through 72. Columns 73 through 80 can be used for comments, but these columns do not appear in the printed listing and are not stored on the database.

• For the specification of modules or statements, a parent entry continues to a subsequent entry if it terminates in a comma [ , ] or a slash [ / ], or if it is missing a right parenthesis [ ) ].

• The dollar sign [ $ ] ends any DMAP instruction and causes all subsequent data to be treated as commentary. The recommended convention is to terminate all DMAP instructions with a dollar sign.

• DMAP symbolic names are used to identify variable parameters, data blocks, DBVIEW view-names, subDMAPs, or LABEL statements. A symbolic name is composed of alphanumeric characters 1 to 8 characters in length. The following characters are allowed: A through Z, and 0 through 9. The first character must be a character from A through Z.

Main Index

3

4

1.3

Parameters Parameters can be either constants, variables, or expressions and can represent one of several types: Type

Description

Example(s)

Integer

whole number

10 or -4

Real

decimal number that is a whole number and a decimal point, with an optional decimal fraction.

27000. or 2.7E5 or 2.7D5

Complex

a pair of real numbers representing the real and imaginary parts of a complex quantity

(1.1,2.3) or (1.D0,3.5D1)

Logical

represents either TRUE or FALSE

TRUE or FALSE

Character

a string of 1 to 80 characters

'GEORGE'

Also, the real and complex types are either single or double precision. The following table indicates the storage units required as a function of data type. One storage unit is the basic word size on a computer. Typically, a word is 32 bits long on a short-word computer and 64 bits on a long-word computer. Type

No. of words

Integer

1

Real single precision

1

Real double precision

2

Complex single precision

2

Complex double precision

4

Logical

1

Character

1 to 20

The type of a parameter must be declared in at least one of three ways:

Main Index

Constant

Inherent in its specification or construction

Explicit

On a TYPE statement for variable parameters

Implicit

In a module’s parameter list for variable parameters

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Constant Parameters A constant represents a fixed value and is a number (integer, real, or complex), logical, or character string.

Integer Constants An integer constant is a whole number with no decimal point. Its form is snn where: s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-) nn = a string of digits (0 through 9) s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign must be used to indicate a negative integer constant. The absolute value of an integer constant cannot be greater than 2

31

– 1 = 214748367.

Real Constants A real constant is a whole number with a decimal point that can be followed by a decimal fraction and/or a decimal exponent. The complete form is: snn.ddEsee for single precision snn.ddDsee for double precision where: s = a sign, plus (+) or minus (-) nn, dd, ee = strings of digits (0 through 9) E or D = that snn.dd is multiplied by ee raised to the power of 10. E indicates single precision, and D indicates double precision. s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign (-) indicates a negative real constant or negative exponent. D is required to specify double precision. E is optional if no exponent is required and the constant is single precision. However, if either E or D is specified, then an integer must follow, even if the exponent is 0. Only the leftmost 14 digits in nn.dd are used by MD Nastran. Leading zeros are ignored in counting the leftmost 14 digits.

Main Index

5

6

Complex Constants A complex constant is a pair of real constants separated by a comma and enclosed in parentheses. The first real constant represents the real part of the complex number, and the second real constant represents the imaginary part.

Logical Constants A logical constant is specified as TRUE or FALSE.

Character Constants A character constant is a string of 1 through 80 characters that may have embedded blanks. A character constant must also be enclosed by right hand single quotation marks.

Variable Parameters A variable parameter is represented by a symbolic name, and its value may change during the DMAP execution. The name of a variable parameter does not have to be unique with respect to symbolic names for modules, data blocks, subDMAPs, or LABELs. The name of a variable parameter cannot be NOT, AND, XOR, OR, or EQV. Variable parameters can have their attributes (type, authorization, and default) set explicitly with a TYPE DMAP statement or implicitly by a module. (Variable parameters that are saved on the database must also be designated as NDDL parameters in the TYPE DMAP statement). Variable parameters that are not specified with a TYPE DMAP statement use the attributes from the DMAP instruction where the parameter first appears. All variable parameters that are used as input to a DMAP instruction must be initialized on a TYPE statement or previously defined in one or more of the following:

• Assignment (=) statement output • DMAP module output with "S,N" prefix • CALL statement output with "S," prefix • SUBDMAP statement parameter list If one or more of the above is not satisfied, then User Fatal Message 439 will be issued during DMAP compilation.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Value of a Variable Parameter During a DMAP execution or when restarting a DMAP from the database, the value of a variable parameter is determined by the first applicable value on the following sequential list: 1. Value from the most recently executed assignment DMAP statement or the most recently executed save function (S,N prefix. See “DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 851). 2. Value from the PARAM Bulk Data entry, if the parameter NAME has the Y authorization. 3. Value saved on the database, if the parameter NAME is listed with an NDDL TYPE DMAP statement and the run is a restart. 4. Value from the NAME=v, if present in a non-NDDL parameter TYPE instruction. This value is determined at DMAP compile time from the TYPE instruction (regardless of its location in DMAP) that contains the statement. 5. Default value from the NDDL, if the NDDL keyword is specified on the TYPE DMAP statement. Parameters listed in the NDDL always have a default value of zero, blank, or FALSE, unless a value is explicitly given in the PARAM NDDL statement. Determining the current value of a variable parameter is also summarized in the following table. TYPEd and NDDL

TYPEd and Not NDDL

Not TYPEd

Last executed assignment statement or module output with "S,N," prefix or CALL statement output with "S," prefix. The qualifier values for NDDL parameters cannot change. Bulk Data PARAM entry override, if parameter is type Y and has not been previously reassigned in an assignment (=) statement (unless the PVT module has been executed to reset the Bulk Data and Case Control PARAM entries).

Main Index

Value on the data base

name=v from its first occurrence in a TYPE statement

NDDL default value

TYPE statement default

Will cause UFM 439

7

8

Predefined Variable Parameters The program predefines the value of some variable parameters. It is not necessary to type these parameters with a TYPE DMAP statement, nor is it possible to change their type. We do not recommend changing these parameter values. The predefined variable parameters are: NAME

VALUE

TYPE

ALWAYS

-1

Integer

NEVER

+1

Integer

TRUE

TRUE

Logical

FALSE

FALSE

*Logical

NOGO

0

Integer

Initial values for variable parameters can be specified using the PARAM Bulk Data entry or the PARAM Case Control command. Parameter values from the Bulk Data Section are brought into the DMAP sequence via the IFP module. Parameter values from case control are brought into the DMAP sequence via the PVT module. The PVT module reads the case control PARAM commands and resolves parameter values specified in both the Case Control and Bulk Data Sections.

Recommended Parameter Type Specification Follow these recommendations to produce a more readable DMAP sequence where all Y parameters and parameters with non-MPL defaults are specified on TYPE statements.

• If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data Section, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence: TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name $

• If the parameter's default value is defined on the NDDL PARAM statement and you wish to use the NDDL default value, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence: TYPE PARM,NDDL,type,Y,param_name $

• If the desired default value differs from the MPL default, then specify the parameter and the default value on a TYPE statement: TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name=default_value $

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

• Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or "/S,N,param_name/"

• Do not use the following obsolete parameter prefix specifications in module instructions: /V,Y,param_name/ /S,Y,param_name/ /V,N,param_name/ /C,Y,param_name/ /C,N,param_name/

For example, the following sequence is recommended for setting the TYPE of ALPHA: TYPE PARM,,CS,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $ TYPE PARM,,CS,N,ALPHAX $ . . . ALPHAX=ALPHA $ IF( FLAG ) ALPHAX=CMPLX(BETA,GAMMA) $ . . . ADD A,B/C/ALPHAX $

and the following is not recommended: IF( FLAG ) PARAMR //'COMPLEX'//BETA/GAMMA/S,Y,ALPHA $ . . . ADD A,B/C/V,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $

Expressions and Operators An expression represents a single value and consists of one or more constant and/or variable parameters separated by operators. Expressions are classified as arithmetic, relational, logical, or character. Arithmetic expressions produce numerical values; relational and logical expressions produce logical values. An expression can contain intrinsic functions. An expression is specified:

• In the right hand side of an assignment (=) statement • As arguments for intrinsic functions

Main Index

9

10

• As logical expressions in control statements: DO WHILE, IF, IF-THEN, ELSE IF-THEN

• As logical expressions in the WHERE clause of DBVIEW, DBEQUIV, and DBDELETE statements

Arithmetic Operators The allowable arithmetic operations are shown in the table below in the order of execution precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the parentheses. Operator

Operation

Sample Expressions

Interpreted As

X-Y

X(-Y)

-,+

Negative or Positive immediately preceded by exponentiation

**

Exponentiation

-X**Y

-(X**Y)

-,+

Negative or Positive

-X - Y

(-X) - Y

*,/

Multiplication or Division

X*Y+Z

(X*Y)+Z

+,-

Addition or Subtraction

X+Y

X+Y

In general, mixed mode expressions are not supported. For example, to compute A=B*C, where A and B are complex, but C is real, it is necessary to convert C to a complex number: A=B*CMPLX (C), where CMPLX is described under “Intrinsic Functions” in this section.

Character Operator The only character operation is concatenation. Its form is shown below. Operator &

Main Index

Operation Concatenation

Sample Expressions ‘ABC’ & ‘DE’ = ‘ABCDE’

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Relational Operators Relational operators are used to compare two expressions. The result of the comparison is a logical TRUE or FALSE. When arithmetic and relational operators are combined in one expression, the arithmetic operations are performed first. The table below shows the allowable relational operators. Operator =

Relation Tested

Expression

Equality

X=Y

<>,><

Inequality

X<>Y, X>
<

Less than

X
>

Greater than

X>Y

<

Less than or equal

X
>

Greater than or equal

X>Y

Logical Operators Logical operators perform tests on multiple relations or Boolean operations. A logical operator returns a result that is either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of a logical operation is determined as shown in the table below. These outcomes are listed in order of precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the parentheses. Operator NOT

X AND Y

X OR Y

Main Index

X

Y

Output

TRUE

n/a

FALSE

FALSE

n/a

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

11

12

Operator X XOR Y

X EQV Y

Main Index

X

Y

Output

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

TRUE

FALSE

FALSE

FALSE

TRUE

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

1.4

Data Blocks A data block is a table or matrix represented by a symbolic name. All data blocks are comprised of records. Each record can contain a variable number of words. The first record ("Record 0") is called the header record, of which the first two words (when concatenated) form the name of the data block. The third and subsequent words are not usually used. The subsequent records are sometimes called "data records." For tables the data record can contain a mixture of any type of data; i.e, real, integer, complex, character, etc. For matrices the data record corresponds to the nonzero values in the column of the matrix; e.g., record 3 corresponds to the nonzero values in column 3. The last record is called the trailer record and contains summary information about the table or matrix. More detailed descriptions of a data block’s records are appear in “Data Blocks” on page 47.

Table Trailers In tables, the trailer record contains six words. The contents vary among the tables and are described in “Data Blocks” on page 47 at the end of the table’s description. Table trailers are printed when DIAG 15 is specified in the Executive Control or DIAGON(15) is specified in the DMAP sequence.

Matrix Trailers In matrices the characteristics of a matrix are described in a twelve-word matrix trailer. Matrix trailers are printed when DIAG 8 is present in the Executive Control Section DIAGON(8) or is specified in the DMAP sequence. The contents of a matrix trailer are as follows: Word

Main Index

Contents

1

Number of columns in matrix

2

Number of rows in matrix

3

Form of the matrix (square, rectangular, etc.)

4

Type of matrix (real, complex, etc.)

5

Largest number of nonzero words among all columns

6

Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000

13

14

Word

Contents

7

Size in blocks

8

Maximum string length over all strings

9

Number of strings

10

Average bandwidth

11

Maximum bandwidth

12

Number of null columns

Form is defined as one of the following: Form

Meaning

1

Square

2

Rectangular

3

Diagonal

4

Lower triangular factor

5

Upper triangular factor

6

Symmetric

8

Identity

9

Pseudoidentity

10

Cholesky factor

11

Trapezoidal factor

13

Sparse lower triangular factor

15

Sparse upper triangular factor

Type is defined as one of the following: Type

Main Index

Meaning

1

Real, single precision

2

Real, double precision

3

Complex, single precision

4

Complex, double precision

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Data Block Type and Status The data block type depends on whether the data block is stored on a permanent or scratch DBset and whether its name appears on a TYPE DB statement. A DBset is a physical file that is a subdivision of the database; see Chapter 12 of the MD Nastran Reference Manual. There are three types of DMAP data blocks: Permanent NDDL

Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to a permanent DBset through the NDDL

Scratch NDDL

Referenced on a TYPE DB statement and assigned to the SCRATCH DBset through the NDDL

Local

Not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and automatically assigned to the SCRATCH DBset

At any point during a DMAP execution a data block is in one of the three following states: Generated

The data block has been created.

Not generated

The data block has been deleted or is not yet created.

Empty

The data block has been created but has no data (or purged). In other words, the name of the data block is stored on a permanent DBset without any associated data.

Permanent blocks can have all states: generated, not generated, and empty. Empty data blocks are created when a module is executed, but no data is actually generated for the data block. For example, the ADD module has two inputs; if both inputs do not exist (not generated), then the output is empty or purged. Empty data blocks are required to support automatic restarts. A permanent data block can be explicitly purged with the PURGEX statement. Permanent data blocks can be deleted from the database with the DELETE statement. Scratch data blocks can have only two states: generated and not generated. These data blocks can be deleted with the DELETE or PURGEX statements.

Main Index

15

16

1.5

Instructions A DMAP instruction can be classified as either a module or a statement. A module is similar to a "macro" function and, in general, processes data blocks as input and/or output. A module may also have parameters as input and/or output. A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that does not operate on data blocks.

Modules A module instruction has the following form: the name of the module followed by a comma [,] and a list of input data block names separated by commas, a slash [/], a list of output data block names separated by commas, a slash, and a list of parameter (variable names or constants) separated by slashes: module_name , input_data_block_list / output_data_block_list / parameter_list $ The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the module instruction. The modules are described in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860. Most modules have a prescribed number of inputs, outputs, and parameters, which are defined in the Module Property List (MPL). The MPL is an internal MD Nastran table that prescribes the exact format of all modules--the number of input and output data block lists and the number, type, and default of the parameters in the parameter list. The MPL can be listed by specifying DIAG 31 in the Executive Control Section. The position of the data block and parameter names is critical to the proper execution of the module. Below is an example using the MPYAD module, which performs the following matrix operation: [D] = SIGNAB*[A][B] + SIGNC*[C] or [D] = SIGNAB*[A]T[B] + SIGNC*[C] where [A], [B], [C] and [D] represent matrices, and SIGNAB and SIGNC represent the sign to be applied to the product and additive matrices, respectively. The format of the MPYAD module is: MPYAD ,

Main Index

A , B , C / D / T / SIGNAB / SIGNC / PREC / FORM $

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

where A, B, and C, represent the input data block names, D represents the output data block name, and T, SIGNAB, SIGNC, PREC, and FORM represent the parameter names. The MPL listing for the MPYAD and PARAML modules appears below: Listing 1-1 Module Properties List M O D U L E

P R O P E R T I E S L I S T - - - - - - - P A R A M E T E R S - - - - - - - MPLID NWDS WD1 MOD-NAME TYP IN OUT SCR TOT ID TYP P DEFAULT (IF ANY) W1-W2 FLG 104 17 1594 MPYAD 1 3 1 1 5 1. INT 1601 0 2. INT 1603 1 3. INT 1605 1 4. INT 1607 0 5. INT 1609 0 116

78 1854

PARAML

1

1

1

0

1 2 3 4 5

2 1. BCD 1861 2. INT 1862

-- NO DEFAULT -1

1- 2 3

The MPL listing contains useful information under the following column headers: Header

Description

MOD-NAME

Module name

IN

Number of input data blocks

OUT

Number of output data blocks

ID

Parameter position

TYP

type of parameter: INT - integer RSP - real single precision RDP - real double precision CSP - complex single precision CDP - complex double precision BCD - character LOG - logical

DEFAULT

Default value of parameter

The other column headers are less important to the DMAP programmer.

Main Index

17

18

Some or all data blocks and parameters can be left unspecified (or purged), according to the module description in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860. If a parameter is unspecified, then the default value is assumed and obtained from the MPL. For example, MPYAD

A , B , / D $

According to the MPYAD module description, if C is unspecified, then only the matrix multiplication of A and B is performed. Also, by default, T=0 and therefore A is not transposed. SIGNAB and SIGNC parameters are defaulted to 1 resulting in: [D] = [A][B] However, if no default is defined in the MPL, then a constant or variable parameter must be specified for the first parameter. For example, -- NO DEFAULT -on the PARAML module indicates there is no default value for the first parameter. The first comma after the module name can be omitted as long as the first input data block name is specified. For example, the ELTPRT module has the following format: ELTPRT

ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/ VELEM/PROUT/S,N,ERROR $

To obtain a printout of the elements connected to each grid point, only GPECT and BGPDTS need to be specified; however, a comma must also be specified after the module name: ELTPRT ,

,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $

In addition, trailing commas can be left unspecified: ELTPRT ,

,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $

Parameters can be specified on a module as:

• Input only • Input and output • Output only Each module has its own rules for parameter specification, as described in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860. If a parameter is specified as input, then either a constant or variable can be specified. Note that character strings or variables specified for parameters are limited to eight characters in length. Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

For example, the first parameter of the ADD module specifies a scalar multiplier of 1+2i on the first input matrix: ADD

A , B / C / (1.,2.) $

or ALPHA: ADD

A , B / C / ALPHA $

If a parameter is to be used as both input and output, or output only, then a variable name must be specified and preceded by S, N,. For example, on the PARAML module, the fourth parameter, TERM, is an output parameter: PARAML

A // 'DMI' / 4 / 7 / S, N, TERM $

TERM is the value of matrix A at column 4 and row 7, which will be returned by the PARAM module for later use in the DMAP program. If the S,N prefix is omitted, then TERM is assumed to be input only, no fatal message is issued, and the TERM value is incorrect.

Statements A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that typically does not produce output data blocks from input data blocks or parameters. Another distinction is that a statement has no definition in the MPL (Module Property List). The different types of statements are:

• Assignment (=) • Function • Control • Declarative • Data Base Function Assignment Statement The assignment statement evaluates an expression and assigns the resulting value to a variable parameter. This statement has the following form: v = e $ where v is a variable parameter name, and e is an expression. The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the statement. Assignment statements are arithmetic, logical, or character, depending on the type of the variable parameter. The type of the variable and the expression must be the same. In other words, no mixed mode specification is allowed. Main Index

19

20

Type conversions can be performed with the INT, REAL, CMPLX, ITOL, and LTOI DMAP functions. For character assignment statements, if the length of the expression does not match the size of the variable, the expression is adjusted as follows:

• If the expression is shorter than the variable, the expression is padded with enough blanks on the right before the assignment takes place to make the sizes equal.

• If the expression is longer than the variable, characters on the right are truncated to make the sizes the same.

Function Statement Functions can only appear within an arithmetic or logical expression; they cannot be referenced within module or CALL statements. Execution of the function causes the evaluation of the function and returns a value to the referencing expression. Some functions, however, may appear as a DMAP statement without appearing in an arithmetic or logical expression. These functions are DIAGON, DIAGOFF, NOOP, PUTSYS, PUTDIAG, RDIAGOFF, and RDIAGON. The type of the value returned from a function is dependent on the type of the argument(s) supplied, in addition to the functional operation. In general, the precision (single, double) and form (integer, real, complex) of the result returned by the function carries at least as much information as the arguments supplied. For example, ACOS(X) is typed as follows: X

ACOS(X)

I

RS

RS

RS

RD

RD

CS

CS

CD

CD

Returned values for character functions can be processor dependent. The following table shows the complete function library. The abbreviations in the far right column signify types:

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Abbreviation

Type

I

Integer

R, RS, or RD

Real

C, CS, or CD

Complex

A

Character

L

Logical

Format ABS ( x )

Definition absolute value

Result x if x is I or R 2

2

a + b x , if x = a + ib ACOS ( x )

arccosine

Argument Type to Result Type I to I R and C to R

cos ( x ) where

I and R to C

– 1 ≤ x ≤ 1 , if x is I or R

C to C

–1

The result is computed in radians. ACOSH ( x )

hyperbolic arccosine

–1

cosh (x) x≥1

I and R to R C to C

For real and integer arguments, values less than 1 result in errors. ANDL ( x, y )

numeric AND

TRUE if x < 0 and y < 0 FALSE otherwise

ASIN ( x )

arcsin

sin ( x ) where

I and R to R

– 1 ≤ x ≤ 1 , if x is I or R

C to C

–1

I, R, and C to L

The result is computed in radians. ASINH ( x )

hyperbolic sine

–1

sinh (x)

I and R to R C to C

ATAN ( x )

arctangent

–1

tan (x)

I and R to R C to C

The result is computed in radians. ATAN2 ( x1,

x2 )

arctangent of quotient

–1

tan (x1 ⁄ x2)

I and R to R C to C

Main Index

21

22

Format

Definition

Argument Type to Result Type

Result

If both arguments are zero, then the result is zero. If x1 and x2 are real and: x1 = 0 and x2 > 0 , then the result is 0. x1 = 0 and x2 < 0 , then the result is π. x1 > 0 and x2 = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 . x1 < 0 and x2 = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 . If

x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and: a = b = 0 and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0. a = b = 0 and ( sign of c ) ≠ ( sign of d ) , then the result is π. (sign of a ) = (sign of

b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 .

( sign of a ) ≠ ( sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 . ATANH ( x )

ATANH2

(x1,x2)

hyperbolic arctangent

hyperbolic arctangent of quotient

I and R to R

–1

tanh ( x ) where – 1 ≤ x ≤ 1 , if x is I or R

C to C I and R to R

–1

tanh ( x1 ⁄ x2 )

C to C For real arguments, the following must be true: x1 > x2 and x2 ≠ 0 . If x1 and x2 are complex ( x1 = a + bi and x2 = c + di ) and: a = b = 0 and (sign of c ) = (sign of d ), then the result is 0. a = b = 0 and ( sign of c ) ≠ ( sign of d ) , then the result is π. (sign of a ) = (sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is π ⁄ 2 . ( sign of a ) ≠ ( sign of b ) and c = d = 0 , then the result is – π ⁄ 2 .

CHAR ( x )

character value

See note below.

I to A

The function takes the processor collating sequence equivalent (e.g., ASCII or EBCDIC) of a character and converts it to the character value. The integer value must be within the range 1 to n – 1 , where n = 2

Main Index

CLEN ( c )

character length

CLOCK( )

CPU time in sec. since job started

( number of bits per character )

Character string length in multiples of 4

A to I I

.

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Format CMPLX ( a,

b)

Definition convert to complex

CMPLX ( x )

Result a + ib x, if complex x + i0 , otherwise

Argument Type to Result Type See below

For real arguments if one value is specified, the result is (value, 0). The precision of the complex number is dependent on the precision of the argument; i.e., integer and real single values create complex single results, and real double values create complex double results. For complex arguments only one value can be specified. The result is the value and type of the argument. Integer, real single, and real double values are allowed with two arguments only. The results are complex double if either or both arguments are real double. The results are complex single if neither argument is real double. CONCAT1(a1,a2)

full word concatenation

a1 & a2

A to A

CONCAT2(a1,a2)

concatenation

a1 & a2

A to A

Any trailing blanks of a1 are compressed to a single blank before a2 is concatenated. CONCAT3(a1,a2)

concatenation

a1 & a2

A to A

The result is argument 1, with trailing blanks removed and argument 2 concatenated together. CONJG ( x )

complex conjugate

a – ib is conjugate to a + ib

C to C

COS ( x )

cosine

cos ( x )

I,R to R, C to C

The angle must be in radians. COSH ( x )

hyperbolic cosine

cosh ( x )

I,R to R, C to C

The angle must be in radians. DBLE ( x )

convert to double precision

I to RD, R to RD C to CD

Integer and real single values are converted to real double values. Real double values are not changed. Complex single values are converted to complex double values. Complex double values are not changed.

Main Index

DIAGOFF(x1,..)

turn off DIAG

TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65 FALSE otherwise

I to L

DIAGON(x1,..)

turn on DIAG

TRUE if 0 < x1...xn<65 FALSE otherwise

I to L

23

24

Format

Definition

DIM (x1,x2)

positive difference

Argument Type to Result Type

Result x1 - MIN(x1,x2)

I to I, R to R C not allowed

Mixed arguments are allowed, but function result depends solely on type of first argument. The second argument is converted to the type of the first argument prior to application of the function. DLABLANK ( x )

remove all blanks (collapse string)

’AB’ = DLABLANK(’A B’)

A to A

DLXBLANK ( x )

replace multiple blanks with blank (compress string)

’AB’ = DLXBLANK(’A B’)

A to A

DPROD(x1,x2)

double product

x1 ∗ x2

I to RD, R to RD C to CD

Mixed arguments are allowed. The result is complex double, if either or both arguments are complex single. If neither argument is complex single, the result is real double. EQVL (x,y)

numeric equivalence

I,R,C to L

The result is TRUE if both arguments are negative, zero, or positive, FALSE otherwise. EXP ( x )

exponential

GETDIAG ( x )

get DIAG cell

e

I,R to R, C to C

x

I to I

Function returns the value of DIAG cell x , where x = 1 or 2. Please see “PUTDIAG, GETDIAG” on page 30. GETSYS (x,y)

get value of SYSTEM cell y

I to I

The value extracted has the same type (I, RS, RD ...) as The value

x.

x must be a variable parameter.

In order to obtain the value for later use in the DMAP, specify x = GETSYS(x,y). Please see “PUTSYS, GETSYS” on page 31. ICHAR ( x )

return integer value

ASCII code

A to I

The function returns the ASCII code of the character argument. Integer returned I < 2

Main Index

( number of bits per character )

.

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Format IMAG ( x )

Definition imaginary part

Result b , for x = a + ib

Argument Type to Result Type I,R,C to R

For integer arguments, the result is zero. Results are single precision real. For real arguments, the result is zero. Resultant precision is the same as the argument. For complex numbers, the result is the imaginary component, with precision equal to that of the argument. IMPL (x,y)

numeric implication

I,R,C to L

The result is FALSE if the first argument is negative and the second is positive or zero. The result is true otherwise. INDEX (a1,a2)

start position of a2 in

2 = INDEX(’ABC’,’B’)

A to I

a1 The result is zero if the second string is not found in the first string. INDEXSTR

(a1,a2, x1, x2)

A,I to I

start position of a2 from x1 to x2 in a1 Arguments 1 and 2 must be character strings.

Arguments 3 and 4 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring subscripts, both arguments are converted to integers and checked for range of 1 to 80. If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the upper string subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80. The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring subscript. The result is zero if the second string is not found in the substring of the first string. INT ( x )

type to I

largest integer in abs ( x )

I,R,C to I

with sign of x For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component.

Main Index

ITOL ( x )

type to L

LEQ (a1,a2)

lexical equality

TRUE, if a1 = a2 FALSE otherwise

A to L

LGE (a1,a2)

lexical greater than or equal to

TRUE, if a1 ≥ a2

A to L

LGT (a1,a2)

lexical greater than

TRUE, if a1 > a2 FALSE, if a1 ≤ a2

A to L

LLE (a1,a2)

lexical less than or equal

TRUE, if a1 ≤ a2 FALSE otherwise

A to L

TRUE, if x < 0

I,R to L

FALSE, if x ≥ 0

FALSE, if a1 < a2

25

26

Format

Definition

Result

Argument Type to Result Type

LLT (a1,a2)

lexical less than

TRUE, if a1 ≤ a2 FALSE otherwise

A to L

LNE (a1,a2)

lexical not equal to

TRUE, if a1 ≠ a2 FALSE otherwise

A to L

Both arguments must be character strings. For arguments of the same length, the results are TRUE if the strings satisfy the lexical comparison, and FALSE otherwise. For strings of different lengths, the shorter string is padded with blanks on the right to the same size. The strings are then compared as equal length strings. LOG ( x )

natural logarithm

log e( x )

I,R to R, C to C

For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error. LOG10 ( x )

Common logarithm

log 10( x )

I,R to R, C to C

For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error. LOGX (x1,x2)

base x logarithm

log 1( x2 )

I,R to R C to C

The first argument is the base of the logarithm. The second argument is the number for which the logarithm must be determined. If the first argument is negative or 0, natural logarithms are assumed. If the first argument is 1, common logarithms are assumed. If the first argument is positive and not equal to 1, this value is used as the logarithm base. LTOI ( x )

type to I

MCGETSYS (x,y)

MODCOM get

-1, if x is TRUE +1, if x is FALSE

L to I

I output

The value of y ranges from 1 to 10. Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in operation to GETSYS (x,70 + y) . MCPUTSYS (x,y)

MODCOM put

I output

The value of y ranges from 1 to 10. Returns the value of system cell 70 + y . The command is similar in operation to PUTSYS (x,70 + y) .

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Format MAX( x1 , x2 ,...)

Definition choosing the largest argument

Result max(x1,x2,...)

Argument Type to Result Type I to I, R to R

The argument list must have at least two arguments and can have up to the system limit (100) of arguments. Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types are not allowed. The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real double if at least one argument is real double. MIN(x1,x2,...)

choosing the smallest

min(x1,x2,...)

I to I, R to R

The argument list must have at least two arguments and may have up to the system limit (100) of arguments. Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types not allowed. The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real double if at least one argument is real double. MOD(x1,x2)

remainder

( x1 – x2 ) ∗ INT(x1 ⁄ x2)

I to I, R to R

The results are integer only if both arguments are integer, real single if at least one argument is real single and neither argument is real double, and real double if at least one argument is real double. x2 must not be equal to 0. NEQVL(X,Y)

numeric nonequivalence

I,R,C to L

The result is TRUE if the signs of the arguments are different, FALSE otherwise. NINT ( x )

type to I with Roundoff

INT ( x + 0.5 ) , if x ≥ 0

I,R,C to I

INT ( x – 0.5 ) , if x < 0

For complex arguments the function is applied to the real component. NOOP()

no-operation

NORMAL ( x )

normalize

returns TRUE

2

a +b

2

logical output no input C to R

if x = a + ib

Main Index

NOTL ( x )

numeric not

FALSE if x < 0 TRUE otherwise

I,R,C to L

NUMEQ (x1,x2)

equality

TRUE, if x1 = x2 FALSE otherwise

I,R,C to L

NUMGE (x1,x2)

greater than or equal to

TRUE if x1 ≥ x2

I,R,C to L

FALSE, if x1 < x2

27

28

Format NUMGT(x1,x2)

Definition greater than

Result TRUE, if x1 > x2

Argument Type to Result Type I,R,C to L

FALSE, if x1 ≤ x2 NUMLE(x1,x2)

less than or equal to

TRUE if x1 ≤ x2 FALSE otherwise

I,R,C to L

NUMLT(x1,x2)

less than

TRUE, if x1 < x2 FALSE otherwise

I,R,C to L

NUMNE(x1,x2)

not equal to

TRUE, if x1 ≠ x2 FALSE otherwise

I,R,C to L

ORL(x1,x2)

numeric or

TRUE, if x1 <0 or x2 < 0 FALSE otherwise

I,R,C to L

PI(x)

multiples of pi

xπ

I,R to R, C to C

Complex arguments of (a,b) form return aπ, bπ results. PRECISON()

current analysis precision

integer output

The function returns the currently requested precision: 1, single precision, 2, double precision. PUTDIAG(x,y)

put x into DlAG cell y

I to I

The function deposits the value x into DIAG cell y, where y = 1 or 2.

PUTSYS(x,y)

Please see “PUTDIAG,

GETDIAG” on page 30.

modify system cell

put x into system cell y

I to I

The function deposits the value x into system cell y. PUTSYS returns the value x on completion. In order to reset the value for later use in the DMAP, specify PUTSYS (0,126); for example, to set system cell 126 to zero. Please see “PUTSYS, GETSYS” on page 31.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Format RAND(x)

Definition random number generator

Result x = seed if x>0 Use last RAND(x) as seed if x=0. If x<0 use wall clock as seed.

Argument Type to Result Type I,R to R

Result precision determined by argument precision. Real double arguments return real double results. Integer and real single arguments return real single results. If the argument is greater than 0, calculate new random seed value, based on this value, before generating random number. Provides reproducible random sequence. If the argument equals 0, generate new random number from last random number generated. If the argument is less than 0, calculate new random seed value, based on this value and current wall clock time, before generating random number. Provides nonreproducible random sequence. RDIAGON(x,y)

turns on DIAG over range x to y

TRUE if x>0, and y<65 FALSE otherwise

I to L

The function turns on the DIAGs within the range x,y. The value of TRUE is returned if the operation was successful. REAL(x)

Type to R

real(x) a, if x=a+ib

I,R to R, C to R

Integer, real single, and complex single arguments return real single values. Real double and complex double arguments return real double values. Complex arguments return the real component. RTIMTOGO()

remaining CPU time

returns R

Returns the CPU time remaining to the nearest hundredth of a second. Time remaining is found by subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the TIME execution control statement. SETCORE(x)

set core

Initialize all words in memory to the value x

I,RS,L

SIGN(x1,x2)

transfer of sign

x1 , if x2 ≥ 0 – x1 , if x2 < 0

I to I, R to R

Resultant type determined by first argument. SIN(x)

sine

sin(x)

I,R to R, C to C

The angles are given in radians. SINH(x)

hyperbolic sine

sinh(x)

I,R to R, C to C

The angles are given in radians. SNGL(x)

Main Index

convert to single

I,R to RS, C to CS

29

30

Format SPROD(x1,x2)

Definition single prec product

Result x1 ∗ x2

Argument Type to Result Type RD to RS, CD to CS

The results are real single if both arguments are real double and complex single if at least one of the arguments is complex double. SQRT(x)

square root

x

I,R to R, C to C

If the value of integer or real arguments is less than 0, then an error results. For complex arguments the principal square root is returned. That is, the first component is always greater than or equal to 0. SUBSTRIN (A,x1,x2)

substring

SUBSTRIN ( ′ABC′, 2, 3 ) → ′BC′

x1,x2 may be I, R or C

Return substring of first argument with length of ABS(x2-x1)+1. Arguments 2 and 3 must be numeric values. Prior to use as substring subscripts, both arguments are converted to integers and checked for range of 1 to 80. If the lower string subscript is less than 1, it is changed to 1. If the upper string subscript is greater than 80, it is changed to 80. The larger string subscript value becomes the upper substring subscript. TAN(x)

tangent

tan(x)

I,R to R, C to C

TANH(x)

hyperbolic tangent

tanh(x)

I,R to R, C to C

TIMETOGO()

remaining CPU Time

returns I

Returns the remaining CPU time in integer seconds. Time remaining is found by subtracting the current CPU time from the value on the TIME executive control statement. WLEN(x)

VPS word length

Returns VPS word length of argument

A,I,R,C,L to I

Returns VPS word length of argument. Constant for all types, except character data that ranges from 1-20. XORL(x1,x2)

numeric exclusive OR

TRUE, if x1 or x2 <0 FALSE otherwise

I,R,C to L

PUTDIAG, GETDIAG In the PUTDIAG and GETDIAG examples below, DVALUE is an integer whose 32 bits from left to right represent 32 DIAG values. DVALUE=GETDIAG(DWORD) $ PUTDIAG(DVALUE,DWORD) $

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

DWORD=1 represents the 1st through 32nd DIAG settings and DWORD=2, the 33rd through 64th DIAG settings. GETDIAG and PUTDIAG are best used in pairs. For example, to turn on DIAG 8 temporarily and then restore the original DIAG 8 setting, the following sequence may be used: TYPE PARM,,I,,DIAG32 $ DIAG32=GETDIAG(1) $ DIAGON(8) $ DIAG 8 WILL BE ON HERE REGARDLESS OF SETTING IN $ EXEC. CONTROL . . . PUTDIAG(DIAG32,1) $ RESTORE DIAGs TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUE

PUTSYS, GETSYS System cell values may be set and recovered via the PUTSYS and GETSYS DMAP functions. See “nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement” in Chapter 1 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of various system cells. System cells 253 through 262 are reserved for the DMAP writer. This permits the DMAP writer to pass parameter values in via the NASTRAN statement or between subDMAPs. For example, NASTRAN SYSTEM(253)=4 SOL MYDMAP COMPILE MYDMAP SUBDMAP MYDMAP $ TYPE PARM,,I,N,NP $ . . . IF ( GETSYS(NP,253)<>4 ) THEN $ . . . ENDIF $

Control Statement The MD Nastran DMAP language contains control statements that perform conditional branching and looping similar to those found in the FORTRAN programming language. The control statements are:

Main Index

31

32

Conditional Execution

IF

Unconditional Branching

JUMP and LABEL

Conditional Branching

IF( )THEN, ELSE IF( )THEN, ELSE, and ENDIF

Looping

DO WHILE and ENDDO

Calling SubDMAP Operations

SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN

Suspension

HALT

Termination

EXIT and END

Conditional Execution -- IF Statement The IF statement conditionally executes a single DMAP instruction: IF ( logical expression ) instruction $

In other words, if the logical expression is true, then the instruction is executed. Instruction is any DMAP module or statement, except a control statement or the FILE, DBVIEW, TYPE and SUBDMAP statements. Examples include: IF ( NOGOA=-1 ) ADD GOAT,GOAQ/GOA $ IF ( ERRFLAG<0 ) CALL ERROR //S,GO/ERROR $ IF ( A AND B ) X=2*Y $

Unconditional Branching -- JUMP and LABEL Statements The JUMP and LABEL statements are analogous to the GO TO and CONTINUE statements in FORTRAN, except the LABEL statement cannot appear above the JUMP statement. For example, JUMP n $ . . . LABEL n $

where n is character string, up to eight alphanumeric characters in length, and the first character must be alphabetic. JUMP and LABEL can be used to jump out of a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block, but JUMP and LABEL cannot be used to jump into a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block. JUMP can appear on an IF statement; however, in this case we recommend an IF( )THEN statement.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Conditional Branching -- IF ( ) THEN Statement The IF ( ) THEN operation has the following form: 1. IF(expression)THEN $ . . DMAP executed if expression is TRUE . ENDIF $

2. IF(expression)THEN $ . . DMAP executed if expression is TRUE . ELSE $ . . DMAP executed if expression is FALSE . ENDIF $

3. IF(expression 1)THEN $ . . DMAP executed if expression . ELSE IF(expression 2)THEN $ . . DMAP executed if expression . and expression 2 is TRUE ELSE IF(expression n)THEN $ . . DMAP executed if expression . n-1 are FALSE and expression ELSE $ . . DMAP executed if expression . n are FALSE ENDIF $

1 is TRUE

1 is FALSE

1 through expression n is TRUE

1 through expression

The expressions in the above examples are relational and/or logical operations that result in a logical output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational operators are discussed under “Expressions and Operators” on page 9. Looping -- DO WHILE ( ) Statement DO WHILE(expression) $ . . . ENDDO $

Main Index

33

34

The expression in the above example is a relational and/or logical operation that results in a logical output of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational and logical operators are discussed under “Expressions and Operators” on page 9. There is no limit to the allowable number of DO WHILE statements. Scratch NDDL and local blocks (see page 15), which are first referenced and created inside a DO WHILE loop, are automatically deleted at the end of the loop (see page 39). The FILE statement with the APPEND or SAVE keyword may be specified to override the automatic deletion in order to "save" a scratch data block for subsequent passes through the DO WHILE loop. See the APPEND and FILE statement descriptions in “DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 851 for examples. Calling SubDMAP Operations -- SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements The CALL and SUBDMAP statements allow for the definition of DMAP subprograms called subDMAPs. The RETURN statement can be used in a subDMAP to return to the calling subDMAP. The SUBDMAP statement denotes the beginning of a DMAP subprogram, either a main subDMAP or a called subDMAP. A main subDMAP can be invoked with the SOL Executive Control statement and cannot have any arguments. A called subDMAP may or may not have arguments and is invoked by a CALL statement in another subDMAP, defined as the calling subDMAP. The form of the SUBDMAP and CALL statements are: SUBDMAP

subDMAP-name

CALL

subDMAP-name

[I1,I2,I3,.../ O1,O2,O3,.../ P1/P2/P3/... $] [I1,I2,I3,.../ O1,O2,O3,.../

[S,]P1/[S,]P2/[S,]P3/...] $ where subDMAP-name is the name of a subDMAP. The arguments Ii, Oi, and Pi are the list of input data block names, output data block names, and variable parameter names or constant parameters. The specification of arguments is optional. If arguments are specified, the CALL and SUBDMAP statements must agree in order, in number, and, for parameters only, in type. The linker checks for correspondence of the arguments. The linker also checks for consistent parameter authorization if NASTRAN SYSTEM(147)=1. In addition, a view-name defined by the DBVIEW statement cannot be specified in the argument list.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

If an argument list is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, no argument can be left unspecified. Also, all parameter arguments must be variable parameter names. Any data block argument on the CALL statement can be left unspecified. Inside the called subDMAP, the data block argument is treated as purged. All parameters must be specified on the CALL statement, but the parameters can be either a variable parameter name or a constant value. Also on the CALL statement, parameter values, such as qualifiers or local parameters (which are computed in the called subDMAP), can be returned to calling subDMAP by preceding the parameter name with "S,". This method is called the save option. The save option is not required for parameters specified on TYPE PARM,NDDL statements in the called subDMAP. The RETURN statement can be specified anywhere in the subDMAP. This statement terminates execution of the current subDMAP and resumes execution of the calling subDMAP. If the RETURN statement is not specified in the subDMAP, all DMAP execution is terminated at the END statement (discussed in the next section). Below is an example using the SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN statements. The main subDMAP is called MAIN and contains two calls to subDMAP TEST. In the first CALL to subDMAP TEST, the second input and output data blocks are marked as ",," and are not generated. The value of Q1 is returned as computed in TEST. In both CALL statements, the value of P2 is returned from TEST. Although Q3 may have changed in subDMAP TEST, Q3’s value is not returned to MAIN. In the second call a constant value of 0 is specified for P1. SUBDMAP MAIN $ Main SUBDMAP TYPE PARM,,I,N,Q1=5 $ TYPE PARM,,I,N,P1,P2,P3,Q3 $ . . . CALL TEST A,,C/D,,F/P1/S,P2/S,Q1 $ . . . CALL TEST A,B,C/I,J,K/0/S,P2/Q3 $ . . . END $ SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $ TYPE PARM,,I,Y,A3 $ TYPE PARM,,I,N,A1,A2 $ . . . RETURN $ END $

Main Index

35

36

The following should also be noted:

• The data block names specified on the SUBDMAP statement argument list are called local names and will not appear in any diagnostic output. Diagnostic output, such as data base directory print or DIAGs 8 and 15, only indicate the top-level name. The top-level name is the name of the data block in the highest CALL statement in which it appears. In the example above the local names are X, Y, Z, etc., and the top-level names are A, B,C, etc.

• All input data blocks specified on a CALL statement must have been previously defined by output from a module in the calling subDMAP or from a previously specified CALL statement, or specified on TYPE DB statements. See the “TYPE” on page 1789 statement.

• Recursive subDMAP calls are allowed; i.e., a subDMAP can call itself either directly or indirectly.

• The last parameter in the argument list must not be followed by a slash (/). Suspension -- HALT statement The HALT statement defines a breakpoint in the DMAP sequence. DMAP execution will stop when the breakpoint is reached. Example sol prtmat compile prtmat list subdmap prtmat $ $ type db, zuzr01 $ $ halt $ matprn zuzr01 // $ $ end $ diag 8 cent begin bulk end data DMAP execution will be stopped when the HALT statement is reached. Now the client program will place data block ZUZR01 into the database. Subsequently, DMAP execution is resumed, and the MATPRN module will print data block ZUZR01.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

Termination -- EXIT and END statements Both EXIT and END statements terminate the DMAP execution. However, the EXIT statement can be specified at any time in a subDMAP, and the END statement can be specified only once and must appear at the end of a subDMAP. The following example demonstrates the use of both statements: SUBDMAP AAA $ . . (some DMAP instructions) . IF(ERROR)EXIT$ . . (some DMAP instructions) . END $

If ERROR is true, the EXIT statement is used to terminate the subDMAP. The END statement is required and must be the last statement in the subDMAP.

Declarative Statement The declarative statements are TYPE, DBVIEW, and FILE. See “DMAP Modules and Statements” in Chapter 4 for a description and ““Output from a Previous Module” Rule” on page 38 and “Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks” on page 39 for related discussion.

Data Base Function Statement The data base function statements are DBEQUIV and DBDELETE. See “DMAP Modules and Statements” in Chapter 4 for a description.

Main Index

37

38

1.6

“Output from a Previous Module” Rule If a data block has already been specified as output by a previous module and is specified as output from another module, User Fatal Message 1126 is issued during execution. This principle is called the “output from a previous module” or “output twice” rule. This rule is waived if any of the following is true:

• The data block is specified on a FILE statement with the APPEND or OVRWRT keyword.

• The data block is TYPE’d (specified on a TYPE DB statement), and its current qualifier values are different from the qualifier values given at the time of the previous module execution.

• The data block is specified as output on a CALL statement and TYPE’d.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

1.7

Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks Scratch NDDL and local data blocks are stored on the SCRATCH DBset (page 15). A DBset is a physical file that is a subdivision of the database; see “Interface With Other Programs” in Chapter 12 of the MSC.Nastran Reference Guide. To minimize the size of the SCRATCH DBset, module scratch files are automatically deleted upon completion of the module and DMAP scratch data blocks are automatically deleted after the DMAP instruction in which they are used last. The location of this DMAP instruction is called the last-time-used (LTU). An LTU is assigned to every data block. When the LTU of an Scratch NDDL data block is reached, the data block is deleted if the current qualifier values match. If the data block’s LTU is skipped, then the entire family is deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values. Special rules apply for data blocks specified in the following situations:

• For a scratch data block specified before a loop and last used inside the loop, the LTU is extended to the bottom of the loop (e.g, ENDDO), meaning that the data block is deleted when the loop is exited. If the data block is Scratch NDDL, the entire family is deleted, regardless of the current qualifier values.

• For a local data block created inside a DMAP loop and last used after the loop, the data block is deleted after the next execution of the top of the loop, e.g., DO WHILE, even though the data block’s LTU is located after the loop (i.e., when the loop is exited). Thus, the last generated data block can be used after the loop exits.

• For a scratch data block created and last used inside a DMAP loop, the FILE statement with the SAVE keyword extends the data block’s original LTU to the bottom of the loop; otherwise, the data block is deleted at the original LTU within the loop.

• For a Scratch NDDL data block used in a DBVIEW statement, the data block is deleted at the LTU of the view name or the data block name, whichever is last. DlAG 57 prints the LTU information of all data blocks and a message indicating when they are deleted.

Main Index

39

40

1.8

Preface Modules and SOLution 100 The preface modules IFP1, XSORT, IFPi, DTIIN, and DMIIN generate data blocks related to the Case Control, Bulk Data, and DMI or DTI entries. These modules are specified at the beginning of all MD Nastran Solution Sequences. SOLution 100 is also provided for the DMAP writer who wishes to execute his/her DMAP sequences without having to specify the Preface modules IFP1, XSORT, and IFPi. The DMAP writer needs to insert the following DMAP statements in the Executive Control of the input data: 1. SOL 100 COMPILE USERDMAP ALTER 2

2. If matrices or tables are to be input with DMI or DTI Bulk Data entries, the DMIIN or DTIIN modules must be specified by the DMAP writer. For example, the following DMAP statements generate matrices A, B, C, D, and E and tables TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE: DMIIN DTIIN

DMI,DMINDX/A,B,C,D,E,,,,,/ $ DIT,DTINDX/TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,,,,,/ $

Data block names A, B, C, D, E, TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE can now be referenced in subsequent DMAP statements. 3. The DMAP writer’s DMAP sequence can now be inserted. 4. TYPE statements that reference data blocks or parameters defined in the NDDL of the structured solution sequences (SOLutions 101 through 200) can also be inserted.

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

1.9

Processing of User Errors Modules used in Phase I of the superelement SOLution sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) include an option to continue processing after fatal errors are discovered and printed in the output file. The module completes processing as best it can and then sets a special integer parameter named NOGO to -1. The output files may be purged or incomplete. If no errors are discovered, NOGO is set to 0. The DMAP writer can choose to branch to the end of a loop or take other actions when error conditions are discovered. This option is selected by setting SYSTEM cell 82 to 1. Users who insert alters into Phase l should be aware of this option. An example of this option, based on the method used in SOLs 101 through 200, is: PUTSYS(1,82) $ALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS . . . GP2 GEOM2S,EQEXINS,,GEOM2A,EPTA/ECTS,ECTAS $ IF ( NOGO = -1 ) THEN $ CALL ERRPH1 //SUBDMAP/0/-1/DUMMY $ LOOPER RETURN $ CONTINUE TO NEXT SE ALTHOUGH ENDIF $ ERROR FOUND IN CURRENT SE . . . PUTSYS (0,82) $ DISALLOWS DMAP TO FIELD NOGO FLAGS

The GEOM2S file contains element connectivity data. If the GP2 module detects errors in this data, it will set NOGO to -1. Modules that presently have this option include: DCMP

MGEN

DECOMP

MTRXIN

DYCNTRL

SEDR

EMG

SELA

GP2

SEMA

GP3

SSG1

GP4

TA1

LCGEN

Main Index

41

42

1.10

SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH The DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH module capabilities prior to Version 66 have been replaced by subDMAPs, as described below. CALL CALL CALL

DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $ DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $ DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $

The complete descriptions can be found in “DMAP Modules and Statements” in Chapter 4 under subDMAPs DBFETCH, DBMGR, and DBSTORE. Prior to Version 66, data blocks could be stored, fetched, and manipulated from the database via the DMAP modules DBSTORE, DBFETCH and DBMGR. In Version 66, these modules were removed in favor of a more robust and automatic capability. To help users store data blocks that are not already defined in the NDDL, a set of subDMAPs are available that emulate most of the capabilities in those modules. The subDMAPs and their capabilities are: CALL DBSTORE

store data blocks on the database

CALL DBFETCH

retrieve data blocks from the database

CALL DBMGR

perform various functions related to data blocks stored using CALL DBSTORE

DIAG 47 can be specified in the Executive Control Section to print diagnostics related to these operations. These subDMAPs are stored in the delivery database and do not have to be compiled by the user if they are being used in any MD Nastran solution sequences. For example: SOL 101 DIAG 47 COMPILE SEDRCVR ALTER ’AFTER ELEMENT STRESS’ CALL DBSTORE OES1,,,,//0/SEID/’ CEND

’/0 $

These subDMAPs are also used in a user’s solution sequence. SOL MYDMAP COMPILE MYDMAP SUBDMAP MYDMAP $ . . . CALL DBSTORE A,,,,//0/1/’ . .

Main Index

’/0 $

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

. END $ CEND

A listing of these subDMAPs and the subDMAPs that they call (DBSTOR and FNAME) can be obtained with the following input file: COMPILE COMPILE COMPILE COMPILE COMPILE COMPILE CEND

Main Index

DBFETCH REF LIST DBSTORE REF LIST DBFTCH REF LIST DBSTOR REF LIST FNAME REF LIST DBMGR REF LIST

43

44

1.11

WHERE and CONVERT Clauses The WHERE clause is used in the selection of items (data blocks and parameters) on the DBDICT, DBDELETE, DBEQUIV, and DBVIEW DMAP statements. The CONVERT clause modifies qualifier values of items selected by the WHERE clause on the DBEQUIV DMAP statements. The WHERE and CONVERT clauses specify values for PROJECT, VERSION, qualifiers, and DBSET. PROJECT specifies the project-identification numberthat is originally defined on the PROJECT FMS statement at the time the project is created. VERSION specifies the desired version-identification numberunder the project-ID. Qualifiers are used to uniquely identify items on the database with the same name. For example, data block KAA has SEID as one of its qualifiers, which is the superelement ID. An item may have more than one qualifier and the collection of all qualifiers assigned to an item is called a path. All data blocks and parameters with qualifiers are defined in the NDDL Sequence ( see “NASTRAN Data Definition Language (NDDL)” on page 833). Data blocks and parameters are defined on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statements. The DATABLK and PARAM statements specify the name of the data block, parameter, and also its pathname. The pathnames are defined on the PATH NDDL statement, which lists the qualifiers assigned to the path. Qualifiers are defined on the QUAL NDDL statement. DBSET specifies the desired DBset. The DBset of an item is specified after the LOCATION keyword on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statement. The format of the WHERE clause is: WHERE

(where-expr)

where-expr is a logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET. If the result of the logical expression is TRUE for an item on the database then the item is selected. For example, WHERE(VERSlON=4 AND SElD<>2 AND SElD>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. A simple where-expr is a comparison using the following relational operators =,>‘<‘<, >, or utortu. For example, SElD>0 means if SEID is greater than zero, then the logical expression is true. Several simple where-exprs may be joined into one where-expr by the following logical operators: AND, OR, XOR, and EQV. The NOT operator may be used to negate a where where-expr. For example, NOT(SEID>0) is the same as SEID>0. Arithmetic operations and DMAP functions may also be specified in the where-expr (see “Expressions and Operators” on page 9).

Main Index

CHAPTER 1 Direct Matrix Abstraction

If a qualifier in a where-expr is not a qualifier in the path of a specified item, then the where-expr is set to FALSE. If the where-expr does not contain a specification for all qualifiers in the path of an item, then the unspecified qualifiers will be wildcarded (i.e., quali=*, all values will be selected). The default values of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET are described under the statement in which the WHERE clause is specified. If where-expr is to be used on a DBVIEW statement to define an output data block from a module, then the following restrictions apply:

• The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";", for example, WHERE (SEID=10; PEID=20).

• Only one data block can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported for output data blocks).

• PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION where-expr modifier "WILDCARD" and the use of qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the where-expr. Examples of the WHERE clause are: 1. Select all items in the database for all superelements except 10 and 30 from Version 1. WHERE (VERSION=1 AND SEID>0 AND NOT(SEID=10 OR SEID=30)) 2. Select all entries in database on DBSET=DBALL from all projects and versions. WHERE(PROJECT=PROJECT AND VERSlON>0 AND DBSET=’DBALL’) The CONVERT clause modifies project- and version-ID, DBset-name (see “INIT” on page 95 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement), and qualifier values of items selected by the WHERE clause on the DBEQUIV statements. It contains one or more assignment statements separated by semicolons. The format of CONVERT clause is: CONVERT(PROJECT=project-expr; VERSION=version-expr; , DBSET=DBset-expr;quali=qual-expri[;...]) The PROJECT and VERSION statements modify the project-identification number(see “PROJ” on page 101 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide statement) and versionID. The DBSET statement modifies the DBset-name. The value of quali will be replaced by qual-expri for selected items that have quali in their path. qual-expri is any valid expression (see “Expressions and Operators” on page 9 containing constants or any qualifier name defined in the path of the item. If qual-expri contains names of qualifiers not in the path of the selected item, then a fatal message is issued.

Main Index

45

46

If project-expr and/or version-expr produces a project- or version-identification numberthat does not exist, then one will be created. Also, all version-lDs less than version-expr that do not exist will be created; but they will be “empty.” Examples of the CONVERT clause are: 1. Set qualifiers SEID, PEID, and SPC to constants 10, 20, 102 respectively. CONVERT(SEID=10;PEID=20;SPC=102) If more than one value of a qualifier is found for an item by the WHERE clause, then each value is processed in qual-expri to define the new qualifier value for each of the selected items. In the example below, if the original values of PEID were 1, 2, and 3, then the new values for the SElD qualifier will be 2, 4, and 6. 2. Set all values of qualifier SElD to be twice the value of the PEID qualifier. CONVERT(SElD=2*PElD)

Main Index

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

CHAPTER

2

Data Blocks

■ Introduction ■ Matrix Data Blocks ■ Table Data Blocks ■ Table Descriptions ■ Data Block Descriptions ■ Data Block Glossary ■ Parameter Glossary

Main Index

48

2.1

Introduction Data block descriptions are provided for all matrices and tables that are currently processed by the OUTPUT2 and DBC modules in the MD Nastran solution sequences with PARAM,POST.

Main Index

49

2.2

Matrix Data Blocks The rows and columns of most matrices correspond to degree-of-freedom sets which are defined in the USET table. Matrices are usually named according to __rc where r and c are the names of the degree-of-freedom sets for the row and column, respectively. For example, the rows and columns of KFS correspond to the f-set and the s-set. The rows and columns corresponding to degree-of-freedom sets are ordered according to an ascending internal point identification number sequence. This is the same as the external (user-assigned) grid point identification number sequence unless resequencing is requested (PARAM,OLDSEQ,>-1). Some matrices are also named with pseudo-degree-of-freedom set names. w -- The set omitted after auto-omit (a-set combines x-set and w-set) x -- The set retained after auto-omit (complement of w-set) J -- Superelement interior degrees-of-freedom; for example, KJJ and PJ H -- Modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, PHDH, MHH, PHF and UHF In some matrices, the columns correspond to subcases, normal modes, time steps, or forcing frequencies. These matrices are usually related to loads and solutions and named __r__ where r is the name of the degree-of-freedom set. For example, PG is static loads applied to the g-set and PHA is the a-set eigenvector matrix. In frequency and transient response, a "F" or "T" may also be added to the name. For example, UDF and UDT are the solution matrices at the d-set for frequency and transient response. Analysis Type

Columns correspond to ascending

Linear Statics

Subcase identification number

Nonlinear Statics

Loop identification number

Normal or Complex Eigenvalues

Mode number

Frequency Response

Subcase identification numberand forcing frequency value

Transient Response

Time step value

In transient response analysis, the columns of the solution matrix U_T correspond to "time step triplets". The first column in the triplet represents displacement, then velocity and acceleration. The triplet is then repeated for each time step. For example, if there are 10 time steps, then U_T will have 30 columns. If multiple TSTEP command subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase.

Main Index

50

The columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, and SPCForce matrices; P_T, QM_T, and Q_T, correspond to time step and, using the example above, they will each have 10 columns. In frequency response analysis, the columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, SPCForce, and solution matrices (P_F, QM_F, Q_F, and U_F), correspond to forcing frequency. If multiple dynamic load (DLOAD) subcases are requested with NFREQ number of forcing frequencies, the first NFREQ columns represent the first DLOAD subcase and NFREQ frequencies, the second NFREQ columns the second subcase, etc. For example, if an analysis is performed with four forcing frequencies and three DLOAD subcases, then the solution matrix will have 12 columns in which the first four columns correspond to all forcing frequencies in the first subcase. If multiple FREQUENCY command subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase. For a description of matrix trailers, see “Data Blocks” on page 13.

Main Index

51

2.3

Table Data Blocks This section discusses common attributes across several tables:

• IFP tables • OFP tables • Element types See “Table Descriptions” on page 71.

IFP Tables The IFP module processes the Bulk Data Section and creates data blocks that contain images of each Bulk Data entry. Then the modules IFP2 through IFP9, MODEPT, MODGM2, GP0, SEQP, and MODGM4 create pseudo-images based on the presence of elements used in hydroelastic, axisymmetric, laminated composite, composite beam, acoustic, hyperelastic, beam library and p-version analyses. For example, the IFP6 module converts PCOMP and MAT8 images to MAT2 and PSHELL pseudoimages. All of the tables produced by these modules are also called "IFP Tables". In an IFP Table, there is one record written for each image type present in, or derived from, the Bulk Data Section and that record contains all of the images for that type. If the image type is not present, then no record is written.

IFP Table Header Words and Trailer Bits The first three words in all IFP Tables uniquely identify or label the contents of the record and are called "header words". The second header word indicates a bit position, called a "trailer bit", in the table trailer. The trailer bit indicates the presence of a record type in the data block; i.e., if the record is present in the table, then the bit is turned on in the trailer. There are a total of 176 trailer bits. The first 96 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 1 through 16, numbered from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer word 1. The second 80 trailer bits correspond to bit positions 17 through 32, numbered from the right, in each trailer word and beginning with trailer word 1. The table below shows that correspondence between a trailer bit and its word and bit location in the trailer.

Main Index

52

Trailer Bit

Location in Trailer Word

Position

1 -- 16

1

16 -- 1

17 -- 32

2

16 -- 1

33 -- 48

3

16 -- 1

49 -- 64

4

16 -- 1

65 -- 80

5

16 -- 1

81 -- 96

6

16 -- 1

97 -- 112

1

32 -- 17

113 -- 128

2

32 -- 17

129 -- 144

3

32 -- 17

145 -- 160

4

32 -- 17

161 -- 176

5

32 -- 17

For example, the GRID record in the GEOM1 data block is assigned to trailer bit 45 that corresponds to the 4th bit position, numbered from the right, in trailer word 3. Based on the trailer bit, the following FORTRAN statements may be used to determine the corresponding trailer word and bit position: WORD = MOD(TBIT-1,96)/16 + 1 BIT = 16*(1+TBIT/97) -- MOD(TBIT-1,16) where TBIT = trailer bit from second word of header record WORD = trailer word BIT = trailer word bit position numbered from the right and all variables are defined as integers.

Main Index

53

OFP Tables Header Record The header record of all OFP tables contains codes that indicate how the output should be labeled, formatted, and printed. Word

Name

Contains

1

approach_code

Analysis type and output device type(s)

2

table_code

Header, labeling, and sort types

9

format_code

Data types (real or complex)

11

stress_code

Stress/strain, von Mises/max. shear, straincurvature/strain-fiber flags

12

jflag

Acoustic element output flag

13

iacflg

Acoustic displacement (pressure) output request flag: 2 = Yes and 0 = No

14

q4cstr

CQUAD4 corner output stress option

21

metrik

Electromagnetic units code (1 thru 6 or 10, default=10)

22

emssol

Electromagnetic static solution code (0=CF+MAG,1=CF,2=ELEC,3=MAGN)

23

thermal

Thermal (heat transfer) element or scaled response spectra output: Bit

Description

1

Thermal

2

Scaled response spectra ABS

3

Scaled response spectra SRSS

4

Scaled response spectra NRL

5

Scaled response spectra NRLO

Approach_Code Approach_code indicates analysis type and device type(s).

Main Index

54

1. Analysis type is equal to approach_code/10 indicates: Type

Description

1

Statics

2

Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)

3

Differential stiffness 0 (obsolete)

4

Differential stiffness 1 (obsolete)

5

Frequency

6

Transient

7

Pre-buckling

8

Post-buckling

9

Complex eigenvalues

10

Nonlinear statics

11

Geometric nonlinear statics

2. Device type(s) are extracted from the bit pattern equal to MOD(approach_code,10). The bits numbered from the right are: Bit

Description

1

Print

2

Plot

3

Punch

Therefore, MOD(approach_code,10) can be one of the following values: Value

Main Index

Device Type(s)

0

None

1

Print

2

Plot

3

Print and plot

4

Punch

5

Print and punch

55

Value

Device Type(s)

6

Plot and punch

7

Print, plot, and punch

Examples: Approach_code

Main Index

Description

61

Print transient response results

15

Print and punch statics results

106

Plot and punch nonlinear statics results

56

Table_code Table_code indicates basic table content (displacements, stresses, etc.), data format (Real or complex), and sort type (SORT1 or SORT2). 1. MOD(table_code,1000) indicates table content; e.g., displacements, stresses, etc.

Main Index

Type

Chapter 2 Name

1

OUG

Displacement vector

2

OPG

Load vector

3

OQG

SPCforce vector

4

OEF

Element force (or flux)

5

OES

Element stress(or strain)

6

LAMA

7

OUG

Eigenvector

8

none

Grid point singularity table (obsolete)

9

OEIGS

10

OUG

Velocity vector

11

OUG

Acceleration vector

12

OPG

Nonlinear force vector

13

OGPWG

14

OUG

Eigenvector (solution set)

15

OUG

Displacement vector (solution set)

16

OUG

Velocity vector (solution set)

17

OUG

Acceleration vector (solution set)

18

OEE

Element strain energy

19

OGF

Grid point force balance

20

OES

Stresses at grid points (from the CURV module)

21

OES

Strain/curvature at grid points

22

OELOF1

Description

Eigenvalue summary

Eigenvalue analysis summary

Grid point weight generator

Element internal forces and moments

57

Type

Chapter 2 Name

23

OELOP1

24

OEP

Element pressures

25

OEF

Composite failure indices

26

OGS

Grid point stresses (surface)

27

OGS

Grid point stresses (volume -- direct)

28

OGS

Grid point stresses (volume -- principal)

29

OGS

Element stress discontinuities (surface)

30

OGS

Element stress discontinuities (volume -- direct)

31

OGS

Element stress discontinuities (volume -principal)

32

OGS

Grid point stress discontinuities (surface)

33

OGS

Grid point stress discontinuities (volume -direct)

34

OGS

Grid point stress discontinuities (volume -principal)

35

OGS

Grid point stresses (plane strain)

36

OEE

Element kinetic energy

37

OEE

Element energy loss

38

OMM

MAXMIN summary

39

OQG

MPC forces

40

OGPKE

Description Summation of element oriented forces on adjacent elements

Grip point kinetic energy

2. Data format, sort type and random type is extracted from the bit pattern equal to table_code/1000. Bits numbered from the right are: Bit

Main Index

Description

1

SORT2 (on) flag

2

Complex (on) flag

3

Random (on) flag

58

Therefore, table_code/1000 can be one of the following values: Value

Sort Type

Data Format

Random ?

0

SORT1

Real

No

1

SORT1

Complex

No

2

SORT2

Real

No

3

SORT2

Complex

No

4

SORT1

Real

Yes

5

SORT2

Real

Yes

table_code

Description

4

Real force in SORT1

5

Real stress/strain in SORT1

1005

Complex stress/strain in SORT1

2010

Real velocities in SORT2

3005

Complex stress/strain in SORT2

5003

Random SPCforces in SORT2

Foremat_code Format_code is somewhat redundant and may conflict with table_code. In regards to real or complex, table_code/1000 always overrides format_code and if table_code indicates complex data, then format_code is used to distinguish between real/imaginary and magnitude/phase output. Value

Data Format

1

Real

2

Real/imaginary

3

Magnitude/phase

Stress_code In the OES data block description, word 11 (stress_code) of the header record determines the following:

Main Index

59

• Octahedral (or maximum shear) or Hencky-von Mises • Stress or strain • If the strain is curvature or fibre • If the strain or stress is in the material coordinate system Stress_code is a bit pattern and the bits numbered from the right are: Bit

Main Index

Description

1

Hencky von Mises (on) flag

2

Strain (on) flag

3

Strain/curvature (on) flag

4

Same as bit 2

5

Material coordinate system (on) flag

60

Therefore, stress_code can be one of the following values: Coordinate System

Value

On bits

0

00000

Stress maximum shear or octahedral

1

00001

Stress von Mises

10

01010

Strain curvature maximum shear or octahedral

Element 11

01011

Strain curvature von Mises

14

01110

Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral

15

01111

Strain fiber von Mises

16

10000

Stress maximum shear or octahedral

17

10001

Stress von Mises

26

11010

Strain curvature maximum shear or octahedral

Material

Main Index

Description

27

11011

Strain curvature von Mises

30

11110

Strain fiber maimum shear or octahedral

31

11111

Strain fiber von Mises

61

Element Type Some tables reference an element type number; for example, EST, KDICT, OES, and EGPSF. The element type numbers are unique across all tables but do not necessarily appear in all tables. Some element types are pseudo-elements for data recovery purposes only; e.g., see types 85 through 98, 100, 144, and 201 through 223. Type

Name

00

Main Index

Description Grid

01

ROD

Rod

02

BEAM

Beam

03

TUBE

Tube

04

SHEAR

Shear panel

05

FORMON12

FORCEi/MOMENTi follower stiffness

06

FORCE

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA1)

07

PLOAD4

PLOAD4 follower stiffness

08

PLOADX1

PLOADX1 follower stiffness

09

PLOAD/PLOAD2

PLOAD/PLOAD2 follower stiffness

10

CONROD

Rod with properties

11

ELAS1

Scalar spring

12

ELAS2

Scalar spring with properties

13

ELAS3

Scalar spring to scalar points only

14

ELAS4

Scalar spring to scalar points only with properties

15

AEROT3

16

AEROBEAM

17

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)

18

Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2)

19

Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1)

20

DAMP1

Scalar damper

21

DAMP2

Scalar damper with properties

22

DAMP3

Scalar damper to scalar points only

62

Type

Name

23

DAMP4

Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties

24

VISC

Viscous damper

25

MASS1

Scalar mass

26

MASS2

Scalar mass with properties

27

MASS3

Scalar mass to scalar points only

28

MASS4

Scalar mass to scalar points only with properties

29

CONM1

Concentrated mass -- general form

30

CONM2

Concentrated mass -- rigid body form

31

PLOTEL

Plot

32

Main Index

Description

Unused

33

QUAD4

Quadrilateral plate

34

BAR

Simple beam (see also Type=100)

35

CONE

Axisymmetric shell

36

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG)

37

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)

38

GAP

Gap

39

TETRA

Four-sided solid

40

BUSH1D

Rod type spring and damper

41

Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)

42

Unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2)

43

FLUID2

Fluid with 2 points

44

FLUID3

Fluid with 3 points

45

FLUID4

Fluid with 4 points

46

FLMASS

47

AXIF2

Fluid with 2 points

48

AXIF3

Fluid with 3 points

49

AXIF4

Fluid with 4 points

63

Type

Name

50

SLOT3

Three-point slot

51

SLOT4

Four-point slot

52

HBDY

Heat transfer plot for CHBDYG and CHBDYP

53

TRIAX6

Axisymmetric triangular

54

Unused (Pre-V69 TRIM6)

55

DUM3

Three-point dummy

56

DUM4

Four-point dummy

57

DUM5

Five-point dummy

58

DUM6

Six-point dummy

59

DUM7

Seven-point dummy

60

DUM8

Eight-point dummy (also two-dimensional crack tip CRAC2D)

61

DUM9

Nine-point dummy (also three-dimensional crack tip CRAC3D)

62

Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)

63

Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM2)

64

QUAD8

Curved quadrilateral shell

65

Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)

66

Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX20)

67

HEXA

Six-sided solid

68

PENTA

Five-sided solid

69

BEND

Curved beam or pipe

70

TRIAR

Triangular plate with no membrane-bending coupling

71 72

Unused AEROQ4

73

Main Index

Description

Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE)

74

TRIA3

Triangular plate

75

TRIA6

Curved triangular shell

64

Type

Name

76

HEXPR

Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid

77

PENPR

Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid

78

TETPR

Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid

79

Unused

80

Unused

81

Unused

82

QUADR

Quadrilateral plate with no membrane-bending coupling

83

HACAB

Acoustic absorber

84

HACBR

Acoustic barrier

85

TETRANL

Nonlinear data recovery four-sided solid

86

GAPNL

Nonlinear data recovery gap

87

TUBENL

Nonlinear data recovery tube

88

TRIA3NL

Nonlinear data recovery triangular plate

89

RODNL

Nonlinear data recovery rod

90

QUAD4NL

Nonlinear data recovery quadrilateral plate

91

PENTANL

Nonlinear data recovery five-sided solid

92

CONRODNL

Nonlinear data recovery rod with properties

93

HEXANL

Nonlinear data recovery six-sided solid

94

BEAMNL

Nonlinear data recovery beam

95

QUAD4LC

Composite data recovery quadrilateral plate

96

QUAD8LC

Composite data recovery curved quadrilateral shell

97

TRIA3LC

Composite data recovery triangular shell

98

TRIA6LC

Composite data recovery curved triangular shell

99

Main Index

Description

Unused

100

BARS

Simple beam with intermediate station data recovery

101

AABSF

Acoustic absorber with frequency dependence

65

Type

Main Index

Name

Description

102

BUSH

Generalized spring and damper

103

QUADP

p-version quadrilateral shell

104

TRIAP

p-version triangular shell

105

BEAMP

p-version beam

106

DAMP5

Heat transfer scalar damper with material property

107

CHBDYE

Heat transfer geometric surface -- element form

108

CHBDYG

Heat transfer geometric surface -- grid form

109

CHBDYP

Heat transfer geometric surface -- property form

110

CONV

Heat transfer boundary with free convection

111

CONVM

Heat transfer boundary with forced convection

112

QBDY3

Heat transfer boundary heat flux load for a surface

113

QVECT

Heat transfer thermal vector flux load

114

QVOL

Heat transfer volume heat addition

115

RADBC

Heat transfer space radiation

116

SLIF1D

Slideline contact

117

WELDC

Weld (Formats ELEMID and GRID with MSET=off)

118

WELDP

Weld (Formats ELPAT and PARTPAT)

119

SEAM

Seam (future development)

120

GENEL

General element

121

DMIG

Direct matrix input g-set

122

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic DIEL)

123

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAE)

124

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic IND)

125

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINE)

126

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAE)

127

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUAD)

66

Type

Main Index

Name

Description

128

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CQUADX)

129

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RELUC)

130

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic RES )

131

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTETRAE)

132

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic CTRIA)

133

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAX)

134

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOB)

135

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOB)

136

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOB)

137

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOB)

138

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEX )

139

QUAD4FD

Hyperelastic 4-noded quadrilateral shell

140

HEXA8FD

Hyperelastic 8-noded solid

141

HEXAP

p-version six-sided solid

142

PENTAP

p-version five-sided solid

143

TETRAP

p-version four-sided solid

144

QUAD144

Quadrilateral plate with data recovery for corner stresses

145

VUHEXA

p-version six-sided solid display

146

VUPENTA

p-version five-sided solid display

147

VUTETRA

p-version four-sided solid display

148

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic HEXAM)

149

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic PENTAM)

150

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TETRAM)

151

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADM)

152

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAM)

153

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADXM)

154

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAXM)

67

Type

Main Index

Name

Description

155

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPW)

156

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPW)

157

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPW)

158

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADOBM)

159

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAOBM)

160

PENTA6FD

Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded

161

TETRA4FD

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded

162

TRIA3FD

Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded

163

HEXAFD

Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded

164

QUADFD

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded

165

PENTAFD

Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded

166

TETRAFD

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded

167

TRIAFD

Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded

168

TRIAX3FD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded

169

TRIAXFD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded

170

QUADX4FD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded

171

QUADXFD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 9-noded

172

QUADRNL

Nonlinear QUADR

173

TRIARNL

Nonlinear TRIAR

174

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEOBM)

175

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXOBM)

176

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADWGM)

177

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAWGM)

178

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIB )

179

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIB )

180

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIB )

181

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIB )

182

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADIBM)

68

Type

Main Index

Name

Description

183

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAIBM)

184

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEIBM)

185

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXIBM)

186

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADPWM)

187

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAPWM)

188

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEPWM)

189

VUQUAD

p-version quadrilateral shell display

190

VUTRIA

p-version triangular shell display

191

VUBEAM

p-version beam display

192

CVINT

Curve interface

193

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic QUADFR)

194

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic TRIAFR)

195

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINEFR)

196

Unused (Pre-V70.5 electromagnetic LINXFR)

197

SFINT

Surface interface

198

CNVPEL

199

VUHBDY

p-version HBDY display

200

WELD

Weld (Formats ALIGN, ELEMID, and GRIDID with MSET=on)

201

QUAD4FD

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear data recovery Gauss/grid

202

HEXA8FD

Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded nonlinear data recovery Gauss/grid

203

SLIF1D?

Slideline contact

204

PENTA6FD

Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid

205

TETRA4FD

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format Gauss

206

TRIA3FD

Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Gauss

69

Type

Main Index

Name

Description

207

HEXAFD

Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format Gauss

208

QUADFD

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Gauss

209

PENTAFD

Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format Gauss

210

TETRAFD

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format Grid

211

TRIAFD

Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid

212

TRIAX3FD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Gauss

213

TRIAXFD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 6-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid

214

QUADX4FD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear format Gauss/Grid

215

QUADXFD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Gauss

216

TETRA4FD

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format Grid

217

TRIA3FD

Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Grid

218

HEXAFD

Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format Grid

219

QUADFD

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Grid

220

PENTAFD

Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format Grid

221

TETRAFD

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format Gauss

222

TRIAX3FD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric triangular 3-noded nonlinear format Grid

70

Type

Main Index

Name

Description

223

QUADXFD

Hyperelastic axisymmetric quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format Grid

224

ELAS1

Nonlinear ELAS1

225

ELAS3

Nonlinear ELAS3

226

BUSH

Nonlinear BUSH

227

RBAR

Rigid bar

228

RBE1

Rigid body form 1

229

RBE3

Rigid body form 3

230

RJOINT

Rigid joint

231

RROD

Rigid pin element

232

QUADRLC

Composite QUADR

233

TRIARLC

Composite TRIAR

71

2.4

Table Descriptions Table descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the generic name of the data block. A data block description may encompass descriptions of several data blocks from different modules; for example, the OES data block description describes data blocks OES1, OES2, OESNL, OSTR1, and OES1C, which are output by the SDR2, SDR3, SDRNL, and SDRCOMP modules. The generic name of a data block also appears in the “Data Block Glossary” on page 648 at the end of “DMAP Modules and Statements” in Chapter 4.

Main Index

72

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table

2.5

Data Block Descriptions BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table

Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- DATA Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

SIL

I

Internal (scalar) identification number

3

EXTID

I

External (user) identification number

4

DOF_TYPE

I

Degree of freedom/point type

5

PSC

I

Permanent set constraint

6

BGID

I

Boundary grid identification number of -EXTID

7

XCOORD

RX

x in basic coordinate system

8

YCOORD

RX

y in basic coordinate system

9

ZCOORD

RX

z in basic coordinate system

Words 1 through 9 repeat until End of Record Record 2 -- XIDMAP Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EXTID

I

External identification number

2

INTID

I

Internal identification number

Words 1 through 2 repeat until End of Record

Main Index

BGPDT Basic grid point definition table

Record 3 -- BIDMAP Word

Name

Type

Description

1

BGID

I

Boundary (system) identification number

2

INTID

I

Internal identification number

Words 1 through 2 repeat until End of Record Record 4 -- NORMAL Word

Name

Type

Description

1

XNORM

RX

X normal in aerodynamic system

2

YNORM

RX

Y normal in aerodynamic system

3

ZNORM

RX

Z normal in aerodynamic system

Words 1 through 3 repeat until End of Record Record 5 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Number of grid points and scalar points

2

WORD2

I

Number of boundary points

3

WORD3

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom

4

WORD4

I

Precision of the real values; i.e., type=RX

5

WORD5

I

Number of scalar points

6

WORD6

I

Maximum external identification number

Notes: 1. For partitioned superelements the locations are in the superelement’s basic coordinate system. In other words, each partitioned superelement has its own basic coordinate system. 2. Scaler points are identified by CID=-1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = ZCOORD = 0. 3. If WORD2, number of boundary grids, is zero, then record BIDMAP does not exist and XIDMAP will be used.

Main Index

73

74

BGPDT68 Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)

BGPDT68

Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)

Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- DATA Word

Name

Type

Description

I

Coordinate system identification number

1

CID

2

XCOORD

RS

x in basic coordinate system

3

YCOORD

RS

y in basic coordinate system

4

ZCOORD

RS

z in basic coordinate system

Words 1 through 4 repeat until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I

Description Number of grid and scalar points

none

Note: 1. Scaler points are identified by CID = -1 and XCOORD = YCOORD = ZCOORD = 0.

Main Index

CASECC Case Control information

CASECC Case Control information Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name

Type

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Subcase identification number

2

MPCSET

I

Multipoint constraint set (MPC)

3

SPCSET

I

Single point constraint set (SPC)

4

ESLSET

I

External static load set (LOAD)

5

REESET

I

Real eigenvalue extraction set (METHOD(STRUCTURE))

6

ELDSET

I

Element deformation set (DEFORM)

7

THLDSET

I

Thermal load set (TEMP(LOAD))

8

THMATSET

I

Thermal material set TEMP(MAT or INIT)

9

TIC

I

Transient initial conditions (IC)

10

NONPTSET

I

Nonlinear load output set (NLLOAD)

11

NONMEDIA

I

Nonlinear load output media (NLLOAD)

12

NONFMT

I

Nonlinear load output format (NLLOAD)

13

DYMLDSET

I

Dynamic load set (DLOAD)

14

FEQRESET

I

Frequency response set (FREQUENCY)

15

TFSET

I

Transfer function set (TFL)

16

SYMFLG

I

Symmetry flag (SYMSEQ and SUBSEQ)

17

LDSPTSET

I

Load output set (OLOAD)

18

LDSMEDIA

I

Load output media (OLOAD)

75

76

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

19

LDSFMT

I

Load output format (OLOAD)

20

DPLPTSET

I

Displacement, temperature, or pressure output set (DISP,THERM,PRES)

21

DPLMEDIA

I

Displacement, temperature, or pressure output media (DISP,THERM,PRES)

22

DPLFMT

I

Displacement, temperature, or pressure output format (DISP,THERM,PRES)

23

STSPTSET

I

Stress output set (STRESS)

24

STSMEDIA

I

Stress output media (STRESS)

25

STSFMT

I

Stress output format (STRESS)

26

FCEPTSET

I

Force (or flux) output set (FORCE or FLUX)

27

FCEMEDIA

I

Force (or flux) output media (FORCE or FLUX)

28

FCEFMT

I

Force (or flux) output format (FORCE or FLUX)

29

ACCPTSET

I

Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output set (ACCEL or HDOT)

30

ACCMEDIA

I

Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output media (ACCE, HDOT)

31

ACCFMT

I

Acceleration (or enthalpy delta) output format (ACCE, HDOT)

32

VELPTSET

I

Velocity (or enthalpy) output set (VELOCITY or ENTHALPY)

33

VELMEDIA

I

Velocity (or enthalpy) output media (VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)

34

VELFMT

I

Velocity (or enthalpy) output format (VELOCITY) or ENTHALPY)

35

FOCPTSET

I

Forces of single-point constraint output set (SPCFORCE)

36

FOCMEDIA

I

Forces of single-point constraint output media (SPCFORCE)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

37

FOCFMT

I

Forces of single-point constraint output format (SPCFORCE)

38

TSTEPTRN

I

Time step set for transient analysis (TSTEP)

39

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title character string (TITLE)

71

SUBTITLE(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)

103

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

LABEL character string (LABEL)

135

STPLTFLG

I

Model plot flag: set to 1 if OUTPUT(PLOT) is specified

136

AXSYMSET

I

Axisymmetric set (AXISYMMETRIC)

137

NOHARMON

I

Number of harmonics to output (HARMONICS)

138

TSTRV

I

Need definition

139

K2PP(2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (p-set) stiffness matrix (K2PP)

141

M2PP(2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (p-set) mass matrix (M2PP)

143

B2PP(2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (p-set) damping matrix (B2PP)

145

OUTRESPV

I

Output frequencies or times (OFREQ or OTIME)

146

SEDR

I

Data recovery superelement list (SEDR)

147

FLDBNDY

I

Fluid boundary element selection (MFLUID)

148

CEESET

I

Complex eigenvalue extraction set (CMETHOD)

149

DAMPTBL

I

Structural damping table set (SDAMP(STRUCT)

150

DYNRED

I

Dynamic reduction selection (DYNRED)

151

SSDSET

I

Solution set displacements output set (SDISP)

77

78

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

152

SSDMEDIA

I

Solution set displacements output media (SDISP)

153

SSDFMT

I

Solution set displacements output format (SDISP)

154

SSVSET

I

Solution set velocities output set (SVELO)

155

SSVMEDIA

I

Solution set velocities output media (SVELO)

156

SSVFMT

I

Solution set velocities output format (SVELO)

157

SSASET

I

Solution set accelerations output set (SACCE)

158

SSAMEDIA

I

Solution set accelerations output media (SACCE)

159

SSAFMT

I

Solution set accelerations output format (SACCE)

160

NONLINLD

I

Nonlinear load set in transient problems (NONLINEAR)

161

PARTIT

I

Partitioning set (PARTN)

162

CYCLIC

I

Symmetry option in cyclic symmetry (DSYM)

163

RANDOM

I

Random analysis set (RANDOM)

164

NONPARAM

I

Nonlinear static analysis control parameters (NLPARM)

165

FLUTTER

I

Flutter set (FMETHOD)

166

LCC

I

Number of words in this record up to LSEM

167

GPFSET

I

Grid point force output set (GPFORCE)

168

GPFMEDIA

I

Grid point force output media (GPFORCE)

169

GPFFMT

I

Grid point force output format (GPFORCE)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

170

ESESET

I

Strain energy output set (ESE)

171

ESEMEDIA

I

Strain energy output media (ESE)

172

ESEFMT

I

Strain energy output format (ESE)

173

ARFPTSET

I

Aerodynamic force output set (AEROF)

174

ARFMEDIA

I

Aerodynamic force output media (AEROF)

175

ARFFMT

I

Aerodynamic force output format (AEROF)

176

SEID

I

Superelement identification number(SUPER)

177

LCN

I

Load column number (SUPER)

178

GUST

I

Gust load selection (GUST)

179

SEFINAL

I

Final superelement identification number(SEFINAL)

180

SEMG

I

Generate matrices (K,M,B,K4) for superelement set or identification number(SEMG)

181

SEKR

I

Reduce stiffness matrix (K) for superelement set or identification number (SEKR)

182

SELG

I

Generate static loads for superelement set or identification number (SELG)

183

SELR

I

Reduce static loads for superelement set or identification number (SELR)

184

SEEX

I

Superelement set or identification number to be excluded (SEEXCLUDE)

185

K2GG(2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix (K2GG)

187

M2GG(2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix (M2GG)

189

B2GG(2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (g-set) stiffness matrix (B2GG)

79

80

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

191

SVSET

I

Solution eigenvector output set (SVECTOR)

192

SVMEDIA

I

Solution eigenvector output media (SVECTOR)

193

SVFMT

I

Solution eigenvectors output format (SVECTOR)

194

FLUPTSET

I

Fluid pressure output set (MPRES)

195

FLUMEDIA

I

Fluid pressure output media (MPRES)

196

FLUFMT

I

Fluid pressure output format (MPRES)

197

HOUT(3)

I

Cyclic symmetry harmonic output (HOUTPUT)

200

NOUT(3)

I

Cyclic symmetry physical output (NOUTPUT)

203

P2G(2)

205

CHAR4

Name of direct input (g-set) static loads matrix (P2G)

LOADSET

I

Sequence of static loads sets (LOADSET)

206

SEMR

I

Generate matrices (M,B,K4) for superelement set or identification number (SEMG)

207

VONMISES

I

von Mises fiber (STRESS)

208

SECMDFLG

I

Superelement command existence flag

209

GPSPTSET

I

Grid point stress output set (GPSTRESS)

210

GPSMEDIA

I

Grid point stress output media (GPSTRESS)

211

GPSFMT

I

Grid point stress output format (GPSTRESS)

212

STFSET

I

Grid point stress field output set (STRFIELD)

213

STFMEDIA

I

Grid point stress field output media (STRFIELD

214

STFFMT

I

Grid point stress field output format (STRFIELD)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

215

CLOAD

I

Superelement static load combination set (CLOAD)

216

SET2ID

I

Old design sensitivity contraint and variable set (SET2)

217

DSAPRT

I

Old design sensitivity analysis print option (SENSITY)

218

DSASTORE

I

Old design sensitivity analysis store option (SENSITY)

219

DSAOUTPT

I

Old design sensitivity analysis OUTPUT4 option (SENSITY)

220

STNSET

I

Strain output set (STRAIN)

221

STNMEDIA

I

Strain output media (STRAIN)

222

STNFMT

I

Strain output format (STRAIN)

223

APRESS

I

Aerodynamic pressure output set (APRESSURE)

224

TRIM

I

Aerostatic trim variable constrain set (TRIM)

225

MODLIST

I

Output modes list set (OMODES)

226

REESETF

I

Real eigenvalue extraction set for fluid (METHOD(FLUID))

227

ESDPTSET

I

Element stress discontinuity output set (ELSDCON)

228

ESDMEDIA

I

Element stress discontinuity output media (ELSDCON)

229

ESDFMT

I

Element stress discontinuity output format (ELSDCON)

230

GSDPTSET

I

Grid point stress discontinuity output set (GPSDCON)

231

GSDMEDIA

I

Grid point stress discontinuity output media (GPSDCON)

232

GSDFMT

I

Grid point stress discontinuity output format (GPSDCON)

81

82

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

233

SEDV

I

Generate pseudo-loads for superelement set or identification number (SEDV)

234

SERE

I

Generate responses for superelement set or identification number (SERESP)

235

SERS

I

Restart processing for superelement set or identification number (SERS)

236

CNTSET

I

Slideline contact output set (BOUTPUT)

237

CNTMEDIA

I

Slideline contact output media (BOUTPUT)

238

CNTFMT

I

Slideline contact output format (BOUTPUT)

239

DIVERG

I

Aerostatic divergence control parameter set (DIVERG)

240

OUTRCV

I

p-element output control parameters (OUTRCV)

241

STATSUBP

I

Static subcase identification number for pre-load (STATSUB(PRELOAD))

242

UNDEF(2 )

none

244

DFT1

RS

Displacement Filter T1 component or TM magnitude**2

245

DFT2

RS

Displacement Filter T2 component

246

ADAPT

I

p-element adaptivity control parameter set (ADAPT)

247

DESOBJ

I

Design objective set (DESOBJ)

248

DESSUB

I

Design constraint set for current subcase (DESSUB)

249

SUBSPAN

I

Design constraint span set (DRSPAN)

250

DESGLB

I

Design constraint set for all subcases (DESGLB)

251

ANALYSIS

CHAR4

252

GPQSTRS

I

242

Type of analysis (ANALYSIS) CQUAD4 grid point corner stress option (STRESS)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

253

GPQFORC

I

CQUAD4 grid point corner force option (STRESS)

254

GPQSTRN

I

CQUAD4 grid point corner strain option (STRESS)

255

SUPORT1

I

Supported degree-of-freedom set (SUPORT1)

256

STATSUBB

I

Static subcase identification number for buckling (STATSUB(BUCKLE))

257

BCID

I

Boundary condition identification number (BC)

258

AUXMODEL

I

Auxiliary model identification number (AUXMODEL)

259

ADACT

I

p-element adaptivity active subcase flag (ADACT)

260

DATSET

I

p-element output set (DATAREC)

261

DATMEDIA

I

p-element output media (DATAREC)

262

DATFMT

I

p-element output format (DATAREC)

263

VUGSET

I

View-grid and element output set (VUGRID)

264

VUGMEDIA

I

View-grid and element output media (VUGRID)

265

VUGFMT

I

View-grid and element output format (VUGRID)

266

MPCFSET

I

Forces of multipoint constraint output set (MPCFORCE)

267

MPCMEDIA

I

Forces of multipoint constraint output media (MPCFORCE)

268

MPCFFMT

I

Forces of multipoint constraint output format (MPCFORCE)

269

REUESET

I

Real unsymmetric eigenvalue extraction set (UMETHOD)

83

84

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

270

DAMPTBLF

I

Structural damping table set for the fluid (SDAMP(FLUID)

271

ITERMETH

I

Iterative solver control parameters (SMETHOD)

272

NLSSET

I

Nonlinear stress output set (NLSTRESS)

273

NLSMEDIA

I

Nonlinear stress output media (NLSTRESS)

274

NLSFMT

I

Nonlinear stress output format (NLSTRESS)

275

MODTRKID

I

Mode tracking control parameter set (MODTRAK)

276

DSAFORM

I

Design sensitivity output format: 1 = yes, 2 = no (DSAPRT)

277

DSAEXPO

I

Design sensitivity output export: 1 = no, 2 = yes (DSAPRT)

278

DSABEGIN

I

Design sensitivity output start iteration (DSAPRT)

279

DSAINTVL

I

Design sensitivity output interval (DSAPRT)

280

DSAFINAL

I

Design sensitivity output final iteration (DSAPRT)

281

DSASETID

I

Design sensitivity output set (DSAPRT)

282

SORTFLG

I

Overall SORT1/SORT2 flag: 1 means SORT1 and 2 means SORT2.

283

RANDBIT

I

Random analysis request bit pattern (DISP,VELO,etc.)

284

AECONFIG(2)

286

AESYMXY

I

Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xy plane

287

AESYMXZ

I

Symmetry flag for aerodynamic xz plane

288

UNDEF

none

289

UNDEF

none

CHAR4

Aerodynamic configuration name

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

290

UNDEF

none

291

GPEPTSET

I

Grid point strain output set (GPSTRAIN)

292

GPEMEDIA

I

Grid point strain output media (GPSTRAIN)

293

GPEFMT

I

Grid point strain output format (GPSTRAIN)

294

TEMPMAT

I

Thermal material set TEMP(MAT)

295

AECSSSET

I

Aerodynamic control surface schedule (CSSCHD)

296

EKEPTSET

I

Element kinetic energy output set (EKE)

297

EKEMEDIA

I

Element kinetic energy media (EKE)

298

EKEFMT

I

Element kinetic energy format (EKE)

299

EKETHRSH

RS

300

EDEPTSET

I

Element damping energy output set (EDE)

301

EDEMEDIA

I

Element damping energy media (EDE)

302

EDEFMT

I

Element damping energy format (EDE)

303

EDETHRSH

304

DFT3

RS

Displacement Filter T3 component

305

DFR1

RS

Displacement Filter R1 component or RM magnitude**2

306

DFR2

RS

Displacement Filter R2 component

307

DFR3

RS

Displacement Filter R3 component

308

K42GG (2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (g-set) structural element damping matrix (K42GG)

310

A2GG (2)

CHAR4

Name of direct input (g-set) area matrix (A2GG)

312

NK42GG

I

RS

Element kinetic energy threshold (EKE)

Element damping energy threshold (EDE)

Internal set identification number for K42GG

85

86

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

313

NA2GG

I

Internal set identification number for A2GG

314

EFFMASET

I

Modal effective mass output set (MEFFMASS)

315

EFFMAGID

I

Modal effective mass GID (MEFFMASS)

316

EFFMATHR

RS

317

EQUILMED

I

EQUILIBRIUM print/punch bit pattern

318

EQUILGRD

I

EQUILIBRIUM grid point identification number

319

RCRSET

I

RCROSS output set

320

RCRFMT

I

RCROSS format

321

AEUXREF

I

AEUXREF

322

GCHK

I

Ground check flag (GROUNDCHECK)

323

GCHKOUT

I

Ground check output (GROUNDCHECK)

324

GCHKSET

I

Ground check set (GROUNDCHECK)

325

GCHKGID

I

Ground check GID (GROUNDCHECK)

326

GCHKTHR

RS

Ground check THRESH (GROUNDCHECK)

327

GCHKRTHR

RS

Ground check RTHRESH (GROUNDCHECK)

328

GCHKDREC

I

Ground check data recovery (GROUNDCHECK)

329

ASPCMED

I

Output media request (AUTOSPC)

330

ASPCEPS

RS

331

ASPCPRT

I

EPS value for printing (AUTOSPC)

332

ASPCPCH

I

Punch Set identification number (AUTOSPC)

333

UNDEF

none

Modal effective mass threshold (MEFFMASS)

EPS value for fixup (AUTOSPC)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

334

UNDEF

none

335

NK2PP

I

Internal set identification number for K2PP

336

NM2PP

I

Internal set identification number for M2PP

337

NB2PP

I

Internal set identification number for B2PP

338

NK2GG

I

Internal set identification number for K2GG

339

NM2GG

I

Internal set identification number for M2GG

340

NB2GG

I

Internal set identification number for B2GG

341

NP2G

I

Internal set identification number for P2G

342

GEODSET

I

Geometry check DISP set identification number (GEOMCHECK)

343

GEODMXMN

I

Geometry check DISP max/min (GEOMCHECK)

344

GEODOCID

I

Geometry check DISP max/min output coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)

345

GEODNUMB

I

Geometry check number of DISP max/min output (GEOMCHECK)

346

GEOLSET

I

Geometry check OLOAD set identification number (GEOMCHECK)

347

GEOLMXMN

I

Geometry check OLOAD max/min (GEOMCHECK)

348

GEOLOCID

I

Geometry check OLOAD max/min output coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)

349

GEOLNUMB

I

Geometry check number of OLOAD max/min output (GEOMCHECK)

87

88

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

350

GEOSSET

I

Geometry check SPCF set identification number (GEOMCHECK)

351

GEOSMXMN

I

Geometry check SPCF max/min (GEOMCHECK)

352

GEOSOCID

I

Geometry check SPCF max/min output coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)

353

GEOSNUMB

I

Geometry check number of SPCF max/min output (GEOMCHECK)

354

GEOMSET

I

Geometry check MPCF set identification number (GEOMCHECK)

355

GEOMMXMN

I

Geometry check MPCF max/min (GEOMCHECK)

356

GEOMOCID

I

Geometry checkMPCF max/min output coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)

357

GEOMNUMB

I

Geometry check No. of MPCF max/min output (GEOMCHECK)

358

GEOASET

I

Geometry check ACCE Set identification number (GEOMCHECK)

359

GEOAMXMN

I

Geometry check ACCE max/min (GEOMCHECK)

360

GEOAOCID

I

Geometry check ACCE max/min output coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)

361

GEOANUMB

I

Geometry check number of ACCE max/min output (GEOMCHECK)

362

GEOVSET

I

Geometry check VELO set identification number (GEOMCHECK)

363

GEOVMXMN

I

Geometry check VELO max/min (GEOMCHECK)

364

GEOVOCID

I

Geometry check VELO max/min output coordinate system (GEOMCHECK)

365

GEOVNUMB

I

Geometry check number of VELO max/min output (GEOMCHECK)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

366

NTFL

Internal set identification number for TFL

367

UNDEF

368

GPKESET

I

Grid point kinetic energy output set (GPKE)

369

GPKEMEDI

I

Grid point kinetic energy media (GPKE)

370

GPKEFMT

I

Grid point kinetic energy format (GPKE)

371

UNDEF

none

372

WCHK

I

Weight check flag (WEIGHTCHECK)

373

WCHKOUT

I

Weight check output (WEIGHTCHECK)

374

WCHKSET

I

Weight check set identification number (WEIGHTCHECK)

375

WCHKGID

I

Weight check GID (WEIGHTCHECK)

376

WCHKCGI

I

Weight check CGI (WEIGHTCHECK)

377

WCHKWM

I

Weight check weight/mass units (WEIGHTCHECK)

378

EXSEOUT

I

External superelement output items (EXTSEOUT)

379

EXSEMED

I

External superelement output media (EXTSEOUT)

380

EXSEUNIT

I

External superelement unit (EXTSEOUT)

381

EXSERES1

I

External superelement reserved (EXTSEOUT)

382

EXSERES2

I

External superelement reserved (EXTSEOUT)

383

FK2PP

I

Internal set identification number for K2PP factors

384

FM2PP

I

Internal set identification number for M2PP factors

none

89

90

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

385

FB2PP

I

Internal set identification number for B2PP factors

386

FK2GG

I

Internal set identification number for K2GG factors

387

FM2GG

I

Internal set identification number for M2GG factors

388

FB2GG

I

Internal set identification number for B2GG factors

389

TICTYPE

CHAR4

390

FK42GG

I

Internal set identification number for K42GG factors

391

FA2GG

I

Internal set identification number for A2GG factors

392

NLTYPE

I

Type of the nonlinear analysis

393

STEPID

I

STEP identification number for nonlinear analysis

394

NSMID

I

Set identification number for the nonstructural mass

395

ROUTDISP

I

Random output of DISPLACEMENT request

396

ROUTVELO

I

Random output of VELOCITY request

397

ROUTACCE

I

Random output of ACCELERATION request

398

ROUTLOAD

I

Random output of OLOAD request

399

ROUTSPCF

I

Random output of SPCFORCES request

400

ROUTSTRS

I

Random output of STRESS request

401

ROUTFORC

I

Random output of FORCE request

402

ROUTSTRN

I

Random output of STRAIN request

403

ROUTMSCF

I

Random output of MPCFORCES request

404

MDLSSET

I

Modal strain energy output set

405

MDLSMEDIA

I

Modal strain energy output media

TIC type (physical, static, modal)

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

406

MDLSFMT

I

Modal strain energy output format

407

MDLSESRT

I

Modal strain energy output option

408

MDLSTHRE

RS

Modal strain energy output option THRESH

409

MDLSTFVL

I

Modal strain energy output option

410

MDLKSET

I

Modal kinetic energy output set (410)

411

MDLKMEDIA

I

Modal kinetic energy output media

412

MDLKFMT

I

Modal kinetic energy output format

413

MDLKESRT

CHAR4

Modal kinetic energy output option ESORT

414

MDLKTHRE

RS

Modal Kinetic energy output option THRSESH

415

MDLKTFVL

I

Modal Kinetic energy output option TIME/FREQ

416

UNDEF

none

417

UNDEF

none

418

UNDEF

none

419

UNDEF

none

420

UNDEF

none

421

SEEFMNO

I

422

SEEFMHV

CHAR4

423

SEEFMDLF

I

Damping loss factor identification number

424

SEEFMBND

I

Frequency bands identification number

425

SEEFMSDP

I

Damping identification number

426

UNDEF

427

ESETHRSH

RS

428

POSTUNIT

I

POST fortran unit number

429

POSTOPT1

I

POST control bit pattern word 1

Energy flow modeling Case Control set identification number Damping options

none ESE threshold value

91

92

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

430

POSTOPT2

431

TICDIFF

432

DSAESEID

I

EID set for ESE processing in design sensitivity

433

MXMNGSET

I

MAXMIN grid set selection

434

MXMNGMD A

I

MAXMIN grid output media

435

MXMNGFMT

I

MAXMIN grid output format

436

MXMNESET

I

MAXMIN element set selection

437

MXMNEMDA

I

MAXMIN element output media

438

MXMNEFMT

I

MAXMIN element output format

439

MCFRSET

I

Modal contribution fraction set identification number

440

MCFRSOLN

I

Modal contribution fraction solution flag (440)

441

MCFRFILT

RS

442

MCFROPT

I

Modal contribution fraction options bit pattern

443

ELSUMID

I

Element summary output set identification number (ELSUM)

444

ELSUMOPT

I

Element summary output options bit pattern (ELSUM)

445

ELSUMDUM

I

Element summary dummy placeholder -- REQUIRED (ELSUM)

446

RGYRO

I

RGYRO set identification number

447

CMSESET

I

Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) set identification number

448

CMSEMDIA

I

Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) media

CHAR4

POST control bit pattern word 2 (430) Initial condition (TIC) differential stiffness flag

Modal contribution fraction filter

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

449

CMSEOPTS

I

450

CMSETHRE

RS

451

CMSETOPN

I

Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) number of top values

452

GPRSORT

I

Global ply result, sorted with global ply identification numbers

453

MASSSET

I

Mass Combination set for aerodynamics

454

UNDEF

none

455

UNDEF

none

456

POSTO2NM(2 )

458

RANDVAR

I

Random variable selection for stochastics (RANDVAR)

459

RSVCRQTS

I

RESVEC Case Control request for system modes

460

RSVCOPTS

I

RESVEC options for system modes (460)

461

RSVCSTBS

I

RESVEC STATSUB set identification number for system modes

462

RSVCRQTC

I

RESVEC Case Control request for component modes

463

RSVCOPTC

I

RESVEC options for component modes

464

RSVCSTBC

I

RESVEC STATSUB set identification number for component modes

465

DESVAR

I

Design variable selection for optimization (DESVAR)

466

BCONTACT

I

BCONTACT set identification number number

467

BCONTACT

CHAR4

468

MODSELS1

I

CHAR4

Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) bit pattern Component modal energy (CMSENRGY) threshold (450)

POST op2 logical file name

BCONTACT other options MODESELECT flag for the structure (468)

93

94

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

469

MODSELS2

I

MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for the structure

470

MODSELS3

I

MODESELECT HMODENM for the structure

471

MODSELS4

RS

MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the structure

472

MODSELS5

RS

MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the structure

473

MODSELS6

RS

MODESELECT T3FR for the structure

474

MODSELS7

RS

MODESELECT R1FR for the structure

475

MODSELS8

RS

MODESELECT R2FR for the structure

476

MODSELS9

RS

MODESELECT R3FR for the structure

477

UNDEF

478

MODSELF1

I

MODESELECT flag for the fluid (478)

479

MODSELF2

I

MODESELECT set ID/LMODENM for the fluid

480

MODSELF3

I

MODESELECT HMODENM for the fluid

481

MODSELF4

RS

MODESELECT LFREQ/T1FR for the fluid

482

MODSELF5

RS

MODESELECT HFREQ/T2FR for the fluid

483

MODSELF6

RS

MODESELECT T3FR for the fluid

484

MODSELF7

RS

MODESELECT R1FR for the fluid

485

MODSELF8

RS

MODESELECT R2FR for the fluid

486

MODSELF9

RS

MODESELECT R3FR for the fluid

487

UNDEF

488

FTNURN

I

Fortran (TOCASE) logical unit reference number (488)

489

SUFNAM1

I

Suffix file name(1) (489)

none

none

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Name

Type

Description

490

SUFNAM2

I

Suffix file name(2) (490)

491

ENVELOP1

CHAR4

ENVELOPE ID(1) (491)

492

ENVELOP2

CHAR4

ENVELOPE ID(2) (492)

493

GPFLXSET

I

grid point heat flux output set (493)

494

GPFLXMED

I

grid point heat flux output media selection (494)

495

UNDEF(105)

none

600

LSEM(C)

601

COEF

I RS

Number of symmetry subcase coefficients from item SYMFLG Symmetry subcase coefficients (SUBSEQ or SYMSEQ)

Word 601 repeats LSEM times 602

SETID

I

Set identification number

603

SETLEN(C)

I

Length of this set

604

SETMEM

I

Set member identification number

Word 604 repeats SETLEN times Words 602 through 604 repeat NSETS times 605

PARA

606

PARLEN(C)

I

Length of this parameter value specification

607

CHTYPE(C)

I

Character type flag: 3 means character, 2 otherwise

608

PARAM(2)

CHAR4

Hard-coded to "PARA" and "M "

610

PNAME(2)

CHAR4

Name of parameter

PARLEN =8 612

CHAR4

Length INTEGER

I

PARLEN =9

Main Index

Hard-coded to "PARA"

Integer value Real-double parameter value

612

TYPE

I

613

REAL

RD

Real type -- hard-coded to -4 Real-double value

95

96

CASECC Case Control information

Word

Name

PARLEN =10

Type

Description

Complex-single parameter value

612

RTYPE

I

613

REAL

RS

614

ITYPE

I

615

IMAG

RS

PARLEN =12

Real part type -- hard-coded to -2 Real part value Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -2 Imaginary part value

Complex-double parameter value

612

RTYPE

I

613

REAL

RD

614

ITYPE

I

615

IMAG

RD

Real part type -- hard-coded to -4 Real part value Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -4 Imaginary part value

End PARLEN Words 605 through max repeat until NANQ occurs Words 605 through 615 repeat until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Number of records

2

WORD2

I

Number of records

3

WORD3

I

Maximum record length

4

WORD4

I

Plot flag

5

UNDEF(2)

none

Notes: 1.

Possible values for output media (___MEDIA) are:

• 1 = print • 2 = plot • 4 = punch and their sums; e.g., 3 indicates print and plot. 2. Main Index

Possible values for SORT1 output format (___FMT) are:

CASECC Case Control information

• 1 = real • 2 = real/imaginary • 3 = magnitude/phase For SORT2, the same values are negative. 3.

Possible values for SYMFLG are:

• 0 = no symmetry • -1 = REPCASE and • N = number of SYMSEQ or SUBSEQ coefficients 4.

Possible values for DSAPRT are:

• 1 = Print (default) • 0 = No print 5.

Possible values for DSASTORE are:

• 1 = Store on data base and • 0 = Don't store on data base (default) 6.

Possible values for DSAOUTPT are:

• 1 = Store via OUTPUT2 and • 0 = Don't store via OUTPUT2 (default) 7.

Possible values for AXSYMSET are:

• 1 = Sine • 2 = Cosine or fluid 8.

Possible values for the SECMDFLG are:

• 0 = at least one of SEMG, SEKR, SEMR, SELG, SELR or SEALL is specified

• -1 = none are specified 9. 10.

DSAFINAL=-1 means the last iteration. DSASETID=-1 means the all design sensitivities.

11. RANDBIT contains bit pairs for the selection of PSDF and ATOC beginning with left handed bits 1 and 2 for DISP and continuing with VELO, ACCE, OLOAD, SPCF, STRESS, FORCE, STRAIN, and MPCF Case Control commands for bits 3 through 18. The bit pair value of "00" means none, "01" means ATOC, "10" means PSDF, and "11" means RALL.

Main Index

97

98

CASECC Case Control information

12.

Possible values for AESYMXY and AESYMXZ are:

• 2 = antisymmetric • 3 = asymmetric • 4 = antisymmetric

Main Index

CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table

CLAMA

Complex eigenvalue summary table

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name

Type

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- OFPID Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

RECID(2)

Constants 90 and 1006

3

UNDEF(7 )

10

SIX

11

UNDEF(40 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title character string (TITLE)

83

SUBTITLE(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

LABEL character string (LABEL)

none I

Constant 6

none

Record 2 -- LAMA Repeats for each eigenvalue. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

MODE

I

Mode number

2

ORDER

I

Extraction order

3

REIGEN

RS

Eigenvalue -- real part

4

IEIGEN

RS

Eigenvalue -- imaginary part

5

FREQ

RS

Frequency: ABS(IEIGEN)/(2*Pi)

6

DAMP

RS

Damping Coefficient: (-2*REIGEN)/ABS(IEIGEN)

99

100

CLAMA Complex eigenvalue summary table

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(3 )

5

SIX

6

UNDEF

Type I

Description 1006

none I none

Constant 6

CONTAB Design constraint table

CONTAB

Design constraint table

Contains a record for each design constraint. Records are sorted by the internal constraint identification number. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat -- Repeated for each design constraint Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IDCID

I

Internal design constraint identification number

2

DCID

I

DCONSTR Bulk Data entry identification number

3

IRID

I

Internal response identification number

4

RTYPE

I

Response type

5

TYPE

I

Type of response (1 or 2)

6

LUFLAG

I

Bound type (1=lower,2=upper)

7

BOUND

RS

8

REGION

I

Internal region identification number

9

SCID

I

Subcase identification number

Bound value

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I none

Description Number of records; i.e., design constraints

101

102

CSTM Coordinate system transformation matrices table

CSTM

Coordinate system transformation matrices table

The transformation is from global to basic. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

TYPE

I

Type of system

3

IINDEX

I

Index into INTDATA record

4

RINDEX

I

Index into REALDATA record

Record 2 -- REALDATA Word 1

Name

Type

REALDATA

RX

Description Real data

Record 3 -- INTDATA Word 1

Name

Type

INTDATA

I

Description Integer data

Record 4 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Number of grid points + number of scalar points

2

WORD2

I

Number of coordinate systems

3

WORD3

I

Type of systems present -- see Note 1

4

WORD4

I

Precision of REALDATA record -- 1 or 2

CSTM Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

WORD5

I

Length of REALDATA record

6

WORD6

I

Length of INTDATA record

Notes: 1. Coordinate system type as specified in IDENT:TYPE and by bit numbers numbered right to left in TRAILER:WORD3: 1 = rectangular 2 = cylindrical 3 = spherical 4 = convective -- defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair 5 = convective -- defined on a GMSURF 6 = convective -- defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair 7 = convective -- defined on a FEFACE 8 = general -- sequence of rotational angles on CORD3G entry 2. REALDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 1, 2, and 3 and contains real data similar to CSTM68. 3. INTDATA is intended for IDENT:TYPE’s 4 through 8 and contains GMCURV, etc. Identification numbers similar to CSTM68. XYZi data found in CSTM68 are converted to grid entry indices into BGPDT.

Main Index

103

104

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Coordinate system transformation matrices table

CSTM68 (Pre-Version 69)

The transformation is from global to basic. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- HEADER Word

Name

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

CIDTYPE

I

Coordinate system type

CIDTYPE =0

Unknown

3

TR1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

TR2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

TR3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

R11

RS

Direction cosine in 1-1

7

R12

RS

Direction cosine in 1-2

8

R13

RS

Direction cosine in 1-3

9

R21

RS

Direction cosine in 2-1

10

R22

RS

Direction cosine in 2-2

11

R23

RS

Direction cosine in 2-3

12

R31

RS

Direction cosine in 3-1

13

R32

RS

Direction cosine in 3-2

14

R33

RS

Direction cosine in 3-3

CIDTYPE =1

Main Index

Type

Rectanglar

3

TR1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

TR2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

TR3

RS

Translation in direction 3

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Word

Name

Description

6

R11

RS

Direction cosine in 1-1

7

R12

RS

Direction cosine in 1-2

8

R13

RS

Direction cosine in 1-3

9

R21

RS

Direction cosine in 2-1

10

R22

RS

Direction cosine in 2-2

11

R23

RS

Direction cosine in 2-3

12

R31

RS

Direction cosine in 3-1

13

R32

RS

Direction cosine in 3-2

14

R33

RS

Direction cosine in 3-3

CIDTYPE =2

Cylindrical

3

TR1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

TR2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

TR3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

R11

RS

Direction cosine in 1-1

7

R12

RS

Direction cosine in 1-2

8

R13

RS

Direction cosine in 1-3

9

R21

RS

Direction cosine in 2-1

10

R22

RS

Direction cosine in 2-2

11

R23

RS

Direction cosine in 2-3

12

R31

RS

Direction cosine in 3-1

13

R32

RS

Direction cosine in 3-2

14

R33

RS

Direction cosine in 3-3

CIDTYPE =3

Main Index

Type

Spherical

3

TR1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

TR2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

TR3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

R11

RS

Direction cosine in 1-1

7

R12

RS

Direction cosine in 1-2

105

106

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Word

Name

Description

8

R13

RS

Direction cosine in 1-3

9

R21

RS

Direction cosine in 2-1

10

R22

RS

Direction cosine in 2-2

11

R23

RS

Direction cosine in 2-3

12

R31

RS

Direction cosine in 3-1

13

R32

RS

Direction cosine in 3-2

14

R33

RS

Direction cosine in 3-3

CIDTYPE =4

Convective defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair

3

UNDEF(2 )

5

CURVID

I

GMCURV identification number

6

SURFID

I

GMSURF identification number

7

CURCID

I

Coordinate System where GMCURV is defined

8

SURCID

I

Coordinate System where GMSURF is defined

9

UNDEF(6 )

CIDTYPE =5

none

none

Reserved

Reserved

Convective defined on a GMSURF

3

UNDEF(2 )

5

SURFID

I

GMSURF identification number

6

SURCID

I

Coordinate System where GMSURF is defined

7

UNDEF(8 )

CIDTYPE =6 3

RECINDX

RECINDX =1

Main Index

Type

none

none

Reserved

Reserved

Convective defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair I

Record index number

Index 1

4

RECTOTAL

I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

5

EDGEID

I

FEEDGE identification number

6

FACEID

I

FEFACE identification number

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Word

Name

Description

7

GP(4)

I

Grid identification numbers of 4 FEEDGE grids

11

GFACE(4)

I

Grid identification numbers of first 4 of 12 FEFACE grids

RECINDX =2

Index 2

4

RECTOTAL

I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

5

GFACE(8)

I

Grid identification number of next 8 of 12 FEFACE grids

13

UNDEF(2 )

none

RECINDX =3

Reserved

Index 3

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 1

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 2

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 3

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =4

I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

Reserved

Index 4

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEEDGE grid 4

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 1

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 2

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =5

I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

Reserved

Index 5

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 3

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 4

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 5

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =6 4

Main Index

Type

RECTOTAL

I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

Reserved

Index 6 I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

107

108

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 6

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 7

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 8

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =7

Reserved

Index 7

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 9

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 10

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 11

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =8 4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ(3)

8

UNDEF(7 )

I

Total number of records ( = 8 )

Reserved

Index 8 I RS none

Total number of records ( = 8 ) Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 12 Reserved

End RECINDX CIDTYPE =7 3

RECINDX

RECINDX =1

I

Record index number

Index 1

4

RECTOTAL

I

Total number of records ( = 6 )

5

FACEID

I

FEFACE identification number

6

GFACE(9)

I

Grid identification numbers of first 9 of 12 FEFACE grids

RECINDX =2

Main Index

Convective defined on a FEFACE

Index 2

4

RECTOTAL

I

Total number of records ( = 6 )

5

GFACE(3)

I

Grid identification numbers of next 3 of 12 FEFACE grids

8

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 1

11

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 2

14

UNDEF

none

Reserved

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Word

Name

RECINDX =3

Description

Index 3

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 3

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 4

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 5

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =4

I

Total number of records ( = 6 )

Reserved

Index 4

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 6

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 7

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 8

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =5

I

Total number of records ( = 6 )

Reserved

Index 5

4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ1(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 9

8

XYZ2(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 10

11

XYZ(3)

RS

Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 11

14

UNDEF

none

RECINDX =6 4

RECTOTAL

5

XYZ(3)

8

UNDEF(7 )

End RECINDX End CIDTYPE

Main Index

Type

I

Total number of records ( = 6 )

Reserved

Index 6 I RS none

Total no of records. Should be 6 Basic coordinates of FEFACE grid 12 Reserved

109

110

CSTM68 Coordinate system transformation matrices table

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Number of grid and scalar points

2

WORD2

I

Number of coordinate systems

3

UNDEF(4 )

none

Notes: 1. Coordinate system type: 1 = rectangular 2 = cylindrical 3 = spherical 4 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMCURV+GMSURF pair 5 = convective coordinate system defined on a GMSURF 6 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEEDGE+FEFACE pair 7 = convective coordinate system defined on a FEFACE

Main Index

DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing

DBCOPT

Design optimization history table for postprocessing

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- EXACT Word 1

Name REAL

Type RS

Description Objective function values, exact from analysis

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 2 -- APPRX Word 1

Name REAL

Type RS

Description Objective function values, optimal w.r.t approximation

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 3 -- MAXIM Word 1

Name REAL

Type RS

Description Objective function values, maximum values of constraints

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 4 -- DVIDS Word 1

Name INTGR

Type I

Word 1 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description Design variable identification number

111

112

DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing

Record 5 -- INITV Word 1

Name REAL

Type RS

Description Design variable values, 1st cycle ?

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 6Record 6 -- COL17 Word 1

Name REAL

Type RS

Description Design variable value, Nth cycle ?

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 7 -- DVLABEL Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IDVID

I

Internal design variable identification number

2

DVID

I

External design variable identification number

3

LABEL1

CHAR4

First part of design variable

4

LABEL2

CHAR4

Second part of design variable

Record 8 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

NFEA

I

Number of finite element analyses

2

NAOP

I

Number of optimization cycles with respect to approximate model

3

NDV

I

Number of design variables

4

NCC

I

Convergence criterion

5

UNDEF(2 )

none

DBCOPT Design optimization history table for postprocessing

Notes: 1. Convergence criterion: 1 = Hard convergence 2 = Soft convergence 3 = Compromise 4 = Maximum design cycles reached

Main Index

113

114

DESTAB Design variable attributes

DESTAB

Design variable attributes

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IDVID

I

Internal design variable identification number

2

DVID

I

External design variable identification number

3

LABEL1

CHAR4

First part of design variable

4

LABEL2

CHAR4

Second part of design variable

5

VMIN

RS

Lower bound

6

VMAX

RS

Upper bound

7

DELX

RS

Move limit for a design cycle

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

NDV

I

Number of design variables

2

NDVI

I

Number of independent design variables

3

NDVD

I

Number of dependent design variables

4

UNDEF(3 )

none

Note: 1. Independent design variables are given first in ascending IDVID followed by dependent design variables in ascending IDVID order.

Main Index

DIT Direct input tables

Direct input tables

DIT

Contains images of TABLEij, TABDMP1 and GUST Bulk Data entries. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- GUST(1005,10,174) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Gust load identification number

2

DLOAD

I

TLOADi or RLOADi identification number

3

WG

RS

Scale factor

4

X0

RS

Streamwise location of the gust reference point

5

V

RS

Velocity of vehicle

Record 2 -- TABDMP1(15,21,162) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

ID

Table identification number

2

UNDEF(7 )

9

F

RS

Natural frequency

10

G

RS

Damping

none

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 3 -- TABLE3D(4000,40,460) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

X0

RS

X offset of the independent variable

3

Y0

RS

Y offset of the independent variable

4

Z0

RS

Z offset of the independent variable

115

116

DIT Direct input tables

Word

Name

Type RS

Description

5

F0

Offset of the dependent variable

6

UNDEF(3 )

9

XI

RS

X independent variable

10

YI

RS

Y independent variable

11

ZI

RS

Z independent variable

12

FI

RS

Dependent variable

none

Words 9 through 12 repeat until End of Record Record 4 -- TABLED1(1105,11,133) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

CODEX

I

Type of interpolation for the x-axis

3

CODEY

I

Type of interpolation for the y-axis

4

UNDEF(5 )

9

X

RS

X tabular value

10

Y

RS

Y tabular value

none

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 5 -- TABLED2(1205,12,134) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

X1

RS

3

UNDEF(6 )

9

X

RS

X value

10

Y

RS

Y value

X-axis shift

none

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs

Main Index

DIT Direct input tables

Record 6 -- TABLED3(1305,13,140) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

X1

RS

X-axis shift

3

X2

RS

X-axis normalization

4

UNDEF(5 )

9

X

RS

X value

10

Y

RS

Y value

none

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 7 -- TABLED4(1405,14,141) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

X1

RS

X-axis shift

3

X2

RS

X-axis normalization

4

X3

RS

X value when x is less than X3

5

X4

RS

X value when x is greater than X4

6

UNDEF(3 )

9

A

none RS

Word 9 repeats until End of Record Record 8 -- TABLEDR(4201,42,648) Word

Name

1

TIB

2

VALUE

3

TBID

Type I RS I

Description Table rate identification number Value related to the following TABLED1 identification number TABLED1 identification number

Words 2 through 3 repeat until End of Record

Main Index

117

118

DIT Direct input tables

Record 9 -- TABLEM1(105,1,93) Same as record TABLED1 description (page 116). Record 10 -- TABLEM2(205,2,94) Same as record TABLED2 description (page 116). Record 11 -- TABLEM3(305,3,95) Same as record TABLED3 description (page 118). Record 12 -- TABLEM4(405,4,96) Same as record TABLED4 description (page 117). Record 13 -- TABLES1(3105,31,97) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

ID

Table identification number

2

UNDEF(7 )

9

X

RS

X value

10

Y

RS

Y value

none

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 13 -- TABLEST(1905,19,178) Word

Name

1

ID

2

UNDEF(7 )

9

TI

10

TIDI

Type I

Description Table identification number

none RS I

Temperature TABLES1 Bulk Data entry identification number

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs

Main Index

DIT Direct input tables

Record 14 -- TABRND1(55,25,191) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

CODEX

I

Type of interpolation for the x-axis

3

CODEY

I

Type of interpolation for the y-axis

4

UNDEF(5 )

9

F

RS

Frequency

10

G

RS

Power spectral density

none

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 15 -- TABRNDG(56,26,303) Power spectral density for gust loads in aeroelastic analysis. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Table identification number

2

TYPE

I

Power spectral density type

3

LU

RS

Scale of turbulence divided by velocity

4

WG

RS

Root-mean-square gust velocity

5

UNDEF(4 )

none

Words 1 through 8 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 16 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Record presence trailer word 1

2

WORD2

I

Record presence trailer word 2

3

UNDEF(4 )

none

Notes: 1. Type of interpolation (CODEX and CODEY): 0 = linear 1 = log

Main Index

119

120

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Design sensitivity parameters

DSCMCOL

Record 0-- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- TYPE1 -- Type 1 Responses Word

Name

Description

1

IRID

I

Internal response identification number

2

RID

I

External response identification number

3

RTYPE

I

Response Type

RTYPE =1

Weight

4

UNDEF(5 )

9

SEID

RTYPE =2

none I

Superelement identification number

Volume

4

UNDEF(5 )

9

SEID

RTYPE =3

none I

Superelement identification number

Buckling

4

MODE

I

5

UNDEF

none

6

SUBCASE

I

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =4

Main Index

Type

I

Mode number

Subcase identification number

Superelement identification number

Normal modes

4

MODE

I

5

UNDEF

none

6

SUBCASE

I

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

I

Mode number

Subcase identification number

Superelement identification number

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

RTYPE =5

Description

Static or modal displacement

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Displacement component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =6

I

Superelement identification number

Static or modal stress

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Stress component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =7

I

Superelement identification number

Static or modal strain

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Strain component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

VIEWID

I

View element identification number

8

UNDEF

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =8

I

Superelement identification number

Static or modal force

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

VIEWID

I

View element identification number

8

UNDEF

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =9 4

Main Index

Type

I

Superelement identification number

Composite failure EID

I

Element identification number

121

122

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

Description

5

COMP

I

Failure component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

PLY

I

Ply number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =10

none

Composite stress

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Stress component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

PLY

I

Ply number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =11

none

Composite strain

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Strain component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

PLY

I

Ply number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =13

none

Static SPC Force

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

SPC Force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =14

Main Index

Type

I

Superelement identification number

Strain Energy

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Strain Energy component number

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

6

SUBCASE

I

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =15

I

Description Subcase identification number

Superelement identification number

Complex eigenvalue

4

CMODE

I

5

UNDEF

none

6

SUBCASE

I

7

UNDEF(2 )

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =16

I

Complex mode number

Subcase identification number

Superelement identification number

Acoustic Pressure

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Acoustic pressure component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =18

RS

Frequency

none I

Superelement identification number

Grid point force

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Grid point force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

none

8

MODE

I

Mode number for normal nodes analysis

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =40

Main Index

Type

Frequency response displacement

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Displacement component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

RS

Frequency

123

124

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =41

Description

none I

Superelement identification number

Frequency response velocity

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Velocity component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =42

RS

Frequency

none I

Superelement identification number

Frequency response acceleration

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Acceleration component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =43

RS

Frequency

none I

Superelement identification number

Frequency response SPC Force

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

SPC Force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =44

Main Index

Type

RS

Frequency

none I

Superelement identification number

Frequency response stress

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Stress component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

RS

Frequency

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =45

Description

none I

Superelement identification number

Frequency response force

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

FREQ

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =46

RS

Frequency

none I

Superelement identification number

PSD displacement

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Displacement component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =47

none

PSD velocity

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Velocity component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =48

Main Index

Type

none

PSD acceleration

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Acceleration component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

none

125

126

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

Description

8

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =49

RMS displacement

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Displacement component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =50

none

RMS velocity

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Velocity component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

RTYPE =51

none

RMS acceleration

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Acceleration component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

UNDEF

8

FREQ

RS

9

SEID

I

RTYPE =60

Main Index

Type

none Frequency Superelement identification number

Transient response displacement

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Displacement component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

TIME

RS

Time

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =61

Description

none I

Superelement identification number

Transient response velocity

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Velocity component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

TIME

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =62

RS

Time

none I

Superelement identification number

Transient response acceleration

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

Acceleration component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

TIME

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =63

RS

Time

none I

Superelement identification number

Transient response SPC Force

4

GRID

I

Grid identification number

5

COMP

I

SPC force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

TIME

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =64

Main Index

Type

RS

Time

none I

Superelement identification number

Transient response stress

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Stress component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

TIME

RS

Time

127

128

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word

Name

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =65

Description

none I

Superelement identification number

Transient response force

4

EID

I

Element identification number

5

COMP

I

Force component number

6

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

7

TIME

8

UNDEF

9

SEID

RTYPE =81

RS

Time

none I

Superelement identification number

Aeroelastic divergence

4

SUBCASE

5

UNDEF

6

ROOT

I

7

MACH

RS

8

UNDEF

none

9

SEID

RTYPE =82

I

Subcase identification number

none

I

Root Mach number

Superelement identification number

Aeroelastic trim

4

SUBCASE

5

UNDEF

6

XID

7

UNDEF(2 )

9

SEID

RTYPE =83

Main Index

Type

I

Subcase identification number

none I none I

Superelement identification number

Aeroelastic stability derivative

4

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

5

RU

I

R/U

6

COMP

I

Component number

7

UNDEF

none

8

XID

I

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

Word 9

Name SEID

RTYPE =84

Type

Description

I

Superelement identification number

Aeroelastic flutter damping

4

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

5

MODE

I

Mode number

6

DENSITY

RS

Density

7

MACH

RS

Mach number

8

VEL

RS

Velocity

9

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

End RTYPE Record 2 -- TYPE2 -- Type 2 Responses Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IRID

I

Internal response identification number

2

RID

I

External response identification number

3

SUBCASE

I

Subcase identification number

4

DFLAG

I

Dynamic response flag (See Note )

5

FREQTIME

6

SEID

RS I

Frequency or time step Superelement identification number

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

NR1

I

Number of Type 1 responses

2

NR2

I

Number of Type 2 responses

3

UNDEF(4 )

none

Notes: 1. Record 1 contains NR1 * 9 words. 2. Record 2 contains NR2 * 6 words.

Main Index

129

130

DSCMCOL Design sensitivity parameters

3. If the subcase identification number on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the response spans subcases (not currently supported). 4. The DFLG attribute identifies the dynamic response type. 5. 1 -- Response is not dynamic. FREQ/TIME not required. 6. 2 -- Response is dynamic. FREQ/TIME required. 7. ? -- Response is dynamic and spans frequency or time steps FREQ/TIME not defined. 8. If the superlement identification number attribute on record 2 is ’SPAN’, the response spans superelements (not currently supported).

Main Index

DVPTAB Designed property table

DVPTAB

Designed property table

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- Repeat By ascending internal property identification number order. Type one properties are first and type two follow. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IPID

I

Internal property identification number

2

DVTYP

I

DVPRELi Bulk Data entry identification number

3

EPPNT

I

Property type (1 or 2)

4

PTYP1

CHAR4

First word of the property type

5

PTYP2

CHAR4

Second word of the property type

6

PID

I

Property identification number

7

FID

I

Property field position

8

PMIN

RS

Minimum property value

9

PMAX

RS

Maximum property value

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

NPROP

I

Number of designed properties (number of records in table

2

NENT1

I

Number of designed properties from DVPREL1 Bulk Data entries

3

NENT2

I

Number of DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries

4

UNDEF(3 )

none

131

132

DVPTAB Designed property table

Note: 1. There are as many records as there are designed properties. (NPROP = NENT1 + NENT2).

Main Index

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

DYNAMIC

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name

Type

NAME(2)

Description

CHAR4

Data Block Name

Record 1 -- ACSRCE(5307,53,379) Power versus frequency for a simple acoustic source. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

DAREA

I

DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number

3

DPHASE

I

DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number

4

DELAY

I

DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number

5

TC

I

TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for C(f)

6

RHO

RS

Density of the fluid

7

B

RS

Bulk modulus of the fluid

8

T

RS

Time delay

9

PH

RS

Phase lead

Record 2 -- DAREA(27,17,182) Scale factor for dynamic loads. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

P

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number

133

134

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

3

C

I

4

A

RS

Description Component number Scale factor

Record 3 -- DELAY(37,18,183) Time delay parameter for dynamic loads. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

P

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number

3

C

I

Component number

4

T

RS

Time delay

Record 4 -- DLOAD(57,5,123) Linear combination of dynamic loads. Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

Load set identification number

2

S

RS

Overall scale factor

3

SI

RS

Scale factor i

4

LI

I

Load set identification number i

Words 3 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 5 -- DPHASE(77,19,184) Phase lead parameter in dynamic loading. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

P

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

3

C

4

TH

Type

Description

I

Component number

RS

Phase lead

Record 6 -- DYNRED(4807,48,306) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

FMAX

RS

3

NIRV

I

Number of initial random vectors

4

NIT

I

Number of iterations

5

IDIR

I

Starting point to generate initial random vectors

6

NQDES

I

Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom

7

UNDEF(2 )

Highest frequency of interest

none

Record 7 -- EIGB(107,1,86) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

2

METHOD(2)

4

L1

RS

Lower bound of eigenvalue range of interest

5

L2

RS

Upper bound of eigenvalue range of interest

6

NEP

I

Estimate of number of roots in positive range

7

NDP

I

Desired number of positive roots

8

NDN

I

Desired number of negative roots

9

UNDEF

10

NORM(2)

12

G

CHAR4

Load set identification number Method of eigenvalue extraction

none CHAR4 I

Method for normalizing eigenvectors Grid or scalar point identification number

135

136

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

13

C

14

UNDEF(5 )

Type I

Description Component number

none

Record 8 -- EIGC(207,2,87) Word

Name

Type

1

SID

2

METHOD(2)

CHAR4

Method of eigenvalue extraction

4

NORM(2)

CHAR4

Method for normalizing eigenvectors

6

G

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

7

C

I

Component number

8

E

RS

9

ND1

I

Number of desired eigenvectors

10

CONTFLG

I

Continuation flag

CONTFLG =0

I

Description Load set identification number

Convergence criterion

With continuation

11

AAJ

RS

Location of A on real axis

12

WAJ

RS

Location of A on imaginary axis

13

ABJ

RS

Location of B on real axis

14

WBJ

RS

Location of B on imaginary axis

15

LJ

RS

Width of search region

16

NEJ

I

Number of estimated roots

17

NDJ

I

Number of desired eigenvectors

Words 11 through 17 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occ CONTFLG =-1 End CONTFLG

Main Index

Without continuation

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Record 9 -- EIGP(257,4,158) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

Load set identification number

2

ALPHA

RS

Location of pole on real axis

3

OMEGA

RS

Location of pole on imaginary axis

4

M

I

Multiplicity of complex root at pole

Record 10-- EIGR(307,3,85) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

2

METHOD(2)

4

F1

RS

Lower bound of frequency range of interest

5

F2

RS

Upper bound of frequency range of interest

6

NE

I

Number of estimated roots

7

ND

I

Number of desired roots

8

UNDEF(2 )

none

10

NORM(2)

CHAR4

12

G

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

13

C

I

Component number

14

UNDEF(5 )

CHAR4

Load set identification number Method of eigenvalue extraction

Method for normalizing eigenvectors

none

Record 11 -- EIGRL(308,8,348) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

V1

RS

Lower bound of frequency range of interest

3

V2

RS

Upper bound of frequency range of interest

137

138

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

ND

I

Number of desired eigenvectors

5

MSGLVL

I

Diagnostic level

6

MAXSET

I

Number of vectors in block or set

7

SHFSCL

RS

8

FLAG1

LOGI

V1 specification flag -- set to 1 if V1 is specified

9

FLAG2

LOGI

V2 specification flag -- set to 1 if V2 is specified

10

NORM(2)

CHAR4

Method for normalizing eigenvectors

12

ALPH

RS

13

NUMS

I

14

FI

RS

Estimate of first flexible mode

Constant for quadratic frequency segment distribution Number of frequency segments Frequency at the upper boundary of the i-th segment

Word 14 repeats NUMS times Record 12 -- EPOINT(707,7,124) Word 1

Name ID

Type I

Description Extra point identification number

Record 13 -- FREQ(1307,13,126) Word

Name

1

SID

2

F

Type I RS

Word 2 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description Set identification number Frequency

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Record 14 -- FREQ1(1007,10,125) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

2

F1

RS

First frequency

3

DF

RS

Frequency increment

4

NDF

I

Set identification number

Number of frequency increments

Record 15 -- FREQ2(1107,11,166) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

F1

RS

First frequency

3

F2

RS

Last frequency

4

NF

I

Number of logarithmic intervals

Record 16 -- FREQ3(1407,14,39) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

F1

RS

Lower bound of modal frequency range

3

F2

RS

Upper bound of modal frequency range

4

TYPE

CHAR4

5

NEF

I

6

BIAS

RS

Type of interpolation: LINE or LOG Number of frequencies Clustering bias parameter

Record 17 -- FREQ4(1507,15,40) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

F1

RS

Lower bound of modal frequency range

3

F2

RS

Upper bound of modal frequency range

139

140

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

4

FSPD

RS

5

NFM

I

Description Frequency spread Number of evenly spaced frequencies per spread

Record 18 -- FREQ5(1607,16,41) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

F1

RS

Lower bound of modal frequency range

3

F2

RS

Upper bound of modal frequency range

4

FRI

RS

Fractions of natural frequencies

Word 4 repeats until End of Record Record 19 -- NLRSFD(3807,38,505) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

GA

I

Inner grid identification number

3

GB

I

Outer grid identification number

4

PLANE(2)

6

BDIA

RS

Inner journal diameter

7

BLEN

RS

Damper length

8

BCLR

RS

Damper radial clearance

9

SOLN(2)

11

VISCO

RS

Lubricant viscosity

12

PVAPCO

RS

Lubricant vapor pressure

13

NPORT

I

14

PRES1

RS

Boundary pressure for port 1

15

THETA1

RS

Angular position for port 1

16

PRES2

RS

Boundary pressure for port 2

17

THETA2

RS

Angular position for port 2

CHAR4

CHAR4

Radial gap orientation plan

Solution option

Number of lubication ports

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

18

NPNT

19 20

Type

Description

I

Number of finite diff points

OFFSET1

RS

Offset in the SFD direction 1

OFFSET2

RS

Offset in the SFD direction 2

Record 20 -- NOLIN1(3107,31,127) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

GI

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of I

3

CI

I

Component number for GI.

4

S

RS

5

GJ

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J

6

CJ

I

Component number for GJ

7

T

I

Identification number of a TABLEDi Bulk Data entry.

8

UNDEF

Scale factor

none

Record 21 -- NOLIN2(3207,32,128) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

GI

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of I

3

CI

I

Component number for GI.

4

S

RS

5

GJ

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J

6

CJ

I

Component number for GJ

Scale factor

141

142

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

GK

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of K

8

CK

I

Component number for GK

Record 22 -- NOLIN3(3307,33,129) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

GI

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of I

3

CI

I

Component number for GI.

4

S

RS

5

GJ

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J

6

CJ

I

Component number for GJ

7

A

RS

8

UNDEF

Scale factor

Exponent of the forcing function

none

Record 23 -- NOLIN4(3407,34,130) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

GI

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of I

3

CI

I

Component number for GI.

4

S

RS

5

GJ

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J

6

CJ

I

Component number for GJ

7

A

RS

8

UNDEF

none

Scale factor

Exponent of the forcing function

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Record 24 -- RANDPS(2107,21,195) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

J

I

Subcase identification number of the excited set

3

K

I

Subcase identification number of the applied load set

4

X

RS

X component

5

Y

RS

Y component

6

TID

I

Identification number of a TABRNDi entry that defines G(F)

Record 25 -- RANDT1(2207,22,196) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

N

I

Number of time lag intervals

3

TO

RS

Starting time lag

4

TMAX

RS

Maximum time lag

Record 26 -- RLOAD1(5107,51,131) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

DAREA

I

DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number

3

DPHASE

RS

DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number

4

DELAY

RS

DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number

5

TC

I

TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for C(f)

143

144

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

TD

I

TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for D(f)

7

TYPE

I

Nature of the dynamic excitation

8

T

RS

Time delay

9

PH

RS

Phase lead

Record 27 -- RLOAD2(5207,52,132) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

DAREA

I

DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number

3

DPHASE

I

DPHASE Bulk Data entry identification number

4

DELAY

I

DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number

5

TB

I

TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for B(f)

6

TP

I

TABLEDi Bulk Data entry identification number for Phi(f)

7

TYPE

I

Nature of the dynamic excitation

8

T

RS

Time delay

9

PH

RS

Phase lead

Record 28 -- RGYRO(10701,107,117) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

1

SID

I

2

ATYPE(2)

CHAR4

4

REFROT

I

5

UNIT(2)

CHAR4

7

SPDLOW

RS

Description RGYRO identification number ASYNC/SYNC flag Reference rotor identification number RPM/FREQ flag for speed input Lower limit of speed range

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

SPDHGH

RS

Upper limit of speed range

9

SPEED

RS

Specific speed

Record 29 -- ROTORG(10801,108,242) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

RID

I

Rotor identification number

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

THRUFLAG=1

No

3

ID

I

Grid identification number

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=2

THRUFLAG

3

ID1

First grid identification number

4

ID2

Second grid identification number

5

BY

Grid increment

6

MINUS1

End entry

End THRUFLAG Record 30 -- RSPINR(10901,109,260) Word

Name

Type

1

RID

I

Rotor identification number

2

GRIDA

I

Grid A for rotation direction vector

3

GRIDB

I

Grid B for rotation direction vector

4

GR

RS

Rotor damping coefficient

5

UNIT(2)

CHAR4

RPM/FREQ flag for speed input

7

SPEED

RS

List of rotor speeds

Word 7 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

145

146

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Record 31 -- RSPINT(11001,110,310) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

RID

I

Rotor identification number

2

GRIDA

I

Grid A for rotation direction vector

3

GRIDB

I

Grid B for rotation direction vector

4

GR

5

UNIT(2)

CHAR4

7

TABLEID

I

RS

Rotor damping coefficient RPM/FREQ flag for speed input Table identification number for speed history

Record 32 -- SEQEP(5707,57,135) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Extra point identification number

2

SEQID

I

Sequenced identification number

Record 33 -- TF(6207,62,136) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

GD

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number

3

CD

I

Component number for point GD

4

B0

RS

Transfer function coefficient

5

B1

RS

Transfer function coefficient

6

B2

RS

Transfer function coefficient

7

GI

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number

8

CI

I

Component number for point GI

9

A0I

RS

Transfer function coefficient

10

A1I

RS

Transfer function coefficient

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word 11

Name

Type

A2I

RS

Description Transfer function coefficient

Words 7 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1,-1,-1,-1) occurs Record 34 -- TIC(6607,66,137) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number

3

C

I

Component number for point GD

4

U0

RS

Initial displacement

5

V0

RS

Initial velocity

Record 35 -- TIC(11601,116,655) Word

Name

Description

1

SID

I

ID of a set of loads

2

G

I

Number of grid points at the center of rotation

3

UNDEF

4

SCALE

RS

Scale

5

XVEL

RS

X-component of initial translational velocity

6

YVEL

RS

Y-component of initial translational velocity

7

ZVEL

RS

Z-component of initial translational velocity

8

XROT

RS

X-component of initial rotational velocity

9

YROT

RS

Y-component of initial rotational velocity

10

ZROT

RS

Z-component of initial rotational velocity

11

THRUFL AG

THRUFLAG=0 12

Main Index

Type

GI

none

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid identification number

No

147

148

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

Description

Word 12 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

12

G1

I

Starting Grid identification number

13

G2

I

Ending Grid identification number

14

GINC

I

Increment of Grid identification number

End THRUFLAG Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record Record 36 -- TIC3(11601,116,655) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

ID of a set of loads

2

G

I

Number of grid points at the center of rotation

3

UNDEF

none

4

SCALE

RS

Scale

5

XVEL

RS

X-component of initial translational velocity

6

YVEL

RS

Y-component of initial translational velocity

7

ZVEL

RS

Z-component of initial translational velocity

8

XROT

RS

X-component of initial rotational velocity

9

YROT

RS

Y-component of initial rotational velocity

10

ZROT

RS

Z-component of initial rotational velocity

11

THRUFLAG

THRUFLAG=0 12

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid identification number

No

GI

Word 12 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Main Index

Yes

12

G1

I

Starting Grid identification number

13

G2

I

Ending Grid identification number

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word 14

Name GINC

Type I

Description Increment of Grid identification number

End THRUFLAG Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record Record 37 -- TLOAD1(7107,71,138) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

DAREA

I

DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number

3

DELAY

I

DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number

4

TYPE

I

Nature of the dynamic excitation

5

TID

I

Identification number of TABLEDi entry that gives F(t)

6

U0

RS

Initial displacement factor for enforced motion

7

V0

RS

Initial velocity factor for enforced motion

8

T

RS

Time delay

Record 38 -- TLOAD2(7207,72,139) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

DAREA

I

DAREA Bulk Data entry identification number

3

DELAY

I

DELAY Bulk Data entry identification number

4

TYPE

I

Nature of the dynamic excitation

5

T1

RS

Time constant 1

6

T2

RS

Time constant 2

7

F

RS

Frequency

149

150

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

P

RS

Phase angle

9

C

RS

Exponential coefficient

10

B

RS

Growth coefficient

11

U0

RS

Initial displacement factor for enforced motion

12

V0

RS

Initial velocity factor for enforced motion

13

T

RS

Time delay

Record 39 -- TSTEP(8307,83,142) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

N

I

Number of time steps of value DTi

3

DT

RS

4

NO

I

Time increment Skip factor for output

Words 2 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs Record 40 -- UNBALNC(11101,111,368) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

MASS

I

Mass versus time

MASS =1 3

TABLED1 MTABLE

MASS =2 3

I Constant

MASS

RS

4

GRID

I

5

X1

RS

T1 direction for orientation vector

6

X2

RS

T2 direction for orientation vector

7

X3

RS

T3 direction for orientation vector

End MASS

Main Index

Grid for imbalance application

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

Word 8

Name

Type

ROFFSET

I

ROFFSET =1 9

ROFFSET versus time

TABLED1

ROFFTAB

ROFFSET =2 9

Description

I Constant

ROFFSET

RS

End ROFFSET 10

THETA

11

ZOFFSET

ZOFFSET =1 12

Initial angular position

I

ZOFFSET versus time

TABLED1

ZOFFTAB

ZOFFSET =2 12

RS

I Constant

ZOFFSET

RS

End ZOFFSET 13

TON

RS

Start time for imbalance

14

TOFF

RS

Stop time for imbalance

15

CFLAG(2)

CHAR4

Correction flag

Record 41 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name BIT(6)

Type I

Description Record presence trailer words

151

152

EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors

Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors

EGPSF

Contains surface and volume data and element stress factors for each grid point in that surface or volume. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

1

Type

SRFTYP(C)

I

Description Entity Type: 2=surface and 3=volume. See Note 1.

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

SRFTYP =2

Main Index

Type

Description

Surface definition

1

SURFID

I

Surface identification number

2

NKEYS(C)

I

Number of keywords in surface data

3

SURFID

I

Surface identification number

4

SETID

I

Set identification number

5

FIBRE

I

Fibre code for surfaces

6

OCID

I

Output coordinated system identification number

7

AXIS

I

Axis code

8

NORMAL

I

Normal code

9

METH

I

Method of calculation

10

TOL

RS

11

MSG

I

Branch message flag

12

BREAK

I

Break flag

13

ECID

I

Element coordinate system usage flag

Tolerance

EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

UNDEF(7 )

none

21

UWMREF

I

Reference message flag

22

GPELREC

I

Record number of GPEL

23

NELS(C)

I

Number of elements in surface

24

EID

I

Element identification numbers in surface

Word 24 repeats NELS times 25

NG(C)

I

Number of grid points in surface

26

GRID

I

Grid point identification number (internal)

27

REFID

I

Reference element identification number

28

NE(C)

I

No. of elements contributing to stress at this grid

29

ELTYPE

I

Element type

30

ELID

I

Element identification number

31

THETA

32

FLAG

33

FACTOR

RS

Angle stress point flag

I

Angle stress point flag

RS

Stress Factor

Words 29 through 33 repeat NE times Words 26 through 33 repeat NG times SRFTYP =3

Main Index

Volume definition

1

VOLID

I

volume identification number

2

NKEYS(C)

I

Number of keywords in volume data

3

VOLIDN

I

Negative of volume identification number

4

SETID

I

Set identification number

5

STRESS

I

Stress code

6

UNDEF(7 )

13

ECID

14

UNDEF(8 )

none I none

Element coordinate system usage flag

153

154

EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors

Word

Name

Type

Description

22

GPELREC

I

Record number of GPEL

23

NELS(C)

I

Number of elements in volume

24

EID

I

Element identification numbers in volume

Word 24 repeats NELS times 25

NG(C)

I

Number of grid points in volume

26

GRID

I

Grid point identification number (internal)

27

REFID

I

Reference element identification number

28

NE(C)

I

No. of elements contributing to stress at this grid

29

ELTYPE

I

Element type

30

ELID

I

Element identification number

31

TOE(9)

RS

40

FLAG

I

41

FACTOR

RS

Element stress output 3x3 trans. matrix 10*connectivity+identity flag. See Note 2. Factor to apply to stress

Words 29 through 41 repeat NE times Words 26 through 41 repeat NG times SRFTYP =-1

End of Data

End SRFTYP Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

NSV

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I

Description Number of surfaces and volumes

none

Notes: 1. Records IDENT and DATA are repeated for each surface and volume. 2. In FLAG for volumes, connectivity refers to grid point position on connection entry and identity flag will be 1 if TOE is an identity matrix.

Main Index

EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors

3. Possible values for items in RECORD=DATA are: FIBRE

Fibre code for surfaces 0 All (Z1,Z2,MID) (default) 1 Z1 only 2 Z2 only 3 Z1 and Z2 4 MID only 5 Z1 and MID 6 Z2 and MID 7 All

STRESS

Stress code for volumes 2 Principal 1 Direct 0 Both

OCID

Output coordinate system identification number 0 Basic system (default) >0 User defined coordinate system

AXIS

Axis code (surfaces only) 0 X axis (default) 1 Y axis 2 Z axis

NORMAL

Normal code (surfaces only) 0 Radius 1 X axis 2 Y axis 3 Z axis -1 -X axis -2 -Y axis -3 -Z axis

Main Index

155

156

EGPSF Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors

10 Radius vector normal METH

Method of calculation (surfaces only) 0 Topological (default) 1 Geometric

MSG

Branch message flag (surfaces only) 0 No message (default) 1 Issue messages

BREAK

Break flag (surfaces only) 0 No break 1 Break

ECID

Element coordinate system usage flag 0 Not used -1 Used

4. GPELREC is nonzero if warning messages concerning the reference normal or reference axis have been issued.

Main Index

EGPSTR Element grid point stress table

EGPSTR

Element grid point stress table

Provides grid point stress data for postprocessing. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat See “EGPSF” on page 152 for a description of surface and volume definition data. Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SUBVEC

2

TSEIG

3

TYPE(C)

I

Surface/volume type

4

SVID

I

Surface/volume identification number

5

NE(C)

I

Number of elements

6

EID

I

Element identification numbers

RS

Subcase or vector identification number Eigenvalue or time step value

Word 6 repeats NE times 7

NS(C)

I

Number of words of in surface or volume data

8

DATA

I

Surface/volume definition data (See note above)

Word 8 repeats NS times 9

NG(C)

I

Number of grid points

10

GRID

I

Grid point identification number

11

ELID

I

Element identification number

TYPE =2

Main Index

Surface stresses

12

FIBRE

CHAR4

Fibre name

13

SX

RS

Normal x

14

SY

RS

Normal y

15

TXY

RS

Shear xy

157

158

EGPSTR Element grid point stress table

Word

Name

Type

Description

16

A

RS

Shear angle

17

SMAJ

RS

Major principal

18

SMIN

RS

Minor principal

19

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

20

HVM

RS

Hencky/Von Mises

Words 12 through 20 repeat NF times TYPE =3

Main Index

Volume stresses

12

SX

RS

Normal x

13

SY

RS

Normal y

14

SZ

RS

Normal z

15

TXY

RS

Shear xy

16

TYZ

RS

Shear yz

17

TZX

RS

Shear zx

18

MP

RS

Mean pressure

19

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises

20

SA

RS

Principal stresses in a-direction

21

SB

RS

Principal stresses in b-direction

22

SC

RS

Principal stresses in c-direction

23

LXA

RS

x-a direction cosine

24

LXB

RS

x-b direction cosine

25

LXC

RS

x-c direction cosine

26

LYA

RS

y-a direction cosine

27

LYB

RS

y-b direction cosine

28

LYC

RS

y-c direction cosine

29

LZA

RS

z-a direction cosine

30

LZB

RS

z-b direction cosine

31

LZC

RS

z-c direction cosine

EGPSTR Element grid point stress table

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TYPE Words 10 through max repeat NG times Record 2 -- TRAILER Word 1

Name UNDEF(6 )

Type

Description

none

Notes: 1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses are being processed. If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1 If strain/curvature and FIBRE <> 4 then NF=2 If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1 If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3 2. SUBVEC and TSEIG may have the following values: Linear statics

subcase identification number 0.0

Cyclic statics

vector identification number 0.0

Nonlinear statics subcase identification number load factor Normal Modes

vector identification number eigenvalue

Buckling

vector identification number critical load

Transient

vector identification number time

3. The element identification number is 0 unless more than one grid stress was output for a given grid point. In that case the element identification number defines the connected element for the given grid point stress.

Main Index

159

160

ELDCT Element stress discontinuity table

ELDCT

Element stress discontinuity table

Similar in format to “EGPSTR” on page 157. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat See “EGPSF” on page 152 for a description of surface and volume definition data. Word

Name

Type

Description

I

Subcase or vector identification number

1

SUBVEC

2

TSEIG

3

TYPE(C)

I

Surface/volume type

4

SVID

I

Surface/volume identification number

5

NS(C)

I

Number of words of in surface or volume data

6

DATA

I

Surface/volume definition data (See note above)

RS

Eigenvalue or time step value

Word 6 repeats NS times 7

NE(C)

I

Number of elements

8

EID

I

Element identification number

9

TYPE

I

Element type

TYPE =2

Main Index

Surface stress discontinuities

10

FIBRE

CHAR4

Fibre name

11

SX

RS

Normal x

12

SY

RS

Normal y

13

TXY

RS

Shear xy

14

A

RS

Shear angle

15

SMAJ

RS

Major principal

16

SMIN

RS

Minor principal

ELDCT Element stress discontinuity table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

18

HVM

RS

Hencky/Von Mises

19

ERR

RS

Error estimate

Words 10 through 19 repeat NF times TYPE =3

Volume stresse discontinuities

10

SX

RS

Normal x

11

SY

RS

Normal y

12

SZ

RS

Normal z

13

TXY

RS

Shear xy

14

TYZ

RS

Shear yz

15

TZX

RS

Shear zx

16

MP

RS

Mean pressure

17

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises

18

SA

RS

Principal stresses in a-direction

19

SB

RS

Principal stresses in b-direction

20

SC

RS

Principal stresses in c-direction

21

ERRN

RS

Error estimate for normal stress

22

ERRP

RS

Error estimate for principal stress

End TYPE Words 8 through max repeat NE times Record 2 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name UNDEF(6 )

Type none

Description

161

162

ELDCT Element stress discontinuity table

Notes: 1. NF is based on the value of FIBRE and whether strain/curvature or stresses are being processed. If strain/curvature and FIBRE = 4 then NF=1 If strain/curvature and FIBRE <> 4 then NF=2 If stress FIBRE=1, 2, or 4 then NF=1 If stress FIBRE=0, 3, 5, 6, or, 7 then NF=3

Main Index

EPT Element property table

EPT

Element property table

Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

Type

1

SID

2

PROP

CHAR4

3

TYPE

CHAR4

4

ORIGIN

ORIGIN =0

I

I

Description Set identification number

Set of property or elements Entry origin

NSM Bulk Data entry

5

ID

I

6

VALUE

RS

Property or element identification number Nonstructural mass value

Words 5 through 6 repeat until End of Record ORIGIN =2

NSML Bulk Data entry

5

ID

I

6

VALUE

RS

Property or element identification number Nonstructural mass value

Words 5 through 6 repeat until End of Record End ORIGIN Record 1 -- HGSUPPR(13901,139,654) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

HID

2

PROP(2)

4

PID

I

Property identification number

5

HGTYPE

I

Hourglass control type

6

HGCMEM

RS

Membrane damping coefficient

7

HGCWRP

RS

Warping damping coefficient

8

HGCTWS

RS

Twisting damping coefficient

CHAR4

Hourglass suppression identification number Property type

163

164

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

HGCSOL

RS

Soilid damping coefficient

10

IBQ

I

11

Q1

RS

Quadratic bulk viscosity

12

Q2

RS

Linear bulk viscosity

Bulk viscosity type

Record 2 -- NSM(3201,32,55) Word

Name

1

SID

2

PROP

3

ID

4

VALUE

Type I

Description Set identification number

CHAR4 I

Set of property or elements Property or element identification number

RS

Nonstructural mass value

Words 3 through 4 repeat until End of Record Record 3 -- NSM1(3301,33,56) Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

2

PROP

CHAR4

3

TYPE

CHAR4

Set of property or elements

4

ORIGIN

I

Entry origin

ORIGIN =0

Set identification number

NSM Bulk Data entry

5

VALUE

RS

Nonstructural mass value

6

SPECOPT

I

Specification option

SPECOPT =1

7

By IDs

ID

I

Word 7 repeats until End of Record SPECOPT =2 7

Main Index

Description

All ALL(2)

CHAR4

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

Words 7 through 8 repeat until End of Record SPECOPT =3

Thru range

7

ID

I

8

THRU(2)

CHAR4

10

ID

I

Words 7 through 10 repeat until End of Record SPECOPT =4

Thru range with by

7

ID

8

THRU(2)

10

ID

11

BY(2)

13

N

I CHAR4 I CHAR4 I

Words 7 through 13 repeat until End of Record End SPECOPT ORIGIN =2

NSML Bulk Data entry

5

VALUE

RS

Nonstructural mass value

6

SPECOPT

I

Specification option

SPECOPT =1 7

By IDs ID

I

Word 7 repeats until End of Record SPECOPT =2 7

All ALL(2)

CHAR4

Words 7 through 8 repeat until End of Record SPECOPT =3

Thru range

7

ID

I

8

THRU(2)

CHAR4

10

ID

I

Words 7 through 10 repeat until End of Record

Main Index

165

166

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

SPECOPT =4

Description

Thru range with by

7

ID

I

8

THRU(2)

CHAR4

10

ID

I

11

BY(2)

CHAR4

13

N

I

Words 7 through 13 repeat until End of Record End SPECOPT End ORIGIN Record 4 -- NSML1(3601,36,62) Word

Name

Word

Name

1

SID

2

PROP

3

VALUE

4

SPECOPT

SPECOPT =1 5

Type Type I CHAR4 RS I

Description Description Set identification number Set of property or elements Lumped nonstructural mass value Specification option

By IDs

ID

I

Property or element identification number

Word 5 repeats until End of Record SPECOPT =2 5

ALL(2)

All CHAR4

Keyword ALL

Words 5 through 6 repeat until End of Record SPECOPT =3 5

ID1

6

THRU(2)

8

ID2

Thru range I CHAR4 I

Starting identification number Keyword THRU Ending identification number

Words 5 through 8 repeat until End of Record

Main Index

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

SPECOPT =4

Type

Description

Thru range with by

5

ID1

6

THRU(2)

8

ID2

9

BY(2)

11

N

I CHAR4 I CHAR4 I

Starting identification number Keyword THRU Ending identification number Keyword BY Increment

Words 5 through 11 repeat until End of Record End SPECOPT Words 4 through max repeat until End of Record Record 5 -- NSMADD(3401,34,57) Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

2

ID

I

Description Set identification number

Word 2 repeats until End of Record Record 6R -- NSML(3501,35,58) Word

Name

1

SID

2

PROP

3

ID

4

VALUE

Type I CHAR4 I RS

Description Set identification number Set of property or elements Property or element identification number Lumped nonstructural mass value

Words 3 through 4 repeat until End of Record Record 7 -- NSML1(3601,36,62) Word

Main Index

Name

SID

I

2

PROP

Type I CHAR4

Description Set identification number Set of property or elements

167

168

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

3

VALUE

4

SPECOPT

SPECOPT =1 5

Type RS

Description Lumped nonstructural mass value

I

Specification option

By identification numbers

ID

I

Word 5 repeats until End of Record SPECOPT =2 5

All

ALL(2)

CHAR4

Words 5 through 6 repeat until End of Record SPECOPT =3

Thru range

5

ID

I

6

THRU(2)

8

ID

CHAR4 I

Words 5 through 8 repeat until End of Record SPECOPT =4

Thru range

5

ID

I

6

THRU(2)

8

ID

9

BY(2)

11

N

CHAR4 I CHAR4 I

Words 5 through 11 repeat until End of Record End SPECOPT Record 8-- PAABSF(1502,15,36) -- Acoustic absorber element with frequency dependence Defines the properties of a frequency-dependent acoustic absorber. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TZREID

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for resistance

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type I

Description

3

TZMID

TABLEDi entry identification number for reactance

4

S

RS

Impedance scale factor

5

A

RS

Area factor when only 1 or 2 grid points are specified

6

B

RS

Equivalent structural damping

7

K

RS

Equivalent stiffness

8

RHOC

RS

Constant used for absorption coefficient

Record 9 -- PACABS(8300,83,382) -- Acoustic absorber element Defines the properties of the acoustic absorber element. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

SYNTH

I

Request the calculation of B, K, and M

3

TID1

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for resistance

4

TID2

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for reactance

5

TID3

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for weighting function

6

TESTAR

RS

Area of the test specimen

7

CUTFR

RS

Cutoff frequency for tables referenced above

8

B

RS

Equivalent structural damping values

9

K

RS

Equivalent structural stiffness

10

M

RS

Equivalent mass

169

170

EPT Element property table

Record 10 -- PACBAR(8500,85,384) -- Acoustic barrier element Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

PID

Property identification number

2

MBACK

RS

Mass per unit area of the backing material

3

MSEPTM

RS

Mass per unit area of the septum material

4

FRESON

RS

Resonant frequency of the sandwich construction

5

KRESON

RS

Resonant stiffness of the sandwich construction

Record 11 -- PBAR(52,20,181) -- Simple beam element Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

A

RS

Area

4

I1

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 1

5

I2

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 2

6

J

RS

Torsional constant

7

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

8

FE

RS

9

C1

RS

Stress recovery location at point C in element y-axis

10

C2

RS

Stress recovery location at point C in element z-axis

11

D1

RS

Stress recovery location at point D in element y-axis

12

D2

RS

Stress recovery location at point D in element z-axis

13

E1

RS

Stress recovery location at point E in element y-axis

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

E2

RS

Stress recovery location at point E in element z-axis

15

F1

RS

Stress recovery location at point F in element y-axis

16

F2

RS

Stress recovery location at point F in element z-axis

17

K1

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 1

18

K2

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 2

19

I12

RS

Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2

Record 12 -- PBARL(9102,91,52) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

GROUP(2)

CHAR4

Cross-section group name

5

TYPE(2)

CHAR4

Cross section type

7

VALUE

RS

Cross-section dimensions and NSM

Word 7 repeats until End of Record Record 13 -- PBCOMP(5403,55,349) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

A

RS

Area

4

I1

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 1

5

I2

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 2

6

I12

RS

Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2

7

J

RS

Torsional constant

8

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

171

172

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

K1

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 1

10

K2

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 2

11

M1

RS

Location center of gravity of nonstructural mass along y-axis

12

M2

RS

Location center of gravity of nonstructural mass along y-axis

13

N1

RS

Location neutral axis along element’s y-axis

14

N2

RS

Location neutral axis along element’s y-axis

15

NSECT(C)

I

Number of lumped areas

NSECT =0 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

UNDEF(3 )

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat 4 times NSECT =1 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =2 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =3 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =4 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =5 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

173

174

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =6 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =7 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =8 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =9 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =10 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =11 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

175

176

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =12 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =13 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =14 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =15 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =16 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =17 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

177

178

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =18 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =19 16

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times NSECT =20 16

Main Index

Y

RS

Lumped area location along element’s y-axis

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

Z

RS

Lumped area location along element’s z-axis

18

C

RS

Fraction of the total area for the lumped area

19

MID

20

UNDEF

I

Material identification number

none

Words 16 through 20 repeat NSECT times End NSECT Record 14 -- PBEAM(5402,54,262) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

NSEGS

I

Number of segments (or intermediate stations??)

4

CCF

I

Constant cross-section flag: 1=yes and 0=no

5

X

RS

6

SO

RS

Stress output request

7

XXB

RS

Distance ratio from end A

8

A

RS

Area

9

I1

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 1

10

I2

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 2

11

I12

RS

Area product of inertia for plane 1 and 2

12

J

RS

Torsional constant

13

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

14

C1

RS

Stress recovery location at point C in element y-axis

15

C2

RS

Stress recovery location at point C in element z-axis

179

180

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

16

D1

RS

Stress recovery location at point D in element y-axis

17

D2

RS

Stress recovery location at point D in element z-axis

18

E1

RS

Stress recovery location at point E in element y-axis

19

E2

RS

Stress recovery location at point E in element z-axis

20

F1

RS

Stress recovery location at point F in element y-axis

21

F2

RS

Stress recovery location at point F in element z-axis

Words 6 through 21 repeat 11 times

Main Index

22

K1

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 1

23

K2

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 2

24

S1

RS

Shear relief coefficient due to taper for plane 1

25

S2

RS

Shear relief coefficient due to taper for plane 1

26

NSIA

RS

Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per unit length at end A

27

NSIB

RS

Nonstructural mass moment of inertia per unit length at end B

28

CWA

RS

Warping coefficient for end A

29

CWB

RS

Warping coefficient for end B

30

M1A

RS

Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end A along y-axis

31

M2A

RS

Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end A along z-axis

32

M1B

RS

Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end B along y-axis

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

33

M2B

RS

Location of C.G. of nonstructural mass at end B along z-axis

34

N1A

RS

Location of neutral axis at end A along element’s y-axis

35

N2A

RS

Location of neutral axis at end A along element’s z-axis

36

N1B

RS

Location of neutral axis at end B along element’s y-axis

37

N2B

RS

Location of neutral axis at end B along element’s z-axis

Record 15 -- PBEAML(9202,92,53) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

GROUP(2)

CHAR4

Cross-section group name

5

TYPE(2)

CHAR4

Cross section type

7

VALUE

RS

Cross section values for XXB, SO, NSM, and dimensions

Word 7 repeats until (-1) occurs Record 16 -- PBEND(2502,25,248) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

A

RS

Area

4

I1

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 1

5

I2

RS

Area moment of inertia in plane 2

6

J

RS

Torsional constant

7

FSI

I

flexibility and stress intensification factors

181

182

EPT Element property table

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

8

RM

RS

Mean cross-sectional radius of the curved pipe

9

T

RS

Wall thickness of the curved pipe

10

P

RS

Internal pressure

11

RB

RS

Bend radius of the line of centroids

12

THETAB

RS

Arc angle of element

13

C1

RS

Stress recovery location at point C in element y-axis

14

C2

RS

Stress recovery location at point C in element z-axis

15

D1

RS

Stress recovery location at point D in element y-axis

16

D2

RS

Stress recovery location at point D in element z-axis

17

E1

RS

Stress recovery location at point E in element y-axis

18

E2

RS

Stress recovery location at point E in element z-axis

19

F1

RS

Stress recovery location at point F in element y-axis

20

F2

RS

Stress recovery location at point F in element z-axis

21

K1

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 1

22

K2

RS

Area factor for shear in plane 2

23

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

24

RC

RS

Radial offset of the geometric centroid

25

ZC

RS

Offset of the geometric centroid

26

DELTAN

I

Radial offset of the neutral axis from the geometric centroid

EPT Element property table

Record 17 -- PBMSECT(13301,133,509) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

FORM(C)

I

Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and 3=CP

4

RECLEN

I

Record Length

5

NUMSTAT(C)

I

Number of stations - variable from 1 to 11

6

STATID

I

1-9 for intermediate, -1 for 'A', -2 for B, 0 for none

7

SRECL

I

Station RECord Length

8

SO

RS

Stress output request

9

XXB

RS

Distance ratio from end A

10

NSM

RS

Non-structural mass per unit length

11

OUTP

I

ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer Perimeter

12

OUTG

I

ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer Perimeter

FORM =1

GS

13

PTNUMINP

I

Position of NUMINP in record

14

PTNUMING

I

Position of NUMING in record

15

NUMINP(C)

I

Number of Point INner Perimeters defined

16

INPEXTID

I

INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number

17

INP

I

ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner Perimeter

Words 16 through 17 repeat NUMINP times 18

Main Index

NUMING(C)

I

Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters defined

183

184

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

19

INGEXTID

I

INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number

20

ING

I

ID of GMCURV defining part of INner Perimeter

Words 19 through 20 repeat NUMING times FORM =

CP and OP

13

PTNUMBRP

I

Position of NUMBRP in record

14

PTNUMBRG

I

Position of NUMBRG in record

15

PTNUMHEI

I

Position of NUMHEI in record

16

PTNUMWID

I

Position of NUMWID in record

17

PTNUMLEN

I

Position of NUMLEN in record

18

PTNUMTHI

I

Position of NUMTHI in record

19

NUMBRP(C)

I

Number of BRanch Profile defined

20

EXTBRPID

I

External BRanch Profile identification number

21

BRP

I

ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch

Words 20 through 21 repeat NUMBRP times 22

NUMBRG(C)

I

Number of BRanch GMCURV defined

23

EXTBRGID

I

External BRanch GMCURV identification number

24

BRG

I

ID of GMCURV specifying branch

Words 23 through 24 repeat NUMBRG times

Main Index

25

NUMHEI(C)

I

Number of heights/vertical dimensions

26

EXTHGTID

I

External Height identification number

27

HGPTID1

I

Height - identification number of point1

28

HGPTID2

I

Height - identification number of point2

29

NUMWID(C)

I

Number of widths/horizontal dimensions

30

EXTWIDID

I

External Width identification number

31

WDPTID1

I

Width - identification number of point1

EPT Element property table

Word 32

Name WDPTID2

Type I

Description Width - identification number of point2

Words 30 through 32 repeat NUMWID times 33

NUMLEN(C)

I

Number of lengths/slant dimensions

34

EXTLENID

I

External Length identification number

35

LNPTID1

I

Length - identification number of point1

36

LNPTID2

I

Length - identification number of point2

Words 34 through 36 repeat NUMLEN times 37

NUMTHI(C)

I

Number of specified thicknesses

38

EXTTHKID

I

External Thickness identification number

39

THICKNES

RS

40

SPECOPT

SPECOPT =1 41

THGMID

42

UNDEF

SPECOPT =2

I

Thickness of the segment Specification option

GMCURV I

ID of GMCURV

none Point identification number

41

THPTID1

I

Thickness - identification number of point1

42

THPTID2

I

Thickness - identification number of point1

SPECOPT =0 41

UNDEF(2 )

Other none

End SPECOPT Words 38 through max repeat NUMTHI times End FORM 43

OHEIGHT

RS

Overall Station Height

44

OWIDTH

RS

Overall Station Width

Words 6 through max repeat NUMSTAT times

Main Index

185

186

EPT Element property table

Record 18 -- PBRSECT(13201,132,513) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

FORM(C)

I

Cross-section form; 1=GS, 2=OP, and 3=CP

4

RECLEN

I

Record Length

5

NSM

RS

Non-structural mass per unit length

6

OUTP

I

ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of OUTer Perimeter

7

OUTG

I

ID of GMCURV defining part of OUTer Perimeter

FORM =1

GS

8

PTNUMINP

I

Position of NUMINP in record

9

PTNUMING

I

Position of NUMING in record

10

NUMINP(C)

I

Number of Point INner Perimeters defined

11

INPEXTID

I

INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number

12

INP

I

ID of SET1 or SET3 defining part of INner Perimeter

Words 11 through 12 repeat NUMINP times 13

NUMING(C)

I

Number of GMCURV INner Perimeters defined

14

INGEXTID

I

INner Perimeter EXTernal identification number

15

ING

I

ID of GMCURV defining part of INner Perimeter

Words 14 through 15 repeat NUMING times FORM = 8

Main Index

CP and OP PTNUMBRP

I

Position of NUMBRP in record

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

PTNUMBRG

I

Position of NUMBRG in record

10

PTNUMHEI

I

Position of NUMHEI in record

11

PTNUMWID

I

Position of NUMWID in record

12

PTNUMLEN

I

Position of NUMLEN in record

13

PTNUMTHI

I

Position of NUMTHI in record

14

NUMBRP(C)

I

Number of BRanch Profile defined

15

EXTBRPID

I

External BRanch profile identification number

16

BRP

I

ID of SET1 or SET3 specifying branch

Words 15 through 16 repeat NUMBRP times 17

NUMBRG(C)

I

Number of BRanch GMCURV defined

18

EXTBRGID

I

External BRanch GMCURV identification number

19

BRG

I

ID of GMCURV specifying branch

Words 18 through 19 repeat NUMBRG times 20

NUMHEI(C)

I

Number of heights/vertical dimensions

21

EXTHGTID

I

External Height identification number

22

HGPTID1

I

Height - identification number of point1

23

HGPTID2

I

Height - identification number of point2

Words 21 through 23 repeat NUMHEI times 24

NUMWID(C)

I

Number of widths/horizontal dimensions

25

EXTWIDID

I

External width identification number

26

WDPTID1

I

Width - identification number of point1

27

WDPTID2

I

Width - identification number of point2

Words 25 through 27 repeat NUMWID times

Main Index

28

NUMLEN(C)

I

Number of lengths/slant dimensions

29

EXTLENID

I

External length identification number

30

LNPTID1

I

Length - identification number of point1

187

188

EPT Element property table

Word 31

Name

Type

Description

I

Length - identification number of point2

LNPTID2

Words 29 through 31 repeat NUMLEN times 32

NUMTHI(C)

I

Number of specified thicknesses

33

EXTTHKID

I

External Thickness identification number

34

THICKNES

RS

35

SPECOPT

SPECOPT =1

Thickness of the segment

I

Specification option

GMCURV

36

THGMID

37

UNDEF

SPECOPT =2

I

Identification number of GMCURV

none Point identification number

36

THPTID1

I

Thickness - identification number of point1

37

THPTID2

I

Thickness - identification number of point1

SPECOPT =0 36

Other

UNDEF(2 )

none

End SPECOPT Words 33 through max repeat NUMTHI times End FORM 38

OHEIGHT

RS

Overall Heighth

39

OWIDTH

RS

Overall Width

Record 19 -- PBUSH(1402,14,37) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

K(6)

RS

Nominal stiffness values

8

B(6)

RS

Nominal damping coefficient

14

GE(6)

RS

Nominal structural damping constant

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

20

SA

RS

Stress recovery coefficient in the translational component

21

ST

RS

Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational component

22

EA

RS

Strain recovery coefficient in the translational component

23

ET

RS

Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational component

Record 20 -- PBUSH1D(3101,31,219) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

PID

2

K

RS

Stiffness

3

C

RS

Viscous Damping

4

M

RS

Mass

5

ALPHA

RS

Temperature coefficient

6

SA

RS

Stress recovery coefficient

7

EA

RS

Strain recovery coefficient

8

TYPEA

9

CVT

RS

Coefficient of translation velocity tension

10

CVC

RS

Coefficient of translation velocity compression

11

EXPVT

RS

Exponent of velocity tension

12

EXPVC

RS

Exponent of velocity compression

13

IDTSU

I

TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor vs displacement

14

IDTCU

I

DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor vs displacement

15

IDTSUD

I

DEQATN entry identification number for derivative tension

I

Property identification number

Shock data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation

189

190

EPT Element property table

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

16

IDCSUD

I

DEQATN entry identification number for derivative compression

17

TYPES

I

Spring data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation

18

IDTS

I

TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number for tension compression

19

IDCS

I

DEQATN entry identification number for compression

20

IDTDU

I

DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor vs displacement

21

IDCDU

I

DEQATN entry identification number for force vs displacement

22

TYPED

I

Damper data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation

23

IDTD

I

TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number for tension compression

24

IDTD

I

DEQATN entry identification number for compression

25

IDTDV

I

DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor versus velocity

26

IDCDV

I

DEQATN entry identification number for force versus velocity

27

TYPEG

I

General data type: 0=Null, 1=Table, 2=Equation

28

IDTG

I

TABLEDi or DEQATN entry identification number for tension compression

29

IDCG

I

DEQATN entry identification number for compression

30

IDTDU

I

DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor versus displacement

31

IDCDU

I

DEQATN entry identification number for force versus displacement

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

32

IDTDV

I

DEQATN entry identification number for scale factor versus velocity

33

IDCDV

I

DEQATN entry identification number for force vs velocity

34

TYPEF

I

Fuse data type: 0=Null, 1=Table

35

IDTF

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for tension

36

IDCF

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for compression

37

UT

RS

Ultimate tension

38

UC

RS

Ultimate compression

Record 21 -- PBUSHT(702,7,38) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TKID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification numbers for stiffness

8

TBID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification numbers for viscous damping

14

TGEID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for structural damping

20

TKNID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification numbers for force versus deflection

Record 22 -- PCOMP(2706,27,287) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

N(C)

I

Number of plies

3

Z0

RS

Distance from the reference plane to the bottom surface

4

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit area

191

192

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

SB

RS

6

FT

I

7

TREF

RS

Reference temperature

8

GE

RS

Damping coefficient

9

MID

10

T

RS

Thicknesses of the ply

11

THETA

RS

Orientation angle of the longitudinal direction of the ply

12

SOUT

I

I

Allowable shear stress of the bonding material Failure theory

Material identification number

Stress or strain output request of the ply

Words 9 through 12 repeat N times Record 23 -- PCOMPA(13100,131,547) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

PID

2

FORM(2)

CHAR4

4

SHFACT

RS

5

REF

CHAR4

Reference surface, TOP, MID or BOT

6

STRDEF(2)

CHAR4

Definition in stress-strain output

8

DT1D

CHAR4

Time step skip for one-dimensional failure, YES or NO

9

STRNOUT

CHAR4

Strain output option, YES or NO

10

CLT

11

SPINCOR

I CHAR4

Property identification number Element formulation, similar to PSHELL1 Shear correction factor

Option to use Classical Lamination Theory Spin correction, YES or NO

EPT Element property table

Record 24 -- PCONEAX(152,19,147) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID1

I

Material identification number for membrane

3

T1

4

MID2

5

I

6

MID3

7

T2

RS

Transverse shear thickness

8

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit area

9

Z1

RS

Fiber distance 1 from the middle surface for stress recovery

10

Z2

RS

Fiber distance 2 from the middle surface for stress recovery

11

PHI

RS

Azimuthal angle for stress recovery

RS I

Membrane thickness Material identification number for bending

RS

Moment of inertia per unit width

I

Material identification number for transverse shear

Word 11 repeats 14 times Record 25 -- PCONV(11001,110,411) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

FORM

I

Type of formula used for free convection

4

EXPF

RS

5

FTYPE

I

Formula type for various tabular functions

6

TID

I

ID of a TABLEHT entry

7

UNDEF(2 )

9

CHLEN

RS

10

GIDIN

I

Free convection exponent

none Characteristic length ID of the referenced inlet point

193

194

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

CE

I

Coordinate system for defining the flow direction

12

E(3)

RS

Vector components of flow direction

Record 26 -- PCONVM(2902,29,420) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

FORM

I

Type of formula used for free convection

4

FLAG

I

Flag for mass flow convection

5

COEF

RS

Constant coefficient used for forced convection

6

EXPR

RS

Reynolds number convection exponent

7

EXPPI

RS

Prandtl number convection exponent into the working fluid

8

EXPPO

RS

Prandtl number convection exponent out of the working fluid

Record 27 -- PDAMP(202,2,45) Word

Name

1

PID

2

B

Type I RS

Description Property identification number Force per unit velocity

Record 28 -- PDAMPT(1202,12,33) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TBID

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for viscous damping

EPT Element property table

Record 29 -- PDAMP5(8702,87,412) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

B

RS

Damping multiplier

Record 30 -- PDUM1(6102,61,116) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 31 -- PDUM2(6202,62,117) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 32 -- PDUM3(6302,63,118) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 33 -- PDUM4(6402,64,159) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 34 -- PDUM5(6502,65,160) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

195

196

EPT Element property table

Record 35 -- PDUM6(6602,66,161 )

Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 36 -- PDUM7(6702,67,163) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 37 -- PDUM8(6802,68,164) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 38 -- PDUM9(6902,69,165) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 39 -- PELAS(302,3,46) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

PID

Property identification number

2

K

RS

Elastic property value

3

GE

RS

Damping coefficient

4

S

RS

Stress coefficient

EPT Element property table

Record 40 - PFAST(13501,135,510) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material property identification number

3

D

4

CONNBEH

I

Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 10=RF/R, 11=RR)

5

CONNTYPE

I

Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)

6

EXTCON

I

External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)

7

CONDTYPE

I

Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)

8

WELDTYPE

I

Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=T-seam)

9

MINLEN

RS

Minimum length of spot weld

10

MAXLEN

RS

Maximum length of spot weld

11

GMCHK

I

Perform geometry check

12

SPCGS

I

SPC the master grid GS

13

CMASS

RS

Concentrated mass

14

GE

RS

Structureal Damping

15

UNDEF(3 )

18

MCID

I

Element stiffness coordinate system

19

MFLAG

I

Defined the coordinate system type

20

KT(3)

RS

Stiffness values in direction 1

23

KR(3)

RS

Rotation stiffness values in direction 1

RS

Diameter of the fastener

none

Record 41 -- PELAST(1302,13,34) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TKID

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for stiffness

197

198

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

TGEID

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for structural damping

4

TKNID

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for force versus deflection

Record 42 -- PGAP(2102,21,121) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

UO

RS

Initial gap opening

3

FO

RS

Preload

4

KA

RS

Axial stiffness for the closed gap

5

KB

RS

Axial stiffness for the open gap

6

KT

RS

Transverse stiffness when the gap is closed

7

MU1

RS

Coefficient of static friction

8

MU2

RS

Coefficient of kinetic friction

9

TMAX

RS

Maximum allowable penetration

10

MAR

RS

Maximum allowable adjustment ratio

11

TRMIN

RS

Fraction of TMAX for the lower bound of penetration

Record 43 -- PHBDY(2802,28,236) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

AF

RS

Area factor of the surface

3

D1

RS

Diameter 1 associated with the surface

4

D2

RS

Diameter 1 associated with the surface

EPT Element property table

Record 44 -- PINTC(12001,120,480) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TOL

RS

Tolerance between interface elements and subdomain boundaries

3

DSCALE

RS

Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier functions

4

UNDEF(5 )

none

Record 45 -- PINTS(12101,121,484) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TOL

RS

Tolerance between interface elements and subdomain boundaries

3

DSCALE

RS

Scaling parameter for Lagrange multiplier functions

4

UNDEF(5 )

none

Record 46 -- PLPLANE(4606,46,375) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

STR

CHAR4

5

UNDEF(7 )

Location of stress and strain output

none

Record 47 -- PLSOLID(4706,47,376) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

199

200

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

3

STR

4

UNDEF(4 )

Type CHAR4

Description Location of stress and strain output

none

Record 48 -- PMASS(402,4,44) Word

Name

1

PID

2

M

Type I RS

Description Property identification number Mass

Record 49 -- PROD(902,9,29) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

A

RS

Area

4

J

RS

Torsional constant

5

C

RS

Coefficient to determine torsional stress

6

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

Record 50 -- PSHEAR(1002,10,42) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

T

RS

Thickness o

4

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit area.

5

F1

RS

Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 1-2 and 3-4

6

F2

RS

Effectiveness factor for stiffness along edges 2-3 and 1-4

EPT Element property table

Record 51 -- PSHELL(2302,23,283) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID1

I

Material identification number for the membrane

3

T

4

MID2

5

BK

6

MID3

7

TS

RS

Transverse shear thickness ratio

8

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit area

9

Z1

RS

Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation

10

Z2

RS

Fiber distance 1 for stress calculation

11

MID4

RS

Default membrane thickness for Ti on the connection entry

I

Material identification number for bending

RS

Bending moment of inertia ratio

I

Material identification number for transverse shear

I

Material identification number for membrane-bending coupling

Record 52 -- PSOLID(2402,24,281) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

CORDM

I

Material coordinate system identification number

4

IN

I

Integration network

5

STRESS

I

Location selection for stress output

6

ISOP

I

Integration scheme

7

FCTN

CHAR4

Fluid element flag

201

202

EPT Element property table

Record 53 -- PSOLIDL(7602,76,370) Word

Name

Type

1

PID

I

2

FT

I

3

TREF

RS

4

GE

RS

5

NSM

RS

6

NLAY

I

7

MID

I

8

T1

RS

9

THETA

RS

10

SOUT

Description Property identification number

Material identification number

I

Words 7 through 10 repeat 40 times Record 54 -- PTRIA6(6202,62,117) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

REAL(4)

RS

Record 55 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645) Word

Main Index

Name

Type Type

Description

Word

Name

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

ELFORM

I

Element formulation

4

SHRF

RS

5

NIP(C)

I

6

PROPT

RS

Shear factor Number of through shell thickness integration points Printout option

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

7

QR

8

ICOMP

9

B

Type RS I RS

Description Quadrature rule Flag for layered composite material mode Material angle at i-th integration point

Word 9 repeats NIP times Record 56 -- PTUBE(1602,16,30) This record is slightly unstructured: OD2 is only written out if heat transfer. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

OD

RS

Outside diameter of tube

4

T

RS

Thickness of tube

5

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

6

OD2

RS

Heat transfer only: Outside diameter of tube

Record 57-- PSET(10301,103,399) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

p-value set identification number

2

POLY1

I

Polynomial order in 1 direction of the CID system

3

POLY2

I

Polynomial order in 2 direction of the CID system

4

POLY3

I

Polynomial order in 2 direction of the CID system

5

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

6

TYPE

CHAR4

Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID"

203

204

EPT Element property table

Word 7

Name

Type

TYPEID

I

Description SET identification number or element identification number with this p-value specification.

Words 1 through 7 repeat until End of Record Record 58 -- PVAL(10201,102,400) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

p-value set identification number

2

POLY1

I

Polynomial order in 1 direction of the CID system

3

POLY2

I

Polynomial order in 2 direction of the CID system

4

POLY3

I

Polynomial order in 2 direction of the CID system

5

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

6

TYPE

7

TYPEID

CHAR4 I

Type of set provided: "SET" or "ELID" SET identification number or element identification number with this p-value specification.

Words 1 through 7 repeat until End of Record Record 59-- PVISC(1802,18,31) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

CE

RS

Viscous damping for extension

3

CR

RS

Viscous damping for rotation

EPT Element property table

Record 60 -- PWELD(11801,118,560) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material property identification number

3

D

4

CONNBEH

I

Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 10=RF/R, 11=RR)

5

CONNTYPE

I

Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)

6

EXTCON

I

External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)

7

CONDTYPE

I

Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)

8

WELDTYPE

I

Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=T-seam)

9

MINLEN

RS

Minimum length of spot weld

10

MAXLEN

RS

Maximum length of spot weld

11

GMCHK

I

Perform geometry check

12

SPCGS

I

SPC the master grid GS

13

CMASS

RS

14

UNDEF(1)

RS

Diameter of the spot weld

Concentrated mass

NONE

Record 61 -- PWSEAM(13701,137,638) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material property identification number

3

W

RS

Width of spot weld

4

T

RS

thickness of seam

5

CONNBEH

I

Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 10=RF/R, 11=RR)

6

CONNTYPE

I

Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)

205

206

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

EXTCON

I

External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)

8

WELDTYPE

I

Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=Tseam)

9

MINLEN

RS

Minimum length of spot weld

10

MAXLEN

RS

Maximum length of spot weld

11

GMCHK

I

Perform geometry check

12

SPCGS

I

SPC the master grid GS

13

CMASS

RS

14

CONDTYPE

I

Concentrated mass Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)

Record 62 -- VIEW(2606,26,289) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IVIEW

I

View identification number

2

ICAVITY

I

Cavity identification number

3

SHADE

I

Shadowing flag for the face of CHBDYi element

4

NB

I

Subelement mesh size in the beta direction

5

NG

I

Subelement mesh size in the gamma direction

6

DISLIN

RS

Displacement of a surface perpendicular to the surface

Record 63 -- VIEW3D(3002,30,415) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ICAVITY

I

Radiant cavity identification number

2

GITB

I

Gaussian integration order for third-body shadowing

3

GIPS

I

Gaussian integration order for selfshadowing

4

CIER

I

Discretization level

EPT Element property table

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

ETOL

RS

Error estimate

6

ZTOL

RS

Zero tolerance

7

WTOL

RS

Warpage tolerance

8

RADCHK

I

Radiation exchange diagnostic output level

Record 64 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name BIT(6)

Type I

Description Record presence trailer words

207

208

EPT01 Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001

EPT01

Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001

Note: EPT01 is identical in format and content to EPT except for the following records. Record 0 – PBUSH(1402,14,37) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

K(6)

RS

Nominal stiffness values

8

B(6)

RS

Nominal damping coefficient

14

GE1

RS

Nominal structural damping constant

15

SA

RS

Stress recovery coefficient in the translational component

16

ST

RS

Stress recovery coefficient in the rotational component

17

EA

RS

Strain recovery coefficient in the translational component

18

ET

RS

Strain recovery coefficient in the rotational component

Record 1 – PBUSHT(702,7,38) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

TKID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification numbers for stiffness

8

TBID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification numbers for viscous damping

14

TGEID

I

TABLEDi entry identification number for structural damping

15

TKNID(6)

I

TABLEDi entry identification numbers for force versus deflection

EPT01 Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001

Record 2 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

ELFORM

I

Element formulation

4

SHRF

RS

Shear factor

5

NIP(C)

I

Number of through shell thickness integration points

6

PROPT

RS

Printout option

7

QR

RS

Quadrature rule

8

ICOMP

I

Flag for layered composite material mode

9

B

RS

Material angle at i-th integration point

Word 9 repeats NIP times Record 3 - PWSEAM(13701,137,638) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PID

I

Property identification number

2

MID

I

Material property identification number

3

W

RS

Width of spot weld

4

T

RS

thickness of seam

5

CONNBEH

I

Connection behavior (0=FF/F, 1=FR, 10=RF/R, 11=RR)

6

CONNTYPE

I

Connection type (0=clamp, 1=hinge, 2=bolt)

7

EXTCON

I

External constraint flag (0=off, 1=on)

8

WELDTYPE

I

Weld type (0=spot weld, 1=but seam, 2=Tseam)

9

MINLEN

RS

Minimum length of spot weld

10

MAXLEN

RS

Maximum length of spot weld

11

GMCHK

I

Perform geometry check

209

210

EPT01 Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

12

SPCGS

I

13

CMASS

RS

14

CONDTYPE

I

Description SPC the master grid GS Concentrated mass Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers

EQEXIN

Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- EXT2INT Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and internal numbers in external sort. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GRIDID

I

External grid or scalar identification number

2

INTID

I

Internal identification number

Record 2 -- EXT2SIL Contains pairs of external grid and scalar numbers and coded SIL numbers in external sort. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GRIDID

I

External grid or scalar identification number

2

TENXSIL

I

10*SIL number + code (see note)

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

NGS

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I none

Description Total number of grid scalar points

211

212

EQEXIN Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers

Note: 1. In TENXSIL, SIL number (scalar index value) is the degree-of-freedom counter and in this context represents the first degree-of-freedom of the grid or scalar point. Code represents the type of point: 1 for grid point 2 for scalar point 3 for extra point For example, if there are three grid points in the model, then the three SIL numbers are 1, 7, and 13 and the TENXSIL numbers are 11, 71, and 131.

Main Index

ERROR Table of p-element error tolerances

ERROR

Table of p-element error tolerances

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- ERROR Word

Name

1

EID

2

ERRMAX

3

P(3)

6

Type I

Description Element identification number

RS

Accumulated Maximum error for all subcases

I

Polynomial order in x,y,z directions

ERRCAS

RS

Calculated error for current subcase

7

WHYCAS

I

Why an element is excluded from error analysis

8

WHYALL

I

Accumulation over all subcases of previous item

Words 1 through 8 repeat until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

NWERRN

I

Used by OFPVUI subroutine

2

ERRPRN

I

Accumulates error print requests

3

PVALDV

I

Accumulates PVAL card print/punch requests.

4

ILOOP

I

To check with current ILOOP for new adaptivity loop

5

PVALID

I

To be used as old PVAL identification number. Updated only when SEID=0

6

UNDEF

none

213

214

ERROR Table of p-element error tolerances

Note: 1. WHYCAS is composed of bits for internal use only. Bits include values for ERRTOL,SIGTOL,EPSTOL,ERRGRD,ERRELM.

Main Index

FOL Frequency response frequency output list

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list

Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

FREQ

Type CHAR4 RS

Description Data block name Frequency

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Number of frequencies

2

WORD2

I

Frequency set record number

3

WORD3

I

Number of loads

4

UNDEF(3 )

none

215

216

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- CORD1C(1701,17,6) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

TWO

I

Constant 2

3

ONE

I

Constant 1

4

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

5

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

6

G3

I

Grid point 3 identification number

Record 2 -- CORD1R(1801,18,5) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

ONE1

I

Constant 1

3

ONE2

I

Constant 1

4

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

5

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

6

G3

I

Grid point 3 identification number

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 3 -- CORD1S(1901,19,7) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

THREE

I

Constant 3

3

ONE

I

Constant 1

4

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

5

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

6

G3

I

Grid point 3 identification number

Record 4 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

TWO1

I

Constant 2

3

TWO2

I

Constant 2

4

RID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

5

A1

RX

Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID

6

A2

RX

Location of A in coordinate 2 of RID

7

A3

RX

Location of A in coordinate 3 of RID

8

B1

RX

Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID

9

B2

RX

Location of B in coordinate 2 of RID

10

B3

RX

Location of B in coordinate 3 of RID

11

C1

RX

Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID

12

C2

RX

Location of C in coordinate 2 of RID

13

C3

RX

Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

217

218

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 5 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

ONE

I

Constant 1

3

TWO

I

Constant 2

4

RID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

5

A1

RX

Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID

6

A2

RX

Location of A in coordinate 2 of RID

7

A3

RX

Location of A in coordinate 3 of RID

8

B1

RX

Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID

9

B2

RX

Location of B in coordinate 2 of RID

10

B3

RX

Location of B in coordinate 3 of RID

11

C1

RX

Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID

12

C2

RX

Location of C in coordinate 2 of RID

13

C3

RX

Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

Record 6 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

SIXTY5

I

Constant 65 or 3?

3

EIGHT

I

Constant 8 or 2?

4

RID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

5

A1

RX

Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID

6

A2

RX

Location of A in coordinate 2 of RID

7

A3

RX

Location of A in coordinate 3 of RID

8

B1

RX

Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID

9

B2

RX

Location of B in coordinate 2 of RID

10

B3

RX

Location of B in coordinate 3 of RID

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

C1

RX

Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID

12

C2

RX

Location of C in coordinate 2 of RID

13

C3

RX

Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

Record 7 -- CORD3R(14301,143,651) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Unique coordinate system identification number

2

N1

I

First grid point identification number

3

N2

I

Second grid point identification number

4

N3

I

Third grid point identification number

Record 8 -- CSUPER(2301,23,304) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SSID

I

Coded identification number for secondary superelement

2

PSID

I

Primary superelement identification number

3

G

I

Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton numbers

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 9 -- CSUPEXT(5501,55,297) Word

Name

Type

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

G

I

Grid or scalar point identification numbers in the downstream superelement

Word 2 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

219

220

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 10 -- EXTRN(1627,16,463) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GID

I

Grid point identification numbers to connect external SE

2

C

I

Component numbers

Words 1 through 2 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 11 -- FEEDGE(6101,61,388) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EDGEID

I

Edge identification number

2

GRID1

I

Identification number of end GRID 1

3

GRID2

I

Identification number of end GRID 2

4

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

5

GEOMIN

CHAR4

Type of referencing entry: "GMCURV" or "POINT"

6

GEOMID1

I

Identification number of a POINT or GMCURV entry

7

GEOMID2

I

Identification number of a POINT or GMCURV entry

Record 12 -- GMCURV(6601,66,392) Word

Name

Type I

1

CURVID

2

GROUP(2)

4

CIDIN

I

Coordinate system identification number for the geometry

5

CIDBC

I

Coordinate system identification number for the constraints

6

DATA

CHAR4

CHAR4

Word 6 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description Curve identification number Group of curves/surfaces to which this curve belongs

Geometry evaluator specific data

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 13 -- FEFACE(6201,62,389) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

FACEID

I

Face identification number

2

GRID1

I

Identification number of end GRID 1

3

GRID2

I

Identification number of end GRID 2

4

GRID3

I

Identification number of end GRID 3

5

GRID4

I

Identification number of end GRID 4

6

CIDBC

I

Coordinate system identification number for the constraints

7

SURFID(2)

I

Alternate method used to specify the geometry

Record 14 -- POINT(6001,60,377) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Point identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

X1

RX

Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CID

4

X2

RX

Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CID

5

X3

RX

Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CID

Record 15 -- GMSURF(10101,101,394) Word

Main Index

Name

1

ID

2

GROUP(2)

4

CIDIN

Type I CHAR4 I

Description Surface Identification number Group of curves/surfaces to which this curve belongs Coordinate system identification number for the geometry

221

222

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Word

Name

Type

Description Coordinate system identification number for the constraints

5

CIDBC

I

6

DATA

CHAR4

Geometry evaluator specific data

Word 6 repeats until End of Record Record 16 -- GMCORD(6401,64,402) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

CID

2

ENTITY

3

ID1

I

Entity identification number 1

4

ID2

I

Entity identification number 2

CHAR4

Coordinate system identification number Bulk Data entry used to define the coordinate system

Record 17 -- GRID(4501,45,1) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid point identification number

2

CP

I

Location coordinate system identification number

3

X1

RX

Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP

4

X2

RX

Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CP

5

X3

RX

Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CP

6

CD

I

Degree-of-freedom coordinate system identification number

7

PS

I

Permanent single-point constraints

8

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 18 -- SEBNDRY(1527,15,466) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEIDA

I

Superelement A identification number

2

SEIDB

I

Superelement B identification number

3

G

I

Boundary grid point identification number in SEIDA

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 19 -- SEBULK(1427,14,465) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

TYPE

I

Superelement type

3

RSEID

I

Reference superelement identification number

4

METHOD

I

Boundary point search method: 1=automatic or 2=manual

5

TOL

RS

6

LOC

I

Coincident location check option: yes=1 or no=2

7

MEDIA

I

Media format of boundary data of external SE

8

UNIT

I

FORTRAN unit number of OP2 and OP4 input of external SE

Location tolerance

Record 20 -- SECONCT(427,4,453) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SEIDA

I

Superelement A identification number

2

SEIDB

I

Superelement B identification number

3

TOL

RS

4

LOC

I

Location tolerance Coincident location check option: yes=1 or no=2

223

224

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

UNDEF(4 )

none

9

GA

I

Grid point identification number in SEIDA

10

GB

I

Grid point identification number in SEIDB

Words 9 through 10 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 21 -- SEELT(7902,79,302) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

Word 2 repeats until End of Record Record 22 -- SEEXCLD(527,72,454) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEIDA

I

Superelement A identification number

2

SEIDB

I

Superelement B identification number or -1 for all

3

GA

I

Grid point identification number in SEIDA

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 23 -- SELABEL(1027,10,459) Word

Main Index

Name

1

SEID

2

LABEL(14)

Type

Description

I

Superelement identification number

CHAR4

Label associated with superelement SEID

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 24 -- SELOC(827,8,457) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

GA1

I

Grid point 1 identification number in SEID

3

GA2

I

Grid point 2 identification number in SEID

4

GA3

I

Grid point 3 identification number in SEID

5

GB1

I

Grid point 1 identification number in the main Bulk Data

6

GB2

I

Grid point 2 identification number in the main Bulk Data

7

GB3

I

Grid point 3 identification number in the main Bulk Data

Record 25 -- SEMPLN(927,9,458) Word

Name

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

MIRRTYPE

I

Mirror type

MIRRTYPE=1

Plane

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number in the main Bulk Data

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number in the main Bulk Data

5

G3

I

Grid point 3 identification number in the main Bulk Data

6

UNDEF(2 )

MIRRTYPE=2

Main Index

Type

none

Not Defined

Normal

3

G

I

Grid point identification number in the main Bulk Data

4

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

5

N1

RS

Normal component in direction 1 of CID

6

N2

RS

Normal component in direction 2 of CID

225

226

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Word 7

Name

Type

Description

RS

Normal component in direction 3 of CID

N3

End MIRRTYPE Record 26 -- SENQSET(1327,13,464) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

NQSET

I

Number of internally generated scalar points

Record 27 -- SEQGP(5301,53,4) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

SEQID

I

Sequenced identification number

Record 28 -- SEQSEP(5401,54,305) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SSID

I

Secondary superelement identification number

2

PSID

I

Primary superelement identification number

3

G

I

Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton numbers

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 29 -- SESET(5601,56,296) Word

Name

Type

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

G

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

Word 2 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Record 30 -- SETREE(1227,12,462) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

SEUPI

I

Upstream superelement identification number

Word 2 repeats until End of Record Record 31 -- SNORM(5678,71,475) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GID

I

Grid point identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

N1

RS

Normal component in direction 1 of CID

4

N2

RS

Normal component in direction 2 of CID

5

N3

RS

Normal component in direction 3 of CID

Record 32 -- CSUPER1(5701,57,323) This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

PSID

I

Primary superelement identification number

3

TYPE

I

,{

4

VIEW

I

,{

5

DIROPT

I

,{

6

DIRTOL

RS

,{

7

GEOMTOL

RS

,{

8

CARDID

I

,{

9

MODEL

I

,{

10

SOLID

I

,{

11

DBSET

I

,{

227

228

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Word

Name

Type

Description

12

COPY

I

,{

13

DELETE

I

,{

14

GRIDLIST

I

,{

15

XX

I

xx

XX =0

xx

16

G

I

,{

17

C

I

,{

Words 16 through 17 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs XX =-1

yy

End XX Record 33 -- SUPUP(5801,58,324) This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEUP1

I

,{

2

PSID

I

Primary superelement identification number

3

SEDOWN1

I

,{

4

SEUP2

I

,{

5

PSID

I

Primary superelement identification number

6

SEDOWN2

I

,{

Record 34 -- SWLDPRM(14101,141,403) Word 1

Name PARMID(C)

PARMID =1 2

Main Index

Type I

Description Spot weld parameter internal identification number

Maximum angle between normal vectors GSPROJ

RS

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

Word

Name

PARMID =2 2 PARMID =3

RS Maximum number of times GS is moved

GSMOVE

PARMID =4 2

1 Stop the run after the connectivities of are generated

CHKRUN

PARMID =5 2

Description

Tolerance to accept the projected point PROJTOL

2

Type

I Print diagnostic output for CWELD elements

PRTSW

I

SAVSW

I

PARMID =6 2 PARMID =7 2

Maximum number of times the diameter D is reduced NREDIA

I

End PARMID Words 1 through max repeat until End of Record Record 35 -- TRAILER Word 1

Name BIT(6)

Type I

Description Record presence trailer words

Notes: 1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will be removed eventually. 2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in words 45 thru 54 of the system cell common block. 3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is modified accordingly. 4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the GRID record. The starting view grid identification number is controlled by system cell 180.

Main Index

229

230

GEOM1 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY 2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR.

Main Index

GEOM168 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68

GEOM168 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68 GEOM168 is identical in format and content to GEOM1 except for the following records. Record 0 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

TWO1

I

Constant 2

3

TWO2

I

Constant 2

4

RID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

5

A1

RS

Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID

6

A2

RS

Location of A in coordinate 2 of RID

7

A3

RS

Location of A in coordinate 3 of RID

8

B1

RS

Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID

9

B2

RS

Location of B in coordinate 2 of RID

10

B3

RS

Location of B in coordinate 3 of RID

11

C1

RS

Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID

12

C2

RS

Location of C in coordinate 2 of RID

13

C3

RS

Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

231

232

GEOM168 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68

Record 1 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

ONE

I

Constant 1

3

TWO

I

Constant 2

4

RID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

5

A1

RS

Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID

6

A2

RS

Location of A in coordinate 2 of RID

7

A3

RS

Location of A in coordinate 3 of RID

8

B1

RS

Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID

9

B2

RS

Location of B in coordinate 2 of RID

10

B3

RS

Location of B in coordinate 3 of RID

11

C1

RS

Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID

12

C2

RS

Location of C in coordinate 2 of RID

13

C3

RS

Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

Record 2 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

2

SIXTY5

I

Constant 65

3

EIGHT

I

Constant 8

4

RID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

5

A1

RS

Location of A in coordinate 1 of RID

6

A2

RS

Location of A in coordinate 2 of RID

7

A3

RS

Location of A in coordinate 3 of RID

8

B1

RS

Location of B in coordinate 1 of RID

9

B2

RS

Location of B in coordinate 2 of RID

10

B3

RS

Location of B in coordinate 3 of RID

GEOM168 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

C1

RS

Location of C in coordinate 1 of RID

12

C2

RS

Location of C in coordinate 2 of RID

13

C3

RS

Location of C in coordinate 3 of RID

1

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

Type

Description

Record 3 -- GRID(4501,45,1) Word

Name

1

ID

I

Grid point identification number

2

CP

I

Location coordinate system identification number

3

X1

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP

4

X2

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CP

5

X3

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CP

6

CD

I

Degree-of-freedom coordinate system identification number

7

PS

I

Permanent single-point constraints

8

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

Record 4 -- POINT(6001,60,377) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Point identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

X1

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CID

4

X2

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CID

5

X3

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CID

233

234

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

GEOM2 also contains information on scalar points. ECT is identical in format to GEOM2 except all grid and scalar point external identification numbers are replaced by internal numbers. Also, ECT does not contain SPOINT records. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data Block Name

Record 1 -- AEROQ4(2002,20,0) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Box identification number

2

COMPID

I

Component number in AECOMP

3

COMPTYPE(2)

5

G(4)

CHAR4 I

Component type: SLBD (slender body) Grid identification numbers in AEGRID defining perimeter

Record 2 -- AEROT3(1801,18,0) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Box identification number

2

COMPID

I

component number in AECOMP

3

COMPTYPE(2)

5

G(3)

CHAR4 I

Component type: SLBD (slender body) Grid identification numbers in AEGRID defining perimeter

Record 3-- BEAMAERO(1701,17,0) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Box identification number

2

COMPID

I

component number in AECOMP

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

COMPTYPE(2)

CHAR4

Component type: SLBD (slender body)

5

G(2)

I

Grid identification numbers in AEGRID defining perimeter

Record 4 -- CAABSF(2708,27,59) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

5

G3

I

Grid point 3 identification number

6

G4

I

Grid point 4 identification number

Record 5 -- CAXIF2(2108,21,224) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDF1

I

GRIDF point 1 identification number

3

IDF2

I

GRIDF point 2 identification number

4

RHO

RS

Fluid density in mass units

5

B

RS

Fluid bulk modulus

6

UNDEF

none

Record 6 -- CAXIF3(2208,22,225) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDF1

I

GRIDF point 1 identification number

3

IDF2

I

GRIDF point 2 identification number

4

IFD3

I

GRIDF point 2 identification number

5

RHO

RS

Fluid density in mass units

235

236

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

6

B

7

UNDEF

Type RS

Description Fluid bulk modulus

none

Record 7 -- CAXIF4(2308,23,226) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDF1

I

GRIDF point 1 identification number

3

IDF2

I

GRIDF point 2 identification number

4

IFD3

I

GRIDF point 2 identification number

5

IDF4

I

GRIDF point 4 identification number

6

RHO

RS

Fluid density in mass units

7

B

RS

Fluid bulk modulus

8

UNDEF

none

Record 8 -- CBAR(2408,24,180) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point identification number at end A

4

GB

I

Grid point identification number at end B

F, 65539=0

Main Index

Type

XYZ option -- basic coordinate system

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 1

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

F, 65539=1

Type

Description

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

I

F, 65539=2

Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option

5

GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

6

UNDEF(2 )

8

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 2

9

PA

I

Pin flags for end A

10

PB

I

Pin flags for end B

11

W1A

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GA

12

W2A

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GA

13

W3A

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GA

14

W1B

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GB

15

W2B

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GB

16

W3B

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GB

none

End F

Record 9 -- CBARAO(4001,40,275) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

SCALE

I

Scale of Xi values

3

X1

RS

1st intermediate station for data recovery

237

238

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

X2

RS

2nd intermediate station for data recovery

5

X3

RS

3rd intermediate station for data recovery

6

X4

RS

4th intermediate station for data recovery

7

X5

RS

5th intermediate station for data recovery

8

X6

RS

6th intermediate station for data recovery

9

UNDEF

none

Record 10 -- CBEAM(5408,54,261) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point end A identification number

4

GB

I

Grid point identification number at end B

5

SA

I

Scalar or grid point identification number at end A for warping

6

SB

I

Scalar or grid point identification number at end B for warping

F, 65539=0

Main Index

Type

XYZ option -- basic coordinate system

7

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

8

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

9

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

10

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 0

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

F, 65539=1

Type

Description

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

7

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

8

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

9

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

10

F

I

F, 65539=2

Orientation vector flag =1

Grid option

7

GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

8

UNDEF(2 )

10

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 2

11

PA

I

Pin flags for end A

12

PB

I

Pin flags for end B

13

W1A

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GA

14

W2A

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GA

15

W3A

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GA

16

W1B

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GB

17

W2B

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GB

18

W3B

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GB

none

End F

Record 11 -- CBEAMP(11401,114,9016) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(4)

I

Internal indices of grid points

239

240

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

SA

I

Scalar or grid point identification number at end A for warping

8

SB

I

Scalar or grid point identification number at end B for warping

F =0

Z

9

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

10

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

11

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

12

F

F =1

I

Orientation vector flag

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

9

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

10

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

11

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

12

F

F =2

I

Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option

9

GO

10

UNDEF(2 )

12

F

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

none I

Orientation vector flag = 2

End F

Main Index

13

BIT

RS

14

PA

I

Pin flags for end A

15

PB

I

Pin flags for end B

16

W1A

RS

Built In Twist

T1 component of offset vector from GA

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

W2A

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GA

18

W3A

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GA

19

W1B

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GB

20

W2B

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GB

21

W3B

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GB

22

UNDEF(2 )

none

Record 12 -- CBEND(4601,46,298) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point identification number at end A

4

GB

I

Grid point identification number at end B

F =0

Z

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

F =1

Main Index

Type

I

Orientation vector flag = 0

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

241

242

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word 8

Name

Type

F

I

F =2

Description Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option

5

GO

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

8

F

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

none I

Orientation vector flag = 2

End F 9

UNDEF(4 )

13

GEOM

none I

Element geometry option

Record 13 -- CBUSH(2608,26,60) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point identification number at end A

4

GB

I

Grid point identification number at end B

F =-1

Use Element CID below for orientation

5

UNDEF(3 )

8

F

F =0

Main Index

Type

none I

Orientation vector flag = -1

XYZ option -- Basic coordinate system -- SECONVRT module

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 0

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

F =1

Type

Description

XYZ option

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

I

F =2

Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option

5

GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

6

UNDEF(2 )

8

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 2

9

CID

I

Element coordinate system identification

10

S

RS

Location of spring damper

11

OCID

12

S1

RS

T1 component of spring-damper offset in the OCID system

13

S2

RS

T2 component of spring-damper offset in the OCID system

14

S3

RS

T3 component of spring-damper offset in the OCID system

none

End F

I

Coordinate system for spring offset

Record 14 -- CBUSH1D(5608,56,218) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers

243

244

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

5

CID

6

UNDEF(3 )

Type I

Description Coordinate system identification number

none

Record 15 -- CCONE(2315,23,0) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

RINGA

I

Ringa + 1000000 * n

4

RINGB

I

Ringb + 100000 * n

Record 16 -- CDAMP1(201,2,69) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

5

C1

I

Component number at grid point 1

6

C2

I

Component number at grid point 2

Record 17 -- CDAMP2(301,3,70) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

2

B

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

5

C1

I

Component number at grid point 1

6

C2

I

Component number at grid point 2

RS

Element identification number Value of the scalar damper

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 18 -- CDAMP3(401,4,71) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

Record 19 -- CDAMP4(501,5,72) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

B

RS

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

Value of the scalar damper

Record 20 -- CDAMP5(10608,106,404) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

Record 21 -- CDUM2(6208,62,108) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 22 -- CDUM3(6308,63,109) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Main Index

Description

245

246

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 23 -- CDUM4(6408,64,110) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 24 -- CDUM5(6508,65,111) Word 1

Name

Type

UNDEF

none

Description

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 25 -- CDUM6(6608,66,112) Word 1

Name

Type

UNDEF

none

Description

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 26 -- CDUM7(6708,67,113) Word 1

Name

Type

UNDEF

none

Description

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 27 -- CDUM8(6808,68,114) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 28 -- CDUM9(6908,69,115) Word 1

Name UNDEF

Type none

Word 1 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 29 -- CELAS1(601,6,73) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

5

C1

I

Component number at grid point 1

6

C2

I

Component number at grid point 2

Record 30 -- CELAS2(701,7,74) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

K

RS

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

5

C1

I

Component number at grid point 1

6

C2

I

Component number at grid point 2

7

GE

RS

Damping coefficient

8

S

RS

Stress coefficient

Stiffness of the scalar spring

Record 31 -- CELAS3(801,8,75) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

247

248

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 32 -- CELAS4(901,9,76) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

K

RS

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

Stiffness of the scalar spring

Record 33 -- CFAST(9801,98,506) Word

Name EID

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GS

I

Spot weld master node identification numberGS

4

FORMAT(C)

I

Connection format (0=gridid)

5

GA

I

ID of GA

6

GB

I

ID of GB

7

TYPE

I

Types of upper and lower elements for FORM="GRIDID"

8

CID

I

C

9

GUPPER(8)

I

Grid IDs of the upper shell

17

GLOWER(8)

FORMAT =1 17

GLOWER(8)

FORMAT =2 17

GLOWER(8)

FORMAT =9 17

XYZ(3)

20

UNDEF(5 )

FORMAT =10

I

Description

1

FORMAT =0

Main Index

Type

Element identification number

GRIDID of GBI I ALIGN (not used) I ELEMID (not used) I ELPAT for xyz RS none PARTPAT for xyz

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

17

XYZ(3)

20

UNDEF(5 )

Type

Description

RS none

End FORMAT 25

TAVG

26

UNDEF(2 )

28

TMIN

RS

Average shell thickness

none RS

Minimum shell thickness

Record 34 -- CFASTP(9301,93,607) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GS

I

Spot weld master node identification number GS

4

FORMAT

I

Connection format (0=gridid)

5

GA

I

ID of GA

6

GB

I

ID of GB

7

NMAP

8

CID

I

C

9

GUPPER(16)

I

Grid IDs of the upper shell

25

GLOWER(16)

I

Grid IDs of the lower shell

41

TAVG

RS

Average shell thickness

42

TMIN

RS

Minimum shell thickness

43

XYZS(3)

RS

Coordinates of grid identification number GS in basic

46

XYZA(3)

RS

Coordinates of grid identification numberGA in basic

49

XYZB(3)

RS

Coordinates of grid identification number GB in basic

RS

Map of the shell element pairs

249

250

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

52

NSEQ(24)

I

Node sequence table of upper and lower shell

76

GIDA(4)

I

Grid IDS of EIDA where GA is located

80

GIDB(3)

I

Grid IDS of EIDB where GB is located

Record 35 -- CFLUID2(8515,85,0) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDF1

I

RINGFL point 1 identification number

3

IDF2

I

RINGFL point 2 identification number

4

RHO

RS

Mass density

5

B

RS

Bulk modulus

6

HARMINDX

I

Harmonic index

Record 36 -- CFLUID3(8615,86,0) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDF1

I

RINGFL point 1 identification number

3

IDF2

I

RINGFL point 2 identification number

4

IDF3

I

RINGFL point 3 identification number

5

RHO

RS

Mass density

6

B

RS

Bulk modulus

7

HARMINDX

I

Harmonic index

Record 37 -- CFLUID4(8715,87,0) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDF1

I

RINGFL point 1 identification number

3

IDF2

I

RINGFL point 2 identification number

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

IDF3

I

RINGFL point 3 identification number

5

IDF4

I

RINGFL point 4 identification number

6

RHO

RS

Mass density

7

B

RS

Bulk modulus

8

HARMINDX

I

Harmonic index

Record 38 -- CINT(7701,77,8881) Word

Name

Type

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

PTELC

I

Pointer to element identification number

4

NSEG

I

Number of segments

5

PTSGR

I

Pointer to segment displacements

6

NBOUND

I

Number of boundaries

7

BID

I

Boundary identification number

8

NEDGE

I

Number of edges

9

PTBND

I

Pointer to boundary identification number

10

PTBGR

I

Pointer to boundary grid displacements

11

PTBED

I

Pointer to boundary edge displacements

12

PTBGL

I

Pointer to boundary grid Lagrange Multipliers

13

PTBEL

I

Pointer to boundary edge Lagrange Multipliers

Words 7 through 13 repeat 6 times 14

Main Index

Description

UNDEF(2 )

none

251

252

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 39 -- CGAP(1908,19,104) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point identification number at end A

4

GB

I

Grid point identification number at end B

F =0

Z

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

F =1

I

Orientation vector flag = 0

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

F =2

I

Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option

5

GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

6

UNDEF(2 )

8

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 2

CID

I

Element coordinate system identification number

none

End F 9

Main Index

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 40 -- CHACAB(8100,81,381) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(20)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 41 -- CHACBR(8200,82,383) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(20)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 42 -- CHBDYE(8308,83,405) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

EID2

I

Heat conduction element identification number

3

SIDE

I

Consistent element side identification number

4

IVIEWF

I

VIEW entry identification number for the front face

5

IVIEWB

I

VIEW entry identification number for the back face

6

RADMIDF

I

RADM entry identification number for front face

7

RADMIDB

I

RADM entry identification number for back face

253

254

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 43 -- CHBDYG(10808,108,406) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

UNDEF

3

TYPE

I

Surface type

4

IVIEWF

I

VIEW entry identification number for the front face

5

IVIEWB

I

VIEW entry identification number for the back face

6

RADMIDF

I

RADM entry identification number for front face

7

RADMIDB

I

RADM entry identification number for back face

8

UNDEF

9

G(8)

none

none I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 44 -- CHBDYP(10908,109,407) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

TYPE

I

Surface type

4

IVIEWF

I

VIEW entry identification number for the front face

5

IVIEWB

I

VIEW entry identification number for the back face

6

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

7

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

8

GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

9

RADMIDF

I

RADM entry identification number for front face

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

RADMIDB

I

RADM entry identification number for back face

11

DISLIN

I

12

CE

I

13

E1

RS

T1 components of the orientation vector in the CE system

14

E2

RS

T2 components of the orientation vector in the CE system

15

E3

RS

T3 components of the orientation vector in the CE system

Coordinate system for defining orientation vector

Record 45 -- CHEXA(7308,73,253) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(20)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 46 -- CHEXA20F(16300,163,9999) Same as record CHEXA description. Record 47 -- CHEXAFD(14000,140,9990) Same as record CHEXA description. Record 48 -- CHEXAL(7908,79,369) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

G(20)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

23

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle

255

256

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 49 -- CHEXP(12001,120,9011) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(8)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

11

E1(24)

I

35

F(6)

I

41

B1

I

42

E2(24)

I

Record 50 -- CHEXPR(7409,74,9991) Same as record CHEXA description. Record 51 -- CMASS1(1001,10,65) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

5

C1

I

Component number at grid point 1

6

C2

I

Component number at grid point 2

Record 52 -- CMASS2(1101,11,66) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

M

RS

3

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

Scalar mass value

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

C1

I

Component number at grid point 1

6

C2

I

Component number at grid point 2

Record 53 -- CMASS3(1201,12,67) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

Record 54 -- CMASS4(1301,13,68) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

M

RS

3

S1

I

Scalar point 1 identification number

4

S2

I

Scalar point 2 identification number

Scalar mass value

Record 55 -- CMFREE(2508,25,0) Word

Name

Type

1

EID

I

2

S

I

3

S2

I

4

Y

RS

5

N

I

Description Element identification number

Record 56 -- CONM1(1401,14,63) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

257

258

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type I

Description

3

CID

Coordinate system identification number

4

M1(1)

RS

Mass matrix term M11

5

M2(2)

RS

Mass matrix terms M21 through M22

7

M3(3)

RS

Mass matrix terms M31 through M33

10

M4(4)

RS

Mass matrix terms M41 through M44

14

M5(5)

RS

Mass matrix terms M51 through M55

19

M6(6)

RS

Mass matrix terms M61 through M66

Record 57 -- CONM2(1501,15,64) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

M

RS

Mass

5

X1

RS

T1 offset from the grid point to the center of gravity

6

X2

RS

T2 offset from the grid point to the center of gravity

7

X3

RS

T3 offset from the grid point to the center of gravity

8

I1(1)

RS

Mass moments of inertia term I11

9

I2(2)

RS

Mass moments of inertia term I21 through I22

11

I3(3)

RS

Mass moments of inertia term I31 through I33

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 58 -- CONROD(1601,16,47) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

G1

I

Grid point 1 identification number

3

G2

I

Grid point 2 identification number

4

MID

I

Material identification number

5

A

RS

Area

6

J

RS

Torsional constant

7

C

RS

Coefficient for torsional stress

8

NSM

RS

Nonstructural mass per unit length

Record 59 -- CONV(12701,127,408) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PCONID

I

Convection property identification number

3

FLMND

I

Point for film convection fluid property temperature

4

CNTRLND

I

Control point for free convection boundary condition

5

TA

I

Ambient points used for convection

RS

Weighting factors of ambient points

Word 5 repeats 8 times 6

WT

Word 6 repeats 8 times Record 60 -- CONVM(8908,89,422) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PCONID

I

Convection property identification number

259

260

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

FLMND

I

Point for film convection fluid property temperature

4

CNTMDOT

I

Control point used for controlling mass flow.

5

TA

I

Ambient points used for convection

Word 5 repeats 2 times Record 61 -- CPENP(12101,121,9012) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

9

E1(18)

I

27

F(5)

I

32

B1

I

33

E2(14)

I

Record 62 -- CPENTA(4108,41,280) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(15)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 63 -- CPENPR(7509,75,9992) Same as record CPENTA description. Record 64 -- CPENT15F(16500,165,9999) Same as record CPENTA description.

Main Index

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 65 -- CPENT6FD(16000,160,9999) Same as record CPENTA description. Record 66 -- CQDX4FD(17000,170,9999) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(9)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 67 -- CQDX9FD(17100,171,9999) Same as record CQDX4FD description. Record 68 -- CQUAD(9108,91,507) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(9)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 69 -- CQUAD4(2958,51,177) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

7

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

8

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

9

UNDEF

none

261

262

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

10

TFLAG

11

T(4)

Type I RS

Description Relative thickness flag Membrane thickness of element at grid points

Record 70 -- CQUAD4FD(13900,139,9989) Same as record CQUAD description. Record 71 -- CQUAD8(4701,47,326) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(8)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

11

T(4)

RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

15

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

16

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

17

TFLAG

I

Relative thickness flag

Record 72 -- CQUAD9FD(16400,164,9999) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(9)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 73 -- CQUADP(11101,111,9014) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(17)

I

Internal indices of connection points

20

UNDEF(7 )

27

INORM

I

28

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

29

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

30

UNDEF

none

31

TFLAG

I

32

T(4)

none

RS

Flag for normals

Relative thickness flag Membrane thickness of element at grid points

Record 74 -- CQUADR(8009,80,367) Same as record CQUAD4 description. Record 75 -- CQUADX(9008,90,508) Same as record CQUAD description. Record 76 -- CRBAR(14700,147,6662) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid point A identification number

3

GB

I

Grid point B identification number

4

LMID1

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

5

NDOFS

I

Number of DOF for Lagrange multiplier

263

264

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

CNA

I

Component numbers of independent DOFs at end A

7

CNB

I

Component numbers of independent DOFs at end B

8

CMA

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs at end A

9

CMB

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs at end B

10

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion cofficient

Record 77 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

NWE

I

Number of words for the element

3

ELTYPE

I

Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT 4-RTRPLT1

4

GN

I

Grid point identification number for independent DOFs

5

CN

I

Component numbers of independent DOFs

Words 4 through 5 repeat until (-2,-2) occurs 6

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent DOFs

7

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs

Words 6 through 7 repeat until (-3,-3) occurs 8

ALPHA

RS

9

UNDEF

none

Thermal expansion cofficient

Words 8 through 9 repeat until (-4,-4) occurs 10

Main Index

LMID

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word 11

Name NDOF

Type I

Description Number of DOF for each Lagrange multiplier identification number

Words 10 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 78 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

NWE

I

Number of words for the element

3

REFG

I

Reference grid point identification number

4

REFC

I

Component numbers at the reference grid point

5

WT1

RS

6

C

I

Component numbers

7

G

I

Grid point identification number

Weighting factor for components of motion at G

Word 7 repeats until End of Record Words 5 through 7 repeat until End of Record 8

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent DOFs

9

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs

Words 8 through 9 repeat until End of Record 10

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion cofficient

Word 10 repeats until End of Record 11

LMID1

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

12

NDOFS

I

Number of DOF for Lagrange multiplier

Words 11 through 12 repeat until End of Record

Main Index

265

266

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 79 -- CRJOINT(11000,110,6667) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid point A identification number

3

GB

I

Grid point B identification number

4

LMID1

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

5

NDOFS

I

Number of DOF for Lagrange multiplier

6

CB

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs at end B

Record 80 -- CROD(3001,30,48) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 81 -- CRROD(12600,126,6661) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid point A identification number

3

GB

I

Grid point B identification number

4

LMID1

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

5

CMA

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs at end A

6

CMB

I

Component numbers of dependent DOFs at end B

7

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion cofficient

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 82 -- CSEAM(13801,138,570) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property ID

3

NSIL

I

Number of non zero sils

4

PRJTOL

RS

Projection tolerance

5

AVGTHK

RS

Half the ave thick of shell A and B

6

GS

I

Starting grid id

7

GE

I

Ending grid id

8

PCID

I

Coor. sys. id for the projection direction,-1 element

9

IECT(32)

I

sill numbers of upper and lower patches

41

XYZS(3)

RS

Coord of GS

44

XYZE(3)

RS

Coord of GE

47

T1S(3)

RS

T1S vector of the element tangent coord. sys.

50

T1E(3)

RS

T1E vector of the element tangent coord. sys.

53

T2S(3)

RS

T2S vector of the element tangent coord. sys.

56

T2E(3)

RS

T2E vector of the element tangent coord. sys.

59

NSEQ(24)

I

Node sequence table of the upper and lower shells

Record 83 -- CSHEAR(3101,31,61) Word 1

Main Index

Name EID

Type I

Description Element identification number

267

268

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 84 -- CSLOT3(4408,44,227) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

IDS(3)

I

GRIDS identification numbers

5

RHO

RS

Fluid density in mass units

6

B

RS

Fluid bulk modulus

7

M

I

Number of slots in circumferential direction

8

HARMINDX

I

Harmonic index

Record 85R -- CSLOT4(4508,45,228) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

IDS(4)

I

6

RHO

RS

Fluid density in mass units

7

B

RS

Fluid bulk modulus

8

M

I

Number of slots in circumferential direction

9

HARMINDX

I

Harmonic index

GRIDS identification numbers

Record 86 -- CTETP(12201,122,9013) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

3

G(4)

I

7

E1(12)

I

19

F(4)

I

23

B1

I

24

E2(4)

I

Description Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 87 -- CTETRA(5508,55,217) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(10)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 88 -- CTETPR(7609,76,9993) Same as record CTETRA description. Record 89 -- CTETR10F(16600,166,9999) Same as record CTETRA description. Record 90 -- CTETR4FD(16100,161,9999) Same as record CTETRA description. Record 91 -- CTQUAD(14801,148,643) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(8)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

269

270

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 92 -- CTTRIA(14901,149,644) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 93 -- CTRIA3(5959,59,282) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(3)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

6

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

7

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

8

UNDEF(2 )

10

TFLAG

11

T(3)

none I RS

Relative thickness flag Membrane thickness of element at grid points

Record 94 -- CTRIA3FD(16200,162,9999) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 95 -- CTRIA6(4801,48,327) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

9

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

10

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

11

T(3)

RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

14

TFLAG

I

Relative thickness flag

Record 96 -- CTRIA6FD(16700,167,9999) Same as record CTRIA3FD description. Record 97 -- CTRIAP(11301,113,9015) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(11)

I

Internal indices of grid points

14

UNDEF(3 )

17

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

18

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

19

UNDEF(2 )

21

TFLAG

22

T(3)

none

none I RS

Relative thickness flag Membrane thickness of element at grid points

271

272

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 98 -- CTRIAR(9200,92,385) Same as record CTRIA3 description. Record 99 -- CTRIAX(10108,101,512) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

9

UNDEF

none

Record 100 -- CTRIAX6(6108,61,107) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

9

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle

10

UNDEF(2 )

none

Record 101 -- CTRIX3FD(16800,168,9978) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(3)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

6

UNDEF(3 )

none

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 102 -- CTRIX6FD(16900,169,9977) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 103 -- CTUBE(3701,37,49) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 104 -- CVISC(3901,39,50) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 105 -- CWELD(11701,117,559) Same as Record CFAST description. Record 106 -- CWELDC(13501,135,564) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GS

I

Spot weld master node identification number GS

4

FORMAT(C)

I

Connection format (0=GRIDID)

273

274

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

GA

I

Identification number of GA

6

GB

I

Identification number of GB

7

TYPE

I

Types of upper and lower elements for FORM="GRIDID"

8

CID

I

C

9

GUPPER(8)

I

Grid identification numbers of the upper shell

17

GLOWER(8)

I

Grid identification numbers of the lower shell

25

UNDEF

26

RID1

I

R

27

RID2

I

R

none

Record 107 -- CWELDG(13601,136,562) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Shell element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GS

I

Spot weld master node identification number GS

4

FORMAT(C)

I

Connection format (3=TRIA3, 4=QUAD4, 6=TRIA6, 8=QUAD8)

5

GA

I

Identification number of GA

6

GB

I

Identification number of GB

7

TYPE

I

Types of upper and lower elements for FORM="GRIDID"

8

CID

I

C

FORMAT =3

Main Index

Type

TRIA3

9

EIDSH

I

Element identification number

10

PIDSH

I

Property identification number of PSHELL

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Description

I

Grid Iidentification numbers of element

11

GIDSH(3)

14

TH

RS

MCID or THETA

15

ZOFFS

RS

ZOFFS

16

UNDEF(3 )

19

T(3)

22

UNDEF(3 )

FORMAT =4

none RS

Membrane thickness

none QUAD4

9

EIDSH

I

Element identification number

10

PIDSH

I

Property identification number of PSHELL

11

GIDSH(4)

I

Grid identification numbers of element

15

TH

RS

MCID or THETA

16

ZOFFS

RS

ZOFFS

17

UNDEF(2 )

19

T(4)

23

UNDEF(2 )

FORMAT =6

none RS

Membrane thickness

none TRIA6

9

EIDSH

I

Element identification number

10

PIDSH

I

Property identification number of PSHELL

11

GIDSH(6)

I

Grid identification numbers of element

17

TH

RS

MCID or THETA

18

ZOFFS

RS

ZOFFS

19

T(3)

RS

Membrane thickness

22

UNDEF(3 )

FORMAT =8

Main Index

Type

none QUAD8

9

EIDSH

I

Element identification number

10

PIDSH

I

Property identification number of PSHELL

275

276

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type I

Description

11

GIDSH(8)

Grid identification numbers of element

19

T(4)

RS

Membrane thickness

23

TH

RS

MCID or THETA

24

ZOFFS

RS

ZOFFS

End FORMAT 25

EID2

I

CWELD or RBAR element identification number

26

RID1

I

R

27

RID2

I

R

Record 108 -- CWSEAM(14600,146,630) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

NG

I

Number of grid points-not used

4

LTYPE(C)

I

1=gridid,2=pointid,3=xyz

5

UNDEF

6

PIDA

I

Pshell identification numbers of shell A

7

PIDB

I

Pshell identification numbers of shell B

8

PCID

I

Coordinate system identification numbers for the projection direction,-1 element

LTYPE =1 9

none

Grid Ids defining the seam axis GI

I

Grid identification numberss defining the seam axis

Word 9 repeats until (-1) occurs LTYPE =2 9

Main Index

Point identification numbers defining the seam axis (not implemented) PI

I

Point identification numbers

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

Word 9 repeats until (-1) occurs LTYPE =3

XYZ option for locating seam axis

9

X1

RS

X- location of seam axis

10

Y1

RS

Y- location of seam axis

11

Z1

RS

Z- location of seam axis

Words 9 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs End LTYPE

Record 109 -- GENEL(4301,43,28) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

UI

I

Independent grid point identification number

3

CI

I

Component number

Words 2 through 3 repeat until End of Record 4

M(C)

I

Number of rows and columns in K or Z and rows in S

5

UD

I

Dependent grid point identification number

6

CD

I

Component number

Words 5 through 6 repeat until End of Record 7

N(C)

I

Number of columns in S

8

F

I

1 means Z, 2 means K

9

KZIJ

RS

Word 9 repeats MM times 10 NZERO =1

Main Index

NZERO(C)

I Actually " 0"

Lower triangular terms of the K or Z matrix. See Notes.

277

278

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word 11

Name

Type

SIJ

RS

Description Terms of the S matrix

Word 11 repeats M times Word 11 repeats N times NZERO =0 End NZERO 12

UNDEF

none

Word 12 repeats until End of Record Record 110 -- GMBNDC(3201,32,478) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

BID

I

Boundary identification number

2

GRIDI

I

Initial grid identification number for boundary

3

GRIDF

I

Final grid identification number for boundary

4

ENTITY(2)

6

EID

CHAR4

Entity type for defining boundary

I

Entity identification numbers for boundary of subdomain

Word 6 repeats until End of Record Record 111 -- GMBNDS(12901,129,482) Word

Name

Type

1

BID

I

Boundary identification number

2

GRIDC(4)

I

Corner grid 1

6

ENTITY(2)

CHAR4

Entity type for defining boundary

8

EID

I

Entity identification numbers for boundary of subdomain

Word 8 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 112 -- GMINTC(3301,33,479) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

IBOUND(6)

I

Boundary identification number

9

UNDEF(42 )

none

Record 113 -- GMINTS(13001,130,483) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

IBOUND(4)

I

Boundary identification number

7

UNDEF(44 )

none

Record 114 -- PLOTEL(5201,52,11) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 115 -- RADBC(12801,128,417) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

1

EID

I

2

FAMB

3

CNTRLND

I

4

NODAMB

I

RS

Description Element identification number Radiation view factor between the face and the ambient point Control point for radiation boundary condition

279

280

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 116 -- RADINT(15501,155,634) Word

Name

1

EID

2

FAMB

3

CNTRLND

4

UNDEF

5

TA

Type I RS I

Description Element identification number Radiation view factor between the face and the ambient point Control point for radiation boundary condition

none I

Ambient points used for convection

RS

Weighting factors of ambient points

Word 5 repeats 8 times 6

WT

Word 6 repeats 8 times Record 117 -- SINT(7801,78,8883) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

PTELE

I

Pointer to element identification number

4

NSEG

I

Number of segments

5

STSC

I

Stride for segment displacement data

6

PTSC

I

Pointer to segment displacements

7

NBOUND

I

Number of boundaries

8

BID

I

Boundary identification number

9

NFACE

I

Number of faces

10

STBC

I

Stride for boundary displacement data

11

NSEG

I

Number of segments

12

STLC1

I

Stride for Boundary Lagrange Multiplier data

13

PTBND

I

Pointer to boundary identification number

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

PTBC

I

Pointer to boundary displacements

15

PTLC

I

Pointer to boundary Lagrange Multipliers

Words 8 through 15 repeat 5 times 16

UNDEF(3 )

none

Record 118 -- SPOINT(5551,49,105) Word 1

Name

Type

ID

Description

I

Scalar point identification number

Record 119 -- VUBEAM(11601,116,9942) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 120 -- VUHEXA(12301,123,145) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(8)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 121 -- VUQUAD4(11201,112,9940) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

281

282

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

Record 122 -- VUPENTA(12401,124,146) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 123 -- VUTETRA(12501,125,147) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 124 -- VUTRIA3(11501,115,9941) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(3)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

Record 125 -- WELDP(13701,137,569) Same as record CFASTP. Record 126 -- TRAILER Word 1

Name BIT(6)

Type I

Description Record presence trailer words

Notes: 1. Records appear in ascending internal element identification number. 2. When the ECT is an alias for the GEOM2VU block the third word of the header record in:

Main Index

GEOM2 Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity

• VUHEXA becomes 9921 • VUPENTA becomes 9922 • VUTETRA becomes 9923 For each of the above, the grid identification number is then a VIEW grid identification number The beginning value of the VIEW grids is controlled by system cell 182. 3. Internal indices are:

• CQUADP: (NGRIDS + 2*NEDGES +4*NFACES + 1 Bubble Point) • CTRIAP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES+NFACES + 1BODY(for bubble) • CBEAMP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES) 4. For the BEAMAERO, Q4AERO, and T3AERO records the component types are general labels for components:

• SLBD are Slender Body Types and are "BEAM-LIKE" elements appearing only in the BEAMAERO Record.

• The remaining components types can be QUAD or TRIA connections denoting various element types.

• INBD are interference body panels. • LS are lifting surface panels. • WAKE are wake boxes. • MFLO are flow-through surfaces like inlets (mass-flow). 5.

Main Index

In GENEL record, MM=((M*(M+1)/2)-1).

283

284

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity for MSC.Nastran Version 2001. Note: GEOM201 is identical in format and content to GEOM2 except for the following records. Record 6 – CBAR(2408,24,180) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point end A identification number

4

GB

I

Grid point end B identification number

F =0

Z

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

F =1

I

Orientation vector flag = 1

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

5

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

6

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

7

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

8

F

F =2 5

Main Index

Type

I

Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

8

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 2

9

PA

I

Pin flags for end A

10

PB

I

Pin flags for end B

11

W1A

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GA

12

W2A

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GA

13

W3A

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GA

14

W1B

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GB

15

W2B

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GB

16

W3B

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GB

End F

Record 8 – CBEAM(5408,54,261) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

GA

I

Grid point end A identification number

4

GB

I

Grid point end B identification number

5

SA

I

Scalar or grid point end A identification number for warping

6

SB

I

Scalar or grid point end B identification number for warping

F =0

Main Index

Type

Y

7

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

8

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

9

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

10

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 0

285

286

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Word

Name

F =1

Type

Description

XYZ option -- global coordinate system

7

X1

RS

T1 component of orientation vector from GA

8

X2

RS

T2 component of orientation vector from GA

9

X3

RS

T3 component of orientation vector from GA

10

F

I

F =2

Orientation vector flag = 1

Grid option

7

GO

I

Grid point identification number at end of orientation vector

8

UNDEF(2 )

10

F

I

Orientation vector flag = 2

11

PA

I

Pin flags for end A

12

PB

I

Pin flags for end B

13

W1A

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GA

14

W2A

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GA

15

W3A

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GA

16

W1B

RS

T1 component of offset vector from GB

17

W2B

RS

T2 component of offset vector from GB

18

W3B

RS

T3 component of offset vector from GB

none

End F

Record 65 – CQUAD4(2958,51,177) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

8

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

9

UNDEF(2 )

11

T(4)

none RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

Record 67 – CQUAD8(4701,47,326) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(8)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

11

T(4)

RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

15

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

16

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

287

288

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Record 69 – CQUADP(11101,111,9014) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(17)

I

Internal indices of connection points

20

UNDEF(7 )

27

INORM

I

28

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

29

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

30

UNDEF(2 )

32

T(4)

none Flag for normals

none RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

Record 73 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

NWE

I

Number of words for the element

3

ELTYPE

I

Element type: 1-RBE1 2-RBE2 3-RTRPLT 4-RTRPLT1

4

GN

I

Grid point identification number for independent degrees-of-freedom

5

CN

I

Component numbers of independent degrees-of-freedom

Words 4 through 5 repeat until (-2,-2) occurs 6

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent degrees-of-freedom

7

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent degrees-of-freedom

Words 6 through 7 repeat until (-3,-3) occurs

Main Index

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

8

ALPHA

RS

9

UNDEF

none

Description Thermal expansion cofficient

Words 8 through 9 repeat until (-4,-4) occurs 10

LMID

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

11

NDOF

I

Number of DOF for each Lagrange multiplier identification number

Words 10 through 11 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 74 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

NWE

I

Number of words for the element

3

REFG

I

Reference grid point identification number

4

REFC

I

Component numbers at the reference grid point

5

WT1

RS

6

C

I

Component numbers

7

G

I

Grid point identification number

Weighting factor for components of motion at G

Word 7 repeats until End of Record Words 5 through 7 repeat until End of Record 8

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent degrees-of-freedom

9

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent degrees-of-freedom

Words 8 through 9 repeat until End of Record 10

ALPHA

RS

Word 10 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Thermal expansion cofficient

289

290

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

LMID1

I

Lagrange multiplier identification number

12

NDOFS

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom for Lagrange multiplier

Words 11 through 12 repeat until End of Record Record 81 – CTRIA3(5959,59,282) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(3)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

6

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification numbers

7

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

8

UNDEF(3 )

11

T(3)

none RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

GEOM201 Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity

Record 83 – CTRIA6(4801,48,327) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(6)

I

Grid point identification numbers of connection points

9

THETA

RS

Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

10

ZOFFS

RS

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

11

T(3)

RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

Record 85 – CTRIAP(11301,113,9015) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

PID

I

Property identification number

3

G(11)

I

Internal indices of grid points

14

UNDEF(3 )

17

THETA

RS

18

UNDEF

none

19

ZOFFS

RS

20

UNDEF(2 )

22

T(3)

none Material property orientation angle or coordinate system identification number

Offset from the surface of grid points reference plane

none RS

Membrane thickness of element at grid points

291

292

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- ACCEL(11302,113,600) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

N(3)

RS

6

DIR

CHAR4

7

LOC

RS

Location along direction DIR measured in CID

8

VAL

RS

Load scale factor associated with location LOC

Components of acceleration vector measured in CID Component direction of acceleration variation

Words 7 through 8 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 2 -- ACCEL1(11402,114,601) Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

A

RS

Acceleration vector scale factor

4

N(3)

RS

Components of acceleration vector measured in CID

7

GIDL

I

Word 7 repeats until (-1) occurs

Main Index

Description

Grid point identification number list, may include "THRU" and "BY"

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 3 -- FORCE(4201,42,18) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

Coordinate system identification number

4

F

RS

Scale factor

5

N(3)

RS

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

Record 4 -- FORCE1(4001,40,20) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

F

RS

4

G(2)

Scale factor

I

Grid point identification numbers

Record 5 -- FORCE2(4101,41,22) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

F

RS

4

G(4)

Scale factor

I

Grid point identification numbers

Record 6 -- GMLOAD(6309,63,391) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

N1

RS

Component 1 of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

293

294

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Word

Name

Type

4

N2

RS

Component 2 of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

5

N3

RS

Component 3 of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

6

ENTITY

CHAR4

7

ENTID

I

Entity identification number

8

METHTYP

I

Method

METHTYP =1 9

TABLID

10

UNDEF(8 )

METHTYP =2 9

EQTNID

10

UNDEF(8 )

METHTYP =3 9

FIELD(9)

METHTYP =4 9

FIELD(9)

METHTYP =5 9

FIELD(9)

METHTYP =6 9

FIELD(9)

I

DEQATN I

DEQATN identification number

none CONSTANT RS

Load magnitude data

LINEAR RS

Load magnitude data

QUAD RS

Load magnitude data

CUBIC RS

MTABLID

I

10

UNDEF(8)

none

METHTYP=12 9

MEQTNID

I

10

UNDEF(8)

none

METHTYP=13 MCONST(9)

TABLE3D identification number

none

9

9

Entity type that is being loaded

TABLE3D

METHTYP=11

Main Index

Description

RS

Load magnitude data

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Word

Name

Type

MLINEAR(9)

RS

Description

METHTYP=14 9

METHTYP=15 9

MQUAD(9)

RS

METHTYP=16 9

MCUBIC(9)

RS

End METHTYP Record 7 -- GRAV(4401,44,26) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

3

A

RS

Acceleration vector scale factor

4

N(3)

RS

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

7

MB

I

Bulk Data Section with CID definition: -1=main, 0=partitioned

Record 8 -- LOAD(4551,61,84) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

Load set identification number

2

S

RS

Overall scale factor

3

SI

RS

Scale factor on LI

4

LI

I

Load set identification number

Words 3 through 4 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs

Main Index

295

296

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 9 -- LOADCYH(3709,37,331) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

Load set identification number

2

S

3

HID

I

Harmonic index

4

HTYPE

I

Harmonic type

5

SI

RS

6

LI

I

RS

Scale factor

Scale factor on LI Load set identification number

Words 5 through 6 repeat 2 times Record 10 -- LOADCYN(3809,38,332) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

2

S

3

SEGID

I

Segment identification number

4

SEGTYPE

I

Segment type

5

SI

RS

6

LI

I

RS

Load set identification number Scale factor

Scale factor on LI Load set identification number

Words 5 through 6 repeat 2 times Record 11 -- LOADCYT(3909,39,333) Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

TABLEID

I

TABLEDi identification number

3

LOADSET

I

Load set identification number

4

METHOD

I

Method of interpolation

Words 2 through 4 repeat 2 times

Main Index

Description

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 12 -- LSEQ(3609,36,188) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

DAREA

I

DAREA set identification number

3

LID

I

Load set identification number

4

TID

I

Temperature set identification number

5

UNDEF

none

Record 13 -- MOMENT(4801,48,19) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

M

RS

Moment scale factor

5

N(3)

RS

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

Record 14 -- MOMENT1(4601,46,21) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

M

RS

4

G(2)

I

Moment scale factor Grid point identification numbers

Record 15 -- MOMENT2(4701,47,23) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

M

RS

4

G(4)

I

Moment scale factor Grid point identification numbers

297

298

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 16 -- PLOAD(5101,51,24) Word

Name

1

SID

2

P

3

G(4)

Type I RS I

Description Load set identification number Pressure Grid point identification numbers

Record 17 -- PLOAD1(6909,69,198) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

TYPE

I

Load type

4

SCALE

I

Scale factor for X1 and X2

5

X1

RS

Distance to position 1 along the element axis from end A

6

P1

RS

Pressure at position 1

7

X2

RS

Distance to position 2 along the element axis from end A

8

P2

RS

Pressure at position 2

Record 18 -- PLOAD2(6802,68,199) Word

Name

1

SID

2

P

3

EID

Type I RS I

Description Load set identification number Pressure Element identification number

Record 19 -- PLOAD3(7109,71,255) Word

Main Index

Name

1

SID

2

P

Type I RS

Description Load set identification number Pressure

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

EID

I

Element identification number

4

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers

Record 20 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

P(4)

RS

7

G1

I

Grid point identification number at a corner of the face

8

G34

I

Grid point identification number at a diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner

9

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

10

N(3)

RS

13

SDRL(2)

CHAR4

Load set on element SURF or LINE

15

LDIR(2)

CHAR4

Load direction

Pressures

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

Record 21 -- PLOADX(7001,70,278) This record is obsolete. Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

2

P(2)

RS

4

G(3)

I

Description Load set identification number Pressure Grid point identification numbers

Record 22 -- PLOADX1(7309,73,351) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

299

300

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

PA

RS

Surface traction at grid point GA

4

PB

RS

Surface traction at grid point GB

5

G(2)

7

THETA

I

Corner grid point identification numbers

RS

Angle between surface traction and inward normal

Record 23 -- PRESAX(5215,52,154) Word

Name

1

SID

2

P

3

RID(2)

5

PHI1

6

UNDEF

Type I RS

Description Load set identification number Pressure

I

Ring identification numbers

RS

Azimuthal angles in degrees

none

Record 24 -- QBDY1(4509,45,239) Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

2

Q0

RS

3

EID

I

Description Load set identification number Heat flux into element Element identification number

Record 25 -- QBDY2(4909,49,240) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

Q0(8)

RS

Heat flux at the i-th grid point on the referenced CHBDYj

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 26 -- QBDY3(2109,21,414) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

Q0

RS

3

CNTRLND

I

Control point for thermal flux load

4

EID

I

Element identification number

Thermal heat flux load, or load multiplier

Record 27 -- QHBDY(4309,43,233) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

FLAG

I

Face type

3

Q0

RS

Magnitude of thermal flux into face

4

AF

RS

Area factor

5

G(8)

I

Grid point identification numbers

Record 28 -- QVECT(2209,22,241) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

2

Q0

RS

Magnitude of thermal flux vector into face

3

TSOUR

RS

Temperature of the radiant source

4

CE

I

5

FLAG

I

6

E

RS

Load set identification number

Coordinate system identification number for thermal vector flux

Vector component of flux in coordinate system CE

Words 5 through 6 repeat 3 times

Main Index

7

CNTRLND

I

Control point

8

EID

I

Element identification number

301

302

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 29 -- QVOL(2309,23,416) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

SID

2

QVOL

3

CNTRLND

I

Control point used for controlling heat generation

4

EID

I

Element identification number

RS

Load set identification number Power input per unit volume produced by a conduction element

Record 30 -- RFORCE(5509,55,190) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

A

RS

Scale factor of the angular velocity

5

R(3)

RS

Rectangular components of rotation vector

8

METHOD

I

Method used to compute centrifugal forces

9

RACC

10

MB

RS

Scale factor of the angular acceleration

I

Bulk Data Section with CID definition: -1=main, 0=partitioned

Record 31 -- SLOAD(5401,54,25) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

G

I

Scalar or grid point identification number

3

F

RS

Scale factor

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 32 -- TEMP(5701,57,27) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

T

RS

Temperature

Record 33 -- TEMPD(5641,65,98) Word

Name

1

SID

2

T

Type I

Description Temperature set identification number

RS

Temperature

Record 34 -- TEMPEST(11109,111,424) Word

Name

1

SID

2

TEMP

3

EID

Type I

Description Temperature set identification number

RS I

Temperature Element identification number

Record 35 -- TEMPF(6209,62,390) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

FTEMP

I

DEQATN identification number

4

FTABID

I

TABLE3D identification number

Record 36 -- TEMPIC(11209,112,425) Word

Main Index

Name

1

SID

2

TEMP

3

EID

Type I RS I

Description Temperature set identification number Temperature Element identification number

303

304

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 37 -- TEMPP1(8109,81,201) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

T

RS

Temperature at the element’s reference plane

4

TPRIME

RS

Effective linear thermal gradient

5

TS(2)

RS

Temperatures for stress calculation

Record 38 -- TEMPP2(8209,82,202) This record is obsolete. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

T

RS

S,{

4

MX

RS

S,{

5

MY

RS

S,{

6

MXY

RS

S,{

7

T(2)

RS

S,{

Record 39 -- TEMPP3(8309,83,203) This record is obsolete. Word

Name

Type

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

Z

RS

S,{

4

T

RS

S,{

Words 3 through 4 repeat 11 times

Main Index

Description

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Record 40 -- TEMPRB(8409,84,204) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

TA

RS

Temperature at end A on the neutral axis

4

TB

RS

Temperature at end B on the neutral axis

5

TP1A

RS

Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on end A

6

TP1B

RS

Effective linear gradient in direction 1 on end B

7

TP2A

RS

Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on end A

8

TP2B

RS

Effective linear gradient in direction 2 on end B

9

TS(8)

RS

Temperatures for stress calculation

Record 41 -- PFACE(6409,64,9032) This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

FACEID

I

Face identification number

3

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

N(3)

RS

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

7

EQTNID

I

DEQATN identification number

8

TABLID

I

TABLE3D identification number

9

FIELD(9)

RS

18

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers

22

GNIDA

I

Side i grid-n A identification number

23

GNIDB

I

Side i grid-n B identification number

See GMLOAD record

305

306

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Word

Name

Type

Description

24

PSEL

I

Computed p value

25

MAXNDF

I

Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom or stride

Words 22 through 25 repeat 4 times 26

FACFID

I

Grid-n identification number for the face

27

NDOF

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face

28

LDISTFG

I

Load distribution flag

29

UNDEF(2 )

31

CIDF

I

Coordinate system identification number of the face

32

NDOFF(4)

I

NDOF flags

none

Record 42 -- PEDGE(6609,66,9031) This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

EDGEID

I

Edge identification number

3

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

N(3)

RS

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

7

EQTNID

I

DEQATN identification number

8

TABLID

I

TABLE3D identification number

9

FIELD(4)

RS

13

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers

15

F1ID

I

Grid-n 1 identification number

16

F2ID

I

Grid-n 2 identification number

17

PSEL

I

Computed p value

18

MAXNDF

I

Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom or stride

See GMLOAD record

GEOM3 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

Word

Name

19

INTFL

20

UNDEF(13 )

33

CIDE

Type I

Description 1 or 2

none I

Coordinate system identification number of the edge

Record 43 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name BIT(6)

Type I

Description Record presence trailer words

307

308

GEOM301 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

GEOM301 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for MSC.Nastran Version 2001. Note: GEOM301 is identical in format and content to GEOM3 except for the following records. Record 18 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load set identification number

2

EID

I

Element identification number

3

P(4)

RS

7

G1

I

Grid point identification number at a corner of the face

8

G34

I

Grid point identification number at a diagonal from G1 or CTETRA corner

9

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

10

N(3)

RS

Pressures

Components of a vector coordinate system defined by CID

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- ASET(5561,76,215) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

Record 2 -- ASET1(5571,77,216) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

C

I

Component numbers

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 3

No

ID

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1 3

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

4

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG

Main Index

Yes

309

310

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 3 -- BNDGRID(10200,102,473) Word 1

Name

Type

GPI

Description

I

Shape boundary grid point identification number

Record 4 -- BSET(110,1,311) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

Record 5 -- BSET1(210,2,312) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

C

I

Component numbers

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 3

No

ID

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

3

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

4

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 6 -- CSET(310,3,313) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 7 -- CSET1(410,4,314) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

C

I

Component numbers

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 3

No

ID

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

3

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

4

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 8 -- CYAX(1510,15,328) Word 1

Name G

Type

Description

I

Grid point identification number on the axis of symmetry

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 9 -- CYJOIN(5210,52,257) Word

Name

Type

1

SIDE

I

2

C(2)

CHAR4

4

ID

I

Word 4 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description Side identification number: 1 or 2 Coordinate system type on symetry booundary Grid or scalar point identification number

311

312

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 10 -- CYSUP(1610,16,329) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

Record 11 -- CYSYM(1710,17,330) Word

Name

1

NSEG

2

STYPE(2)

Type I CHAR4

Description Number of segments Symmetry type

Record 12 -- EGENDT(8801,88,9022) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

LOADID

I

Load set identification number

2

SPCID

I

SPC set identification number

3

EDGEID

I

Edge identification number

4

C

I

Component numbers

5

DISTFLG

I

Distribution flag

6

DISFUN

I

Distribution function (DEQATN)

7

DISTAB

I

Distribution table (TABLE3D)

8

FIELD(4)

RS

See GMBC record

Words 4 through 11 repeat 6 times

Main Index

12

ELTYPE

I

Element type

13

EID

I

Element identification number

14

EORD

I

Edge order

15

EDGEID

I

Edge identification number

16

FACEID

I

Face identification number

17

CURVID

I

Curve identification number

18

SURFID

I

Surface identification number

19

G(2)

I

Grid point identification numbers

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

21

MIDG

I

22

POINT(2)

I

Point identification numbers

24

F1ID

I

Grid-n 1 identification number

25

F2ID

I

Grid-n 2 identification number

26

NDOF

I

I,{

27

CIDE

I

Coordinate system identification number for the edge

28

MAXNDFE

I

Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom, or stride, for the edge

29

MAXNDFB

I

Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom, or stride, for the body

30

PUSER

I

p-level specified by user

31

PSEL

I

p-level selected by program

32

BODYFID

I

Grid-n identification number for the body

33

NDOFB

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom for the body

34

F1ID

I

Grid-n 1 identification number

35

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

36

X

RS

S,{

37

Y

RS

S,{

38

Z

RS

S,{

Words 34 through 38 repeat 7 times Record 13 -- FCENDT(9001,90,9024) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

LOADID

I

Load set identification number

2

SID

I

Set identification number

3

FACEID

I

Face identification number

4

C

I

Component numbers

5

DISTFLG

I

Distribution flag

313

314

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

DISFUN

I

Distribution function (DEQATN)

7

DISTAB

I

Distribution table (TABLE3D)

8

FIELD(9)

RS

See GMBC record

Words 4 through 16 repeat 6 times 17

F1ID

I

Grid-n 1 identification number

18

F2ID

I

Grid-n 2 identification number

19

NDOF

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face

20

MAXNDF

I

Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom or stride

21

CIDE

I

Coordinate system identification number of the edge

Words 17 through 21 repeat 4 times

Main Index

22

FACFID

I

Grid-n identification number for the face

23

NDOF

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face

24

MAXNDFF

I

Maximum number of degrees-of-freedom for the face

25

CIDF

I

Coordinate system identification number for the face

26

ELTYPE

I

Element type

27

EID

I

Element identification number

28

EORD

I

Edge order

29

FACEID

I

Face identification number

30

SURFID

I

Surface identification number

31

G(4)

I

Grid point identification numbers

35

CIDF

I

Coordinate system identification number for the face

36

MAXNDIF

I

37

UNDEF

38

PUSER(4)

none I

p-level specified by user

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

42

PSEL(4)

I

p-level selected by program

46

FACFID

I

Grid-n identification number for the face

47

NDOF

I

Number of degrees-of-freedom for the face

48

F1ID

I

Grid-n 1 identification number

49

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number

50

X

RS

51

Y

RS

52

Z

RS

Words 48 through 52 repeat 13 times Record 14 -- GMBC(8001,80,395) Word

Name

Description

1

LID

I

Load set identification number

2

SPCID

I

SPC set identification number

3

C

I

Component number

4

ENTITY

CHAR4

5

ENTID

I

Entity identification number

6

METHOD

I

Method of data specification

METHOD =1 7

TABLID

8

UNDEF(8 )

METHOD =2 7

EQTNID

8

UNDEF(8 )

METHOD =3 7

FIELD(9)

METHOD =4 7

Main Index

Type

FIELD(9)

Entity type that is being loaded

TABLE3D I

TABLE3D identification number

none DEQATN I

DEQATN identification number

none CONSTANT RS

Enforced displacement data

LINEAR RS

Enforced displacement data

315

316

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

METHOD =5 7

Type QUAD

FIELD(9)

METHOD =6 7

Description

RS

Enforced displacement data

CUBIC

FIELD(9)

RS

Enforced displacement data

End METHOD Record 15 -- GMSPC(7801,78,393) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Set identification number

2

C

I

Component number

3

ENTITY

CHAR4

4

ENTID

I

Entity type that is being loaded Entity identification number

Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

C

I

Component number

4

A

RX

5

GI

I

Grid point identification number

6

CI

I

Component number

7

AI

RX

Coefficient

Coefficient

Words 5 through 7 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs

Record 17 -- MPCADD(4891,60,83) Word 1

Main Index

Name SID

Type I

Description Set identification number

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word 2

Name S

Type

Description

I

Set identification number

Word 2 repeats until End of Record Record 18 -- OMIT(5001,50,15) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

Record 19 -- OMIT1(4951,63,92) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

C

I

Component numbers

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 3

No

ID

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

3

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

4

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 20 -- QSET(510,5,315) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

317

318

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 21 -- QSET1(610,6,316) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

C

I

Component numbers

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 3

No

ID

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

3

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

4

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 22 -- RBAR(6601,66,292) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid point A identification number

3

GB

I

Grid point B identification number

4

CNA

I

Component numbers of independent degrees-of-freedom at end A

5

CNB

I

Component numbers of independent degrees-of-freedom at end B

6

CMA

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end A

7

CMB

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end B

8

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 23 -- RBE1(6801,68,294) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GN

I

Grid point identification number for independent degrees-of-freedom

3

CN

I

Component numbers of independent degrees-of-freedom

Words 2 through 3 repeat until (-2,-2) occurs 4

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent degrees-of-freedom

5

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom

Words 4 through 5 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs 6

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient

7

UNDEF

none

Record 24 -- RBE2(6901,69,295) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GN

I

Grid point identification number for independent degrees-of-freedom

3

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom

4

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent degrees-of-freedom

Word 4 repeats until End of Record 5

Main Index

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient

319

320

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 25 -- RBE3(7101,71,187) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

REFG

I

Reference grid point identification number

3

REFC

I

Component numbers at the reference grid point

4

WT1

RS

Weighting factor for components of motion at G

5

C

I

Component numbers

6

G

I

Grid point identification number

Word 6 repeats until End of Record Words 4 through 6 repeat until End of Record 7

GM

I

Grid point identification number for dependent degrees-of-freedom

8

CM

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom

Words 7 through 8 repeat until End of Record 9

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion coefficent

Record 26 -- RBJOINT(14201,142,652) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

ID

2

TYPE(2)

4

NI(6)

I

Grid identification number of the rigid body nodes

10

ID_STIF

I

ID of a RBJSTIF entry for joint stiffness

1

1

12

DAMP

RS

Damping scale factor on default damping value

13

PARM

RS

Parameter depending on the joint type

CHAR4

RPS

RBJOINT Identification number Type of RBJOINT

RS Relative penalty stiffness

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

LCID

I

TABLED1 identification number to define the load curve for MOTOR joints

15

MOTTYPE

I

Flag for MOTOR joints

16

R1

17

RAID

I

18

LST

I

19

CIDFAIL

I

20

TFAIL

RS

Time for joint failure

21

COUPL

RS

Coupling between the force and moment failure criteria

22

NXXFAIL

RS

Axial force resultant at failure

23

NYYFAIL

RS

Shear force (yy) resultant at failure

24

NZZFAIL

RS

Shear force (zz) resultant at failure

25

MXXFAIL

RS

Torsional moment resultant at failure

26

MYYFAIL

RS

Bending moment (yy) resultant at failure

27

MZZFAIL

RS

Bending moment (zz) resultant at failure

RS

Radius for GEARS and PULLY joints Rigid body or accelerometer identification number

Coordinate identification number for resultants in failure criteria

Record 27 -- -- RBJSTIF(14301,143,653) Word

Name

Description

1

ID

I

RBJSTIF Identification number

2

IGTF(C)

I

1=GENERAL, 2=TRANSL, 3=FLEXTOR

IGTF =1

Main Index

Type

GENERAL

3

GENERAL

CHAR4

GENE: Generalized joint stiffness

4

CIDA

I

Coordinate identification number for rigid body A

5

CIDB

I

Coordinate identification number for rigid body B

321

322

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

LCIDPH

I

TABLED1 identification number for PHI-moment versus rotation

7

LCIDT

I

TABLED1 identification number for THETA-moment versus rotation

8

LCIDPS

I

TABLED1 identification number for PSImoment versus rotation

9

DLCIDPH

I

10

DLCIDT

I

11

DLCIDPS

I

12

ESPH

13

FMPHTYP

CHAR4

14

SPECOPT

I

SPECOPT =1 15

FMPH

SPECOPT =2

RS

I

End

SPECOPT

16

EST

17

FMTTYPE

CHAR4

18

SPECOPT

I

FMT

SPECOPT =2 19

FMT

Specification option

TABLED1 identification number

REAL

FMPH

19

Type of friction moment limit

INTEGER

15

SPECOPT =1

Elastic stiffness for PHI-rotation

RS

Limit on the frictional moment

RS

Elastic stiffness for THETA-rotation Type of friction moment limit Specification option

INTEGER I

TABLED1 identification number

REAL RS

Limit on the frictional moment

RS

Elastic stiffness for PSI-rotation

End SPECOPT 20

ESPS

21

FMPSTYPE

22

SPECOPT

SPECOPT =1

Main Index

CHAR4 I INTEGER

Type of friction moment limit Specification option

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word 23

Name FMPS

SPECOPT =2 23

FMPS

Type I

Description TABLED1 identification number

REAL RS

Limit on the frictional moment

End SPECOPT 24

NSAPH

RS

Stop angle for negative PHI-rotation

25

PSAPH

RS

Stop angle for positive PHI-rotation

26

NSAT

RS

Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation

27

PSAT

RS

Stop angle for negative THETA-rotation

28

NSAPS

RS

Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation

29

PSAPS

RS

Stop angle for negative PSI-rotation

IGTF =2

Main Index

TRANSL

3

TRANSL

CHAR4

4

CIDA

I

Coordinate identification number for rigid body A

5

CIDB

I

Coordinate identification number for rigid body B

6

LCIDX

I

TABLED1ID for X-force versus Xtranslational displacement

7

LCIDY

I

TABLED1 identification number for Yforce versus Y-translational displacement

8

LCIDZ

I

TABLED1 identification number for Zforce versus Z-translational displacement

9

DLCIDX

I

10

DLCIDY

I

11

DLCIDZ

I

12

ESX

13

FFXTYPE

CHAR4

14

SPECOPT

I

RS

TRAN: Translational joint stiffness

Elastic stiffness for X-translational Type of friction force limit Specification option

323

324

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

SPECOPT =1 15

FFX

SPECOPT =2 15

FFX

Type

Description

INTEGER I

TABLED1 identification number

REAL RS

Limit on the frictional force

RS

Elastic stiffness for Y-translational

End SPECOPT 16

ESY

17

FFYTYPE

CHAR4

18

SPECOPT

I

SPECOPT =1 19

FFY

SPECOPT =2 19

FFY

Type of friction force limit Specification option

INTEGER I

TABLED1 identification number

REAL RS

Limit on the frictional force

RS

Elastic stiffness for Z-translational

End SPECOPT 20

ESZ

21

FFZTYPE

CHAR4

22

SPECOPT

I

SPECOPT =1 23

FFZ

SPECOPT =2 23

FFZ

Type of friction force limit Specification option

INTEGER I

TABLED1 identification number

REAL RS

Limit on the frictional force

End SPECOPT

Main Index

24

NSDX

RS

Stop displacement for negative Xtranslation

25

PSDX

RS

Stop displacement for positive Xtranslation

26

NSDY

RS

Stop displacement for negative Ytranslation

27

PSDY

RS

Stop displacement for negative Ytranslation

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

28

NSDZ

RS

Stop displacement for negative Ztranslation

29

PSDZ

RS

Stop displacement for negative Ztranslation

IGTF =3

FLEXTOR

3

FLEXTOR

CHAR4

4

CIDA

I

Coordinate identification number for rigid body A

5

CIDB

I

Coordinate identification number for rigid body B

6

LCIDAL

I

TABLED1 identification number for ALPHA-moment versus rotation

7

LCIDG

I

TABLED1 identification number for scale factor versus GAMA-rotation

8

LCIDBT

I

TABLED1 identification number for BETA-torsion moment versus twist

9

DLCIDAL

I

10

DLCIDG

I

11

DLCIDBT

I

12

ESAL

13

FFALTYP

CHAR4

14

SPECOPT

I

RS

SPECOPT =1 15

FMAL

FMAL

TABLED1 identification number for scale factor versus GAMA-rotation rate

Elastic stiffness for ALPHA-rotation Type of friction moment limit Specification option INTEGER

I

SPECOPT =2 15

FLEX: Flexion-Torsion joint stiffness

TABLED1 identification number REAL

RS

Limit on the frictional force

RS

Elastic stiffness for BETA-rotation

End SPECOPT

Main Index

16

ESBT

17

FMBTTYP

CHAR4

Type of friction moment limit

325

326

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word 18

Name

Type

SPECOPT

SPECOPT =1 19

I

Specification option

INTEGER

FMBT

SPECOPT =2 19

Description

I

TABLED1 identification number

REAL

FMBT

RS

Limit on the frictional force

End SPECOPT 20

SAAL

RS

Stop angle for ALPHA-rotation

2

1NSABT

RS

Stop angle for negative BETA-rotation

22

PSABT

RS

Stop angle for positive BETA-rotation

End IGTF Words 2 through max repeat until End of Record Record 28 -- RELEASE(1310,13,247) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

3

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 4

No

ID

Word 4 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1 4

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

5

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG

Main Index

Yes

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 29 -- RPNOM(14101,141,640) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GS

I

Search grid may be zero or blank

3

TYPE

I

1=general search, 2=property, 3=superelement

4

IDA

I

Pshell identification number or superelement identification number

5

IDB

I

Pshell identification number or superelement identification number may be blank. Then search IDA only.

6

R

7

ICN

8

ALPHA

RS

Coefficient of thermal expansion

9

XS

RX

X- Start location of seam axis if gs=0 use xyz

10

YS

RX

Y- Start location of seam axis

11

ZS

RX

Z- Start location of seam axis

RS I

Search radius Integer 0,1,2,12,etc. Default 123456

Record 30 -- RROD(6501,65,291) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid point A identification number

3

GB

I

Grid point B identification number

4

CMA

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end A

5

CMB

I

Component numbers of dependent degreesof-freedom at end B

6

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient

327

328

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 31 -- RSPLINE(7001,70,186 )

Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

EID

Element identification number

2

DBYL

3

G1

I

Grid point identification number

4

G2

I

Grid point identification number

5

C2

I

Components to be constrained

RS

Ratio of the diameter to the sum of the segments lengths

Words 4 through 5 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 32 -- RSSCON(7201,72,398) Word

Name

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

TYPE(C)

I

Type of connectivity

TYPE =0

GRID style 1

3

GRID1

I

Grid identification number 1

4

GRID2

I

Grid identification number 2

5

GRID3

I

Grid identification number 3

6

UNDEF(3 )

TYPE =01

none GRID style 2

3

GRID1

I

Grid identification number 1

4

GRID2

I

Grid identification number 2

5

GRID3

I

Grid identification number 3

6

GRID4

I

Grid identification number 4

7

GRID5

I

Grid identification number 5

8

GRID6

I

Grid identification number 6

TYPE =02

Main Index

Type

Edge style

3

EDGE1

I

Edge identification number 1

4

EDGE2

I

Edge identification number 2

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

5

EDGE3

6

UNDEF(3 )

TYPE =03

Type I

Description Edge identification number 3

none Element style

3

ELID1

I

Element identification number 1

4

ELID2

I

Element identification number 2

5

UNDEF(4 )

TYPE =04

none CINTERF

3

CBID

I

4

SBID

I

5

CBPID

I

6

UNDEF(3)

none

End TYPE Record 33 -- RTRPLT(6701,67,293) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid point A identification number

3

GB

I

Grid point B identification number

4

GC

I

Grid point C identification number

5

CNA

I

Component numbers for independent degrees-of-freedom at vertex A

6

CNB

I

Component numbers for independent degrees-of-freedom at vertex B

7

CNC

I

Component numbers for independent degrees-of-freedom at vertex C

8

UNDEF

9

CMA

none I

Component numbers for dependent degrees-of-freedom at vertex A

329

330

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

CMB

I

Component numbers for dependent degrees-of-freedom at vertex B

11

CMC

I

Component numbers for dependent degrees-of-freedom at vertex C

12

ALPHA

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient

Record 34 -- RWELD(11901,119,561) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

GA

I

Grid identification number of GA

3

TYPE

I

Type of shell element

4

GI(8)

I

Grid identification numbers of shell element

12

GS

I

Grid identification number of GS

Record 35 -- SEBSET(710,7,317) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

Record 36 -- SEBSET1(810,8,318) Word

Name

Type

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

3

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 4

ID

No

Word 4 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

Description

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

THRUFLAG=1

Type

Description

Yes

4

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

5

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 37 -- SECSET(910,9,319) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

Record 38 -- SECSET1(1010,10,320) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

3

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 4

No

ID

Word 4 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1 4

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

5

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG

Main Index

Yes

331

332

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 39 -- SEQSET(1110,11,321) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

Record 40 -- SEQSET1(1210,12,322) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

3

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 4

No

ID

Word 4 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

4

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

5

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 41 -- SESUP(1410,14,325) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 42 -- SEUSET(1810,18,334) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

SNAME

I

Set name

3

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

4

C

I

Component numbers

Record 43 -- SEUSET1(1910,19,335) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

SNAME

I

Set name

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 5

No

ID

Word 5 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

5

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

6

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 44 -- SPC(5501,55,16) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

UNDEF

5

D

none RX

Enforced displacement

333

334

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 45 -- SPC1(5481,58,12) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

3

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 4

No

ID

Word 4 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

4

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

5

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 46 -- SPCADD(5491,59,13) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

S

I

Set identification number

Word 2 repeats until End of Record Record 47 -- SPCD(5110,51,256) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Superelement identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

UNDEF

5

D

none RX

Enforced displacement

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 48 -- SPCDE(8701,87,9021) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

LOADID

I

Load set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

5

EDGEID

I

Edge identification number

6

SID

I

Set identification number

Enforced displacement

Record 49 -- SPCDF(8901,89,9023) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

LOADID

I

Load set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

5

FACEID

I

Face identification number

6

SID

I

Set identification number

Enforced displacement

Record 50 -- SPCDG(9701,97,9030) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

LOADID

I

Load set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

METHOD

I

Method

5

D

6

SID

RS I

Enforced displacement Set identification number

335

336

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 51 -- SPCE(9301,93,9027) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

5

EDGID

I

Enforced displacement Grid or scalar point identification number

Record 52 -- SPCEB(9101,91,9025) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

5

EDGEID

I

Enforced displacement Edge identification number

Record 53 -- SPCF(9401,94,9028) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

5

FACEID

I

Enforced displacement Face identification number

Record 54 -- SPCFB(9201,92,9026) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word

Name

4

D

5

LOADID

Type

Description

RS

Enforced displacement

I

Load set identification number

Record 55 -- SPCGB(9601,96,9029) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

LOADID

I

Load set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

METHOD

I

I,{

5

D

6

SID

RS

Enforced displacement

I

Set identification number

Record 56 -- SPCGRID(8601,86,9031) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

UNDEF(2 )

none

Record 57 -- SPCOFF(6110,61,343) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

Record 58 -- SPCOFF1(6210,62,344) Word

Name

Description

1

C

I

Component numbers

2

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

THRUFLAG=0 Main Index

Type

No

337

338

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Word 3

Name

Type

Description

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

ID

Word 3 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

3

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

4

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

End THRUFLAG Record 59 -- SUPORT(5601,56,14) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

2

C

I

Component numbers

Record 60 -- SUPORT1(10100,101,472) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

Words 2 through 3 repeat until (-1,-1) occurs Record 61 -- TEMPBC(11309,113,426) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Temperature set identification number

2

TYPE

I

Type of temperature boundary condition: STAT or TRAN

3

TEMP

RS

4

GID

I

Temperature Grid or scalar point identification number

GEOM4 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints

Record 62 -- USET(2010,20,193) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SNAME

I

Set name

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

Record 63 -- USET1(2110,21,194) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SNAME

I

Set name

2

C

I

Component numbers

3

THRUFLAG

I

Thru range flag

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

THRUFLAG=0 4

No

ID

Word 4 repeats until End of Record THRUFLAG=1

Yes

4

ID1

I

First grid or scalar point identification number

5

ID2

I

Second grid or scalar point identification number

Type

Description

End THRUFLAG Record 64 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name BIT(6)

I

Record presence trailer words

339

340

GEOM4705 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for MSC.Nastran Version 70.5

GEOM4705 Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for MSC.Nastran Version 70.5 Note: GEOM4705 is identical in format and content to GEOM4 except for the following records. Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

G

I

Grid point identification number

3

C

I

Component number

4

A

RS

5

GI

I

Grid point identification number

6

CI

I

Component number

7

AI

RS

Coefficient

Coefficient

Words 5 through 7 repeat until (-1,-1,-1) occurs Record 41 - SPC(5501,55,16) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

Enforced displacement

Record 44 - SPCD(5110,51,256) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Load Set identification number

2

ID

I

Grid or scalar point identification number

3

C

I

Component numbers

4

D

RS

Enforced displacement

GPDT68 Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)

GPDT68

Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)

Contains a list of all grid points and scalar points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the location coordinate system along with a location and displacement coordinate system identification number, and constraint information. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name

Type

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- POINT Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Internal grid point identification number

2

CP

I

Location coordinate system identification number

3

X1

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 1 of CP (X, R or Rho)

4

X2

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 2 of CP (Y, Theta or Theta)

5

X3

RS

Location of the point in coordinate 3 of CP (Z, Phi or Phi)

6

CD

I

Degree-of-freedom coordinate system identification number

7

PS

I

Permanent single-point constraints

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I

Description Number of grid points and scalar points

none

Notes: 1. Scalar points are identified by CP=-1 and words X1 through PS are zero.

Main Index

341

342

GPDT68 Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)

2. See the description of the “GRID” on page 1624 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide Bulk Data entry constraint code, PS. 3. For fluid grid points CD=-1.

Main Index

GPL Grid point list

Grid point list

GPL

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- GRID Contains a list of external grid and scalar identification numbers in internal sort. Word 1

Name GRIDID

Type I

Description External grid or scalar identification number

Record 2 -- GRIDSIL Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and sequence numbers in internal sort. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GRIDID

I

External grid or scalar identification number

2

SEQNO

I

Sequence number = 1000 * external identification number

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

NGS

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I

Description Total number of grid and scalar points

none

Note: 1. SEQNO, sequence number, may be overridden by the SEQGP Bulk Data entry.

Main Index

343

344

HIS Table of design iteration history

Table of design iteration history

HIS

Contains a compilation of information from the convergence checks. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat Word

Name

Type

Description

1

DSITER

I

Design iteration number

2

CVTYP

I

Convergence type: 1=soft or 2=hard

3

CVPROV

I

Convergence result: 0=no, 1=soft, or 2=hard

4

OBJ1

RS

Initial objective value

5

OBJO

RS

Final objective value

6

GMAX

RS

Maximum constraint value

7

IRMAX

I

8

XVAL

RS

Row of the maximum constraint value Design variable value

Word 8 repeats until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

NDV

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I

Description Number of design variables

none

Notes: 1. For soft convergence, the final objective and constraint values are those obtained from DOM9. 2. For hard convergence, they are obtained from a re-analysis. 3. The design variable values are identical for soft and hard convergence and are repeated for consistency.

Main Index

KDICT Element stiffness dictionary table

KDICT

Element stiffness dictionary table

Each record defines an element in terms of its connection data and address pointers into the corresponding element matrix in the KELM data block. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat Repeats for each element type. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ELTYPE

I

Element type

2

NUMWDS

I

Number of words per entry

3

NUMGRID(C)

I

Number of defined grid points

4

DOFPERG

I

Degrees of freedom (or maximum possible) per grid point

5

FORM(C)

I

Form of element matrix

6

EID

I

Element identification number

7

NACTIVEG

I

Number of active grid points

8

GE

9

ADDRESS1

I

GINO address of matrix

10

ADDRESS2

I

GINO address of matrix

FORM =3 11

RS

Material damping constant

Lower left triangle in global coord. system SIL

I

SIL values of connected grid points

Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times FORM =4 11

Lower left triangle and transformation matrices SIL

I

SIL values of connected grid points

Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times

Main Index

12

E11

RX

Element to basic transformation

13

E21

RX

Element to basic transformation

345

346

KDICT Element stiffness dictionary table

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

E31

RX

Element to basic transformation

15

E12

RX

Element to basic transformation

16

E22

RX

Element to basic transformation

17

E32

RX

Element to basic transformation

18

E13

RX

Element to basic transformation

19

E23

RX

Element to basic transformation

20

E33

RX

Element to basic transformation

FORM =5 11

Lower left triangle in basic coordinate system SIL

I

SIL values of connected grid points

Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times FORM =6 11

Lower matrix in global coordinate system SIL

Word 11 repeats NUMGRID times End FORM Words 6 through max repeat until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

PREC

I

Precision of element matrices (1 or 2)

2

MAXROW

I

Maximum number of rows in an element matrix

3

MAXGRID

I

Maximum number of grid points in a FORM=4 record

4

UNDEF(3 )

none

Notes: 1. FORM=3 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate system.

Main Index

KDICT Element stiffness dictionary table

2. FORM=4 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the element coordinate system transformation matrix is also contained in each element dictionary. 3. FORM=5 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the basic coordinate system. 4. FORM=6 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate system and the number of degrees-of-freedom is variable. 5. SIL=0 indicates inactive degrees-of-freedom.

Main Index

347

348

LAMA Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table

LAMA

Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type

Description

CHAR4

Data block name

Record 1 -- OFPID -- OFP Header Record Word

Name

Type

Description

1

RECID(2)

I

Constants 21 and 6

3

UNDEF(7 )

10

SEVEN

I

Constant 7

11

RESFLG

I

Residual vector augmentation flag

12

FLDFLG

I

Fluid modes flag

13

UNDEF(38 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title character string (TITLE)

83

SUBTITLE(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

LABEL character string (LABEL)

none

none

Record 2 -- LAMA Repeats for each eigenvalue. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

MODE

I

Mode number

2

ORDER

I

Extraction order

3

EIGEN

RS

Eigenvalue

4

OMEGA

RS

Square root of eigenvalue

5

FREQ

RS

Frequency

6

MASS

RS

Generalized mass

7

STIFF

RS

Generalized stiffness

LAMA Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

1

NMODES

I

2

UNDEF(6 )

none

Description Number of modes

349

350

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name

Type

NAME(2)

Description

CHAR4

Data block name

Record 1 -- CREEP(1003,10,245) Word

Name

Type I

Description

1

MID

Material identification number

2

T0

RS

Reference temperature

3

EXP

RS

Temperature-dependent term in the creep rate expression

4

FORM

I

Form of the input data: "CRLAW" or "TABLE"

5

TIDKP

I

TABLES1 identification number which defines creep model parameter Kp

6

TIDCP

I

TABLES1 identification number which defines creep model parameter Cp

7

TIDCS

I

TABLES1 identification number which defines creep model parameter Cs

8

THRESH

9

TYPE

I

10

AG(7)

RS

RS

Threshold limit for creep process Empirical creep law identification number Coefficients of the empirical creep law

Record 2 -- MAT1(103,1,77) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

MID

Material identification number

2

E

RS

Young’s modulus

3

G

RS

Shear modulus

4

NU

RS

Poisson’s ratio

5

RHO

RS

Mass density

6

A

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

TREF

RS

Reference temperature

8

GE

RS

Structural element damping coefficient

9

ST

RS

Stress limit for tension

10

SC

RS

Stress limit for compression

11

SS

RS

Stress limit for shear

12

MCSID

I

Material coordinate system identification number

Record 3 -- MAT2(203,2,78) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

2

GIJ(6)

RS

Material property matrix

8

RHO

RS

Mass density

9

AJ(3)

RS

Thermal expansion coefficients

12

TREF

RS

Reference temperature

13

GE

RS

Structural element damping coefficient

14

ST

RS

Stress limit for tension

15

SC

RS

Stress limit for compression

16

SS

RS

Stress limit for shear

17

MCSID

I

Material identification number

Material coordinate system identification number

Record 4 -- MAT3(1403,14,122) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

MID

Material identification number

2

EX

RS

Young’s modulus in the x direction

3

ETH

RS

Young’s modulus in the theta direction

4

EZ

RS

Young’s modulus in the z direction

5

NUXTH

RS

Poisson’s ratios in x-theta direction

351

352

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

NUTHZ

RS

Poisson’s ratios in theta-z direction

7

NUZX

RS

Poisson’s ratios in z-x direction

8

RHO

RS

Mass density

9

GZX

RS

Shear modulus in the z-x direction

10

UNDEF

11

AX

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient in the x direction

12

ATH

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient in the theta direction

13

AZ

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient in the z direction

14

TREF

RS

Reference temperature

15

GE

RS

Structural element damping coefficient

16

UNDEF

none

none

Record 5 -- MAT4(2103,21,234) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

MID

Material identification number

2

K

RS

Thermal conductivity

3

CP

RS

Heat capacity per unit mass at constant pressure

4

RHO

RS

Mass density

5

H

RS

Free convection heat transfer coefficient

6

MU

RS

Dynamic viscosity

7

HGEN

RS

Heat generation capability used with QVOL entries

8

REFENTH

RS

Reference enthalpy

9

TCH

RS

Lower temperature limit for phase change region

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

TDELTA

RS

Total temperature change range

11

QLAT

RS

Latent heat of fusion per unit mass

Record 6 -- MAT5(2203,22,235) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

KIJ(6)

RS

Thermal conductivity matrix

8

CP

RS

Heat capacity per unit mass

9

RHO

RS

Mass density

10

HGEN

RS

Heat generation capability used with QVOL entries

Record 7 -- MAT8(2503,25,288) Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

MID

Material identification number

2

E1

RS

Modulus of elasticity in longitudinal direction

3

E2

RS

Modulus of elasticity in lateral direction

4

NU12

RS

Poisson’s ratio

5

G12

RS

In-plane shear modulus

6

G1Z

RS

Transverse shear modulus for shear in 1-Z plane

7

G2Z

RS

Transverse shear modulus for shear in 2-Z plane

8

RHO

RS

Mass density

9

A1

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient in longitudinal direction

10

A2

RS

Thermal expansion coefficient in lateral direction

353

354

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

TREF

RS

Reference temperature for the calculation of thermal loads

12

XT

RS

Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in tension

13

XC

RS

Allowable longitudinal stress or strain in compression

14

YT

RS

Allowable lateral stress or strain in tension

15

YC

RS

Allowable lateral stress or strain in compression

16

S

RS

Allowable stress or strain for in-plane shear

17

GE

RS

Structural damping coefficient

18

F12

RS

Interaction term in the tensor polynomial theory of Tsai-Wu

19

STRN

RS

For the maximum strain theory only

Record 8 -- MAT9(2603,26,300) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

G(21)

RS

Material property matrix

23

RHO

RS

Mass density

24

A(6)

RS

Thermal expansion coefficients

30

TREF

RS

Reference temperature for the calculation of thermal loads

31

GE

RS

Structural damping coefficient

32

UNDEF(4 )

none

Record 9 -- MAT10(2801,28,365) Word

Main Index

Name

1

MID

2

BULK

Type I RS

Description Material identification number Bulk modulus

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

RHO

RS

Mass density

4

C

RS

Speed of sound

5

GE

RS

Structural damping coefficient

Record 10 -- MAT11(2903,29,371) This record is not currently used. Word

Main Index

Name

Type

1

MID

I

2

E1

RS

3

E2

RS

4

E3

RS

5

V12

RS

6

V23

RS

7

V31

RS

8

G12

RS

9

R23

RS

10

G31

RS

11

RHO

RS

12

A(3)

RS

15

XT

RS

16

XC

RS

17

YT

RS

18

YC

RS

19

ZT

RS

20

ZC

RS

21

S12

RS

22

S23

RS

23

S31

RS

Description

355

356

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Record 11 -- MATHP(4506,45,374) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

A10

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

3

A01

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

4

D1

RS

Material constant related to volumetric deformation

5

RHO

RS

Mass density

6

ALPHA

RS

Coefficient of volumetric thermal expansion

7

TREF

RS

Reference temperature

8

GE

RS

Structural damping element coefficient

9

SF

I

???

10

NA

I

Order of the distortional strain energy polynomial function

11

ND

I

Order of the volumetric strain energy polynomial function

12

KP

RS

???

13

A20

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

14

A11

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

15

A02

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

16

D2

RS

Material constant related to volumetric deformation

17

A30

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

18

A21

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

19

A12

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

20

A03

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

21

D3

RS

Material constant related to volumetric deformation

22

A40

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

23

A31

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

24

A22

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

25

A13

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

26

A04

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

27

D4

RS

Material constant related to volumetric deformation

28

A50

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

29

A41

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

30

A32

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

31

A23

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

32

A14

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

33

A05

RS

Material constant related to distortional deformation

34

D5

RS

Material constant related to volumetric deformation

357

358

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

35

Name

Type

CONTFLG

I

CONTFLG =1

Description

Continuation flag

With continuation

36

TAB1

I

TABLES1 identification number that defines tension/compression

37

TAB2

I

TABLES1 identification number that defines equibiaxial tension

38

TAB3

I

TABLES1 identification number that defines simple shear

39

TAB4

I

TABLES1 identification number that defines pure shear

40

UNDEF(3 )

43

TAB5

CONTFLG =0

none I

TABLES1 identification number that defines volumetric compression

Without continuation

End CONTFLG Record 12 -- MATS1(503,5,90) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TID

I

TABLES1 or TABLEST entry identification number

3

TYPE

I

Type of material nonlinearity

4

H

RS

Work hardening slope

5

YF

I

Yield function criterion

6

HR

I

Hardening rule

7

LIMIT1

RS

Initial yield point

8

LIMIT2

RS

Internal friction angle

9

UNDEF(3 )

none

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Record 13 -- MATT1(703,7,91) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TID(10)

I

TABLEMi entry identification numbers

12

UNDEF

none

Record 14 -- MATT2(803,8,102) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TID(15)

I

TABLEMi entry identification numbers

17

UNDEF

none

Record 15 -- MATT3(1503,15,189) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TID(15)

I

entry identification numbers

Record 16 -- MATT4(2303,23,237) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TK

I

TABLEMi identification number for thermal conductivity

3

TCP

I

TABLEMi identification number for heat capacity per unit mass

4

UNDEF

5

TH

I

TABLEMi identification number for free convection heat transfer coefficient

6

TMU

I

TABLEMi identification number for dynamic viscosity

7

THGEN

I

TABLEMi identification number for heat generation with QVOL entries

none

359

360

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Record 17 -- MATT5(2403,24,238) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TK(6)

I

TABLEMi identification numbers for thermal conductivity

8

TCP

I

TABLEMi identification number for heat capacity per unit mass

9

UNDEF

none

10

THGEN

I

TABLEMi identification number for heat generation with QVOL entries

Record 18 -- MATT8(903,9,336) This record is not currently used. Word

Name

Type

1

MID

I

2

R(16)

I

Description

Record 19 -- MATT9(2703,27,301) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

MID

I

Material identification number

2

TG(21)

I

TABLEMi identification numbers for material property matrix

23

TRHO

I

TABLEMi identification number for mass density

24

TA(6)

I

TABLEMi identification numbers for thermal expansion coefficients

30

UNDEF

31

TGE

32

UNDEF(4 )

none I none

TABLEMi identification number for structural damping coefficient

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Record 20 -- -- MBOLT(12600,126,646) Word

Name

1

ID

2

GRIDC

3

V(3)

6

UNDEF(3 )

9

GRIDS

10

GID

Type I

Description Element identification number of the bolt

I RS

Control grid ID where forces or displacements are applied Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic coordinates

none CHAR4 I

GRID, indicating starting of grid identification numbers Identification numbers of grid points at the bolt intersection

Word 10 repeats until End of Record 11

ELEMS

12

EID

CHAR4 I

ELEM, indicating starting of element identification numbers Element identification numbers at the bolt intersection

Word 12 repeats until End of Record Record 21 -- MBOLTUS(12800,128,650) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Element identification number of the bolt

2

GRIDC

I

Control grid identification number where forces or displacements are applied

3

V(3)

RS

Vector normal to bolt cross section in basic coordinates

6

UNDEF(3 )

9

TOP

CHAR4

10

GTID

I

none

Word 10 repeats until End of Record

Main Index

TOP, indicating starting of TOP grid identification numbers Identification numbers of grid points at the TOP of bolt intersection

361

362

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

11

BOTTOM

12

GBID

Type

Description

CHAR4

BOTT, indicating starting of BOTTOM grid identification numbers

I

Identification numbers of grid points at the BOTTOM of bolt intersection

Word 12 repeats until End of Record Record 22 -- -- MSTACK(12700,127,649) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID1

I

Starting element identification number

2

ID2

I

Ending element identification number

3

IDIR

I

Stacking direction

Record 23 -- NLAUTO(12200,122,434) - SOL 600 only Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

1

ID

Identification number referenced by a TSTEP case control entry

2

TINIT

RS

Initial time step

3

TFINAL

RS

Total time period

4

RSMALL

RS

Smallest ratio between steps

5

RBIG

RS

Largest ratio between steps

6

TSMIN

RS

Minimum time step

7

TSMAX

RS

Maximum time step

8

NSMAX

I

Maximum number of steps allowed

9

NRECYC

I

Desired number of cycles per increment

10

IENHAN

I

Enter 1 to acivate the enhanced scheme

11

IDAMP

I

Enter 1 to use artificial damping for static

12

NSTATE

I

Number SOF states for PSOT file

13

NCUT

I

Maximum number of times to cut down time step

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

LIMTAR

I

15

IFINISH

I

16

FTEMP

RS

Finish temp, use with IFINISH, enter only if IEHAN is 1

17

SFACT

RS

S

18

IFLAG

I

Not presently used in Nastran-Marc interface

19

IDTAB

I

Table identification number scaling damping factor

20

DAMP

RS

21

IDMPFLG

I

Flag for reaching instances in time from load tables

22

ISTATED

I

If =1, put states reached by IDMPFLG on the post files

23

IPHYS

I

24

I313

I

Flag corresponding to Mar field 13

25

CRITERIA

I

Choose criteria from 1 thru 10

26

SETID

I

27

Y1

RS

28

X1

RS

29

Y2

RS

30

X2

RS

31

Y3

RS

32

X3

RS

33

Y4

RS

34

X4

RS

Damping factor for artificial damping

Time for which y1 adjustment is applied

Words 25 through 34 repeat until End of Record

Main Index

363

364

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Record 24 -- RADBND(9002,90,410) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

NUMBER

I

Number of radiation wave bands

2

PLANCK2

RS

Planck’s second radiation constant

3

LAMBDA

RS

Highest wavelength of the i-th wave band

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 25 -- RADM(8802,88,413) Word

Name

Type

1

NUMBER(C)

I

Number of emissivities including absorptivity

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

EMISI

RS

Description

Surface emissivity at wavelength LAMBDAi

Word 3 repeats NUMBER times Words 2 through 3 repeat until End of Record Record 26 -- RADMT(8902,89,423) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

NUMBER(C)

I

Number of emissivities

2

MID

I

Material identification number

3

TEMISI

I

TABLEMi identification number for surface emissivity

Word 3 repeats NUMBER times Words 2 through 3 repeat until End of Record Record 27 -- NLPARM(3003,30,286) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

NINC

I

Number of increments

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

RS

Incremental time interval for creep analysis

3

DT

4

KMETHOD

I

Method for controlling stiffness updates

5

KSTEP

I

Number of iterations before the stiffness update

6

MAXITER

I

Limit on number of iterations for each load increment

7

CONV

I

Flags to select convergence criteria

8

INTOUT

I

Intermediate output flag

9

EPSU

RS

Error tolerance for displacement U criterion

10

EPSP

RS

Error tolerance for displacement P criterion

11

EPSW

RS

Error tolerance for displacement W criterion

12

MAXDIV

I

Limit on probable divergence conditions

13

MAXQN

I

Maximum number of quasi-Newton correction vectors

14

MAXLS

I

Maximum number of line searches

15

FSTRESS

RS

Fraction of effective stress

16

LSTOL

RS

Line search tolerance

17

MAXBIS

18

MAXR

RS

Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length increment

19

RTOLB

RS

Maximum value of incremental rotation

I

Maximum number of bisections

Record 28 -- NLPCI(3104,32,350) Word

Main Index

Name

1

SID

2

TYPE

3

MINALR

Type I CHAR4 RS

Description Set identification number Constraint type Minimum allowable arc-length adjustment ratio

365

366

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

MAXALR

RS

Maximum allowable arc-length adjustment ratio

5

SCALE

RS

Scale factor (w) for controlling the loading contribution

6

UNDEF

none

7

DESITER

I

Desired number of iterations for convergence

8

MXINC

I

Maximum number of controlled increment steps

Record 29 -- TSTEPNL(3103,31,337) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

SID

I

Set identification number

2

NDT

I

Number of time steps of value DT

3

DT

RS

4

NO

I

Time step interval for output

5

METHOD

I

Method for dynamic matrix update

6

KSTEP

I

Time step interval or number of converged bisections

7

MAXITER

I

Limit on number of iterations

8

CONV

I

Flags to select convergence criteria

9

EPSU

RS

Error tolerance for displacement U criterion

10

EPSP

RS

Error tolerance for displacement P criterion

11

EPSW

RS

Error tolerance for displacement W criterion

12

MAXDIV

I

Limit on probable divergence conditions

13

MAXQN

I

Maximum number of quasi-Newton correction vectors

14

MAXLS

I

Maximum number of line searches

Time increment

MPT Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

Word

Name

Type

Description

15

FSTRESS

RS

Fraction of effective stress

16

MAXBIS

I

Maximum number of bisections

17

ADJUST

I

Time step skip factor for automatic time step adjustment

18

MSTEP

I

Number of steps to obtain the dominant period response

19

RB

RS

Define bounds for maintaining the same time step

20

MAXR

RS

Maximum ratio for the adjusted arc-length increment

21

UTOL

RS

Tolerance on displacement or temperature increment

22

RTOLB

RS

Maximum value of incremental rotation

Record 30 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name BIT(6)

Type I

Description Record presence trailer words

367

368

OBJTAB Design objective table

OBJTAB

Design objective table

OBJTAB is defined for a given analysis type and superelement and contains objective attributes with retained response identification numbers. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- HEADER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

IRID

I

Response identification number

2

RTYPE1

I

Type of response: 1 or 2

3

RTYPE2

I

Type of response: 1 or 2

4

MINMAX

I

Minimum/maximum flag: -1=minimum and 1=maximum

5

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

6

SID

I

Subcase identification number

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name UNDEF(6 )

Type none

Description

OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)

OEE

Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Block Name

Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

18 for strain, 36 for kinetic, and 37 for energy loss

3

ETOTAL

RS

Total strain energy of all elements in subcase/mode

4

SUBCASE

I

Subcase number

ACODE,4 =0 5

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =01 5

UNDEF

MODE

UNDEF

UNDEF

Main Index

Mode Number

none

See word 8

none

See word 8

Frequency FREQ

ACODE,4 =06 5

I

Differential Stiffness

ACODE,4 =05 5

See word 8

Differential Stiffness

ACODE,4 =04 5

none Real Eigenvalues

ACODE,4 =03 5

Not defined

Statics

ACODE,4 =02 5

none

RS

Frequency

Transient TIME

RS

Time Step

369

370

OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)

Word

Name

ACODE,4 =07 5

UNDEF

MODE

MODE

LOADFAC

Mode Number

I

Mode Number

RS

Load factor

Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) ) UNDEF

ACODE,4 =12 5

I

Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 )

ACODE,4 =11 5

See word 8

Complex Eigenvalues

ACODE,4 =10 5

none

Buckling 1 ( Post buckling )

ACODE,4 =09 5

Description

Buckling 0 ( Pre buckling )

ACODE,4 =08 5

Type

none

See word 8

CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) TIME

RS

Time Step

End ACODE,4

Main Index

6

ELNAME(2)

CHAR4

8

LOADSET

I

Load set or zero

9

FCODE

I

Format code

10

NUMWDE(C)

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

CVALRES

I

C

12

ESUBT

RS

Subtotal of Strain Energy in the Set identification number

13

SETID

I

Set identification number Number

14

EIGENR

RS

Element type name

Natural eigenvalue - real part

OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)

Word

Name

Type

Description

15

EIGENI

RS

Natural eigenvalue -- imaginary part

16

FREQ

RS

Natural frequency

17

UNDEF

18

ETOTPOS

RS

Total positive energy

19

ETOTNEG

RS

Total negative energy

20

UNDEF(31 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

none

none

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

Type

Description

TCODE,1 =1

Sort 1

NUMWIDE=04

Standard element identification number

1

EKEY

NUMWIDE =05 1

I DMIG matrix name

DMIGNAME(2)

CHAR4

DMIG matrix name

End NUMWIDE TCODE,1 =02

Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT

ACODE,4 =0 1

UNDEF

none

ACODE,4 =01 1

EKEY

I

EKEY

I

ACODE,4 =02 1 ACODE,4 =03

Main Index

Not defined

371

372

OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)

Word 1

Name

Type

Description

EKEY

I

EKEY

I

FREQ

RS

Frequency

TIME

RS

Time step

EKEY

I

EKEY

I

EKEY

I

FQTS

RS

EKEY

I

EKEY

I

ACODE,4 =04 1 ACODE,4 =05 1 ACODE,4 =06 1 ACODE,4 =07 1 ACODE,4 =08 1 ACODE,4 =09 1 ACODE,4 =10 1

Frequency or Time step

ACODE,4 =11 1 ACODE,4 =12 1 End ACODE,4 End TCODE,1

Main Index

2

ENERGY

RS

Element Energy or Subtotal after all elements

3

PCT

RS

Percent of Total Energy

4

DEN

RS

Element Energy Density, or '-1' after all elements

OEE Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(4 )

6

WORD6

Type I

Description Number of element types output

none I

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

Notes: 1.

Records are repeated for each element type having at least one element requested for output. They are also repeated for each subcase.

2.

Device code: 1 = print 2 = plot 4 = punch 5 = print and punch, etc.

3.

Approach code: 1 = statics 2 = reigen 3=ds0 4 = ds1 5 = freq 6 = tran 7 = bkl0 8 = bkl1 9 = ceigen 10 = pla

4. Nonexistent element energy densities are flagged by integer '-1' in the field.

Main Index

373

374

OEF Table of element forces

OEF

Table of element forces

Also contains composite failure indices and a analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

Type

1

NAME(2)

CHAR4

3

MONTH

I

4

DAY

I

5

YEAR

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

Description Data block name

none

Record 1 -- DATA Record 2 -- IDENT Word

Name

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*Approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table code

3

ELTYPE(C)

I

Element type

4

SUBCASE

I

Subcase or random identification number

TCODE,1 =1 ACODE,4 =01 5

LOADID

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =02

SORT1 format Statics I

Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues)

MODE

I

6

EIGN

RS

7

UNDEF

5

LOADID

Load set identification number

none

5

ACODE,4 =03

Main Index

Type

Mode number Eigenvalue

none Differential Stiffness 0 I

Load set identification number

OEF Table of element forces

Word 6

Name

Type

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE,4 =04 5

LOADID

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =05 5

FREQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =06 5

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =07 5

LOADID

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =08 5

LOADID

6

EIGR

7

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =09

Differential Stiffness 1 I

Load set identification number

none Frequency RS

Frequency

none Transient RS

Time step

none Pre-buckling I

Load set identification number

none Post-buckling I RS

Load set identification number Eigenvalue

none Complex Eigenvalues

5

MODE

6

EIGR

RS

Eigenvalue -- real part

7

EIGI

RS

Eigenvalue -- imaginary part

ACODE,4 =10

I

LOADSTEP

RS

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

5

LOADID

6

UNDEF(2 )

End ACODE,4

Mode number

Nonlinear Statics

5

ACODE,4 =11

Main Index

Description

Load step

Geometric Nonlinear Statics I none

Load set identification number

375

376

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

TCODE,1 =02

Type

Description

SORT2 format

5

LOADID

6

UNDEF(2 )

I

Load set identification number

none

End TCODE,1 8

DLOADID

I

Dynamic load set identification or random code number

9

FCODE(C)

I

Format code

10

NUMWDE(C)

I

Number of words per entry

11

OCODE

I

12

UNDEF(11 )

23

THERMAL(C)

24

UNDEF(27 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title character string (TITLE)

83

SUBTITLE(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle character string (SUBTITLE)

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

LABEL character string (LABEL)

none I

=1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise

none

Record 3 -- DATA Word

Name

TCODE,1 =1 1

EID

Description

SORT1 Format I

Element identification number

TCODE,1 =02

SORT2 Format

ACODE,4 =01

Statics

1

LOADID

ACODE,4 =02 1

MODE

ACODE,4 =03 1

LOADID

ACODE,4 =04

Main Index

Type

I

Load set identification number

Normal modes or buckling (real eigenvalues) I

Mode number

Differential Stiffness 0 I

Load set identification number

Differential Stiffness 1

OEF Table of element forces

Word 1

Name LOADID

ACODE,4 =05 1

FREQ

ACODE,4 =06 1

TIME

ACODE,4 =07 1

LOADID

ACODE,4 =08 1

LOADID

ACODE,4 =09 1

MODE

ACODE,4 =10 1

LOADSTEP

ACODE,4 =11 1

LOADID

Type I

Description Load set identification number

Frequency RS

Frequency

Transient RS

Time step

Pre-buckling I

Load set identification number

Post-buckling I

Load set identification number

Complex Eigenvalues I

Mode number

Nonlinear Statics RS

Load step

Geometric Nonlinear Statics I

Load set identification number

End ACODE,4 End TCODE,1 THERMAL =1

Thermal data

NUMWDE =10

2-D and 3-D elements

2

NAME(2)

4

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

5

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

6

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

7

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

8

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

9

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

10

ZED

NUMWDE =8

Main Index

CHAR4

I

Element type

zero

(CHBDY) thermal 107,108,109

377

378

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

2

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Element name

4

FAPPLIED

RS

Applied load

5

FREECONV

RS

Free convection

6

FORCECON

RS

Forced convection

7

FRAD

RS

Radiation

8

FTOTAL

RS

Total

NUMWDE =2 2

FTOTAL

NUMWDE =9

Convection elements RS

Total

1-D elements; e.g., CBEAM, CBEND, CTUBE

2

NAME(2)

4

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

5

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

6

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

7

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

8

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

9

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

NUMWDE =58

CHAR4

Element type

VUHEXA 145 Thermal

2

PARENT

I

Parent C

3

VUGRID

I

VU grid identification number

4

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

5

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

6

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

7

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

8

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

9

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

Words 3 through 9 repeat 8 times NUMWDE =44 2

Main Index

PARENT

VUPENTA 146 Thermal I

Parent identification number

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

VUGRID

I

VU grid identification number

4

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

5

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

6

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

7

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

8

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

9

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

Words 3 through 9 repeat 6 times NUMWDE =30

VUTETRA 147 Thermal

2

PARENT

I

Parent identification number

3

VUGRID

I

VU Grid identification number

4

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

5

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

6

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

7

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

8

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

9

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

Words 3 through 9 repeat 4 times NUMWDE =34

Main Index

VUQUAD 189 Thermal

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

6

UNDEF

none

7

VUGRID

I

8

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

9

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

Flat/curved etc. Material angle

VU Grid identification number

379

380

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

11

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

12

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

13

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

Words 7 through 13 repeat 4 times NUMWDE =27

VUTRIA 190 Thermal

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

6

UNDEF

none

7

VUGRID

I

8

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

9

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

10

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

11

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

12

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

13

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

Flat/curved etc. Material angle

VU grid identification number

Words 7 through 13 repeat 3 times NUMWDE =18

Main Index

VUBEAM 191 Thermal

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

VUGRID

I

6

XGRAD

RS

x gradient or '1'

7

YGRAD

RS

y gradient or '1'

8

ZGRAD

RS

z gradient or '1'

Flat/curved etc. VU grid identification number

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

XFLUX

RS

x flux or '1'

10

YFLUX

RS

y flux or '1'

11

ZFLUX

RS

z flux or '1'

Words 5 through 11 repeat 2 times End NUMWDE THERMAL =00

Non-thermal element output

ELTYPE =01

Rod element (CROD)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

AF

RS

Axial Force

3

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

AFR

RS

Axial Force -- real/magnitude part

3

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part

4

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real/magnitude part

5

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =02

Beam element (CBEAM)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

GRID

I

Grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station Distance divided by element's length

4

BM1

RS

Bending moment plane 1

5

BM2

RS

Bending moment plane 2

6

TS1

RS

Shear Plane 1

7

TS2

RS

Shear Plane 2

8

AF

RS

Axial Force

9

TTRQ

RS

Total Torque

10

WTRQ

RS

Warping Torque

381

382

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =1

Type

Description

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

GRID

I

Grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station Distance divided by element's length

4

BM1R

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -real/magnitude part

5

BM2R

RS

Bending moment plane 2 -real/magnitude part

6

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part

7

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real/magnitude part

8

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real/magnitude part

9

TTRQR

RS

Total torque -- real/magnitude part

10

WTRQR

RS

Warping torque -- real/magnitude part

11

BM1I

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -imaginary/phase part

12

BM2I

RS

Bending moment plane 2 -imaginary/phase part

13

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary/phase part

14

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary/phase part

15

AFI

RS

Axial force -- imaginary/phase part

16

TTRQI

RS

Total torque -- imaginary/phase part

17

WTRQI

RS

Warping torque -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 2 through max repeat 011 times ELTYPE =03

Tube element (CTUBE)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

AF

RS

Axial Force

3

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

2

AFR

RS

Axial Force -- real/magnitude part

3

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part

4

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real/magnitude part

5

TEQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =04

Shear panel element (CSHEAR)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F41

RS

Force 4 to 1

3

F21

RS

Force 2 to 1

4

F12

RS

Force 1 to 2

5

F32

RS

Force 3 to 2

6

F23

RS

Force 2 to 3

7

F43

RS

Force 4 to 3

8

F34

RS

Force 3 to 4

9

F14

RS

Force 1 to 4

10

KF1

RS

Kick Force on 1

11

S12

RS

Shear 1 2

12

KF2

RS

Kick Force on 2

13

S23

RS

Shear 2 3

14

KF3

RS

Kick Force on 3

15

S34

RS

Shear 3 4

16

KF4

RS

Kick Force on 4

17

S41

RS

Shear 4 1

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

F41R

RS

Force 4 to 1 -- real/magnitude part

3

F21R

RS

Force 2 to 1 -- real/magnitude part

4

F12R

RS

Force 1 to 2 -- real/magnitude part

5

F32R

RS

Force 3 to 2 -- real/magnitude part

383

384

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

6

F23R

RS

Force 2 to 3 -- real/magnitude part

7

F43R

RS

Force 4 to 3 -- real/magnitude part

8

F34R

RS

Force 3 to 4 -- real/magnitude part

9

F14R

RS

Force 1 to 4 -- real/magnitude part

10

F41I

RS

Force 4 to 1 -- imaginary/phase part

11

F21I

RS

Force 2 to 1 -- imaginary/phase part

12

F12I

RS

Force 1 to 2 -- imaginary/phase part

13

F32I

RS

Force 3 to 2 -- imaginary/phase part

14

F23I

RS

Force 2 to 3 -- imaginary/phase part

15

F43I

RS

Force 4 to 3 -- imaginary/phase part

16

F34I

RS

Force 3 to 4 -- imaginary/phase part

17

F14I

RS

Force 1 to 4 -- imaginary/phase part

18

KF1R

RS

Kick Force on 1 -- real/magnitude part

19

S12R

RS

Shear 1 2 -- real/magnitude part

20

KF2R

RS

Kick Force on 2 -- real/magnitude part

21

S23R

RS

Shear 2 3 -- real/magnitude part

22

KF3R

RS

Kick Force on 3 -- real/magnitude part

23

S34R

RS

Shear 3 4 -- real/magnitude part

24

KF4R

RS

Kick Force on 4 -- real/magnitude part

25

S41R

RS

Shear 4 1 -- real/magnitude part

26

KF1I

RS

Kick Force on 1 -- imaginary/phase part

27

S12I

RS

Shear 1 2 -- imaginary/phase part

28

KF2I

RS

Kick Force on 2 -- imaginary/phase part

29

S23I

RS

Shear 2 3 -- imaginary/phase part

30

KF3I

RS

Kick Force on 3 -- imaginary/phase part

31

S34I

RS

Shear 3 4 -- imaginary/phase part

32

KF4I

RS

Kick Force on 4 -- imaginary/phase part

33

S41I

RS

Shear 4 1 -- imaginary/phase part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =05 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =06 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =07 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =08 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =09 2

UNDEF

FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower stiffness) none Unused none PLOAD4 (follower stiffness) none PLOADX1 (follower stiffness) none PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness) none

ELTYPE =10

Rod element connection and property (CONROD)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

AF

RS

Axial Force

3

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

AFR

RS

Axial Force -- real/magnitude part

3

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part

4

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real/magnitude part

5

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =11

Scalar spring element (CELAS1)

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force -- real/magnitude part

3

FI

RS

Force -- imaginary/phase part

385

386

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =12

Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force -- real/magnitude part

3

FI

RS

Force -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =13

Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force -- real/magnitude part

3

FI

RS

Force -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =14

Scalar spring element to scalar pts. only with prop. (CELAS4)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force -- real/magnitude part

3

FI

RS

Force -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =15 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =16 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =17

Main Index

AEROT3 none AEROBEAM none Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIA2)

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =18 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =19 2

UNDEF

Type

Description

none Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD2) none Unused (Pre-V69 CQUAD1) none

ELTYPE =20

Scalar damper (CDAMP1 and see Note 2.)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force

3

FI

RS

Force

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =21

Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2 and see Note 2.)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force

3

FI

RS

Force

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =22

Scalar damper to scalar pts. only (CDAMP3 and see Note 2.)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force

3

FI

RS

Force

End TCODE,7

Main Index

RS

387

388

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

ELTYPE =23

Scalar damper to scalar pts. only with prop. (CDAMP4; see Note 2.)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Force

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR

RS

Force

3

FI

RS

Force

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =24

Viscous damper (CVISC)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

AF

RS

Axial force

3

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

AFR

RS

Axial Force -- real/magnitude part

3

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary/phase part

4

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real/magnitude part

5

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary/phase part

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =25 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =26 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =27 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =28 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =29 Main Index

Scalar mass (CMASS1) none Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2) none Scalar mass to scalar pts. only (CMASS3) none Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties (CMASS4) none Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1)

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =30 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =31 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =32 2

UNDEF

Description

none Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form (CONM2) none Dummy plot element (PLOTEL) none Unused none

ELTYPE =33

Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

MX

RS

Membrane in x

3

MY

RS

Membrane in y

4

MXY

RS

Membrane in xy

5

BMX

RS

Bending in x

6

BMY

RS

Bending in y

7

BMXY

RS

Bending in xy

8

TX

RS

Transverse Shear in x

9

TY

RS

Transverse Shear in y

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

MXR

RS

Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part

3

MYR

RS

Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part

4

MXYR

RS

Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part

5

BMXR

RS

Bending in x -- real/magnitude part

6

BMYR

RS

Bending in y -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXYR

RS

Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part

8

TXR

RS

Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude part

9

TYR

RS

Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude part

389

390

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

MXI

RS

Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part

11

MYI

RS

Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part

12

MXYI

RS

Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase part

13

BMXI

RS

Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part

14

BMYI

RS

Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part

15

BMXYI

RS

Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part

16

TXI

RS

Transverse Shear in x -imaginary/phase part

17

TYI

RS

Transverse Shear in y -imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =34

Simple beam element (CBAR and see also ELTYPE=100)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

BM1A

RS

Bending moment at end A plane 1

3

BM2A

RS

Bending moment at end A plane 2

4

BM1B

RS

Bending moment at end B plane 1

5

BM2B

RS

Bending moment at end B plane 2

6

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

7

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

8

AF

RS

Axial Force

9

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

BM1AR

RS

Bending moment at end A plane 1 -- real part

3

BM2AR

RS

Bending moment at end A plane 2 -- real part

4

BM1BR

RS

Bending moment at end B plane 1 -- real part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

BM2BR

RS

Bending moment at end B plane 2 -- real part

6

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real part

7

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real part

8

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real part

9

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real part

10

BM1AI

RS

Bending moment at end A plane 1 -imaginary part

11

BM2AI

RS

Bending moment at end A plane 2 -imaginary part

12

BM1BI

RS

Bending moment at end B plane 1 -imaginary part

13

BM2BI

RS

Bending moment at end B plane 2 -imaginary part

14

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part

15

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary part

16

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary part

17

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =35 2

HOPA

RS

Harmonic or point angle

3

BMU

RS

Bending moment u

4

BMV

RS

Bendingmoment v

5

TM

RS

Twisting moment

6

SU

RS

Shear u

7

SV

RS

Shear v

ELTYPE =36 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =37

Main Index

Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG) none Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG)

391

392

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

Type

Description

none

ELTYPE =38

Gap element (CGAP)

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

FX

RS

Compression force in x

3

SFY

RS

Shear force in y

4

SFZ

RS

Shear force in z

5

U

RS

Axial displacement in u

6

V

RS

Shear displacement in v

7

W

RS

Shear displacement in w

8

SV

RS

Slip displacement in v

9

SW

RS

Slip displacement in w

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FX

RS

Compression force in x

3

SFY

RS

Shear force in y

4

SFZ

RS

Shear force in z

5

U

RS

Axial displacement in u

6

V

RS

Shear displacement in v

7

W

RS

Shear displacement in w

8

SV

RS

Slip displacement in v

9

SW

RS

Slip displacement in w

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =39

Main Index

Acoustics -- Tetra (?)

2

AXR

RS

3

AYR

RS

4

AZR

RS

5

VXR

RS

6

VYR

RS

7

VXR

RS

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

8

AXI

RS

9

AYI

RS

10

AZI

RS

11

VXI

RS

12

VYI

RS

13

VXI

RS

14

DB

RS

ELTYPE =40

Description

Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)

2

FE

RS

Element Force

3

UE

RS

Axial displacement

4

VE

RS

Axial velocity*

5

AS

RS

Axial stress*

6

AE

RS

Axial strain*

7

EP

RS

Plastic strain*

8

FAIL

ELTYPE =41 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =42 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =43 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =44 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =45 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =46 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =47

Main Index

Type

I

Failed element flag

unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1) none unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2) none Fluid element with 2 points (CFLUID2) none Fluid element with 3 points (CFLUID3) none Fluid element with 4 points (CFLUID4) none Cflmass none Fluid element with 2 points (CAXIF2)

393

394

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =48 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =49 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =50 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =51 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =52 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =53 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =54 2

UNDEF

Type

Description

none Fluid element with 3 points (CAXIF3) none Fluid element with 4 points (CAXIF4) none Three-point slot element (CSLOT3) none Four-point slot element (CSLOT4) none Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP none Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6) none Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6) none

ELTYPE =55

Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

FI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =56

Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

FI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =57

Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

FI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =58

Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

FI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =59

Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

FI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =60

Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or CDUM8)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1 2

Main Index

FR(9)

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

395

396

OEF Table of element forces

Word 11

Name FI(9)

Type RS

Description User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =61

Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or CDUM9)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

F(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

FI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =62 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =63 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =64

none Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM2) none Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Character string "CEN/" Number of active grids or corner grid identification number

Real or random response

4

MX

RS

Membrane force in x

5

MY

RS

Membrane force in y

6

MXY

RS

Membrane force in xy

7

BMX

RS

Bending moment in x

8

BMY

RS

Bending moment in y

9

BMXY

RS

Bending moment in xy

10

TX

RS

Shear force in x

11

TY

RS

Shear force in y

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1)

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

MXR

RS

Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part

5

MYR

RS

Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part

6

MXYR

RS

Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXR

RS

Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part

8

BMYR

RS

Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part

9

BMXYR

RS

Bending moment in xy -real/magnitude part

10

TXR

RS

Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part

11

TYR

RS

Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part

12

MXI

RS

Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

MYI

RS

Membrane force in y -imaginary/phase part

14

MXYI

RS

Membrane force in xy -imaginary/phase part

15

BMXI

RS

Bending moment in x -imaginary/phase part

16

BMYI

RS

Bending moment in y -imaginary/phase part

17

BMXYI

RS

Bending moment in xy -imaginary/phase part

18

TXI

RS

Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part

19

TYI

RS

Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 3 through max repeat 005 times ELTYPE =65

Main Index

Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8)

397

398

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =66 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =67

none Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX20) none Acoustics in HEXA

2

AXR

RS

3

AYR

RS

4

AZR

RS

5

VXR

RS

6

VYR

RS

7

VXR

RS

8

AXI

RS

9

AYI

RS

10

AZI

RS

11

VXI

RS

12

VYI

RS

13

VXI

RS

14

DB

RS

ELTYPE =68

Main Index

Type

Acoustics in PENTA

2

AXR

RS

3

AYR

RS

4

AZR

RS

5

VXR

RS

6

VYR

RS

7

VXR

RS

8

AXI

RS

9

AYI

RS

10

AZI

RS

11

VXI

RS

Description

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

12

VYI

RS

13

VXI

RS

14

DB

RS

Description

ELTYPE =69

Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND -- see note.)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

GRID

I

3

BM1

RS

Bending moment plane 1

4

BM2

RS

Bending moment plane 1

5

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

6

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

7

AF

RS

Axial force

8

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Grid point identification number

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

GRID

I

Grid point identification number -real/magnitude part

3

BM1R

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -real/magnitude part

4

BM2R

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -real/magnitude part

5

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part

6

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real/magnitude part

7

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real/magnitude part

8

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real/magnitude part

9

BM1I

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -imagnitude/phase part

10

BM2I

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -imaginary/phase part

11

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary/phase part

12

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary/phase part

399

400

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

13

AFI

RS

Axial force -- imaginary/phase part

14

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 2 through max repeat 002 times ELTYPE =70 2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Character string "CEN/" Number of active grids or corner grid identification number

Real or random response

4

MX

RS

Membrane force in x

5

MY

RS

Membrane force in y

6

MXY

RS

Membrane force in xy

7

BMX

RS

Bending moment in x

8

BMY

RS

Bending moment in y

9

BMXY

RS

Bending moment in xy

10

TX

RS

Shear force in x

11

TY

RS

Shear force in y

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

4

MXR

RS

Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part

5

MYR

RS

Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part

6

MXYR

RS

Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXR

RS

Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part

8

BMYR

RS

Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part

9

BMXYR

RS

Bending moment in xy -real/magnitude part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

TXR

RS

Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part

11

TYR

RS

Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part

12

MXI

RS

Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

MYI

RS

Membrane force in y -imaginary/phase part

14

MXYI

RS

Membrane force in xy -imaginary/phase part

15

BMXI

RS

Bending moment in x -imaginary/phase part

16

BMYI

RS

Bending moment in y -imaginary/phase part

17

BMXYI

RS

Bending moment in xy -imaginary/phase part

18

TXI

RS

Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part

19

TYI

RS

Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 3 through max repeat 004 times ELTYPE =71 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =72 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =73 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Unused none AEROQ4 none Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE) none

ELTYPE =74

Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

MX

RS

Membrane in x

3

MY

RS

Membrane in y

4

MXY

RS

Membrane in xy

5

BMX

RS

Bending in x

401

402

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

BMY

RS

Bending in y

7

BMXY

RS

Bending in xy

8

TX

RS

Transverse Shear in x

9

TY

RS

Transverse Shear in y

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

MXR

RS

Membrane in x -- real/magnitude part

3

MYR

RS

Membrane in y -- real/magnitude part

4

MXYR

RS

Membrane in xy -- real/magnitude part

5

BMXR

RS

Bending in x -- real/magnitude part

6

BMYR

RS

Bending in y -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXYR

RS

Bending in xy -- real/magnitude part

8

TXR

RS

Transverse Shear in x -- real/magnitude part

9

TYR

RS

Transverse Shear in y -- real/magnitude part

10

MXI

RS

Membrane in x -- imaginary/phase part

11

MYI

RS

Membrane in y -- imaginary/phase part

12

MXYI

RS

Membrane in xy -- imaginary/phase part

13

BMXI

RS

Bending in x -- imaginary/phase part

14

BMYI

RS

Bending in y -- imaginary/phase part

15

BMXYI

RS

Bending in xy -- imaginary/phase part

16

TXI

RS

Transverse Shear in x -imaginary/phase part

17

TYI

RS

Transverse Shear in y -imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =75 2

Main Index

TERM

Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6) CHAR4

Character string "CEN/"

OEF Table of element forces

Word 3

Name GRID

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

I

Description Number of active grids or corner grid identification number

Real or random response

4

MX

RS

Membrane force in x

5

MY

RS

Membrane force in y

6

MXY

RS

Membrane force in xy

7

BMX

RS

Bending moment in x

8

BMY

RS

Bending moment in y

9

BMXY

RS

Bending moment in xy

10

TX

RS

Shear force in x

11

TY

RS

Shear force in y

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

4

MXR

RS

Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part

5

MYR

RS

Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part

6

MXYR

RS

Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXR

RS

Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part

8

BMYR

RS

Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part

9

BMXYR

RS

Bending moment in xy -real/magnitude part

10

TXR

RS

Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part

11

TYR

RS

Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part

12

MXI

RS

Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

MYI

RS

Membrane force in y -imaginary/phase part

403

404

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

MXYI

RS

Membrane force in xy -imaginary/phase part

15

BMXI

RS

Bending moment in x -imaginary/phase part

16

BMYI

RS

Bending moment in y -imaginary/phase part

17

BMXYI

RS

Bending moment in xy -imaginary/phase part

18

TXI

RS

Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part

19

TYI

RS

Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 3 through max repeat 004 times ELTYPE =76

Main Index

Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element (CHEXA)

2

ELNAME(2)

CHAR4

Element name: "HEXPR"

4

AXR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

5

AYR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

6

AZR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

7

VXR

RS

Velocity in x -- real/magnitude part

8

VYR

RS

Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part

9

VZR

RS

Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part

10

PRESSURE

RS

Pressure in DB

11

AXI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

12

AYI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

AZI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

14

VXI

RS

Velocity in x -- imaginary/phase part

15

VYI

RS

Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part

OEF Table of element forces

Word 16

Name VXI

ELTYPE =77 2

ELNAME(2)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

RS

Description Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part

Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid element (CPENTA) CHAR4

Element name: "PENPR"

Real or random response

4

AX

RS

Acceleration in x

5

AY

RS

Acceleration in x

6

AZ

RS

Acceleration in x

7

VX

RS

Velocity in x

8

VY

RS

Velocity in y

9

VZ

RS

Velocity in y

10

PRESSURE

RS

Pressure in DB

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Complex

4

AXR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

5

AYR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

6

AZR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

7

VXR

RS

Velocity in x -- real/magnitude part

8

VYR

RS

Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part

9

VZR

RS

Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part

10

PRESSURE

RS

Pressure in DB

11

AXI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

12

AYI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

AZI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

14

VXI

RS

Velocity in x -- imaginary/phase part

15

VYI

RS

Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part

16

VXI

RS

Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part

405

406

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =78 2

ELNAME(2)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid element (CTETRA) CHAR4

Element name: "TETPR"

Real or random response

4

AX

RS

Acceleration in x

5

AY

RS

Acceleration in x

6

AZ

RS

Acceleration in x

7

VX

RS

Velocity in x

8

VY

RS

Velocity in y

9

VZ

RS

Velocity in y

10

PRESSURE

RS

Pressure in DB

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

4

AXR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

5

AYR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

6

AZR

RS

Acceleration in x -- real/magnitude part

7

VXR

RS

Velocity in x -- real/magnitude part

8

VYR

RS

Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part

9

VZR

RS

Velocity in y -- real/magnitude part

10

PRESSURE

RS

Pressure in DB

11

AXI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

12

AYI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

AZI

RS

Acceleration in x -- imaginary/phase part

14

VXI

RS

Velocity in x -- imaginary/phase part

15

VYI

RS

Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part

16

VXI

RS

Velocity in y -- imaginary/phase part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =79 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =80 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =81 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =82

none Unused none Unused none Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Character string "CEN/" Number of active grids (4) or corner grid identification number

Real or random response

4

MX

RS

Membrane force in x

5

MY

RS

Membrane force in y

6

MXY

RS

Membrane force in xy

7

BMX

RS

Bending moment in x

8

BMY

RS

Bending moment in y

9

BMXY

RS

Bending moment in xy

10

TX

RS

Shear force in x

11

TY

RS

Shear force in y

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Unused

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

4

MXR

RS

Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part

5

MYR

RS

Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part

6

MXYR

RS

Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXR

RS

Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part

407

408

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

BMYR

RS

Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part

9

BMXYR

RS

Bending moment in xy -real/magnitude part

10

TXR

RS

Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part

11

TYR

RS

Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part

12

MXI

RS

Membrane force in x -- imaginary/phase part

13

MYI

RS

Membrane force in y -imaginary/phase part

14

MXYI

RS

Membrane force in xy -imaginary/phase part

15

BMXI

RS

Bending moment in x -imaginary/phase part

16

BMYI

RS

Bending moment in y -imaginary/phase part

17

BMXYI

RS

Bending moment in xy -imaginary/phase part

18

TXI

RS

Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part

19

TYI

RS

Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 3 through max repeat 005 times ELTYPE =83 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =84 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =85 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =86 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB) none Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR) none Nonlinear TETRA none Nonlinear GAP none

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

ELTYPE =87 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =88 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =89 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =90 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =91 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =92 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =93

Nonlinear TUBE none Nonlinear TRIA3 none Nonlinear ROD none Nonlinear QUAD4 none Nonlinear PENTA none Nonlinear CONROD none Acoustics in HEXA

2

AXR

RS

3

AYR

RS

4

AZR

RS

5

VXR

RS

6

VYR

RS

7

VXR

RS

8

AXI

RS

9

AYI

RS

10

AZI

RS

11

VXI

RS

12

VYI

RS

13

VXI

RS

14

DB

RS

ELTYPE =94 2

Main Index

Type

UNDEF

Nonlinear BEAM none

Description

409

410

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

ELTYPE =95

Description

Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)

2

THEORY(2)

4

LAMID

5

FP

RS

Failure index for direct stresses

6

FM

RS

Failure mode for maximum strain theory

7

FB

RS

Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or -1

8

FMAX

RS

Maximum of FP and FB or -1.

9

FFLAG

CHAR4

ELTYPE =96

CHAR4 I

Theory Lamina number

Failure flag

Composite curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)

2

THEORY(2)

4

LAMID

5

FP

RS

Failure index for direct stresses

6

FM

RS

Failure mode for maximum strain theory

7

FB

RS

Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or -1

8

FMAX

RS

Maximum of FP and FB or -1

9

FFLAG

CHAR4

ELTYPE =97

Main Index

Type

CHAR4 I

Theory Lamina number

Failure flag

Composite triangular shell element (CTRIA3)

2

THEORY(2)

CHAR4

4

LAMID

5

FP

RS

Failure index for direct stresses

6

FM

RS

Failure mode for maximum strain theory

7

FB

RS

Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or -1

8

FMAX

RS

Maximum of FP and FB or -1.

I

Theory Lamina number

OEF Table of element forces

Word 9

Name FFLAG

ELTYPE =98

CHAR4

Description Failure flag

Composite curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)

2

THEORY(2)

4

LAMID

5

FP

RS

Failure index for direct stresses

6

FM

RS

Failure mode for maximum strain theory

7

FB

RS

Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or -1

8

FMAX

RS

Maximum of FP and FB or -1.

9

FFLAG

I

ELTYPE =99 2

UNDEF

CHAR4 I

Theory Lamina number

Failure flag

Unused none

ELTYPE =100

Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with CBARAO or PLOAD1)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

SD

RS

Station distance divided by length

3

BM1

RS

Bending moment plane 1

4

BM2

RS

Bending moment plane 2

5

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

6

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

7

AF

RS

Axial force

8

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

SD

RS

Station distance divided by length

3

BM1R

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -real/magnitude part

4

BM2R

RS

Bending moment plane 2 -real/magnitude part

411

412

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

TP1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real/magnitude part

6

TP2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real/magnitude part

7

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real/magnitude part

8

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real/magnitude part

9

BM1I

RS

Bending moment plane 1 -imaginary/phase part

10

BM2I

RS

Bending moment plane 2 -imaginary/phase part

11

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary/phase part

12

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary/phase part

13

AFI

RS

Axial force -- imaginary/phase part

14

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =101 2

IMPEDR

RS

Impedance -- real/magnitude part

3

IMPEDI

RS

Impedance -- imaginary/phase part

4

ABSORB

RS

Absorption coefficient

ELTYPE =102

Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

FX

RS

Force x

3

FY

RS

Force y

4

FZ

RS

Force z

5

MX

RS

Moment x

6

MY

RS

Moment y

7

MZ

RS

Moment z

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence (CAABSF)

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FXR

RS

Force x -- real/magnitude part

3

FYR

RS

Force y -- real/magnitude part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

FZR

RS

Force z -- real/magnitude part

5

MXR

RS

Moment x -- real/magnitude part

6

MYR

RS

Moment y -- real/magnitude part

7

MZR

RS

Moment z -- real/magnitude part

8

FXI

RS

Force x -- imaginary/phase part

9

FYI

RS

Force y -- imaginary/phase part

10

FZI

RS

Force z -- imaginary/phase part

11

MXI

RS

Moment x -- imaginary/phase part

12

MYI

RS

Moment y -- imaginary/phase part

13

MZI

RS

Moment z -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =103 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =104 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =105 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =106 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =107

none Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP) none Beam p-element (BEAMP) none Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5) none Heat transfer boundary condition element -(CHBDYE)

2

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Element name

4

FAPPLIED

RS

Applied load

5

FREECONV

RS

Free convection

6

FORCECON

RS

Forced convection

7

FRAD

RS

Radiation

8

FTOTAL

RS

Total

ELTYPE =108

Main Index

Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP)

Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG)

413

414

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Description

2

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Element name

4

FAPPLIED

RS

Applied load

5

FREECONV

RS

Free convection

6

FORCECON

RS

Forced convection

7

FRAD

RS

Radiation

8

FTOTAL

RS

Total

ELTYPE =109

Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP)

2

NAME(2)

CHAR4

Element name

4

FAPPLIED

RS

Applied load

5

FREECONV

RS

Free convection

6

FORCECON

RS

Forced convection

7

FRAD

RS

Radiation

8

FTOTAL

RS

Total

ELTYPE =110

Heat boundary element free convection (CONV)

2

CONVHFLW

RS

3

CNTLNODE

I

4

CONVCOEF

RS

ELTYPE =111 CONVHFLW

RS

3

CNTLNODE

I

4

CONVCOEF

RS

2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =113 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =114 2

UNDEF

Free convection heat flow Control node Free convection heat transfer coefficient

Heat boundary element forced convection (CONVM)

2

ELTYPE =112

Main Index

Type

QBDY3 none QVECT none QVOL none

Forced convection heat flow Control node Forced convection heat transfer coefficient

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

ELTYPE =115 BNDRDFLW

RS

3

CNTLNODE

I

4

UNDEF

2

UNDEF

Description

Space radiation specification (RADBC)

2

ELTYPE =116

Boundary radiation heat flow Control node

none Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? none

ELTYPE =117

WELDC

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

BM1A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1

3

BM2A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2

4

BM1B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1

5

BM2B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2

6

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

7

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

8

AF

RS

Axial Force

9

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

BM1AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real part

3

BM2AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -- real part

4

BM1BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real part

5

BM2BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -- real part

6

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real part

7

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real part

8

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real part

9

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real part

415

416

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

BM1AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -imaginary part

11

BM2AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -imaginary part

12

BM1BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -imaginary part

13

BM2BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -imaginary part

14

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part

15

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary part

16

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary part

17

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary part

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =118

WELDP

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

BM1AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real part

3

BM2AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -- real part

4

BM1BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real part

5

BM2BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -- real part

6

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real part

7

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real part

8

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real part

9

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real part

10

BM1AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -imaginary part

11

BM2AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -imaginary part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

12

BM1BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -imaginary part

13

BM2BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -imaginary part

14

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part

15

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary part

16

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary part

17

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary part

TCODE,7 = 0 or 2

Real or Random responses

2

BM1A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1

3

BM2A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2

4

BM1B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1

5

BM2B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2

6

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

7

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

8

AF

RS

Axial Force

9

TRQ

RS

Torque

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =119

SEAM

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

BM1AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real part

3

BM2AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -- real part

4

BM1BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real part

5

BM2BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -- real part

6

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real part

7

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real part

417

418

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real part

9

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real part

10

BM1AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -imaginary part

11

BM2AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -imaginary part

12

BM1BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -imaginary part

13

BM2BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -imaginary part

14

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part

15

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary part

16

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary part

17

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary part

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random responses

2

BM1A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1

3

BM2A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2

4

BM1B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1

5

BM2B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2

6

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

7

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

8

AF

RS

Axial Force

9

TRQ

RS

Torque

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =126

Fastener element (CFAST

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

FXR

RS

Force x - real/mag. part

3

FYR

RS

Force y - real/mag. part

4

FZR

RS

Force z - real/mag. part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

MXR

RS

Moment x - real/mag. part

6

MYR

RS

Moment y - real/mag. part

7

MZR

RS

Moment z - real/mag. part

8

FXI

RS

Force x - imag./phase part

9

FYI

RS

Force y - imag./phase part

10

FZI

RS

Force z - imag./phase part

11

MXI

RS

Moment x - imag./phase part

12

MYI

RS

Moment y - imag./phase part

13

MZI

RS

Moment z - imag./phase part

TCODE,7 = 0,2

Real or Random responses

2

FX

RS

Force x

3

FY

RS

Force y

4

FZ

RS

Force z

5

MX

RS

Moment x

6

MY

RS

Moment y

7

MZ

RS

Moment z

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =127 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =128 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =129 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =130 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =131 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =132

Main Index

CQUAD none CQUADX none RELUC -- EMAS? none RES -- EMAS? none TETRAE -- EMAS? none CTRIA

419

420

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =133 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =134 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =135 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =136 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =137 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =138 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =139 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =140 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =141 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =142 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =143 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =144

Description

none CTRIAX none LINEOB -- EMAS? none LINXOB -- EMAS? none QUADOB -- EMAS? none TRIAOB -- EMAS? none LINEX -- EMAS? none Hyperelastic QUAD4FD none HEXA8FD none Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP) none Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP) none Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP) none Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses (QUAD144)

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

TCODE,7 =0 or 2 Main Index

Type

Character string "CEN/" Number of active grids (4) or corner grid identification number

Real or random response

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

MX

RS

Membrane x

5

MY

RS

Membrane y

6

MXY

RS

Membrane xy

7

BMX

RS

Bending x

8

BMY

RS

Bending y

9

BMXY

RS

Bending xy

10

TX

RS

Shear x

11

TY

RS

Shear y

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

4

MXR

RS

Membrane x -- real/magnitude part

5

MYR

RS

Membrane y -- real/magnitude part

6

MXYR

RS

Membrane xy -- real/magnitude part

7

BMXR

RS

Bending x -- real/magnitude part

8

BMYR

RS

Bending y -- real/magnitude part

9

BMXYR

RS

Bending xy -- real/magnitude part

10

TXR

RS

Shear x -- real/magnitude part

11

TYR

RS

Shear y -- real/magnitude part

12

MXI

RS

Membrane x -- imaginary/phase part

13

MYI

RS

Membrane y -- imaginary/phase part

14

MXYI

RS

Membrane xy -- imaginary/phase part

15

BMXI

RS

Bending x -- imaginary/phase part

16

BMYI

RS

Bending y -- imaginary/phase part

17

BMXYI

RS

Bending xy -- imaginary/phase part

18

TXI

RS

Shear x -- imaginary/phase part

19

TYI

RS

Shear y -- imaginary/phase part

End TCODE,7 Words 3 through max repeat 005 times ELTYPE =145

Main Index

Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA)

421

422

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =146 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =147 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =148 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =149 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =150 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =151 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =152 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =153 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =154 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =155

Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA) none Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA) none HEXAM -- EMAS? none PENTAM -- EMAS? none TETRAM -- EMAS? none QUADM -- EMAS? none TRIAM -- EMAS? none QUADXM -- EMAS? none TRIAXM -- EMAS? none RADINT

BNDRDFLW

RS

2

CNTLNODE

I

3

UNDEF

2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =157 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =158

Description

none

1

ELTYPE =156

Main Index

Type

Boundary radiation heat flow Control node

none TRIAPW -- EMAS? none LINEPW -- EMAS? none QUADOBM -- EMAS?

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =159 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =160 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =161 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =162 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =163 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =164 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =165 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =166 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =167 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =168 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =169 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =170 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =171

Main Index

Type

Description

none TRIAOBM -- EMAS? none Five-sided finite deformation solid element (PENTA6FD) none Five-sided finite deformation solid element (TETRA4FD) none Triangular finite deformation shell element (TRIA3FD) none HEXAFD none QUADFD none PENTAFD none TETRAFD none TRIAFD none TRIAX3FD none TRIAXFD none QUADX4FD none QUADXFD

423

424

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =174 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =175 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =176 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =177 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =178 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =179 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =180 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =181 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =182 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =183 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =184 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =185 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =186 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =187

Main Index

Type none LINEOBM -- EMAS none LINXOBM -- EMAS none QUADWGM -- EMAS none TRIAWGM -- EMAS none QUADIB -- EMAS none TRIAIB -- EMAS none LINEIB -- EMAS none LINXIB -- EMAS none QUADIBM -- EMAS none TRIAIBM -- EMAS none LINEIBM -- EMAS none LINXIBM -- EMAS none QUADPWM -- EMAS none TRIAPWM -- EMAS

Description

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =188 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =189

Type

Description

none LINEPWM -- EMAS none Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

6

UNDEF

none

TCODE,7 =0

Flat/curved etc. Material angle

Real

7

VUID

I

VU-grid identification number identification number for corner

8

MFX

RS

Membrane force x

9

MFY

RS

Membrane force y

10

MFXY

RS

Membrane force xy

11

UNDEF(3 )

14

BMX

RS

Bending moment x

15

BMY

RS

Bending moment y

16

BMXY

RS

Bending moment xy

17

SYZ

RS

Shear yz

18

SZX

RS

Shear zx

19

UNDEF

none

none

Words 7 through 19 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

7

VUID

I

VU-grid identification number for corner

8

MFXR

RS

membrane force x real/magnitude

9

MFYR

RS

membrane force y real/magnitude

425

426

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type RS

Description

10

MFXYR

membrane force xy real/magnitude

11

UNDEF(3 )

14

BMXR

RS

bending moment x real/magnitude

15

BMYR

RS

bending moment y real/magnitude

16

BMXYR

RS

bending moment xy real/magnitude

17

SYZR

RS

Shear yz real/magnitude

18

SZXR

RS

Shear zx real/magnitude

19

UNDEF

20

MFXI

RS

membrane force x imaginary/phase

21

MFYI

RS

membrane force y imaginary/phase

22

MFXYI

RS

membrane force xy imaginary/phase

23

UNDEF(3 )

26

BMXI

RS

bending moment x imaginary/phase

27

BMYI

RS

bending moment y imaginary/phase

28

BMXYI

RS

bending moment xy imaginary/phase

29

SYZI

RS

Shear yz imaginary/phase

30

SZXI

RS

Shear zx imaginary/phase

31

UNDEF

none

none

none

none

Words 7 through 31 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =190 2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

6

UNDEF

none

TCODE,7 =0

Main Index

Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)

Real

Flat/curved etc. Material angle

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

MFX

RS

membrane force x

9

MFY

RS

membrane force y

10

MFXY

RS

membrane force xy

11

UNDEF(3 )

14

BMX

RS

bending moment x

15

BMY

RS

bending moment y

16

BMXY

RS

bending moment xy

17

SYZ

RS

Shear yz

18

SZX

RS

Shear zx

19

UNDEF

none

none

Words 7 through 19 repeat 003 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number this corner

8

MFXR

RS

membrane force x real/magnitude

9

MFYR

RS

membrane force y real/magnitude

10

MFXYR

RS

membrane force xy real/magnitude

11

UNDEF(3 )

14

BMXR

RS

bending moment x real/magnitude

15

BMYR

RS

bending moment y real/magnitude

16

BMXYR

RS

bending moment xy real/magnitude

17

SYZR

RS

Shear yz real/magnitude

18

SZXR

RS

Shear zx real/magnitude

19

UNDEF

20

MFXI

RS

membrane force x imaginary/phase

21

MFYI

RS

membrane force y imaginary/phase

22

MFXYI

RS

membrane force xy imaginary/phase

none

none

427

428

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

23

UNDEF(3 )

none

26

BMXI

RS

bending moment x imaginary/phase

27

BMYI

RS

bending moment y imaginary/phase

28

BMXYI

RS

bending moment xy imaginary/phase

29

SYZI

RS

Shear yz imaginary/phase

30

SZXI

RS

Shear zx imaginary/phase

31

UNDEF

none

Words 7 through 31 repeat 003 times End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =191 2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

Coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

TCODE,7 =0

Flat/curved etc.

Real

5

VUGRID

6

POSIT

RS

x/L position of VU grid identification number

7

FORCEX

RS

Force x

8

SHEARY

RS

Shear force y

9

SHEARZ

RS

shear force z

10

TORSION

RS

torsional moment x

11

BENDY

RS

bending moment y

12

BENDZ

RS

bending moment z

TCODE,7 =1 5

Main Index

Beam view element (VUBEAM)

VUGRID

I

VU grid identification number for output grid

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase I

VU grid identification number for output grid

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

POSIT

RS

x/L position of VU grid identification number

7

FORCEXR

RS

Force x real/magnitude

8

SHEARYR

RS

Shear force y real/magnitude

9

SHEARZR

RS

shear force z real/magnitude

10

TORSINR

RS

torsional moment x real/magnitude

11

BENDYR

RS

bending moment y real/magnitude

12

BENDZR

RS

bending moment z real/magnitude

13

FORCEXI

RS

Force x imaginary/phase

14

SHEARYI

RS

Shear force y imaginary/phase

15

SHEARZI

RS

shear force z imaginary/phase

16

TORSINI

RS

torsional moment x imaginary/phase

17

BENDYI

RS

bending moment y imaginary/phase

18

BENDZI

RS

bending moment z imaginary/phase

End TCODE,7 Words 5 through max repeat 2 times ELTYPE =192 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =193 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =194 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =195 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =196 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =197 2

Main Index

UNDEF

CVINT none QUADFR -- EMAS none TRIAFR -- EMAS none LINEFR -- EMAS none LINXFR -- EMAS none GMINTS none

429

430

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

ELTYPE =198 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =199 2

UNDEF

Description

CNVPEL none VUHBDY none

ELTYPE =200

CWELD

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

BM1A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1

3

BM2A

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2

4

BM1B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1

5

BM2B

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2

6

TS1

RS

Shear plane 1

7

TS2

RS

Shear plane 2

8

AF

RS

Axial Force

9

TRQ

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

BM1AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -- real part

3

BM2AR

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -- real part

4

BM1BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -- real part

5

BM2BR

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -- real part

6

TS1R

RS

Shear plane 1 -- real part

7

TS2R

RS

Shear plane 2 -- real part

8

AFR

RS

Axial force -- real part

9

TRQR

RS

Torque -- real part

10

BM1AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 1 -imaginary part

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

BM2AI

RS

Bending moment end A plane 2 -imaginary part

12

BM1BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 1 -imaginary part

13

BM2BI

RS

Bending moment end B plane 2 -imaginary part

14

TS1I

RS

Shear plane 1 -- imaginary part

15

TS2I

RS

Shear plane 2 -- imaginary part

16

AFI

RS

Axial Force -- imaginary part

17

TRQI

RS

Torque -- imaginary part

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =202 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =203 2

UNDEF

Nonlinear hyperelastic HEXA4FD none Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? See also ELTYPE=116 none

ELTYPE =204 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =205 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =206 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =207 2

UNDEF

none Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIA3FD) Gauss none Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format (HEXAFD) Gauss none

ELTYPE =208 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =209 2

Main Index

UNDEF

none

431

432

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

ELTYPE =210 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =211 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =212 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =213 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =214 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =215 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =216 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =217 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =218 2

UNDEF

none Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIA3FD) Grid none Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format (HEXAFD) Grid none

ELTYPE =219 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =220 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =221 2

UNDEF

none

ELTYPE =222 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =223 Main Index

none

OEF Table of element forces

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =224 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =225 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =226 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =232

Description

none Nonlinear ELAS1 none Nonlinear ELAS3 none Nonlinear BUSH none Composite quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR

2

THEORY(2)

4

LAMID

5

FP

RS

Failure index for direct stresses

6

FM

RS

Failure mode for maximum strain theory

7

FB

RS

Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or -1

8

FMAX

RS

Maximum of FP and FB or -1

9

FFLAG

CHAR4

CHAR4 I

Theory Lamina number

Failure flag

ELTYPE =233

Composite triangular shell element (CTRIAR)

2

THEORY(2)

CHAR4

4

LAMID

5

FP

RS

Failure index for direct stresses

6

FM

RS

Failure mode for maximum strain theory

7

FB

RS

Failure index for interlaminar shear stress or -1

8

FMAX

RS

Maximum of FP and FB or -1

9

FFLAG

CHAR4

ELTYPE =235

Main Index

Type

I

Theory Lamina number

Failure flag

Quadrilateral plate element for center punch (CQUADR)

433

434

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Type

Description

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

Word

Name

Type

1

MXR

RS

Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part

2

MYR

RS

Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part

3

MXYR

RS

Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude part

4

BMXR

RS

Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part

5

BMYR

RS

Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part

6

BMXYR

RS

Bending moment in xy -- real/ magnitude part

7

TXR

RS

Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part

8

TYR

RS

Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part

9

MXI

RS

Membrane force in x -- magnitude/ phase part

10

MYI

RS

Membrane force in y -- magnitude/ phase part

11

MXYI

RS

Membrane force in xy -- imaginary/ phase part

12

BMXI

RS

Bending moment in x -- imaginary/ phase part

13

BMYI

RS

Bending moment in y -- imaginary/ phase part

14

BMXYI

RS

Bending moment in xy -- imaginary/ phase part

15

TXI

RS

Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part

16

TYI

RS

Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part

TCODE,7 =

Main Index

Name

Description

Real or Random responses

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type Type

Description

Word

Name

Description

1

MX

RS

Membrane force in x

2

MY

RS

Membrane force in y

3

MXY

RS

Membrane force in xy

4

BMX

RS

Bending moment in x

5

BMY

RS

Bending moment in y

6

BMXY

RS

Bending moment in xy

7

TX

RS

Shear force in x

8

TY

RS

Shear force in y

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =236

Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)

TCODE,7 =1

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

1

MXR

RS

Membrane force in x -- real/magnitude part

2

MYR

RS

Membrane force in y -- real/magnitude part

3

MXYR

RS

Membrane force in xy -- real/magnitude part

4

BMXR

RS

Bending moment in x -- real/magnitude part

5

BMYR

RS

Bending moment in y -- real/magnitude part

6

BMXYR

RS

Bending moment in xy -- real/ magnitude part

7

TXR

RS

Shear force in x -- real/magnitude part

8

TYR

RS

Shear force in y -- real/magnitude part

9

MXI

RS

Membrane force in x -- magnitude/phase part

10

MYI

RS

Membrane force in y -- magnitude/ phase part

435

436

OEF Table of element forces

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

MXYI

RS

Membrane force in xy -- magnitude/ phase part

12

BMXI

RS

Bending moment in x -- magnitude/ phase part

13

BMYI

RS

Bending moment in y -- imaginary/ phase part

14

BMXYI

RS

Bending moment in xy - imaginary/ phase part

15

TXI

RS

Shear force in x -- imaginary/phase part

16

TYI

RS

Shear force in y -- imaginary/phase part

TCODE,7 =

Real or Random responses

2

MY

RS

Membrane force in y

3

MXY

RS

Membrane force in xy

4

BMX

RS

Bending moment in x

5

BMY

RS

Bending moment in y

6

BMXY

RS

Bending moment in xy

7

TX

RS

Shear force in x

8

TY

RS

Shear force in y

End TCODE,7 End ELTYPE End THERMAL End ELTYPE End THERMAL Record 4 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

UNDEF(5 )

6

WORD6

Type

Description

none I

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

OEF Table of element forces

Notes: 1. The RECORD=IDENT and DATA pair is repeated for each subcase. 2. For CDAMPi and CVISC elements, force output is only available in frequency response. 3. For composite elements, ELTYPEs 95 through 98, OEF contains composite failure indices and the DATA record is repeated for each ply as well as each element. Also, EID=-1, then OFP module prints a blank line.

Main Index

437

Main Index

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Table of element stresses or strains

OES

For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

WORD

Type CHAR4 I

Description Data block name No def or month, year, one, one

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table code

3

ELTYPE(C)

I

Element type

4

SUBCASE

I

Subcase or random identification number

TCODE,1 =1

Sort 1

ACODE,4 =01

Statics

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE,4 =02

Load set number

Real eigenvalues

5

MODE

I

6

EIGN

RS

Eigenvalue

7

MODECYCL

F1

Mode or cycle

ACODE,4 =03

Mode number

Differential stiffness

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE,4 =04

Main Index

Type

Load set number

Differential stiffness

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

Load set number

439

440

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ACODE,4 =05 5

FREQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =06 5

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =07

Type Frequency RS

Transient RS

Buckling phase 0 (pre-buckling) I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

LSDVMN

6

EIGR

7

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =09

Load set

Buckling phase 1 (post-buckling) I RS

Mode number Eigenvalue

none Complex eigenvalues

5

MODE

6

EIGR

RS

Eigenvalue (real)

7

EIGI

RS

Eigenvalue (imaginary)

ACODE,4 =10 5

LFTSFQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =11

I

RS

Old geometric nonlinear statics I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

Load set

CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) RS none

End ACODE,4 TCODE,1 =02

Load step

none

LSDVMN

5

Mode

Nonlinear statics

5

ACODE,4 =12

Main Index

Time step

none

LSDVMN

5

Frequency

none

5

ACODE,4 =08

Description

Sort 2

Time step?

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

Description Load set, mode number, time step, etc.

End TCODE,1 8

LOADSET

I

Load set number or zero or random code identification number

9

FCODE

I

Format code

10

NUMWDE(C)

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

SCODE(C)

I

Stress/strain code

12

UNDEF(11 )

23

THERMAL(C)

24

UNDEF(27 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

none I

=1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise

none

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

SORTCODE=1 1

EKEY

Type

Description

Sort 1 -- SortCode=((TCODE/1000)+2)/2 I

Device code + 10*point identification number

TCODE,1 =02

Sort 2

ACODE/10=01

Analysis type

1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

ACODE,4 =02 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =03

Main Index

441

442

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 1

Name EKEY

Type

Description

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

ACODE,4 =04 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =05 1

FREQ

RS

Frequency

RS

Time step

ACODE,4 =06 1

TIME

ACODE,4 =07 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

ACODE,4 =08 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =09 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =10 1

FQTS

RS

Frequency or time step

ACODE,4 =11 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

I

Device code + 10*point identification number

ACODE,4 =12 1

EKEY

End ACODE,4 End ACODE/10 THERMAL =1 2

Main Index

SIDEID

Thermal data I

Side identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Type

Description

3

HBDYID

I

Hbdy identification number

4

CNVCEF

RS

Convection coefficient or '-1'

5

FAPPLIED

RS

Applied load

6

FCONV

RS

Convection

7

FRAD

RS

Radiation

8

FTOTAL

RS

Total

THERMAL =00

Non-thermal element output

ELTYPE =00

Grid -- OES1G table

2

MATID

3

NX1

RS

Normal in x at d1

4

NY1

RS

Normal in y at d1

5

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at d1

6

SA1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at d1

7

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at d1

8

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at d1

9

TMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at d1

10

PCODE

I

11

NX2

RS

Normal in x at d2

12

NY2

RS

Normal in y at d2

13

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at d2

14

SA2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at d2

15

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at d2

16

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at d2

17

TMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at d2

I

Material identification number

10*interpolation points + projection code

ELTYPE =01

Rod element (CROD)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

Main Index

Name

AE

RS

Axial strain

443

444

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

MSA

RS

Axial safety margin*

4

TE

RS

Torsional strain

5

MST

RS

Torsional safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

AER

RS

Axial strain

3

AEI

RS

Axial strain

4

TER

RS

Torsional strain

5

TEI

RS

Torsional strain

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AE

RS

Axial strain

3

TE

RS

Torsional strain

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

MSA

RS

Axial safety margin*

4

TS

RS

Torsional stress

5

MST

RS

Torsional safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1 2

ASR

RS

Axial stress

3

ASI

RS

Axial stress

4

TSR

RS

Torsional stress

5

TSI

RS

Torsional stress

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

TS

RS

Torsional stress

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

ELTYPE =02

Beam element (CBEAM)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station distance/length

4

EXC

RS

Long. Strain at point C

5

EXD

RS

Long. Strain at point D

6

EXE

RS

Long. Strain at point E

7

EXF

RS

Long. Strain at point F

8

EMAX

RS

Maximum stress

9

EMIN

RS

Minimum stress

10

MST

RS

Margin of safety in tension

11

MSC

RS

Margin of safety in compression

Words 2 through 11 repeat 011 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station distance/length

4

ERCR

RS

Long. Strain at point C

5

EXDR

RS

Long. Strain at point D

6

EXER

RS

Long. Strain at point E

7

EXFR

RS

Long. Strain at point F

8

EXCI

RS

Long. Strain at point C

9

EXDI

RS

Long. Strain at point D

10

EXEI

RS

Long. Strain at point E

11

EXFI

RS

Long. Strain at Point F

Words 2 through 11 repeat 011 times TCODE,7 =2 Main Index

Random Responses

445

446

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type I

Description

2

GRID

External grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station distance/length

4

EXC

RS

Long. Strain at point C

5

EXD

RS

Long. Strain at point D

6

EXE

RS

Long. Strain at point E

7

EXF

RS

Long. Strain at point F

Words 2 through 7 repeat 011 times End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station distance/length

4

SXC

RS

Long. Stress at point C

5

SXD

RS

Long. Stress at point D

6

SXE

RS

Long. Stress at point E

7

SXF

RS

Long. Stress at point F

8

SMAX

RS

Maximum stress

9

SMIN

RS

Minimum stress

10

MST

RS

Margin of safety in tension

11

MSC

RS

Margin of safety in compression

Words 2 through 11 repeat 011 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station distance/length

4

SRCR

RS

Long. Stress at point C

5

SXDR

RS

Long. Stress at point D

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

SXER

RS

Long. Stress at point E

7

SXFR

RS

Long. Stress at point F

8

SXCI

RS

Long. Stress at point C

9

SXDI

RS

Long. Stress at point D

10

SXEI

RS

Long. Stress at point E

11

SXFI

RS

Long. Stress at point F

Words 2 through 11 repeat 011 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

SD

RS

Station distance/length

4

SXC

RS

Long. Stress at point C

5

SXD

RS

Long. Stress at point D

6

SXE

RS

Long. Stress at point E

7

SXF

RS

Long. Stress at point F

Words 2 through 7 repeat 011 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =03

Tube element (CTUBE)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

AE

RS

Axial strain

3

MSA

RS

Axial safety margin*

4

TE

RS

Torsional strain

5

MST

RS

Torsional safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

AER

RS

Axial strain

3

AEI

RS

Axial strain

447

448

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

TER

RS

Torsional strain

5

TEI

RS

Torsional strain

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AE

RS

Axial strain

3

TE

RS

Torsional strain

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

MSA

RS

Axial safety margin*

4

TS

RS

Torsional stress

5

MST

RS

Torsional safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

ASR

RS

Axial stress

3

ASI

RS

Axial stress

4

TSR

RS

Torsional stress

5

TSI

RS

Torsional stress

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

TS

RS

Torsional stress

3

ETMAXI

RS

Maximum shear

4

ETAVGR

RS

Average shear

5

ETAVGI

RS

Average shear

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

ELTYPE =04

Shear panel element (CSHEAR)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

2

ETMAX

RS

Maximum shear

3

ETAVG

RS

Average shear

4

MS

RS

Safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

ETMAXR

RS

Maximum shear

3

ETMAXI

RS

Maximum shear

4

ETAVGR

RS

Average shear

5

ETAVGI

RS

Average shear

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

ETMAX

RS

Maximum shear

3

ETAVG

RS

Average shear

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

3

TAVG

RS

Average shear

4

MS

RS

Safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1 2

TMAXR

RS

Maximum shear

3

TMAXI

RS

Maximum shear

4

TAVGR

RS

Average shear

5

TAVGI

RS

Average shear

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

3

TAVG

RS

Average shear

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

449

450

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ELTYPE =05 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =06 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =07 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =08 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =09 2

UNDEF

Type

FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower stiffness) none Unused none PLOAD4 (follower stiffness) none PLOADX1 (follower stiffness) none PLOAD and PLOAD2 (follower stiffness) none

ELTYPE =10

Rod element connection and property (CONROD)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

AE

RS

Axial strain

3

MSA

RS

Axial safety margin*

4

TE

RS

Torsional strain

5

MST

RS

Torsional safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

AER

RS

Axial strain

3

AEI

RS

Axial strain

4

TER

RS

Torsional strain

5

TEI

RS

Torsional strain

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AE

RS

Axial strain

3

TE

RS

Torsional strain

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Description

Stress

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =0

Type

Description

Real

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

MSA

RS

Axial safety margin*

4

TS

RS

Torsional stress

5

MST

RS

Torsional safety margin*

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

ASR

RS

Axial stress

3

ASI

RS

Axial stress

4

TSR

RS

Torsional stress

5

TSI

RS

Torsional stress

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

TS

RS

Torsional stress

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =11

Scalar spring element (CELAS1)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain or random response

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real

2

E

TCODE,7 =1

RS Real / Imaginary

2

ER

RS

3

EI

RS

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

S

TCODE,7 =1 2

Main Index

SR

RS

Stress

Real / Imaginary RS

Stress

451

452

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 3

Name SI

Type RS

Description Stress

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =12

Scalar spring element with properties (CELAS2)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

E

TCODE,7 =1

RS Real / Imaginary

2

ER

RS

3

EI

RS

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

S

TCODE,7 =1

RS

Stress

Real/Imaginary

2

SR

RS

Stress

3

SI

RS

Stress

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =13

Scalar spring element to scalar points only (CELAS3)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

E

TCODE,7 =1

RS Real / Imaginary

2

ER

RS

3

EI

RS

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Stress

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =0 or 2 2

S

Type

Description

Real or random response RS

Stress

TCODE,7 =1 2

SR

RS

Stress

3

SI

RS

Stress

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =14 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =15 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =16 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =17 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =18 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =19 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =20 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =21 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =22 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =23 2 Main Index

UNDEF

Scalar spring element to scalar points only with properties (CELAS4) none AEROT3 none AEROBEAM none unused (pre-V69 TRIA2 Same as TRIA1) none unused (pre-V69 QUAD2 Same as TRIA1) none unused (pre-V69 QUAD1 Same as TRIA1) none Scalar damper (CDAMP1) none Scalar damper with properties (CDAMP2) none Scalar damper to scalar points only (CDAMP3) none Scalar damper to scalar points only with properties (CDAMP4) none

453

454

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

ELTYPE =24

Viscous damper (CVISC)

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

UNDEF

TCODE,7 =1

none Real / Imaginary

2

ASR

RS

Axial Stress

3

ASI

RS

Axial Stress

4

TAUR

RS

Torque

5

TAUI

RS

Torque

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

AS

RS

Axial stress

3

TAU

RS

Torque

2

UNDEF

none

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =25 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =26 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =27 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =28 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =29 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =30 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =31 2 Main Index

UNDEF

Scalar mass (CMASS1) none Scalar mass with properties (CMASS2) none Scalar mass to scalar points only (CMASS3) none Scalar mass to scalar pts. only with properties (CMASS4) none Concentrated mass element -- general form (CONM1) none Concentrated mass element -- rigid body form (CONM2) none Dummy plot element (PLOTEL) none

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ELTYPE =32 2

UNDEF

Description

Unused none

ELTYPE =33

Quadrilateral plate element (CQUAD4)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

EXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

EA1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

7

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

8

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

9

EMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

10

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

11

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

EXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

EA2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

15

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

16

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

17

EMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

EXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

455

456

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

EXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

10

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

EXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

15

EXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

7

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

8

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

9

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

SA1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

7

SMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

8

SMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

9

SMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

11

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

SA2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

15

SMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

16

SMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

17

SMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

10

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

15

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

ELTYPE =34

Simple beam element (CBAR; see also ELTYPE=100)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

457

458

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

2

EX1A

RS

SA1

3

EX2A

RS

SA2

4

EX3A

RS

SA3

5

EX4A

RS

SA4

6

AE

RS

Axial

7

EBMAXA

RS

SA maximum

8

EBMINA

RS

SA minimum

9

MST

RS

Safety margin in tension*

10

EXIB

RS

SB1

11

EX2B

RS

SB2

12

EX3B

RS

SB3

13

EX4B

RS

SB4

14

EBMAXB

RS

SB maximum

15

EBMINB

RS

SB minimum

16

MSC

RS

Safety margin in comp*

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

EX1AR

RS

SA1

3

EX2AR

RS

SA2

4

EX3AR

RS

SA3

5

EX4AR

RS

SA4

6

AER

RS

Axial

7

EX1AI

RS

SA1

8

EX2AI

RS

SA2

9

EX3AI

RS

SA3

10

EX4AI

RS

SA4

11

AEI

RS

Axial

12

EX1BR

RS

SB1

13

EX2BR

RS

SB2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

EX3BR

RS

SB3

15

EX4BR

RS

SB4

16

EX1BI

RS

SB1

17

EX2BI

RS

SB2

18

EX3BI

RS

SB3

19

EX4BI

RS

SB4

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

EX1A

RS

SA1

3

EX2A

RS

SA2

4

EX3A

RS

SA3

5

EX4A

RS

SA4

6

AE

RS

Axial

7

EX1B

RS

SB1

8

EX2B

RS

SB2

9

EX3B

RS

SB3

10

EX4B

RS

SB4

13

SX2BR

RS

SB2

14

SX3BR

RS

SB3

15

SX4BR

RS

SB4

16

SX1BI

RS

SB1

17

SX2BI

RS

SB2

18

SX3BI

RS

SB3

19

SX4BI

RS

SB4

End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

SX1A

RS

SA1

3

SX2A

RS

SA2

459

460

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

4

SX3A

RS

SA3

5

SX4A

RS

SA4

6

AS

RS

Axial

7

BMAXA

RS

SA maximum

8

BMINA

RS

SA minimum

9

MST

RS

Safety margin in tension

10

SXIB

RS

SB1

11

SX2B

RS

SB2

12

SX3B

RS

SB3

13

SX4B

RS

SB4

14

BMAXB

RS

SB maximum

15

BMINB

RS

SB minimum

16

MSC

RS

Safety margin in comp*

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

SX1AR

RS

SA1

3

SX2AR

RS

SA2

4

SX3AR

RS

SA3

5

SX4AR

RS

SA4

6

ASR

RS

Axial

7

SX1AI

RS

SA1

8

SX2AI

RS

SA2

9

SX3AI

RS

SA3

10

SX4AI

RS

SA4

11

ASI

RS

Axial

12

SX1BR

RS

SB1

13

SX2BR

RS

SB2

14

SX3BR

RS

SB3

15

SX4BR

RS

SB4

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

16

SX1BI

RS

SB1

17

SX2BI

RS

SB2

18

SX3BI

RS

SB3

19

SX4BI

RS

SB4

TCODE,7 =2

Random responses

2

SX1A

RS

SA1

3

SX2A

RS

SA2

4

SX3A

RS

SA3

5

SX4A

R

SA4

6

AS

RS

Axial

7

SX1B

RS

SB1

8

SX2B

RS

SB2

9

SX3B

RS

SB3

10

SX4B

RS

SB4

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

ELTYPE =35

Axisymmetric shell element (CCONEAX)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

HOPA

RS

Harmonic or point angle

3

FD1

RS

Z1=Fibre distance

4

EU1

RS

Normal in u at z1

5

EV1

RS

Normal in v at z1

6

ET1

RS

Shear in uv at z1

7

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at z1

8

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at z1

9

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at z1

10

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at z1

461

462

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

FD2

RS

Z2=Fibre sistance

12

EU2

RS

Normal in u at z2

13

EV2

RS

Normal in v at z2

14

ET2

RS

Shear in uv at z2

15

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at z2

16

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at z2

17

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at z2

18

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at z2

TCODE,7 =1 2

UNDEF

Real / Imaginary none

End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

HOPA

RS

Harmonic or point angle

3

FD1

RS

Z1=Fibre distance

4

SU1

RS

Normal in u at z1

5

SV1

RS

Normal in v at z1

6

ST1

RS

Shear in uv at z1

7

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at z1

8

SMJRP1

RS

Major principal at z1

9

SMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at z1

10

STMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at z1

11

FD2

RS

Z2=Fibre distance

12

SU2

RS

Normal in u at z2

13

SV2

RS

Normal in v at z2

14

ST2

RS

Shear in uv at z2

15

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at z2

16

SMJRP2

RS

Major principal at z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

SMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at z2

18

STMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at z2

TCODE,7 =1 2

UNDEF

TCODE,7 =2 2

UNDEF

Real / Imaginary none Random Responses none

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =36 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =37 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =38

Main Index

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIARG) none Unused (Pre-V69 CTRAPRG) none Gap element (CGAP)

2

FX

RS

?

3

SFY

RS

?

4

SFZ

RS

?

5

U

RS

?

6

V

RS

?

7

W

RS

?

8

SV

RS

?

9

SW

RS

?

ELTYPE =39

Tetra

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

CID

I

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Stress Coordinate System Coordinate Type (BCD) Number of Active Points

463

464

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type I

Description

5

GRID

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EX

RS

Normal in x

7

ETXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

EP1

RS

First principal stress

9

P1X

RS

First principal x cosine

10

P2X

RS

Second principal x cosine

11

P3X

RS

Third principal x cosine

12

EPR

RS

Mean pressure

13

EOCT

RS

Octahedral shear stress

14

EY

RS

Normal in y

15

ETYZ

RS

Shear in yz

16

EP2

RS

Second principal stress

17

P1Y

RS

First principal y cosine

18

P2Y

RS

Second principal y cosine

19

P3Y

RS

Third principal y cosine

20

EZ

RS

Normal in z

21

ETZX

RS

Shear in zx

22

EP3

RS

Third principal stress

23

P1Z

RS

First principal z cosine

24

P2Z

RS

Second principal z cosine

25

P3Z

RS

Third principal z cosine

Words 5 through 25 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

CID

I

Stress coordinate system

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

Coordinate system type (BCD)

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

EXR

RS

Normal in x

7

EYR

RS

Normal in y

8

EZR

RS

Normal in z

9

ETXYR

RS

Shear in xy

10

ETYZR

RS

Shear in yz

11

ETZXR

RS

Shear in zx

12

EXI

RS

Normal in x

13

EYI

RS

Normal in y

14

EZI

RS

Normal in z

15

ETXYI

RS

Shear in xy

16

ETYZI

RS

Shear in yz

17

ETZXI

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

CID

I

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EX

RS

Normal in x

7

EY

RS

Normal in y

8

EZ

RS

Normal in z

9

ETXY

RS

Shear in xy

10

ETYZ

RS

Shear in yz

11

ETZX

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Stress

Stress coordinate system Coordinate system type (BCD)

465

466

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =0

Type

Description

Real

2

CID

I

Stress coordinate system

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate type (BCD)

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SX

RS

Normal in x

7

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

P1

RS

First principal stress

9

P1X

RS

First principal x cosine

10

P2X

RS

Second principal x cosine

11

P3X

RS

Third principal x cosine

12

PR

RS

Mean pressure

13

OCT

RS

Octahedral shear stress

14

SY

RS

Normal in y

15

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

16

P2

RS

Second principal stress

17

P1Y

RS

First principal y cosine

18

P2Y

RS

Second principal y cosine

19

P3Y

RS

Third principal y cosine

20

SZ

RS

Normal in z

21

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

22

P3

RS

Third principal stress

23

P1Z

RS

First principal z cosine

24

P2Z

RS

Second principal z cosine

25

P3Z

RS

Third principal z cosine

Words 5 through 25 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type I

Description

2

CID

Stress Coordinate System

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of Active Points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SXR

RS

Normal in x

7

SYR

RS

Normal in y

8

SZR

RS

Normal in z

9

TXYR

RS

Shear in xy

10

TYZR

RS

Shear in yz

11

TZXR

RS

Shear in zx

12

SXI

RS

Normal in x

13

SYI

RS

Normal in y

14

SZI

RS

Normal in z

15

TXYI

RS

Shear in xy

16

TYZI

RS

Shear in yz

17

TZXI

RS

Shear in zx

Coordinate System Type (BCD)

Words 5 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

Random Responses

2

CID

I

Stress coordinate system

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SX

RS

Normal in x

7

SY

RS

Normal in y

8

SZ

RS

Normal in z

9

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

10

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

Coordinate system type (BCD)

467

468

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 11

Name TZX

Type RS

Description Shear in zx

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =40

Rod type spring and damper (CBUSH1D)

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

FE

RS

Element force

3

UE

RS

Axial displacement

4

VE

RS

Axial velocity*

5

AS

RS

Axial stress*

6

AE

RS

Axial strain*

7

EP

RS

Plastic strain*

8

FAIL

TCODE,7 =1

Failed element flag

Real / Imaginary

2

FER

RS

Element force

3

UER

RS

Axial displacement

4

ASR

RS

Axial stress*

5

AER

RS

Axial strain*

6

FEI

RS

Element force

7

UEI

RS

Axial displacement

8

ASI

RS

Axial stress*

9

AEI

RS

Axial strain*

TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

I

Random Responses

2

FE

RS

Element force

3

UE

RS

Axial displacement

4

AS

RS

Axial stress*

5

AE

RS

Axial strain*

11

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

13

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

EMRPJ2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =41 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =42 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =43 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =44 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =45 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =46 2

UNDEF

none unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA2) none Fluid element with 2 points (CFLUID2) none Fluid element with 3 points (CFLUID3) none Fluid element with 4 points (CFLUID4) none Cflmass none

ELTYPE =47

Fluid element with 2 points (CAXIF2)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

RA

RS

Radial axis

3

AA

RS

Axial axis

4

TE

RS

Tangential edge

5

CE

RS

Circumferential edge

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

unused (Pre-V69 CHEXA1)

Real / Imaginary

469

470

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

2

RAR

RS

Radial axis

3

AAR

RS

Axial axis

4

TER

RS

Tangential edge

5

CER

RS

Circumferential edge

6

RAI

RS

Radial axis

7

AAI

RS

Axial axis

8

TEI

RS

Tangential edge

9

CEI

RS

Circumferential edge

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =48

Fluid element with 3 points (CAXIF3)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

RC

RS

Radial centroid

3

CC

RS

Circumferential centroid

4

AC

RS

Axial centroid

5

TE1

RS

Tangential edge 1

6

CE1

RS

Circumferential edge 1

7

TE2

RS

Tangential edge 2

8

CE2

RS

Circumferential edge 2

9

TE3

RS

Tangential edge 3

10

CE3

RS

Circumferential edge 3

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

RCR

RS

Radial centroid

3

CCR

RS

Circumferential centroid

4

ACR

RS

Axial centroid

5

TE1R

RS

Tangential edge 1

6

CE1R

RS

Circumferential edge 1

7

TE2R

RS

Tangential edge 2

8

CE2R

RS

Circumferential edge 2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

TE3R

RS

Tangential edge 3

10

CE3R

RS

Circumferential edge 3

11

RCI

RS

Radial centroid

12

CCI

RS

Circumferential centroid

13

ACR

RS

Axial centroid

14

TE1I

RS

Tangential edge 1

15

CE1I

RS

Circumferential edge 1

16

TE2I

RS

Tangential edge 2

17

CE2I

RS

Circumferential edge 2

18

TE3I

RS

Tangential edge 3

19

CE3I

RS

Circumferential edge 3

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =49

Fluid element with 4 points (CAXIF4)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

RC

RS

Radial centroid

3

CC

RS

Circumferential centroid

4

AC

RS

Axial centroid

5

TE1

RS

Tangential edge 1

6

CE1

RS

Circumferential edge 1

7

TE2

RS

Tangential edge 2

8

CE2

RS

Circumferential edge 2

9

TE3

RS

Tangential edge 3

10

CE3

RS

Circumferential edge 3

11

TE4

RS

Tangential edge 4

12

CE4

RS

Circumferential edge 4

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

RCR

RS

Radial centroid

3

CCR

RS

Circumferential centroid

471

472

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

ACR

RS

Axial centroid

5

TE1R

RS

Tangential edge 1

6

CE1R

RS

Circumferential edge 1

7

TE2R

RS

Tangential edge 2

8

CE2R

RS

Circumferential edge 2

9

TE3R

RS

Tangential edge 3

10

CE3R

RS

Circumferential edge 3

11

TE4R

RS

Tangential edge 4

12

CE4R

RS

Circumferential edge 4

13

RCI

RS

Radial centroid

14

CCI

RS

Circumferential centroid

15

ACR

RS

Axial centroid

16

TE1I

RS

Tangential edge 1

17

CE1I

RS

Circumferential edge 1

18

TE2I

RS

Tangential edge 2

19

CE2I

RS

Circumferential edge 2

20

TE3I

RS

Tangential edge 3

21

CE3I

RS

Circumferential edge 3

22

TE4I

RS

Tangential edge 4

23

CE4I

RS

Circumferential edge 4

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =50

Three-point slot element (CSLOT3)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

RC

RS

Radial centroid

3

AC

RS

Axial centroid

4

TE1

RS

Tangential edge 1

5

TE2

RS

Tangential edge 2

6

TE3

RS

Tangential edge 3

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =1

Type

Description

Real / Imaginary

2

RCR

RS

Radial centroid

3

ACR

RS

Axial centroid

4

TE1R

RS

Tangential edge 1

5

TE2R

RS

Tangential edge 2

6

TE3R

RS

Tangential edge 3

7

RCI

RS

Radial centroid

8

ACI

RS

Axial centroid

9

TE1I

RS

Tangential edge 1

10

TE2I

RS

Tangential edge 2

11

TE3I

RS

Tangential edge 3

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =51

Four-point slot element (CSLOT4)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

RC

RS

Radial centroid

3

AC

RS

Axial centroid

4

TE1

RS

Tangential edge 1

5

TE2

RS

Tangential edge 2

6

TE3

RS

Tangential edge 3

7

TE4

RS

Tangential edge 4

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

RCR

RS

Radial centroid

3

ACR

RS

Axial centroid

4

TE1R

RS

Tangential edge 1

5

TE2R

RS

Tangential edge 2

6

TE3R

RS

Tangential edge 3

7

TE4R

RS

Tangential edge 4

8

RCI

RS

Radial centroid

473

474

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

ACI

RS

Axial centroid

10

TE1I

RS

Tangential edge 1

11

TE2I

RS

Tangential edge 2

12

TE3I

RS

Tangential edge 3

13

TE4I

RS

Tangential edge 4

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =52 2

UNDEF

Heat transfer plot element for CHBDYG and CHBDYP none

ELTYPE =53

Axisymmetric triangular element (CTRIAX6)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

LOC

I

Location code

3

RS

RS

Radial stress

4

AZS

RS

Azimuthal stress

5

AS

RS

Axial stress

6

SS

RS

Shear stress

7

MAXP

RS

Maximum principal

8

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

9

OCTS

RS

Octahedral

Words 2 through 9 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

LOC

I

Location code ?

3

RSR

RS

Radial stress ?

4

RSI

RS

Radial stress ?

5

AZSR

RS

Azimuthal stress ?

6

AZSI

RS

Azimuthal stress ?

7

ASR

RS

Axial stress ?

8

ASI

RS

Axial Stress ?

9

SSR

RS

Shear stress ?

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 10

Name SSI

Type RS

Description Shear stress ?

Words 2 through 10 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =54 2

UNDEF

Unused (Pre-V69 CTRIM6) none

ELTYPE =55

Three-point dummy element (CDUM3)

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

S(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

SR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

SI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =56

Four-point dummy element (CDUM4)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

S(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

SR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

SI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =57

Five-point dummy element (CDUM5)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

S(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

SR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

SI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7

Main Index

ELTYPE =58

Six-point dummy element (CDUM6)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

475

476

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 2

Name S(9)

TCODE,7 =1

Type RS

Description User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

SR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

SI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =59

Seven-point dummy element (CDUM7)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

S(9)

TCODE,7 =1

RS

User defined

Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase

2

SR(9)

RS

User defined -- real/magnitude

11

SI(9)

RS

User defined -- magnitude/phase

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =60 2

X

RS

X coordinate

3

Y

RS

Y coordinate

4

SX

RS

Normal X

5

SY

RS

Normal Y

6

TXY

RS

Shear XY

7

KI

RS

Stress intensity factor KI

8

KII

RS

Stress intensity factor KII

9

S8

RS

?

10

S9

RS

?

ELTYPE =61

Main Index

Two-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC2D or CDUM8)

Three-dimensional crack tip element (CRAC3D or CDUM9)

2

X

RS

Normal X

3

Y

RS

Normal Y

4

Z

RS

Normal Z

5

TXY

RS

Shear XY

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

6

TYZ

RS

Shear YZ

7

TZX

RS

Shear ZX

8

KI

RS

Stress intensity factor KI

9

KII

RS

Stress intensity factor KII

10

KIII

RS

Stress intensity factor KIII

ELTYPE =62 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =63 2

Main Index

Type

UNDEF

Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM1) none Unused (Pre-V69 CQDMEM2) none

ELTYPE =64

Curved quadrilateral shell element (CQUAD8)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

477

478

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

17

EMRPJ2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

SMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

SMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

TMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

SMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

SMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

479

480

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 19

Name TMAX2

Type RS

Description Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification numbers or grid identification number

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =65 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =66 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX8) none Unused (Pre-V69 CHEX20) none

ELTYPE =67

Hexa

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

CID

I

Stress coordinate system

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EX

RS

Normal in x

7

ETXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

EP1

RS

First principal stress

9

P1X

RS

First principal x cosine

10

P2X

RS

Second principal x cosine

11

P3X

RS

Third principal x cosine

12

EPR

RS

Mean pressure

13

EOCT

RS

Octahedral shear stress

14

EY

RS

Normal in y

Coordinate type

481

482

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

15

ETYZ

RS

Shear in yz

16

EP2

RS

Second principal stress

17

P1Y

RS

First principal y cosine

18

P2Y

RS

Second principal y cosine

19

P3Y

RS

Third principal y cosine

20

EZ

RS

Normal in z

21

ETZX

RS

Shear in zx

22

EP3

RS

Third principal stress

23

P1Z

RS

First principal z cosine

24

P2Z

RS

Second principal z cosine

25

P3Z

RS

Third principal z cosine

Words 5 through 25 repeat 009 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

2

CID

3

Real / Imaginary I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EXR

RS

Normal in x

7

EYR

RS

Normal in y

8

EZR

RS

Normal in z

9

ETXYR

RS

Shear in xy

10

ETYZR

RS

Shear in yz

11

ETZXR

RS

Shear in zx

12

EXI

RS

Normal in x

13

EYI

RS

Normal in y

14

EZI

RS

Normal in z

15

ETXYI

RS

Shear in xy

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

16

ETYZI

RS

Shear in yz

17

ETZXI

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 17 repeat 009 times TCODE,7 =2 2

CID

3

Random Responses I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EX

RS

Normal in x

7

EY

RS

Normal in y

8

EZ

RS

Normal in z

9

ETXY

RS

Shear in xy

10

ETYZ

RS

Shear in yz

11

ETZX

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 11 repeat 009 times End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

CID

I

Stress coordinate system

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SX

RS

Normal in x

7

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

P1

RS

First principal stress

9

P1X

RS

First principal x cosine

10

P2X

RS

Second principal x cosine

Coordinate type

483

484

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

P3X

RS

Third principal x cosine

12

PR

RS

Mean pressure

13

OCT

RS

Octahedral shear stress

14

SY

RS

Normal in y

15

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

16

P2

RS

Second principal stress

17

P1Y

RS

First principal y cosine

18

P2Y

RS

Second principal y cosine

19

P3Y

RS

Third principal y cosine

20

SZ

RS

Normal in z

21

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

22

P3

RS

Third principal stress

23

P1Z

RS

First principal z cosine

24

P2Z

RS

Second principal z cosine

25

P3Z

RS

Third principal z cosine

Words 5 through 25 repeat 009 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

2

CID

3

Real / Imaginary I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SXR

RS

Normal in x

7

SYR

RS

Normal in y

8

SZR

RS

Normal in z

9

TXYR

RS

Shear in xy

10

TYZR

RS

Shear in yz

11

TZXR

RS

Shear in zx

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

12

SXI

RS

Normal in x

13

SYI

RS

Normal in y

14

SZI

RS

Normal in z

15

TXYI

RS

Shear in xy

16

TYZI

RS

Shear in yz

17

TZXI

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 17 repeat 009 times TCODE,7 =2 2

CID

3

Random Responses I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SX

RS

Normal in x

7

SY

RS

Normal in y

8

SZ

RS

Normal in z

9

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

10

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

11

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 11 repeat 009 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

ELTYPE =68

Penta

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

CID

I

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Stress coordinate system Coordinate Type Number of active points

485

486

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type I

Description

5

GRID

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EX

RS

Normal in x

7

ETXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

EP1

RS

First principal stress

9

P1X

RS

First principal x cosine

10

P2X

RS

Second principal x cosine

11

P3X

RS

Third principal x cosine

12

EPR

RS

Mean pressure

13

EOCT

RS

Octahedral shear stress

14

EY

RS

Normal in y

15

ETYZ

RS

Shear in yz

16

EP2

RS

Second principal stress

17

P1Y

RS

First principal y cosine

18

P2Y

RS

Second principal y cosine

19

P3Y

RS

Third principal y cosine

20

EZ

RS

Normal in z

21

ETZX

RS

Shear in zx

22

EP3

RS

Third principal stress

23

P1Z

RS

First principal z cosine

24

P2Z

RS

Second principal z cosine

25

P3Z

RS

Third principal z cosine

Words 5 through 25 repeat 007 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

2

CID

3

Real / Imaginary I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

EXR

RS

Normal in x

7

EYR

RS

Normal in y

8

EZR

RS

Normal in z

9

ETXYR

RS

Shear in xy

10

ETYZR

RS

Shear in yz

11

ETZXR

RS

Shear in zx

12

EXI

RS

Normal in x

13

EYI

RS

Normal in y

14

EZI

RS

Normal in z

15

ETXYI

RS

Shear in xy

16

ETYZI

RS

Shear in yz

17

ETZXI

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 17 repeat 007 times TCODE,7 =2 2

CID

3

Random Responses I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

EX

RS

Normal in x

7

EY

RS

Normal in y

8

EZ

RS

Normal in z

9

ETXY

RS

Shear in xy

10

ETYZ

RS

Shear in yz

11

ETZX

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 11 repeat 007 times End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Stress

487

488

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =0

Type Real

2

CID

I

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate type (BCD)

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SX

RS

Normal in x

7

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

P1

RS

First principal stress

9

P1X

RS

First principal x cosine

10

P2X

RS

Second principal x cosine

11

P3X

RS

Third principal x cosine

12

PR

RS

Mean pressure

13

OCT

RS

Octahedral shear stress

14

SY

RS

Normal in y

15

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

16

P2

RS

Second principal stress

17

P1Y

RS

First principal y cosine

18

P2Y

RS

Second principal y cosine

19

P3Y

RS

Third principal y cosine

20

SZ

RS

Normal in z

21

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

22

P3

RS

Third principal stress

23

P1Z

RS

First principal z cosine

24

P2Z

RS

Second principal z cosine

25

P3Z

RS

Third principal z cosine

Words 5 through 25 repeat 007 times

Main Index

Description

Stress coordinate system

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =1

Type

Description

Real / Imaginary

2

CID

I

Stress coordinate system

3

CTYPE

CHAR4

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SXR

RS

Normal in x

7

SYR

RS

Normal in y

8

SZR

RS

Normal in z

9

TXYR

RS

Shear in xy

10

TYZR

RS

Shear in yz

11

TZXR

RS

Shear in zx

12

SXI

RS

Normal in x

13

SYI

RS

Normal in y

14

SZI

RS

Normal in z

15

TXYI

RS

Shear in xy

16

TYZI

RS

Shear in yz

17

TZXI

RS

Shear in zx

Coordinate system type (BCD)

Words 5 through 17 repeat 007 times TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

2

CID

3

Random Responses I

Stress coordinate system

CTYPE

CHAR4

Coordinate system type

4

NODEF

I

Number of active points

5

GRID

I

External grid identification number (0=center)

6

SX

RS

Normal in x

7

SY

RS

Normal in y

8

SZ

RS

Normal in z

9

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

489

490

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

11

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

Words 5 through 11 repeat 007 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =69

Curved beam or pipe element (CBEND)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

CA

RS

Circumferential angle

4

EC

RS

Long. Strain at point C

5

ED

RS

Long. Strain at point D

6

EE

RS

Long. Strain at point E

7

EF

RS

Long. Strain at point F

8

EMAX

RS

Maximum strain

9

EMIN

RS

Minimum strain

10

MST

RS

Margin of safety in tension

11

MSC

RS

Margin of safety in compression

Words 2 through 11 repeat 002 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

CA

RS

Circumferential angle

4

ECR

RS

Long. Strain at point C

5

EDR

RS

Long. Strain at point D

6

EER

RS

Long. Strain at point E

7

EFR

RS

Long. Strain at point F

8

ECI

RS

Long. Strain at Point C

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

EDI

RS

Long. Strain at point D

10

EEI

RS

Long. Strain at point E

11

EFI

RS

Long. Strain at point F

Words 2 through 11 repeat 002 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

CA

RS

Circumferential angle

4

EC

RS

Long. Strain at point C

5

ED

RS

Long. Strain at point D

6

EE

RS

Long. Strain at point E

7

EF

RS

Long. Strain at point F

Words 2 through 7 repeat 002 times End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

GRID

I

External grid point identification number

3

CA

RS

Circumferential angle

4

SC

RS

Long. Stress at point C

5

SD

RS

Long. Stress at point D

6

SE

RS

Long. Stress at point E

7

SF

RS

Long. Stress at point F

8

SMAX

RS

Maximum stress

9

SMIN

RS

Minimum stress

10

MST

RS

Margin of safety in tension

11

MSC

RS

Margin of safety in compression

Words 2 through 11 repeat 002 times TCODE,7 =1 Main Index

Real / Imaginary

491

492

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type I

Description

2

GRID

External grid point identification number

3

CA

RS

Circumferential angle

4

SCR

RS

Long. Stress at point C

5

SDR

RS

Long. Stress at point D

6

SER

RS

Long. Stress at point E

7

SFR

RS

Long. Stress at point F

8

SCI

RS

Long. Stress at point C

9

SDI

RS

Long. stress at point D

10

SEI

RS

Long. Stress at point E

11

SFI

RS

Long. Stress at point F

Words 2 through 11 repeat 002 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

GRID

I

External Grid Point identification number

3

CA

RS

Circumferential angle

4

SC

RS

Long. Stress at point C

5

SD

RS

Long. Stress at point D

6

SE

RS

Long. Stress at point E

7

SF

RS

Long. Stress at point F

Words 2 through 7 repeat 002 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

ELTYPE =70

Triangular plate element (CTRIAR)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

"CEN" Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

493

494

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 17 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

3

GRID

I

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 11 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

TMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

TMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

495

496

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 17 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 11 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =71 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =72 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =73 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Unused none AEROQ4 none Unused (Pre-V69 CFTUBE) none

ELTYPE =74

Triangular shell element (CTRIA3)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =0

Description

Real

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

EXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

EA1

RS

Theta ( shear angle ) at Z1

7

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

8

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

9

EMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

10

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

11

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

EXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

EA2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

15

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

16

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

17

EMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

EXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

EXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

10

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

497

498

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

12

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

EXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

15

EXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

EXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

7

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

8

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

9

EXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

SA1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

7

SMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

8

SMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

9

SMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

10

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

11

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

14

SA2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

15

SMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

16

SMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

17

TMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

10

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

15

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

Type

Random Responses

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre Distance

3

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

6

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre Distance

7

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

8

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

9

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

499

500

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =75

Curved triangular shell element (CTRIA6)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 19 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

"CENTER" Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 17 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 11 repeat 004 times

Main Index

"CENTER" Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

501

502

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

SMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

SMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

TMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

SMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

SMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

TMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 19 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 17 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =76

Main Index

Acoustic velocity/pressures in six-sided solid element (CHEXA)

503

504

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =77 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =78 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =79 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =80 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =81 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Type

Description

none Acoustic velocity/pressures in five-sided solid element (CPENTA) none Acoustic velocity/pressures in four-sided solid element (CTETRA) none Undef none Undef none Undef none

ELTYPE =82

Quadrilateral plate element (CQUADR)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2 2

Main Index

TERM

Random Responses CHAR4

"CENTER"

505

506

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type I

Description

3

GRID

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

A1

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z1

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1

11

TMAX1

RS

Maximum shear at Z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

13

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

16

A2

RS

Theta (shear angle) at Z2

17

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2

18

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2

19

TMAX2

RS

Maximum shear at Z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at Z1

5

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

7

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

9

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

12

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

14

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

16

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

17

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2

Main Index

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Number active grids identification number or grid identification number Fibre distance at Z1

507

508

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at Z2

9

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

11

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 3 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =83 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =84 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =85

Main Index

Acoustic absorber element (CHACAB) none Acoustic barrier element (CHACBR) none TETRA -- Nonlinear

2

CTYPE

CHAR4

3

GRID

4

SX

RS

Stress in x

5

SY

RS

Stress in y

6

SZ

RS

Stress in z

7

SXY

RS

Stress in xy

8

SYZ

RS

Stress in yz

9

SZX

RS

Stress in zx

10

SE

RS

Equivalent stress

11

EPS

RS

Effective plastic strain

12

ECS

RS

Effective creep strain

13

EX

RS

Strain in x

14

EY

RS

Strain in y

I

Grid / Gauss

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

15

EZ

RS

Strain in z

16

EXY

RS

Strain in xy

17

EYZ

RS

Strain in yz

18

EZX

RS

Strain in zx

Words 3 through 18 repeat 005 times ELTYPE =86

GAP -- Nonlinear

2

CPX

RS

Comp x

3

SHY

RS

Shear in y

4

SHZ

RS

Shear in z

5

AU

RS

Axial in u

6

SHV

RS

Shear in v

7

SHW

RS

Shear in w

8

SLV

RS

Slip in v

9

SLP

RS

Slip in w

10

FORM1

CHAR4

no definition

11

FORM2

CHAR4

no definition

ELTYPE =87

Nonlinear tube element (CTUBE)

2

AS

RS

Axial Stress

3

SE

RS

Equivalent Stress

4

TE

RS

Total Strain

5

EPS

RS

Effective Plastic strain

6

ECS

RS

Effective Creep strain

7

LTS

RS

Linear torsional stress

ELTYPE =88

TRIA3 -- Nonlinear (Same as QUAD4)

NUMWDE =13

Main Index

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

509

510

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

SZ1

RS

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

EZ1

RS

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

NUMWDE =25

Main Index

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

5

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

14

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

15

SX2

RS

Stress in x at Z2

16

SY2

RS

Stress in y at Z2

17

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z2

18

TXY2

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z2

19

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

20

EPS2

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z2

21

ECS2

RS

Effective creep strain at Z2

22

EX2

RS

Strain in x at Z2

23

EY2

RS

Strain in y at Z2

24

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z2

25

ETXY2

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z2

End NUMWDE ELTYPE =89

Nonlinear rod element (CROD)

2

AS

RS

Axial Stress

3

SE

RS

Equivalent Stress

4

TE

RS

Total Strain

5

EPS

RS

Effective Plastic strain

6

ECS

RS

Effective Creep strain

7

LTS

RS

Linear torsional stress

ELTYPE =90

QUAD4 -- Nonlinear

NUMWDE =13

Main Index

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

5

SZ1

RS

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

EZ1

RS

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

511

512

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

NUMWDE =25 2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

5

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

14

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

15

SX2

RS

Stress in x at Z2

16

SY2

RS

Stress in y at Z2

17

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z2

18

TXY2

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z2

19

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z2

20

EPS2

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z2

21

ECS2

RS

Effective creep strain at Z2

22

EX2

RS

Strain in x at Z2

23

EY2

RS

Strain in y at Z2

24

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z2

25

ETXY2

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z2

End NUMWDE ELTYPE =91 2

Main Index

CTYPE

Nonlinear five-sided solid element (CPENTA) CHAR4

Grid or Gauss

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

I

Extermal Grid identification number; 0 = Center

3

GRID

4

SX

RS

Stress in x

5

SY

RS

Stress in y

6

SZ

RS

Stress in z

7

SXY

RS

Stress in xy

8

SYZ

RS

Stress in yz

9

SZX

RS

Stress in zx

10

SE

RS

Equivalent stress

11

EPS

RS

Equivalent plastic strain

12

ECS

RS

Effective creep strain

13

EX

RS

Strain in x

14

EY

RS

Strain in y

15

EZ

RS

Strain in z

16

EXY

RS

Strain in xy

17

EYZ

RS

Strain in yz

18

EZX

RS

Strain in zx

Words 3 through 18 repeat 007 times ELTYPE =92 2

AS

RS

Axial Stress

3

SE

RS

Equivalent Stress

4

TE

RS

Total Strain

5

EPS

RS

Effective Plastic strain

6

ECS

RS

Effective Creep strain

7

LTS

RS

Linear torsional stress

ELTYPE =93 2

Main Index

Nonlinear rod element connection and property (CONROD)

CTYPE

Nonlinear six-sided solid element (CHEXA) CHAR4

Grid or Gauss

513

514

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

I

Extermal Grid identification number; 0 = Center

3

GRID

4

SX

RS

Stress in x

5

SY

RS

Stress in y

6

SZ

RS

Stress in z

7

SXY

RS

Stress in xy

8

SYZ

RS

Stress in yz

9

SZX

RS

Stress in zx

10

SE

RS

Equivalent stress

11

EPS

RS

Equivalent plastic strain

12

ECS

RS

Effective creep strain

13

EX

RS

Strain in x

14

EY

RS

Strain in y

15

EZ

RS

Strain in z

16

EXY

RS

Strain in xy

17

EYZ

RS

Strain in yz

18

EZX

RS

Strain in zx

Words 3 through 18 repeat 009 times ELTYPE =94

Main Index

Nonlinear beam element (CBEAM)

2

GRIDA

I

External Grid point identification number at end A

3

LOCCA

CHAR4

4

NSXCA

RS

Long. Stress at point C at end A

5

NSECA

RS

Equivalent Stress at end A

6

TECA

RS

Total Strain at end A

7

EPECA

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end A

8

ECECA

RS

Effective Creep strain at end A

9

LOCDA

CHAR4

10

NSXDA

RS

'C' at end A

'D' at end A Long. Stress at point D at end A

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

11

NSEDA

RS

Equivalent Stress at end A

12

TEDA

RS

Total Strain at end A

13

EPEDA

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end A

14

ECEDA

RS

Effective Creep strain at end A

15

LOCEA

CHAR4

16

NSXEA

RS

Long. Stress at point E at end A

17

NSEEA

RS

Equivalent Stress at end A

18

TEEA

RS

Total Strain at end A

19

EPEEA

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end A

20

ECEEA

RS

Effective Creep strain at end A

21

LOCFA

CHAR4

22

NSXFA

RS

Long. Stress at point F at end A

23

NSEFA

RS

Equivalent Stress at end A

24

TEFA

RS

Total Strain at end A

25

EPEFA

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end A

26

ECEFA

RS

Effective Creep strain at end A

27

GRIDB

I

28

LOCCB

CHAR4

29

NSXCB

RS

Long. Stress at point C at end B

30

NSECB

RS

Equivalent Stress at end B

31

TECB

RS

Total Strain at end B

32

EPECB

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end B

33

ECECB

RS

Effective Creep strain at end B

34

LOCDB

CHAR4

35

NSXDB

RS

Long. Stress at point D at end B

36

NSEDB

RS

Equivalent Stress at end B

37

TEDB

RS

Total Strain at end B

'E' at end A

'F’ at end A

External Grid point identification number at end B 'C' at end B

'D' at end B

515

516

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

38

EPEDB

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end B

39

ECEDB

RS

Effective Creep strain at end B

40

LOCEB

CHAR4

41

NSXEB

RS

Long. Stress at point E at end B

42

NSEEB

RS

Equivalent Stress at end B

43

TEEB

RS

Total Strain at end B

44

EPEEB

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end B

45

ECEEB

RS

Effective Creep strain at end B

46

LOCFB

CHAR4

47

NSXFB

RS

Long. Stress at point F at end B

48

NSEFB

RS

Equivalent Stress at end B

49

TEFB

RS

Total Strain at end B

50

EPEFB

RS

Effective Plastic strain at end B

51

ECEFB

RS

Effective Creep strain at end B

'E' at end B

'F' at end B

ELTYPE =95

QUAD4 composite

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PLY

I

3

EX1

RS

Normal-1

4

EY1

RS

Normal-2

5

ET1

RS

Shear-12

6

EL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

EL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

SCODE,6 =01 2

Main Index

Type

PLY

Lamina Number

Stress I

Lamina Number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

SX1

RS

Normal-1

4

SY1

RS

Normal-2

5

T1

RS

Shear-12

6

SL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

SL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

TMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =96

QUAD8 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PLY

I

3

EX1

RS

Normal-1

4

EY1

RS

Normal-2

5

ET1

RS

Shear-12

6

EL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

EL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Lamina Number

Stress

2

PLY

I

Lamina Number

3

SX1

RS

Normal-1

4

SY1

RS

Normal-2

5

T1

RS

Shear-12

6

SL1

RS

Shear-1Z

517

518

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

SL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

TMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =97

TRIA3 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PLY

I

3

EX1

RS

Normal-1

4

EY1

RS

Normal-2

5

ET1

RS

Shear-12

6

EL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

EL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Lamina Number

Stress

2

PLY

I

Lamina Number

3

SX1

RS

Normal-1

4

SY1

RS

Normal-2

5

T1

RS

Shear-12

6

SL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

SL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 11

Name TMAX1

Type RS

Description von Mises or Maximum shear

End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =98

TRIA6 composite (Same as QUAD4 composite)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PLY

I

3

EX1

RS

Normal-1

4

EY1

RS

Normal-2

5

ET1

RS

Shear-12

6

EL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

EL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

2

PLY

I

3

SX1

RS

Normal-1

4

SY1

RS

Normal-2

5

T1

RS

Shear-12

6

SL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

SL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

TMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =99 2

Main Index

Lamina Number

UNDEF

Undef none

Lamina Number

519

520

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

ELTYPE =100

Simple beam element w/stations (CBAR with CBARAO or PLOAD1)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

SD

RS

% along bar for output

3

EXC

RS

Strain at point c

4

EXD

RS

Strain at point d

5

EXE

RS

Strain at point e

6

EXF

RS

Strain at point f

7

AE

RS

Axial strain

8

EMAX

RS

Maximum strain

9

EMIN

RS

Minimum strain

10

MS

RS

Margin of Safety

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Type

Real / Imaginary

2

SD

RS

% along bar for output

3

EXCR

RS

Strain at point c

4

EXDR

RS

Strain at point d

5

EXER

RS

Strain at point e

6

EXFR

RS

Strain at point f

7

AER

RS

Axial strain

8

EMAXR

RS

Maximum strain

9

EMINR

RS

Minimum strain

10

EXCI

RS

Strain at point c

11

EXDI

RS

Strain at point d

12

EXEI

RS

Strain at point e

13

EXFI

RS

Strain at point f

14

AEI

RS

Axial strain

15

EMAXI

RS

Maximum strain

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 16

Name EMINI

TCODE,7 =2

Type RS

Description Minimum strain

Random Responses

2

SD

RS

% along bar for output

3

EXC

RS

Strain at point c

4

EXD

RS

Strain at point d

5

EXE

RS

Strain at point e

6

EXF

RS

Strain at point f

7

AE

RS

Axial strain

8

EMAX

RS

Maximum strain

9

EMIN

RS

Minimum strain

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

SD

RS

% along bar for output

3

SXC

RS

Stress at point c

4

SXD

RS

Stress at point d

5

SXE

RS

Stress at point e

6

SXF

RS

Stress at point f

7

AS

RS

Axial stress

8

SMAX

RS

Maximum stress

9

SMIN

RS

Minimum stress

10

MS

RS

Margin of Safety

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

SD

RS

% along bar for output

3

SXCR

RS

Stress at point c

4

SXDR

RS

Stress at point d

5

SXER

RS

Stress at point e

6

SXFR

RS

Stress at point f

521

522

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

ASR

RS

Axial stress

8

SMAXR

RS

Maximum stress

9

SMINR

RS

Minimum stress

10

SXCI

RS

Stress at point c

11

SXDI

RS

Stress at point d

12

SXEI

RS

Stress at point e

13

SXFI

RS

Stress at point f

14

ASI

RS

Axial stress

15

SMAXI

RS

Maximum stress

16

SMINI

RS

Minimum stress

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

SD

RS

% along bar for output

3

SXC

RS

Stress at point c

4

SXD

RS

Stress at point d

5

SXE

RS

Stress at point e

6

SXF

RS

Stress at point f

7

AS

RS

Axial stress

8

SMAX

RS

Maximum stress

9

SMIN

RS

Minimum stress

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =101

Acoustic absorber element with freq. dependence (CAABSF)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

IMPED

RS

Impedance

3

ABSORB

RS

Absorption Coefficient

TCODE,7 =1 2

Main Index

IMPEDR

Real / Imaginary RS

Impedance

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

IMPEDI

RS

Impedance

4

ABSORB

RS

Absorption Coefficient

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =102

Generalized spring and damper element (CBUSH)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

2

TX

RS

Translation x

3

TY

RS

Translation y

4

TZ

RS

Translation z

5

RX

RS

Rotation x

6

RY

RS

Rotation y

7

RZ

RS

Rotation z

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

TXR

RS

Translation x R

3

TYR

RS

Translation y R

4

TZR

RS

Translation z R

5

RXR

RS

Rotation x R

6

RYR

RS

Rotation y R

7

RZR

RS

Rotation z R

8

TXI

RS

Translation x I

9

TYI

RS

Translation y I

10

TZI

RS

Translation z I

11

RXI

RS

Rotation x I

12

RYI

RS

Rotation y I

13

RZI

RS

Rotation z I

End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =103 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =104

Main Index

Quadrilateral shell element (QUADP) none Triangular shell p-element (TRIAP)

523

524

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 2

Name UNDEF

ELTYPE =105 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =106 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =107 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =108 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =109 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =110 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =111 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =115 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =112 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =113 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =114 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =115 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =116 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Type

Description

none Beam p-element (BEAMP) none Scalar damper with material property (CDAMP5) none Heat transfer boundary condition element -(CHBDYE) none Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYG) none Heat transfer boundary condition element (CHBDYP) none CONV none CONVM none RADBC none QBDY3 none QVECT none QVOL none Radbc none Slideline contact (SLIF1D)? none

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ELTYPE =117

Main Index

Type

Description

WELDC

2

AS

RS

Axial

3

BMAXA

RS

SA maximum

4

BMINA

RS

SA minimum

5

BMAXB

RS

SB maximum

6

BMINB

RS

SB minimum

7

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

8

BRNG

RS

Bearing

ELTYPE =118

WELDP

2

AS

RS

Axial

3

BMAXA

RS

SA maximum

4

BMINA

RS

SA minimum

5

BMAXB

RS

SB maximum

6

BMINB

RS

SB minimum

7

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

8

BRNG

RS

Bearing

ELTYPE =119

SEAM

2

AS

RS

Axial

3

BMAXA

RS

SA maximum

4

BMINA

RS

SA minimum

5

BMAXB

RS

SB maximum

6

BMINB

RS

SB minimum

7

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

8

BRNG

RS

Bearing

ELTYPE =126

fastener element (CFAST)

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

RS

TXR

525

526

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

3

TYR

RS

Translation y R

4

TZR

RS

Translation z R

5

RXR

RS

Rotation x R

6

RYR

RS

Rotation y R

7

RZR

RS

Rotation z R

8

TXI

RS

Translation x I

9

TYI

RS

Translation y I

10

TZI

RS

Translation z I

11

RXI

RS

Rotation x I

12

RYI

RS

Rotation y I

13

RZI

RS

Rotation z I

TCODE,7 =0,2

Real or Random Responses

2

TX

RS

Translation x

3

TY

RS

Translation y

4

TZ

RS

Translation z

5

RX

RS

Rotation x

6

RY

RS

Rotation y

7

RZ

RS

Rotation z

End TCODE,7

Main Index

THERMAL =00

Non-thermal element output

ELTYPE =127

CQUAD

ELTYPE =128

CQUADX

ELTYPE =129

RELUC -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =130

RES -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =131

TETRAE -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =132

CTRIA

ELTYPE =133

CTRIAX

ELTYPE =134

LINEOB -- EMAS?

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

ELTYPE =135

LINXOB -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =136

QUADOB -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =137

TRIAOB -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =138

LINEX -- EMAS?

ELTYPE =139

Hyperelastic QUAD4FD

2

TYPE

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Description

CHAR4

Words 3 through 9 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =140

Main Index

Hyperelastic 8-noded hexahedron element linear format (HEXAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SXY

RS

6

PA

RS

7

AX

RS

8

AY

RS

9

AZ

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

SY

RS

12

SYZ

RS

13

PB

RS

527

528

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

14

BX

RS

15

BY

RS

16

BZ

RS

17

SZ

RS

18

SZX

RS

19

PC

RS

20

CX

RS

21

CY

RS

22

CZ

RS

Description

Words 3 through 22 repeat 008 times ELTYPE =141 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =142 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =143 2

Main Index

UNDEF

Six-sided solid p-element (HEXAP) none Five-sided solid p-element (PENTAP) none Four-sided solid p-element (TETRAP) none

ELTYPE =144

Quadrilateral plate element for corner stresses (QUAD144)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at z1

8

A1

RS

Shear angle at z1

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal at z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal at z1

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or max shear at z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at z2

13

EX2

RS

Normal in x at z2

14

EY2

RS

Normal in y at z2

15

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at z2

16

A2

RS

Shear angle at z2

17

EMJRP2

RS

Major principal at z2

18

EMNRP2

RS

Minor principal at z2

19

ETMRP2

RS

von Mises or max shear at z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at z1

5

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at z1

6

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at z1

7

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at z1

8

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at z1

9

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at z1

10

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at z2

12

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at z2

13

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at z2

14

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at z2

15

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at z2

16

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at z1

17

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at z1

529

530

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at z1

5

EX1

RS

Normal in x at z1

6

EY1

RS

Normal in y at z1

7

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at z2

9

EX2

RS

Normal in x at z2

10

EY2

RS

Normal in y at z2

11

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at z1

Words 3 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at z1

8

A1

RS

Shear angle at z1

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at z1

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at z1

11

TMAX1

RS

von Mises or max shear at z1

12

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at z2

13

SX2

RS

Normal in x at z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

14

SY2

RS

Normal in y at z2

15

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at z2

16

A2

RS

Shear angle at z2

17

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at z2

18

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at z2

19

TMAX2

RS

von Mises or max shear at z2

Words 3 through 19 repeat 005 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at z1

5

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at z1

6

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at z1

7

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at z1

8

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at z1

9

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at z1

10

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at z1

11

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at z2

12

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at z2

13

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at z2

14

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at z2

15

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at z2

16

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at z2

17

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at z2

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times

Main Index

TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

2

TERM

CHAR4

3

GRID

I

531

532

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

FD1

RS

Fibre distance at z1

5

SX1

RS

Normal in x at z1

6

SY1

RS

Normal in y at z1

7

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at z1

8

FD2

RS

Fibre distance at z2

9

SX2

RS

Normal in x at z2

10

SY2

RS

Normal in y at z2

11

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at z2

Words 3 through 11 repeat 005 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =145 2

PARENTID

NUMWDE =98

Six-sided solid display element (VUHEXA) I Len=2+ 12 * No. of points

3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORM

RS

5

YNORM

RS

6

ZNORM

RS

7

TXY

RS

8

TYZ

RS

9

TZX

RS

10

PRIN01

RS

11

PRIN02

RS

12

PRIN03

RS

13

MEAN

RS

14

VONOROCT

RS

Words 3 through 14 repeat 008 times NUMWDE =58

Main Index

Len= 2 + 7 * No. of points

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORM

RS

5

YNORM

RS

6

ZNORM

RS

7

TXY

RS

8

TYZ

RS

9

TZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 9 repeat 008 times NUMWDE =106

Len= 2 + 13 * No. of points

3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORMR

RS

5

YNORMR

RS

6

ZNORMR

RS

7

TXYR

RS

8

TYZR

RS

9

TZXR

RS

10

XNORMI

RS

11

YNORMI

RS

12

ZNORMI

RS

13

TXYI

RS

14

TYZI

RS

15

TZXI

RS

Words 3 through 15 repeat 008 times End NUMWDE ELTYPE =146 2

PARENTID

Five-sided solid display element (VUPENTA) I

NUMWDE =74 3

Main Index

GRIDID

I

533

534

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

4

XNORM

RS

5

YNORM

RS

6

ZNORM

RS

7

TXY

RS

8

TYZ

RS

9

TZX

RS

10

PRIN01

RS

11

PRIN02

RS

12

PRIN03

RS

13

MEAN

RS

14

VONOROCT

RS

Words 3 through 14 repeat 006 times NUMWDE =44 3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORM

RS

5

YNORM

RS

6

ZNORM

RS

7

TXY

RS

8

TYZ

RS

9

TZX

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 006 times NUMWDE =80

Main Index

2 + 6*13

3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORMR

RS

5

YNORMR

RS

6

ZNORMR

RS

7

TXYR

RS

8

TYZR

RS

Description

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

9

TZXR

RS

10

XNORMI

RS

11

YNORMI

RS

12

ZNORMI

RS

13

TXYI

RS

14

TYZI

RS

15

TZXI

RS

Description

Words 3 through 15 repeat 006 times End NUMWDE ELTYPE =147 2

PARENTID

Four-sided solid display element (VUTETRA) I

NUMWDE =50 3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORM

RS

5

YNORM

RS

6

ZNORM

RS

7

TXY

RS

8

TYZ

RS

9

TZX

RS

10

PRIN01

RS

11

PRIN02

RS

12

PRIN03

RS

13

MEAN

RS

14

VONOROCT

RS

Words 3 through 14 repeat 004 times NUMWDE =30

Main Index

3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORM

RS

535

536

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

5

YNORM

RS

6

ZNORM

RS

7

TXY

RS

8

TYZ

RS

9

TZX

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 004 times NUMWDE =54

2 + 4*13

3

GRIDID

I

4

XNORMR

RS

5

YNORMR

RS

6

ZNORMR

RS

7

TXYR

RS

8

TYZR

RS

9

TZXR

RS

10

XNORMI

RS

11

YNORMI

RS

12

ZNORMI

RS

13

TXYI

RS

14

TYZI

RS

15

TZXI

RS

Words 3 through 15 repeat 004 times End NUMWDE ELTYPE =148 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =149 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =150 2

Main Index

UNDEF

HEXAM -- EMAS? none PENTAM -- EMAS? none TETRAM -- EMAS? none

Description

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ELTYPE =151 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =152 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =153 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =154 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =155 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =156 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =157 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =158 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =159 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =160

Main Index

Type

Description

QUADM -- EMAS? none TRIAM -- EMAS? none QUADXM -- EMAS? none TRIAXM -- EMAS? none QUADPW -- EMAS? none TRIAPW -- EMAS? none LINEPW -- EMAS? none QUADOBM -- EMAS? none TRIAOBM -- EMAS? none Hyperelastic 5-sided 6-noded solid element (PENTAFD) linear form?

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SXY

RS

6

PA

RS

7

AX

RS

8

AY

RS

9

AZ

RS

537

538

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

SY

RS

12

SYZ

RS

13

PB

RS

14

BX

RS

15

BY

RS

16

BZ

RS

17

SZ

RS

18

SZX

RS

19

PC

RS

20

CX

RS

21

CY

RS

22

CZ

RS

Description

Words 3 through 22 repeat 006 times ELTYPE =161

Main Index

Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node TETR

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SXY

RS

6

PA

RS

7

AX

RS

8

AY

RS

9

AZ

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

SY

RS

12

SYZ

RS

13

PB

RS

14

BX

RS

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

15

BY

RS

16

BZ

RS

17

SZ

RS

18

SZX

RS

19

PC

RS

20

CX

RS

21

CY

RS

22

CZ

RS

Description

Words 3 through 22 repeat 001 times ELTYPE =162

Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (strain)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 001 times ELTYPE =163

Main Index

Linear form for hyperelastic 20 node HEX

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SXY

RS

6

PA

RS

7

AX

RS

8

AY

RS

9

AZ

RS

539

540

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

SY

RS

12

SYZ

RS

13

PB

RS

14

BX

RS

15

BY

RS

16

BZ

RS

17

SZ

RS

18

SZX

RS

19

PC

RS

20

CX

RS

21

CY

RS

22

CZ

RS

Description

Words 3 through 22 repeat 027 times ELTYPE =164

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 9-noded element (QUADFD) Linear?

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 009 times ELTYPE =165

Main Index

2

TYPE

3

ID

Hyperelastic 5-sided 15-noded solid element (PENTAFD) Linear? CHAR4 I

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

4

SX

RS

5

SXY

RS

6

PA

RS

7

AX

RS

8

AY

RS

9

AZ

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

SY

RS

12

SYZ

RS

13

PB

RS

14

BX

RS

15

BY

RS

16

BZ

RS

17

SZ

RS

18

SZX

RS

19

PC

RS

20

CX

RS

21

CY

RS

22

CZ

RS

Description

Words 3 through 22 repeat 021 times ELTYPE =166

Main Index

Linear form for hyperelastic 10 node TET

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SXY

RS

6

PA

RS

7

AX

RS

8

AY

RS

541

542

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

9

AZ

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

SY

RS

12

SYZ

RS

13

PB

RS

14

BX

RS

15

BY

RS

16

BZ

RS

17

SZ

RS

18

SZX

RS

19

PC

RS

20

CX

RS

21

CY

RS

22

CZ

RS

Description

Words 3 through 22 repeat 005 times ELTYPE =167

Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (plane strain)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 003 times ELTYPE =168 2

Main Index

TYPE

Linear form for hyperelastic 3 node TRIA (axisymm) CHAR4

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Description

Words 3 through 9 repeat 001 times ELTYPE =169

Linear form for hyperelastic 6 node TRIA (axisymm)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 003 times ELTYPE =170

Linear form for hyperelastic 4 node QUAD (axisymm)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 004 times

Main Index

543

544

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ELTYPE =171

Type

Description

Linear form for hyperelastic 9 node QUAD (axisymm)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SXY

RS

7

ANGLE

RS

8

SMJ

RS

9

SMI

RS

Words 3 through 9 repeat 009 times ELTYPE =172

Quadr -- Nonlinear

NUMWDE =13 2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

5

SZ1

RS

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

EZ1

RS

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

NUMWDE =25

Main Index

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

5

UNDEF

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

14

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

15

SX2

RS

Stress in x at Z2

16

SY2

RS

Stress in y at Z2

17

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z2

18

TXY2

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z2

19

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z2

20

EPS2

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z2

21

ECS2

RS

Effective creep strain at Z2

22

EX2

RS

Strain in x at Z2

23

EY2

RS

Strain in y at Z2

24

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z2

25

ETXY2

RS

ELTYPE =173

none

Description Stress in z at Z1

Shear strain in xy at Z2

Triar -- Nonlinear (Sameas Quadr )

NUMWDE =13

Main Index

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

5

SZ1

RS

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

545

546

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

EZ1

RS

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

NUMWDE =25

Main Index

2

FD1

RS

Z1 = Fibre distance

3

SX1

RS

Stress in x at Z1

4

SY1

RS

Stress in y at Z1

5

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z1

7

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z1

8

EPS1

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z1

9

ECS1

RS

Effective creep strain at Z1

10

EX1

RS

Strain in x at Z1

11

EY1

RS

Strain in y at Z1

12

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z1

13

ETXY1

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z1

14

FD2

RS

Z2 = Fibre distance

15

SX2

RS

Stress in x at Z2

16

SY2

RS

Stress in y at Z2

17

UNDEF

none

Stress in z at Z2

18

TXY2

RS

Shear stress in xy at Z2

19

ES

RS

Equivalent stress at Z2

20

EPS2

RS

Effective plastic/nlelastic strain at Z2

21

ECS2

RS

Effective creep strain at Z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

22

EX2

RS

Strain in x at Z2

23

EY2

RS

Strain in y at Z2

24

UNDEF

none

Strain in z at Z2

25

ETXY2

RS

Shear strain in xy at Z2

End NUMWDE TCODE,7 =2 7

UNDEF

Random Responses none

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

angle

6

ITYPE

I

strcur =0, Fibre=1

TCODE,7 =0

Main Index

flat/curved etc.

Real

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

Z1

RS

Z1 Fibre distance

9

Z2

RS

Z2 Fibre distance

10

NX1

RS

Normal x at Z1

11

NY1

RS

Normal y at Z1

12

TXY1

RS

Shear xy at Z1

13

ANGLE1

RS

Shear angle at Z1 or n/a

14

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1 or n/a

15

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1 or n/a

16

MAXSV1

RS

vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a

17

NX2

RS

Normal x at Z2

547

548

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

18

NY2

RS

Normal y at Z2

19

TXY2

RS

Shear xy at Z2

20

ANGLE2

RS

Shear angle at Z2 or n/a

21

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2 or n/a

22

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2 or n/a

23

MAXSV2

RS

vonMises/Max.Shear at Z2 or n/a

Words 7 through 23 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

Z1

RS

Z1 Fibre distance

9

Z2

RS

Z2 Fibre distance

10

NX1R

RS

Normal x rm at Z1

11

NX1I

RS

Normal x ip at Z1

12

NY1R

RS

Normal y rm at Z1

13

NY1I

RS

Normal y ip at Z1

14

TXY1R

RS

Shear xy rm at Z1

15

TXY1I

RS

Shear xy ip at Z1

16

NZ1R

RS

Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a

17

NZ1I

RS

Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a

18

TYZ1R

RS

Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a

19

TYZ1I

RS

Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a

20

TZX1R

RS

Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a

21

TZX1I

RS

Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a

22

NX2R

RS

Normal x rm at Z2

23

NX2I

RS

Normal x ip at Z2

24

NY2R

RS

Normal y rm at Z2

25

NY2I

RS

Normal y ip at Z2

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

26

TXY2R

RS

Shear xy rm at Z2

27

TXY2I

RS

Shear xy ip at Z2

28

NZ1R

RS

Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a

29

NZ1I

RS

Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a

30

TYZ1R

RS

Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a

31

TYZ1I

RS

Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a

32

TZX1R

RS

Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a

33

TZX1I

RS

Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a

Words 7 through 33 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =189

Quadrilateral plate view element (VUQUAD)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

CID coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

THETA angle

6

ITYPE

I

ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1

TCODE,7 =0

Main Index

ICORD flat/curved etc.

Real

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

NONE(2)

I

Nothing

10

MSX

RS

membrane stain x

11

MSY

RS

membrane strain y

12

MXY

RS

membrane strain xy

13

NONE(3)

RS

Nothing

16

BCX

RS

bending curvature x

17

BCY

RS

bending curvature y

18

BCXY

RS

bending curvature xy

19

TYZ

RS

Shear yz

549

550

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

20

TZX

21

UNDEF(3 )

Type RS

Description Shear zx

none

Words 7 through 23 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

7

VUID

I

8

UNDEF(2 )

10

MSXR

RS

membrane strain x RM

11

MSYR

RS

membrane strain y RM

12

MXYR

RS

membrane strain xy RM

13

UNDEF(3 )

16

BCXR

RS

bending curvature x RM

17

BCYR

RS

bending curvature y RM

18

BCXYR

RS

bending curvature xy RM

19

TYZR

RS

Shear yz RM

20

TZXR

RS

Shear zx RM

21

UNDEF

22

MSXI

RS

membrane strain x IP

23

MSYI

RS

membrane strain y IP

24

MXYI

RS

membrane strain xy IP

25

UNDEF(3 )

28

BCXI

RS

bending curvature x IP

29

BCYI

RS

bending curvature y IP

30

BCXYI

RS

bending curvature xy IP

31

TYZI

RS

Shear yz IP

32

TZXI

RS

Shear zx IP

33

UNDEF

none

none

none

none

none

Words 7 through 33 repeat 004 times

Main Index

VU grid identification number this corner

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Stress

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

CID coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

THETA angle

6

ITYPE

I

ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

TCODE,7 =0

ICORD flat/curved etc.

Real

7

VUID

8

Z1

RS

Z1 Fibre distance

9

Z2

RS

Z2 Fibre distance

10

NX1

RS

Normal x at Z1

11

NY1

RS

Normal y at Z1

12

TXY1

RS

Shear xy at Z1

13

ANGLE1

RS

Shear angle at Z1 or n/a

14

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1 or n/a

15

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1 or n/a

16

MAXSV1

RS

vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a

17

NX2

RS

Normal x at Z2

18

NY2

RS

Normal y at Z2

19

TXY2

RS

Shear xy at Z2

20

ANGLE2

RS

Shear angle at Z2 or n/a

21

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2 or n/a

22

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2 or n/a

23

MAXSV2

RS

vonMises/Max.Shear at Z2 or n/a

Words 7 through 23 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =1 Main Index

Real / Imaginary

551

552

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Main Index

Name

Type I

Description

7

VUID

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

Z1

RS

Z1 Fibre distance

9

Z2

RS

Z2 Fibre distance

10

NX1R

RS

Normal x rm at Z1

11

NX1I

RS

Normal x ip at Z1

12

NY1R

RS

Normal y rm at Z1

13

NY1I

RS

Normal y ip at Z1

14

TXY1R

RS

Shear xy rm at Z1

15

TXY1I

RS

Shear xy ip at Z1

16

NZ1R

RS

Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a

17

NZ1I

RS

Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a

18

TYZ1R

RS

Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a

19

TYZ1I

RS

Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a

20

TZX1R

RS

Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a

21

TZX1I

RS

Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a

22

NX2R

RS

Normal x rm at Z2

23

NX2I

RS

Normal x ip at Z2

24

NY2R

RS

Normal y rm at Z2

25

NY2I

RS

Normal y ip at Z2

26

TXY2R

RS

Shear xy rm at Z2

27

TXY2I

RS

Shear xy ip at Z2

28

NZ1R

RS

Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a

29

NZ1I

RS

Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a

30

TYZ1R

RS

Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a

31

TYZ1I

RS

Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a

32

TZX1R

RS

Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a

33

TZX1I

RS

Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

Words 7 through 33 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =190

Triangular shell view element (VUTRIA)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

CID coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

5

THETA

I

THETA angle

6

ITYPE

I

ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1

ICORD flat/curved etc.

TCODE,7 =0

Real

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

NONE(2)

I

Nothing

10

MSX

RS

membrane stain x

11

MSY

RS

membrane strain y

12

MXY

RS

membrane strain xy

13

NONE(3)

RS

Nothing

16

BCX

RS

bending curvature x

17

BCY

RS

bending curvature y

18

BCXY

RS

bending curvature xy

19

TYZ

RS

Shear yz

20

TZX

RS

Shear zx

21

NONE(3)

RS

Nothing

Words 7 through 23 repeat 003 times TCODE,7 =1 7

Main Index

VUID

Real / Imaginary I

VU grid identification number this corner

553

554

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

UNDEF(2 )

none

10

MSXR

RS

membrane strain x RM

11

MSYR

RS

membrane strain y RM

12

MXYR

RS

membrane strain xy RM

13

UNDEF(3 )

16

BCXR

RS

bending curvature x RM

17

BCYR

RS

bending curvature y RM

18

BCXYR

RS

bending curvature xy RM

19

TYZR

RS

Shear yz RM

20

TZXR

RS

Shear zx RM

21

UNDEF

22

MSXI

RS

membrane strain x IP

23

MSYI

RS

membrane strain y IP

24

MXYI

RS

membrane strain xy IP

25

UNDEF(3 )

28

BCXI

RS

bending curvature x IP

29

BCYI

RS

bending curvature y IP

30

BCXYI

RS

bending curvature xy IP

31

TYZI

RS

Shear yz IP

32

TZXI

RS

Shear zx IP

33

UNDEF

none

none

none

none

Words 7 through 33 repeat 003 times End TCODE,7 SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Stress

2

PARENT

I

Parent p-element identification number

3

COORD

I

CID coordinate system identification number

4

ICORD

CHAR4

ICORD flat/curved etc.

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

THETA

I

THETA angle

6

ITYPE

I

ITYPE strcur =0, Fibre=1

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

TCODE,7 =0

Real

7

VUID

8

Z1

RS

Z1 Fibre distance

9

Z2

RS

Z2 Fibre distance

10

NX1

RS

Normal x at Z1

11

NY1

RS

Normal y at Z1

12

TXY1

RS

Shear xy at Z1

13

ANGLE1

RS

Shear angle at Z1 or n/a

14

MJRP1

RS

Major principal at Z1 or n/a

15

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal at Z1 or n/a

16

MAXSV1

RS

vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a

17

NX2

RS

Normal x at Z2

18

NY2

RS

Normal y at Z2

19

TXY2

RS

Shear xy at Z2

20

ANGLE2

RS

Shear angle at Z2 or n/a

21

MJRP2

RS

Major principal at Z2 or n/a

22

MNRP2

RS

Minor principal at Z2 or n/a

23

MAXSV2

RS

vonMises/Max.Shear at Z2 or n/a

Words 7 through 23 repeat 003 times TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real / Imaginary

7

VUID

I

VU grid identification number for this corner

8

Z1

RS

Z1 Fibre distance

9

Z2

RS

Z2 Fibre distance

10

NX1R

RS

Normal x rm at Z1

11

NX1I

RS

Normal x ip at Z1

555

556

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

12

NY1R

RS

Normal y rm at Z1

13

NY1I

RS

Normal y ip at Z1

14

TXY1R

RS

Shear xy rm at Z1

15

TXY1I

RS

Shear xy ip at Z1

16

NZ1R

RS

Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a

17

NZ1I

RS

Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a

18

TYZ1R

RS

Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a

19

TYZ1I

RS

Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a

20

TZX1R

RS

Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a

21

TZX1I

RS

Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a

22

NX2R

RS

Normal x rm at Z2

23

NX2I

RS

Normal x ip at Z2

24

NY2R

RS

Normal y rm at Z2

25

NY2I

RS

Normal y ip at Z2

26

TXY2R

RS

Shear xy rm at Z2

27

TXY2I

RS

Shear xy ip at Z2

28

NZ1R

RS

Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a

29

NZ1I

RS

Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a

30

TYZ1R

RS

Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a

31

TYZ1I

RS

Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a

32

TZX1R

RS

Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a

33

TZX1I

RS

Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a

Words 7 through 33 repeat 003 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =191 2

Main Index

PARENT

Beam view element (VUBEAM) I

Parent p-element identification number

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

3

COORD

I

4

ICORD

CHAR4

TCODE,7 =0

Description CID coordinate system identification number ICORD flat/curved etc.

Real

5

VUGRID

I

VU grid identification number for output grid

6

POSIT

RS

x/L position of VU grid identification number

7

POS(3)

RS

Y,Z,W coordinate of output point

10

NX

RS

Normal x

11

TXY

RS

Shear xy

12

TZX

RS

Shear zx

Words 7 through 12 repeat 4 times 13

MAXLONG

RS

Max longitudinal

14

MINLONG

RS

Min longitudinal

Words 5 through 14 repeat 2 times TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

5

VUGRID

I

6

POSIT

RS

x/L position of VU grid identification number

7

POS(3)

RS

Y,Z,W coordinate of output point

10

NXR

RS

Normal x RM

11

NXI

RS

Normal x IP

12

TXYR

RS

Shear xy RM

13

TXYI

RS

Shear xy IP

14

TZXR

RS

Shear zx RM

15

TZXI

RS

Shear zx IP

Words 7 through 15 repeat 4 times

Main Index

VU grid identification number for output grid

557

558

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

Words 5 through 15 repeat 2 times End TCODE,7 ELTYPE =192 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =193 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =194 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =195 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =196 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =197 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =198 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =199 2

UNDEF

ELTYPE =200

none QUADFR -- EMAS none TRIAFR -- EMAS none LINEFR -- EMAS none LINXFR -- EMAS none GMINTS none CNVPEL none VUHBDY none WELD

2

AS

RS

Axial

3

BMAXA

RS

SA maximum

4

BMINA

RS

SA minimum

5

BMAXB

RS

SB maximum

6

BMINB

RS

SB minimum

7

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

8

BRNG

RS

Bearing

ELTYPE =201

Main Index

CVINT

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 4-noded, nonlinear format (QUAD4FD)

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

Description GRID

Words 3 through 13 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =202

Main Index

Hyperelastic hexahedron 8-noded, nonlinear format (HEXA8FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

GAUS

559

560

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 008 times ELTYPE =203 2

REGIONID

I

Contact region identification number

3

MGRID1

I

Master grid 1

4

MGRID2

I

Master grid 2

5

SCOORD

RS

Surface coordinate

6

F

RS

Normal force

7

S

RS

Shear force

8

SIGMA

RS

Normal stress

9

TAU

RS

Shear stress

10

NGAP

RS

Normal gap

11

SLIP

RS

Slip

12

SLIPRAT

RS

Slip ratio

13

SLIPCODE(2)

CHAR4

Slip code

ELTYPE =204

Main Index

Slideline contact (SLIF1D)

Hyperelastic pentahedron 6-noded, nonlinear format (PENTA6FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

GAUS

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 006 times ELTYPE =205

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded, nonlinear format (TETRA4FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

GAUS

Words 3 through 17 repeat 001 times ELTYPE =206

Main Index

Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded, nonlinear format (TRIA3FD)

561

562

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

Description GAUS

Words 3 through 13 repeat 001 times ELTYPE =207

Main Index

Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded, nonlinear format (HEXAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

GAUS

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 027 times ELTYPE =208

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded, nonlinear format (QUADFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GAUS

Words 3 through 13 repeat 009 times ELTYPE =209

Main Index

Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format (PENTAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

GAUS

563

564

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 021 times ELTYPE =210

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format (TETRAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Words 3 through 17 repeat 005 times

Main Index

GAUS

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

ELTYPE =211

Type

Description

Hyperelastic triangular 6-noded, nonlinear format (TRIAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GRID

Words 3 through 13 repeat 003 times ELTYPE =212

Main Index

Hyperelastic axi. triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIAX3FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GAUS

565

566

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

Words 3 through 13 repeat 001 times ELTYPE =213

Hyperelastic axi. triangular 6-noded nonlinear format (TRIAXFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GAUS

Words 3 through 13 repeat 003 times ELTYPE =214

Main Index

Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 4-noded nonlinear format(QUADX4FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

GAUS

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 13

Name EXY

Type

Description

RS

Words 3 through 13 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =215

Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format (QUADXFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GAUS

Words 3 through 13 repeat 009 times ELTYPE =216

Main Index

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 4-noded nonlinear format (TETRA4FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

GRID

567

568

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =217

Hyperelastic triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIA3FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GRID

Words 3 through 13 repeat 003 times ELTYPE =218

Main Index

Hyperelastic hexahedron 20-noded nonlinear format (HEXAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

GRID

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 008 times ELTYPE =219

Hyperelastic quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format (QUADFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GRID

Words 3 through 13 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =220

Main Index

Hyperelastic pentahedron 15-noded nonlinear format (PENTAFD)

569

570

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description GRID

Words 3 through 17 repeat 006 times ELTYPE =221

Main Index

Hyperelastic tetrahedron 10-noded nonlinear format (TETRAFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

SYZ

RS

9

SZX

RS

10

PRESSURE

RS

GRID

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

11

VOLSTR

RS

12

EX

RS

13

EY

RS

14

EZ

RS

15

EXY

RS

16

EYZ

RS

17

EZX

RS

Description

Words 3 through 17 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =222

Hyperelastic axi. triangular 3-noded nonlinear format (TRIAX3FD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

GRID

Words 3 through 13 repeat 003 times ELTYPE =223

Main Index

Hyperelastic axi. quadrilateral 8-noded nonlinear format (QUADXFD)

2

TYPE

CHAR4

3

ID

I

4

SX

RS

5

SY

RS

GRID

571

572

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

6

SZ

RS

7

SXY

RS

8

PRESSURE

RS

9

VOLSTR

RS

10

EX

RS

11

EY

RS

12

EZ

RS

13

EXY

RS

Description

Words 3 through 13 repeat 004 times ELTYPE =224 2

F

RS

Force

3

S

RS

Stress

ELTYPE =225

Nonlinear ELAS3

2

F

RS

Force

3

S

RS

Stress

ELTYPE =226

Main Index

Nonlinear ELAS1

Nonlinear BUSH

2

FX

RS

Force X

3

FY

RS

Force Y

4

FZ

RS

Force Z

5

STX

RS

Stress translational X

6

STY

RS

Stress translational Y

7

STZ

RS

Stress translational Z

8

ETX

RS

Strain rotational X

9

ETY

RS

Strain rotational Y

10

ETZ

RS

Strain rotational Z

11

MX

RS

Moment X

12

MY

RS

Moment Y

13

MZ

RS

Moment Z

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

14

SRX

RS

Stress rotational X

15

SRY

RS

Stress rotational Y

16

SRZ

RS

Stress rotational Z

17

ERX

RS

Strain rotational X

18

ERY

RS

Strain rotational Y

19

ERZ

RS

Strain rotational Z

ELTYPE =232

Quadr composite (Same as Quad4 composite)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PLY

I

3

EX1

RS

Normal-1

4

EY1

RS

Normal-2

5

ET1

RS

Shear-12

6

EL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

EL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

SCODE,6 =01

Main Index

Type

Lamina number

Stress

2

PLY

I

Lamina number

3

SX1

RS

Normal-1

4

SY1

RS

Normal-2

5

T1

RS

Shear-12

6

SL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

SL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal

573

574

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word 11

Name TMAX1

Type RS

Description von Mises or Maximum shear

End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =233

Triar composite (Same as Quad4 composite)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

2

PLY

I

3

EX1

RS

Normal-1

4

EY1

RS

Normal-2

5

ET1

RS

Shear-12

6

EL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

EL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

EMJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

EMNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

ETMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

SCODE,6 =01

Lamina number

Stress

2

PLY

I

Lamina number

3

SX1

RS

Normal-1

4

SY1

RS

Normal-2

5

T1

RS

Shear-12

6

SL1

RS

Shear-1Z

7

SL2

RS

Shear-2Z

8

A1

RS

Shear angle

9

MJRP1

RS

Major principal

10

MNRP1

RS

Minor principal

11

TMAX1

RS

von Mises or Maximum shear

End SCODE,6 ELTYPE =235

Main Index

Quadrilateral plate element for center punch (CQUADR)

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

EY1

RS

4

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

5

A1

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1

6

EMJRP1

RS

Major Principal at Z1

7

EMNRP1

RS

Minor Principal at Z1

8

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum Shear at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

10

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

13

A2

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2

14

EMJRP2

RS

Major Principal at Z2

15

EMNRP2

RS

Minor Principal at Z2

16

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum Shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

9

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

575

576

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

10

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

4

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

5

A1

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1

6

MJRP1

RS

Major Principal at Z1

7

MNRP1

RS

Minor Principal at Z1

8

TMAX1

RS

Maximum Shear at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

10

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

13

A2

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2

14

MJRP2

RS

Major Principal at Z2

15

MNRP2

RS

Minor Principal at Z2

16

TMAX2

RS

Maximum Shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

9

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

ELTYPE =236

Triangular plate element for center punch (CTRIAR)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

4

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

5

A1

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1

6

EMJRP1

RS

Major Principal at Z1

7

EMNRP1

RS

Minor Principal at Z1

8

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum Shear at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

10

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

577

578

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

13

A2

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2

14

EMJRP2

RS

Major Principal at Z2

15

EMNRP2

RS

Minor Principal at Z2

16

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum Shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

9

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

Word

Name

Type

Description

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

4

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

5

A1

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Description

6

MJRP1

RS

Major Principal at Z1

7

MNRP1

RS

Minor Principal at Z1

8

TMAX1

RS

Maximum Shear at Z1

9

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

10

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

13

A2

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2

14

MJRP2

RS

Major Principal at Z2

15

MNRP2

RS

Minor Principal at Z2

16

TMAX2

RS

Maximum Shear at Z2

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

1

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

2

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

3

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

4

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

5

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

8

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

9

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

10

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

11

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

12

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

13

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

14

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6

Main Index

Type

579

580

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

ELTYPE =237

Triangular plate element for corner output (CTRIAR)

SCODE,6 =0

Strain

TCODE,7 =0

Real

1

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

2

GRID

I

Number active grids ID or grid ID

3

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

4

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

A1

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1

8

EMJRP1

RS

Major Principal at Z1

9

EMNRP1

RS

Minor Principal at Z1

10

ETMAX1

RS

Maximum Shear at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

12

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

15

A2

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2

16

EMJRP2

RS

Major Principal at Z2

17

EMNRP2

RS

Minor Principal at Z2

18

ETMAX2

RS

Maximum Shear at Z2

Words 2 through 18 repeat 004 times

Main Index

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

1

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

2

GRID

I

Number active grids ID or grid ID

3

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

4

EX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

EX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

6

EY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

EY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

ETXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

9

ETXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

11

EX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

EX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

EY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

EY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

ETXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

ETXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 2 through 16 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

Word

Name

Type

Description

1

TERM

CHAR4

"CENTER"

2

GRID

I

Number active grids ID or grid ID

3

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

4

EX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

EY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

ETXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

8

EX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

9

EY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

10

ETXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 2 through 10 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7

Main Index

SCODE,6 =01

Stress

TCODE,7 =0

Real

581

582

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

1

TERM

CHAR4

"CEN"

2

GRID

I

Number active grids ID or grid ID

3

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

4

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

A1

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z1

8

MJRP1

RS

Major Principal at Z1

9

MNRP1

RS

Minor Principal at Z1

10

TMAX1

RS

Maximum Shear at Z1

11

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

12

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

15

A2

RS

Theta (Shear Angle) at Z2

16

MJRP2

RS

Major Principal at Z2

17

MNRP2

RS

Minor Principal at Z2

18

TMAX2

RS

Maximum Shear at Z2

Words 2 through 18 repeat 004 times

Main Index

TCODE,7 =1

Real / Imaginary

1

TERM

CHAR4

2

GRID

I

Number active grids ID or grid ID

3

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

4

SX1R

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

SX1I

RS

Normal in x at Z1

6

SY1R

RS

Normal in y at Z1

7

SY1I

RS

Normal in y at Z1

8

TXY1R

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

TXY1I

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

10

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

11

SX2R

RS

Normal in x at Z2

12

SX2I

RS

Normal in x at Z2

13

SY2R

RS

Normal in y at Z2

14

SY2I

RS

Normal in y at Z2

15

TXY2R

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

16

TXY2I

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 2 through 16 repeat 004 times TCODE,7 =2

Random Responses

1

TERM

CHAR4

2

GRID

I

Number active grids ID or grid ID

3

FD1

RS

Fiber distance at Z1

4

SX1

RS

Normal in x at Z1

5

SY1

RS

Normal in y at Z1

6

TXY1

RS

Shear in xy at Z1

7

FD2

RS

Fiber distance at Z2

8

SX2

RS

Normal in x at Z2

9

SY2

RS

Normal in y at Z2

10

TXY2

RS

Shear in xy at Z2

Words 2 through 10 repeat 004 times End TCODE,7 End SCODE,6 End ELTYPE End THERMAL

Main Index

583

584

OES Table of element stresses or strains

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

1

UNDEF(5)

none

6

WORD6

I

Description

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

Notes: 1. For CBEAM (2) Item codes are given for end A. Addition of the quantity (K-1) 10 to the item code points to the same information for other stations, where K is the station number. K=11 for end B and 2-10 for intermediate stations. 2.

For CTRIA6 (53) The stresses are repeated for each of the stress points within each element. For CHEX8 there are 9 stress points for each element. For CHEX20 there are 9 plus (the number of nondeleted mid-side nodes) stress points for each element.

3. For QUAD8 (64) For corner grids, real , add 17I to items 3 through 19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (87 total words). For corner grids, real/imaginary add 15I to items 3 through 19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (77 total words).

Main Index

OGF Table of grid point forces

OGF

Table of grid point forces

Table of grid point forces. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Block name

Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table code; always 19

3

UNDEF

4

SUBCASE

none I

Subcase number

ACODE,4 =0 5

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =01 5

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =02 5

MODE

ACODE,4 =03 5

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =04 5

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =05 5

FREQ

ACODE,4 =06 5

TIME

ACODE,4 =07 5

Main Index

UNDEF

none

Not defined

Statics none

See word 8

Real Eigenvalues I

Mode Number

Differential Stiffness 0 none

See word 8

Differential Stiffness 1 none

See word 8

Frequency RS

Frequency

Transient RS

Time step

Buckling 0 ( Pre-buckling ) none

See word 8

585

586

OGF Table of grid point forces

Word

Name

ACODE,4 =08 5

MODE

ACODE,4 =09 5

MODE

ACODE,4 =10 5

LOADFAC

ACODE,4 =11 5

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =12 5

TIME

Type

Description

Buckling 1 ( Post buckling ) I

Mode number

Complex Eigenvalues I

Mode number

Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 106 ) RS

Load factor

Geometric Nonlinear Statics ( Sol 4 ? ) ) none

See word 8

CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) RS

Time step

End ACODE,4

Main Index

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

8

LOADSET

I

Load set or zero

9

FCODE

I

Format Code

10

NUMWDE(C)

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

UNDEF(2 )

13

SETID

14

EIGENR

RS

Natural eigenvalue -- real part

15

EIGENI

RS

Natural eigenvalue -- imaginary part

16

FREQ

RS

Natural frequency

17

UNDEF(34 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

none I

Set identification number

none

OGF Table of grid point forces

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

TCODE,1 =1 1

EKEY

TCODE,1 =02

Type

Description

Sort 1 I

Device code + 10* point identification number

Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT

ACODE,4 =0 1

UNDEF

none

Not defined

ACODE,4 =01 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* Point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =02 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =03 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =04 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =05 1

FREQ

RS

Frequency

RS

Time step

ACODE,4 =06 1

TIME

ACODE,4 =07 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =08 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =09

Main Index

587

588

OGF Table of grid point forces

Word 1

Name

Type

EKEY

I

Description Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =10 1

FQTS

RS

Frequency or Time step

ACODE,4 =11 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Element identification number if element force; otherwise zero

ACODE,4 =12 1

EKEY

End ACODE,4 End TCODE,1 2

EID

3

ELNAME(2)

NUMWDE =10

real

5

F1

RS

Force in displacement coordinate system direction 1

6

F2

RS

Force in displacement coordinate system direction 2

7

F3

RS

Force in displacement coordinate system direction 3

8

M1

RS

Moment in displacement coordinate system direction 1

9

M2

RS

Moment in displacement coordinate system direction 2

10

M3

RS

Moment in displacement coordinate system direction 3

NUMWDE =16

Main Index

CHAR4

complex

5

F1R

RS

6

F2R

RS

OGF Table of grid point forces

Word

Name

Type

7

F3R

RS

8

M1R

RS

9

M2R

RS

10

M3R

RS

11

F1I

RS

12

F2I

RS

13

F3I

RS

14

M1I

RS

15

M2I

RS

16

M3I

RS

Description

End NUMWDE Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

1

UNDEF

none

2

WORD2

I

3

UNDEF(3)

6

WORD6

Description

Number of identification number/data records

none I

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

Notes: 1.

Records repeat for each subcase having any output requests.

2.

Device code: 1 = print 2 = plot 4 = punch 5 = print, and punch, etc.

3.

Approach code: 1 = statics

Main Index

589

590

OGF Table of grid point forces

2 = reigen 3 = ds0 4 = ds1 5 = freq 6 = bkl0 7 = bkl1 8 = ceigen 9 = pla

Main Index

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

OGS

Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

SORT1, SORT2, and real formats only. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

WORD

Type CHAR4 I

Description Data block name Month, day, year, 0, 1

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Type

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table type code

3

ID

I

Surface or volume identification number

4

SUBCASE

I

Subcase or mode identification number

ACODE =01 5

LSDVMN

6

UNDEF

ACODE =02

Statics I

Real Eigenvalues

MODE

I

6

EIGN

RS

5

TIME

6

UNDEF

ACODE =10 5

LOADSTEP

6

UNDEF

UNDEF

Mode number Eigenvalue

Transient RS

Time step

none Nonlinear Statics RS none

End ACODE 7

Load set number

none

5

ACODE =06

Main Index

Description

none

Load step

591

592

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

REFID

I

Reference coordinate system identification number

9

FCODE

I

Format code

10

NUMWDE

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

SCODE

I

Stress/strain code

12

OCOORD

I

Output coordinate system code

13

AXIS

I

Axis specification code

14

NORMAL

I

Normal specification code

15

UNDEF(36 )

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

none

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

TCODE =26

Main Index

Type

Description

Surface

1

EKEY

I

10*grid point identification number + device code

2

ID

I

Element identification number

3

FIBRE

4

NX

RS

Normal in x

5

NY

RS

Normal in y

6

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

7

A

RS

Angle

8

MJRP

RS

Major principal

9

MNRP

RS

Minor principal

10

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

11

HVM

RS

Hency-von Mises

CHAR4

Fibre

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

Word

Name

TCODE =27

Description

Volume with direct

1

EKEY

2

NX

RS

Normal in x

3

NY

RS

Normal in y

4

NZ

RS

Normal in z

5

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

6

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

7

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

8

PR

RS

Mean pressure

9

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises or Octahedral

TCODE =28

Main Index

Type

I

10*grid point identification number + Device Code

Volume with principal

1

EKEY

I

10*grid point identification number + device code

2

LXA

RS

Direction cosine from x to a

3

LXB

RS

Direction cosine from x to b

4

LXC

RS

Direction cosine from x to c

5

LYA

RS

Direction cosine from y to a

6

LYB

RS

Direction cosine from y to b

7

LYC

RS

Direction cosine from y to c

8

LZA

RS

Direction cosine from z to a

9

LZB

RS

Direction cosine from z to b

10

LZC

RS

Direction cosine from z to c

11

SA

RS

Principal in a

12

SB

RS

Principal in b

13

SC

RS

Principal in c

14

EPR

RS

Mean pressure

15

EHVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises or octahedral

593

594

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

Word

Name

TCODE =29

Description

Element discontinuities for surface

1

EKEY

2

ELTYPE(2)

CHAR4

Element type

4

FIBRE

CHAR4

Fibre

5

NX

RS

Normal in x

6

NY

RS

Normal in y

7

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

MJPR

RS

Major principal

9

MNPR

RS

Minor principal

10

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

11

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises

12

ERR

RS

Error estimate

TCODE =30 1

EKEY

2

ELTYPE(2)

4

I

10*grid point identification number + Device code

Element discontinuities for volumes with direct I

10*Element identification number + Device code

CHAR4

Element type

NX

RS

Normal in x

5

NY

RS

Normal in y

6

NZ

RS

Normal in z

7

SXY

RS

Shear in xy

8

SYZ

RS

Shear in yz

9

SZX

RS

Shear in zx

10

PR

RS

Mean pressure

11

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises

12

ERR

RS

Error estimate

TCODE =31 1

Main Index

Type

EKEY

Element discontinuities for volumes with principal I

10*element identification number + Device code

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

Word

Name

2

ELTYPE(2)

4

Description

CHAR4

Element type

SA

RS

Principal in a

5

SB

RS

Principal in b

6

SC

RS

Principal in c

7

MP

RS

Mean pressure

8

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises or octahedral

9

ERR

RS

Error estimate

TCODE =32

Grid point discontinuities for surface

1

EKEY

I

2

FIBRE

CHAR4

3

NX

RS

Normal in x

4

NY

RS

Normal in y

5

NXY

RS

Shear in xy

6

MJPR

RS

Major principal

7

MNPR

RS

Minor principal

8

TMAX

RS

Maximum shear

9

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises

10

ERR

RS

Error estimate

TCODE =33

Main Index

Type

10*grid point identification number + Device code Fibre

Grid point discontinuities for volumes with direct

1

EKEY

I

10*grid point identification number + device Code

2

NX

RS

Normal in x

3

NY

RS

Normal in y

4

NZ

RS

Normal in z

5

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

6

TYZ

RS

Shear in yz

7

TZX

RS

Shear in zx

8

PR

RS

Mean pressure

595

596

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

Word

Name

Type

Description

9

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises or octahedral

10

ERR

RS

Error estimate

TCODE =34

Grid point discontinuities for volumes with principal

1

EKEY

2

SA

RS

Principal in a

3

SB

RS

Principal in b

4

SC

RS

Principal in c

5

PR

RS

Mean pressure

6

HVM

RS

Hencky-von Mises or octahedral

7

ERR

RS

Error estimate

TCODE =35

I

10*grid point identification number + device Code

Grid point stresses for surfaces with plane strain

1

EKEY

I

10*grid point identification number and grid code

2

NX

RS

Normal in x

3

NY

RS

Normal in y

4

NZ

RS

Normal in z (always -1)

5

TXY

RS

Shear in xy

6

PR

RS

Mean pressure (always -1)

End TCODE,2 End TABLE Record 3 -- TRAILER Word 1

Name UNDEF(6 )

Type

Description

none

Notes: 1. Records repeat for each surface or volume. 2. Record 2 is the same format for stress (SCODE=0) or strain (SCODE=1).

Main Index

OGS Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities

3. Format Code ’1’ implies real. 4. Output coordinate system code 1 = Surface or CID for 3D 2 = Element 3 = Basic (3D only) 5. Axis specification code (for surfaces only) 1 = X Axis 2 = Y Axis 3 = Z Axis 6. Normal Specification code (for surfaces only ) 1 = Radius vector 2 = X Axis 3 = Y Axis 4 = Z Axis 5 = -X Axis 6 = -Y Axis 7 = -Z Axis 8 = -Radius vector

Main Index

597

598

OPG Table of applied loads

OPG

Table of applied loads

For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

WORD

Type CHAR4 I

Description Data block name No def or month, year, one, one

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table code

3

UNDEF

4

SUBCASE

none I

TCODE =1

Sort 1

ACODE =01

Statics

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE =02

Subcase or random identification number

Load set number

Real Eigenvalues

5

MODE

I

6

EIGN

RS

Eigenvalue

7

MODECYCL

F1

Mode or cycle

ACODE =03

Mode number

Differential Stiffness

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE =04

Main Index

Type

Load set number

Differential Stiffness

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

Load set number

OPG Table of applied loads

Word

Name

ACODE =05 5

FREQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE =06 5

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE =07

Type Frequency RS

Transient RS

Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling) I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

LSDVMN

6

EIGR

7

UNDEF

ACODE =09

Load set

Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) I RS

Mode number Eigenvalue

none Complex Eigenvalues

5

MODE

6

EIGR

RS

Eigenvalue (real)

7

EIGI

RS

Eigenvalue (imaginary)

ACODE =10 5

LFTSFQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE =11

I

RS

Old geometric nonlinear statics I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

Load set

CONTRAN ? (May appear as ACODE=6) RS none

End ACODE TCODE =02

Load step

none

LSDVMN

5

Mode

Nonlinear statics

5

ACODE =12

Main Index

Time step

none

LSDVMN

5

Frequency

none

5

ACODE =08

Description

Sort 2

Time

599

600

OPG Table of applied loads

Word

Name

Type

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

Description Load set, Mode Number

End TCODE 8

RCODE

I

Random code

9

FCODE(C)

I

Format Code

10

NUMWDE

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

UNDEF(12 )

none

23

THERMAL

I

24

UNDEF(27 )

none

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

TCODE =1 1

Type

Description

Sort 1 EKEY

TCODE =02

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT

ACODE =01 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE =02 1 ACODE =03 1

Main Index

OPG Table of applied loads

Word

Name

Type

Description

ACODE =04 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

FREQ

RS

Frequency

TIME

RS

Time step

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

FQTS

RS

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Point type: G for grid and S for scalar

ACODE =05 1 ACODE =06 1 ACODE =07 1 ACODE =08 1 ACODE =09 1 ACODE =10 1

Frequency or time step

ACODE =11 1 ACODE =12 1

End ACODE End TCODE 2

TYPE

FCODE =0 or 2

Main Index

Real or random response

3

F1

RS

Applied force in direction 1

4

F2

RS

Applied force in direction 2

601

602

OPG Table of applied loads

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

F3

RS

Applied force in direction 3

6

M1

RS

Applied moment in direction 1

7

M2

RS

Applied moment in direction 2

8

M3

RS

Applied moment in direction 3

FCODE =1

Real/Imaginary

3

F1R

RS

Applied force in direction 1 --real

4

F2R

RS

Applied force in direction 2 -- real

5

F3R

RS

Applied force in direction 3 -- real

6

M1R

RS

Applied moment in direction 1 -- real

7

M2R

RS

Applied moment in direction 2 -- real

8

M3R

RS

Applied moment in direction 3 -- real

9

F1I

RS

Applied force in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

F2I

RS

Applied force in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

F3I

RS

Applied force in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

M1I

RS

Applied moment in direction 1 -imaginary

13

M2I

RS

Applied moment in direction 2 -imaginary

14

M3I

RS

Applied moment in direction 3 -imaginary

End FCODE Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

UNDEF(5 )

6

WORD6

Type

Description

none I

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters

Table of optimization parameters

OPTPRM

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- PARAMS Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

APRCOD

I

Approach code

2

IPRINT

I

Print parameter

3

DESMAX

I

Maximum design cycles

4

METHOD

I

Optimization method

5

DELP

RS

Allowed property change

6

DPMIN

RS

Minimum DELP

7

PTOL

RS

Property tolerance

8

CONV1

RS

Relative objective convergence criterion

9

CONV2

RS

Absolute objective convergence criterion

10

GMAX

RS

Maximum allowed constraint violation

11

DELX

RS

Allowed design variable change

12

DLXMIN

RS

Minimum DELX

13

DELB

RS

Finite difference step

14

GSCAL

RS

Constraint scale factor

15

CONVDV

RS

Relative design variable convergence criterion

16

CONVPR

RS

Absolute design variable convergence criterion

17

P1

I

DOM print parameter

18

P2

I

DOM print parameter

19

CT

RS

Active constraint threshold

20

CTMIN

RS

Violated constraint threshold

603

604

OPTPRM Table of optimization parameters

Word

Name

Type

Description

21

DABOBJ

RS

DOT absolute objective convergence criterion

22

DELOBJ

RS

DOT relative objective convergence criterion

23

DOBJ1

RS

1-D search absolute objective limit

24

DOBJ2

RS

1-D search relative objective limit

25

DX1

RS

1-D search absolute DV limit

26

DX2

RS

1-D search relative DV limit

27

ISCAL

I

Scaling flag

28

ITMAX

I

Maximum DOT MFD iterations

29

ITRMOP

I

DOT convergence MFD criterion

30

IWRITE

I

File for optimizer print

31

IGMAX

I

Active constraint counter

32

JTMAX

I

Maximum DOT SLP iterations

33

ITRMST

I

DOT convergence SLP criterion

34

JPRINT

I

SLP print code

35

IPRNT1

I

Scale factor print

36

IPRNT2

I

1-D search print

37

JWRITE

I

File for iteration history print

38

STPSCL

RS

Scale factor for shape step size

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word 1

Main Index

Name UNDEF(6 )

Type none

Description

OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

OQG

For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

WORD

Type CHAR4 I

Description Data block name No def or month, year, one, one

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table Code (3 for SPCForces or 39 for MPCForces)

3

UNDEF

4

SUBCASE

none I

TCODE =1

Sort 1

ACODE =01

Statics

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE =02

Subcase or random identification number

Load set number

Real Eigenvalues

5

MODE

I

6

EIGN

RS

Eigenvalue

7

MODECYCL

F1

Mode or cycle

ACODE =03 LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

5

LSDVMN

Mode number

Differential Stiffness

5

ACODE =04

Main Index

Type

Load set number

Differential Stiffness I

Load set number

605

606

OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

Word 6

Name

Type

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE =05 5

FREQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE =06 5

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE =07

RS

Transient RS

Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

LSDVMN

6

EIGR

7

UNDEF

Time step

none

I

5

Frequency

none

LSDVMN

ACODE =09

Load set

Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) I RS

Mode number Eigenvalue

none Complex Eigenvalues

5

MODE

6

EIGR

RS

Eigenvalue (real)

7

EIGI

RS

Eigenvalue (imaginary)

ACODE =10 5

LFTSFQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE =11

I

RS

Old geometric nonlinear statics I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

End ACODE

Load step

none

LSDVMN

5

Mode

Nonlinear statics

5

ACODE =12

Main Index

Frequency

5

ACODE =08

Description

Load set

CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) RS none

Time

OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

Word

Name

TCODE =02

Type

Description

Sort 2

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

Load set, mode number

End TCODE 8

RCODE

I

Random code

9

FCODE(C)

I

Format Code

10

NUMWDE

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

UNDEF

none

12

UNDEF(11 )

none

23

THERMAL

I

24

UNDEF(27 )

none

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

=1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

TCODE =1 1

Type

Description

Sort 1 EKEY

TCODE =02

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT

ACODE =01 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE =02 1 ACODE =03

Main Index

607

608

OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

Word 1

Name

Type

Description

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

FREQ

RS

Frequency

TIME

RS

Time step

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

FQTS

RS

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Point type: 1 for grid and 2 for scalar

ACODE =04 1 ACODE =05 1 ACODE =06 1 ACODE =07 1 ACODE =08 1 ACODE =09 1 ACODE =10 1

Frequency or time step

ACODE =11 1 ACODE =12 1

End ACODE End TCODE 2

TYPE

FCODE =0 or 2

Main Index

Real or random response

OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

Word

Name

Description

3

QF1

RS

Constraint force in direction 1

4

QF2

RS

Constraint force in direction 2

5

QF3

RS

Constraint force in direction 3

6

QM1

RS

Constraint moment in direction 1

7

QM2

RS

Constraint moment in direction 2

8

QM3

RS

Constraint moment in direction 3

FCODE =1

Real/Imaginary

3

QF1R

RS

Constraint force in direction 1 -- real

4

QF2R

RS

Constraint force in direction 2 -- real

5

QF3R

RS

Constraint force in direction 3 -- real

6

QM1R

RS

Constraint moment in direction 1 -- real

7

QM2R

RS

Constraint moment in direction 2 -- real

8

QM3R

RS

Constraint moment in direction 3 -- real

9

QF1I

RS

Constraint force in direction 1 -imaginary

10

QF2I

RS

Constraint force in direction 2 -imaginary

11

QF3I

RS

Constraint force in direction 3 -imaginary

12

QM1I

RS

Constraint moment in direction 1 -imaginary

13

QM2I

RS

Constraint moment in direction 2 -imaginary

14

QM3I

RS

Constraint moment in direction 3 -imaginary

End FCODE

Main Index

Type

609

610

OQG Table of single or multipoint constraint forces

Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

PB

I

Number of giga-word blocks used

2

RW

I

Words used in current process block

3

UNDEF(3 )

6

WORD6

none I

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

OUG

Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Also, temperatures for heat transfer and sound pressure levels for acoustic analyses. For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats. Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

WORD

Type CHAR4 I

Description Data block name No def or month, year, one, one

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- IDENT Word

Name

Description

1

ACODE(C)

I

Device code + 10*approach code

2

TCODE(C)

I

Table code

3

UNDEF

4

SUBCASE

none I

TCODE,1 =1

Sort 1

ACODE,4 =01

Statics

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

ACODE,4 =02

Subcase or Random identification number

Load set number

Real Eigenvalues

5

MODE

I

6

EIGN

RS

Eigenvalue

7

MODECYCL

F1

Mode or cycle

ACODE,4 =03 LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

5

LSDVMN

Mode number

Differential Stiffness

5

ACODE,4 =04

Main Index

Type

Load set number

Differential Stiffness I

Load set number

611

612

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word 6

Name UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =05 5

FREQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =06 5

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =07

Frequency RS

Transient RS

Buckling Phase 0 (Pre-buckling)

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

6

EIGR

7

UNDEF

ACODE,4 =09

Time Step

none

I

LSDVMN

Frequency

none

LSDVMN

5

Description

none

5

ACODE,4 =08

Load set

Buckling Phase 1 (Post-buckling) I RS

Mode number Eigenvalue

none Complex Eigenvalues

5

MODE

6

EIGR

RS

Eigenvalue (real)

7

EIGI

RS

Eigenvalue (imaginary)

ACODE,4 =10 5

LFTSFQ

6

UNDEF(2 )

ACODE,4 =11

I

RS

Old geometric nonlinear statics I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

TIME

6

UNDEF(2 )

End ACODE,4

Load step

none

LSDVMN

5

Mode

Nonlinear statics

5

ACODE,4 =12

Main Index

Type

Load set

CONTRAN ? ( May appear as ACODE=6 ) RS none

Time

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

TCODE,1 =02

Type

Description

Sort 2

5

LSDVMN

I

6

UNDEF(2 )

none

Load set, mode number

End TCODE,1 8

RCODE

I

Random code

9

FCODE

I

Format Code

10

NUMWDE

I

Number of words per entry in DATA record

11

UNDEF(2 )

none

13

ACFLAG(C)

I

14

UNDEF(9 )

none

23

THERMAL

I

24

UNDEF(27 )

none

51

TITLE(32)

CHAR4

Title

83

SUBTITL(32)

CHAR4

Subtitle

115

LABEL(32)

CHAR4

Label

Acoustic presure flag

1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise

Record 2 -- DATA Word

Name

TCODE,1 =01 1

EKEY

TCODE,1 =02

Type

Description

Sort 1 I

Device code + 10* point identification number

Sort 2 -- Swap with word 5 of IDENT

ACODE,4 =01 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =02 1

Main Index

EKEY

613

614

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

Type

Description

ACODE,4 =03 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =04 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =05 1

FREQ

RS

Frequency

RS

Time step

ACODE,4 =06 1

TIME

ACODE,4 =07 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =08 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =09 1

EKEY

ACODE,4 =10 1

FQTS

RS

Frequency or time step

ACODE,4 =11 1

EKEY

I

Device code + 10* point identification number

ACODE,4 =12 Word

Name

Type

1

EKEY

I

End ACODE,4 End TCODE,1

Main Index

Description Device code + 10* point identification number

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word 2

Name

Type

TYPE

TABLCODE=01

I

Description Point type: G for grid and S for scalar

Displacement -- TablCode=MOD(TCODE,1000)

TCODE,2 =01 ACFLAG =0

Real

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

DT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Real/ Imaginary

3

DT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

DT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

DT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

DT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

DR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

DR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

DR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 ACFLAG =2

Acoustic Pressure

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

Main Index

P

RS

Sound pressure level

615

616

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

Type

Description

4

PRMS

RS

RMS Sound pressure level

5

DB

RS

Sound pressure level in dB

6

DBA

RS

Sound pressure level in dBA

7

UNDEF(2 )

TCODE,7 =1

none Real/ Imaginary

3

PR

RS

Sound pressure level

4

PRMSR

RS

RMS Sound pressure level

5

DBR

RS

Sound pressure level in dB

6

DBAR

RS

Sound pressure level in dBA

7

PI

RS

Sound pressure level -- imaginary

8

PRMSI

RS

RMS Sound pressure level -- imaginary

9

DBI

RS

Sound pressure level in dB -- imaginary

10

DBAI

RS

Sound pressure level in dBA -imaginary

11

UNDEF(4 )

none

End TCODE,7 End ACFLAG TCODE,2 =07

Eigenvector Displacement

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

DT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/ Imaginary

3

DT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

Type

Description

5

DT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

DT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

DT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

DT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

DR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

DR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

DR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 TCODE,2 =10

Velocity

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

VT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

VT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

VT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

VR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

VR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

VR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/ Imaginary

3

VT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

VT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

VT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

VR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

VR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

VR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

VT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

VT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

617

618

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

Type

Description

11

VT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

VR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

VR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

VR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 TCODE,2 =11

Acceleration

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

AT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

AT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

AT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

AR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

AR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

AR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Real/ Imaginary

3

AT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

AT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

AT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

AR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

AR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

AR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

AT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

AT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

AT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

AR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

AR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

AR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 TCODE,2 =14

Main Index

Eigenvector Displacement (Solution Set)

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Type

Description

Real or random response

3

DT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Real/ Imaginary

3

DT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

DT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

DT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

DT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

DR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

DR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

DR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7

Main Index

TCODE,2 =15

Displacement (Solution Set)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

DT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

619

620

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word 8

Name DR3

TCODE,7 =1

Type RS

Description Rotation in direction 3

Real/ Imaginary

3

DT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

DT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

DT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

DR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

DR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

DR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

DT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

DT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

DT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

DR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

DR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

DR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 TCODE,2 =16

Velocity (Solution Set)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

VT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

VT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

VT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

VR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

VR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

VR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/ Imaginary

3

VT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

VT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

VT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

VR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

Type

Description

7

VR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

VR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

VT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

VT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

VT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

VR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

13

VR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

VR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 TCODE,2 =17

Acceleration (Solution Set)

TCODE,7 =0 or 2

Real or random response

3

AT1

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

AT2

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

AT3

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

AR1

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

AR2

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

AR3

RS

Rotation in direction 3

TCODE,7 =1

Main Index

Real/ Imaginary

3

AT1R

RS

Translation in direction 1

4

AT2R

RS

Translation in direction 2

5

AT3R

RS

Translation in direction 3

6

AR1R

RS

Rotation in direction 1

7

AR2R

RS

Rotation in direction 2

8

AR3R

RS

Rotation in direction 3

9

AT1I

RS

Translation in direction 1 -- imaginary

10

AT2I

RS

Translation in direction 2 -- imaginary

11

AT3I

RS

Translation in direction 3 -- imaginary

12

AR1I

RS

Rotation in direction 1 -- imaginary

621

622

OUG Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations

Word

Name

Type

Description

13

AR2I

RS

Rotation in direction 2 -- imaginary

14

AR3I

RS

Rotation in direction 3 -- imaginary

End TCODE,7 End TCODE,2 Record 3 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

UNDEF(5 )

6

WORD6

Type

Description

none I

OR’ed value of the device code extracted from ACODE across all IDENT records

R1MAP Table of mapping from original first level

R1MAP

Table of mapping from original first level

(Direct) Retained Responses Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- RESPONSE Word 1

Name IRID

Type I

Description Internal response identification number

Word 1 repeats until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I none

Description Number of responses

623

624

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

R1TAB

Table of type one response attributes

Table of type one response attributes. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat Word

Name

Description

1

IRID

I

Internal response identification number

2

RID

I

External response identification number

3

TYPE(C)

I

Response type

4

LABEL(2)

CHAR4

6

REGION

I

Region identifier

7

SCID

I

Subcase identification number

TYPE =1

Label

Weight

8

UNDEF(2 )

10

SEID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =2

none I

Superelement identification number or ALL

none Volume

8

UNDEF(2 )

10

SEID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =3

none I

Superelement identification number or ALL

none Lama

8

MODE

I

Mode number

9

APRX

I

Approximation code

10

UNDEF(3 )

TYPE =4

Main Index

Type

none Eign

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Word

Name

Description

8

MODE

I

Mode number

9

APRX

I

Approximation code

10

UNDEF(3 )

TYPE =5

none Disp

8

COMP

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

GRID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =6

I

Displacement component

Grid identification number

none Stress

8

ICODE

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

PID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =7

I

Stress item code

Property entry identification number

none Strain

8

ICODE

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

PID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =8

I

Strain item code

Property entry identification number

none Force

8

ICODE

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

PID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =9

Main Index

Type

I

Force item code

Property entry identification number

none CFAILURE

8

ICODE

I

Failure criterion item code

9

PLY

I

Lamina number

10

PID

I

Property entry identification number

11

UNDEF(2 )

none

625

626

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Word

Name

TYPE =10

Description

CSTRESS

8

ICODE

I

Stress item code

9

PLY

I

Lamina number

10

PID

I

Property entry identification number

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =11

none CSTRAIN

8

ICODE

I

Strain item code

9

PLY

I

Lamina number

10

PID

I

Property entry identification number

TYPE =40

FRDISP

8

COMP

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

GRID

I

11

FREQ

RS

12

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =41

Grid identification number Frequency

none

8

COMP

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

GRID

I

11

FREQ

RS

12

UNDEF(2 )

Velocity component

Grid identification number Frequency

none FRACCL

8

COMP

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

GRID

I

11

FREQ

RS

12

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =43

Displacement component

FRVELO

TYPE =42

Main Index

Type

none FRSPCF

Acceleration component

Grid identification number Frequency

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Word

Name

8

COMP

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

GRID

I

11

FREQ

RS

12

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =44

Description SPCForce component

Grid identification number Frequency

none FRSTRE

8

ICODE

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

PID

11

FREQ

12

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =45

I RS

Stress item code

Property entry identification number Frequency

none FRFORC

8

ICODE

I

9

UNDEF

none

10

PID

11

FREQ

12

UNDEF

TYPE =46

I RS

Force item code

Property entry identification number Frequency

none PSDDISP

8

COMP

I

PSD Displacement component

9

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

10

GRID

I

Grid identification number

11

FREQ

RS

12

UNDEF

TYPE =47

Main Index

Type

Frequency

none PSDVELO

8

COMP

I

PSD velocity component

9

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

10

GRID

I

Grid identification number

11

FREQ

RS

Frequency

627

628

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Word 12

Name UNDEF

TYPE =48

Description

none PSDACCL

8

COMP

I

PSD acceleration component

9

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

10

GRID

I

Grid identification number

11

FREQ

RS

12

UNDEF

TYPE =49

Frequency

none RMSDISP

8

COMP

I

RMS Displacement component

9

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

10

GRID

I

Grid identification number

11

SORTFLAG

12

UNDEF

TYPE =50

RS

flag for internal sorting

none RMSVELO

8

COMP

I

RMS Velocity component

9

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

10

GRID

I

Grid identification number

11

SORTFLAG

12

UNDEF

TYPE =51

RS

flag for internal sorting

none RMSACCL

8

COMP

I

RMS acceleration component

9

RANDPS

I

RANDPS identification number

10

GRID

I

Grid identification number

11

SORTFLAG

12

UNDEF

none

11

UNDEF(2 )

none

TYPE =60 8

Main Index

Type

RS

flag for internal sorting

TDISP COMP

I

Displacement component

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Word

Name

9

TIME

RS

10

GRID

I

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =61

Description Time step Grid identification number

none TVELO

8

COMP

I

9

TIME

RS

10

GRID

I

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =62

Velocity component Time step Grid identification number

none TACCL

8

COMP

I

9

TIME

RS

10

GRID

I

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =63

Acceleration component Time step Grid identification number

none TSPCF

8

COMP

I

9

TIME

RS

10

GRID

I

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =64

SPCForce component Time step Grid identification number

none TSTRE

8

ICODE

I

9

FREQ

RS

10

PID

11

UNDEF(2 )

TYPE =65

Main Index

Type

I

Stress item code Time step Property entry identification number

none TFORCE

8

ICODE

I

9

FREQ

RS

10

PID

11

UNDEF(2 )

I none

Force item code Time step Property entry identification number

629

630

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Word

Name

TYPE =81

Type

Description

DIVERG

8

ROOT

9

UNDEF(2 )

11

MACH

12

DIVERG

TYPE =82

I

Root number

none RS I

Mach number DIVERG identification number

TRIM

8

XID

9

UNDEF(3 )

12

TRIM

TYPE =83

I

AESTAT or AESURF identification number

none I

TRIM identification number

SABDER

8

XID

I

AESTAT or AESURF identification number

9

COMP

I

Component

10

RESFLG

I

Restraint flag

11

UNDEF

none

12

TRIM

TYPE =84

I

TRIM identification number

FLUTTER

8

MODE

I

Mode number

9

MACH

RS

Mach numbers

10

VELOC

RS

Velocity

11

DENSITY

RS

Density

12

FLUTTER

I

Flutter identification number

End TYPE

Main Index

13

UNDEF

none

14

TYFLG

I

Flag to indicate how response is referenced

15

SEID

I

Superelement identificaiton number

R1TAB Table of type one response attributes

Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

1

NR1

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type

Description

I

Number of type one responses (number of records in table)

none

Notes:

Main Index

1.

Table is in IRID order and is the order in which responses are to be generated.

2.

TYFLG currently has no meaning. The intent was to use this attribute to identify responses that should always be retained in DSAD. However, this option is not currently supported.

631

632

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses

RESP12

Table of second level (synthetic) responses

Table of second level (synthetic) responses. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- Repeat -- For each Type 2 response Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

IR2ID

I

Internal response identification number

2

R2ID

I

External response identification number

3

LABEL(2)

5

EQID

I

Equation identification number

6

REG

I

Region identification number

7

METH

I

Method flag for BETA/MATCH responses

8

C1

RS

Constant to scale beta response

9

C2

RS

Constant to scale distance responses

10

C3

RS

Constant to shift lower bound

11

ND(C)

I

Number of design variables

12

NC(C)

I

Number of constants from constant table (Data block DTB)

13

NR(C)

I

Number of type one responses

14

NCORD(C)

I

Number of coordinates

15

NPROP1(C)

I

Number of type one properties

16

NCONP1(C)

I

Number of type one connectivity properties

17

NMATP1(C)

I

Number of type one material properties

18

NPROP2(C)

I

Number of type two properties

CHAR4

Label

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses

Word

Name

Type

Description

19

NCONP2(C)

I

Number of type two connectivity properties

20

NMATP2(C)

I

Number of type two material properties

21

NRR2(C)

I

Number of referenced type two responses

22

ARGDSP

I

Number of discrepancy on arguments

23

NCEQ(C)

I

Number of constants from equation table (Data block DEQATN)

24

IDV

I

Internal design variable identification number

Word 24 repeats ND times 25

CVLT1

RS

Table constant

Word 25 repeats NC times 26

IR1ID

I

Type one response identification number

Word 26 repeats NR times 27

NODE

I

Node number

28

DIR

I

Direction

Words 27 through 28 repeat NCORD times 29

PROP1ID

I

Type one property identification number

I

Type one connectivity property identification number

I

Type one material property identification number

I

Type two property identification number

Word 29 repeats NPROP1 times 30

CONP1ID

Word 30 repeats NCONP1 times 31

MATP1ID

Word 31 repeats NMATP1 times 32

PROP2ID

Word 32 repeats NPROP2 times

Main Index

633

634

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses

Word 33

Name

Type

CONP2ID

Description

I

Type two connectivity property identification number

I

Type two material property identification number

I

Type two response identification number

Word 33 repeats NCONP2 times 34

MATP2ID

Word 34 repeats NMATP2 times 35

IR2ID

Word 35 repeats NRR2 times 36

CVLQ

RS

Equation constant

Word 36 repeats NCEQ times 37

RC

I

Record count

38

ARGS

I

Number of arguments

39

OSCAR

I

Oscar type; always 13

40

DEQA

CHAR4

41

RECNUM

I

Record number

42

BIT

I

DEQATN identification number number bitwise-or-ed with bit 32

43

TLC(C)

I

Temporary VPS location count

44

TEMPVPS

I

Temporary VPS locations

Instruction word count

"DEQA"

Word 44 repeats TLC times 45

IC(C)

I

46

INST

CHAR4

Instruction character word

47

INSTI(3)

I

Instruction integer words

Words 46 through 49 repeat IC/4 times 50

DATATYP

DATATYP =1 51

INT

DATATYP =2

Main Index

I

Temporary VPS value section

Integer input I Real input

Integer

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses

Word 51

Name REAL

DATATYP =3 51

Type RS

Description Real

Character input

CHARS(2)

CHAR4

Character

End DATATYP Words 50 through max repeat until End of Record Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

NRP2

I

Number of records (type 2 responses) in the table

2

MAXL

I

Maximum record length

3

MAXEQ

I

Maximum value of EQPOS -- 1 for all the records

4

UNDEF(3 )

none

Notes:

Main Index

1.

EQPOS = 12 + ND + NC + NR + 2*NCORD + NPROP + NCEQ 1.NCC is equal to 2*NCRD.

2.

Pointer FRT1 is equal to ND+NCT+12, pointer FRCD is equal to FRT1+NCEQ, pointer FRCEQ is equal to FRCD + 2 * NCRD, pointer EQPOS is equal to FRCEQ + NCEQ.

635

636

SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)

SEMAP

Superelement Definition Table (Map)

Provides geometry and connection information for a problem formulated in terms of superelements. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- DEFINE Repeated for each superelement according to process order. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Super element identification number

2

INTIDX

I

Internal index of superelement

3

ORDER

I

Processing order

4

SEDN

I

Downstream superelement identification number

5

SEDWNIDX

I

Internal index of downstream superelement

6

PEID

I

Primary superelement identification number

7

TYPEBIT

I

Superelement type bit map (See note 3)

8

NODNCNCT

I

Number of downstream connections

9

BITINFO

I

On bits correspond to connected downstream SE’s

Word 9 repeats LENTRY-1 times Words 8 through 9 repeat NBRSE times

Main Index

10

NLBL

I

Number of SELABEL entries

11

NWLBL(C)

I

Number of words in label

12

SEID

I

Super element identification number

13

LABELI

CHAR4

Four characters in the label

SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)

Word

Name

Type

Description

Word 13 repeats NWLBL times Words 10 through 13 repeat NLBL times Record 2 -- MAP Repeated for each superelement according to process order and contains LENTRY words per grid point. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

GRIDID

I

Grid point identification number

2

GRIDBIT

I

Grid point bit map

Word 2 repeats LENTRY-1 times Record 3 -- INFO Repeated for each superelement according to process order. Word

Name

Type

Description

1

SEID

I

Superelement identification number

2

BITNO

I

Bit number for superelement

3

NG(C)

I

Number of exterior grid points

4

NE(C)

I

Number of elements NE=NBR of simple+genel+rigid

5

PEID

I

Primary superelement identification number

6

SEBITS

I

Superelement type bit map (See note 3)

7

SEDWN

I

Downstream superelement identification number

8

BITDWN

I

Bit number of downstream superelement

9

EXTGRD

I

Sorted list of exterior (boundary) grid point identification numbers

I

Sorted list of element identification numbers

Word 9 repeats NG times 10

ELIDS

Word 10 repeats NE times

Main Index

637

638

SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)

Word 11

Name

Type

PGRID

I

Description List of primary superelement exterior grids

Word 11 repeats until End of Record Record 4 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

NBRSE

I

Number of superelements including residual (NBRSE+1)

2

NBRGP

I

Total number of grid and scalar points in structure

3

NBRSCL

I

Number of scalar points

4

LENTRY

I

Number of words per entry in RECORD=MAP

5

NBRSEC

I

Number of secondary superelements

6

NWDDEF

I

Number of words per entry in RECORD=DEFINE

Notes: 1. SEID=0 implies residual. 2. This table is UNSTRUCTURED. The reason is that each of the records repeat for each superelement. The low order (right to left) 10 bits in TYPEBIT are set as follows: Bit Position: 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . 1

Main Index

Meaning ------Primary Partitioned Reflect Z Reflect Y Reflect X Repeated Collector External Mirror Identical Apply mapping transform

SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)

3. The BITINFO in ENTRY=DWNCNCT indicates the downstream superelement(s?). Bit Number

Downstream superelement is:

0

the residual structure

1 through NBRSE-1

the superelement(s) corresponding to the INTIDX-th bit(s)

4. In ENTRY=GRIDMAP, bits are numbered left to right beginning with zero and span LENTRY-1 words. Bit number

Meaning

0

grid is connected to the residual structure

1 through NBRSE-1

grid is connected to the superelement(s) corresponding to the INTIDX-th bit(s)

NBRSE

grid is a scalar point

NBRSE+1

grid is an incongruent boundary point

MAXBIT-IDBITS through MAXBIT

internal superelement index (INTIDX) to which grid is interior

5. where MAXBIT = NBPW*(LENTRY-1)-1, NBPW is the number of bits per word, and "incongruent" indicates inconsistent coordinate systems on the boundary point. 6. In RECORD=INFO The primary superelement exterior grids points are sorted in the order of the secondary exterior grid points. Only if SEQSEP is specified. 7. SELABEL is created by SEP1X only. 8. LENTRY is computed from IDBITS: a. IDBITS is the minimum number of bits required to represent NBRSE. ln ( max ( NBRSE,1 ) ) IDBITS = int  --------------------------------------------------- + 1.01   ln 2 where ln is the natural logarithm and int is the integer function.

Main Index

639

640

SEMAP Superelement Definition Table (Map)

b. LENTRY is number of words in the grid point map. NBRSE + IDBITS + 1 LENTRY = int  --------------------------------------------------------- + 2   NBPW c. For example, if NBRSE=50 and NBPW=32, then IDBITS=6 and LENTRY=3. 9. The structure of RECORD=MAP is the same for SEP1 and SEP1X, but the content is different. For SEP1X, GRIDID in RECORD=MAP identifies only boundary grid points and GRIDBIT delineates to which superelement the point connects. For SEP1 the bits are not really clear in meaning. However some rules tend to indicate when the exterior grid becomes interior. 10. RECORD=INFO is the same between both systems, although modules SEP1X and SEP2X do not use ENTRY=ELIDS. 11. ENTRY=PGRID only exists for secondary superelements with resequencing, i.e., bit 1 is on in TYPE, and list the relative primary grid points in same order as ENTRY=EXTGRD.

Main Index

SET Table of combined sets

Table of combined sets

SET

Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- (*) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

ID

I

Set identification number

2

TYPE

I

Set type

3

SETORIG

I

Origin of set

4

SETLEN

I

Length of set

5

SETMEM

I

Set members

Word 5 repeats SETLEN times Record 2 -- TRAILER Word

Name

Type

Description

1

WORD1

I

Number of sets

2

WORD2

I

Number of members in largest set

3

UNDEF(4 )

none

Notes: 1. TYPE: 0=unknown, 1=grid, 2=element, 3=grid pairs 2. SETORIG: 1=Case Control section, 2=plot section, 3=SET1 Bulk Data entries, 4=MSGMESH input

Main Index

641

642

TOL Transient response time step output list

TOL

Transient response time step output list

Record 0 -- HEADER Word

Name

1

NAME(2)

3

TIME

Type CHAR4 RS

Description Data block name Time step

Word 3 repeats until End of Record Record 1 -- TRAILER Word

Main Index

Name

1

WORD1

2

UNDEF(5 )

Type I none

Description Number of time steps

VIEWTB View information table

VIEWTB

View information table

Contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and viewgrids. Record 0 -- HEADER Word 1

Name NAME(2)

Type CHAR4

Description Data block name

Record 1 -- BEAMP(10500,105,14) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number from CID field

3

NX

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

4

NY

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

5

NZ

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

6

MTH

7

MINEID

I

Mininum VUHEXA identification number for this element

8

MAXEID

I

Maximum VUHEXA identification number for this element

9

MINGID

I

Minimum Grid identification number for this element

10

MAXGID

I

Maximum Grid identification number for this element

11

G(2)

I

Corner Grid identification numbers

13

ICORD

CHAR4

14

UNDEF

none

CHAR4

Method - 'DIRE' means direct

Not used, under re-design, see IFS11P.F line #1838

643

644

VIEWTB View information table

Record 2 -- HEXAP(14100,141,18) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number -from CID field

3

NX

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

4

NY

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

5

NZ

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

6

MTH

7

MINEID

I

Mininum VUHEXA identification number for this element

8

MAXEID

I

Maximum VUHEXA identification number for this element

9

MINGID

I

Minimum grid identification number for this element

10

MAXGID

I

Maximum grid identification number for this element

11

G(8)

I

Corner grid identification numbers

CHAR4

Method -- ’DIRE’ means direct

Record 3 -- PENTAP(14200,142,16) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number -from CID field

3

NX

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

4

NY

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

5

NZ

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

6

MTH

7

MINEID

CHAR4 I

Method -- ’DIRE’ means direct Mininum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION NUMBER for this element

VIEWTB View information table

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

MAXEID

I

Maximum VUPENTA IDENTIFICATION NUMBER for this element

9

MINGID

I

Minimum grid identification number for this element

10

MAXGID

I

Maximum grid identification number for this element

11

G(6)

I

Corner Grid identification numbers

Record 4 -- QUADP(10300,103,16) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number from CID field

3

NX

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

4

NY

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

5

NZ

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

6

MTH

7

MINEID

I

Mininum VUHEXA identification number for this element

8

MAXEID

I

Maximum VUHEXA identification number for this element

9

MINGID

I

Minimum Grid identification number for this element

10

MAXGID

I

Maximum Grid identification number for this element

11

G(4)

I

Corner Grid identification numbers

15

ICORD

CHAR4

16

THETA

RS

CHAR4

Method - 'DIRE' means direct

Rotation of convective system - from THETA field

645

646

VIEWTB View information table

Record 5 -- TETRAP(14300,143,14) Word

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number -from CID field

3

NX

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

4

NY

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

5

NZ

I

View mesh subdivision -- from VIEW field

6

MTH

7

MINEID

I

Mininum VUTETRA identification number for this element

8

MAXEID

I

Maximum VUTETRA identification number for this element

9

MINGID

I

Minimum grid identification number for this element

10

MAXGID

I

Maximum grid identification number for this element

11

G(4)

I

Corner grid identification numbers

CHAR4

Method -- ’DIRE’ means direct

Record 6 -- TRIAP(10400,104,15) Word

Main Index

Name

Type

Description

1

EID

I

Element identification number

2

CID

I

Coordinate system identification number - from CID field

3

NX

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

4

NY

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

5

NZ

I

View mesh subdivision - from VIEW field

6

MTH

7

MINEID

CHAR4 I

Method - 'DIRE' means direct Mininum VUHEXA identification number for this element

VIEWTB View information table

Word

Name

Type

Description

8

MAXEID

I

Maximum VUHEXA identification number for this element

9

MINGID

I

Minimum Grid identification number for this element

10

MAXGID

I

Maximum Grid identification number for this element

11

G(3)

I

Corner Grid identification numbers

14

ICORD

CHAR4

15

THETA

RS

Rotation of convective system - from THETA field

Record 7 -- TRAILER Word 1

Name UNDEF(6 )

Type

Description

none

Notes: 1. For each of the 3 word headers: The first number is element type * 100; the second number is element type; and the third number is the number of words per element. 2. Items indicated as from field ’XXX’ refer to the OUTRCV Bulk Data entry.

Main Index

647

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

2

2.6

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide. Data Blocks

Data Block Glossary The Data Block Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all data blocks shown in the module descriptions in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860. If the data block is described in “Data Block Descriptions” on page 72, then the generic name is also shown. Naming conventions appear at the end of the glossary. Chapter 4 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

A

Square matrix to be decomposed by DCMP, DECOMP, SOLVE, and SOLVIT. Rectangular matrix to be processed by the DIAGONAL and SCALAR modules. Rectangular matrix formed from partitions. Output by MERGE, UMERGE, and UMERGE1. Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product. Rectangular matrix to be used in NORM module.

AA

Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.

AAP

Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when KSYM=3. Output by DCMP.

ABESF*

Family of a-set size panel area matrices.

ACPT

Aerodynamic connection and property table. Output by APD.

ADBINDX

Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the NV instances created). Output by ADG.

ADELUF

Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.

ADELUS

Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.

ADELX

Matrix of adjoint sensitivities. Output by DSADJ.

ADJG

Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or p-set.

ADJGT

Transposed adjoint solution matrix specified on first pass through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.

ADJGT0

ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through DSADJ.

648

649 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 4 Name

Description

ADRDUG

Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DOPR3.

ADRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DOPR3.

AEBGPDT*

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

BGPDT

Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables. Output by APD.

AEBGPDTI

Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic jsset interference degrees-of-freedom.

AEBGPDTI*

Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.

AEBGPDTJ

Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic jsset degrees-of-freedom.

AEBGPDTJ*

Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.

AEBGPDTK

Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ksset degrees-of-freedom.

AEBGPDTK*

Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.

AEBOX

Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.

AECMPOLD

Previously generated AECOMP.

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table. Output by APD.

AECSTMHG

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices that only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems if not null. Output by MKCNTRL.

AECTRL

Table of aerodynamic model's control definition. Output by ADG.

AEDBIDX

Index table consisting of the triples. Output by MAKAEFS.

AEDBINDX

Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data.

AEDBUXV

Matrix of vehicle states.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 4 Name

Description

AEDW

Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEDWIDX

Index to the AEDW tables. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEECT*

GEOM2

Family of aerodynamic element connection tables. Output by APD.

AEFIDX

Index to the AEFORCE tables. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEFRC

Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries referenced by the AEFORCE entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEGRID

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.

AEIDW

Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEIPRE

Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEMONOLD

Table of HM monitor points.

AEMONPT

Aerodynamic monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON and MAKMON.

AEPRE

Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

AEPRSIDX

Index to the AEPRESS tables. Output by MAKAEFA.

AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by APD.

AEROCOMP

Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'. Output by MAKCOMP.

AEUSET* AG

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

USET

Family of aerodynamic USET tables. Output by APD. Acceleration matrix in g-set.

650

651 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 4 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

AGD

Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.

AGG

Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural panel. Output by GP5.

AGX

Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by SSG1.

AH

Signed global modally reduced area matrix

Aij

Matrix partitions. Output by PARTN and UPARTN.

AJJT

Aerodynamic influence matrix. Output by AMG.

AM2

Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the negative of the time step delta

AM3

Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time step delta, respectively.

AMLIST

List of auxiliary model identification numbers. Output by AXMPR1.

AMSPLINE

Table of aerodynamic splines for display. Converted from forces and pressures computed on AEBGPDT grid points, (box centroidal points) to AEGRID grid points (box corner points). Output by APD.

ANORM

Normalized matrix. Output by NORM.

APART

Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when PNLPTV=TRUE.

APIMAT

Diagonal matrix of average power input values. Output by SEEFMCLF.

APIMATT

Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM superelements for all bands.

APL

Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes. Output by DPD.

APU

Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 4 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

ARVEC

Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads. Output by DOPR3.

AUG1

Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis. Output by DSAD.

AUTO

Autocorrelation function table. Output by RANDOM.

AUXTAB

Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments for all subcases.

AXIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydro elastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP.

652

653 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

B

Output matrix from the DIAGONAL module. Right hand side of a system of equations input to the FBS, SOLVE, and SOLVIT modules. Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD and SMPYAD module product.

B2DD

Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping effects.

B2GG

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the B2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

B2PP

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the B2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

BAA

Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.

BACK

Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only. Output by CYCLIC1.

BANDLIST

Table of mode information for all bands. Output by SEEFMBND.

BANDPV

Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands. Output by SEEFMBND.

BASVEC

Auxiliary displacement matrix.

BASVEC0

Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.

BCON0

Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship. Output by DOPR1.

BCONXI

Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.

BCONXT

Matrix transpose of BCONXI.

BD3X3

3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for parallel domain decomposition. Output by GPSP.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

BDD

Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements only.

BDIAG

Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized differential stiffness matrix. Output by DSAH.

BDPOOL

Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format. Output by BMG.

BDICT

KDICT

BELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.

BELM

KELM

Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices. Output by EMG.

BFEFE

Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat capacitance matrix) for both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-set.

BFHH

Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.

BGDD*

Family of coriolis matrices.

BGPDT*

BGPDT

Family of basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME and associated with PG*. Output by EXPORTLD.

BGPDT

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table. Output by GP1.

BGPDTD

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for a downstream superelement. Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance defines the grids for one given freebody subsystem. Output by FBDODYLD.

BGPDTFB*

Main Index

Description

BGPDTM

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP1 with GEOM1M and GEOM2M as inputs.

BGPDTN

BGPDT

New BGPDT table based on displaced grid locations. Output by MATMOD option 11.

BGPDTS

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for a superelement. Output by GP1.

654

655 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

BGPDTX

BGPDT

BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.

BGPDVB

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.

BGPDVP

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.

BGPDVX

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.

BGPECT

GEOM2

Boundary grid point element connection table. Output by BGP.

BGPP*

Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.

BHH

Generalized (modal) damping matrix

BHH1

Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix. Output by FA1.

BKDICT

KDICT

BKELM dictionary table. Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.

BKK

Main Index

Description

BLAMA

LAMA

Buckling eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ.

BLAMA*

LAMA

Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.

BMODAL

Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry in DIT. Output by GKAM.

BNDFIL

Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given by extreme for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.

BP

Null space B matrix.

BPP

Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear elements only.

BRDD

Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

BTOPO

Contact regions topological information table. Output by BGP.

BTOPOCNV

Updated contact regions input information table. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

BTOPOSTF

Updated contact regions topological information table. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

BULKINDX

Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices. Output by INDXBULK.

BXX

Viscous damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.

BUG*

Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set

BUX

Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.

BULK

Table of all Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT and RMDUPBLK.

BULK*

Family of auxiliary model or superelement Bulk Data sections.

BULKOLD

BULK table from a prior run.

656

657 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD module addition and SMPYAD module product.

C CASADJ

CASECC

Case Control table associated with adjoint method. Output by DSAD.

CASDSN

CASECC

Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static aeroelastic subcases. Output by DSAD.

CASDSX

CASECC

Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted

CASE

CASECC

Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and superelement.

CASEA

CASECC

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis. Output by AELOOP.

CASEBK

CASECC

Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every column in BACK. Required in static and prebuckling analysis only. Output by CYCLIC1.

CASEBUCK CASECC

Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on ANALYSIS=BUCK. Output by MDCASE.

CASECC

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.

CASECC*

CASECC

Family of auxiliary model Case Control tables.

CASECC1

CASECC

Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to account for the boundary shapes. Output by SHPCAS. Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor. Output by DMPCASE.

CASECCP CASECCU

Main Index

Description

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images originally output by IFP1. Used when first CASECC is replaced by one of the CASECC outputs from a prior call to MDCASE.

CASECCBO CASECC

Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations. Output by BGCASO.

CASECCP

CASECC subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit. Output by MODCASE.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

CASECCR

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images for data recovery. Output by TOLAPP.

CASECEIG

CASECC

Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG. Output by MDCASE.

CASEDM

CASECC

Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.

CASEDMF

CASECC

Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the perturbed configuration for modes. Output by DSAH.

CASEDR

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images for the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.

CASEDS

CASECC

Case control table for the data recovery of design responses. Output by DOPR3 and DSTA.

CASEDSF

CASECC

Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.

CASEDVRG CASECC

Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on ANALYSIS=DIVERG. Output by MDCASE.

CASEFLUT

CASECC

Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER. Output by MDCASE.

CASEFR

CASECC

Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set identification number. Output by CYCLIC1.

CASEFREQ CASECC

Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ. Output by MDCASE.

CASEHEAT

Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on ANALYSIS=HEAT. Output by MDCASE.

CASECC

CASEMODE CASECC

Main Index

Description

Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MODES. Output by MDCASE.

658

659 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

CASEMTRN CASECC

Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MTRAN. Output by MDCASE.

CASENT

CASECC

CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by ST2DYN.

CASEP

CASECC

Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors. Output by DOPR2. Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number of Case Control records. Output by DSAJ. Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET id=GRIDSET. Output by MATMOD option 36.

CASER CASERS

CASECC

Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type.

CASES

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images for the current superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.

CASESADV CASECC

Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or CASEDVRG. Output by MDCASE.

CASESAER CASECC

Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on ANALYSIS=SAERO. Output by MDCASE.

CASESMEM CASECC

Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on ANALYSIS=ELEC. Output by MDCASE.

CASESMST CASECC

Case Control table for structural analysis and based on ANALYSIS=STRU. Output by MDCASE.

CASESNMB CASECC

Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT, CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and CASEFLUT. Output by MDCASE.

CASESTAT

CASECC

Case Control table for static analysis and based on ANALYSIS=STATICS. Output by MDCASE.

CASESX

CASECC

Expanded Case Control table. Output by LCGEN.

CASEUNIT

Main Index

Description

Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements. In addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of output depending on what is being monitored. Output by ILMP1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

CASEUPSE CASECC

Case Control table for upstream superelements only. Output by MDCASE.

CASEVEC

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images with the PARTN command referencing all of auxiliary model's grid identification numbers. Output by AXMPR2.

CASEXX

CASECC

Subset of CASECC for current loop. Output by CASE.

CASEYY

CASECC

Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis. Output by FA2.

CCPOS

Table of Case Control record locations. Output by AELOOP and AEMODEL.

CCPOS1

Table of Case Control record locations. Output by AELOOP and AEMODEL.

CDELB

Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity

CDELK

Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity

CDELM

Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity

CFSAB

Matrix of spectral densities--weighting factors for RMS calculations. Output by DOPRAN.

CIDATA

Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method. Output by NLITER.

CLAMA

LAMA

Complex eigenvalue summary table. Output by CEAD.

CLAMA1

LAMA

Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. Output by CEAD.

CLAMA2

LAMA

Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis. Output by FA2.

CLAMMAT

Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. Output by CEAD, LAMX, and UEIGL.

CLFMAT

Matrix of coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.

CMAT

Complex matrix.

CMBXPHG

Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate system and row-ordered in external grid id sequence.

660

661 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

CMLAMA

Component modal eigenvalue summary table.

CMSEQ

Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components. Output by CMSENGY.

CMSQE

Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.

CMSTEQ

Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components. Output by CMSENGY.

CMSTQE

Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.

CNTABR

CONTAB

Table of retained constraint attributes. Output by DSAD.

CNTABRG

CONTAB

Table of retained constraint attributes.

CNTABXE

CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.

CNTABXM

Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

CNVTST

Convergence test matrix.

CONTABX

Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.

COELEM

Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses. Output by DSAH.

COGRID

Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses. Output by DSAH.

COLOR

Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MAT. The i-th entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degree-of-freedom. belongs. Output by PRESOL.

COMP

Merged table of components. Output by MRGCOMP.

COMPi

Table of aerodynamic or structural components

CON

Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates. Output by DOPR2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

CONS1T

Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.

CONSBL

Matrix of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.

CONSBL*

Family of matrices of constant property values. Output by DOPR1.

CONTAB

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

CONTAB

Table of constraint attributes. Output by DOPR3.

CONTACT

Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions. Output by IFP.

CONTROL

Table of editing directives for the TABEDIT module.

CONTVDIF

Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns). Output by NDINTERP.

CONTVX

Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows)

CONTVXV

Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns)

COORD

Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or COORDN.

COORDN

Updated (optimized) COORDO. Output by DOM11.

COORDO

Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each design cycle. Output by DOPR2.

CP

Column partitioning vector. Output by VEC and MATMOD option 17.

CPERM

Table of column permutations under KSYM=4. Output by DECOMP.

CPH1

Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. Output by CEAD.

CPH2

Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis. Output by FA2.

CPHFL

Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.

CPHP

Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.

CPHFR

Left flutter eigenvector - h-set. Output by DSFLTE.

662

663 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

CPHX

Complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output by CEAD.

CPHL

Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by CEAD.

CSNMB

CASECC

Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.

CSTM

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices. Output by GP1.

CSTMi

CSTM

Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices; either aerodynamic or structural. Family of CSTM tables.

CSTMi*

Main Index

Description

CSTM0

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual structure.

CSTMA

CSTM

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points. Output by APD.

CSTMD

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a downstream superelement.

CSTMM

CSTM

Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices. Output by MKCSTMA.

CSTMS

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a superelement.

CSTMX

Merged table of CSTMi. Output by MRGCSTM.

CVAL

Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.

CVALO

Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values. Output by DOM9.

CVAL

Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.

CVALR

Matrix of retained constraint values. Output by DSAD.

CVALRG

Matrix of initial constraint values.

CVALXE

CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records Output by DSADX.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

CVEC

Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from boundary shape induced solutions. Output by SHPCAS.

CVECT

Load combination factor matrix. Output by PCOMB.

CYCD

Table of constraints in harmonic components. Output by CYCLIC2.

664

665 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

D

Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product. Diagonal matrix extracted from LD. Output by MATMOD option 21.

D1JE

Real part of downwash matrix due to extra points.

D1JK

Real part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.

D2JE

Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points.

D2JK

Imaginary part of downwash matrix. Output by AMG.

DAR

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the a-set. Formed from the merge of DM and an l-set size identity matrix.

DBCOPT

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

DBCOPT

Design optimization history table for post-processing. Output by DOM12.

DB

Data block.

DBi

Data block to be processed by the DBC, INPUTT2, and OUTPUT2 modules. Data blocks to be compared in the RESTART module. Data block declared on the FILE statement. Data block to be purged by PURGEX module. Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data. Output by DOPR1.

DBNAME

Data block for 'NAME' option of PARAML module. Output by PARAML.

DBOUTi

DBi received on the slave processor. Output by MDISUTIL.

DBP

Primary data block.

DBS

Secondary data block. Output by EQUIVX.

DBUG

Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.

DCLDXT

Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship. Output by DOPR2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

DCPHL

Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues extracted from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues. Output by CEAD.

DEFUSET

Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.

DELB1

Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.

DELBSH

Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes.

DELBSX

Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a prescribed small value. Output by DOPR5.

DELCE

Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables

DELDV

Matrix of divergence sensitivity. Output by DSDVRG.

DELF1

Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.

DELFL

Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables. Output by DSFLTF.

DELGM

Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.

DELGS

Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.

DELS

Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.

DELS1

Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for a single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.

DELTGM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSVGP4.

DELVS

Matrix of delta volume for all design variables. Output by DSAW.

DELWS

Matrix of delta weight for all design variables. Output by DSAW.

666

667 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

DELX

Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.

DELX1

Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.

DESELM

Table of designed elements. Output by DOPR3.

DESGID

Table of designed grid coordinate attributes. Output by DOPR2.

DESNEW

Update table of design variable attributes. Output by DOM12.

DESTAB

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes. Output by DOPR1.

DESVCP

Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations with extra columns for property/dummy variables. Output by DOPR2.

DESVEC

Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are defined in the basic coordinate system.

DESVECP

Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID bulk data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix its components are expressed in the global coordinate system.

DFFDNF

Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural frequencies. Output by FRLGEN.

DGEOM2

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.

DGEOM3

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

DGMVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for normal modes analysis from that of the union set. Output by DSAH.

DGSVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness for normal modes analysis from that of the union set. Output by DSAH.

DGTAB

Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration. Output by DOPR6.

DISTAB

Table of discrete optimization value sets. Output by DOPR1.

DIT

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT. Output by TA1.

DITNT

DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by ST2DYN.

DIVDAT

Table of divergence data. Output by DIVERG.

DIVTAB

Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.

DJX

Downwash matrix. Downwash at the j-point due to the x aerodynamic extra point. Output by ADG.

DLCPHL

Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues. Output by DIVERG.

DLSTIN

List of data blocks and their paths. Output in a previous execution of RESTART.

DLSTOUT

List of data blocks and their paths. Output by RESTART.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads. Output by DPD.

DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis. Output by NLCOMB and NLTRLG.

DLTH

Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by TRLG.

668

669 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

DM

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set. Output by RBMG3.

DMATCK

Table of designed material consistency check. Output by DOPR1.

DMI

Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries. Output by IFP.

DMIi

Matrix data blocks created from DMI. Output by DMIIN.

DMINDX

Index into DMI. Output by IFP.

DNODEL

Table of designed and non-designed locations. Output by DOPR2.

DNVVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for eigenvector optimization from that of the union set. Output by DSAH.

DPHG

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active) eigenvalues. Output by DSAH.

DPLDXI

Matrix of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship. Output by DOPR1.

DPLDXI*

Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship. Output by DOPR1.

DPLDXT

Matrix transpose of DPLDXI.

DRDUG

Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set. Output by DSAD.

DRDUGM

Modified matrix of adjoint loads. Output by ADJMOD.

DRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes. Output by DSAD.

DRDUTBM

Modified table of adjoint load attributes. Output by ADJMOD.

DRLIST

Superelement processing list for data recovery. Output by SEP4.

DRMSVL

Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables. Output by DSAMRG.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types. Output by DSAD.

DRSTBLG

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

DRUT

Processed version of DRDUTB specified on first pass through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.

DRUT0

DRUT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through DSADJ.

DSCM

Design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DSAL.

DSCM2

Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DOM6.

DSCMCOL

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

DCSMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output by DSTAP2.

DSCMG

Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.

DSCMR

Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Output by DSMA.

DSCOLL

Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA.

DSCREN

Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry. Output by DOPR1.

DSDIV

Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.

DSEDV

Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses. Output by DSAH.

DSEGM

Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.

DSESM

Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix - Boolean operator to select eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling and normal modes only). Output by DSTA.

DSGRID

Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design model automatic superelement optimization feature. Output by DSGRDM.

670

671 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

DSIDLBL

Table of design response labels. Output by DSTAP2.

DSLIST

Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity calculations. Output by SDSB.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table. Output by DSAN and DSTA.

DSPT2

Old Design sensitivity processor table two. Output by DSTA.

DSROWL

Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR. Output by DSTA.

DSTABR

Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.

DSTABU

Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.

DTB

Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry. Output by DOPR1.

DTI

Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries. Output by IFP.

DTIi

Table data blocks created from DTI. Output by DTIIN.

DTINDX

Index into DTI. Output by IFP.

DTOS2

Design variable/property cross reference table. Same as DTOS2K except that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design variable value. Output by DOPR5.

DTOS2*

Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design variable value. Output by DOPR5.

DTOS2J

Table identifying independent design variables and property values. Output by DOPR1.

DTOS2J*

Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property. Output by DOPR1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

DTOS2K

Same as DTOS2J except that the dvid in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.

DTOS2K*

Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.

DTOS4

Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size. Output by DOPR5.

DTOS4J

Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system. Output by DOPR2.

DTOS4K

Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.

DUGNI

Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged steps. Output by NLITER.

DUPV

Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit. Output by NLSOLV.

DUX

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed configuration. Output by ASG.

DVIDS

List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary DVGRID option. Output by DSAJ.

DVPTAB

DVPTAB

Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order. Output by DOPR1.

DVPTAB*

DVPTAB

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order. Output by DOPR1.

DVSLIS

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

List of design variables affected by shape variations. Output by DSVGP4.

672

673 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

DXDXI

Matrix relating linked and independent design variables. Output by DOPR1.

DXDXIT

Matrix transpose of DXDXI.

DYNAMIC

DYNAMIC

DYNAMICS DYNAMNT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Output by IFP. Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry images. Output by GP1.

DYNAMICB

Main Index

Description

DYNAMIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X. DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by ST2DYN.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product.

E ECT

GEOM2

Element connectivity table. Output by GP2.

ECT*

GEOM2

Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.

ECTA

GEOM2

Secondary element connectivity table. Output by GP2.

EDITVEC

Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under usetop='filter'.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization. Output by IFP.

EDOM*

Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.

EDOMM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization updated for p-element analysis. Output by OPTGP0.

EDOMS

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization for a superelement. Output by SDSA.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Output by IFP.

EDT0

Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into EDTM.

EDTM

Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records. Output by ILMP1.

EED

Main Index

Description

DYNAMIC

Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters. Output by DPD.

EFMASMTT

Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements

EFMMCOL

Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values. Output by SEEFMDMP.

674

675 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

EFMDMP

Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequency-dependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.

EFMLIST

Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMLST.

EFMMAT

Matrix of energy factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.

EGK

Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness. Output by DSVG1P.

EGM

Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass. Output by DSVG1P.

EGPSF

EGPSF

Table of element to grid point interpolation factors. Output by GPSTR1.

EGPSTR

EGPSTR

Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC module. Output by GPSTR2.

EGTX

Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the thermal load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by DSVG2.

EGVREC

Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation. Output by DSAH.

EGX

Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness, mass, viscous damping or structural damping. Output by DSVG1P.

EHT

Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.

EHTA

Secondary element hierarchical table. Output by GP0.

ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data. Output by NLCOMB.

ELDCT

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

ELDCT

Table of element stress discontinuities for postprocessing in the DBC module. Output by STDCON.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

ELEMVOL

Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body. Output by VIEWP.

ELSET

Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST), SETS DEFINITION, or OUTPUT(PLOT) sections of Case Control. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.

EMAT

Matrix of editing parameters.

EMM

Effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.

ENEMAT

Matrix of modal energy. Output by SEEFMCLF.

ENFLODB

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping effects. Output by DPD.

ENFLODK

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects. Output by DPD.

ENFLODM

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects. Output by DPD.

ENFMOTN

Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes. Output by DPD.

EPSSE

Table of epsilon and external work. Output by SSG3, SOLVIT, and DISUTIL.

EPT

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties. Output by IFP and IFP6. EPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.

EPTT

Main Index

Description

EPTA

EPT

Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EPTC

EPT

Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, and DSTA.

EPTN

EPT

Updated (optimized) EPT. Output by DOM11.

EPTS

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

EPTTAB

EPT

Table of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.

676

677 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

EPTTAB*

EPT

Family of tables of designed property attributes. Output by DOPR1.

EPTX

EPT

EPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO. Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PBEAM records. Output by IFP7. Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are replaced by equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records. Output by IFP9. Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with TABLEij references.

Description

Output by MKMNTIFP: EPT updated to track monitor points Output by MODGM2: Copy of EPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements. Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5.

EQACST

EQDYN

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data). Output by DPD.

EQEXIN

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers. OUTPUT by GP1.

EQEXINS

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition. Output by PRESOL.

EQMAPD

Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis. Output by PRESOL.

EQMAPD0

EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL.

ERHM

Matrix of dimensional unsplined restrained elastic hinge moment data

ERROR0

Main Index

ERROR

Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or adaptivity loop.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

ERROR1

ERROR

Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.

EST

Element summary table. Output by TA1.

ESTDATA

Table of superelement estimation data overrides. Output by DTIIN.

ESTL

Linear element summary table. Output by TA1.

ESTDCN

Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF and DSTA.

ESTDV2

Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation. Output by DSAE.

ESTDVB

Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration. Required only if CDIF='YES'.

ESTDVM

Main Index

Description

EST

EST with updated material property identification numbers. Output by DSABO.

ESTDVP

EST with element property design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO and DSTA.

ESTDVS

EST with grid design variable perturbations. Output by DOPR6.

ESTF

Element summary table for follower force stiffness. Output by TAFF.

ESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table. Output by TA1.

ESTNL1

Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by TAHT.

ESTNL0

Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step. Output by NLSOLV.

ESTNLH

Nonlinear element summary table at converged step. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and NLSOLV.

ESTR

EST table with reduced records. Output by MATMOD option 38.

678

679 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

ETT

Element temperature table. Output by GP3.

ETTDCN

Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the effects of temperature. Output by DSAF and DSTA.

ETTDV

Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers have been converted to new design variable identification numbers. Output by DSAN and DSTA.

EUHM

Matrix of dimensional unsplined unrestrained elastic hinge moment data.

EXCITEFX

Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements

EXCITF

Matrix of EFM superelement force input values. Output by SEEFMXIT.

EXCITP

Matrix of EFM superelement power input values. Output by SEEFMXIT.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

F

Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module addition.

F2J

Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by the K2GG Case Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier named by DMIGFN.

FENL

Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous load step in nonlinear matrix format.

FENL1

Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load step in nonlinear matrix format. Output by NLITER.

FFAJ

Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.

FFGH

Follower force for OLOAD output. Output by NLITER.

FG

Element forces due to large displacements. Output by GNFM.

FGNL

Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration. Output by NLITER.

FLUTAB

Flutter summary table for all subcases.

FLUTABK

Flutter summary table for K and KE methods. Output by FA2.

FLUTABP

Flutter summary table for all methods except K and KE. Output by FA1.

FMPF

Matrix of fluid mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.

FMV

Nonlinear element forces at m-set. Output by NLSOLV.

FMVT

Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.

FN

Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).

FOL

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG.

680

681 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

FOL1

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ Case Control command. Output by MODACC.

FOLMAT

Matrix of frequencies in radian units. Output by MATMOD Option 33.

FOLR

Retained frequency response frequency output list. Output by DSAD.

FOLT

Main Index

Description

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.

FORCE

Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the OUTPUT(CARDS) section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field information. Output by IFP1.

FORE

Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC1.

FREQMASS

Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses.

FRL

Frequency response list. Output by FRLGEN.

FRL1

Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed processing is requested. Output by FRLGEN.

FRLI

Frequency response list for a single frequency. Output by FRQDRV.

FRLR

Retained frequency response list. Output by DSAD.

FRMDS

Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only). Output by DSAW.

FRQRMF

FRQRPR table for frequency response.

FRQRSP

Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per frequency or time step. Output by DOPR3.

FRQRPR

Table containing the number of first level (direct) retained responses per response type and per frequency or time step. Output by DSAD.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

FRQRPRG

Table containing the number of first level (direct) retained responses per response type and per frequency or time step.

FSAVE

Flutter storage save or answer table. Output by FA1.

682

683 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

GAMMAD

Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].

GAPAR

Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at each row that does not have a contribution from the current processor and zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

GC

Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set components. Output by CYCLIC3.

GDGK

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to g-set. Output by GI.

GDKI

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to h-set.

GDKSKS

Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements. Output by GIC2C.

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.

GEG

Element displacement interpolation matrix. Output by MGEN.

GEI

Table of general element data. Output by TA1.

GEOM1

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry. Output by IFP.

GEOM1*

GEOM1

Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections.

GEOM1A

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to an auxiliary model. Output by IFP.

GEOM1C

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from GEOM1 and GEOM1A. Output by AXMPR2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

GEOM1EX

GEOM1

GEOM1 table containing records which define an external superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN, and GRID Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.

GEOM1M

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.

GEOM1N

GEOM1

Updated (optimized) GEOM1. Output by DOM11. Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j records. Output by SECONVRT.

GEOM1P

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for p-elements and superelements. Output by MODGDN.

GEOM1Q

GEOM1

Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed. Output by SEQP.

GEOM1R

GEOM1

GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record. Output by MATMOD option 36.

GEOM1S

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

GEOM1VU

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids added. Output by VIEWP.

GEOM1W

GEOM2

GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid superelement modes. Output by MODQSET.

GEOM1X

GEOM1

GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5. GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis. Output by MODGM2.

Description

Output by MKMNTIFP: New GEOM1 table updated to track monitor points GEOM2

Main Index

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points. Output by IFP.

684

685 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

GEOM2*

GEOM2

Family of GEOM2 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections.

GEOM2A

GEOM2

Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.

Description

GEOM2DCW GEOM2

GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements. Output by MODGM2.

GEOM2EX

GEOM2

GEOM2 table containing records which define an external superelement. Specifically, it PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.

GEOM2M

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.

GEOM2N

GEOM2

Updated (optimized) GEOM2. Output by DOM11. Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records. Output by SECONVRT.

GEOM2R

GEOM2

GEOM2 table with reduced element record. Output by MATMOD option 37.

GEOM2S

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

GEOM2T

GEOM2

GEOM2 updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.

GEOM2VU

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added. Output by VIEWP.

GEOM2W

GEOM2

GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the non-fluid superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

GEOM2X

GEOM2

GEOM2 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3, IFP4, and IFP5. GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.

GEOM3

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads. Output by IFP.

GEOM3B

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry images. Output by GP1.

GEOM3M

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.

GEOM3N

GEOM3

Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis. Output by CYCLIC1. Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi records converted to FORCE and MOMENT records. Output by SECONVRT.

GEOM3NT

GEOM3

GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by ST2DYN.

GEOM3S

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

GEOM3T

GEOM3

GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures. Output by MATMOD option 18.

GEOM3X

GEOM3

GEOM3 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis. Output by IFP3.

GEOM4

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Output by IFP.

GEOM4*

GEOM4

Family of GEOM4 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections.

Description

686

687 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Description

GEOM4CN

GEOM4

Updated constraints for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.

GEOM4EX

GEOM4

GEOM4 table containing records which define an external superelement. Specifically, ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data records. Output by BDRYINFO.

GEOM4M

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.

GEOM4P

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints and updated for the constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data entries. Output by MODGM4.

GEOM4S

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

GEOM4W

GEOM4

GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.

GEOM4X

GEOM4

GEOM4 table related to axisymmetric conical shell and hydroelastic Output by IFP3 and IFP4. GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1 records for ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.

GETNUMPN

Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.

GEQMAP

Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

GLBRSP

Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1. Output by SDRP.

GLBRSPDS

Global results matrix

GLBTAB

Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1. Output by SDRP.

GLBTABDS

Global results correlation table

GLERR

Table of global error estimates from previous iteration. Output by ADAPT.

GLERR1

Table of global error estimates for current iteration. Output by ADAPT.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set. Output by MCE1.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set. Output by UMERGE1.

GMNE

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by neset.

GMS

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by sset.

GOA

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set. Output by FBS.

GOD

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-set by d-set. Output by UMERGE1.

GPDCT

Table of grid point stress discontinuities for postprocessing in the DBC module. Output by STDCON.

GPDT

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

GPDT

Grid point definition table. Output by GP1.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table. Output by TA1.

GPECT1

Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis. Output by TAHT.

GPECTDCN

GPECT which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.

688

689 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

GPECTF

Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness. Output by TAFF.

GPFLBL

Labels for GPFMAT rows. Output by ILMPGPF.

GPFMAT

Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase and each row is one component of the monitored forces. Output by ILMPGPF.

GPFORCE

Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.

GPGK

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set. Output by GI.

GPKH

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.

GPIK

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.

GPKE

Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.

GPL

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list. Output by GP1.

GPLD

External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL appended with extra point data). Output by DPD.

GPMPF

Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.

GPSETS

Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table. Output by TASNP2.

GPSNTN

Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements. Output by GP4.

GPSNTS

Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and TASNP2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

GPSPRT

Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command and DONSET=0. Output by GPSP.

GPSPRT0

GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when DONSET=-1.

GPTT1

Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only). Output by NLCOMB.

GRIDFMP

Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will be output.

GRIDMP

Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.

GRIDSET

Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid point identification numbers.

GRDRM

Permutation matrix. Output by PRESOL.

GS

Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set components. Output by CYCLIC3.

690

691 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

HARM

Table of harmonic indices. Output by CYCLIC1.

HDRLBLi

Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of each page.

HEADCNTL

List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module under VECPLOT options IOPT=1 or 5. Output by VECPLOT.

HIS

HIS

Table of design iteration history.

HISADD

HIS

Table of design iteration history for current design cycle. Output by DOM12. Matrix used to compute hinge moments for each AESURF entry. Output by ADG.

HMKT HOEF1 HOES1

Main Index

Description

OEF

Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi elements. Output by SDRHT. Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear and nonlinear elements. Output by SDRHT.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Inputs to MATMOD and MATPCH module.

Ii IEF

OEF

Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.

IES

OES

Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.

IFACT

Interpolation factor vector (NV rows). Output by NDINTERP.

IFD

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.

IFG

Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time steps. Output by NLTRD.

IFP

Matrix of element forces at the previous time step. Output by NLSOLV.

IFPDB

Table data block with IFP module table attributes.

IFS

Matrix of total element forces and their rate of change. Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.

IFST

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.

IMAT

Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT. Output by MATMOD option 34.

IMATG

Pesudo identity g-set matrix.

INDTA

Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.

INVEC

Starting vector(s).

IQG

Main Index

Description

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3.

692

693 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

IUG

OUG

IUNITSOL

Main Index

Description Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2 or SDR3. Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

K2DD

Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may also include structural damping effects.

K2GG

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the K2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

K2PP

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the K2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

K4AA

Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.

K4KK

Structural damping matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.

K4XX

Structural damping matrix in any set. Usually h-set or d-set in FRRD1.

KAA

Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.

KAAL

Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.

KBDD

Tangential stiffness in d-set.

KCVDD*

Family of gyroscopic matrices.

KCVPP*

Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.

KDD

Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.

KDDICT

KDICT

KDELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.

KDELM

KELM

Table of element matrices for differential stiffness. Output by EMG.

KDICT

KDICT

KELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.

KDICT1

KDICT

KELM1 dictionary table. Output by GNFM.

KDICTDCN

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

KELM dictionary table. which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.

694

695 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. Output by EMG.

KDICTDS

Main Index

Description

KDICTNL

KDICT

KELMNL dictionary table. Output by EMG.

KDICTX

KDICT

Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for h-elements or p-elements. Output by EMG.

KELM

KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness, or follower stiffness. Output by EMG.

KELM1

KELM

Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness. Output by GNFM.

KELMDCN

KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness, or follower stiffness which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.

KELMDS

KELM

Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary. Output by EMG.

KELMNL

KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.

KFEFE

Tangential stiffness in fe-set.

KFHH

Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.

KFRIC

Frictional stiffness for 3D contact. Output by NLSOLV.

KFS

Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

KGG1

Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements. Output by SMA3.

KGGNL

Stiffness (or heat conduction) matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.

KGGNL1

Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and updated for radiation. Output by RMG2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

KGGT

Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and differential matrices).

KHH

Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

KHH1

Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix. Output by FA1.

KKK

Stiffness matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.

KLL

Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.

KLR

Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.

KMM

Stiffness matrix in m-set (partition of KGG).

KNN

Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.

KOO

Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.

KPP

Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.

KRDD

Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.

KRFGG

Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set. Output by EMAKFR.

KRR

Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.

KRZX

Matrix of restrained dimensional elastic derivatives.

KSAZX

Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives that includes the effect of splines.

KSGG

S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.

KSS

Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.

KTPP

Tangential Stiffness of p-set.

KTTP

Sparse partial decomp update matrix.

KTTS

KTTP converted to standard matrix format. Output by MATMOD option 46.

696

697 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

KUX

Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.

KVAL

Table of harmonic indices for analysis. Output by CYCLIC1.

KXWAA

Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id sequence and divided by WTMASS.

KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

L

Lower triangular decomposition factor. Output by MATMOD option 21.

LAJJT

Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.

LAM1DD

Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.

LAMA

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table. Output by READ, LANCZOS, MODACC, and UEIGL.

LAMA*

LAMA

Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.

LAMA1

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.

LAMAF

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model. Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration. Output by DSAH.

LAMAM LAMAS

LAMA

LAMAX

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model. Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace iteration. Output by DSAH. LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT. Output by GKAM.

LAMASEL

Main Index

Description

LAMA

Modified LAMA table. Output by LAMX.

LAMMAT

Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Output by READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.

LAO

Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3. Output by DCMP.

LBTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.

LCDVEC

Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results related to inertia relief and SPCforces. Output by DSAD.

698

699 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

LCOLLBLi

Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.

LCPHL

Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set. Output by CEAD.

LCPHP

Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.

LCPHX

Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the d-set or h-set. Output by CEAD.

LD

Lower triangular factor/diagonal. Output by DECOMP and DCMP.

LFTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvalue responses. Output by DSAH.

LGPART

Same as SPCPART except LGPART includes grid points not connected to any element. Output by SEQP.

LISET

Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table. Output by MTRXIN.

LJSET

Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by MTRXIN.

LKSET

Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by MTRXIN.

LLL

Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.

LLLT

Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects.

LMAT

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix. Output by LAMX.

LMTROWS

Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP module.

LMPF

Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.

LOCVEC

Vector containing grid locations in the basic coordinate system.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

LOO

Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO. Output by DCMP.

LSCM

Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A. Output by DCMP.

LSEQ

Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

LTF

Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT. Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.

LVTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvector responses for all subcases. Output by DSAH.

LVTABI

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvector responses per subcase. Output by DSAH.

LXX

Lower triangular factor/diagonal of shifted stiffness matrix.

700

701 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

M2DD

Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and reduced to the d-set.

M2GG

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the M2GG Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

M2PP

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the M2PP Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

M9I

Table of the nine mass invariants. Output by ADAMSMNF.

MA

Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set. Output by EFFMAS.

MAA

Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.

MABXWGG

Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic coordinate system, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence, and divided by WTMASS.

MAPS

Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system transformation matrix output by GENTRAN. Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary resequencing and releases output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

MAPS*

Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and release transformation matrix).

MAR

Table of virtual mass element areas. Output by MGEN.

MAT

Matrix. Output by MATGEN.

MATi

Input matrices.

MAT1

Square symmetric matrix 1 to be partitioned.

MAT1N

Local filtered matrix 1. Output by PRESOL.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

MAT2

Square symmetric matrix 2 to be partitioned.

MAT2N

Local filtered matrix 2. Output by PRESOL.

MATIi

Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.

MATGi

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the g-set. Output by MTRXIN.

MATJi

Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.

MATKi

Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.

MATNAMi

Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data entries.

MATPi

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the p-set. Output by MTRXIN.

MATPOOL

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Output by IFP and IFP4.

MATPOOLS

MATPOOL table for the current superelement. Output by SEP2X.

MATPOOLX

MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. Output by IFP4.

MATS

Any matrix on slave processors.

MATM

Any matrix on master processor. Output by DISUTIL.

MBODY

Body table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.

MBSP

Updated mass matrix (s-set)

MCEIGCC

Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

MCHI

Matrix relating displacements to source strengths. Output by MGEN.

702

703 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

MCHI2

Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths. Output by MGEN.

MDD

Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set

MDICT

MELM dictionary table. Output by EMG.

MDUGNI

Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last converged step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new CQUADR/CTRIAR elements. Output by NLITER.

MEA

Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.

MEF

Matrix form of element force output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

MEM

Modal effective mass matrix. Output by EFFMAS.

MEMF

Modal effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.

MES

Matrix form of element stress or strain output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

MELM

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

KELM

Table of element mass matrices. Output by EMG.

MESH

Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or 'STRU'.

MESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table at current step. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

MESTNL0

Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase. Output by NLSOLV.

MEW

Modal effective weight matrix. Output by EFFMAS.

MFACE

Face table for p-element analysis. Output by GP0.

MFEFE

Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.

MFHH

Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.

MGG

Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.

MGG*

Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.

MGGCOMB

Combined mass matrix. Output by MASSCOMB.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

MHH

Generalized (modal) mass matrix

MHH1

Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix. Output by FA1.

MI

Modal mass matrix. Output by READ and LANCZOS.

Mi

Matrix data block. Output by INPUTT4 and input to MATPRN and OUTPUT4.

MIDLIS

Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs. Output by DSABO.

MKK

Mass matrix in cyclic components. Output by CYCLIC3.

MKLIST

Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. Output by GETMKL.

MKNRGY

Matrix of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.

MLAM

Matrix relating element forces to source strengths. Output by MGEN.

MLAM2

Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths. Output by MGEN.

MLL

Mass matrix reduced to the l-set.

MLR

Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT.

MMCDB

Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications. Output by IFP1.

MMP

Mass matrix (m-set by p-set)

MNRGYMTF

Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all bands.

MOA

Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.

MODRPR

Table indicating the number of initial responses per response type per mode. Output by DSAD.

MODRPRG

Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.

MODRSP

Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode. Output by DOPR3.

704

705 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

MODRSPR

MODRSP for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.

MODSELT

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL. Output by GKAM.

MODSELT1

Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by MODENRGY.

MODSELTF

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL. Output by GKAM.

MODSELTS

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. Output by GKAM.

MODSELV

Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT. Output by GKAM.

MOFPi

Matrix form of the i-th output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

MON

Merged monitor table. Output by MRGMON.

MONi

Monitor tables

MONDISP

Monitor points table for displacements. Output by MAKMON.

MONITOR

Structural monitor point table. Output by MAKAEMON and MAKMON.

MOO

Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.

MP2S

Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim.

MPAER

Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

MPAERP

Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static applied loads.

MPAERV

Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model

MPAEUV

Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model

MPAR

Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

MPART

Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector. Output by MATGEN option 13.

MPARV

Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model

MPFEM

Modal participation factors for effective mass. Output by EFFMAS.

MPFMAP

Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices. Output by MODEPF.

MPJN2O

Mapping matrix to map j-set data from new order to old order. Output by APD.

MPOOL

Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images. Output by VDR.

MPP

Mass matrix in the p-set

MPSER

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).

MPSERP

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

MPSERV

Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model

MPSEUV

Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model

MPSIR

Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.

MPSIRV

Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model

706

707 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Description

MPSIUV

Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model

MPSR

Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).

MPSRP

Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

MPSRV

Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model

MPT

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties. Output by IFP and IFP6.

MPTC

MPT

Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records. Output by IFP6, CMPZPR, and DSTA.

MPTN

MPT

Updated (optimized) MPT. Output by DOM11.

MPTNT

MPT

MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis. Output by ST2DYN.

MPTS

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.

MPTT

MPT

MPT updated for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.

MPTTC

MPT

MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms. Output by NLTRD2.

MPTX

MPT

MPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO. Copy of MPT except MATHP records are updated to include referenced TABLES1 Bulk Data entry information. Output by IFP8. Output by MKMNTIFP: MPT updated to track monitor points Output by MODGM2: Copy of MPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.

MQE*

Main Index

Family of superelement modal mass matrices.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

MQG

Matrix form of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

MR

Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set). Output by RBMG4.

MRR

Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.

MSNRGY

Matrix of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.

MTRAK

Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the new mode numbering. Output by MODTRK.

MUG

Matrix form of displacement output table. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

MUGNI

Displacement (or temperature) matrix for stiffness (or heat conduction) update. Output by NLITER.

MULNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set from the previous subcase. Output by NLTRD2.

MUPN

Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for matrix update. Output by NLSOLV.

MUX

Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.

MXWAA

Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid id sequence and divided by WTMASS.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or d-set in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.

MZZ

Generalized mass matrix based on PHZ.

708

709 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

NAMEi

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries. Output by MTRXIN.

NEWDBi

Input table in Version 69 (or greater) format. Output by MAKENEW.

NEWEPT

EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records. Output by NSMEPT.

NFDICT

Nonlinear element energy/force index table. Output by TA1.

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table. Output by DPD.

NLRSMAP

Nonlinear restart map from the restart step. Output by NLRSLOOP.

NLRSMAP0

NLRSMAP from the previous run.

NORTAB

Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which lie within the acoustic face. Output by GP5.

NSMEST

NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format. Output by TA1.

NWCASE

CASECC associated with beta response. Output by DOPR1.

NWEDOM

EDOM modified for random design variables. Output by DOPR1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OAG

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.

OAG1VU

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by SDRP.

OAG2

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format. Output by SDR3.

OAGATO2

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OAGCRM2

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OAGNO2

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OAGPSD2

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OAGRMS2

OUG

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OBJTAB

OBJTAB

Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective attributes with retained response identification number. Output by DOPR3. Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement with respsect to RESP12X. Output by DOPR3.

OBJTABX

OBJTBG

OBJTAB

Main Index

Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification number. Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records

OBJTBM OBJTBR

Description

OBJTAB

Table of design objective attributes with retained response identification number. Output by DSAD.

OBTABXE

OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.

OCCORF

Output table of cross-correlation functions. Output by RANDOM.

OCEIG

Complex eigenvalue extraction report. Output by CEAD.

710

711 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions. Output by RANDOM.

OCPSDF

Main Index

Description

OEDE1

OEE

Elemental energy loss. Output by GPFDR.

OEDS1

OES

Table of element stress discontinuities. Output by STDCON.

OEEATO2

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OEECRM2

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OEENO2

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OEEPSD2

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OEERMS2

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OEF

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.

OEF1

OEF

Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.

OEF1A

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements only. Output by SDR2.

OEF1AA

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite elements only. Output by SDRCOMP.

OEF1DS

OEF

Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format for design responses.

OEF1VU

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements. Output by SDRP.

OEF1X

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.

OEF2

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT2 format.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OEFATO2

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OEFCRM2

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OEFD1M

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OEFDSN

OEF

Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

OEFDSNM

OEF

Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration.

OEFIT

OEF

Table of composite element failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.

OEFITDS

OEF

Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.

OEFITDSN

OEF

Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed configuration.

OEFNL1

OEF

Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2.

OEFNO2

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OEFPSD2

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OEFRMS2

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

Description

OEIG

Real eigenvalue extraction report. Output by READ.

OEKE1

Elemental kinetic energy. Output by GPFDR.

OELOPDSN

Table of element forces on adjacent elements.

OELOP1DS

Table of element-oriented forces for design responses.

OEP

Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by MDATA.

712

713 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OES

OES

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.

OES1

OES

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or DRMH3. OES1A Table of element strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite elements only. Output by SDR2.

OES1C

OES

Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by SDRCOMP.

OES1CDS

OES

Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.

OES1DS

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.

OES1M

OES

Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material coordinate system defined on the MAT1 entry. Output by CURV.

OES1G

OES

Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from the centroidal stress table, OES1M. Output by CURV.

OES1VU

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements. Output by SDRP.

OES1X

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output. Output by SDRX and SDRXD. Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 and linear element format. Output by MERGEOFP.

OES2

OES

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT2 format.

OES2GX

OES

Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.

OESATO2

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OESCDSN

OES

Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

Description

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OESCRM2

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OESD1M

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OESDSN

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration

OESDSNM OESNL1

OES

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format. Output by NLTRD, NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL.

OESNLB1

OES

Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format. Output by NLTRD2, NLSOLV, and SDRNL. Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements.

OESNLH

Main Index

Description

OESNLXR

OES

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for all subcases (OESNLX from SDRNL).

OESNO2

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OESPSD2

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OESRMS2

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OFMPF2M

Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.

OFPE

Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OFPES

Filtered and sorted element data recovery table. Output by STRSORT.

OFPi

Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module.

OFPi1

Output table in SORT1 format usually created by, but not limited to, the SDR2 module.

OFPi2

Output table in SORT2 format.

714

715 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

OFPiX

Output table in SORT2 or SORT1 format. Output by SDR3.

OGDS1

Table of grid point stress discontinuities. Output by STDCON.

OGPFB1

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

OGF

Table of grid point forces. Output by GPFDR.

OGPFB1DS OGF

Table of grid point forces for design responses.

OGPFDSN

Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.

OGF

OGPKE1

Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2.

OGPLYFI

Table of global ply failure indices. Output by SDRCOMP.

OGPLYSS

Table of global ply stresses/strains. Output by SDRCOMP.

OGPMPF2M

Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.

OGPSR

Table of global ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.

OGPWG

Grid point weight generator table in weight units. Output by GPWG or VECPLOT (option 7).

OGPWG*

Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables

OGPWGBW

Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate system divided by WTMASS.

OGS1

OGS

Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format. Output by GPSTR2.

OGSTR1

OGS

Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.

Oi

Outputs of MATMOD module.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. Output by IFP.

OINTDS

p-element output control table for constrained elements. Output by DOPR3.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OINTDSF

p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by CEAD, READ, TRLG, and FRLG.

OL1

In MODACC, OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control command. In MODENRGY, subset of OL selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control commands. Output by MODACC and MODENRGY.

OLDDBi

Output table in pre-Version 69 format. Output by MAKEOLD.

OLF

Nonlinear static load factor list.

OLMPF2M

Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.

OMAT1

MAT in OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format. Output by MATOFP.

OMCF1

Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format. Output by MCFRAC.

OMM

Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.

ONRGD1M

OEE

Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

ONRGDSNM OEE

Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration.

ONRGY1

OEE

Table of element strain energies and energy densities. Output by GPFDR.

ONRGYDS

OEE

Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design responses. Output by GPFDR.

ONRGYDSN OEE

Main Index

Description

Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

716

717 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OPG1

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2.

OPG2

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.

OPG2X

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.

OPGATO2

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OPGCRM2

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OPGNO2

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OPGPSD2

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OPGRMS2

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OPLYSR

Table of ply strength ratios. Output by SDRCOMP.

OPMPF2M

Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.

OPNL1

Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or d-set. Output by VDR.

OPTPRM

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters.

OPTPRMG

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters. Updated table of optimization parameters. Output by DOM12.

OPTNEW

Main Index

Description

OQG

OQG

Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.

OQG1

OQG

Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.

OQG1DS

OQG

Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design responses.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OQG2

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.

OQG2X

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.

OQGATO2

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OQGCRM2

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation. Output by RANDOM.

OQGDSN

OQG

Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

OQGNO2

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OQGPSD2

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OQGRMS2

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OQMATO2

OQG

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OQMCRM2

OQG

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OQMG

OQG

Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.

OQMG2

OQG

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.

OQMNO2

OQG

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OQMPSD2

OQG

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OQMRMS2

OQG

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OSMPF2M

Main Index

Description

Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format. Output by RANDOM.

718

719 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OSTR

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.

OSTR1CDS

OEE

Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.

OSTR1DS

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.

OSTR1G

OEE

Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format. Output by CURV.

OSTR1VU

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements. Output by SDRP.

OSTR1X

OES

Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for 1-D elements. Output by SDRX and SDRXD.

OSTR2

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT2 format.

OSTR2GX

OEE

Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.

OSTRCDSN OEE

Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

OSTRD1M

OES

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OSTRDSN

OEE

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration

OSTRDSNM OES

Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration.

OTMT

Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the matrix will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in RLABEL). The rows will be the partition of g-set size dofs which are contributing (CP defined). Ouptut by ILMP2.

OUG

Main Index

Description

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by DDRMM.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OUG1

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 format. Output by SDR2 or DRMH3.

OUG1DS

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.

OUG1VU

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by SDRP.

OUG2

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format.

OUG2X

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format. Output by CURVPLOT.

OUGATO2

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OUGCRM2

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OUGD1M

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OUGDSN

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

OUGDSNM

OUG

Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

OUGNO2

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OUGPSD2

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function. Output by RANDOM.

OUGRMS2

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM. Last vector block (Lanczos only). Output by READ.

OUTVEC OUXY1 OVG

Main Index

Description

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or d-set. Output by VDR. Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves. Output by FA2.

720

721 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

OVG

OUG

Description Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format. Output by SDR2.

OVG1VU

Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids. Output by SDRP.

OVG2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format.

OVGATO2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. Output by RANDOM.

OVGCRM2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Output by RANDOM.

OVGNO2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the NO function. Output by RANDOM.

OVGPSD2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function Output by RANDOM.

OVGRMS2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the RMS function. Output by RANDOM.

OXRESP

Table of response spectra in SORT2 format. Output by RSPEC.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

P2G

Matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the P2G Case Control command. Output by MTRXIN.

PA

Static load matrix reduced to the a-set. Output by SSG2.

PA*

Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set) of all upstream superelements.

PAK

Aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.

PANSLT

Panel static load table. Output by GP5.

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.

PBGPDT

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY.

PBRMS

Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data. Output by IFP9.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data. Output by DOPR1.

PBRMSN

Updated (optimized) PBRMSD. Output by DOM11.

PBYG

Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set.

PC

Optional stepwise preconditioner in SOLVIT and STATICS, same as A and KGG respectively.

PC1

Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. Output by SOLVIT and STATICS.

PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands. Output by IFP1.

722

723 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PCDBS

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the current superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.

PCDBDR

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

PCOMPTC

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry. Output by IFP6.

PCOMPTX

PCOMPT with design variable perturbations. Output by DSABO.

PD

Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.

PD1

Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the a-set. Output by DDR2.

PDF

Frequency response load matrix in the d-set. Output by FRLG.

PDT

Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps. Output by TRLG and NLTRLG.

PDT1

Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps. Output by TRLG.

PECT

Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi elements. Output by PLTHBDY.

PELSDSF

p-element set table for the perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.

PELSETDS

p-element set table for constrained elements. Output by DOPR3.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PFHF

Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.

PFP

Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads. Output by GUST.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set. In superelement analysis and output by SELA, PG includes the loads from upstream superelements. Output by SSG1 and SELA.

PG*

Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME. One matrix is created per EXPORTLD request. Output by EXPORTLD.

PG1

Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure. Output by PCOMB.

PGFB*

Family of PG matrices. Output by FBDODYLD.

PGG

Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output by DISUTIL.

PGRV

Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only. Output by SSG1.

PGT

Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary conditions. Output by SDR1.

PGUP

Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static loads in upstream superelements only.

PGVST

Static load vector matrix (g-set). Output by MAKAEFS.

PHA

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set. Output by READ.

PHA1

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.

PHAREF1

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.

724

725 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PHASH2

Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.

PHDFH

Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.

PHDH

Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal). Output by GKAM.

PHF

Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal). Output by FRLG.

PHF1

Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with gust loads. Output by GUST.

PHG

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set. Output by READ and LANCZOS.

PHG*

Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the g-set.

PHG1

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.

PHGREF

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior design cycle output of MODTRK. Output by MODTRK.

PHGREF1

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode tracking. Output by MODTRK.

PHIDLL

Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.

PHIDRL

Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.

PHT

Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps. Output by TRLG.

PHX

Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output by UEIGL.

PHXL

Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only. Output by UEIGL.

PHZ

Generalized degree-of-freedom transformation matrix. Output by DYNREDU.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PIj

Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of the matrix may correspond to any degree-of-freedom set size.

PIj1

PIj truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME Case Control command. Output by MODACC.

PJ

Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to its interior points only.

PKF

Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.

PKYG

Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the g-set.

PL

Static load matrix reduced to the l-set. Output by SSG2.

PLI

Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set. Output by SSG4.

PLIST2

Table of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries. Output by DOPR1.

PLIST2*

Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries. Output by DOPR1.

PLMAT

Initial and final load matrices for subcase.

PLOTMSG

Table of user informational messages generated during the plot process. Output by PLOT.

PLSETMSG

Table of user informational messages generated during the definition of element plot sets. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.

PLTPAR

Table of plot parameters and plot control. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.

PMPF

Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.

PMYG

Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the g-set.

PNL

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. Output by NLTRD, NLTRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.

726

727 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PNLLST

Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL qualifier values

PNLT

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.

PO

Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set. Output by SSG2.

POI

Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set. Output by SSG4.

POSTCC

Table containing POST command selections. Output by MODCASE.

POSTCC0

POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE (POSTCFLG=1)

POSTCDB

Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) section of Case Control. Output by IFP1.

PPF

Frequency response load matrix in the p-set. Output by FRLG.

PPL

Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each output time step. Output by NLSOLV.

PPLT

Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.

PPN

Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.

PPT

Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps. Output by TRLG.

PVPERQ

Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be scaled by Q (=1) and those that are absolute (=0). Output by MAKAEFS.

PPVR

Partitioning vector for random responses. Output by DOPRAN.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PRBDOFS

Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom. Output by MAKETR.

PROPI

Matrix of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values. Output by DOPR1.

PROPO

Matrix of final (optimized) property values. Output by DOM9.

PS

Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set. Output by SSG2.

PSDF

Power spectral density table. Output by RANDOM.

PSDL

Power spectral density list. Output by DPD.

PSF

Frequency response load matrix in the s-set. Output by FRLG.

PSFL

Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear transient analysis.

PSI

Modal partitioning factor matrix.

PST

Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps. Output by TRLG.

PTELEM

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system. Output by SSG1.

PTELEM0

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior subcase. Output by SSG1.

PTELMDCN

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.

PTELMDSX

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration. Output by SSG1.

PUG

Matrix of translational displacements. Output by SDR2.

728

729 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PUG*

Family of matrices of translational displacements for all superelements.

PUGD

Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis. Output by SDR2.

PUGS

Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis. Output by SDR2.

PUGX

PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command. Output by SEPLOT.

PVAL0

P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run.

PVAL1

P-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.

PVEC

Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on CYSUP Bulk Data entry. Output by CYCLIC3.

PVGRID

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following Case Control commands: DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE. Output by OUTPRT.

PVGT

Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs. Output by SEEFMNOR.

PVLOAD

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied. Output by OUTPRT.

PVMCFR

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRACTION Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

PVMPC

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.

PVSBIT1

Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes. Output by DSAH.

PVSBIT2

Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained modes. Output by DSAH.

PVSPC

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.

PVT

Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.

PVTS

Table containing parameter values which are resolved from values in PVT, CASECC, and, optionally, the NDDL. Output by PVT.

PX

Inertial or pseudo-load matrix. Output by DSAP.

PXA

Matrix of modally reduced static loads.

PXF

Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.

PXT

Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set. Output by TRLG.

PXTDV

Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined from two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other of DVFLAG=1.

PXT1

Reduced transient response load matrix analysis. Output by DSAR.

PZ

Reduced aerostatic loads matrix.

730

731 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

QG

Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set. Output by LANCZOS, STATICS, and SDR1.

QHH

Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set. Output by AMP.

QHHL

Aerodynamic matrix list

QHJ

Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set. Output by AMP.

QHJK

Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets. Output by GUST.

QHJL

Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.

QKGUST*

Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified by reduced frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.

QKH

Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set. Output by AMP.

QKHL

Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.

QLL

Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.

QMG

Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set. Output by LANCZOS and STATICS.

QMPF

Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.

QMPFM

Merged QMPF. Output by DSAD.

QNV

Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors. Output by NLITER.

QPF

Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.

QPFM

Merged QPF. Output by DSAD.

QPV

Nonlinear constraint forces. Output by NLSOLV.

QR

Matrix of determinate support forces. Output by SSG2.

QXX

Aerodynamic matrix in any set.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

Residual matrix. Output by SOLVIT.

R R1MAPR

Main Index

Description

R1MAP

Table of mapping from original first level (direct) retained responses. Output by DSAD.

R1TAB

Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes. Output by DOPR3.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes. Output by DSAD.

R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.

R1VAL

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses. Output by DSAD.

R1VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level (direct) responses. Output by DOM9.

R1VALR

Matrix of retained type one responses. Output by DSAD.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.

R2MAPR

Table of mapping from original second level (synthetic) retained responses. Output by DSAD.

R2VAL

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses. Output by DSAD.

R2VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level (synthetic) responses. Output by DOM9.

R2VALR

Matrix of retained second level (synthetic) responses.

R2VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.

R2VALXE

R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by DSADX.

R3VAL

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. Output by DSAD.

R3VALO

Matrix of final values of the third level responses. Output by DOM9.

732

733 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

R3VALR

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses. Output by DSAD.

R3VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

R3VALXE

R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.

RBF

Rigid body force matrix. Output by VECPLOT and MKRBVEC.

RCROSSL

Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.

RDEST

Radiation element summary table. Output by RMG2.

RECM

Radiation exchange coefficient matrix. Output by RMG2.

RDG

Reduction matrix from g-set to d-set (transposed).

RESMATFT

Matrix of average velocity response for all EFM superelements for all bands.

RESMAX

Resultant or maxima matrix. Output by VECPLOT.

RESMAX0

Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure. Output by VECPLOT.

RESP12X

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one superelement. Output by DOPR3.

RESP12XM

Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all superelements.

RESP12XR

RESP12X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.

RESP3

Table of third level responses. Output by DOPR3.

RESP3R

Table of retained third level responses in RESP3. Output by DSAD.

RESP3X

Table of third level responses from more than one superelement. Output by DOPR3.

RESP3XE

RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

RESP3XM

Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.

RESP3XR

RESP3X for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.

RESP12

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

RESP12

Table of second level (synthetic) responses. Output by DOPR3.

RGG

Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set. Output by RMG2.

RHMCF

Matrix of dimensional rigid unsplined hinge moment data

RLABEL

Monitor point label for each column in OTMT. Ouptut by ILMP2.

RMAT

Matrix containing real part of CMAT. Output by MATMOD option 34.

RMATG

Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G. Output by MTRXIN.

RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix. Output by GP4.

RMG1

Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command. Output by GPSP.

RMPTQM

Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.

RMSTAB

Table of RMS responses. Output by DOPRAN.

RMSTABR

Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB. Output by DSAD.

RMSTBR

Table of retained RMS responses.

RMSVAL

Matrix of initial RMS values. Output by DSARME.

RMSVALR

Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL. Output by DSAD.

RMSVLR

Matrix of retained RMS values.

ROTORT

Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis. Output by ROTOR module.

RP

Row partitioning vector.

734

735 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

RPERM

Table of row permutations under KSYM=4. Output by DECOMP.

RPH

Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set.

RPV

Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.

RPX

Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.

RQA

Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices. Output by DSTAP2.

RQATAB

Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation. Output by DOPR3.

RQATABR

Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.

RQATABRG

Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.

RR2IDR

Table of retained referenced type two response identification list. Output by DSAD.

RR2IDXE

RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records. Output by DSADX.

RSLTDATA

Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3. Output by SDRP.

RSLTSTAT

Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2. Output by SDRP.

RSP12R

RESP12

RSP2RG

Table of retained second level (synthetic) responses in RESP12. Output by DSAD. Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.

RSP1CT

Main Index

Description

RESP12

Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.

RSP2XE

RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records. Output by DSADX.

RSP2XM

Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

RSP3RG

Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.

RSPTQS

Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.

RSQUERY

Table of results state query.

RSTAB

Matrix of dimensional rigid stability derivatives generated directly from the aerodynamic model.

RUG

Residual matrix for the g-set. Output by STATICS.

RUL

Residual matrix for the l-set. Output by SSG3.

RUO

Residual matrix for the o-set. Output by SSG3.

736

737 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

SCLFMAT

Matrix of simple coupling loss factors. Output by SEEFMCLF.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.

SELIST

Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data sections. Output by SEPR1.

SEMAP

SEMAP

SET

Superelement map table. Output by SEP1 or SEP1X. Mapping matrix for resequencing. Output by SEQP.

SEQMAP

Main Index

Description

SET

Table of combined sets. Output by NASSETS.

SETREE

Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry.

SGPDT

Superelement basic grid point definition table. Output by SEP1X.

SGPDTS

Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current superelement. Output by SEP2X.

SGPDTS*

Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.

SHPVEC

Matrix of basis vectors - coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and design variables. Output by DOPR2.

SIL

Scalar index list. Output by GP1.

SIL0

SIL table from a previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set. Output by DPD.

SKJ

Integration matrix. Output by AMG.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction. Output by SEP3.

SLT

Table of static loads. Output by GP3.

SLTF

Table of static loads with follower forces only. Output by DLT2SLT.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

SLT1

Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis. Output by NLCOMB.

SLTH

Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis. Output by SSG1.

SLTNL

SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the current and last load step. Output by SSG1.

SLTNL0

SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.

SMPF

Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors. Output by MODEPF.

SNORM*

Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.

SNORMM

Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors. Output by SEEFMNOR.

SNORMS

Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary. Output by TASNP1.

SORTBOOL

Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column associated with the sorted row terms. Output by MATMOD option 35.

SORTLIST

Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the sorted terms. Output by MATMOD option 35.

SPCCOL

Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

SPCPART

Partitioning vector for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.

SPECSEL

Response spectra input correlation table.

SPLINE

Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with external grid identification numbers. Output by MKSPLINE.

738

739 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

SPSEL

Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.

SRKS

Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors. Output by MONVEC.

SRKT

Matrix used to sum the forces and moments acting on the k-set degrees-of-freedom to the reference point. Output by ADG.

STATDATA

Table of state information when system cell 297=1. Output by SDRP.

STBDER

Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase. Output by SDP.

STBTAB

Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.

STRUCOMP

Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. Output by MAKCOMP.

SVEC

Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.

SYSE

Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.

SZR

Merged monitor matrices. Output by MRGMON.

SZRi

Associated monitor matrices

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

T

Table information to support MATGEN module options. Diagonal from symmetric decomposition. Output by MATMOD option 21.

TA

Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.

TAB

Table.

TABi

Tables.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers. Output by DOPR4.

TABECN

Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR. Output by DSAF.

TABEVP

Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable identification numbers. Output by DSABO.

TABEVS

Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design variable identification numbers. Output by DOPR6.

TABEV2

Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS. Output by DSAE.

TB

Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.

TC

Secondary table to be merged into TOLD to form TNEW.

TEF

Directory table for MEF. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

TEL

Transient response time output list appended from each subcase. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

TEMF

Total effective mass fraction table. Output by EFFMAS.

TES

Directory table for MES. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

TFPOOL

Table of TF Bulk Data entry images. Output by DPD.

TIMSIZ

Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters. Output by SEQP.

TKNRGY

Table of modal kinetic energy. Output by MODENRGY.

740

741 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

TMINIT

Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing constraints. Output by DOPR1.

TMLD

Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis. Output by NLTRLG.

TNEW

Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.

TOFPi

Directory table for MOFPi. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

TOL

TOL

Transient response time output list. Output by IFT, TOLAPP, TRD2 and TRLG.

TOL1

TOL

Transient response time output list reduced by the OTIME Case Control command or for the current nonlinear transient subcase. Output by MODACC and TOLAPP.

TOLD

Table data block to be edited by TABEDIT.

TOLR

Updated TOL in restarts requested by user parameter STIME>0.0. Output by TRLG.

TOPELE

Element list for topology optimization. Output by IFP10.

TOPMC

Topology member size control table. Output by DOPR1.

TOPMC2

Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints. Output by DOPR1.

TOPOLE

Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.

TOPTAB

Table of topology designed properties with design variable identification numbers. Output by DOPR1.

TOPTAB0

Table of topology designed properties. Output by IFP10.

TOUT

DRMH1 directory table in table data block or DTI format.

TPRELE

Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.

TQG

Directory table for MQG. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

TR

Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic reference point. Output by MAKETR.

TRANTR

Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin rigid body degrees-of-freedom. Output by MAKETR.

TRL

Transient response list. Output by DPD.

TRX

Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic extra points. Output by ADG.

TSNRGY

Table of modal strain energy. Output by MODENRGY.

TUG

Directory table for MUG. Output by DRMH1 and DRMS1.

TXY

DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format. Output by DRMH1.

742

743 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

U

Upper triangular factor. Output by DECOMP and DCMP.

UA

Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set or solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

UACCE

Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response analysis. Output by DSAR.

UAJJT

Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.

UAM1DD

Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.

UBULK

Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries. Output by XSORT.

UD

Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency response. Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.

UD1

Improved solution matrix for the d-set. Output by DDR2.

UDISP

Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response analysis. Output by DSAR.

UE

Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points). Output by DDR2.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration. Output by SDR1 and STATICS. Velocity matrix in g-set.

UGD

Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.

UGDS

Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.

UGDS1

Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation. Output by DSVG3.

UGG

Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global). Output by DISUTIL.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

UGNI

Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set. Output by NLITER.

UGNT

Total displacement matrix in the g-set. Output by UGVADD.

UGT

Updated temperature matrix in g-set. Output by MATMOD option 19. Transposed regular solution matrix specified on first pass through DSADJ. Output by DSADJ.

UGT0

UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through DSADJ.

UGX

Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.

UGX1

Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted responses. Output by DSAD.

UH

Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.

UHF

Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.

UHFF

Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.

UHFM

Merged UHF. Output by DSAD.

UHFS

Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.

UHR

Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis. Output by INTERR.

UI

Solution matrix where the columns correspond to eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL. The rows of the matrix may correspond to any degree-of-freedom set size.

744

745 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

UI1

UI truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME. Case Control command. Output by MODACC.

UL

Displacement matrix in l-set. Output by SSG3.

ULAMA

Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table. Output by UEIGL.

ULL

Upper triangular factor for the l-set from KLL.

ULLT

Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects.

ULNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.

UNITDISP

Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit displacement at a degree-of-freedom. Only degreesof-freedom which participate in the union of all monitor points will contain a unit displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET number of columns. Output by ILMP1.

UNITPV

Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit displacement is requested. (All 6 degrees-offreedom will be assumed to contribute). Output by ILMP1.

UNITS

Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.

UO

Displacement matrix in o-set. Output by SSG3.

UOO

Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the a-set fixed (set to zero).

UPF

Displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.

UPFM

Merged UPF. Output by DSAD.

UPNL0

Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase. Output by NLSOLV.

UPNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

UPSDT

Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.

UPSDTR

UPSDT for retained frequencies. Output by DSAD.

URDDIDX

An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries. Output by MAKETR.

URDDUXV

UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric analysis). Output by MAKETR.

USET

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set. Output by GPSP.

USET0

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set usually prior to Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4. USET table from a previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.

USET1

USET

USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements. Output by BNDSPC.

USETD

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. Output by DPD.

USETM

USET

Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for gset. Output by MODUSET.

USETN

USET with updated set membership. Output by NEWUSET.

UTF

Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT. Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.

UVELO

Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis. Output by DSAR.

UX

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements. Output by ASG.

746

747 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

UXDAT

Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments. Output by ASG.

UXDIFV

Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF. Output by ASG and SDP.

UXF

Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.

UXR

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of restrained stability derivatives. Output by DSARLP.

UXT

Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set. Output by TRD1, TRD2, and IFT.

UXT1

Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis. Output by DSAR.

UXTRIM

UX vector at trim.

UXU

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of unrestrained stability derivatives. Output by DSARLP.

UXV

Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB

UXVBRL

Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has NX rows and NV columns. Output by ADG.

UXVF

Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

UXVP

Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

UXVST

Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix. Output by MAKAEFS.

UXVW

Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries. Output by MAKAEFA.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

V01P

Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.

VA

Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.

VDA

Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0’s at extra point dofs. May be purged if no extra points are specified. Output by VEC.

VDXC

Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in KDD, BDD, and MDD.

VDXR

Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD, BDD, and MDD.

VELEM

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes. Output by ELTPRT.

VELEMDCN

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Output by DSAF.

VELEMN

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration. Output by ELTPRT.

VFO1

VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

VG

Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter analysis only. Velocity matrix in g-set.

VGA

G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to the a-set.

VGD

Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.

VGDM

Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is required if SPDM=-1. Output by OUTPRT.

748

749 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Description

VGF

Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom. Output by GP1.

VGFD

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom connected to frequency-dependent elements. Output by TA1.

VGA

G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to the a-set.

VGQ

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.

VIEWTB

VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and viewgrids. Output by VIEWP.

VIEWTBDS

VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and viewgrids for the perturbed model. Output by DVIEWP.

VTQU

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Table of flutter sensitivity data. Output by DSFLTE.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

WETFACES

Table of wetted structure element and face identification numbers found for each individual open fluid face.

WGTM

Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix. Output by WEIGHT.

WJ

Gust matrix. Output by GUST.

WMID

Table of weight as a function of material identification number. Output by WEIGHT.

WRJVBRL

Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control surfaces. Output by ADG.

WSKJF

Weighted integration matrix.

WTCRID

Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in rigid mass matrix. Output by DSAW.

WTDSCP

Partitioning vector for weight. Output by DSAW.

750

751 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Chapter 2 Name

X

Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B]. Output by FBS, SOLVE, and SOLVIT. Matrix product. Output by MPYAD and SMPYAD. Matrix transpose. Output by TRNSP.

X66

Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10. Output by VECPLOT.

X66P

Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in X66.

XAA

Reduced square matrix in a-set. Output by MATREDU.

XAA*

Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream superelements.

XD

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the pset. Output by UREDUC.

XDD

Reduced square matrix in d-set. Output by MATREDU.

XDICT

KDICT

Baseline element matrix dictionary table. Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.

XDICTB XDICTDS

KDICT

Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.

XDICTX

KDICT

Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.

XELM

KELM

Baseline element matrices. Output by EMG. Backward perturbed element matrices if CDIF='YES'

XELMB XELMDS

KELM

Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.

XELMX

KELM

Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices if CDIF='YES'.

XG

Main Index

Description

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the g-set.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

XGG

Square matrix in g-set. In superelement analysis, XGG includes contributions from upstream superelements. Output by EMA and SEMA.

XGGi

Square matrices in g-set. Output by EMA and SEMA.

XH

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal). Output by UREDUC.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables. Output by DOPR1.

XJJ

Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to its interior points only.

XNENEi

Square matrix in ne-set. Output by MCE2.

XNNi

Square matrices in n-set. Output by MCE2.

XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

XORTH

Cross-orthogonality matrix. Output by CEAD and UEIGL.

XOUT

Resultant to table output. Output by VECPLOT.

XP

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set

XPP

Square matrix in p-set.

XPPi

Square matrix in p-set.

XS

Optional starting vector, same type as B and PG in SOLVIT and STATICS, respectively. Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the s-set. Output by UREDUC.

XSF

S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Output by MATREDU.

XSS

S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Output by MATREDU.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands. Output by IFP1.

752

753 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

XYCDBDR

Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEDR.

XYCDBS

Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID). Output by SEP2CT.

XYPLOT

Table of x-y plot control values. Output by XYTRAN.

XZ

Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design variable linking relationship. Output by DOPR1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

YACCE

Matrix of enforced accelerations.

YGBNDR

Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric models.

YPF

Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. Output by FRLG.

YPO

Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the output time steps. Output by TRLG.

YPT

Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set. Output by TRLG.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures. Output by GPSP.

YS0

Matrix of enforced displacements temperatures usually prior to Auto-SPC update in GPSP. Output by GP4.

YS1

YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream superelements. Output by BNDSPC.

YSD

Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream superelements.

YSD1

YSD updated with enforced displacements from upstream and current superelements to be passed to downstream superelements. Output by BNDSPC.

YSMAT

Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.

YVELO

Matrix of enforced velocities.

754

755 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Chapter 3 Name

Main Index

Chapter 2 Name

Description

ZETAH

Mass-normalized damping.

Z1ZX

Matrix of unrestrained dimensional elastic derivatives

ZZX

Reduced aerostatic solution matrix.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Data Block Naming Conventions Stiffness, Damping, and Mass: K_____

Stiffness

KD____

Differential stiffness

B_____

Viscous damping

K4____

Structural damping (See GE field on MATi entries)

__2DD

Stiffness in dynamic formulation

M____

Mass

___JJ

Stiffness, damping, and mass matrices without upstream superelement contributions. Exception: __AJJ_ is the aerodynamic influence matrix.

L__, U__

Lower and upper triangular decomposition factors

Note: Some of the above names may be prefixed with a "C" to indicate a complex matrix. Superelements: CM____

Superelement (component) modes

_____S

Assigned only to SEP2 and GP1 module outputs

__LIST

Superelement processing list; for example, SLIST, DRLIST, and DSLIST

MAPS

Superelement boundary grid map

SEMAP

Superelement map

Loads and Solutions:

Main Index

A_____

Aeroelastic or aerostatic

B_____

Buckling

C_____

Complex modes

CY____

Cyclic symmetry

F_____

Flutter

_____F

Frequency response

756

757 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

_____T

Transient response

___NL_

Nonlinear static or transient response; for example, USETNL, ESTNL and OESNLX

_____NI

Nonlinear static or transient response generated in a nonlinear loop.

___PH__

Eigensolution

PH____

Normal modes eigenvector matrix; for example, PHG (g-set) and PHA(a-set)

CPH___

Complex modes eigenvector matrix; for example, CPHD (d-set) and CPHL (l-set).

BPH___

Buckling eigenvector matrix; for example, BPHA (a-set)

Solutions: ___U___

Static and dynamics (except eigen-) solution; for example, CYUG is the cyclic static solution g-set

___Q___

Single point forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example, QG, QPT, and CYQG. Also aerodynamic matrices; for example, QHH, QKHL, and QLL

___QM__

Multipoint forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example, QMG, QMPT, and CYQMG

CMPH___

Component modes eigenvector matrices.

__LAMA

Eigenvalue summary table; for example, LAMA, BLAMA (buckling), CLAMA (complex), and CMLAMA (component modes)

__UH__

Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom; for example, AUHF is the Aeroelastic solution h-set

__OL__

Dynamic output list; for example, FOL (frequency) and TOL (transient).

___NT__

Nonlinear transient response; for example, UPNT and ULNTH

_____N

Nonlinear static solution appended for all loops; for example, UGN and QGN

Loads:

Main Index

P_____

Dynamic and static loads

Y___

Enforced displacement

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

PA

Static loads a-set

PJ

Static loads g-set (no upstream loads)

PG

Static loads g-set

PP____

Dynamic loads p-set

PH____

Dynamic loads h-set

__PPF_

Dynamic loads p-set, frequency response

__PPT_

Dynamic loads p-set, transient response

__UH__

Dynamic solution at modal degrees-of-freedom

__UG__

Static solution g-set; for example, UGN is the nonlinear solution at the g-set.

__UL__

Static or dynamic solution l-set; for example, ULN is the nonlinear solution at the g-set.

__UP__

Dynamic solution p-set; for example, UPN is the nonlinear transient solution at the p-set.

Solution Output Tables:

Main Index

O__ES__

Element stresses (STRESS=n)

O__GPS__

Grid point stresses (GPSTRESS=n)

O__GPF__

Grid point forces (GPFORCE=n)

O__NRG__

Element strain energy (ESE=n)

O__EF__

Element forces (FORCE=n)

O__EE__

Element strains (STRAIN=n)

O__STR__

Element strains (STRAIN=n)

O__UG__

Static solution (DISP=n)

O__UP__

Dynamic solution (DISP=n)

O__QG__

Static spcforces (SPCF=n)

O__QMG_

Static mpcforces (MPCF=n)

O__QP__

Dynamic spcforces (SPCF=n)

O_____1

Sort 1 format

O_____2

Sort 2 format

758

759 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Miscellaneous: __CASE__

Case Control section tables; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2 and SEDRDR are CASECC, CASES, and CASEDR.

___CDB_

Control data blocks from the OUTPUT(XY_____), OUTPUT(PLOT), and OUTPUT(POST) sections; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2, and SEDRDR are POSTCDB, PCDBS, and PCDBDR.

GEOM__

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry, connectivity, static loads, and degree-of-freedom set membership.

USET__

Degree-of-freedom set; for example, USET0 (from GP4), USET (from GPSP), and USETD (from DPD).

_GPDT_

Grid point definition tables; for example, BGPDT and GPDT.

CSTM_

Coordinate Systems Transformation matrix tables; for example, CSTM, CSTMS, CSTMA

O_____

Solution output tables; for example, OCYES1 is cyclic statics, element stresses, and Sort 1. OCPHQP1 is complex modes, SPCForces, and Sort 1. OUG2 is statics, displacements, and Sort 2.

_EST__

Element summary table; for example, Outputs from TA1 are named EST and ESTL. Output from NLITER and NLTRD is named ESTNL.

_DICT_

Dictionary table for element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KDICT (linear), KDDICT (differential), KDICTNL (material nonlinear), MDICT (mass)

_ELM_

Element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KELM (linear), KDELM (differential), MELM (mass)

_____1

MODACC module outputs. (OTIME and OFREQ); for example, ULF1, FOL1

_____1X

SDRX and SDRXD module outputs; for example, OES1X, OEF1X

Inconsistent Names:

Main Index

BUG

Buckling eigenvector matrix; should be renamed to BPHG.

GM

Transformation between m-set and n-set; should be renamed to GMN.

POS

Static loads on the o-set; should be renamed to PO.

PSS

Static loads on the s-set; should be renamed to PS.

DM

Transformation between l-set and r-set; should be renamed to DLR.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

MR

Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set); should be renamed to MRR.

MRR

Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT; should be renamed to MRR1.

__V__

Obsolete designation indicating "vector"; for example, OUGV1, UGVS, UHVF.

__PHI__

Obsolete designation indicating eigensolution; for example, PHIDH (should be PHDH)

PHDH

Transformation from d-set to h-set; should be renamed to PHD.

760

761 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

2.7

Parameter Glossary The parameter Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all parameters shown in the module descriptions in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860. Naming conventions appear at the end of the glossary. Name

Type and Description

AADJCOL

Integer. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for all previously processed superelements. On output, summation of columns in DRDUG including current superelement. Output by ADJMOD.

ACMS

Character. Automatic Component Mode Synthesis flag. If ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned into superelements according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, AND ZCOLLCT.

ACON

Integer. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set degrees-of-freedom will be constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.

ACOUSTIC

Integer. Fluid-structure analysis flag. Output by GP2. 0 No fluid elements exist 1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exist 2 Fluid/structure coupling exists

ACOUT

Character. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural analysis. 'RMS'

Root-mean-square

'PEAK' Peak ACTFREQ

Integer. Active frequency processing flag. Output by DSAD.

ADELRF

Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response analysis. Output by DSAL.

ADELRS

Integer. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis. Output by DSAL.

ADJFLG

Integer. Adjoint sensitivity flag. Output by DSAD. 0 No adjoint sensitivity 1 Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis 2 Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis

Main Index

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

ADJMETH

Integer. Triple matrix product method in DSADJ. 0 the program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2. 1 holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is limited 2 holds only the active solution vectors

ADPCON

Real. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.

ADPTEXIT

Logical. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.

ADPTINDX

Integer. P-version analysis adaptivity index.

AECONFIG

Character. Aerodynamic configuration. Output by AEMODEL.

AEQRATIO

Real. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.

AERTYP

Character. Aerodynamic analysis type: 'STATICS'

Aerostatic

'DYNAMICS'

Flutter and aeroelastic

'STADYN'

All aerodynamic analysis types

ALPHAD

Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [A].

ALPHAJ

Real. Real part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.

ALTSHAPE

Integer. Set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. 0 MacNeal set 1 Full product space set

AMLFLG

Logical. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated. Output by AXMPR1.

APP

Character. Analysis type. Output by FRLG. Dynamic load type. Set to 'FREQ', if RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries are referenced.

ARCLG

Main Index

Real. The arc length at the last converged step. Output by NLITER.

762

763 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

ARCSGN

Integer. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is used in restarts in the post-buckling region. Output by NLITER.

ASMUNIT

Integer. Fortran unit number for the .asm file to be generated if the ASMBULK option is specified on the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.

ATQSET

Logical. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=’YES’. FALSE

generate a fixed number of q-set DOFs for each domain

TRUE

generate a single q-set DOF for the residual structure and the fluid superelement. Usually set indirectly by user parameter.

In G4: If no ASET, ASET1, QSET, and QSET1 entries are present, then all unspecified degrees of freedom will be included in the: a-set

if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.

o-set

if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.

In SEP1X: Automatic q-set generation flag. If .TRUE., automatic q-set will not be generated here but in the MODQSET module.

Main Index

AUNIT

Logical. If TRUE then unit solutions are assumed.

AUNITS

Real. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units of length per time squared.

AUTOADJ

Character. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropriate. Usually input via user parameter.

AUTOMSET

Character. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will be rearranged to avoid exclusive DOF set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.

AUTOSE

Character. Automatic superelement optimization flag. Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

AUTOSPC

Character. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then singularities will be constrained.

AUXMFL

Logical. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Output by AXMDRV. Set to FALSE when processing the last auxiliary model.

AUXMID

Integer. Auxiliary model identification number. Output by AXMDRV.

BADMESH

Logical. Bad geometry was detected.

BAILOUT

Integer. Decomposition maximum ratio exit flag.

BC

Integer. BC Case Control command set identification number specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

BCFLAG

Logical. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.

BCKCOL

Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also corresponds to the column number of static solution vector. Output by GETCOL.

BCLBL

Integer. f06 file page header control. -1 Clear page header 0 Initialize page header without page eject 1 Initialize page header with page eject

BEGSUP

BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first Bulk Data section. Output by IFP1.

BETA

Complex. Integration parameter.

BETAD

Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [B].

BIGER

Real. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.

BIGMAT

Logical. Big matrix (>65535 rows) format flag.

BITID

Integer. Bit position of a degree-of-freedom set.

BOV

Real. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency. Value calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY). Output by APD.

BOXIDF

Integer. Box corner point identification flag. Output by APD. 0 Points have unique identification numbers starting with the aerodynamic component identification number.

Main Index

764

765 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description -1 Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an overlap if they were started with the aerodynamic component identification numbers. No display of the corner points is possible.

BSKIP

Logical. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, the skip first subcase in CASECC.

BTBRS

Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

BUCKCC

Logical. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in CASECC and CASEBUCK is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

BULKFGi

Integer. Bulk Data entry record existence flag. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry record exists. Output by PARAML.

BULKNMi

Integer. Bulk Data entry name.

CARDNO

Integer. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also written into columns 7380 of each line. Output by XYTRAN.

CASCOMi

Character. Case Control command names.

CASEID

Integer. Subcase identification number for SOL 400. Output by CASE.

CCSET

Integer. Case Control set identification number which specifies a set of grids to be used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for possible future implementation).

CFDFLG

Integer. Central finite difference flag. 1 Forward -1 Backward

CDIF

Main Index

Character. Finite difference scheme. 'YES'

Central

'NO'

Forward

CDOM

Integer. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion.(0=basic coordinate system).

CFDIAGP

Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.

CFRANDEL

Real. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

CHAR

Character. Character value of table element. Output by PARAML.

CHAR2

Character. Character value of table element concatenated from the values in the WRDNUM and WRDNUM-th position. Output by PARAML. APPEND module: Character value in the same record as CHAR1 and following CHAR1.

CHARi

Character. Character value for PRGNAME.

CHOLSKY

Integer. Cholesky decomposition flag.

CLOSE

Real. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS' method, close natural frequencies will be summed if the natural frequencies satisfy: f i + 1 < CLOSE ⋅ f i

CLOSEOPT

Integer. FORTIO close options. 1 Rewind (leaves file open, if open) 2 Close/keep (default) 3 Close/delete

CMDEREQ

Integer. Component modal damping energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 means yes. Output by CMSENGY.

CMEOUT

Integer. Module processing flag. -2 Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request -1 Print/punch accumulated results 0 Integer. Compute results tables for the current superelement.

CMERTYPE

Type of response of input matrices. 1 free vibrations 2 modal frequency 3 modal transient

CMETYPE

Integer. Type of energy of input matrices. 1 strain energy 2 kinetic energy 3 damping energy

Main Index

766

767 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

CMFREREQ

Integer. Component modal forced response energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.

CMFVEREQ

Integer. Component modal free vibration energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.

CMKEREQ

Integer. Component modal kinetic energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.

CMPX

Complex. Complex value in the next record.

CMPXD

Complex double precision. Complex double precision value in the next record.

CMPXi

Complex. Complex value for PRGNAME.

CMSEREQ

Integer. Component modal strain energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output by CMSENGY.

CNCNT

Integer. Counter for constraints in CONTAB. Output by DOPR3.

CNVFLG

Integer. Design optimization convergence flag. Output by DOM12. 0 No convergence is achieved 1 Soft convergence is achieved 2 Hard convergence is achieved

COLADJ

Integer. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current superelement.

COLINC

Integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL.

COLNAM

Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows MATGPR output.

COLNUM

Integer. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.

COMBMETH

Integer. Combine method selection in SSG1 module. 0 Automatic 1 Single term 2 Scaled column 3 Multiple/add kernels < 0 Same as above with diagnostic print

Main Index

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

COMPNAME Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the rigid body motion. COMPRPLC

Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from COMP1 into COMP.

CONFAC

Integer. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems.

CONSEC

Integer. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

CONT3D

Integer. 3D contact flag. < 0 No >-1 Yes

CONV

Integer. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and NLTRD2. On input: 0 Initialization On output: -1 Convergence has not been achieved 1 Convergence has been achieved.

COORID

Integer. Coordinate system identification number.

COUPMASS

Integer. Coupled mass generation flag. -1 Lumped 0 Coupled

CP

Integer. DBC module control parameter. Output by DBC.

CRTPOS

Integer. CCPOS1 creation flag. >0 Create CCPOS1 <=0 Do not create CCPOS1

Main Index

CSDIAGP

Character. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CWSEAM element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.

CSRANDEL

Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.

768

769 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

CSTRN

Integer. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.

CSTRES

Integer. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.

CTYPE

Character. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry. Output by CYCLIC1.

CVTYP

'ROT'

Rotational

'AXI'

Axisymmetric

'DIH'

Dihedral

Integer. Type of convergence test. 1 Soft convergence is to be checked 2 Hard convergence is to be checked 3 Final iteration histories are to be printed

CWDIAGP

Character. CWELD deletion diagnostic flag. ’YES’ means print. diagonistics. Usually input by user parameter.

CWRANDEL

Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.

CYCLIC

Logical or integer. Set to TRUE or -1 for cyclic symmetry models.

DATAREC

Integer. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not need in data recovery.

DBCPATH

Integer. Dummy variable parameter to allow passing of qualifiers from the NASTRAN database to the DBC database.

DBKNT

Integer. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT. DBKNT is only computed under ITAPE= -3 or -13. Output by INPUTT2.

DCEIGCC

Logical. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

DEBUG

Integer. Passive column logic control flag in DCMP and DECOMP.

DECOMP

Integer. DCMP and DECOMP module error termination flag.

DEFORMED

Integer. Deformed plot request flag. 1 Plot undeformed shapes

Main Index

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description -1 Plot deformed shapes

DEFRMID

Integer. Element deformation set identification number. Usually obtained from the DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential stiffness.

DELG

Real. Scale factor on perturbed length.

DELTAB

Real. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.

DELTAD

Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [D].

DESCYCLE

Integer. Design cycle analysis counter or flag.

DESGLB

Integer. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number. Output by DOPR3 and MDCASE.

DESITER

Integer. Design optimization iteration number.

DESMAX

Integer. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.

DESOBJ

Integer. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number. Output by DOPR3 and MDCASE.

DESOPT

Integer. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the noncomposite element forces are extracted for68m OEF1A and copied to OEF1AA.

DESPCH

Integer. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries. See “DESPCH” on page 679 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

DESVAR

Integer. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable perturbations. Output by SDSA.

DET

Complex. Scaled value of the determinant of a matrix. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

DETER

Complex. Shift value. Output by DYCNTRL.

DFREQ

Real. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f 1 and f 2 , are considered duplicates if f 1 – f 2 < DFREQ ⋅ f max – f min where f max and fmin are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all FREQi Bulk Data entries.

Main Index

770

771 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

DFRQCC

Logical. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

DIGITS

Integer. Number of digits for the fractional part of values written by the OUTPUT4 module.

DISCYC

Logical. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete design cycle.

DISMETH

Integer. Method of processing in DISUTIL module.

DISVAR

Logical. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to TRUE if discrete optimization design variables are specified. Output by DOPR1.

DLOAD1

Integer. Dynamic load set identification number in the first frequency subcase. Output by DSAD.

DMIGFN

Character. Qualifier name for F2J matrices.

DMPYIN

Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input matrices from master processor to slave processor(s).

DMPYOUT

Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X matrix from slave processor(s) to master processor.

DODMP

Integer. Distributed memory parallel flag. 0 Compute in serial (default) 1 Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1 2 Compute in distributed memory parallel method 1

Main Index

DMRESD

Integer. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the residual structure. Output by SDSB.

DOANALY

Integer. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOBUCK

Integer. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.

DOCEIG

Integer. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOCSTRAT

Integer. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite stress ratio. Output by DSPRM.

DOEIGV

Integer. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints. Output by DSPRM.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

DOELOP

Integer. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses. Output by DSPRM.

DODIVG

Integer. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOESE

Integer. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOFLUT

Integer. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOFREQ

Integer. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOFRMASS

Integer. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass. Output by DSPRM.

DOFSPC

Integer. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOGPF

Integer. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses. Output by DSPRM.

DOMODES

Integer. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.

DOMTRAN

Integer. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DONSET

Integer. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC processing. Output by GPSP. -1 Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN). 0 Do not execute GPSP again.

Main Index

DOPT

Integer. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa for the CURVPLOT module.

DORMS

Integer. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOSAERO

Integer. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOSASTAT

Integer. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

772

773 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

DOSSPCF

Integer. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOSTAT

Integer. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.

DOSTCOMP

Integer. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static compliance. Output by DSPRM.

DOTSPC

Integer. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DOWGHT

Integer. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

DPEPS

Real. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model properties. See further description in “Parameters” on page 655 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

DPHFLG

Integer. Flag to select Nelson’s method or subspace iteration for eigenvector sensitivities. Usually input via user parameter. 0 Nelson’s method 1 Subspace iteration

DRATIO

Real. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.

DRESP

Integer. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design responses. Output by SDSA.

DSAPRT

Logical. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.

DSENS

Integer. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG, accelerations due to inertial loads.

DSFLAG

Logical. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job.

DSNOKD

Real. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.

DSVGF

Integer. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue. 0 No scaling 1 Scale

DSZERO

Main Index

Real. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will be printed.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

DTMi

Integer. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If DTMi<>0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement matrix and, therefore, velocities and accelerations will not be output to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one column per time step instead of the usual three.

DUPWG

Integer. Duplicate word group option in the TABEDIT module.

DVAFLAG

Integer. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit. -1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUGi. 1 Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVGi and OAGi.

DVFLAG

Integer. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large and direct methods of specification. =0

Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced accelerations.

>0

Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and velocities.

DVGRDN

Character. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped.

DVRGCC

Logical. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

EIGNFREQ

Integer. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. Output by DOPR3. 1 Eigenvalue (radian/time) 2 Frequency (cycle/time)

ECTYPE

Integer. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output: 0 ECT and ELSET 1 GEOM2 and ELSET 2 ECT and PELSET

EDT1FLG

Integer. EDT1 creation flag. Output by GP5. -1 EDT1 was created. 0 EDT1 was not created.

Main Index

mass

774

775 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

EFMDIAG

Integer. EFM diagnostic printout flag.

EFMFLG

Integer. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on superelement boundary points. 0 Compute the average all of the shell normals 1 Compute the resultant of all of shell normals

Main Index

EFMMASS

Real. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.

EIGRFLD

Character. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the field value is a character string. Output by MATMOD option 23.

EIGRVALI

Integer. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by MATMOD option 23.

EIGRVALR

Real. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by MATMOD option 23.

ELEMSET

Integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a list element point identification numbers.

ENDCOL

Integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.

EPPRT

Real. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'.

EPS

Real. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000 where N is the size of KXX, etc.

EPSBIG

Real. Large number for tuning.

EPSI

Integer. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is greater than 1.E-3. Output by SSG3 and DISUTIL.

EPSLND

Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [E].

EPSMALC

Real. Small number for tuning.

EPSNO

Integer. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.

EPZERO

Real. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO will not be constrained.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Name

Type and Description

EQVBLK

Logical. Copy/equivalence flag of BULKOLD to BULK. If on input EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on input and output EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output. xsort.

ERR

Integer. Excessive factor diagonal ratio flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

ERROR

Integer. Duplicate element identification flag. Output by ELTPRT.

EXISTS

Character. Project and version status. Output by PROJVER. 'EXISTS'

If project and version exists

'DELETED'

If project and version is deleted

'NONE'

If project and version never existed

EXTNAME

Character. Name of the qualifier used to identify External Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry.

EXTRN

Integer. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.

EXTWORK

Real. External work. Output by SSG3.

F1

Real. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL. Tolerance for treating small values as zero during decomposition in DCMP and DECOMP. Maximum value to print in MATGPR output.

F2

Real. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.

F6CNTR

Integer. Fortran unit loop counter.

F6SUFFIX

Character. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physicalvnames. Output by MODCASE.

F6UNIT

Integer. Current Fortran unit number. Output by MODCASE.

FAC1

Complex. Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG.

FAC2

Complex. Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG.

776

777 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

FAC3

Complex. Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero. Output by TRLG.

FACTOR

Integer. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification number (SEQID) in the SEQP module.

FAILI

Integer. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.

FBREST

Integer. Internal restart flag.

FBTYP

Integer. Forward or backward pass selection.

FCSENS

Integer. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag.

Fij

Integer. Form of output matrix partitions.

FILTERF

Real. Filter for fluid factor matrices.

FILTERS

Real. Filter for structure factor matrices.

FIRSTBA

Logical. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency is truncated. Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.

FKQRTR

Logical. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE, follower stiffness will be generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.

FKSYMFAC

Real. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually input by user parameter.

FLOOP

Integer. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial entry and incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then set to -1. Output by FA1.

FLUID

Logical. Fluid processing flag.

FLUIDMP

Main Index

GKAM

If TRUE, then modal damping set identification number is obtained from the SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control command.

READ and LANCZOS

METHOD command option (FLUID or STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.

Integer. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Name

Type and Description

FLUIDSE

Integer. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present. Output by SEQP.

FLUTCC

Logical. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in CASECC and CASEFLUT is specified in the output list.

FMODE

Integer. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input. Output by GKAM.

FMODEF

Integer. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user parameter input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input. Output by GKAM.

FMPFEPS

Real. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.

FORM

Integer. Form of output matrix.

FORMAT

Character. Eigenvalue problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling problems are not supported.

FOUND

Integer. Integer value search flag. Set to -1 if integer value is found by PARAML. Output by PARAML.

FOURIER

Integer. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC. Output by FRLG.

FREQ1

Integer. Frequency set identification number in the first frequency subcase. Output by DSAD.

FREQ345

Logical. Flag indicating presence of FREQ3, FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk Data entries.

FREQDEP

Logical. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if frequencydependent elements are present or to be processed. Output by TA1.

FREQINDX

Integer. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated with UA.

FREQTYP

Character. Frequency dependent element processing mode: 'ESTF'

Compute frequency dependent stiffness

'ESTNF'

Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness

778

779 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

FREQVAL

Real. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation. Output by FRQDRV.

FREQWA

Real. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

FRM

Real. Fractional mass for designed structure.

FRMASS

Real. Fractional mass of designed structure.

FROMLABL

Character. The label associated with the present group set.

FRQLOOP

Integer. Frequency loop counter. On input, FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP is incremented by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For example, if the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP is output as -5. Output by FRQDRV.

FSDCYC

Logical. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle.

G

Real. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by user parameter.

GAMMAD

Complex double precision. This is the scalar multiplier for [C].

GDRTYP

Character. Solution type. DIRECT

NOYSET is obtained from DYNRED Bulk Data entry

ODAL

NOYSET is estimated

GEOMU

Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes geometric information.

GETNUMPN

Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads.

GMAFLG

Integer. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL commands.

GNLSTN

Integer. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user parameter. 0 Small strain 1 Green strain

Main Index

GPF

Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

GPFNAM

Character. NDDL name of the OGPF1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Name

Type and Description

GPFORCE

Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.

GPLABEL

Character. The label associated with the new set of subgroups.

GPSOPT

Integer. GPSTR2 output option bits numbered right to left. Bit

Description

1

Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be output. (This is an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).

2

Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be output

3

Set device code bit in OGS1’s Id record to indicate plot only for direct stress/strain for volume

4

Set device code bit in OGS1’s Id record to indicate plot only for principal stress/strain for volume.

GRDPNT

Integer. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias are computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic coordinate system is used. Output by VECPLOT.

GRIDFMP

Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will be output.

GRIDMP

Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.

GRIDSET

Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid point identification numbers.

GRPSZ

Integer. The number of processors in each subgroup.

GUSTAERO

Integer. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.

GUST2ID

Integer. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.

HDRLBLi

Character. Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of each page.

HEATCC

Logical. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

HFREQ

Real. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.

HINDEX

Integer. Harmonic index.

780

781 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

HNAMEi

Character. For INPUTT2, HNAMEi is the data block name found in the header of DBi on the Fortran unit. For OUTPUT2, HNAMEi is data block name to written into the header for DBi on the Fortran unit. Output by INPUTT2.

HPFLAG

Integer. Element type processing flag. 1 h-element 2 p-element

IAPP

Integer. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 1 Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response 2 Buckling or normal modes 3 Flutter or divergence

IBAND

Integer. Current band identification number.

IBLK

Integer. Initial block size.

ICCOL

Integer. Column number of static solution matrix as derived from the IC(STATSUB) Case Control command specification. Output by GETCOL.

ICOL

Integer. Column number of a matrix element.

IEXT

Integer. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.

IFRMAS

Integer. Fractional mass response type.

IFTM

Integer. Fourier transform method. 0 Constant 1 Piecewise linear (default) 2 Cubic spline

Main Index

IMACHNO

Integer. Mach number (MACH) multiplied by 1000 and specified as an integer.

IMAG

Real. Imaginary part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.

IMETHOD

Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. Input and output by CASE.

IBELONG

Integer. A zero value of this parameter indicates that the processor does not belong to any of the subgroups associated with the TOLABEL label.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

INCGRP

Input. The stride from the first processor identification number of the parent group which is included in a given subgroup, to the processor identification number of the parent group which corresponds to he first processor identification number which is included in the next subgroup.

INCPID

Integer. The stride from one processor identification number of the parent group that is included in a given subgroup, to the next processor identification number of the parent group which is included in the same group.

INDDOF

Integer. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using RBE3D code with Ci=INDDOF

INTGR

Integer. Integer value of table element. Output by PARAML.

INTi

Integer. Integer value for PRGNAME.

INVA

Integer. Inversion flag of A. In INVA=-1 then invert A.

INVOKE

Logical. Restart deletion invocaton flag.

IOPT

Integer. LOADSET Case Control command processing flag. If IOPT=0, then the LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ entries will be used to expand CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those LSEQ entries selected by the LOADSET command will be used. Integer. Case Control command selection flag for the MTRXIN module. Integer. Normalization method. Integer. Matrix partition or merge option. Integer. VECPLOT module output option.

IOSTAT

Integer. FORTIO status return code. Output by FORTIO. For OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE': 0 Successful 1 Unsuccessful For OPERATN='EXISTS': 0 Assigned physical file exists 1 Assigned physical file does not exist

Main Index

IP1

Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

IP2

Integer. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

782

783 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

IPAD

Integer. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.

IPANEL

Integer. The number of records to skip to get the required data in the PANSLT table.

IROW

Integer. Row number of a matrix element. Output by PARAML.

IRTN

Integer. External program return code. Output by ISHELL.

ISENS

Integer. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed in the ASG module.

ISKIP

Integer. Counter to update penalty values in BGP; updates on first pass and no update later.

ISOFLG

Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

ITAPE

Integer. MACOFP module Fortran unit positioning option. 0 No action before write -1 Rewind before write -1 A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end -3 Rewind at start and end -4 Dismount old unit and mount new unit INPUTT2/OUTPUT2 module Fortran unit positioning option. +n Skip forward n data blocks before reading/writing 0 No action before reading/writing -1 Rewind before reading/writing -3 Print data blocks and then rewind before reading/writing -9 Write a final EOF (OUTPUT2 only) INPUTT4/OUTPUT4 module Fortran unit positioning option. 0 No action before reading/writing -1 Rewind before reading/writing -2 Rewind after reading/writing -3 Rewind before and after reading/writing

ITERID

Main Index

Integer. Nonlinear analysis iteration count. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

ITIME

Real. Time instant at which the dynamic loads are evaluated and converted to static loads.

ITIME0

Real. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.

ITOPT

Integer. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.

ITSEPS

Integer. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no convergence.

ITSEPSR

Real. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.

ITSERR

Integer. Iterative solver return code. Output by SOLVIT. 1 No convergence 2 Insufficient memory

Main Index

ITSMAX

Integer. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.

ITSOPT

Integer. Preconditioner flag for STATICS and SOLVIT module.

IUNIT

Integer. Fortran unit number.

IUNITi

Integer. Fortran unit number.

IUNITSOL

Integer. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.

IVALUE

Integer. Integer value to search for in a table.

JPLOT

Integer. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.

K6ROT

Real. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.

KBAR

Real. Reduced frequency.

KDAMP

Integer. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping.

KDGEN

Integer. Differential stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the column number in UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation.

KEY

Character. Generic or NDDL name of a data block.

784

785 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

KFLAG

Integer. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness update. Output by NLITER.

KGTH

Integer. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in analysis set) have been processed. Output by CYCLIC3.

KMATUP

Integer. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment. Output by NLITER.

KRATIO

Complex. Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment. Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.

KSTEP

Integer. Frequency of solve in complex eigenvalue analysis.

KSYM

Integer. Symmetric decomposition flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

KTIME

Real. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and NLTRD2.

LABL

Character. Label on the Fortran unit identified by IUNIT.

LANGLE

Integer. Large rotation calculation method: 1 Gimbal angle 2 Rotation vector

Main Index

LASTBULK

Logical. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data section is the last section in the input file. Output by XSORT.

LASTCC

Integer. Last auxiliary model Case Control section flag. Output by IFP1.

LASTCNMU

Real. Last converged value of the arc-length load factor. Output by NLITER.

LASTSE

Integer. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is the last to process. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.

LASTUPD

Integer. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the iteration. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

LCOLLBLi

Character. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.

LDSEQ

Integer. PG column number. On input, last column number of PG on previous SELA execution. On output, last column number of PG on current execution. Output by SELA.

LFREQ

Real. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.

LGDISP

Integer. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.

Main Index

LINC

Integer. Number of load increments for this subcase.

LISET

Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table. Output by MTRXIN.

LJSET

Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by MTRXIN.

LKSET

Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by MTRXIN.

LMFACT

Real. Lagrange multiplier scale factor. Usually input by user parameter and overrides system cell 374.

LMODES

Integer. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation. All outputs will have LMODES number of columns.

LMTROWS

Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP module.

LOAD

Integer. LOAD Case Control command set identification number specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

LOADFAC

Complex. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1. Output by NLITER.

LOADFACR

Real. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC except real).

786

787 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

LOADID

Integer. Load set identification number for the current subcase.

LOADIDF

Integer. Load set identification number of the newly created static load set of follower forces. Output by DLT2SLT.

LOADIDP

Integer. Load set identification number for the previous subcase.

LOADU

Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes static load information.

LOOPIDL

Output-integer. Last output loop identification number. Output by NLRSLOOP.

LPFLG

Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another CASEA record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.

LPRINT

Logical. Print flag for divergence analysis (DIVERG), flutter analysis (FA1), and stability derivatives (SDP).

LSEQ

Integer. LOADSET Case Control command set identification number specified in the 205-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

LST2REC

Integer. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two records.

LSTEP

Integer. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for static solutions.

LSTRN

Integer. Laminar strain flag. 0 Compute laminar stresses 1 Compute laminar strains

Main Index

LUMPB

Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.

LUMPM

Real. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.

LUSET

Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. Output by GP1 or PARAML.

LUSETD

Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set. Output by DPD.

LUSETS

Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set of the current superelement. Output by GP1.

M36OPT

Integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.

MACH

Real. Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

MACH0

Real. Previously processed Mach number. Output by AMG.

MAJOR

Character. Name of the major degree-of-freedom set.

MASSQUAL

Character. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the MGG*.

MASSETID

Integer. Identification number of the MASSSET Case Control command.

MATCH

Integer. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching. Output by GP5. 0 Matching mesh 1 Non-matching mesh

MATCPX

Integer. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic elements.

MATIDXi

Integer. Index to the current name in the SET containing the DMIG names.

MATNAMi

Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data entries.

MATTYPE

Character. Input matrix type flag. Value

Input Matrix Description

’MONDSP1’

X1=Displacement matrix X2 thru X4 are ignored and may be purged

’MONPNT1’

X1=Inertia loads matrix X2=External Loads matrix X3=Flexible Increments matrix X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix

Main Index

MAXBLK

Integer. Maximum block size.

MAXLP

Integer. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material subincrement processes.

MAXNUSE

Integer. Absolute maximum number of states to use for the interpolation.

MAXR

Integer. Maximum physical record size.

MAXRAT

Real. Maximum value of factor diagonal ratio. Output by DECOMP.

MAXRATIO

Real. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes termination of decomposition.

788

789 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

MAXSET

Integer. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value of block size may be reduced depending on available memory and problem size.

MBCFLG

Logical. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.

MCEIGCC

Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

MDCEQV

Integer. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on output then no output truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX statement may be used to equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Output by MODACC.

MDLGDEF

Integer. Minimum number of dofs which activates special ACMS DECOMP/FBS method in READ module for buckling problems (FORMAT<>"MODES").

MDOPT

Integer. Option selection number as described below.

MDTRKFLG

Integer. Mode tracking status flag. 0 Mode tracking was successful 1 Mode tracking was unsuccessful

Main Index

MESH

Character. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print summary; 'NO' otherwise. Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or 'STRU'.

MESHSET

Integer. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.

METH

Character. Method of real eigenvalue extraction.

METHCMRS

Integer. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.

METRIK

Integer. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

MINDIAG

Real. Norm of the minimum diagonal term in U. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

MFACT

Complex. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix. Output by BMG.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

MFLG

Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to process in the current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase. Output by AELOOP.

MGEFLAG

Integer. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL, PBUSH, and PBUSHT property entries. Output by TA1 and EMG.

MINNUSE

Integer. Absolute minimum number of states to use for the interpolation.

MINVAR

Character. Type of coupling for output of nine mass invariants, M9I: ’CONSTANT’

1, 2, 6 AND 7 only

’PARTIAL ’

All except 5 and 9

’FULL’

All

’NONE’

None

MFRQCC

Logical. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

MKERRCHK

Logical. MAKMON error check flag. TRUE

Perform check

FALSE Do not perform check MNEWK

Integer. Matrix update flag for 3D contact. MNEWK < 0 means no and MNEWK > 0 means yes. Output by NLSOLV.

MNFOUT

Character. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass invariants, M9I:

MODE

’MNF’

Modal neutral file only

’NINEMAI’

M9I only

’BOTH’

Modal neutral file and M9I

Character. Boundary condition change ignore flag. 'NONLINEAR'Ignore boundary condition changes 'STATICS'Do not ignore boundary condition changes

MODECC

Main Index

Logical. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and CASEMODE is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

790

791 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

MODEPT

Logical. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding element properties in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1.

MODETRAK

Integer. Mode tracking request flag. 0 Mode tracking was not requested. >0 Mode tracking is requested.

MODGEOM2 Logical. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding connectivity in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1. MODGM4

Logical. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if GEOM4M is updated. Output by MODGM4.

MODMPT

Logical. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding material properties in the analysis model. Output by DOPR1.

MONRPLC

Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from MON1 into MON.

MONTYPE

Character. Monitor point type. ’STRUCTURAL ’

Structural monitor points

’AERODYNAMIC’ Aerodynamic monitor points

Main Index

MPC

Integer. MPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

MPCF2

Integer. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag. Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different multipoint constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1, otherwise, or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current subcase. Output by GP4.

MPCFLG

Integer. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX and the rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered during resequencing.

MPCMETH

Character. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also indicates the type of matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and 'KMM' for KMM.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

MPFSORT

Integer. Sort flag. A value in the first table is added to a value in the second table.

MPNFLG

Integer. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist. Output by GP5.

MSCHG

Integer. Boundary condition change flag in. In nonlinear static analysis only. Output by CASE.

MSGINP1

Integer. Optional integer input.

MSGINP2

Integer. Optional integer input.

MSGLVL

Integer. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only. 0 No output 1 Warning and fatal messages 2 Summary output 3 Detailed output on cost and convergence 4 More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra arithmetic to check on orthogonality Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SEQP module. 0 No 1 Yes Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the SOLVIT module. 0 Minimal; i.e, UIM 6447 1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms Integer. Diagnostic output flag in the TABEDIT module.

Main Index

MSGNUM

Integer. Message number.

MSGOUT

Integer. Optional integer output. Output by MSGHAN.

MTRNCC

Logical. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

MU

Real. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix. Output by NLTRD.

NAME

Character. Name of a data block. Output by PARAML.

NASOUT

Logical. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching summary.

792

793 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NBCONT

Integer. Number of bisections due to slideline contact. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

NBIS

Integer. Current bisection counter. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

NBLOCK

Integer. Number of spill blocks to form if “out of memory” algorithm is used.

NBLSEQ

Integer. Number of new LSEQ entries created. Output by ST2DYN.

NBNLST

Integer. Number of nonlinear static records. Output by T2DYN.

NBRCHG

Integer. Number of negative terms on the diagonal. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

NBSORT2

Integer. Contact region output sort format flag. Output by BGCASO. 1 If SORT2 format is requested for printing 2 If x-y plotting is requested

Main Index

NCASE

Integer.

NCNOFFST

Integer. Counter for retained constraints. The value is initialized to 1 in and is incremented by the number of records in CNTABR. Output by DSAD and DSADX.

NCOL

Integer. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored. Output by TRD1 and TRD2. Integer. Number of columns. Output by NORM.

NCOLMNP2

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the MONPNT2 entries.

NCOLT

Integer. Column number in output of previous run from which the integration is to be continued. Output by TRLG.

NCUL

Integer. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML module.

ND

Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues.

ND1

Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in first complex region.

NDAMP

Real. Numerical damping.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NDDLNAME

Character. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.

NDDLNAMi

Character. NDDL name of the DBi-th data block.

NDES

Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions are found.

NDJ

Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in j-th complex region. for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.

NDVTOT

Integer. Number of unique referenced design variables.

NE

Integer. Number of estimated eigenvalues. Integer. The number of estimated eigenvalues for non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the problem size which the QL Householder method is used.

NEIG

Integer. Number of eigenvalues to keep. 0 Keep all eigenvalues >0 Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues

NEIGV

Integer. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were found. Output by CEAD, READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.

NEWBULK

Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag. FALSE means no and TRUE yes. Output by RMDUPBLK.

NEWCASE

Integer. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is generated. Output by BGCASO.

NEWEPT

Integer. NEWEPT creation flag. 0 means no and -1 yes. Output by NSMEPT.

NEWGPSNT

Logical. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN table is created (shell normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements), then the flag is set TRUE. Output by GP4.

NEWK

Integer. Stiffness update flag. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and NLTRD2. -1 Do not update stiffness. 1 Update stiffness. 2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached.

NEWMSIZ

Main Index

Integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned on.

794

795 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NEWNAMi

Character. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc.

NEWP

Integer. New subcase flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and TOLAPP. -1 Current subcase has not been completed. 1 Current subcase has been completed.

NEWS

Integer. New STEP case flag. -1 Current STEP case has not been completed. 1 Current STEP case has been completed.

NEWSTEP

Integer. STEP case flag. Output by NLRSLOOP. -1 Not a new STEP case 1 New STEP case 0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0

Main Index

NEXTID

Integer. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data section; usually superelement or auxiliary model identification number. Output by XSORT.

NFEXIT

Logical. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message 2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.

NFREQ

Integer. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis. Output by CYCLIC1.

NGERR

Integer. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1; otherwise +1. Output by GPSP.

NGP

Integer. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure. Output by PLTSET and SEPLOT.

NHBDY

Integer. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if none exist. Output by PLTHBDY.

Ni

Character. Continuation entry prefix.

NINPTPS

Integer. Approximate number of surrounding independent element interpolation points to be considered when interpolating at a grid point for a given material coordinate system.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NJ

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in j-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by APD.

NK

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in k-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by APD.

NKEYS

Integer. Duplicate value sort option specification.

NLAM

Integer. Number modes to create in LAMAX.

NLATYPE

Character. Type of nonlinear analysis. ’NLTR’ Nonlinear transient ’NLST’ Nonlinear statics ’LNST’ Linear statics

NLAYERS

Integer. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.

NLFLAG

Integer. Output by NLITER.

NLOADS

Integer. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

NLOFLAG

Integer. Output control flag. Output by NLSOLV. On input: < 0 Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only information before exiting. > 0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message. On output--output exit: = 0 No > 1 Yes

NLPACK

Integer. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag. <=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase before processing the output procedure > 0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each STEPcase before output procedure

NLRIGID

Integer. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system cell 377. Output by MODGM2. < 0 No nonlinear rigid element exists; use linear elimination.

Main Index

796

797 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description = 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is used to obtain the solution. > 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the elimination method is used to obtain the solution.

NLSTRAIN

Logical. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be processed.

NLTYPE

Integer. Nonlinear analysis type. 0 Statics 1 Transient response

Main Index

NMASS

Integer.

NMAT

Integer. Number of matrices.

NMATDOM

Integer. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are divided. NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The default will be set to the number of processors.

NMK

Integer. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs. Output by GETMKL.

NNDEGV

Integer. Number of new natural frequencies related to eigenvector sensitivity. Output by DSAH.

NNDFRQ

Integer. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon natural frequencies.

NNDGM

Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized mass. Output by DSAH.

NNDGS

Integer. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized stiffness. Output by DSAH.

NNEWM

Integer. The number of new m-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by GPSP.

NNEWS

Integer. The number of new s-set degrees-of-freedom. Output by GPSP.

NOA

Integer. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-offreedom in the a-set. Output by GP4 and GPSP.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOABFL

Integer. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by BMG.

NOASET

Integer. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.

NOASM

Integer. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SEKR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.

NOCSTMX

Integer. CSTMX creation flag. Output by MRGCSTM. 0 CSTMX not created 1 CSTMX created

NOB2

Integer. B2GG or B2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if B2GG or B2PP is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.

NOBGG

Integer. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT. Output by EMG.

NOBKGG

Integer. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to generate slideline contact stiffness.

NOBSET0

Integer. Number of null columns in PHZ in front of non-null columns. Output by DYNREDU.

NOCEAD

Integer. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if complex eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set to -1. Output by FA1.

NOCHAR

Integer. Number of character value inputs.

NOCMPX

Integer. Number of complex value inputs.

NOCOMP

Integer. Composite stress/strain flag. -5 Forces of composites in STRAIN=sid -2 Forces of composites in STRESS=sid -1 Stresses for all elements (same as 0 except in DMAP) 0 Stresses for all elements 1 Stresses for non-composites only 2 Strain/curvature and forces of composites in STRESS=sid 3 Strains for all elements and MPCForces 4 Strains for non-composites only

Main Index

798

799 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description 5 Strain/curvature of composites in STRAIN=sid

NODLT

Integer. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created. Output by DPD.

NODR

Integer. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data recovery requested for any superelement. Output by SEDRDR and SEP4.

NOEDS1

Integer. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is generated. Output by STDCON.

NOEED

Integer. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created. Output by DPD.

NOEGPSF

Integer. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is created.

NOEGPSTR

Integer. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is created. Output by GPSTR2.

NOELDCT

Integer. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is generated. Output by STDCON.

NOEPT

Integer. EPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2. 0 generated -1 not generated

Main Index

NOEST

Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 38.

NOESTL

Integer. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by TA1.

NOFORT

Integer. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control command. Output by DSTA.

NOFREQ

Integer. Number of excitation frequencies.

NOFRL

Integer. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated. Output by FRLGEN.

NOGDS1

Integer. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is generated. Output by STDCON.

NOGEOM1

Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 36.

NOGEOM2

Integer. Processing status flag. Output by MATMOD option 37.

NOGEOM3

Integer. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created, otherwise set to -1. Output by CYCLIC1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOGENL

Integer. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no general elements.

NOGOIFP

Logical. IFP module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output by IFP.

NOGOIFPi

Logical. IFPi module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output by IFPi.

NOGOMEPT

Logical. MODEPT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output by MODEPT.

NOGOMGM2 Logical. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error is found. Output by MODGM2. NOGONL

Integer. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to terminate. Output by NLTRD2 and NLSOLV.

NOGOXSRT

Logical. XSORT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output by XSORT.

NOGPDCT

Integer. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is generated. Output by STDCON.

NOGRAV

Integer. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data entry images, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.

NOGUST

Integer. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set to 1. Output by GUST.

NOINT

Integer. Number of integer value inputs for PRGNAME.

NOK2

Integer. K2GG or K2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG or K2PP is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.

NOK4GG

Integer. Differential stiffness or structural damping generation flag. Output by EMG. On input: >3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects <3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects On output: 1 If structural damping coefficient (GE) is detected on material property Bulk Data entry records -1 Otherwise

Main Index

800

801 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOKGG

Integer. KELM and KDICT generation flag. Output by EMG. On input: 0 Generate -1 Do not generate On output: 0 Generated -1 Not generated

Main Index

NOKBFL

Integer. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by BMG.

NOKVAL

Integer. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX (K) is not in the analysis set of harmonic identification numbers. Output by CYCLIC3.

NOL

Integer. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-freedom belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom in the l-set. Output by GP4.

NOLASM

Integer. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.

NOLOAD

Integer. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.

NOLOADF

Integer. Number of load cases per excitation frequency.

NOLOOP

Integer. Looping test flag. Output by CASE.

NOM2

Integer. M2GG or M2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if M2GG or M2PP is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.

NOMAT

Integer. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.

NOMATi

Integer. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.

NOMGEN

Integer. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set identification number if MFLUID is specified in CASECC. Output by MGEN.

NOMGG

Integer. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT. Output by EMG.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOMPF2E

Integer. Flag to generate O*MPF2E data blocks.

NOMPT

Integer. MPTX generation flag. Output by MODGM2. 0 generated -1 not generated

Main Index

NOMR

Integer. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and damping assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.

NOMSET

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or multipoint constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.

NOMSGSTR

Integer. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if MSGSTRES execution is not desired.

NONAMEi

Integer. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.

NONCUP

Integer. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and offdiagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored. GKAM: If K2DD, B2DD, and M2dd are purged. then the model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.

NONLFT

Integer. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.

NONLHT

Integer. Nonlinear heat transfer flag. Set to -1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are detected. Output by EMG.

NONLNR

Logical. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.

NOOGS1

Integer. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created. Output by GPSTR2.

NOOPT

Integer. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no reexecution. Output by FRLGEN.

802

803 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOOSET

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degreeof-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.

NOOUT

Integer. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR.

NOP2G

Integer. P2G generation flag. Set to +1 if P2G is generated; -1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.

NOPG

Integer. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads due to upstream superelements. Output by SELA.

NOPGHD

Integer. Page header and eject flag. 0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04. -1 Do not print page header in f06. -2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04.

Main Index

NOPLOT

Integer. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR.

NOPNLT

Integer. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.

NOPRT

Integer. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control command. Output by DSTA.

NOPSDL

Integer. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.

NOPSLG

Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV or SERESP Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR.

NOQG

Integer. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

NOQMG

Integer. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

NOQSET

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.

NOQSETF

Integer. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.

NOQSETT

Integer. Total number of component modes computed for all superelements including the residual structure.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NORADMAT

Integer. Radiation flag. Output by RMG2. -2 No radiation -1 Initial radiation 1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity 2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity 3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity

NORAND

Integer. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0 otherwise. Output by RANDOM.

NOREAL

Integer. Number of real value inputs.

NORM

Character. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects normalization by maximum displacement.

NORMEV

Integer. Eigenvalue normalization flag. Output by DOPR3. 0 Mass normalized 1 Maximum deflection normalized

Main Index

NORQA

Logical. Presence flag for RQA data block. Output by DSTAP2.

NORSET

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or supported degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.

NOSASET

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the structure.

NOSAVE

Integer. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the SENSITY Case Control command. Output by DSTA.

NOSDR2

Integer. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.

NOSE

Integer. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. In SEP1X only, set to number of superelements if superelements exist. Output by SEP1 and SEP1X.

NOSECOM

Integer. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands specified in CASECC. Output by SEP3.

804

805 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOSEDV

Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB.

NOSEPLOT

Integer. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the OUTPUT(PLOT) section. Output by SEP4.

NOSERESP

Integer. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP Case Control command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB.

NOSET

Integer. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degreesof-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise. Output by GP4, GPSP, and TRLG.

NOSETi

Integer. Degree-of-freedom set existence flag. Set to positive integer if set i exists. Output by PARAML.

NOSIMP

Integer. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to 1 if there are no simple elements. Output by TA1 and TAHT.

NOSORT1

Integer. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested for current superelement. Output by SEDR.

NOSORT2

Integer. SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested. Output by MDATA, SDR2, and VDR.

NOSORT2S

Integer. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format or x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.

NOSOUT

Integer. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution set output is requested; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.

NOSSET

Integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by GP4 or PARAML.

NOSUP

Integer. Element summary table request flag. 1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis). 2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).

NOTEMP

Main Index

Integer. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NOTFL

Integer. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if no sets are defined. Output by DPD.

NOTIME

Integer. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further iterations but enough time to perform data recovery. Output by NLTRD.

NOTRACK

Logical. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking was successful. Output by MODTRK.

NOTRL

Integer. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. Output by DPD.

NOUDCMP

Integer. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by user parameter. -1 Solution matrix will be decomposed. 1 Solution matrix will not be decomposed

NOUE

Integer. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points. Output by DPD or PARAML.

NOUG

Integer. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists for the current superelement. Output by SEDR.

NOUGD

Integer. Flag for external input of auxiliary model displacement matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.

NOUNIT

Integer. Number of Fortran input units.

NOUP

Integer. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements connected upstream from the current superelement. Output by SEP2DR and SEDR.

NOXGG

Integer. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist. Output by MATREDU.

NOXOUT

Integer. SDRX update flag. Output by SDRX and SDRXD. 0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated -1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated

Main Index

NOXPLZER

Integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are found. Output by MATMOD option 39.

NOXPP

Integer. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist. Output by MATREDU.

806

807 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

Name

Type and Description

NOXYPLOT

Integer. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are specified for the current superelement. Output by SEDR and XYTRAN.

NOYSET

Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom with non-null columns in PHZ.

NOZSET

Integer. Number of generalized degrees-of-freedom. Also number of columns in PHZ.

NPROC

Integer. Total number of processors.

NQMAX

Integer. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per partitioned superelement. See NQSET.

NQSET

Integer. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-q-set). Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-offreedom.

NR1OFFST

Integer. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in R1TABR. Output by DSAD.

NR2OFFST

Integer. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RSP12R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.

NR3OFFST

Integer. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RESP3R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.

NRANVAR

Integer. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries processed. Output by DOPR1.

NROW

Integer. Number of rows. Output by NORM.

NSEG

Integer. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry. Output by CYCLIC1.

NSENQSET

Integer. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to the current superelement.

NSKIP

Integer. Record number in CASECC with special meanings in the following applications. Output by GP4, CASE, and BCDR. GP4, BCDR, and SDR1: The first subcase of the current boundary condition.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Main Index

Type and Description CASE

The first subcase of the current boundary condition (nonlinear statics only) or current FREQ, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, or SDAMP condition (frequency response or complex eigenvalue analysis).

AELOOP

Trim subcase counter.

DSARLP

Trim subcase counter.

FRRD1 and SOLVIT

Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the values.

GETCOL

Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for the STATSUB subcase identification number.

GNFM

Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis (SOL 4).

READ and LANCZOS

Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the METHOD set identification number.

LCGEN

Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the LOADSET set identification number.

NLCOMB, PCOMB, and SDRNL

Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

NLITER and TOLAPP

On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC. On output: Set to -2 if run is to be terminated.

NSKIPR

Output-integer. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.

NSMSID

Integer. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control command.

NSOLT

Integer. Column number in solution of previous run that corresponds to NCOL. Output by TRLG.

808

809 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NSOUT

Integer. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are output.

NSTEP

Integer. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.

NSUBGP

Integer. The number of subgroups to create in the new set.

NSWELM

Integer. Current spot weld element identification number. Output by MODGM2 and MODGM4.

NSWPPT

Integer. Current spot weld projection point identification number.

NTIPS

Integer. The number of domains (tip superelements to be created automatically when ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of domains will be set equal to the number of processors. Output by SEQP.

NULLMAT

Integer. Null matrix flag. Set to -1 if MAT is null.

NULLROW

Integer. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear quantities. 0 Insert null rows, which is compatible with DRMS1 output format

NUMDB

Integer. Number of data blocks to broadcast.

NUMDIV

Integer. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model which will not be designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM. 1 Do not insert null rows, which is required for DRMH3 processing

NUMHDOF

Integer. The number of modes.

NUMOUT

Integer. Output element quantity flag. >0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output 0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one or more elements is greater than BIGER. -1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER. -2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.

Main Index

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

NUNIQF6

Integer. Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST command. Output by MODCASE.

NUMPAN

Integer. Number of panels. Output by GP5.

NVECT

Integer. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1. Output by PCOMB.

NX

Integer. Number of extra aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom. Output by ADG.

OADPMAX

Integer. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.

OBJIN

Real. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT

Real. Final objective value. Output by DOM9.

OBJSID

Integer. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase. Output by MDCASE.

OBJVAL

Real. Objective value. Output by DSAD and DSADX.

OCID

Integer. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output requests. 1 displacements 2 applied loads 3 spcforces and mpcforces 7 eigenvectors 10 velocities 11 accelerations Output by SDR2.

ODESMAX

Integer. Total number of design cycles performed.

OG

Integer. CURV module's grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point stresses or strains are computed.

OGRAV

Integer. PGRV output flag. > 0 Compute PGRV <=0 Do not compute PGRV.

OGSTR1

Main Index

Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.

810

811 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

OLDDT

Real. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

OLDNAMi

Character. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc.

OMEGAJ

Real. Imaginary part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.

OMID

Character. Material output coordinate system flag. If OMID='YES' then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the material coordinate system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.

OPERATN

Character. FORTIO operation.

OPT

'EXISTS'

Check for assigned physical file existence

'OPEN'

Open file

'CLOSE'

Close file

Character. DIAGONAL module processing option. 'COLUMN'

Extract diagonal to a column matrix and raise all elements to POWER

'SQUARE'

Extract diagonal to a square matrix and raise all elements to POWER

'WHOLE'

Raise all elements to POWER

OPTi

Integer. Print control parameters in the TABPRT module.

OPTEXIT

Integer. Design optimization termination option. See the “OPTEXIT” on page 799 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

OPTFLG

Integer. DSVG1P application method: 1 Statics 2 Normal modes 3 Ncceleration load

OPTION

Main Index

Character. Response summation method for scaled response spectra analysis. Possible values are: 'ABS'

Absolute

SRSS'

Square root of the sum of the squares

'NRL'

Naval Research Laboratory (new)

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description 'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old)

ORIGDT

Real. Original delta-t for SOL 400. Output by CASE.

ORIGID

Integer. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier identification numbers. Usually input by user parameter.

OSTEP

Integer. Restart step number.

OSWELM

Integer. Offset for spot weld element identification numbers.

OSWPPT

Integer. Offset for spot weld projection point identification numbers.

OUTFMP

Integer. Number of fluid modes to output.

OUTGS1

Character. Output control of OGS1 to modal neutral file.

OUTGSTR1

Character. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file.

OUTOPT

Integer. CURV module's output option.

OUTSMP

Integer. Number of structure modes to output.

OVRWRT

Character. DBC database overwrite flag.

PANAME

Character. The name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created. Output by ACMG.

PANELMP

Integer. Flag to compute panel participation factors.

PARCOMi

Character. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed under the APP=’COMM’ option along with the CASCOMi names.

PARM

Integer. Equivalence flag on the EQUIVX module. Purge flag on the PURGEX module.

PARMi

Logical. Output data block presence flag. Output by DMIIN and DTIIN.

PARTMETH

Integer. PRESOL partitioning method. 9 Extreme 11 MSCMLV

PARTSE

Logical. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the current superelement is a partitioned superelement. Output by SEP2DR.

PATH

Character. Direction of cyclic transformation: 'FORE' Forward (analysis) 'BACK' Backward (data recovery)

PBCONT

Main Index

Integer. Slideline contact flag.

812

813 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

PCHSET

Integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.

PDEPDO

Integer. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. Output by TRLG. 0 Skip factor is >1. -1 Skip factor is 1.

PEID

Integer. Primary superelement identification number. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.

PENFAC

Real. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.

PENFN

Real. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input by user parameter and overrides system cell 375.

PEXIST

Logical. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.

Pi

Character. Generic name of the data block DBi to be processed by the DBC module. Integer. Inputs to the MATGEN, MATMOD, and PARAML module. Any type. Inputs to MESSAGE module.

PIDINI

Integer. The first processor identification number of the parent group which will be included in the first new subgroup.

PLABEL

Character. The label associated with the parent group set.

PLSIZE

Integer. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix in the previous subcase in order to detect boundary condition changes in the current subcase. Boundary condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method. Output by NLITER.

PLTCNT

Integer. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter. Output by SEPLOT. On input: 0 Initialization On output: >0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command

Main Index

PLTNUM

Output. Plot frame counter. Output by PLOT, MSGSTRES, and XYTRAN.

PNLPTV

Logical. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE, then generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition the g-set size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

PNQALNAM

Character. Name of qualifier for panels.

POSTCFLG

Integer. POSTCC processing flag. 1 Generate POSTCC 2 POSTCC is specifed as an input

POSTU

Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes data recovery information.

POUTF

Integer. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is not requested. Output by NLITER and TOLAPP.

POWER

Integer. Power of 10 to be multiplied by DET in DCMP and DECOMP. Exponent to which the real part of each element in A is raised in the DIAGONAL module.

PREC

Integer. Precision of output matrix. 0 Machine-precision 1 Single 2 Double

PRECOL

Integer. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also corresponds to the column number of static solution vector. Output by GETCOL. In ADAMSMNF, PRECOL is the column number of preload vector in PXA and if PREOL<=0 then there is no preload.

PREFDB

Real. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA.

PREFONLY

Integer. Preface execution only flag in SOLVIT module.

PRESORT

Integer. Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted. Output by MATMOD option 35.

PRGNAME

Character. Name of external program called by ISHELL module.

PRGPST

Character. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the summary is printed.

PRNTOPT

Character. MATGPR module print options.

PRJVEROP

Character. Operation name. 'GET'

Get current project and version

'NEXT' Get next non-deleted project and version 'SET'

Main Index

Set current project and version

814

815 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description 'LAST'

Get the last (bottom) project and version

'RESTART'

Get restart project and version

PROCID

Integer. Local processor ID.

PROGRAM

Character. DBC database format flag. 'XL'

MSC.Patram

'GRASP'

MSC.Access

PROJ

Integer. Project number. Output by PROJVER.

PROPOPT

Integer. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties are defined as design variables. Output by DSABO.

PROPTN

Integer. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and the property to design variable relations will be produced.

PROTYP

Integer. Designed property type code. Output by DOPR1. 1 DVPRELi entries exist 2 DVCRELi entries exist 4 DVMRELi entries exist >0 For combinations add above values

PROUT

Integer. Print control for the ELTPRT module.

PRSLOPT

Integer. PRESOL Processing option. Output by PRESOL.

PRTOPT

Specifies how the results are to be printed: 0 Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module before printing the results. 1 Print the results without a page header. 2 Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used with a single input matrix).

Main Index

PRTSWM

Logical. UWM 6991 print control flag in NORM module.

PRTUIM

Logical. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA module.

PSEQOPT

Character. p-element append flag. Specifies append (default) or insert option for p-elements in the SEQP module.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

PSETID

Integer. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET record. If GPSET or ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined in CASECC which specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams: -1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets. 0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and elements will be output >0 : All grids and element plot sets present in SET=PSETID.

PSHLDAMP

Character. Structural damping default flag for MID2, MID3, and MID4 on the PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter. = SAME

Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4 are assumed to be the same as MID1.

<>SAME

Each MIDi may have it’s own structural damping properties.

PVALNEW

Integer. New p-value set identification number. Output by ADAPT.

QKGUSTL

Logical. QKGUST* creation flag. Output by GUSTLDW. TRUE

QKGUST* was created.

FALSE QKGUST* was not created. Q

Real. Dynamic pressure. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.

QSETID

Integer. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.

QSETREC

Integer. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-of-freedom: >=0 No records are written. =-1 SENQSET record to GEOM1W =-2 SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W

Main Index

QUALNAM

Character. Name of qualifier to be varied when selecting MAPS from MAPS* in SEMA, SELA, and SEDR modules. Character. Keyword which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data section; usually AUXMODEL or SEID. Output by XSORT.

QUALNAMP

Character. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.

QUALVAL

Integer. QUALNAM value assigned to the Main Bulk Data section.

816

817 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

R1CNT

Integer. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.

R2CNT

Integer. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12. Output by DOPR3.

R3CNT

Integer. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table. Output by DOPR3.

RBFAIL

Logical. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy threshold used by IOPT=10. Output by VEPCLOT.

RCOLLBLi

Character. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN' will be printed. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then followed by column number.

RCONFIG

Character. Configuration name for rigid aero. Output by AELOOP.

REACT

Integer. For zero-th and first harmonic, set to -1 if no support degreesof-freedom; +1 if support degrees-of-freedom exist. For harmonics greater than 1, REACT is always -1. Output by CYCLIC3.

REAL

Real. Real part of matrix or table element. Output by PARAML.

REALD

Real double precision. Real value in the next record.

REALi

Real. Real value for PRGNAME.

RECNUM

Integer. Record number of table element. Output by PARAML.

RECVCODE

Integer. Receiving processor identification code. = 0 All non-sending processors are receivers < 0 Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver > 0 Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left corresponds to the processor identification number.

Main Index

REFC

Real. Output by PARAML of AERO data block.

REFi

Real. Location of point in the i-th coordinate direction of COORID about which moments will be computed.

REPEAT

Integer. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary condition; +1 otherwise. Output by GP4.

RESFLG

Integer. Residual vector eigenvalue subheading print flag to be used by the OFP module.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

RESID

Integer. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used only in SOLs 106 and 400.

RESPi

Character. Response type.

RESTYP

Integer. Optimization results flag.

RGDEXIST

Logical. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid elements that need further processing in MODGM4.

RGSENS

Logical. Rigid element sensitivity flag. Output by DOPR5 or DSVGP4.

RIGID

Character. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange and elimination method, ’LAGR’, ’LGEL’, or ’LNEI’. Usually input by user parameter. Output by MODGM2.

ROWNAM

Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows in MATGPR output.

RP1

Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

RP2

Real. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

RSEID

Integer. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.

RSFLAG

Logical. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data section. Output by SEP1X.

RSSTEP

Integer. Identification number of the previously executed step.

RSSUBC

Integer. Identification number of the previously executed subcase.

RSTEP

Integer. Controlled increments counter. Output by NLITER.

RSTFLG

Integer. Restart flag. <=0 cold start = 1 restart

RSTIME

Main Index

Real. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment in static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).

818

819 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

RUNIFPi

Logical. IFPi module execution flag. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is required. Output by IFP.

RUNMEPT

Logical. MODEPT module execution flag. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module execution is required. Output by IFP.

SAERCC

Logical. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

SCNDRY

Integer. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.

SDFLG

Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.

SDRDENS

Integer. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data recovery.

SDRMETH

Integer. Data recovery method flag. Output by OUTPRT.

SDROVR

Character. Override for data recovery method flag.

SDRPOPT

Character. Principal stress/strain computation selection: 'SDRP' Compute in SDRP 'OFP'

Compute in OFP

SEBULK

Logical. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command.

SEDRCNTL

Character. Processing list selection. '

' All superelements will be processed (default).

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.

Main Index

SEDWN

Integer. Downstream superelement identification number. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.

SEFLAG

Logical. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present. Output by SEPR1.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Name

Type and Description

SEID

Integer. Superelement identification number. On output from SEP3 and SEP4, SEID is an initialization flag; i.e., if there are superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR and SEDRDR; otherwise 0. Output by SEP2DR, SEDRDR, SEP3, and SEP4.

SENDID

Integer. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.

SEP1XOVR

Integer. Over-ride bits for module processing.

SEP2CNTL

Bit(s)

Value(s)

Description

1-3

1-5

4

8

Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar Linkages via internal SECONCT entries.

5

16

Print RSCON old/new locations.

6

32

Print Boundary Search Sequence.

7

64

SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.

8

128

Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other sets present in the Residual.

9

256

CHKRUN flag for spot welds

10

512

CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds

Override Search Algorithm Selection.

Character. Processing selection. 'ALL'

All superelements will be processed

'PSLGDV'

Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control commands

'DSLIST'

Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control commands

'SLIST'

Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.

'SEDWN'

All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream superelement.

'CURR' Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed. SEP4CNTL

Main Index

Integer. Processing list selection.

820

821 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

'ALL'

All superelements will be processed

<>'ALL' Only superelements specified on SEDR Case Control command SEPRTN

Logical. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.

SEQMETH

Integer. Resequencing method.

SEQOUT

Integer. SEQP module output options.

SETi

Character. Degree-of-freedom set name.

SETKNTR

Integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1. Output by PARAML SET option.

SETNAM

Character. Degree-of-freedom set name used by IOPT=9 and 10.

SETNAME

Character. Degree-of-freedom set name. SOLVIT, DCMP, READ: For maximum efficiency, the rows and columns of the input matrices must correspond to or be a partition of the degree-of-freedom specified by SETNAME. SEQP

SETYPE

Main Index

Specifies size of MAT in SEQP module.

Character. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR. 'REPEAT'

Repeated

'MIRROR'

Mirror

'COLLTR'

Collector

'EXTRNA'

External

'PRIMARY'

Primary

SHAPEOPT

Integer. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is activated. Output by DSAM.

SHAPES

Logical. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.

SHFSCL

Real. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

SID

Integer. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC. If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only. If SID<0, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only.

SIGMA

Real

SIGN

Integer. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG in STATICS or B in SOLVIT.

The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux. 1 Positive -1 Negative

SIGNAB

Integer. Sign of matrix product in MPYAD. 1 Positive -1 Negative

SIGNP

Integer. Sign of matrix product in SMPYAD. 1 Positive -1 Negative

SIGNC

Integer. Sign of matrix addition in MPYAD. 1 Positive -1 Negative

SIGNF

Integer. Sign of matrix addition in SMPYAD. 1 Positive -1 Negative

Main Index

SING

Integer. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then SING will be set to -1; otherwise +1. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.

SKPMTX

Integer. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be generated.

822

823 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

SMEMCC

Logical. Electromagnetic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

SMPFEPS

Real. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.

SMSTCC

Logical. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in CASECC and CASESMST is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

SNORM

Real. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.

SNORMPRT

Integer. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag. 0 No print or punch 1 Punch 2 Print only 3 Print and punch

SOFFSET

Real. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated for the offsets.

SOLADJC

Integer. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with applied load vectors > 0 Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3) < 0 No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3) Usually input via user parameter.

SOLAPP

Character. Design optimization analysis type.

SOLCUR

Integer. Nonlinear loop identification number.

SOLCURR

Integer. Identification number of the output time step at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.

SOLPREL

Integer. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.

SOLTYP

Character. Solution method. 'MODAL'

SORTFLAG

Integer. SORT1/SORT2 format flag. Output by SDR2.

SORTNLFT

Logical. Sort flag for NLFT records. Usually set to TRUE in nonlinear solution sequences to improve numerical conditioning.

SORTOPT

Integer. Sort option specification. 'DIRECT'

Main Index

Modal

Direct

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

SORTP

Integer. Transpose flag for displacements, velocities and acceleration matrix inputs and outputs. 1 columns correspond to time steps 2 rows correspond to time steps

SPC

Integer. SPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

SPCGEN

Integer. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC Bulk Data entries.

SPDM

Integer. Sparse design model flag. Output by OUTPRT. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied. -1 Yes 0 No

SPSELREC

Output. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last record. Output by RSPEC.

SRCOMPS

Character. Flag to request output of table of ply strength ratios (OESRT). Usually input by user parameter.

SRTELTYP

Integer. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element types will be filtered and sorted.

SRTOPT

Integer. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER. 0 Maximum magnitude 1 Minimum magnitude 2 Maximum algebraic 3 Minimum algebraic

Main Index

SRTTYP

Integer. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.

START

Integer. Number of the grid points at the beginning of the input sequence in the SEQP module.

STARTCOL

Integer. Starting column number to extract from I1.

STATCC

Logical. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in CASECC and CASESTAT is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

824

825 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

STATIC

Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for dynamic analysis.

STATOPT

Character. Static solution method. 'DRCT' Direct 'ITER'

Main Index

Iterative.

STATSUB

Integer. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number specified in the 256-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

STEPCUR

Integer. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.

STEPCURL

Integer. Identification number of the previous STEP case from the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.

STEPRR

Logical. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to TRUE if the STEP command is allowed in the current solution sequence.

STFLG

Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.

STIME

Real. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for restarts. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.

STIMER

Real. Load factor (or time) at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.

STIMES

Real. Start time of the current STEP case. Output by NLRSLOOP.

STOL

Real. State matching tolerance.

STPSCL

Real. Shape step size scaling factor.

STRUCTMP

Integer. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.

SUBCUR

Integer. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.

SUPAERO

Character. Method for supersonic aero; 'ZONA' or 'CPM'.

SUPER

Integer. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special handling of multipoint constraints in the SEQP module.

SUPORT

Integer. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number specified in the 255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

SWCHECK

Logical. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256 is on in CHKRUN. Output by SEP1X.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

SWEXIST

Logical. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld elements exist. Output by MODGM2.

SYM

Integer. Symmetric partition or merge flag. 0 Symmetric; i.e., CP is used for RP <>0 Asymmetric; i.e., CP and RP are distinct

SYMFLG

Complex. Scale factor.

SYMXY

Integer. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.

SYMXZ

Integer. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag. Output by AEMODEL.

SYS66

Integer. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.

T

Integer. Transpose flag for first matrix input to MPYAD. 1 Transpose 0 Do not transpose

Main Index

TABID

Integer. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched. Output by XYTRAN.

TABS

Real. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

TADJCOL

Integer. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for supporting adjoint load method for multiple superelements. Output by DOPR3 and DSAD.

TCOLADJ

Integer. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all superelements.

TEMPSID

Integer. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential stiffness.

TESTNEG

Integer. Load increment method flag in nonlinear static analysis. Output by CASE.

TFLG

Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.

TFLID

Integer. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is ignored if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15.

THRESH

Integer. Exponent of 10 which defines the pivoting threshold for unsymmetric decomposition.

826

827 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Ti

Integer. Transpose flag for first four matrices input to SMPYAD. 1 Transpose 0 Do not transpose 2 Perform [A][B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful when A is complex. 3 Perform [A] [B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful when [A] is complex.

TINY

Real. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less than TINY will not be printed.

TIPSCOL

Integer. The number of tip superelements upstream of each downstream collector superelement. See ACMS='YES'. Output by SEQP.

TITLEi

Character. Titles for VECPLOT module printed output.

TOLABEL

Character. The label associated with the new group set.

TOLAPPF

Integer. Nonlinear analysis type: 1 Nonlinear transient 0 Nonlinear statics

TOLRSC

Real. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.

TOTALK

Integer. Total number of harmonics. Output by CYCLIC1.

TOUT

Integer. TRLG processing flag. <1 Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry 1 All time steps 2 Same as <1 except RPX is input

TRD2OPT

Integer. TRD2 output option. 1 Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry 2 Output based on every time step

Main Index

TRL5Ti

Integer. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.

TSTART

Integer. CPU clock time at entry to FA1. Output by FA1 and FA2. On output from FA2, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another DMAP loop.

TSTATIC

Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

TVALUE

Integer. Trailer value. Output by PARAML and SCALAR.

TVOLFL

Integer. Total volume flag. Output by SDSA.

TWGTFL

Integer. Total weight flag. Output by SDSA.

TWODIV

Output. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag. 0 No previous divergence on this load step. 1 One previous divergence on this load step.

Main Index

TYPE

Integer. Type of output matrix.

UNCOUP

Logical. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse FBS which is optimal for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)

UNITNO

Integer. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.

UNSYMF

Character. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline contact stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for slideline contact.

UPFM

Integer. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary matrices.

UPSECC

Logical. Superelement analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and CASEUPSE is specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.

USETBIT

Integer. Decimal equivalent of bit position of a degree-of-freedom set. Output by PARAML.

USETADD

Integer. USET length extension. Extend the size of the USET by this amount.

USETOP

Character. Name of desired operation.

VALUED

Complex double precision. Contents of element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column in matrix [A]. Output by SCALAR.

VERS

Integer. Version number. Output by PROJVER.

VOLS

Real. Total volume of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.

VREF

Real. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.

VUBEAM

Character. Name for VUBEAM element.

VUELJUMP

Integer. Delta between view-element identification numbers.

VUENEXT

Integer. Starting identification number for next view-element. Output by DVIEWP and VIEWP.

828

829 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

VUEXIST

Logical. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist. Output by DVIEWP and VIEWP.

VUGJUMP

Integer. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.

VUGNEXT

Integer. Starting identification number for next view-grid. Output by DVIEWP and VIEWP.

VUHEXA

Character. Name for VUHEXA element.

VUPENTA

Character. Name for VUPENTA element.

VUQUAD4

Character. Name for VUQUAD4 element.

VUTETRA

Character. Name for VUTETRA element.

VUTRIA3

Character. Name for VUTRIA3 element.

W3

Real. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.

W4

Real. Scale factor denominator for including non-uniform structural damping in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.

WGTS

Real. Total weight of analysis model. Output by WEIGHT.

WGTVOL

Integer. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by DSPRM.

WRDNUM

Integer. Word number of table element. Output by PARAML.

WTMASS

Real. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.

WVFLG

Integer. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. Output by MDCASE.

XFLAG

Integer. Strain energy method selection. 0 Elemental force 1 Cross displacement

XNORM

Real. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns. Output by NORM.

XNORMD

Real-double precision. Same as XNORM except in double precision.

XTYPE

Integer. Type of element matrix data: 0 Stiffness 1 Damping

Main Index

CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

2 Mass XYSET

XYUNIT YOUNGM

Main Index

Character. Degree-of-freedom set type. 'SOL'

Solution set (d-set or h-set)

'DSET'

d-set

'HSET'

h-set

'PSET'

p-set

Integer. FORTRAN unit number to which the DOM12 module writes design optimization x-y plot data. Real. Young's modulus.

830

831 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

ZCOLLCT

Integer. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single final collector will be added. Output by SEQP.

ZFREQ

Integer. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.

Parameter Naming Conventions

Main Index

LUSET

"Length of USET"; i.e., number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. For example, LUSETD (d-set), LUSETS (superelement) Sometimes, and more rightly, called NOGSET.

NO__SET

Number of degrees-of-freedom in the __-set (=-1 if none)

NORC

Set to -1 if there is no c-set and no r-set.

NO_____

"no" _____ (e.g.; no data block) exists or can be found

ALWAYS

Initialized and always assumed to be -1

NEVER

Initialized and always assumed to be 0

NP

Local usage or dummy

NOGO

Hidden parameter set by module (no "S,N,NOGO" on module call) Must be trapped immediately.

832 CHAPTER 2 Data Blocks

Main Index

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

CHAPTER

3

NASTRAN Data Definition Language (NDDL)

■ NDDL Summary ■ Detailed Description of NDDL Statements

Main Index

834

3.1

NDDL Summary The NDDL (MD Nastran Data Definition Language) has several purposes: 1. The NDDL describes the hierarchical data structure of the MD Nastran database. 2. The NDDL provides the mechanism, in conjunction with the TYPE DMAP statement, for determining which MD Nastran generated data blocks or parameters or both will be stored on the database. 3. The NDDL provides the schema necessary for representing the data block data structure. 4. The NDDL and its associated query language provides the means for selecting from the hierarchical database structure specific data blocks in the form of flat tables, thus admitting them to relational database manipulation. 5. The NDDL provides the necessary data dependencies for automatic modified restarts.

Descriptions of NDDL Statements

Main Index

DATABLK

Define a data block’s name, path, and location and describe its contents.

DEPEN

Define a data block, parameter, or virtual parameter to be dependent upon other data block(s), parameter(s) or virtual parameter(s).

PARAM

Define a parameter’s name, type, path, location, and default value.

PATH

List the QUALifiers to be used in accessing the data block or parameter via the NDDL.

QUAL

Define a qualifier’s name, type and default value

835

3.2

Detailed Description of NDDL Statements Syntactical Descriptions In the descriptions of the NDDL statements, the following notations are used: 1. Slashes, colons, and parentheses must be specified as shown. 2. Uppercase letters are keywords and must be specified as shown. 3. Lowercase letters represent variables, the permissible values of which are indicated in the descriptive text. 4. Shaded words indicate the default. 5. One or more items in square brackets [] are optional. If the describers are stacked vertically, then only one may be specified. 6. One or more items in braces {} must be specified. If the describers are stacked vertically, then only one may be specified.

Main Index

836

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

DATABLK

Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

A data block is a collection of matrix columns or table records and may be broken down into the following entities: 1. Record (or column) is a group of items and/or entries. 2. Entry is a group of items and/or entries within a record. 3. Item is a single scalar quantity; such as an integer, real number, complex number, character string, or logical. Format: DATABLK,db_name,PATH=pathname,LOCATION=loc_param, MATRIX UNSTRUCTURED TYPE = TABLE [ ( style ) ] KDICT

SAMEAS,sname EOF db_description

KELM where: style = the db_description has special rules. Only TABLE(OFP) and TABLE(CASE) are allowed. SAMEAS = the db_description on another DATABLK, sname statement. db_description = one or more record descriptions providing a word-by-word description of each record in which each word (or item) is assigned a name and type.

RECORD

rec_description (*) , , EOR SAMEAS, srec_name = rec_name [ ( h1 [ ,h2 [ ,h3 ] ] ) ]

where: RECORD(*) = rec_description defines all records. It can only be specified once following RECORD=HEADER. RECORD = rec_name[(h1[,h2[,h3]]] assigns a name to the record and may optionally indicate that the record begins with one to three integers called header words. This format may be specified more than once. Only a few data blocks have this type of record; such as IFP module output data blocks.

Main Index

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

rec_description contains one or more of the following record components that may be repeated and in any order:

• item_component defines a single item. • entry_component defines a description of one or more record components and may be repeated in the record.

• either_component defines a description of one or more record components and is conditional upon the value of another item anywhere in the record. item_component has one of the following forms: rep_count item_name   , item_type, C UNDEF, rep_count, where: rep_count = the number of times the item is repeated. The default is zero. C = item_name is referenced by BACK in an either_component or COUNT in an entry_component

• item_type is: Item Type

Main Index

Description

I

Integer

RS

Real-single precision

RD

Real-double precision

RX

Real machine precision

CS

Complex-single precision

CD

Complex-double precision

CX

Complex machine precision

CHARi

Character (i = length)

LOGICAL

Logical

837

838

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

•

UNDEF indicates a dummy item that is one machine-word in length.

entry_component has the following form: ENTRY[=entry-name], rec_component,   n     COUNT =      item_name    ENDENTRY,    EOR    WITH,     ( end_value1,end_value2,… )     where: rec_component = partial record description or item_component. COUNT = the number of times the entry occurs in the record. item_name specifies the name of an item in the record whose value will specify the number of occurrences and n specifies a constant integer value for the number of occurrences. SAMEAS = an entry description specified on another ENTRY=sentry_name. end_valuei = numeric value(s) that identifies the end of repeating ENTRY... ENDENTRY grouping. If EOR = specified then no more rec_components follow in the record and RECORD or EOF must follow. ENDENTRY = required and terminates the entry_components.

Main Index

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

either_component has the following form:  AHEAD   ( item_name [ ,func_code ] ) = item_val1,  BACK 

EITHER,

rec_component1, [ OR , item_val2, rec_component2,] OR, item_valn, [ rec_component] [OR, rec_component(n+1)] ENDEITH, where: AHEAD or BACK = an item defined elsewhere in the record. OR = the beginning of an optional description of the item=item_valn. The last OR component does not have to be followed by an item_val. ENDEITH = required and terminates the either_component. Keywords: TYPE

Defines the class or characteristics of information it contains.

TABLE

A collection of records.

TABLE (CASE)

Special style of table for Case Control tables.

TABLE (OFP)

Special style of table that are suitable for input to the OFP module.

MATRIX

A M by N dimensional array of related items obeying the rules of matrix algebra.

UNSTRUCTURED The data block has no description. db_description, and SAMEAS will be ignored.

Main Index

EOR

End of record description.

EOF

End of the data block description.

839

840

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

Variables: db_name

Data block name; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for datablock-names: A through Z and 0 through 9.

pathname

Name of the path, which is also referenced on a PATH statement.

loc_param

Variable character parameter name with a value that is the DBset name. See the PARAM NDDL statement and the INlT FMS statement.

rec_name

Record name. Optional.

entry_name

Entry name. Optional.

item_name

Item name. Item_name may have an integer argument and would then take the form: item_name(i) where i is an explicit integer value.

item_vali

Item value.

func_code

Function code. Optional. Specifies the function to perform on the value found in the data block referenced by item_name, before comparing to item_val. Func_code Operation 1

item_name / 1000

2

mod( item_name, 100 )

3

mod( item_name, 1000 ) / 100

4

item_name / 10

5

mod( item_name, 10 )

6

if iand(item_name,8) <>0 then set to 0, else set to 1

7

if (item_name/1000=0) or 2 then set to 0 else 4 or 5 then set to 2, else set to 1

8

rightmost 16 bits of item_name

>65535

iand(item_name,iand(func_code,65535))

Remarks: 1. In general, the data block completely describes all possible records of a data block. At any given instance, some or even all of the records that comprise the description may not physically exist in any given data block. Main Index

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

2. For UNDEF items, DEPENdencies are not checked and for transfer of data between machine types they are considered integer zero. Examples: 1. The simplest DATABLK statement might be of the form: DATABLK,INDATA,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN,EOF

A more complex specification of a DATABLK statement is of the form: DATABLK,GEOM4S,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX,SAMEAS, GEOM4,EOF

In the above statement, SAMEAS,GEOM4 specifies that GEOM4S has the same data block description specified under the DATABLK,GEOM4 statement. 2. Consider the following: DATABLK ,EQEXIN,TYPE=TABLE,PATH=PEIDI,LOCATION=IFPX, RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR, RECORD=EXT2INT, GRIDID,I,INTERNAL,I, EOR, RECORD=EXT2SIL, GRIDID,I,TENXSIL,I,EOR,EOF

The NAME(2) above represents a two word item with each word four characters in length. The RECORD=EXT2INT gives this particular record the record-name EXT2INT. In the record named EXT2INT there are two integer items called GRIDID and INTERNAL. These two groups are repeated until the EOR is encountered. A simple ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping is: RECORD=MAT9(2603,26,300), MID,I, ENTRY=GEES, G(21),RS, ENDENTRY, RHO,RS,..., EOR,

In the above example it was found convenient to group the Gs into an ENTRYENDENTRY group called GEES. The group contains 21 entries. The group items can be accessed as a whole group or as individual members. Also note the (2603,26,300) entry. Internally, for many records, MD Nastran sees not the record name e.g., MAT9, but rather the describer e.g.,(2603,26,300). Another example of an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is as follows: RECORD=CYJOIN(5210,52,257), SIDE,I,C,I, ENTRY, G1,I,

Main Index

841

842

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

ENDENTRY,WITH,-1, EOR,

In this example the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group in the CYJOIN record consists of an indefinite number of G1 data-items. When the value -1 (which is physically part of the record) is encountered, repetition of the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group will stop. Another similar example is of the form: RECORD=MPC(4901,49,17), SID,I,..., ENTRY, G1,I,C1,I,A1,RS, ENDENTRY,WITH,(-1,-1,-1),EOR,

In the above MPC record, the group G1, C1, A1, repeats until -1 -1 -1 is encountered in the record. A complex example of ENTRY ... ENDENTRY groups is shown next. RECORD=RBE3(7101,71,187), EID,I,REFGRID,I,REFC,I, ENTRY, WT1,RS,C1,I, ENTRY, G1,I, ENDENTRY,WITH,-1, ENDENTRY,WITH,-2, ENTRY, GM1,I,CM1,I, ENDENTRY,WITH,-3, EOR,

In this example, an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is shown nested within another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group. If an ENTRY .. ENDENTRY group appears in another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, it must be entirely contained in the particular group. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group of this example uses the ElTHER,OR clause to select the ENDENTRY statement. In this particular example, the inner ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated by -1. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated when a -2 is encountered. If a -2 is encountered, another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group terminating with -3 is executed. If -3 is encountered the outer loop terminates. The record is continuously repeated in this fashion until the EOR is encountered. The next example uses EITHER,OR clauses to select one of several possible table formats including an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping. RECORD=RELEASE(1310,13,247), SEID,I,C,I, EITHER,0, ENTRY, G1,I, ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,

Main Index

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

OR,1, G1,I,G2,I, OR,-1 ENDEITH, EOR,

The RELEASE record represents three possible forms of the Bulk Data entry RELEASE. The ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group represents an open-ended list of grid point identifiers terminated by -1. The first OR represents a “THRU” option while the second OR represents a “ALL” option. Another use of the SAMEAS clause is as follows: ,..., ENTRY=SOLDSP,SAMEAS,NONLIN,ENDENTRY,

This statement says that SOLDSP entry has an identical group structure to an ENTRY=NONLIN grouping, which is in the same data block and comes physically before the SOLDSP entry. The COUNT = n is shown in the next example: ,..., RECORD=PBEAM,(5402,54,262) PID,I,MID,I,N,I,CCF,I,X,I, ENTRY=SECTIONS, S0,I,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS, C1 ,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,RS, ENDENTRY,COUNT=11, K1,RS, ... , N2B,RS, EOR, ...

The STATIONS entry is to be repeated 10 times in addition to the entry explicitly described. Thus there are 11 such entries. The next example shows the use of COUNT = item-id and WITH,EOR ,..., UNUSED(67),I, LSEM(C),I, ENTRY, COEF,RS, ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSEM, ENTRY=SETS, SETID,I, LSET(C),I, ENTRY, SET,I, ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSET, ENDENTRY,WITH,EOR,EOF

The number of data items in COEFF is LSEM.

Main Index

843

844

DATABLK Describes data blocks used for NDDL access

The entry SETS represents an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, which ends when an EOR is reached. SET contains LSET data items for each repetition through the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group. The next example shows a use of UNDEF, length. RECORD=CCONE(2315,23,0), EID,I,PID,I, UNDEF,18, EOR,

Here UNDEF,18 says that the next 18 items in the table are undefined. Neither, the item-name or data-type are defined. The next example shows the use of AHEAD(item-name). RECORD=CBAR(2408,24,180), EID,I,PID,I,GA,I,GB,I, EITHER,AHEAD(F)=1, X1 ,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,F,I OR,2, GO,I,UNDEF,2,F,I, ENDEITH, ...

In this example, AHEAD(F) says read F, which is required to be integer, to determine the appropriate description.N

Main Index

DEPEN Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter

DEPEN

Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter

Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter on another data block, parameter, or virtual parameter. Format:

DEPEN

Meaning:

 dep_db_name ( DB )     dep_param_name ( P )  ⁄    dep_virtual_name ( VP ) 

 indep_db_namei ( DB )     indep_param_namei ( DB ) [ : desc_loc ] [ ,… ]     indep_virtual_namei ( VP ) 

dep_* is dependent upon indep_*. In other words, if any or all of indep_* changes, or is also marked for deletion. The RESTART module detects changes and marks dep_* for deletion.

Variables: dep_*

Dependent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by DB, P, or VP, respectively.

indep_*

Independent data block, parameter, or virtual parameter as indicated by DB, P, or VP, respectively.

desc_loc

Description locator of the independent record, entry, or item and the format is [ record_name ] [ : [ entry_name ] ] [ : [ item_name ] ]

Remarks: 1. des_loc is specified in order to isolate the independent data. In other words, the dependency is limited to a specific record, entry, and/or item. For example, DEPEN A/B $ delete A if any item in B changes DEPEN A/B:C $ delete A only if record C changes DEPEN A/B:C:D $ delete A only if entry D of record C changes DEPEN A/B:C:D:E $ delete A only if item E in entry D of record C changes

2. If record_name, entry_name or item_name is not defined in the DATABLK description, then leave these fields blank but specify the colon.

Main Index

845

846

DEPEN Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter

Examples: 1. EPTS example: DEPEN EPTS TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEIDI LOCATION=IFPX, SAMEAS,EPT,EOF DATABLK EPT TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFPI LOCATION=IFPX, RECORD=PBAR(52,20,181) PID,I,MID,I,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,FE,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS ,E1,TS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,K1,RS,K2,RS,I12,RS,EOR, RECORD=PBEAM(5402,54,262), PID,I,MID,I,NI,CCF,I,X,RS, ENTRY=SECTIONS, SO,RS,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS, J,RS,NSM,RS,C1,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS, E2,RS,F1,RS,R2,RS,ENDENTRY,COUNT=11, K1,TS,K2,RS,S1,RS,S2,RS,NSIA,RS,NSIB,RS,CWA,RS, CWB,RS,M1A,RS,M2A,RS,M1B,RS,M2B,RS, N1A,RS,N1B,RS,N2A,RS,N2B,RS,EOR, DEPEN EPTSK(VP)/EPTS:PBAR::PID,EPTS:PBAR::MID, EPTS:PBAR::A, . . . EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:A,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I1,EPTS:PBEAM:SECTIONS:I2,

2. GEOM1S example: DATABLK GEOM1S TYPE=TABLE PATH=PEID LOCATION=IFPX, SAMEAS,GEOM1,EOF DATABLK GEOM1 TYPE=TABLE PATH=IFP LOCATION=IFPX, RECORD=HEADER,NAME(2),CHAR4,EOR, . . RECORD=GRID(4501,45,1), ID,I,CP,I,X1,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,CD,I,PS,I,SEID,I,EOR, . . RECORD=SEQGP(5301,53,4), ID,I,SEQID,I,EOR, . . EOF DEPEN NODES(VP)/GEOM1S:GRID::ID,GEOM1S:GRID::CP, GEOM1S:GRID:::X1,GEOM1S:GRID::X2,GEOM1S:GRID::X3, GEOM1S:GRID::CD $ DEPEN GPLS / NODES(VP,SNODES(VP) $ DEPEN LUSETS(P) /GPLS,GEOM1S:SEQGP $ PARA

Main Index

PARAM Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location

PARAM

Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location

Defines parameters that require a path and/or dbset location. Format: PARAM

parameter-name[=default-value] TYPE=data-type, PATH=path-name LOCATION=dbset-name $

Variables: parameter-name The name of the parameter; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for parameter-names A through Z and 0 through 9. Any other characters are invalid. default-value

The explicit default value of the parameter. If no default value is given, CHARi defaults to a “blank” and all others default to zero.

data-type

The data type. Possible data types are as follows: Description Integer

I

Real single precision

RS

Real double precision

RD

Complex single precision

CS

Complex double precision

CD

Character Logical

Main Index

data-type

CHARi, where i = 1 through 80 LOGICAL

path-name

The logical name of the hierarchical structure. Refer to the PATH statement.

dbset-name

The variable character parameter name with a value that corresponds to a DBset name. Its default value must be defined on another PARAM NDDL statement and cannot be blank.

847

848

PARAM Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location

Remarks: 1. The TYPE DMAP statement may not override the default set with this statement. Any default value set with the TYPE DMAP statement is ignored. 2. DBset-name parameters in LOCATION must be assigned to MASTER. 3. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks. Examples: PARAM,POST=0,TYPE=I,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN PARAM,WTMASS=1.0,TYPE=RS,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP PARAM,CM1=(1.0,0.0),TYPE=CS,LOCATION=DBDN PARAM,MESH=’NO’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP PARAM,DBUP=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS, LOCATION=MASTER PARAM,DBDN=’DBALL’,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS, LOCATION=MASTER

Main Index

PATH Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements

Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements

PATH

Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statements. Format: PATH

pathname

qual-name1, qual-name2, ...

Variables: path-name

Name of the path; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for path-names: A through Z and 0 through 9. The path-name may be referenced on one or more DATABLK and/or PARAM statements with PATH=path-name.

qual-namei

A list of qualifiers that are defined on QUAL NDDL statements.

Example: The path DMSL specifies qualifiers MODEL, SEID, and LID. PATH DMSL

Main Index

MODEL,SEID,LID $

849

850

QUAL Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement

QUAL

Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement

Defines qualifiers that are referenced on the PATH NDDL statement. Format: QUAL(qtype) qual-name1=default-value1 qual-name2=default-value2,... Variables: qtype

Type of qualifier. Description

qtype

Integer

I

Real single precision

RS

Real double precision

RD

Complex single precision

CS

Complex double precision

CD

Character

CHARi, where i=1,80

Logical

LOGICAL

qual-namei

Name of the qualifier referenced on a PATH NDDL statement.

default-valuei

Default value of the qualifier. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks.

Remarks: 1. qual-namei may be referenced on one or more PATH NDDL statements. 2. The TYPE,PARM,NDDL DMAP statement must be used to declare the qualifier in the subDMAP. 3. Qualifiers may be modified in the subDMAP in the same manner as variable parameters. Example: The following statement defines integer qualifiers MODEL, SEID, SOLID, and BASE and their defaults. QUAL(I) MODEL=0,SEID=0,SOLID=0,BASE=1

Main Index

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide+

CHAPTER

4

DMAP Modules and Statements

■ DMAP Module and Statement List ■ DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary ■ Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements

Main Index

852

4.1

DMAP Module and Statement List Descriptions of the most common and easy-to-use DMAP modules and statements are contained in “Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements” on page 860, arranged alphabetically. Conditional statements IF, IF ( ) THEN, ELSE, ELSE IF ( ) THEN, ENDIF, DO WHILE, ENDDO, JUMP, and LABEL are described in “Control Statement” on page 31. The Assignment (=) statement is described in “Assignment Statement” on page 19, and the Function statements are described in “Function Statement” on page 20. Descriptions for all other modules are contained in the MSC.Nastran Programmer’s Manual.

Matrix Modules ADD

MERGE

SOLVE

ADD5

MPYAD

SOLVIT

CEAD

NORM

TRNSP

DCMP

PARTN

UMERGE

DECOMP

READ

UMERGE1

DIAGONAL

RESMOD

UPARTN

FBS

SMPYAD

Utility Modules

Main Index

APPEND

LAMX

PARAML

COPY

MATGEN

PRTPARM

DBC

MATGPR

PVT

DBDICT

MATMOD

RESTART

DMIIN

MATOFP

RMDUPBLK

DRMS1

MATPCH

SCALAR

DTIIN

MATPRN

SEQP

ELTPRT

MATPRT

TABEDIT

IFP

MODTRL

TABPRT

IFP1, . . . IFP10

MTRXIN

TABPT

IFPBSH2

OFP

VEC

INPUTT2

OUTPUT2

VECPLOT

INPUTT4

OUTPUT4

XSORT

853

Executive Modules and Statements DBVIEW DELETE EQUIVX FILE MESSAGE PURGEX

Miscellaneous Modules and Statements

Main Index

ACMG

CURV

DOPR3X

DSFLTF

ADAMSMNF

CURVPLOT

DOPR4

DSGRDM

ADAMSRBM

CYCLIC1

DOPR5

DSMA

ADAPT

CYCLIC2

DOPR6

DSPRM

ADG

CYCLIC3

DOPRAN

DSTA

ADJMOD

CYCLIC4

DPD

DSTAP2

ADR

DBDELETE

DRMH1

DSVG1

AELOOP

DBEQUIV

DRMH3

DSVG1P

AEMODEL

DBSTATUS

DRMT1

DSVG2

AFPMP

DDR2

DSABO

DSVG3

AIEMGA

DDRMM

DSAD

DSVGP4

AMG

DISDCMP

DSADJ

DSVGP5

AMP

DISFBS

DSADX

DUMMOD1-4

APD

DISOFPM

DSAE

DVIEWP

ASDR

DISOFPS

DSAF

DYNCXPNT

ASG

DISOPT

DSAH

EFFMAS

AXMDRV

DISPARM

DSAJ

ELFDR

AXMPR1

DISUTIL

DSAL

EMA

AXMPR2

DIVERG

DSAM

EMAKFR

BDRYINFO

DLT2SLT

DSAN

EMG

BCDR

DMPCASE

DSAP

ESTINDX

BGCASO

DOM10

DSAPRT

EXPORTLD

BGICA

DOM11

DSAR

FA1

BGP

DOM12

DSARLP

FA2

BMG

DOM6

DSARME

FBODYLD

BNDSPC

DOM9

DSARMG

FORTIO

CAMPREP

DOPFS

DSARSN

FRLG

CASE

DOPR1

DSAW

FRLGEN

CMPZPR

DOPR2

DSDVRG

FRQDRV

CMSENGY

DOPR3

DSFLTE

FRRD1FRRD2

854

Main Index

GENTRAN

MCE1

OPTGP0

SEMA

GETCOL

MCEMCFRACT

ORTHOG

SEP1

GETMKL

MDATA

OUTPRT

SEP1X

GI

MDBNZO

PCOMB

SEP2

GIC2C

MDCASE

PFCALC

SEP2CT

GKAM

MDISUTIL

PLOT

SEP2DR

GNFM

MGEN

PLTHBDY

SEP2X

GP0

MKCNTRL

PLTSET

SEP3

GP1

MKCSTMA

PLTMSG

PROJVER

GP2

MKRBVEC

PNCHGRP

RANDOM

GP3

MKSPLINE

PNMKGRP

SHPCAS

GP4

MODACC

PRESOL

SMA3

GP5

MODCASE

PROJVER

SSG1

GPFDR

MODENRGY

RANDOM

SSG2

GPJAC

MODEPF

RBMG3

SSG3

GPSP

MODEPOUT

RBMG4

SSG4

GPSTR1

MODGDN

RMG2

STATICS

GPSTR2

MODGM4

ROTOR

ST2DYN

GPSTRPBX

MODQSET

ROTRD1

STDCON

GPWG

MODTRK

ROTRD2

STRSORT

GUST

MODUSET

ROTRUTL

TA1

GUSTLDW

MONVEC

RSPEC

TAFF

GYROLD

MONVEC3

SCE1

TAHT

IFPINDX

MPP

SDP

TASNP1

IFT

MPPTRAN

SDR1

TASNP2

ILMP1

MRGCOMP

SDR2

TOLAPP

ILMP2

MRGMON

SDR3

TRD1

ILMPGPF

MRGCSTM

SDRCOMP

TRD2

INDXBULK

MSGHAN

SDRHT

TRLG

INTERR

MSGSTRES

SDRNL

UEIGL

ISHELL

NASSETS

SDRP

UGVADD

LANCZOS

NDINTERP

SDRX

UREDUC

LCGEN

NEWUSET

SDRXD

VDR

LMATPRT

NLCOMB

SDSA

VIEW

MACOFP

NLHARM

SDSB

VIEWP

MAKAEFA

NLICLOOP

SDSC

WEIGHT

MAKAEFS

NLITER

SECONVRT

XYPLOT

MAKAEMON

NLRSLOOP

SEDR

XYTRAN

MAKCOMP

NLRSMAP

SEDRDR

MAKENEW

NLSOLV

SEEFMBND

MAKEOLD

NLTRD

SEEFMCLF

MAKMON

NLTRD2

SEEFMDMP

MASSCOMB

NLTRLG

SEEFMLST

MATGEN

NSMEPT

SEEFMNON

MATREDU

OFPINDX

SEEFMOUT

855

4.2

DMAP Module and Statement Description Summary Following is a summary description of the modules described in detail in the next subsection and a listing of obsolete modules.

Matrix Modules Module ADD

[X ] = α[A ] ⊕ β[B]

ADD5

[X ] = α[A ] + β[B ] + λ[C ] + ∆[ D] + ε[ E]

CEAD

Solves for p and { φ } in ( [ M ]p + [ B ] p + [ K ] ) { φ } = { 0 }

DECOMP,DCMP

[A ] → [ L] [U]

DIAGONAL FBS MERGE

2

[ A ] → a P or [ A ] → a P ii ij –1

[ X ] = ±( [ L ][ U ] ) [ B ] [ A ] → A11 A12 A21 A22

MPYAD

[ X ] = ± [ A ] [ B ] ± [ C ] or [ X ] = ± [ A ] [ B ] ± [ C ]

NORM

[ X ] = [ A ] normalized to 1.0 maximum in each column

PARTN

Main Index

Basic Operation

T

[ A ] ← A11 A12 A21 A22

READ, LANCZOS

Solves for λ and { φ } in ( [ K ] – λ [ M ] ) { φ } = { 0 }

SMPYAD

[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] ± [ F ] or [ A ] [ B ] [ A ]

SOLVE, SOLVIT

[ X ] = ± [ A ] [ B ] or ± [ A ]

TRNSP

[X] = [A]

UMERGE

 PHIA  { PHIF } ←  ---------------   PHIO 

T

–1

T

–1

856

Module

Basic Operation

UMERGE1 [ K ii ] ←

K jj K jl or K jl ← K jj K jl K lj K ll

[ K ii ] ←

K jj K jl  Pj  or { P i } →  -----  K lj K ll  Pl 

UPARTN

Utility Modules Module

Main Index

Basic Function

APPEND

Concatenates two data blocks.

COPY

Copies a data block.

DBC

Converts data blocks for model generation and results processing.

DBDICT

Prints database directory tables with optional user-selectable format.

DMIIN

Converts DMI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.

DRMS1

Recovers data by mode superposition.

DTIIN

Converts DTI Bulk Data entries to data blocks.

ELTPRT

Prints element summary information.

IFP1

Reads in the Case Control Section.

IFP, IFP3 through IFP9

Converts the output from the XSORT module into several tables.

INPUTT2

Reads data blocks from FORTRAN-readable files.

INPUTT4

Reads matrices from FORTRAN-readable files.

LAMX

Edits or generates real or complex eigenvalue summary table.

MATGEN

Generates special matrices, such as identities, etc.

MATGPR

Prints matrices with grid point and component identification.

MATMOD

Transforms a collection of input matrices into output matrices.

MATPCH

Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.

MATPRN

Prints general matrix data blocks (10 items per line).

857

Module

Main Index

Basic Function

MATPRT

Prints matrix data blocks (6 items per line).

MERGEOFP

Merges linear and nonlinear stress data blocks from SDR2.

MESSAGE

Prints user defined messages.

MODACC

Partitions solution vectors based on the OTIME or OFREQ Case Control command.

MODTRL

Modifies data block trailer data.

MTRXlN

Converts DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.

OFP

Provides user-oriented self-explanatory formats for data blocks prepared by other functional modules (e.g., READ, CEAD, SDR2, etc.).

OUTPUT2

Writes tables or matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.

OUTPUT4

Writes matrices onto FORTRAN-readable files.

PARAML

Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.

PRTPARM

Prints parameter values and DMAP error messages.

PVT

Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data PARAM entries.

RESTART

Compares two data blocks and/or invokes dependencies defined in the NDDL.

SCALAR

Selects parameters from a user input matrix or table.

SEQP

Generates a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices.

TABEDlT

Edits tables.

TABPRT

Prints selected table data blocks using user-oriented formats.

TABPT

Prints table data blocks.

TIMETEST

Computes timing data.

VEC

Generates partitioning vector.

VECPLOT

Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of vectors.

XSORT

Reads in the Bulk Data Section.

858

Executive Modules and Statements Module or Statement

Basic Function

DBVIEW

Creates a virtual data block from an NDDL data block.

DELETE

Deletes a data block(s) from the database.

EQUIVX

Assigns another name to a data block.

FILE

Defines special data block characteristics to DMAP compiler.

PURGEX

Flags a data block as empty on the database.

TYPE

Identifies NDDL data blocks and parameters.

Obsolete Modules and Statements The following modules are obsolete and are not described in this guide. They are either no longer available or not recommended: DMAP Module or Statement

Main Index

Alternate Method or Modules

COND

IF and IF ( ) THEN statement

DBDIR

DBDICT statement

DYNCTRL

None

DYNREDU

None

EQUIV

EQUIVX module

INREL

SubDMAP SEMR3

PARAM

Function and assignment statements

PARAMR

Function and assignment statements

PURGE

PURGEX module

RBMG2

DECOMP

REIGL

READ module

REPT

DO WHILE statement

SCE1

UPARTN

SETVAL

Assignment statement

SMP2

UPARTN, MPYAD, SMPYAD

859

DMAP Module or Statement TASN

Main Index

Alternate Method or Modules TASNP2

860

4.3

Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements The following descriptions of commonly used DMAP modules are in alphabetical order.

Main Index

ACMG Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix

ACMG

Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix

Computes the coupling matrix for fluid/structure interface at all points or only points on a given structural panel. ACMG

PANSLT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,ECT,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXIN,EDT/  AGG    /  APART  LUSET/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH/ PNLPTV $

Input Data Blocks: PANSLT

Panel static load table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SIL

Scalar index list.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

EQACST

Equivalence between internal fluid grid points and internal structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.

NORTAB

Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which lie within the acoustic face.

EQEXIN

Equivalence between external grid/scalar and internal identification numbers.

EDT

Element deformation table. Contains SET1 entries.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

AGG

Fluid/structure coupling matrix at all points or for a structural panel.

APART

Partitioning vector for panel coupling matrix when PNLPTV=TRUE.

861

862

ACMG Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

MPNFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.

NUMPAN

Input-integer-default=1. Number of panels.

PANAME

Output-character-default='NASTPANL'. Name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created.

IPANEL

Input-integer-default=1. Number of records to skip to get the required data in the PANSLT table.

MATCH

Input-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.

PNLPTV

0

Matching mesh

1

Nonmatching mesh

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel participation/partition vector flag. If TRUE, then generate a partitioning vector APART which may be used to partition the g-set size coupling matrix to obtain the panel's coupling matrix.

Remarks: 1. MPNFLG, NUMPAN, and MATCH are computed by the GP5 module, whereas the IPANEL parameter is incremented in DMAP. 2. PANSLT, BGPDT, and SIL cannot be purged if fluid structure interaction is to be considered. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point references a coordinate system other than basic. Example: Compute global coupling matrices for all points: GP5

ACMG

Main Index

ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/ PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/ S,N,MPNFLG//S,N,MATCH/NASOUT $ PANSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXINS/ AGG/LUSETS/////MATCH $

ACMG Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix

Compute coupling matrices for all structural panels: GP5

ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/ MPNSLT,EQACST,MNRTAB/ MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH $ IPANEL=1 $ DO WHILE ( IPANEL<=NUMPAN ) $ ACMG MPNSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,MNRTAB,EQEXINS/ ABE/LUSETS/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH $ IPANEL=IPANEL+1 $ ENDDO $ IPANEL<=NUMPAN

Main Index

863

864

ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams

ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams Generate modal neutral files using the MSC.Adams/FLEX MNF toolkit. Format: ADAMSMNF

UNITS,BGPDT,GEOM2,GEOM4,CMBXPHG,MABXWGG,MXWAA,KXWAA, PXA,GPSETS,ELSET,OGS1,OGSTR1,OGPWGBW,CASECC,PCDB/ BAAEA,OGS1P,OGTR1P/ M9I/ QUALNAM/SEID/NOSE/LUSET/NOASET/MNFOUT/OUTGS1/ OUTGSTR1/MINVAR/PSETID/CCSET/PRECOL/WTMASS $

Input Data Blocks: UNITS

Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

CMBXPHG Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate system and and row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence. MABXWGG Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic coordinate system, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence, and divided by WTMASS.

Main Index

MXWAA

Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence and divided by WTMASS.

KXWAA

Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence and divided by WTMASS.

PXA

Matrix of modally reduced static loads.

GPSETS

Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.

ELSET

Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(PLOT) Section of Case Control.

OGS1

Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.

OGSTR1

Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.

ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams

OGPWGBW Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate system divided by WTMASS. CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

BAAEA

Modal damping matrix.

OGS1P

Table of grid point stresses due to preload.

OGSTR1P

Table of grid point strains due to preload.

Output Data Blocks: M9I

Table of the nine mass invariants.

Parameters: QUALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting data blocks qualified by SEID. SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

NOSE

Input-integer-default=0. Number of superelements extracted from trailer of SEMAP.

LUSET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOASET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the aset.

MNFOUT

Input-character-default='MNF'. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass invariants, M9I:

OUTGS1

'MNF'

Modal neutral file only

'NINEMAI'

M9I only

'BOTH'

Modal neutral file and M9I

Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGS to modal neutral file.

OUTGSTR1 Input-character-default='YES'. Output control of OGSTR1 to modal neutral file. MINVAR

Input-character-default='FULL'. Type of coupling for output of nine mass invariants, M9I: CONSTANT' 1, 2, 6 AND 7 only

Main Index

865

866

ADAMSMNF Generate files for MSC.Adams

PSETID

'PARTIAL'

All except 5 and 9

'FULL'

All

'NONE'

None

Input-integer-default=-1. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET record. If GPSET or ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined in CASECC which specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams: -1

All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.

0

None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and elements will be output.

>0

All grids and element plot sets present in SET=PSETID.

CCSET

Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number which specifies a set of grids to be used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for possible future implementation.)

PRECOL

Input-integer-default=-1. Column number of preload vector in PXA. If PRECOL<=0, then there is no preload.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.

Remarks: 1. The invariants can be output to the MNF file only if MINVAR<>'NONE'.

Main Index

ADAMSRBM Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results

ADAMSRBM Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results. Format: ADAMSRBM

RBH,UGX,CSTM,BGPDT/URGB/APP $

Input Data Blocks: RBH

Large motion matrix computed by MSC.ADAMS. RBH contains six rows: the first 3 rows are large translations and the next 3 rows are Euler angles.

UGX

Solution matrix in g-set from frequency or transient response analysis.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: UGRB

UGX matrix updated with large motion (RBH).

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. 'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP' Transient response.

Main Index

867

868

ADAPT Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values

ADAPT

Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values

Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values and generates a new set of p-values for next adaptivity loop. Format: ADAPT

CASECC,EPT,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPT,ETT, CSTM,PVAL0,ERROR0,PELSET,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT, GEOM4,BGPDT,GPSNT,EPSSE,LAMA,GLERR/ PVAL1,ERROR1,GLERR1/ ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/ S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,ADPTEXIT/DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Case Control table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EDT

Element deformation table. Contains ADAPT Bulk Data entries.

EST

Element summary table.

ELEMVOL

Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body.

VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

ETT

Element temperature table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

PVAL0

p-value table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or adaptivity loop.

ERROR0

Error estimate table generated by ADAPT module in previous superelement or adaptivity loop.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

ADAPT Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

EPSSE

Table of epsilon and external work.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

GLERR

Table of global error estimates from previous iteration.

Output Data Blocks: PVAL1

p-value table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

ERROR1

Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

GLERR1

Table of global error estimates for current iteration.

Parameters: ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set. APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'STATICS' or 'REIGEN'.

ADPTIND

Input-integer-no default. P-version analysis adaptivity index.

SEID

Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.

PVALNEW Output-integer-no default. New p-value set identification number.

Main Index

ADPTEXIT

Output-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.

DESITER

Input-integer-no default. Design optimization iteration number.

DESMAX

Input-integer-no default. Design optimization maximum allowed iteration number.

CNVFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag.

869

870

ADAPT Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values

Remarks: 1. If superelements are present then CASECC must contain only the residual structure. EPT, EST, UG, MPT, CSTM, GEOM4, BGPDT, and GPSNT apply to the current superelement only. See Example. 2. If DATAREC Case Control command and OUTPUT Bulk Data entries are specified, then ADAPT will also print or punch out the p-value and error tables for specified p-element identification numbers at desired adaptivity loops. Example: Set up ADAPT module for superelement analysis. EQUIVX

CASESX/CASE0/-1 $ CAPTURE R.S. CASE CONTROL $ FOR ALL SUPERELEMENTS EQUIVX PVAL /PVALN/-1 $ COPY NDDL, WITH CURRENT VALUE EQUIVX ERROR/ERRORN/-1 $ OF PVALID QUALIFIER, TO SCRATCH. DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $ IF ( RSONLY ) THEN $ SEID = 0 $ PEID = 0 $ LPFLG=-1 $ EXIT LOOP AFTER THIS PASS ELSE $ SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LPFLG/ S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/ S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/'ALL'//-1 $ ENDIF $ CALL SETQ CASESX//SEID/PEID/S,MTEMP/S,K2GG/S,M2GG/S,B2GG/S,MPC/ S,SPC/S,LOAD/S,DEFORM/S,TEMPLD/S,P2G/S,DYRD/S,METH/ S,MFLUID $ ADAPT CASE0,EPTS,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPTS,ETT,CSTMS, PVALN,ERRORN,PELSETS,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,GEOM4S, BGPDTS,GPSNTS/ PVAL1,ERROR1/ ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,FINISH/ DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $ EQUIVX PVAL1/PVALN/ALWAYS $ ..."ACCUMULATE" UPDATED PVALS EQUIVX ERROR1/ERRORN/ALWAYS $ AND ERRORS ACROSS ALL S.E.'S DELETE /UG,,,, $ IF ( ADPTEXIT ) ADPTEXIT = FINISH $ ENDDO $ LPFLG >= 0

Main Index

ADD Matrix add

Matrix add

ADD

Computes [ X ] = α [ A ] ⊕ β [ B ] where α and β are scalar multipliers ( ⊕ can be the +, *, ÷ or overwrite operators ) . Format: ADD

A,B/X/ALPHA/BETA/IOPT $

Input Data Blocks: A

Any matrix (real or complex).

B

Any matrix (real or complex).

Output Data Block: X

Matrix

Parameters: ALPHA

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is α , the scalar multiplier for [ A ] .

BETA

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is β , the scalar multiplier for [ B ] .

IOPT

Input-integer-default = 0. This chooses the operator ⊕ in x ij = αA ij ⊕ βB ij . IOPT

Operation

0

+ , add

1

* , multiply

2

÷ , divide

3

 x ij  

  

A ij or B ij = 0, then X ij =

= αA ij if B ij = 0 = βB ij if B ij ≠ 0

Remarks: 1. [ A ] and/or [ B ] may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. X may not be purged. Main Index

871

872

ADD Matrix add

2. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [ X ] is the maximum of the types of [ A ] , [ B ] , α , and β . The size of [ X ] is the size of [ A ] if [ A ] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [ B ] . 3. If A and B are not the same size, then the size of X will be the size of A. For example, 1 2 5 + 3 4 6

7 8

7 8 +

1 2 5 3 4 6

=

8 10 5 3 4 6

or =

8 10

4. If ALPHA or BETA are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then they may alternately be specified as real constants; e.g., “5.” See examples. 5. For exponentiation of each element in a matrix, see “DIAGONAL” on page 1006 module. Examples: 1. Add KDD to MDD: ADD

KDD,MDD/DDD $

2. Multiply MAA by 5.0: ADD

MAA,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $

or ADD

MAA,/MAA5/5.0 $

3. Overwrite terms of [ A ] with terms of: ADD

Main Index

A,B/X///3 $

ADD5 Matrix add

ADD5

Matrix add

To compute [ X ] = α [ A ] + β [ B ] + λ [ C ] + ∆ [ D ] + ε [ E ] , where α , β , λ , ∆ , and ε are scalar multipliers. Format: ADD5

A,B,C,D,E/ X/ ALPHA/BETA/GAMMA/DELTA/EPSLN/ ALPHAD/BETAD/GAMMAD/DELTAD/EPSLND $

Input Data Blocks: A,B,C,D,E

Must be distinct matrices. (Real or complex).

Output Data Block: X

Matrix

Parameters:

Main Index

ALPHA

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is α , the scalar multiplier for [ A ] .

BETA

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is β , the scalar multiplier for [ B ] .

GAMMA

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ∆ , the scalar multiplier for [ D ] .

DELTA

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ∆ , the scalar multiplier for [ D ] .

EPSLN

Input-complex single precision-default = (1.0,0.0). This is ε , the scalar multiplier for [ E ] .

ALPHAD

Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar multiplier for [ A ] .

BETAD

Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar multiplier for [ B ] .

GAMMAD

Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar multiplier for [ C ] .

873

874

ADD5 Matrix add

DELTAD

Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar multiplier for [ C ] .

EPSLND

Input-complex double precision-default = (1.0D0,0.0D0). This is the scalar multiplier for [ E ] .

Remarks: 1. Any of the matrices may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. 2. The type (complex or real) of [ X ] is maximum of the types of A, B, C, D, and E. If the imaginary parts of any parameter are nonzero, then X will be complex. The precision of [ X ] is double for short-word machines and single for long-word machines ADD5 is more efficient than ADD for sparse matrices. 3. If the input matrices are incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 “ATTEMPT TO ADD INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is issued. 4. If any of the scalar multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g., “(5.,0.)”, then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., “5.” See Example 2 below. 5. If any of the scalar single precision multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example 2. This alternate specification is not allowed for the double precision multipliers and constant double precision values must be entered in full: e.g., (2.0D0, 0.0D0). 6. If ALPHAD, BETAD, GAMMAD, DELTAD, or EPSLND is non-zero then the corresponding single precision parameter will be ignored. Examples: 1. Compute IOMEGA=CMPLX(0.,OMEGA) OMEGSQ=IOMEGA**2 ADD5 MDD,BDD,KDD,,/DDD/OMEGSQ/IOMEGA $

2. Multiply [MAA] by 5.0 ADD5

MAA,,,,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $

or ADD5

Main Index

MAA,,,,/MAA5/5.0 $

ADD5 Matrix add

3. Scale A by a large number. The largest element in A is 1.0. TYPE PARM,,CD,,SCALER=(1.D40,0.0D0) $ ADD5 A,,,,/ASCALED//////SCALER $

4. Change the type of the real double precision matrix A to complex. ADD5

A,,,,/ACD//(1.,1.) $

Although the value of the second parameter does not appear in the output, it changes the type from real double precision (type 2) to complex double precision.

Main Index

875

876

ADG Calculates the downwash matrix

ADG

Calculates the downwash matrix

Calculates the downwash matrix that specifies the downwash for each of the aerodynamic extra points. It also forms the matrices required in the generation of stability derivative information and in the specification of the aerodynamic trim equations, as well as the hinge moments data matrix. Format: ADG

AECTRL,CSTMA,AERO,AECOMP,W2GJ,ACPT/ UXVBRL,WJVBRL,ADBINDX/ NJ/NK/SYMXZ $

Input Data Blocks: AECTRL

Table of aeroelastic model controls.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and ks-set grid points.

AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table.

W2GJ

Matrix of aerodynamic intercepts. Usually input via DMI Bulk Data entries.

ACPT

Aerodynamic connection and property table.

Output Data Blocks: UXVBRL

Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has NX rows and NV columns.

WJVBRL

Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control surfaces.

ADBINDX

Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the NV instances created).

Parameters: NJ

Main Index

Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic boxes (j-points).

ADG Calculates the downwash matrix

NK

Input-integer-no default. Number of aerodynamic degrees of freedom (k-points).

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. x-z symmetry flag.

Remarks: 1. NK, and NJ are computed by the APD module. 2. If ACPT is not purged then the DJX matrix is built using ACPT and AECOMP.

Main Index

877

878

ADJMOD Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads

ADJMOD

Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads

Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB from DSAD (or DOPR3) for supporting the adjoint load method when superelements are present. Format: ADJMOD

DRDUTB,DRDUG,ADRDUTB/ DRDUTBM,DRDUGM/ S,N,AADJCOL/COLADJ/TCOLADJ/APP $

Input Data Blocks: DRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes.

DRDUG

Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.

ADRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes.

Output Data Blocks: DRDUTBM Modified table of adjoint load attributes. DRDUGM

Modified matrix of adjoint loads.

Parameters: AADJCOL

Input/output-integer-no default. On input, summation of columns in DRDUG for all previously processed superelements. On output, summation of columns in DRDUG including current superelement.

COLADJ

Input-integer-no default. Number of columns of DRDUG for the current superelement.

TCOLADJ

Input-integer-no default. Total number of columns of DRDUG for all superelements.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. 'STATICS'

Statics

'FREQRESP' Frequency response

Main Index

ADR Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces

ADR

Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces

Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces per frequency for each aerodynamic point based on the AEROF Case Control command. Format: ADR

UH,CASECC,QKHL,OL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/ PKF/ BOV/MACH/APP/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ $

Input Data Blocks: UH

Complex modal displacements matrix -- h-set.

CASECC

Case Control table.

QKHL

Aero transformation matrix between h and k sets.

OL

Complex eigenvalue summary table for flutter analysis or frequency response output list for aeroelastic analysis.

AEBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added (ks-set in AEUSET).

AEUSET

Aerodynamic USET table.

Output Data Block: PKF

Matrix of k-set forces per frequency.

Parameters: BOV

Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.

MACH

Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'FREQRESP' Aeroelastic 'FLUTTER'

Flutter

AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.

Main Index

SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

879

880

ADR Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces

Remarks: 1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified. 2. PKF cannot be purged. Examples: 1. ADR in flutter analysis: DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ ADR FPHH,CASEYY,QKHL,FLAMA,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/ PKF/ BOV/MACH/'FLUTTER' $

2. ADR in aeroelastic analysis: DBVIEW AEUSET=USET ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS ( WHERE MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD)$ ADR AUHF,CASES,QKHL,FOL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/ PKF/ BOV/MACH/'FREQRESP' $

Main Index

AELOOP Aerodynamic loop driver

AELOOP

Aerodynamic loop driver

Extracts a single record of Case Control and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic matrices or the solution of aerostatic and divergence analyses. Format: AELOOP

CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/ CASEA,CCPOS1/ S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/ S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ/ CRTPOS/S,N,RCONFIG/MASSETID/S,N,AESOLN $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Case Control table.

EDT

Element Deformation Table. Contains all of the entries for related to aerostatic and aeroelastic analysis.

CCPOS

Table of Case Control record locations.

Output Data Blocks: CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC.

CCPOS1

Table of Case Control record locations.

Parameters: NSKIP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.

LPFLG

Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another case control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number.

MFLG

Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to process in the current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase.

MACH

Output-real-no default. Mach number.

Q

Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.

AEQRATIO Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio. AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. SYMXY

Main Index

Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

881

882

AELOOP Aerodynamic loop driver

SYMXZ

Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

CRTPOS

Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag. >0 Create CCPOS1 <0 Do not create CCPOS1

RCONFIG

Output-character-no default. Configuration name for rigid aero.

MASSETID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET CaseControl command. AESOLN

Output-character-default=' '. Aerodynamic solution name extracted from CASECC at word positions 454 and 455.

Remarks: AELOOP performs slightly different functions depending on whether it is used in a divergence or trim analysis. In both cases, AELOOP skips to the NSKIP-th subcase in CASECC and copies the subcase to CASEA. CASEA is then interrogated for a a TRIM or a DIVERG Case Control command. 1. If it is TRIM, then the NSKIP parameter is incremented by one and the MACH and Q values are read from the requested TRIM Bulk Data entry image in EDT. 2. If it is DIVERG, then MFLG is checked for any remaining MACH numbers in the subcase. If any are found, then MFLG is incremented by one and the MFLG-th MACH number is read from the requested DIVERG Bulk Data entry image in EDT. If the current MACH number is the last MACH number, MFLG is set to 0 and NSKIP is incremented by one. In both cases, if NSKIP is greater than the total number of records in CASECC, then LPFLG is set to -1. Examples: 1. Set up for aerostatic analysis. DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ AELOOP CASECC,EDT,/ CASEA,/ S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/ S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AEFC/S,N,SYMXY/ S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC// S,N,AESOLN $ NSKIP = NSKIP + 1 $ ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0

Main Index

AELOOP Aerodynamic loop driver

2. Set up for divergence analysis. DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ Loop on number of subcases MFLG = 1 $ DO WHILE ( MFLG>0 ) $ Loop on Mach number AELOOP CASECC,EDT/ CASEA/ S,N,NSKIP/S,N,csFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACHNO/S,N,Q/ S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/ S,N,SYMXZ//S,N,AERC//S,N,AESOLN ENDDO $ MFLG>0 ENDDO $ LPFLG>=0

Main Index

883

884

AEMODEL Aerodynamic model loop driver

AEMODEL Aerodynamic model loop driver Drives the aerodynamic model loop and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic tables. Format: AEMODEL

CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/ CCPOS1 S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/ S,N,SYMXZ/CRTPOS $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

CCPOS

Table of Case Control record locations.

Output Data Blocks: CCPOS1

Table of Case Control record locations.

Parameters: NSKIP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Trim subcase counter.

LPFLG

Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another case control record to process. Set to -1 for the last aerodynamic subcase.

AECONFIG Output-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. SYMXY

Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

SYMXZ

Output-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

CRTPOS

Input-integer-default=0. CCPOS1 creation flag. >0 Create CCPOS1 <=0 Do not create CCPOS1

Main Index

AFPMP Field point mesh data recovery

AFPMP

Field point mesh data recovery

Computes acoustic results in a field point mesh. Format: AFPMP

CASECC SILD UPF OUGFP1 AFPMID $

, ACIECT , EPT , MPT , BGPDT , , EDT , BGPDTFP , ECTFP , FOL , / , OVGFP1 , OAPWR2 / /S,N,NOUG1/S,N,NOVG1/S,N,NOAPWR2/S,N,NOSORT2

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Case Control command selections

ACIECT

Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements

EPT

Element property table

MPT

Material property table

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set

EDT

Element Deformation Table: contains ACIFPRM entry

BGPDTFP

Basic grid point definition table of field point mesh

ECTFP

Element connectivity table of field point mesh

FOL

Frequency output list

UPF

Displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OUGFP1

Field point results in SORT1 format

OVGFP1

Field point velocities in SORT1 format

OAPWR2

Acoustic power through field point mesh in SORT2 format

885

886

AFPMP Field point mesh data recovery

Parameters:

Main Index

AFPMID

Input-integer-no default. Acoustic field point mesh identification number.

NOUGFP1

Output-integer-default=-1. OUGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if OUGFP1 is generated; -1 otherwise.

NOVGFP1

Output-integer-default=-1. OVGFP1 generation flag. Set to +1 if OVGFP1 is generated; -1 otherwise.

NOAPWR2

Output-integer-default=-1. OAPWR2 generation flag. Set to +1 if OAPWR2 is generated; -1 otherwise.

NOSORT2

Output-integer-default=-1. SORT2 flag. Set to +1 if SORT2 output is requested; -1 otherwise.

AIEMGA Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly

AIEMGA

Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly

Generates acoustic conjugate infinite element stiffness, mass and damping matrices and assembles them into system matrices for the p-set. Format: AIEMGA

GEOM2,EPT,MPT,IFEXPNT,EDT,BGPDT,EQDYN,SILD,DIT/ KAIPP,MAIPP,BAIPP,ACIECT/ LUSETD/NOUE/S,N,NOKAIPP/S,N,NOMAIPP/S,N,NOBAIPP/ UNUSED6 $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

EPT

Element property table

MPT

Material property table

IFEXPNT

Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluidstructure grid points

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry

BGPDT EQDYN

SILD DIT

Basic grid point definition table Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data). Scalar index list for the p-set Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

KAIPP

Acoustic infinite stiffness matrix in the p-set

MAIPP

Acoustic infinite mass matrix in the p-set

BAIPP

Acoustic infinite damping matrix in the p-set

ACIECT

Table of acoustic conjugate infinite elements

887

888

AIEMGA Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly

Parameters: LUSETD

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set.

NOUE

Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points

NOKAIPP

Input/output-integer-default=-1. KAIPP generation flag. On input:

-1: Generate 0: Do not generate.

On output:

-1: Matrix was generated. 0: Matrix was not generated.

NOMAIPP

Input/output-integer-default=-1. MAIPP generation flag. On input:

-1: Generate. 0: Do not generate.

On output: -1: Matrix was generated. 0: Matrix was not generated. NOBAIPP

.Input/output-integer-default=-1. BAIPP generation flag. On input:

-1: Generate 0: Do not generate.

On output:

-1: Matrix was generated. 0: Matrix was not generated.

UNUSED6

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank..

AMG Builds aerodynamic influence matrix

AMG

Builds aerodynamic influence matrix

Generates a list of aerodynamic influence matrices (AJJT) and the transformation matrices needed to convert these to the aerodynamic grid points (SKJ, D1JK, D2JK). Format: AMG

MKLIST,ACPT/ AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JK/ NK/NJ/SYMXZ/SYMXY/REFC/S,N,MACH0/MACHNO/ KBAR/APP/SUPAERO $

Input Data Blocks: MKLIST

Aerodynamic matrix generation table.

ACPT

Aerodynamic connection and property table.

Output Data Blocks: AJJT

Aerodynamic influence matrix.

SKJ

Integration matrix list.

D1JK

Real part of downwash matrix.

D2JK

Imaginary part of downwash matrix.

Parameters:

Main Index

NK

Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in k-set.

NJ

Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in j-set.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.

SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

REFC

Input-real-no default.

MACH0

Input/output-real-default=-1.0. Previously processed Mach number.

MACHNO

Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.

KBAR

Input-real-default = 0.0. Reduced frequency.

889

890

AMG Builds aerodynamic influence matrix

APP

Input-character-default='

'. Analysis type:

'FREQRESP' Aeroelastic 'FLUTTER' SUPAERO

Flutter

Input-character-default='ZONA'. Method selection for supersonic aerodynamics. An alternate method is 'CPM'.

Remarks: 1. ACPT may be purged. 2. D2JK is not used in aerostatic analysis. Examples: 1. Set up AMG for aerostatic analysis: AMG

,,ACPT/ AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JX/ NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/0.0/'STATICS' $

2. Set up AMG for aeroelastic or flutter analysis: AMG

Main Index

MKLIST,ACPT/ AJJT,SKJ1,D1JK,D2JK/ NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/KBAR $

AMP Generates modal aerodynamic matrices

AMP

Generates modal aerodynamic matrices

Generates modal aerodynamic matrices. Format: AMP

AJJT,WSKJF,D1JK,D2JK,GDKI,GPIK,GPKH,D1JE,D2JE, MKLIST,LAJJT,UAJJT/ QHH,QKH,QHJ/ NUMHDOF/NOUE/GUSTAERO/MACH/KBAR $

Input Data Blocks: AJJT

Aerodynamic influence matrix.

WSKJF

Weighted integration matrix.

D1JK

Real part of downwash matrix.

D2JK

Imaginary part of downwash matrix.

GDKI

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to h-set.

GPIK

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the h-set to k-set.

GPKH

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to h-set.

D1JE

Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points.

D2JE

Imaginary part of downwash matrix due to extra points.

MKLIST

Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.

LAJJT

Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.

UAJJT

Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.

Output Data Blocks: QHH

Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by h-set.

QKH

Aerodynamic matrix of size k- by h-set.

QHJ

Aerodynamic matrix of size h- by j-set.

Parameters:

Main Index

NUMHDOF

Input-integer-no default. The number of modes.

NOUE

Input-integer-no default. The number of extra points.

891

892

AMP Generates modal aerodynamic matrices

GUSTAERO

Input-integer-default=0. QHJ computed only if GUSTAERO<0.

MACH

Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.

KBAR

Input-real-default=0.0. Reduced frequency.

Remarks: 1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified. 2. PKF cannot be purged. 3. AMP requires the combination of matrices: The aerodynamic matrices for aerodynamic cells, produced by the Aerodynamic Matrix Generator (AMG) module. The interpolation from the structure to the aerodynamic cells, produced by the Geometry Interpolator (GI) module. The downwash matrix due to extra points, may be supplied by the user via INPUTT4. These extra points are used for control systems and other special effects. 4. If NOUE<0 then D1JE and D2JE may be purged. 5. QKH, relating aerodynamic pressures to modal coordinates, is required for use in a data reduction module. The matrix of generalized forces, QHH, may be purged if only data reduction is desired.

Main Index

APD Generates aerodynamic geometry tables

APD

Generates aerodynamic geometry tables

Generate boxes, grid points, connectivity, degree-of-freedom sets, coordinate systems and control information for aerodynamic analysis. Format: APD

EDT,CSTM/ AEECT*,AEBGPDT*,AEUSET*,AECOMP,AERO, ACPT,CSTMA,AMSPLINE,MPJN2O/ S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,BOXIDF $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Blocks: AEECT*

Two aerodynamic element connection tables (ECT) based on MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.

AEBGPDT* Two aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) with the degrees of freedom added and based on MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example. AEUSET*

Aerodynamic USET table defining ks-set based on MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table.

AERO

Control information for control of aerodynamic matrix generation and flutter analysis.

ACPT

Aerodynamic connection and property table.

CSTMA

Aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and ks-set grid points.

AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. MPJN2O

Main Index

Mapping matrix to map j-set data from neworder to old order.

893

894

APD Generates aerodynamic geometry tables

Parameters: NK

Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the k displacement set.

NJ

Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees of freedom in the j displacement set.

BOV

Output-integer-default=0.0. Value calculated by REFC/(2.*VELOCITY).

AERTYP

Input-character-default='DYNAMICS'. Analysis type: 'STATICS'

Aerostatic

'DYNAMICS Flutter and aeroelastic ' 'STADYN' BOXIDF

All aerodynamic analysis types

Output-integer-default. Box corner point identification flag. 0

Points have unique identification numbers starting with the aerodynamic component identification number.

-1

Points identification numbers are incremented by 1, to avoid an overlap if they were started with the aerodynamic component identification numbers. No display of the corner points is possible.

Remarks: 1. AEECT*, AEBGPDT*, and AEUSET* are output family data blocks based on qualifiers AEID and MODLTYPE. AEID is not currently being used and is always 0. MODLTYPE

Model

DOF set

STRUCTUR

structural

p-set

AEROSTRC

aero-structural

ks-set

AEROMESH

plotting

n/a

2. BGPDT, ECT, and USET0 where MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' are output by GP1, GP2, and GP4, respectively.

Main Index

APPEND Concatenate two data blocks

E

Concatenate two data blocks

APPEND

Produces the union of either two input data blocks or an input and an output data block. Depending on parameter input, APPEND will perform the following types of unions: [OUT] =

IN1 IN2

Eq. 4-1

[OUT] =

OUT IN1

Eq. 4-2

Format: APPEND

IN1,IN2/OUT/IOPT/NULL1/NULL2/ REAL/REALD/CMPX/CMPXD/CHAR1/CHAR2 $

Input Data Blocks: IN1,IN2

A pair of data blocks contributing to OUT (matrices or tables).

Output Data Block: OUT

Output data block corresponding to first pair of input data blocks.

Parameters: IOPT

Main Index

Input-integer-default = 1. IOPT selects the method of appending. 1

Append columns (or records) of IN2 to IN1 as shown in Eq. 3-1.

2

Append columns (or records) of IN1 to OUT as shown in Eq. 32. IN2 is ignored.

10

Write NULL2 in the next record of OUT.

11

Write REAL in the next record of OUT.

12

Write REALD in the next record of OUT.

13

Write CMPX in the next record of OUT.

14

Write CMPXD in the next record of OUT.

15

Write CHAR in the next record of OUT.

16

Write NULL2 followed by REAL in the next record of OUT.

17

Write NULL2 followed by REALD in the next record of OUT.

895

896

APPEND Concatenate two data blocks

18

Write NULL2 followed by CMPX in the next record of OUT.

19

Write NULL2 followed by CMPXD in the next record of OUT.

20

Write NULL2 followed by CHAR in the next record of OUT.

NULL1

Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records assumed for IN1 if IN1 is purged. In other words, IN2 will be appended to a data block with NULL1 number of records or columns. Used only if IOPT = 1.

NULL2

Input-integer-default = 0. The number of null columns or records to append onto IN1 if IN2 is purged. Used only if lOPT = 1.

REAL

Input-real-default=0.0. Real value in the next record.

REALD

Input-complex-default=0.D0. Complex value in the next record.

CMPX

Input-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value in the next record.

CMPXD

Input-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Complex double precision value in the next record.

CHAR1

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the next record.

CHAR2

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Character value in the same record as CHAR1 and following CHAR1.

Remarks: 1. Under IOPT = 2, the output matrix data block is also used as an input and must be declared APPEND in a FILE DMAP statement. 2. Both inputs must be of the same type matrix. 3. Either IN1 or IN2 may be purged. For IOPT = 2, IN2 must be purged. 4. In matrix appends, string formatted records are copied from one matrix data block to another. 5. In table appends, the header record is skipped on the appended file and all remaining records. Also, the trailer of OUT will be set to that of IN2 (IOPT = 1) or IN1 (IOPT = 2). 6. It is recommended that the OUT data block be a scratch data block. In other words, it should not be saved on a permanent DBset. 7. For values of IOPT -16, -17, -18, -19, or -2 the order of the parameters written is reversed. For example, IOPT=-20 causes CHAR to be written first, then NULL2. Main Index

APPEND Concatenate two data blocks

8. If NULL1>0, then a type indicator value is written in the word mmediately preceding the word(s) containing the value of the parameter. The type codes are: 0:INT, 1:REAL, 2:REALD, 3:CMPX, 4:CMPXD and 8:CHAR. 9. For IOPT>9, trailer word 1 will contain a count of the number of data records on the file and word 2 will contain the value of the NULL1 parameter. Examples: 1. Generate a matrix [ U ] whose five columns are a vector { U s } multiplied by the column number. DIAG 8 SOL X COMPILE X SUBDMAP X TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CF $ TYPE PARM,,RS,N,FACTOR $ FILE U=APPEND $ MATGEN ,/US/5/1/7 $ DO WHILE ( FACTOR < 5. ) S FACTOR=FACTOR+1. CF=CMPLX(FACTOR,0.) $ ADD5 US,,,,/UI/CF $ APPEND UI,/U/2 $ ENDDO $ MATPRN U/ $ END $ CEND BEGIN BULK ENDDATA

2. Create a matrix B by appending five null columns to matrix A. APPEND

A,/B/1//5 $

3. Create a table with a one word record that contains the integer value 1001. APPEND

Main Index

,,/OUT1/10//1001 $

897

898

ASDR Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements

ASDR

Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements

Prints the aerodynamic extra point displacements and the aerodynamic pressures and forces as requested in Case Control. Format: ASDR

CASEA,UXDAT,AECTRL,FFAJ,ACPT,PAK,AEUSET,AEBGPDT, AECOMP,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP, MPAERP,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,AERO,CSTMA// MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/IUNITSOL $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

UXDAT

Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.

AECTRL

Table of aeroelastic model controls.

FFAJ

Matrix of pressures at aerodynamic boxes.

ACPT

Aerodynamic connection and property table.

PAK

Matrix of aerodynamic forces at aerodynamic boxes.

AEUSET

Aerodynamic USET table.

AEBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added (ksa-set in AEUSET).

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table.

MONITOR

Structural monitor point table.

MPSR

Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).

MPSER

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).

MPSIR

Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.

MPSRP

Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

MPSERP

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

MPAERP

Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static applied loads.

ASDR Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table MPAR

Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

MPAER

Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: MACH

Input-real-no default. Mach number.

Q

Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.

AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.

Main Index

SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

IUNITSOL

Input-integer-default=0. If IUNITSOL=0, then trim solution is being supplied. If IUNITSOL>0, then IUNITSOL'th unit solution is being supplied.

899

900

ASG Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements

ASG

Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements

Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements. Format: ASG

CASEA,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPAERV,MPSERV,MPSIR,AEDBUXV, MPSERP,MPAERP,AECTRL,EDT,PRBDOFS,DIT,AEDBINDX/ UX,UXDAT,UXDIFV/SYMXZ/ISENS $

Input Data Blocks: CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table. MONITOR

Structural monitor point table.

MPAERV

Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.

MPSERV

Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.

MPSIR

Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.

AEDBUXV

Matrix of vehicle states.

MPSERP

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

MPAERP

Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static applied loads.

AECTRL

Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.

PRBDOFS

Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive." Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data. Output Data Blocks: UX

Main Index

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements.

ASG Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements

UXDAT

Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.

UXDIFV

Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.

Parameter: SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

ISENS

Input-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed.

Remarks: 1. TR, KRZX, DIT, ERHM, and UXDAT may be purged if ISENS=1. 2. ASG solves the following equation for UX: ZZX IP AEL

UX

=

PZ Y O

where the number of rows in the UX vector is equal to the number of aerodynamic extra points. The ZZX and PZ vectors have as many rows as there are r-set degrees of freedom. The IP matrix is a pseudo identity matrix with as many rows as there are constrained extra points specified on the TRIM Bulk Data entry. The IP matrix has ones in the row and columns corresponding to the constrained variable and zeros located elsewhere. The Y vector contains the magnitudes of the trim variable constraints. The AEL matrix contains the constraint relations (if any) specified by AELINK Bulk Data entries. It has as many rows as there are AELINK constraints. It is required that the sum of the number of supported degrees of freedom plus the number of TRIM constraints and number of AELINK constraints equal the number of aerodynamic extra points.

Main Index

901

902

AXMDRV Loop driver for auxiliary model processing

AXMDRV

Loop driver for auxiliary model processing

Loop driver for auxiliary model processing. Format: AXMDRV

AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $

Input Data Blocks: AMLIST

List of auxiliary model identification numbers.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: AUXMID

Output-integer-default=0. Auxiliary model identification number.

AUXMFL

Output-logical-default=TRUE. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Set to FALSE when processing the last auxiliary model.

Remarks: AXMDRV is intended to be called in a DMAP loop. Each time through the loop AXMDRV outputs the current auxiliary model identification number defined in AMLIST. AUXMFL is TRUE except for the last call when AUXMFL is set to FALSE, i.e., for the last auxiliary model. Example: AUXMID=-1 $ INITIALIZE DO WHILE ( AUXMFL ) $ IF ( AUXMID=-1 ) THEN $ AUXMID=0 $ ELSE $ AXMDRV AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $ ENDIF $ . . . ENDDO $

Main Index

AXMPR1 Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections

AXMPR1

Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections

Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections. Format: AXMPR1

CASECC*,BULK*/ AMLIST/ S,N,AMLFLG $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC*

Family of auxiliary model Case Control Sections.

BULK*

Family of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections.

Output Data Blocks: AMLIST

List of auxiliary model identification numbers.

Parameters: AMLFLG

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if AMLIST if generated.

Remarks: 1. All auxiliary model identification numbers that are specified on the AUXCASE command in the Case Control Section (258th word in CASECC*) are written to the AMLIST table. 2. AXMPR1 checks for the following preliminary errors: Verify the AUXCAS Case Control command specifies a unique and existing BULK file. Verify that each Bulk Data Section is identified with a unique auxiliary model number. Example: This is how AXMPR1 is used in subDMAP IFPL. CASEXX and IBULK are generated from IFP1 and XSORT. DBVIEW CASEXXAF = CASEXX (WHERE AUXMID>0) $ DBVIEW BULKAF = IBULK (WHERE AUXMID>0) $ AXMPR1 CASEXXAF,BULKAF/AMLIST $

Main Index

903

904

AXMPR2 Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model

AXMPR2

Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model

Merges the geometry of the primary model and an auxiliary model and create a Case Control table with PARTN command specifying auxiliary model grid points. Format: AXMPR2

GEOM1,GEOM1A/ GEOM1C,CASEVEC/ AUXMID $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the primary model.

GEOM1A

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the auxiliary model identified by AUXMID.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1C

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from GEOM1 and GEOM1A.

CASEVEC

Case Control table with the PARTN command referencing all of auxiliary model's grid identification numbers.

Parameter: AUXMID

Auxiliary model identification number.

Remark: AXMPR2 merges the primary model geometry (GRID and COORDi Bulk Data entry images) in GEOM1 with the auxiliary model in GEOM1A. AXMPR2 also writes the grid identification numbers from all of the auxiliary model grid points in GEOM1A to CASEVEC as a set referenced by the PARTN command.

Main Index

BCDR Drives a boundary condition loop

BCDR

Drives a boundary condition loop

Drives a DMAP loop based on the boundary condition Case Control commands SPC and MPC. Format: BCDR

CASECC// SEID/SOLAPP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/ S,N,MPC/S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ/S,N,STATSUB/ S,N,BC/BCLABL $

Input Data Block: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images. Output by IFP1.

Output Data Block: None. Parameters:

Main Index

SEID

Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.

SOLAPP

Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type. Currently not used.

NSKIP

Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

NLOADS

Output-integer-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

BCFLAG

Output-logical-no default. Set to FALSE at the last boundary condition.

SPC

Output-integer-default=0. SPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the third word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

MPC

Output-integer-default=0. MPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

SUPORT

Output-integer-default=0. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number specified in the 255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

905

906

BCDR Drives a boundary condition loop

LOAD

Output-integer-default=0. LOAD Case Control command set identification number specified in the fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

LSEQ

Output-integer-default=0. LOADSET Case Control command set identification number specified in the 205-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

STATSUB

Output-integer-default=0. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number specified in the 256-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

BC

Output-integer-default=0. BC Case Control command set identification number specified in the 257-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.

BCLBL

Input-integer-default=0. f06 file page header control. -2 Clear LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE. -1 Clear LABEL. 0 Initialize LABEL without page eject. 1

Initialize LABEL with page eject.

2

Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE with page eject.

3

Initialize LABEL/SUBTITLE/TITLE without page eject.

Example: Here is an excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0: BCFLAG=TRUE $ NSKIP=0 $ DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $ BCDR CASES//SEID/' '/ S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/S,N,MPC/ S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ//S,N,BC $ . . . ENDDO $

Main Index

BDRYINFO Generates geometry and connectivity information

BDRYINFO

Generates geometry and connectivity information

Generate the geometry and connectivity information for an external superelement definition based on the ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data entries and requested by the EXTSEOUT Case Control command. Format: BDRYINFO CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,BGPDT,USET,BULK,BULKINDX/ GEOM1EX,GEOM2EX,GEOM4EX,CASEEX/ MTRXFLAG/DMIGSFIX $ Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

BULK

Table of all Bulk Data entries.

BULKINDX Table of BULK indices. Output Data Block:

Main Index

GEOM1EX

GEOM1 table containing records which define an external superelement. Specifically, it contains CORD1j, CORD2j, EXTRN, and GRID Bulk Data records.

GEOM2EX

GEOM2 table containing records which define an external superelement. Specifically, it contains PLOTEL and SPOINT Bulk Data records.

GEOM4EX

GEOM4 table containing records which define an external superelement. Specifically, it contains ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data records.

CASEEX

Table of Case Control modified to include displacement output requests for all boundary points and all points connected to PLOTEL elements.

907

908

BDRYINFO Generates geometry and connectivity information

Parameters: MTRXFLAG

Input-integer-no default. Bit pattern indicating existence of boundary matrices. Used by EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only. Boundary Matrix

DMIGSFIX

Main Index

Bit Position from Right

Stiffness

1

Mass

2

Viscous damping

3

Structural damping

4

Static loads

5

Acoustic coupling

6

Input-character-no default. DMIG matrix name suffix. Used by EXTSEOUT(DMIGPCH) option only.

BGCASO Updates Case Control table for contact

Updates Case Control table for contact

BGCASO

Updates Case Control table for contact region data recovery operations. Format: BGCASO

CONTACT,BTOPO,CASECC,XYCDB/ CASECCBO/ S,N,NEWCASE/S,N,NBSORT2 $

Input Data Blocks: CONTACT

Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

BTOPO

Contact regions topological information table.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting command.

Output Data Block: CASECCBO Updated CASECC for contact region data recovery operations. Parameters: NEWCASE Output-integer-no default. CASECCBO output flag. Set to 1 if CASSECBO is generated. NBSORT2

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. Contact region output sort format flag. 1

if SORT2 format is requested for printing

2

if x-y plotting is requested.

909

910

BGP Processes geometry for boundary contact regions

Processes geometry for boundary contact regions

BGP

Processes the geometry for the boundary contact regions. Updates the penalty values for slideline elements in the contact regions topological information table and creates a new boundary grid point element connection table. Format: BGP

CSTM,SIL,KGGT/ BTOPO,BGPECT/ ADPCON/ISKIP $

Input Data Blocks: CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SIL

Scalar index list.

KGGT

Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and differential matrices).

Output Data Block: BTOPO

Contact regions topological information table.

BGPECT

Boundary grid point element connection table.

Parameters: ADPCON

Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.

ISKIP

Input-integer-default=0. Counter to update penalty values; updates on first pass and no update later.

Remarks: 1. CSTM may be purged. 2. BTOPO is both input and output. See example. Example: Excerpt of BGP for a nonlinear loop in SOL 106. FILE BGP COPY

Main Index

BTOPSTF=APPEND/BTOPCNV=APPEND $ CSTMS,SILS,KGGT/BTOPSTF,BGPECT/ADPCONx/ISKIP $ BTOPSTF/BTOPCNV/-1/1 $

BMG Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices

BMG

Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices

Generates boundary matrices (in DMIG format) for hydroelastic analysis. Format: BMG

MATPOOL,BGPDT,CSTM/ BDPOOL/ S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $

Input Data Blocks: MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary data. BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Block: BDPOOL

Hydroelastic boundary matrices in DMIG Bulk Data entry format.

Parameters: NOKBFL

Output-integer-no default. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise.

NOABFL

Output-integer-no default. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 otherwise.

MFACT

Output-complex-no default. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix.

Remark: MTRXIN must always be used in conjunction with module BMG to produce the matrices. See example. Example: Generate hydroelastic boundary matrices. BMG

Main Index

MATPOOL,BGPDTS,CSTMS/ BDPOOL/ S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $ ABFL = NOTL(NOABFL) $ IF ( ABFL OR NOTL(NOKBFL) ) MTRXIN ,,BDPOOL,EQDYN,,/ ABFL,KBFL,/ LUSETD/NOABFL/NOKBFL/0 $

911

912

BNDSPC Processes constraints on superelement boundaries

BNDSPC

Processes constraints on superelement boundaries

Processes constraints and enforced displacements applied on superelement boundaries. Format: BNDSPC

SEMAP,USET,BGPDT,YS,YSD/ USET1,YS1/ SEID/NLOADS $

Input Data Blocks: SEMAP

Superelement map table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements.

YSD

Accumulated matrix of enforced displacements from upstream superelements.

Output Data Blocks: USET1

USET updated with constraints from upstream superelements.

YS1

YS updated with enforced displacements from upstream superelements.

Parameters: SEID

Integer-input-default=0. Superelement identification number.

NLOADS

Integer-input-default=0. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the MPC and SPC command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

Remarks: 1. BNDSPC will perform one of three possible operations, depending on the coordinate system alignment at the boundary: a. Allow the SPC to be applied in the current superelement. b. Move the constraint to a downstream superelement. c. Issue a fatal error due to incompatible coordinate systems.

Main Index

BNDSPC Processes constraints on superelement boundaries

2. YS cannot be purged. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0 with BNDSPC in a superelement and boundary condition loop. DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $ . . . BCFLAG=TRUE $ DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $ . . . BNDSPC EMAP,USET0,BGPDTS,YSB,YSD/ USET01,YSB1/ SEID/NLOADS $ EQUIVX USET01/USET0/-1 $ EQUIVX YSB1/YSB/-1 $ . . . ENDDO $ BCFLAG ENDDO $ LPFLG

Main Index

913

914

CAMPREP Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping

Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping

CAMPREP

Creates a list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping. Format: CAMPREP

CASECC,DYNAMIC,EDOM/ CAMPDD/ S,N,CAMPPARM/S,N,CAMPTYPE/S,N,CAMPID/ S,N,CAMPFID/S,N,CAMPNAME/S,N,NCAMPVAL $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC DYNAMIC EDOM

Table of Case Control selections. Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced by RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.

Output Data Blocks: CAMPDD

Table values from DDVAL Bulk Data entries.

Parameters: CAMPPARM Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop parameter.

CAMPTYPE

1

Speed

2

Element property

3

Element material

Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop type. FREQ/RPM

Speed

PBAR/PELAS Element property MAT1/MAT2 CAMPID

Main Index

Element material

Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification number. PID

Element property

MID

Element material

CAMPREP Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping

CAMPFID

Output-integer-default=0. Campbell loop property identification number. 0

Speed

>0

Word position in EPT for "property" or MPT for "material"

CAMPNAME Output-character-default=' '. Campbell loop name. Blank

Speed

'T' or 'A'

Property

'E' or 'RHO'

Material

NCAMPVAL Output-integer-default=0. Number of values on the DDVAL entry.

Main Index

915

916

CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver

Dynamic analysis case control loop driver

CASE

Assembles the appropriate subcases (records) of Case Control for the current loop based on various Case Control commands. Format: CASE

 PSDL  CASECC, /  MPT  CASEXX/ APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP/S,N,LINC/GMAFLG/S,N,MSCHG/ S,N,TESTNEG/S,N,IMETHOD/CASCOM1/CASCOM2/CASCOM3/ CASCOM4/CASCOM5/CASCOM6/CASCOM7/CASCOM8/CASCOM9/ CASCOM10/S,N,CASEID/S,N,ORIGDT/PARCOM1/PARCOM2/ PARCOM3/PARCOM4/PARCOM5/PARCOM6/PARCOM7/PARCOM8/ PARCOM9/PARCOM10 $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PSDL

Power spectral density list. Required only when APP='FREQ'.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images for TSTEPNL, NLPARM, and NLPCI. Required only when APP='NONL'.

Output Data Block: CASEXX

Subset of CASECC for current loop.

Parameters: APP

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'CEIG'

Complex eigenvalue.

'FREQ'

Frequency response.

'TRAN'

Transient response.

'NONL'

Nonlinear static or transient.

'SLIC'

Slice a contiguous subset of CASECC records into CASEXX; i.e., NOLOOP number of records starting with the NSKIP-th record.

CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver

'COMM' Extract a slice of contiguous subset records, beginning at the NSKIP-th record, with the same Case Control command set identification numbers for command names specified in CASCOMi. NSKIP

Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear transient loop identification number. Input: <0

Skip one record on CASECC.

>0

Number of records to skip on CASECC to reach the current subset of CASECC.

Output:

NOLOOP

-1

No more cases.

>0

and APP<>'NONL': Indicates the number of records to skip on CASECC to reach the next subset of CASECC.

>0

and APP='NONL': Indicates there are more CASECC records to process and NSKIP must be incremented in the DMAP.

Output-integer-default=-1. Looping test flag. -1 1

DMAP looping is required.

LINC

Output-integer-default=0. Number of load increments for this subcase. Used in nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0).

GMAFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers specified for the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL commands. Used only when APP='FREQ' or 'CEIG'.

MSCHG

0

Do not ignore changes (default).

1

Ignore changes.

Output-integer-default=0. Boundary condition change flag. Used in nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0). -1 1

Main Index

No DMAP looping is required.

If MPC and SPC Case Control commands for this subcase are the same as those in the immediately preceding subcase. If MPC or SPC commands are different.

917

918

CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver

TESTNEG

Output-integer-default=-2. Load increment method flag. Used in nonlinear static analysis only (APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0). -2 1

IMETHOD

Standard. Controlled increment.

Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. Input: 0 Nonlinear static analysis (default). <>0 Nonlinear transient analysis. Output (nonlinear transient only): -1 2

Auto or TSTEP method (NLTRD module). ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).

CASCOMi

Input-character-default=' APP='COMM'.

'. Case Control command names. See

CASEID

Input/output-integer-default=0. Subcase identification number.

ORIGDT

Input/output-real-default=0. Original delta-t for SOL 400.

PARCOMi

Input-character-default=' '. Names of user PARAMeters to be processed under the APP=’COMM’ option along with the CASCOMi names.

Remarks: The method of operation depends upon APP and IMETHOD. APP='CEIG': Complex eigenvalue analysis. CASE

CASECC,/ CASEXX/ APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $

The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1. If the next record was read successfully and GMAFLG=0, then the set identification numbers specified for the K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, and SDAMPING Case Control commands are compared with the previous subcase. If they all agree, this record is copied onto CASEXX and the process is nskiped. If they do not agree, NSKIP is incremented by 1 and NOLOOP is set to 1 and module is exited. Main Index

CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver

APP='FREQ': Frequency response. CASE

CASECC,PSDL/ CASEXX/ APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $

Processing is the same as complex eigenvalue analysis, except that the set identification numbers specified for the FREQUENCY Case Control command is also compared. If the RANDOM command is specified then the selected set is read from PSDL and a list of subcase identification numbers referenced by the RANDPS Bulk Data entry images is made. If some subcases referenced by RANDPS Bulk Data entry images have not been output on CASEXX, CASE terminates with User Fatal Message 3033. APP='TRAN': Linear transient response. CASE

CASECC,/ CASEXX/ APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP $

The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1. APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0: Nonlinear static analysis. CASE

CASECC,MPT/ CASEXX/ APP/S,N,NSKIP//S,N,LINC//S,N,MSCHG/S,N,TESTNEG $

The first NSKIP records on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto CASEXX. MSCHG is set to indicate whether the MPC or SPC set identification numbers have changed since the previous subcase. NINC is set equal to the value in the NINC field on the selected NLPARM Bulk Data entry image. If there is an associated NLPCI Bulk Data entry image, the controlled increment method is being used, and the TESTNEG parameter is set to indicate this. TEMPERATURE(INITIAL) and TEMPERATURE(LOAD) commands are checked for proper specification. APP='NONL' and IMETHOD<>0: Nonlinear transient response. CASE

CASECC,MPT/ CASEXX/ APP/S,N,NSKIP//////S,N,IMETHOD $

IMETHOD is set according to the METHOD field of the selected TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry image in MPT. NSKIP is set to the loop identification number.

Main Index

919

920

CASE Dynamic analysis case control loop driver

Examples: 1. Extract the load and subcase identification numbers and a parameter value from each subcase. SOL 100 COMPILE USERDMAP ALTER 2 TYPE PARM,,I,N,NSKIP $ TYPE PARM,,I,Y,MYPRM $ NSKIP=0 $ INITIALIZE DO WHILE ( NSKIP>=0 ) $ CASE CASECC,/CASE1/’TRAN’/S,N,NSKIP $ PVT PVT,CASE1/ $ PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/1//S,N,SUBID $ PARAML CASE1//’DTI’/1/4//S,N,ILOAD $ MESSAGE //’ SUBID=’/SUBID/’ MYPRM=’/MYPRM/ ’ ILOAD=’/ILOAD $ ENDDO $ CEND SUBCASE 101 PARAM,MYPRM,1 LOAD=111 SUBCASE 102 PARAM,MYPRM,-6 LOAD=222 SUBCASE 103 PARAM,MYPRM,4 LOAD=333 SUBCASE 104 PARAM,MYPRM,22 LOAD=444 SUBCASE 105 PARAM,MYPRM,-3 LOAD=555 SUBCASE 106 PARAM,MYPRM,77 LOAD=666 BEGIN BULK ENDDATA

2. Extract Case Control records 10, 11, and 12. CASE CASECC,/CASE10/'SLIC'/10/3 $ 3. Extract Case Control records with the same MPC, SPC, and SUPORT set identification numbers beginning at the NSKIP-th record. CASE CASECC,/CASEBC/'COMM'/S,N,NSKIP/ //////'MPC'/'SPC'/'SUPO' $

Main Index

CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition

CEAD

Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition

Given that [ M ] , [ B ] and [ K ] are mass, damping, and stiffness, solve the equation: 2

( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) { φ } = 0

Eq. 4-3

or T

2

{ φ L } ( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) = { 0 } (Lanczos only)

Eq. 4-4

for the eigenvalues p and the associated right eigenvectors { φ } or left eigenvectors { φL } . Given a non-null rectangular matrix K , real or complex, it can be decomposed by the equation: T

[U][S][V ] = K where U and V are square matrices of orthogonal functions, and S has non-zero terms along the diagonal of its left-most partition. Format: CEAD

KXX,BXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,VDXC,VDXR/ CPHX,CLAMA,OCEIG,LCPHX,CLAMMAT/ S,N,NEIGV/UNUSED2/SID/METH/EPS/ND1/ALPHAJ/OMEGAJ/ MAXBLK/IBLK/KSTEP/NDJ $

Input Data Blocks: KXX

Stiffness matrix. Usually KHH or KDD. If METH=’SVD’ then KXX may be a non-null real or complex rectangular matrix. See Remark 9.

BXX

Viscous damping matrix. Usually BHH or BDD.

MXX

Mass matrix. Usually MHH or MDD.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

VDXC

Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in KDD, BDD, and MDD.

VDXR

Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD, BDD, and MDD.

921

922

CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition

Output Data Blocks: CPHX

Complex eigenvector matrix. Usually CPHH or CPHD. If METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is V. See Remark 9.

CLAMA

Complex eigenvalue summary table.

OCEIG

Complex eigenvalue extraction report.

LCPHX

Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix (Lanczos only). Usually LCPHH or LCPHD. If METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is U. See Remark 9.

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. See Remark 8. If METH=’SVD’ then CPHX is S. See Remark 9. Parameters: NEIGV

Output-integer-no default. NEIGV indicates the number of eigenvalues found. If none were found, NEIGV is set to -1.

UNUSED2

Input-integer-default=1. Unused.

SID

Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the CMETHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGC entry in DYNAMIC. If SID>0, then the CMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGC entry is selected by this parameter value. Applicable for all methods. If SID<0, then both the CMETHOD command and all EIGC entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (E, ND1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction. Applicable for single vector Lanczos, block Lanczos, QZ Hessenberg, QR Hessenberg, and SVD (Singular Value Decomposition).

METH

Input-character-default='CLAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the method of eigenvalue extraction. CLAN Complex Lanczos (block or single vector). HESS

QZ Hessenberg or QR Hessenberg.

SVD

Singular Value Decomposition. See Remark 9.

EPS

Input-real-default=1.E-5. Used only when SID<0.

ND1

Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors. Used only when SID<0. If METH=’SVD’, then >0 Full SVD is computed. <0 The "economy" SVD is computed.

Main Index

CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition

=0 All singular values are computed, but no singular vectors are computed. ALPHAJ

Input-real-default=0.0. Real part of shift point for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.

OMEGAJ

Input-real-default=0.0. Imaginary part of shift point for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.

MAXBLK

Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum block size. Used only when SID<0.

IBLK

Input-real-default=0.0. Initial block size. Used only when SID<0.

KSTEP

Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency of solve. Used only when SID<0.

NDJ

Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvectors at desired shift point for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method. Used only when SID<0.

Method: Complex eigenvalues and the associated eigenvectors are calculated in CEAD (Complex Eigenvalue Analysis -- Displacement) using the inverse power method, the determinant method, the Hessenberg method, or the Lanczos method, as requested by the user on the EIGC Bulk Data entry. For direct complex eigenvalue analysis and if PARAM,ASING = 0 (default) then null rows and columns are discarded from [ K dd ] , d ] , [ M d ] , and [ B d ] . [ M dd ] , and [ B dd ] to form [ K xx xx xx In the case of a direct formulation CEAD extracts the eigenvalues from the following equation. d p2 + B d p + K d ]{ u d } = 0 [ M xx xx xx x { u xd }

Eq. 4-5

is then augmented with null rows to form { u d } .

In the case of a modal formulation the following equation is used: [ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = 0 CEAD also normalizes the eigenvectors according to one of the following user requests:

• Unit magnitude of a selected coordinate (“POINT”). • Unit magnitude of the largest component (“MAX”). as specified on the EIGC Bulk Data entry.

Main Index

Eq. 4-6

923

924

CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition

Remarks: 1. Eigenvalues are extracted by the Inverse Power, Determinant, Hessenberg, or Lanczos method. 2. At least one of KXX, BXX, and MXX must be present. 3. No output data block can be purged except for LCPHX and CLAMMAT. LCPHX can be purged for methods other than Lanczos. CLAMMAT may be purged for all. 4. CLAMA and OCEIG are suitable for printing by the OFP module. 5. For the Hessenberg method, spill logic may be requested with SYSTEM(108)=1 on the NASTRAN statement. This allows for no limits on problem size. 6. For the Hessenberg method, the mass matrix must be nonsingular. 7. The UEIGL module is recommended for real unsymmetric eigensolutions. 8. CLAMMAT contains the diagonal matrix of eigenvalues, with dimensions compatible with CPHX and/or LCPHX so that 2 [ KDD ] [ CPHX ] + [ BDD ] [ CPHX ] [ CLAMMAT ] + [ MDD ] [ CPHX ] [ CLAMMAT ] = 0

and T T 2 T [ LCPHX ] [ KDD ] + [ CLAMMAT ] [ LCPHX ] [ BDD ] + [ CLAMMAT ] [ LCPHX ] [ KDD ] = 0

For development purposes, when block Lanczos is selected and system cell 108 is set to 2048, the fifth output slot will contain the cross orthogonality matrix T

[Y] [X]

which should be identity. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for the definition of Y and X. 9. CEAD may be used to perform singular value decomposition.

T

is the transpose of the complex conjugate of V . The terms of S are always positive or zero (non-negative), and real. The terms of S are sorted in descending order (largest first). The single matrix eigenproblem can be regarded as a special case of the SVD problem. For the case of K real, symmetric, and positive semi-definite U = V , and S is the matrix of roots of V

[ K – λ*I ]*φ = 0 Main Index

CEAD Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition

The roots and vectors are sequenced inversely from the MD Nastran convention. Singular Value Decomposition is a standard mathematical technique with well-defined properties. Both U and V may be purged and CEAD will execute faster if they are are purged. The input matrix K must fit into memory because there is no spill capability. The singular value decomposition uses the format shown in the Example 2. Although S is real by definition, it is returned as a complex matrix with 0.0 imaginary parts. The other outputs are also complex in form, although they are sometimes real in content. Example: 1. The following DMAP sequence extracts eigenvalues and eigenvectors and prints the results. CEAD

K,B,M,DYNAMIC,CASECC,,/VEC,CLAMA,OCEIGS,/ S,N,NFOUND $ CLAMA,OCEIGS// $ (NFOUND>-1) MATPRN VEC// $

OFP IF

2. Assume that a rectangular matrix A is provided. Find the matrices of its singular value decomposition, and test to see that these matrices satisfy the equation A – U*S*V' = 0 CEAD MATMOD TRNSP MATPRN SMPYAD ADD NORM MESSAGE

Main Index

A,,,,,,/V,CLAMA,OCEIGS,U,S/ S,N,NFOUND//-1/’SVD’//1 $ 1 MEANS COMPLETE SET OF VECTORS V,,,,,/VBAR,/10 $ COMPLEX CONJUGATE VBAR/VT $ U,S,V// $ U,S,VT,,,/ABAR/3 $ A,ABAR/ERROR//-1.0 $ ERROR/SCRERR///S,N,MAXERROR $ //’LARGEST ERROR IN SVD IS ’/MAXERROR $

925

926

CMPZPR Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8

CMPZPR

Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8

Generates the equivalent PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry images based upon data on PCOMP and MAT8 Bulk Data entry images. Functionally equivalent to IFP6. Format: CMPZPR

EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/ EPTC,MPTC/ S,N,NOCOMP $

Input Data Blocks: EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in particular, PSHELL and PCOMP entries.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular, MAT2 and MAT8 entries.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

Output Data Blocks: EPTC

Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records.

MPTC

Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.

Parameter: NOCOMP

Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry records are found.

Remarks: 1. CMPZPR is functionally equivalent to module IFP6.

Main Index

CMPZPR Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8

2. For each PCOMP entry (with PID<100000000) in EPT, an equivalent PSHELL entry image with associated MAT2 images is generated. The newly generated images are then merged with the existing PSHELL and MAT2 entries and written to the output datablocks EPTC and MPTC,, respectively. If any duplicates are found in EPT and MPT, then they are simply overwritten. Furthermore, any entries which may have been internally generated (i.e., with PID or MID>100000000) are also stripped off.

Main Index

927

928

CMSENGY Compute component modal energies

CMSENGY

Compute component modal energies

Compute component modal strain and kinetic energies with respect to normal modes and forced response analysis. Format: CMSENGY

CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/ CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/ SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/ S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/ S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $

Format for computing the results in a given superelement: CMSENGY

CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/ CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/ SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE $

Format for printing accumulated results for all superelements: CMSENGY

CASECC,,,,,,ITSTNQ,ITOTLQ/,///-1 $

Format for enquiring the CMSENERGY Case Control requests: CMSENGY

CASECC,,,,,,,/,/ SEID/NOUP/-2//CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/ S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/ S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OL

Real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CMLAMA

Component modal eigenvalue summary table.

SYSE

Matrix of (strain or kinetic) energy in the residual structure a-set.

CMSQE

Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.

CMSTQE

Matrix of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in the component.

CMSENGY Compute component modal energies

Output Data Blocks: CMSEQ

Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.

CMSTEQ

Table of (strain, kinetic, or damping) energy in all components.

Parameters: SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement indentification number.

NOUP

Input-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.

CMEOUT

Input-integer-default=0. Module processing flag.

UNUSED

-2

Query the Case Control CMSENERGY request.

-1

Print/punch accumulated results.

0

Compute results tables for the current superelement.

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

CMERTYPE Input-integer-default=-1. Type of response of input matrices.

CMETYPE

CMSEREQ

1

Free vibrations

2

Modal frequency

3

Modal transient

Input-integer-default=-1. Type of energy of input matrices. 1

Strain energy

2

Kinetic energy

3

Damping energy

Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal strain energy request flag. -1

No

0

Yes

CMKEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal kinetic energy request flag.

Main Index

-1

No

0

Yes

929

930

CMSENGY Compute component modal energies

CMDEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal damping energy request flag. -1

No

0

Yes

CMFVEREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal free vibration energy request flag. -1

No

0

Yes

CMFREREQ Output-integer-default=-1. Component modal forced response energy request flag.

Main Index

-1

No

0

Yes

COPY Explicit data block copy

Explicit data block copy

COPY

Copies data blocks. Format: COPY

DBI/DBO/PARM/BLOCK $

Input Data Block: DBI

The data block to be copied.

Output Data Block: DBO

A copy of DBI.

Parameters: PARM

Input-integer-default=-1 (PARM < 0 - the data block is copied. PARM > 0 -- no action is taken.).

BLOCK

Input-integer-default=1. BLOCK < 0 -- Block sensitive copy is used. BLOCK > 0 -- Standard copy is used.

Remarks: 1. If BLOCK < 0 and the block size between DBI and DBO is different, then a fatal error will be issued. 2. This module is preferred over the copy options in MATMOD option 13 and TABEDIT. Example: To copy data block KELM: COPY

Main Index

KELM/KELMX/ALWAYS/-1 $

931

932

CURV Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)

CURV

Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)

Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) to the element's material coordinate system and/or interpolate the stresses (or strains) to element's connecting grid points. Applies to CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements and non-corner stresses only. Format: CURV

OES1,MPT,CSTM,EST,BGPDT/ OES1M,OES1G/ OUTOPT/OG/NINTPTS $

Input Data Blocks: OES1

Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

EST

Element summary table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: OES1M

Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material coordinate system defined on the MAT1 entry.

OES1G

Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from the centroidal stress table, OES1M.

Parameters: OUTOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Output option: <0

Use the element output option found on OES1.

1

Print

2

Plot

4

Punch

The above values may be added together to select two or more forms of output. For example, OUTOPT=6 requests both plot and punch output.

Main Index

CURV Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)

OG

Input-integer-default=0. Grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point stresses or strains are computed.

NINPTPS

Input-integer-default=0. Approximate number of surrounding independent element interpolation points to be considered when interpolating at a grid point for a given material coordinate system.

Remarks: 1. CURV computes the CTRIA3 and CQUAD4 element stress and/or strain output in a material coordinate system (normal output is in the element or basic coordinate system) and/or to interpolate the stresses (or strains) to its connecting grid points. 2. For further details see also “CURV” on page 670 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

Main Index

933

934

CURVPLOT Converts grid point output tables

CURVPLOT

Converts grid point output tables

Converts grid point output tables; i.e, related to applied loads, SPCforces, displacements, stresses and strains in SORT1 format, to tables suitable for x-y plotting where the abscissa is grid point locations and the ordinate is the grid point output quantity. Format: CURVPLOT

EQEXIN,BGPDT,EDT,XYCDB,OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1G,OSTR1G/ OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2GX,OSTR2GX/ DOPT $

Input Data Blocks: EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, and the iterative solver; and in particular, SET1 entries.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

OPG1

Table of applied loads in SORT1 format.

OQG1

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format.

OUG1

Table of displacements in SORT1 format.

OES1G

Table of grid point stresses in SORT1 format.

OSTR1G

Table of grid point strains in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OPG2X

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.

OQG2X

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.

OUG2X

Table of displacements in SORT2 format.

OES2GX

Table of grid point stresses in SORT2 format.

OSTR2GX

Table of grid point strains in SORT2 format.

CURVPLOT Converts grid point output tables

Parameter: DOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa. 0

Proportional with respect to total distance.

1

Proportional with respect to x distance only.

2

Proportional with respect to y distance only.

3

Proportional with respect to z distance only.

4

Equally.

Remarks: 1. If EDT or XYCDB is purged, then CURVPLOT exits without warning. 2. EQEXIN and BGPDT cannot be purged. 3. Any of OPG1, OQG1, OUGV1, OES1G or OSTR1G and any of their corresponding outputs may be purged. 4. OES1G and OSTR1G are computed by CURV. 5. The grid points used on the abscissa are specified on SET1 entries in EDT. 6. The output data blocks cannot be printed with OFP. 7. CURVPLOT is only applicable to static and normal modes analysis. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR. CURVPLOT EQEXINS,BGPDTS,EDT,XYCDBDR,OPG1,OQG1,OUGV1,OES1G,/ OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/DOPT $ XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,/XYPLTS/'SET1'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $ IF ( NOXYP>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTS/ $

Main Index

935

936

CYCLIC1 Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices

CYCLIC1

Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices

Generates transformation matrices and modifies Case Control and static loads for cyclic symmetry analysis. Format: CYCLIC1

CASECC,GEOM3,GEOM4,DIT,FRL/ KVAL,GEOM3N,CASEFR,HARM,FORE,CASEBK,BACK/ S,N,NSEG/S,N,CTYPE/APP/S,N,NOGEOM3/S,N,NFREQ/ S,N,TOTALK $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

FRL

Frequency response list.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

KVAL

Table of harmonic indices for analysis.

GEOM3N

Updated GEOM3 for cyclic symmetry analysis.

CASEFR

Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set identification number.

HARM

Table of harmonic indices.

FORE

Transformation matrix from physical to cyclic components.

CASEBK

Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every column in BACK. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.

BACK

Transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.

CYCLIC1 Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices

Parameters: NSEG

Output-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry.

CTYPE

Output-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry.

APP

'ROT'

Rotational

'AXI'

Axisymmetric

'DIH'

Dihedral

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. 'STATICS'

Statics

'MODES'

Normal modes

'BUCKLNG1' Pre-buckling (statics) 'BUCKLNG2' Buckling 'FREQRESP'

Frequency response

NOGEOM3 Output-integer-no default. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created, otherwise set to -1. NFREQ

Output-integer-no default. Number of frequencies for frequency response analysis.

TOTALK

Output-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics.

Remark: CYCLIC1 generates equivalent GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entry images in harmonic components.

Main Index

937

938

CYCLIC2 Processes degrees-of-freedom

CYCLIC2

Processes degrees-of-freedom

Processes degrees-of-freedom that are to be constrained between segments for cyclic symmetry problems. Format: CYCLIC2

GEOM4,EQEXIN,USET/ CYCD/ NSEG/CTYPE $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

Output Data Block: CYCD

Table of constraints in harmonic components.

Parameters: NSEG

Input-integer-no default. Number of cyclic segments as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry.

CTYPE

Input-character-no default. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry. 'ROT' Rotational 'AXI'

axisymmetric

'DIH' Dihedral Remarks: 1. CYCLIC2 is a preprocessor for the CYCLIC3 and CYCLIC4 modules is specified before the harmonic index loop in DMAP. 2. CYCLIC2 processes CYJOIN, CYAX, and CYSUP Bulk Data entry images in GEOM4 and identifies the constraints between the degrees-of-freedom in the analysis set for the cosine (symmetric) and sine (antisymmetric) models.

Main Index

CYCLIC2 Processes degrees-of-freedom

3. CYCLIC2 can also accommodate the p-set: CYCLIC2

GEOM4,EQDYN,USETD/ CYCD/ NSEG/CTYPE $

where EQDYN and USETD are output by DPD.

Main Index

939

940

CYCLIC3 Forms cyclic matrices

CYCLIC3

Forms cyclic matrices

Forms transformation matrices between cyclic components and solution set. Form partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom. Perform transformation of structural matrices in cyclic components to the solution set. Format: CYCLIC3

CYCD,KVAL,KAA,MAA,BAA,K4AA/ KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/ HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $

Input Data Blocks: CYCD

Table of constraints in harmonic components.

KVAL

Table of harmonic indices for analysis.

KAA

Stiffness matrix in a-set or d-set.

MAA

Mass matrix in a-set or d-set.

BAA

Viscous damping matrix in a-set or d-set.

K4AA

Structural damping matrix in a-set or d-set.

Output Data Blocks: KKK

Stiffness matrix in cyclic components.

MKK

Mass matrix in cyclic components.

BKK

Viscous damping matrix in cyclic components.

K4KK

Structural damping matrix in cyclic components.

GC

Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set components.

GS

Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set components.

PVEC

Partitioning vector for supported degrees-of-freedom specified on CYSUP Bulk Data entry.

Parameters:

Main Index

HINDEX

Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.

NSEG

Input-integer-no default. Number of segments.

CYCLIC3 Forms cyclic matrices

NOKVAL

Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX is not in the analysis set of harmonic identification numbers.

KGTH

Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in analysis set) have been processed.

REACT

Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if no support degrees-of- freedom; +1 if support degrees of freedom exist; for k>2, it will always have value of -1.

Remarks: 1. For buckling analysis, then the negative of the differential stiffness, -KDAA, may be specified in place of MAA. ADD CYCLIC3

KDAA,/KDAAM/-1. $ CYCD,TKVAL,KAA,KDAAM,,/ KKK,MKK,,,GC,GS,PVEC/ HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $

2. CYCLIC3 can also accommodate the p-set: CYCLIC3

CYCD,KVAL,KDD,MDD,BDD,K4DD/ KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/ HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $

3. PVEC is formed in normal modes and static analysis if support degrees-offreedom are specified on the CYCSUP Bulk Data entry. PVEC is used to partition the solution set (cyclic degrees-of-freedom) into l-set and r-set degrees-of- freedom for the zero-th and first harmonics. PVEC will have rows equal to the number of columns in the GC matrix.

Main Index

941

942

CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements

CYCLIC4

Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements

Transforms the cyclic components of load vectors associated with a particular harmonic into solution set load vectors in the forward path. In the backward path, the solution set displacement vectors will be transformed into cyclic components associated with the particular harmonic and appended to previous harmonic solutions. Format:

CYCLIC4

 PAC    HARM,GC,GS,  PHK  ,LAMA,CASEBK,BACK/  



UK 

 PK     PHX  ,LAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/    UX  PATH/HINDEX/APP/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $ Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

HARM

Table of Case Control command images.

GC

Transformations matrix between symmetric (cosine) components and solution set components.

GS

Transformation matrix between symmetric (sine) components and solution set components.

PAC

Static loads matrix in harmonic components.

PHK

Eigenvectors in solution set components.

UK

Solution vector in solution set components.

LAMA

Eigenvalue summary table for current harmonic. Required for normal modes analysis only (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').

CASEBK

Case Control Data Block for output requests. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').

BACK

Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').

CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements

Output Data Blocks: PK

Load vector matrix in solution set components.

UX

Solution vector matrix in cyclic components.

PHX

Eigenvector matrix in cyclic components.

LAMA1

Appended eigenvalue summary table for all harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').

CASEBK1

Case Control table for data recovery requests for all harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').

BACK1

Backward transformation matrix from cyclic to physical components for all harmonics. Required for normal modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').

Parameters: PATH

Input-character-no default. Direction of cyclic transformation: 'FORE' Forward (analysis) 'BACK' Backward (data recovery)

HINDEX

Input-integer-no default. Harmonic index.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. 'STAT'

Statics

'REIG'

Normal modes

'BUCK' Buckling 'FREQ' Frequency response NFREQ

Input/output-integer-no default. The number of passes through CYCLIC4. NFREQ is incremented by one on each execution of CYCLIC4.

TOTALK

Input-integer-default=0. Total number of harmonics. If TOTALK>0, then CASEBK1 and BACK1 will be created. Required for normal modes analysis only.

Examples: 1. Static analysis: FILE PARAML

Main Index

UX=APPEND $ KVAL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NKVAL $ NUMBER OF ANALYSIS HARMONICS

943

944

CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements

PARAML KVAL//'DTI'/1/NKVAL//S,N,KMAX $ LAST ANALYSIS HARMONIC INDEX PARAML KVAL//'IMATCH'/1/S,N,HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $ DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $ CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,PA,,,/ PK,,,/ 'FORE'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $ . . . CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,UK,,,/ UX,,,/ 'BACK'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $ ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX MPYAD UX,BACK,/ULC $

2.

Frequency response analysis:

FILE UXVF=APPEND $ HINDEX=0 $ QUALIFIER DO WHILE ( DONE>=0 ) $ IF ( DONE>=0 ) THEN $ IF ( NOKVAL>=0 ) THEN $ . . . CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,PXF,,,/ PKF,,,/ 'FORE'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ . . . CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,UKVF,,,/ UXVF,,,/ 'BACK'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ ENDIF $ NOKVAL>=0 HINDEX=HINDEX+1 ENDIF $ DONE>=0 ENDDO $ DONE>=0 MPYAD UXVF,BACKF,/UDVF $

$

$

3. Normal modes or buckling analysis: FILE

CYPHX=APPEND,SAVE/CYLAMA1=APPEND,SAVE/ CASEBK1=SAVE/BACK1=SAVE,OVRWRT $ PARAML KVALM//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,TOTALK $ PARAML KVALM//'DTI'/1/TOTALK//S,N,KMAX $ PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $ HINDEX=0 $ DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $ IF ( KVAL=-1 ) THEN $ . . . CYCLIC4

Main Index

HARM,GC,GS,CYPHA,CYLAMA,CASEBK,BACK/

CYCLIC4 Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements

CYPHX,CYLAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/ 'BACK'/HINDEX/APPCYC4/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $ ENDIF $ KVAL=-1 HINDEX=HINDEX+1 $ PARAML KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $ ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX MPYAD CYPHX,BACK1,/CYPHA1 $

Main Index

945

946

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

DBC

Database converter for model generation and results processing

Converts data blocks to a form usable by MSC.Access and MSC.Patran. Format: DBC

DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10,DB11, DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15,DB16,DB17,DB18,DB19,DB20// P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/ P15/P16/P17/P18/P19/P20/SEID/DBCPATH/ S,N,CP/APP/CYCLIC/GEOMU/LOADU/ POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/OVRWRT/DESITER///// ADPTINDX/LUSET $

Input Data Block: DBi

Data blocks for postprocessing.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: Pi

Character-input-default is blank. The generic name of the corresponding data block; e.g., P3 corresponds to DB3, etc. (See table below for generic name.)

SEID

Integer-input-default=0. The current superelement identification number. If SEID=-1, then the current SEID is assumed to be the qualifier value in the path of parameter DBCPATH.

DBCPATH

Dummy variable parameter to allow the passing of qualifiers from the MD Nastran database to the DBC database. SEID must be -1.

CP

Integer-input/output-default=0. Control parameter. If set to other than zero an error has occurred in the module and further attempts to execute module will cause a module return without module execution.

APP

Character-input-default is blank. Allowable values of approach code: 'STATICS' or Statics blank 'TRANRESP' Linear/nonlinear transient response 'FREQRESP' Frequency response 'REIG'

Main Index

Normal modes

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

NLST

Nonlinear statics

BKL1

Buckling

BKL0

Statics in a buckling solution

CEIGEN

Complex modes

AERO

Aerodynamics

CYCLIC

Integer-input-default is 0. If CYCLIC=-1, then data will be interpreted as cyclic analysis.

GEOMU

Integer-input-default=40; the geometric information will output to this FORTRAN unit.

LOADU

Integer-input-default=-1 (LOADU = GEOMU). If LOADU>0 then, the static load information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.

POSTU

Integer-input-default=-1 (POSTU = GEOMU). If POSTU>0, then, the data recovery information will be output to this FORTRAN unit.

DBCDIAG

Integer-input-default=0. Controls the printing of certain diagnostics during the conversion. If several diagnostics are desired, then the sum of the following values is required. For example, DBCDIA=3 requests the printing of grid relation and element connection record diagnostics. Value

Main Index

Diagnostic Output

0

No diagnostics will be printed.

1

Grid relation record.

2

Element connection record.

4

Internal module begin message.

8

Internal module statistics.

16

Internal module CPU time and begin message in performance summary table.

32

DBC database dictionary entries.

64

Messages for null NASTRAN logical file connections.

128

Suppress diagnostics when geometry updates occur.

256

Save the grid point stress surface and volume factors.

512

Do not save the grid point stress surface and volume subcase data.

947

948

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

PROGRAM Character-input-default=’XL’. If PROGRAM =’XL’, then the DBC database will be suitable for processing in MSC.Patran. If PROGRAM =’GRASP’, then the DBC database will be suitable for processing in MSC.Access. OVRWRT

Character-input-default=’YES’. DBC data base overwrite flag. If OVRWRT =’YES’ and the DBC database was created in a prior run, then data blocks pre-existing on the DBC database will be overwritten in the current run when the qualifier values are identical.

DESITER

Integer-input-default=0. Design optimization loop identification number.

ADPTINDX Integer-input-default=0. When ADPTINDX is not equal to zero, the data base object attribute will be qualified by the value of this parameter, which denotes intermediate p-element results exist. LUSET

Integer-input-default=0. NDOF denotes size of the model (number of degrees of freedom), which will be saved for p-element iterations indexed by the ADPTINDX values and used to correlate the size of the model to the p-element iteration index.

Remarks: 1. Data block name table: Generic Name (P1-P20)

Main Index

Chapter 2 Names

Stored on Unit

Description

BEPT

AEBGPDT

---

Aerostructural basic grid point definition table

BGPDT

BGPDT

GEOMU

Basic grid point definition table

CASECC

CASECC

POSTU

Table of Case Control command images

CONTAB

CONTAB

POSTU

Table of design constraint attributes

CONTROL

AECTRL

POSTU

Table of aerodynamic model's control definition

CSTM

CSTM

GEOMU

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices

CVAL

CVAL

POSTU

Matrix of design constraint values

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

Generic Name (P1-P20)

Main Index

Chapter 2 Names

Stored on Unit

Description

DBCOPT

DBCOPT

POSTU

Design optimization history table for

DESTAB

DESTAB

POSTU

Table of design variable attributes

DIT

DIT

GEOMU/ POSTU

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images

DSCM2

DSCM2

POSTU

Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

DYNAMIC

DYNAMIC

GEOMU

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics

ECT

GEOM2

GEOMU

Element connectivity table

ELDCT

ELDCT

POSTU

Table of element stress discontinuities

EMAP

SEMAP

GEOMU

Superelement map table

EPT

EPT

GEOMU

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties

EQEXIN

EQEXIN

GEOMU

Equivalence between external and internal point identification numbers

EST

EST

GEOMU

Element summary table

FRM

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic forces

FURM

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained elastic forces

GEOM1

GEOM1

GEOMU

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry

GEOM3

GEOM3

LOADU

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads

GEOM4

GEOM4

GEOMU/ LOADU

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity

949

950

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

Generic Name (P1-P20)

Main Index

Chapter 2 Names

Stored on Unit

Description

GPDCT

GPDCT

POSTU

Table of grid point stress discontinuities

GPDT

GPDT

GEOMU

Grid point definition table

GPECT

GPECT

POSTU

Grid point element connection table

GPL

GPL

GEOMU/ POSTU

External grid/scalar point identification number list

GPS

EGPSTR

POSTU

Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing

HIS

HIS

POSTU

Table of design iteration history

IRM

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic restrained inertia forces

IURM

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained inertia forces

LAMA

LAMA/ CLAMA

POSTU

Real or complex eigenvalue summary table

MATPOOL

MATPOOL

POSTU

Table of DMIG Bulk Data entries

MPT

MPT

GEOMU

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties

OAG

OAG

POSTU

Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format

OBJTAB

OBJTAB

POSTU

Design objective table

OEDE

ONRGY1

POSTU

Table of element energy losses

OEF

OEF

POSTU

Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format

OEKE

ONRGY1

POSTU

Table of element kinetic energies

OES

OES

POSTU

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

Generic Name (P1-P20)

Main Index

Chapter 2 Names

Stored on Unit

Description

OESC

OES1C

POSTU

Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format

OESE

ONRGY1

POSTU

Table of element strain energies and energy densities

OESNL

OESNL1

POSTU

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format

OGPF

OGPFB1

POSTU

Table of grid point forces

OGPKE

OGPKE1

POSTU

Table of grid point kinetic energies

OL

OL

POSTU

Transient or frequency response output list

OMM

OMM

POSTU

Table of MAXMIN results

OMPCF

OQMG

POSTU

Table of MPCforces in SORT1 or SORT2 format

OPG

OPG

POSTU

Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2 format

OQG

OQG

POSTU

Table of single or multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format

OUG

OUG

POSTU

Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format

OVG

OVG

POSTU

Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format

PERROR

ERROR1

POSTU

Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop

R1MAPR

R1MAPR

POSTU

Table of mapping from original first level (direct) retained responses

951

952

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

Generic Name (P1-P20)

Main Index

Chapter 2 Names

Stored on Unit

Description

R1TAB

R1TAB

POSTU

Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes

R1VAL

R1VAL

POSTU

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses

R2MAPR

R2MAPR

POSTU

Table of mapping from original second level (synthetic) retained responses

R2VAL

R2VAL

POSTU

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses

RESP12

RESP12

POSTU

Table of second level (synthetic) responses

RM

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic rigid forces

SCSTM

SCSTM

GEOMU

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements

SETS

SET

GEOMU

Table of combined sets

SVF

EGPSF

POSTU

Table of element to grid point interpolation factors

UG

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic restrained elastic displacements

UUG

---

POSTU

Matrix of aerodynamic unrestrained elastic displacements

VIEWTB

VIEWTB

GEOMU/ POSTU

View information table, contains the relationship between each pelement and its view-elements and view-grids

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

2. DBCPATH is a parameter defined on a statement in the NASTRAN NDDL; i.e., PARAM,DBCPATH = 0,PATH = DBCQUAL PATH DBCQUAL QUAL1,QUAL2,QUAL3,etc. where QUALi selects the QUALifier values associated with the PATH of the input data blocks from NASTRAN to be written along with the input data blocks on the DBC database. In other words, the intersection of the PATH DBCQUAL and the PATH of the input data blocks will form the set of QUALifiers to be written to the DBC database and associated with the input data blocks. Also, the PROJECT and VERSION will be written. It is recommended that the input data blocks all have the same PATH. If it is not NDDL, then only the PROJECT and VERSION will be associated with the input data blocks on the DBC database. 3. Generic data blocks: ECT, GEOM1, and EQEXIN, must exist on POSTU (when PROGRAM =’XL’) or GEOMU (when PROGRAM =’GRASP’) prior to the conversion of the following data blocks: OUG, OES, OEF, OPG, OQG, and GPS. 4. If PROGRAM =’XL’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written to one of three databases (FORTRAN units): GEOMU, LOADU, and POSTU. GEOMU

BGPDT, CSTM, ECT, EMAP, EPT, GPDT, MPT, and SETS

LOADU

GEOM3 and GEOM4

POSTU

CASECC, GPS, EQEXIN, GEOM1, GPL, LAMA, OEF, OES, OESNL, OGPF, OESE, OPG, OQG, OUG, OESC, DBCOPT, GPDCT, and ELDCT

5. If PROGRAM =’GRASP’ then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written only to the database: GEOMU. 6. Generic data blocks ECT, BGPDT, GPL, and GPDT should be specified simultaneously on the same DBC statement. 7. Generic names OES and OESC must be specified in separate DBC modules and may appear only once per DBC module. Examples: The following examples illustrate how the module might be implemented in a superelement solution sequence. The following TYPE statements are used to establish authorization and defaults for user parameters that control the module.

Main Index

953

954

DBC Database converter for model generation and results processing

TYPE TYPE

PARM,,I,Y,DBCDIAG=0,GEOMUNIT,LOADUNIT,POSTUNIT $ PARM,,CHAR8,Y,PROGRAM=’XL’ $ 1. After generation of IFP module output data blocks.

DBC

CSTM,EPT,MPT,GEOM4,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,,,,,// ’CSTM’/’EPT’/’MPT’/’GEOM4’/’CASECC’/ //////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//GEOMU/ LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/ $

2. Inside superelement generation loop. Data required for undeformed plotting of geometry and loads. DBC

BGPDTS,GPLS,GPDTS,ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS, GEOM3S,GEOM4S,,,,,,,,,,,//’BGPDT’/’GPL’/ ’GPDT’/’ECT’/’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’/’GEOM3’/ ’GEOM4’/////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP// GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/ PROGRAM/ $

3. Inside superelement data recovery loop. Grid point stresses: DBC

GPLS,EGPSTR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//’GPL’/’GPS’/ /////////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP/GEOMU/ LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM $

Forces, stresses, displacements, etc. Note: ECTS, GEOM1S, and EQEXINS are repeated here in case the above call was not executed, as in a data recovery restart. DBC

Main Index

OPG1,OUGV1,OEF1X,OES1X,OQG1,ONRGY1,OGPFB1, ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,,,,,,,,,//’OPG’/’OUG’/ ’OEF’/’OES’/’OQG’/’OESE’/’OGPF’/’ECT’/ ’GEOM1’/’EQEXIN’//////////SEID//S,N,CP/ APP//GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/ PROGRAM/ $

DBDELETE Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters

DBDELETE

Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters

Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters. An optional WHERE clause may be specified for a more selective deletion. Format: DATABLK = DBDELETE PARAM =

* ( datablk – list ) *

[ WHERE ( where – expr ) ] $

( param – list )

Describers: DATABLK

Delete data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks separated by commas.

PARAM

Delete parameters. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated by commas.

where-expr Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in Table 2 under the “DBDICT” on page 957 statement. If where-expr is true then the named items will be deleted. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current version and project. See also Remark 1. Remarks: 1. The where-expr has the following rules: If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then none of that data block or parameter will be deleted. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBDELETE statement will not delete any KGG: DBDELETE DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10)$ If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter), then the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBDICT statements are equivalent: SPC=10 $ DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA $ Main Index

955

956

DBDELETE Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters

or DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) $ The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not already specified in where-expr. For example to delete all KAA where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.: DBDELETE DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) $ Note: WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJECT, VERSION, CDATE, etc. 2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.

Main Index

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

DBDICT

Prints database directory tables

Prints the following database directory tables:

• Data blocks described by an NDDL DATABLK statement. • Parameters described by an NDDL PARAM statement. • All unique paths (KEYs) and their qualifiers values. • Qualifiers and their current values. • Data blocks not described by an NDDL DATABLK statement. • Parameters not described by an NDDL PARAM statement. • Project and version information. Basic Format: The basic format of DBDICT specifies which tables to print and prints all items (data blocks and parameters) found in the directory. Also, the attributes (colnames) to be printed and the print format are predefined. Note that more than one table may be specified on the same DBDICT statement. DBDICT

[DATABLK PARAM PROJVERS QUALCURR QUALIFIERS]

Examples: DBDICT DBDICT PARAM PROJVERS Full Format: The full format permits the selection of items by name and/or by the WHERE describer. The full format also permits the attributes to be printed using the SELECT describer. In addition, the print format can be specified with the SORT, FORMAT, and LABEL describers. Note that the full format only allows the specification of a single table on a DBDICT statement.

Main Index

957

958

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

  

DATABLK DATABLK ( LOCAL )

 PARAM DBDICT   PARAM ( LOCAL )

=

=

 *  ( datablk-list ) 

 *  ( param-list ) 

WHERE(where-expr),

PROJVERS QUALCURR QUALIFIERS SELECT(colname[- ‘ col-label’]. . . ), FORMAT (FWIDTH = w [.d] LWIDTH = k

DWIDTH = w [.d]

COLSPACE = c

AWIDTH = a

IWIDTH = i,

VALUE = w,

colname = col-width, . . .),  SORT  colname = 

A , …  ,  D

  RIGHT   LABEL  page - title‘ CENTER    LEFT   Describers:

Main Index

DATABLK

Print the data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined data blocks are printed.

PARAM

Print the parameter table. param-list specifies a list of parameters separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined parameters are printed.

PROJVERS

Print the project-version table.

QUALIFIERS

Print the qualifier table.

QUALCURR

Print the current values of the qualifiers. SORT is ignored.

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

where-expr

Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described below. For example, WHERE(VERSION = 4 AND SEID <>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further description. The default for VERSION is the current version and PROJECT is the current project. The default for qual is * which is all qualifier values found on the database. See Remark 12.

SELECT

Specifies a list of column names to be printed. The order of the specified colnames will be printed from left to right. If colname is not specified then all columns will be printed.

colname

Column name. Colname specifies a particular attribute of the database item; such as, data block name (NAME), creation date (CDATE), number of blocks (SIZE), or qualifier name (SEID, SPC, etc.). The allowable colnames are given in the Remarks.

col-label

The label to printed above the column identified by colname. The default for col-label is the colname. col-label may not be specified for colnames: QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.

FWIDTH = w.d. Specifies the default width for single precision real numbers in real and complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d >0, Default = 12.5). DWIDTH = w.d. Specifies the default width for double precision real numbers in real and complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 17.10). AWIDTH = a

Specifies the default width for character string qualifiers. Character strings are printed with enclosing single quotation marks, even if the string is blank. (Integer>0, Default = 8).

IWIDTH = i

Specifies the default width for integer qualifiers. (Integer>0, see Remarks for defaults).

LWIDTH = k

Specifies the default width for logical qualifiers. Logical values are printed as either “T” for TRUE or “F” for FALSE. (Integer> 0, Default = 1).

COLSPACE = c Specifies the default number of spaces between columns. (Integer>0; see Remarks for defaults). VALUE = w

Main Index

Specifies the default width for parameter values. The values are printed as character strings with left justification. Integer > 0, Default = 40.

959

960

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

col-width

The print width of the data under colname or qual-name. For real numbers, specify w.d where w is the width of the field and d is the number of digits in the mantissa. For integers and character strings, specify w where w is the width of the field. col-width may not be specified for colnames: QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.

SORT

Specifies how the rows are sorted. The sort based on ASCII sequence and is performed in order according to each colname specified in the list. A “D” following the colname causes the sort to be in descending order. An “A” following the colname causes the sort to be in ascending order. Colnames QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER may not be specified under SORT. Each colname specified in SORT must be separated by commas.

page-title

A title to be printed on each page of the directory output.

RIGHT, Print justification of the page title. CENTER, LEFT Remarks: 1. DBDICT prints seven different tables according to a default or user-defined format. The tables are: Description

Default Page-Title

See Remark

DATABLK

Data blocks described by a NDDL DATABLK statement.

NDDL DATABLOCKS

2

PARAM

Parameters described by a NDDL PARAM statement.

NDDL PARAMETERS

3

QUALCURR

Current Qualifiers and their values.

CURRENT QUALIFIERS

4

QUALIFIERS

Qualifiers and their values for each key number.

QUALIFIERS

5

DATABLK (LOCAL)

Data blocks not described by a NDDL DATABLK statement.

LOCAL DATABLOCKS

6

Describer

Main Index

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Describer

Description

Default Page-Title

See Remark

PARAM(LOCAL)

Parameters not described by a NDDL PARAM statement.

LOCAL PARAMETERS

7

PROJVERS

Project-Version.

PROJECT-VERSION

8

If DBDICT is specified without any describers then the NDDL Data Blocks Table will be printed. See Remark 2. In an FMS statement, DATABLK(LOCAL) and PARAM(LOCAL) produce no output, and QUALCURR produces the default values specified on the NDDL QUAL statement. The defaults and allowable colnames for SELECT, FORMAT, SORT, and LABEL depend on the table. The defaults are described in the following remarks and tables. 2. The default print of the NDDL Data Blocks Table is obtained by: DBDICT

or DBDICT DATABLK

and is equivalent to: DBDICT DATABLK , SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE, CTIME, SIZE,KEY,PURGED=’PU’,EQUIVD=’EQ’, POINTER=’FILE’,QUALSET) , FORMAT(NAME=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,SIZE=5, KEY=4 ,PURGED=4,EQUIVD=4,POINTER=8, IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1) , SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A) , LABEL(’NDDL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER)

and looks like:

Main Index

961

962

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

* * * *

D I C T I O N A R Y

P R I N T

* * * *

EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 20 MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER

16

NDDL DATABLOCKS NAME DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME SIZE KEY PU EQ FILE SEID PEID LOAD SPC MPC METH --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AGG MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72340 0 326 1 0 132484 0 0 AXIC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 0 315 1 0 65764 BGPDTS MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 2 131332 0 BGPDTX MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72338 1 324 0 1 131332 0 BJJ MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72341 0 332 1 0 132612 0 BULK MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 2 315 0 0 65700 CASECC MASTER DBALL 1 1 930805 72336 1 316 0 2 67428

Figure 4-1 DBDICT PARAM Example The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames Default column width

Default column label

PROJECT

40

PROJECT NAME

Project name defined by PROJECT statement

PROJNO

4

PROJ NO

Project number associated with PROJECT

VERSION

4

VERSION

Version number

CDATE

6

CDATE

Creation Date

CTIME

6

CTIME

Creation Time

NAME

8

NAME

Parameter name

DATABASE

8

DATABASE

MASTER DBset name

DBSET

8

DBSET

DBset name

RDATE

6

RDATE

Revision Date

RTIME

6

RTIME

Revision Time

SIZE

5

SIZE

Number of blocks

qualifier name

Qualifier name

Column name

qual-name

Main Index

See Note

Description

KEY

4

KEY

Key number

TRLi

8

TRLi

i-th word in the trailer

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Table 4-1 DBDICT DATABLK Colnames (continued) Column name

Main Index

Default column width

Default column label

Description

TRAILER

8

TRLi

All 10 trailer words

EXTNAME

8

EXTNAME

Extended name

EQUIVD

4

EQ

Equivalenced flag

PURGED

4

PU

Purged flag

EQFLAG

4

EF

Scratch equivalenced flag

SCRFLAG

4

SF

Scratch DBSET flag

POINTER

8

POINTER

Directory pointer

DBENTRY

8

DBENTRY

Database entry pointer

FEQCHAIN

8

FEQCHAIN

Forward equivalence chain

BEQCHAIN

8

BEQCHAIN

Backward equivalence chain

DBDIR20

9

DBDIR(20)

Directory word 20

QUALALL

See Note

qualifier name

All qualifiers

QUALSET

See Note

qualifier name

Predefined subset of all qualifiers

963

964

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Note:

Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, AWIDTH=8, and FWIDTH=12.

3. The default print of the NDDL parameter table is obtained by: DBDICT PARAM

and is equivalent to: DBDICT PARAM, SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=’PROJ’,VERSION=’VERS’,CDATE,CTIME, KEY,VALUE,QUALSET), FORMAT(NAME=8,DATABASE=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6, KEY=4,VALUE=40,IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1), SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A), LABEL(’NDDL PARAMETERS’ CENTER)

and looks like: * * * *

D I C T I O N A R Y

P R I N T

* * * *

EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 21 MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER

NAME

DATABASE

DBSET

PROJ VERS

CDATE

CTIME

17

NDDL PARAMETERS KEY VALUE

SEID

PEID

LOAD

SPC

MPC

METH

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ACOUSTIC MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0 ALTRED MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 NO BCHNG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72337 325 FALSE 0 DBALLX MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72336 318 DBALL -1 -1 EPSBIG MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72339 323 1.000000E+12 0 0 ERROR MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 319 -1 FIXEDB MASTER MASTER 1 1 930805 72338 323 0 0 0

Figure 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Example The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames Column name

Main Index

Default column width

Default column label

Description

PROJECT

40

PROJECT NAME

Project name defined by PROJECT statement

PROJNO

5

PROJ

Project number associated with PROJECT

VERSION

4

VERS

Version number

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Table 4-2 DBDICT PARAM Colnames Column name

Default column width

Default column label

Description

CDATE

6

CDATE

Creation Date

CTIME

6

CTIME

Creation Time

NAME

8

NAME

Parameter name

DATABASE

8

DATABASE

MASTER DBset name

DBSET

8

DBSET

DBset name

RDATE

6

RDATE

Revision Date

RTIME

6

RTIME

Revision Time

POINTER

8

POINTER

Directory pointer

VALUE

40

VALUE

Parameter value

KEY

4

KEY

Key number

qual-name

See Note

qualifier name

Qualifier name

QUALALL

See Note

qualifier name

All qualifiers

QUALSET

See Note

qualifier name

Predefined subset of all qualifiers

Note:

Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, AWIDTH=8, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5.

4. The default print of the Qualifier Table is obtained by: DBDICT QUALIFIERS

and is equivalent to: DBDICT QUALIFIERS , SELECT(KEY QUALALL) , FORMAT(DWIDTH=17.10 AWIDTH=8 IWIDTH=5 LWIDTH=1 , FWIDTH=12.5 COLSPACE=2) SORT(KEY=A) , LABEL(’QUALIFIERS’ CENTER )

Main Index

965

966

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

and looks like: * * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * * EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 22 MODULE NAME = DBDICT

, SUBDMAP SEKRRS

, OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 18 QUALIFIERS KEY APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ FSCOUP GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD M2GG M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV OPERASYS P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------335 ’ ’ F 0 0 ’ ’ ’ ’ 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------336 ’ ’ 0 0 ’ ’ 0 0 -1 0 0 0

Figure 4-3 DBDICT QUALIFIERS Example QUALALL selects all qualifiers to be printed. The qualifiers will be printed in alphabetic order. QUALSET selects the only the qualifiers SEID, PEID, SPC, MPC, LOAD, and METH to be printed. Table 4-4 gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. QUALALL and QUALSET may not be specified in the FORMAT or SORT describers. The qualifier names and values are not printed one per row, but rather from left to right as one logical line that is allowed to wrap after 132 columns. Column name

Default column label

Description

KEY

5

KEY

Key number

qual-name

See Note

qualifier name

Qualifier name

QUALALL

See Note

qualifier name

All qualifiers

QUALSET

See Note

qualifier name

Predefined subset of all qualifiers

Note:

Main Index

Default column width

Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL statement in the NDDL sequence.

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

5. The default print of the current qualifier values table is obtained by: DBDICT QUALCURR

and is equivalent to: DBDICT QUALCURR SELECT(QUALALL), FORMAT(AWIDTH=8,IWIDTH=5,LWIDTH=1,COLSPACE=2), LABEL=(’CURRENT QUALIFIERS’ CENTER)

and looks like: * * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * * EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 24 MODULE NAME = DBDICT

, SUBDMAP SEKRRS

, OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 20 CURRENT QUALIFIERS APRCH B2GG B2PP BMETH CMETH CONFIG DEFORM DELTA DESITER DLOAD DRMM DYRD EXTRCV FMETH FREQ FSCOUP GUST HIGHQUAL HINDEX IC IKBAR IMACHNO IPANEL IQ ISA ISOLAPP K2GG K2PP LOAD M2GG M2PP MACHINE METH METHF MFLUID MODEL MPC MTEMP NCASE NL99 NLOAD NLOOP NOQUAL OPERALEV OPERASYS P2G PEID PVALID SDAMP SEDWN SEID SOLAPP SOLID SPC STATSUB SUBDMAP SUBMODEL SUPORT TEMPLD TFL TSTEP ZNAME ZUZR1 ZUZR2 ZUZR3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 F 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 F 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 ’ ’ ’ ’ 300 ’ ’ ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 400 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0 0 0 ’ ’ 0 0 0

Figure 4-4 DBDICT QUALCURR Example The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the SELECT describers. Table 4-3 DBDICT QUALCURR Colnames. Column name

Note:

Default column width

Default column label

Description

qual-name

See Note

qualifier name

Qualifier name

QUALAL L

See Note

qualifier name

All qualifiers

QUALSET

See Note

qualifier name

Pre-defined subset of all qualifiers

Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, and FWIDTH=12.5. AWIDTH defaults to the length specified on the QUAL statement in the NDDL sequence. The default print of the local data block table is obtained by:

DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL)

Main Index

967

968

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

and is equivalent to: DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL), SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,SIZE=’BLOCKS’,PURGED=’PU’, EQUIVD=’EQ’,POINTER,TRL1,TRL2,TRL3,TRL4, TRL5,TRL6,TRL7), FORMAT(NAME=8,SUBDMAP=8,IWIDTH=8,COLSPACE=2), SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’LOCAL DATABLOCKS’ CENTER)

and looks like: * * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * * EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 23 MODULE NAME = DBDICT

, SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER LOCAL DATABLOCKS BLOCKS PU EQ POINTER TRL1 TRL2 TRL3

19

NAME SUBDMAP TRL4 TRL5 TRL6 TRL7 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CASEW PHASE1DR 1 0 0 131780 201 4 0 308 0 0 0

Figure 4-5 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Example TRLi specifies the data block trailer word i where 1 ≤ i ≤ 10 . TRAILER selects all 10 data block trailer words. The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. Table 4-4 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames Column name

Main Index

Default column width

Default column label

Description

NAME

8

NAME

Parameter name

SUBDMAP

8

SUBDMA P

SubDMAP name

SIZE

8

BLOCKS

Number of blocks

EQUIVD

8

EQ

Equivalenced flag

PURGED

8

PU

Scratch flag

POINTER

8

POINTER

Directory pointer

TRLi

8

TRLi

i-th word in the trailer

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Table 4-4 DBDICT DATABLK(LOCAL) Colnames (continued) Column name

Default column width

Default column label

Description

TRAILER

8

TRLi

All 10 trailer words

EXTNAME

8

EXTNAM E

Extended name

6. The default print of the local parameter table is obtained by: DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL)

and is equivalent to: DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) SELECT(NAME,SUBDMAP,VALUE), FORMAT(COLSPACE=4,VALUE=40,AWIDTH=8), SORT(NAME=A) LABEL(’ LOCAL PARAMETERS’ CENTER)

and looks like: Listing 4-1 * * * *

D I C T I O N A R Y

P R I N T

* * * *

EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 24 MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 20 LOCAL PARAMETERS NAME SUBDMAP VALUE ---------------------------------------------------------------AERO SESTATIC FALSE AERO PHASE1DR FALSE ALTRED SESTATIC NO ALTRED PHASE1DR NO ALTSHAPE SESTATIC 0 ALWAYS PHASE1DR -1 ALWAYS PHASE1C -1 ALWAYS SEKRRS -1 ALWAYS SESTATIC -1 APP PHASE1DR STATICS APP PHASE1C STATICS APP SESTATIC STATICS APRCH SESTATIC ASING PHASE1DR 0 ASING SEKRRS 0 ASING PHASE1C 0 ASING SESTATIC 0

Figure 4-6 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Example. The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. Main Index

969

970

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Table 4-5 DBDICT PARAM(LOCAL) Colnames. Column name

Default column width

Default column label

Description

NAME

8

NAME

Parameter name

SUBDMAP

8

SUBDMAP

SubDMAP name

VALUE

40

VALUE

Parameter name

7. The default print of Project Version Table is obtained by: DBDICT PROJVERS

and is equivalent to: DBDICT PROJVERS , SELECT(PROJECT=’PROJECT NAME’,PROJNO, VERSION ,DELFLG=’DELETED’ , CDATE=’CREATION DATE’ CTIME=’CREATION TIME’) , FORMAT(PROJECT=40,PROJ=10,VERS=10,DELFLG=7, COLSPACE=1 ,CDATE=13,CTIME=13) , LABEL(’PROJECT-VERSION’,CENTER) SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A)

and looks like: Listing 4-2 * * * * D I C T I O N A R Y P R I N T * * * * EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER 19 MODULE NAME = DBDICT , SUBDMAP SEKRRS , OSCAR RECORD NUMBER 15 PROJECT-VERSION PROJECT NAME PROJ NO. VERSION DELETED CREATION DATE CREATION TIME --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------’LEFT FENDER ’ 1 1 930805 72319

Figure 4-7 DBDICT PROJVERS Example The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.

Main Index

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

Table 4-6 DBDICT PROJVERS Colnames Default column width

Column name

Default column label

Description

PROJECT

40

PROJECT NAME

Project name defined by PROJECT statement

PROJNO

10

PROJ NO

Project number associated with PROJECT

VERSION

10

VERSION

Version number

DELFLG

7

DELETED

Flag indicating whether this project/version has been deleted by the RESTART NOKEEP or DBCLEAN statements

CDATE

13

CREATION DATE

Creation Date

CTIME

13

CREATION TIME

Creation Time

CDATE is printed as YYMMDD where YY, MM, and DD are the year, month, and date, respectively. CTIME is HHMMSS where HH, MM, and SS are the hour, minute, and second, respectively. 8. If a parameter or qualifier value is defined to be a character string, then the value will be printed with enclosing single quotation marks. Blank strings will also be printed with single quotation marks. 9. If a given qualifier is not in the path of a given data block or parameter, then blank spaces will be printed. 10. A line will wrap if additional columns need to be printed and not enough space is available on the output (which is assumed to be 132). The first column of each additional line is to be indented by the width of the first column printed for the entry. 11. The where-expr has the following rules: a. If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then no directory information will be printed for that data block or parameter. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBDICT statement will produce no output: DBDICT DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) $

Main Index

971

972

DBDICT Prints database directory tables

b. If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter) then the qualifier is wildcarded. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBDICT statements are equivalent: DBDICT DATABLK=KAA $ DBDICT DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SEID = *) $

Examples: 1. Print the Project Version Table with a title. DBDICT

PROJVERS SORT(PROJNO,VERSION), LABEL(’PROJECT VERSION TABLE’ LEFT) $

2. Print a directory of all data blocks qualified with PEID = 10 or SEID = 10. Print columns for the NAME and DBSET, and the qualifiers SPC, MPC, and LOAD. DBDICT

Main Index

DATABLK SELECT(NAME,SPC,MPC,LOAD,DBSET,SIZE, SEID,PEID) , SORT(NAME,SIZE=D) WHERE( SEID=10 OR PEID=10) $

DBEQUIV Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters

Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters

DBEQUIV

Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters based upon a qualifiers in a CONVERT clause. An optional WHERE and may be specified for a more selective equivalence. Format: DATABLK = DBEQUIV PARAM =

* (datablk-list) * (param-list)

[ WHERE (where-expr) ] ,

CONVERT (convert-expr) [ OVRWRT

RESTART ] $

Describers:

Main Index

datablk-list

Specifies a list of data blocks separated by commas. The default is *, which selects all data blocks. The equivalenced data block may be renamed by specifying a slash after the old name followed by the new name. For example, if KLL is to be renamed to KLL1, then DATABLK=(KLL/KLL1) is specified.

param-list

Specifies a list of parameters separated by commas. The default is *, which selected all parameters. The equivalenced parameter may be renamed by specifying a slash after the old name followed by the new name. For example, if LUSETS is to be renamed to LUSET, then PARAM=(LUSETS/LUSET) is specified.

where-expr

Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in Table 4-2 under the DBDICT statement. If where-expr is true then the named items will be equivalenced. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further description. The default for VERSION and PROJECT is the current version and project. See Remark 1 for more information.

973

974

DBEQUIV Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters

convert-expr

Modifies the values for PROJECT, VERSION, DBSET, and qualifiers selected by the where-expr. The format of convert-expr is: PROJECT=project-expr;VERSION=version-expr; DBSET=DBsetname;quali=qual-expri[;...] For example, CONVERT (SEID=100+SEID; SPC=102). See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 for a further discussion on WHERE and CONVERT clauses. The default action for VERSION and PROJECT is to convert to the current versionidentification number and current project-identification number. But if either PROJECT or VERSION is specified in the convert-expr, then both must be specified.

OVRWRT NOOVRWRT

RESTART

By default (i.e., NOOVRWRT), duplicate data blocks or parameters on the created by DBEQUIV will cause a fatal message. A duplicate means that a data block or parameter has not only the same name but also the same qualifier values, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET as the primary data block or parameter. If OVRWRT is specified, then the primary data block is overwritten. By default, data blocks and parameters created by DBEQUIV cannot be output again in a subsequent DMAP module. If RESTART is specified then the selected data blocks and parameters may be overwritten once.

Remarks: 1. The where-expr has the following rules: If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then none of that data block or parameter will be equivalenced. For example, given that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBEQUIV statement will not equivalence any KGG: DBEQUIV DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $

If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter), then the current value of the qualifier is assumed. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the following DBEQUIV statements are equivalent: SPC=10 $ DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA CONVERT(SPC=20) $

or DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10) CONVERT(SPC=20) $

Main Index

DBEQUIV Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters

The WILDCARD keyword may be added in order to wildcard all qualifiers not already specified in where-expr. For example to equivalence all KAA where SPC=10 and regardless of MPC, SEID, etc.: DBEQUIV DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SPC=10 AND WILDCARD) CONVERT(SPC=20) $

Note:

WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION, CDATE, etc.

2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.

Main Index

975

976

SubDMAP DBFETCH Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE

SubDMAP DBFETCH

Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE

Retrieves user-specified data blocks on the database previously stored with CALL DBSTORE. Format: CALL DBFETCH

/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/ FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: DBi

Data blocks to be fetched. See Remark 3.

Parameters: Q1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier.

Q2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier.

FLAG

Integer-input-no default. Name flag: 0 means fetch DBi with name DBi. 1 means drop the first character of DBi before searching the directory.

SUCCESS

Integer-output-no default. SUCCESS = -1 means all data blocks were successfully retrieved. SUCCESS = 0 means otherwise.

Remarks: 1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. 2. DBi is equivalenced to the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi, ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0. 3. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored on the database is the name which appears on the “highest” CALL statement that contains DBi. DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file. 4. If call DBFETCH is being used to obtain data blocks created in a previous run, then the RESTART or DBLOCATE FMS statement must be specified. If DBLOCATE is used then DATABLK = * or DATABLK = (ZUZR11) must be specified on the DBLOCATE statement.

Main Index

SubDMAP DBFETCH Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE

Example: Fetch data block named A (name flag = 1 drops the character E) and assign local name as EA. CALL DBFETCH /EA,,,,/1/1/1/0/S,EXIST $

Main Index

977

978

SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE

SubDMAP DBMGR

Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE

Performs functions on items stored on the database with this subDMAP and CALL DBSTORE. Format: CALL DBMGR

//OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $

1. Directory print. Print the contents of the database directory. Format: CALL DBMGR

//2/0/0/0/0/0/ ’ ’/’ ’/’

’/’

’/’

’ $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: None. 2. Data block deletion. Deletes up to five data block(s) previously stored with CALL DBSTORE. Format: CALL DBMGR

//5/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $

Parameters: Q1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi.

Q2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi.

DBi

Character-input-no default. Names of data blocks to be deleted.

3. Data block equivalence. Assign up to four alias names to one to four data blocks.

Main Index

SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE

Format: CALL DBMGR

//7/QP1/QP2/QS1/QS2/0/ DBP/DBS1/DBS2/DBS3/DBS4 $

Parameters: QP1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of primary data block (DBP).

QP2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of primary data block (DBP).

QS1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi).

QS2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of secondary data block (DBSi). DBP Character-input-no default. Primary data block name.

DBSi

Character-input-no default. Secondary data block names to be equivalenced to DBP.

4. Data block rename. Rename and/or modify the qualifier values of a data block previously stored with CALL DBSTORE. Format: CALL DBMGR

//9/QO1/QO2/QN1/QN2/0/ DBOLD/DBNEW/’ ’/’

’ $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters:

Main Index

QO1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of previously stored data block (DBOLD).

QO2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of previously stored data block (DBOLD).

QN1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of new name of data block (DBNEW).

QN2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of new name of data block (DBNEW).

979

980

SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE

DBOLD

Character-input-no default. Name of the previously stored data block.

DBNEW

Character-input-no default. New name of the previously stored data block.

5. Store character string. Store up to five character strings with qualifiers. Format: CALL DBMGR

//10/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/STR1/STR2/STR3/STR4/STR5 $

Parameters: Q1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of STRi.

Q2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of STRi.

STRi

Character-input-no default. Strings up to 8 characters in length.

6. Test for presence of a data block or a character string. Test for the presence of a data block previously stored by CALL DBSTORE or a character string previously stored by CALL DBMGR (OPT=10). Format: CALL DBMGR

//11/Q1/Q2/0/S,PRES1/S,PRES2/ DB1/DB2/’ ’/’ ’ $

Parameters: Q1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi.

Q2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi.

PRESi

Integer-output-no default. 0 means DBi not present. -1 means DBi present.

DBi

Character-input-no default. Character strings or the names of data blocks.

Remarks: 1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused integer parameters can be set to 0 and unused character parameters to ' ' (a string with 5 blanks). 2. If data blocks exist when storing, renaming or equivalencing, then they are overwritten.

Main Index

SubDMAP DBMGR Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE

3. If CALL DBMGR is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified immediately preceding CALL DBMGR and PUTSYS(0, 109) should be specified immediately following CALL DBMGR.

Main Index

981

982

DBSTATUS Checks status of up to ten data blocks

Checks status of up to ten data blocks

DBSTATUS

Checks the status of up to ten data blocks. Format: DBSTATUS

DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10// S,N,NODB1/S,N,NODB2/S,N,NODB3/S,N,NODB4/S,N,NODB5/ S,N,NODB6/S,N,NODB7/S,N,NODB8/S,N,NODB9/S,N,NODB10 $

Input Data Blocks: DBi

Any data block (matrix or table).

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: NODBi

Output-integer-default=-1. Status of the DBi-th data block: -1 Not generated 0

Empty

1 Generated 10 Offline and empty 11 Offline and generated Remarks: 1. Trailing commas in the input data block list may be omitted without warning. For example the following statement: DBSTATUS KAA,,,,,,,,,//S,N,NOKAA $

may be shortened to: DBSTATUS KAA//S,N,NOKAA $

2. DBSTATUS is similar to PARAML DB//'PRES' with expanded capability for empty and offline data blocks; i.e., PARAML returns -1 for empty data blocks and fatally terminates for offline data blocks.

Main Index

SubDMAP DBSTORE Stores data blocks on the database

SubDMAP DBSTORE

Stores data blocks on the database

Stores user-specified data blocks on the database. Data blocks can only be retrieved by CALL DBFETCH. Format: CALL DBSTORE

DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $

Input Data Blocks: DBi

Data blocks to be stored. See Remark 5.

Parameters: Q1

Integer-input-no default. First qualifier of DBi.

Q2

Integer-input-no default. Second qualifier of DBi.

DBSET

Character-input-no default. The dbset-name to store DBi. The dbset-name must be padded with blanks to 5 characters in length; e.g., 'DBDN '.

COND

Integer-input-no default. Conditional store flag. COND = 0 means store and COND 0 means do not store.

Remarks: 1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused integer parameters can be set to 0. If DBSET is blank; i.e, ' ' (a string with 5 blanks), then DBi will be stored on DBset DBALL. 2. DBi is stored under the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi, ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0 on DBset = DBSET. 3. DBSET should not be ’SCRATCH’ or refer to a scratch dbset. 4. If CALL DBSTORE is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101 through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified just before CALL DBSTORE and PUTSYS(0, 109) just after. See Example 1. 5. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored on the database is the name which appears on the “highest” CALL statement that contains DBi. DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.

Main Index

983

984

SubDMAP DBSTORE Stores data blocks on the database

Examples: 1. Store data block B on dbset DB100: PUTSYS(1, 109) $ deactivate restart skipping CALL DBSTORE B,,,,//2/2/’DB100’/0 $ PUTSYS(0, 109) $ activate restart skipping

2. The following example computes five variations on a basic matrix ( K + λ i M ] [ X ] = [ B ] , where K, B, and M are input via DMI Bulk Data entries and ( λ i , i = 1,5) are input via DTI,LAMLST entries. In the first loop, the matrix KPLM is formed and decomposed and its factors, L and U, stored. In the second loop, the factors are fetched and, along with B, input to the FBS module to solve for X. SOL 100 COMPILE USERDMAP ALTER 2 $ TYPE PARM,,I,N,LOOPCNT=1,SING=0 $ TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,BX $ BLANK STRING TYPE PARM,,CS,N,LAMC $ DMIIN DMI,DMINDX/K,M,B,,,,,,, $ DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/LAMLST,,,,,,,,, $ MATPRN K,M,B/ $ DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5 AND SING>-1) $ PARAML LAMLST//’DTI’/1/LOOPCNT/S,N,LAMBDA $ LAMC=CMPLX(LAMBDA) $ ADD K,M/KPLM//LAMC $ DECOMP KPLM/L,U/-1/////S,N,SING $ IF (SING>-1) THEN $ CALL DBSTORE L,U,,,//0/LOOPCNT/BX/0 $ LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $ ENDIF $ ENDDO $ $ IF (SING>-1) THEN $ CALL DBMGR //2/0/0/0/0/0/BX/BX/BX/BX/BX $ LOOPCNT=1 $ DO WHILE (LOOPCNT<=5) $ CALL DBFETCH /FL,FU,,,/0/LOOPCNT/1/0/0 $ FBS FL,FU,B/X $ MESSAGE //’ LOOPCNT=’/LOOPCNT $ MATPRN X/ $ LOOPCNT=LOOPCNT+1 $ ENDDO $ ENDIF $ CEND TITLE=SOLVE FOR FIVE X BEGIN BULK DMI,K,..... DMI,B,..... DMI,M,..... DTI,LAMLST,..... ENDDATA Main Index

DBVIEW Creates virtual datalock

DBVIEW

Creates virtual datalock

Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks. Format: DBVIEW view-name = data-block

WHERE (where-expr) (WHERE where-expr)

$

Describers: view-name

Name of the view; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be alphabetic. The following characters can be used for view-names: A through Z and 0 through 9.

data-block

Name of a data block.

where-expr A logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION, and DBSET. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID< >2 AND SEID>0) selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See “WHERE and CONVERT Clauses” on page 44 and Remark 6. Be aware that certain restrictions apply to the where-expr when the viewname will be used to specify an output data block on a module (see Remark 8). Remarks: 1. DBVIEW is a nonexecutable statement defined only at compilation. It is not affected by IF ( ) THEN or DO WHILE blocks. Where-expr, however, is evaluated dynamically for the current values of data-block qualifiers at the module where view-name is specified for input. 2. DBVIEW must be specified prior to the first occurrence of the use of the view-name. It may only be specified as an input data block to a DMAP module. 3. If the data-block is “not generated” or if no data blocks satisfy the where-expr, then the view-name will be considered as “not generated.” Also, if the where-expr contains a qualifier that is not in the path of the data-block then the view-name is not generated. 4. view-name is recognized only in the current subDMAP. 5. A view-name that results in more than one data block is also called a family. If a family is specified as input to a module that does not use families, then the first data block stored will be the one that is used.

Main Index

985

986

DBVIEW Creates virtual datalock

6. The values assigned to qualifiers not specified in the where-expr are taken from current values. “AND WILDCARD” may be specified in the whereexpr to indicate that unspecified qualifiers do not have to match their current values to satisfy the DBVIEW statement. 7. A comma may be used in place of the spaces shown under Format to continue the DBVIEW statement on more than one line. For example, DBVIEW UGX=UG, (WHERE SEID=10 AND, SPC=20, AND VERSION=5) $

8. 8. If the view-name in the subDMAP is used for an output datablock on a module then the following restrictions apply: a. The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";". For example, WHERE(SEID)=10; PEID=20). Note:

Any view-name specified by a DBVIEW statement using the ";" separator can also be used for input datablocks (in this case, any ";" in the Where Expr will be interpreted as the boolean "and" operator). b. Only one datablock can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported for output datablocks). c. PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION,Where Expr modifier "WILDCARD", and the use of qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the Where Expr.

Examples: 1. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of KAA data blocks called KAA10 for the path qualifier (see the PATH NDDL-Statement) SEID = 10 and for the current values of the remaining KAA path qualifiers. DBVIEW KAA10 = KAA (WHERE SEID=10) $

2. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of the data block BULK, which is stored under the version referenced on the RESTART FMS statement and gives it the virtual name BULKR to differentiate it from the current data block BULK. PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPROJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXISTS $ DBVIEW BULKR = BULK (WHERE VERSION=RESVER AND PROJNO=RESPROJ) $

Main Index

DBVIEW Creates virtual datalock

3. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name for the datablock KAA. The view-name will be used as an output datablock to a DMAP module. The path qualifiers for this output datablock will be assigned SEID=20 and SEID=10 and the remaining KAA path qualifiers will be set to the current values. DBVIEW KAA20 = KAA WHERE (SEID=20 ; PEID=10) $

4. The following DMAP sequence creates view-names for three input datablocks and four output datablocks, using the same data block "XYZ". DBVIEW IN1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $ DBVIEW IN2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+1 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $ DBVIEW IN3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=JJ+2 AND SERIES5=0 AND SERIES7=0) $ DBVIEW OUT1=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=1 ; SERIES7=JJ) $ DBVIEW OUT2=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES 5=2 ; SERIES7=JJ+1) $ DBVIEW OUT3=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=3 ; SERIES7=JJ+2) $ DBVIEW OUT4=XYZ, WHERE(SERIES3=0 ; SERIES5=4 ; SERIES7=JJ+3) $ JJ=0 $ DO WHILE (JJ<1000) $ PARTN IN1,IN2,IN3/OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4 $ MATPRN OUT1,OUT2,OUT3,OUT4// $ JJ=JJ+1 $ ENDDO $

Main Index

987

988

DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics

DCMP

Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics

Decompose a square matrix [ A ] into upper and lower triangular factors [ U ] and [ L ] and diagonal matrix [ D ] . DCMP is identical to DECOMP, but also provides extended diagnostics. [ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ] [A ] = [L ][D ][L ]

T

for symmetric [ A ]

Format: DCMP

DUSET,SIL,EQEXIN,A,PARTVEC,EQMAP/  LD   U   LSEQ   , , /  LAO   AAP   LSCM  S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/BAILOUT/MAXRATIO/SETNAME/F1/DECOMP/ DEBUG/THRESH/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/ S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,ERR/LMTROWS $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

EQEXIN

Equivalence between external and internal numbers.

A

A square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector specified when A is a partition of SETNAME. Its rowsize is indicated by SETNAME. A is the zero-th partition from PARTVEC.

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.

DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics

Output Data Blocks: LD

Nonstandard lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.

U

Upper triangular factor or high ratios matrix. If A is unsymmetric then U is the nonstandard upper triangular factor of [A] or the Cholesky factor. If A is symmetric and the value of system cell 166 includes the value of 8 then U contains the contains the "high ratio terms of the factor diagonal ratios". See Remark 4.

LSEQ

Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.

LAO

Sparse partial decomposition factor when KSYM=3.

AAP

Sparse partial reduced matrix in update matrix format when KSYM=3.

LSCM

Schur complement matrix based on internal partitioning of A.

Parameters: KSYM

Input/output-integer-default=1. 1 Use symmetric decomposition (default). 0 Use unsymmetric decomposition. -1 Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset to 0 or 1 consistent with actual decomposition type. 3 Use symmetric partial decomposition.

CHOLSKY

Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM=1 or KSYM=-1 and [A] is symmetric then: 1 Use Cholesky decomposition. 0 Use standard decomposition (default). If KSYM=3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the o-set.

BAILOUT

Input-integer-default=0. If BAILOUT>0, then the module exits with error message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO. If BAILOUT<-1, then the module continues with warning message if factor to diagonal ratio exceeds MAXRATIO.

MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.E5. See the BAILOUT and ERR parameters. SETNAME

Main Index

Input-character-default=‘H’. One or two letters indicating the set membership of [A].

989

990

DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics

F1

Input-real-default=0.0. Tolerance for suppressing numbers of small magnitude. Matrix elements with magnitudes less than F1 will be set to zero.

DECOMP

Input-integer-default=-1. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

DEBUG

Input-integer-default=-1. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

THRESH

Input-integer-default=-6. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

MINDIAG

Output-real double precision-default=0.0D0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

DET

Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

POWER

Output-integer-default=0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

SING

Output-integer-default=0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

NBRCHG

Output-integer-default=0. See “DECOMP” on page 1000 module.

ERR

Output-integer-default=-1. If BAILOUT=-1, this parameter always remains at zero. If BAILOUT=0 and the factor to diagonal ratio is greater than MAXRATIO, ERR is reset to -1.

LMTROWS Input-integer-default=0. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. These rows are excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP module. Remarks: 1. This module performs all of the functions of the DECOMP module and responds to the same system cells. However the DCMP module default for KSYM is 1 instead of -1, which is the default for DECOMP. All Remarks given for the DECOMP module also apply to the DCMP module. 2. If given unsymmetric matrices (“Form 1"), the mechanism diagnostics are not provided. The module is then functionally equivalent to the DECOMP module. 3. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as SETNAME. 4. If A is symmetric then U contains the "MATRIX/FACTOR DIAGONAL RATIO values printed under UWM 4698. The mathematical definition of U is Diag(A) = Ad, a vector.

Main Index

DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics

Diag(T) = Dd, a vector. In some circumstances T is not a diagonal matrix. The high ratio test being defined here has no validity in the regions where there are off-diagonal terms (2 by 2 pivots), so those rows are ignored in this testing. The ratio is defined as Vi = Adi/Ddi Regions where the model is approaching singularity have small Ddi terms. They are divided into Adi to non-dimensionalize them, and checked against a quality parameter value named MAXRATIO. The default value for MAXRATIO is 1.E7, but the user is allowed to change its value. Terms less than MAXRATIO are set to zero in Vi. If any terms remain, the matrix is identified as singular, and various warning and fatal messages may appear, depending on the context in which the DCMP module is being called. This vector may be used to better identify singularities and provide other actions when they are being approached. This feature is used in normal modes analysis, where points with high ratios are automatically constrained to ground, to make the eigensolution more stable. 5. The sparse symmetric decomposition method may be used to decompose only a certain partition specified by a partitioning vector (PARTVEC input data block for DCMP). In this case the following decomposition is obtained:

A =

A oo A oa A ao A aa

=

L oo L ao I

D oo A aa

T LT L oo ao I

where T A aa = A aa – L ao D oo L ao

The results of L oo, D oo, L ao are written to LD and aa to LSCM. Example: Inspect the numerical conditioning of the m

M aa

Main Index

991

992

DCMP Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics

matrix. If the matrix is poorly conditioned, diagnostics will be produced. DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,MMAA,/LAA,UAA,/////’A’ $ DIAGONAL LAA/DLAA $ MATPRN DLAA/$

Main Index

DDR2 Computes displacements due to mode acceleration

DDR2

Computes displacements due to mode acceleration

Improves accuracy of modal transient or frequency response displacements by computing displacements due to mode acceleration. Format: DDR2

USETD,UD,PD,KDD,BDD,MDD,OL,UNUSED,LLL,DM/ UD1,UE,PD1/ APP/NOUE/UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $

Input Data Blocks: USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

UD

Solution matrix for the d-set. Displacements only in frequency response. Displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.

PD

Dynamic load matrix for the d-set.

KDD

Stiffness matrix for the d-set.

BDD

Damping matrix for the d-set.

MDD

Mass matrix for the d-set.

OL

Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

LLL

Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set.

DM

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.

Output Data Blocks: UD1

Improved solution matrix for the d-set.

UE

Improved solution matrix for the e-set (extra points).

PD1

Equivalent load vector for mode acceleration computations for the a-set.

Parameters: APP

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Analysis type: 'TRAN'

Transient response

'FREQ'

Frequency response

993

994

DDR2 Computes displacements due to mode acceleration

NOUE

Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points.

UNUSED1

Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.

UNUSED2

Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.

Remarks: 1. The solution matrix, UD1, may be used to also improve the data recovery output; such as, stress, strain, etc. 2. USETD, UD, PD, MDD, OL, and LLL may not be purged. 3. DM may not be purged if support degrees-of-freedom exist. 4. For transient analysis, the velocities and accelerations (every second and third column in UD) are unchanged in UD1. 5. DDR2 uses a static approximation for the effect of the higher modes. Method: The equivalent load vector is computed: a

2

2

{ P d } = { P d } – { K dd } { u d } – [ B dd ] { u· d } – [ M dd ] { u·· d }

Eq. 4-7

For a transient analysis problem { u d } , { u· d } , and { u·· d } are given explicitly. For frequency response analysis, { u· d } = iω { u d } 2

{ u·· d } = – ω { u d }

Eq. 4-8 Eq. 4-9

where ω is the forcing frequency and { u d } is the complex response vector. ω comes from PPF. The vector { P ad } is the sum of applied loads and inertia loads due to the motion of the system approximated by its lower modes. The static solution using these loads will provide a better answer for displacements. If extra points are present, then: a

a { Pd }

Main Index

 Pa  →  ------   Pe 

Eq. 4-10

DDR2 Computes displacements due to mode acceleration

a

 ua  { u d } →  -----   ue 

Eq. 4-11

{ ue }

is placed in data block UEVF. Subroutines CALCV and SSG2A perform this calculation. If supports are present, then:  Pl  a { P l } →  -----   Pr 

Eq. 4-12

 ul  { u a } →  -----   Pr 

Eq. 4-13

Solve for { u aa } : a

T

a

[ L ll ] [ L ll ] { u l } = { P l }

Eq. 4-14

This is accomplished in subroutine FBSDRV. If supports are present, then: a

a { ua }

 { ul } + [ D ] { ur }  =  -------------------------------------------  ur  

Eq. 4-15

otherwise, a

{ ua }

= { u al }

Subroutine SDR1B performs this calculation. If extra points are present, then: a

a { ud }

 ua  ←  -----   ue 

Note: If the problem type is transient, { u ad } must be merged with { u· d } and { u·· d } .

Main Index

Eq. 4-16

995

996

DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery

DDRMM

Performs matrix method data recovery

Computes data recovery items (stress, displacements, forces, strains, forces) directly from the modal solution in frequency response, transient response, or scaled response spectra analysis using the matrix method. Format: DDRMM

CASECC,UH,OL,IUG,IQG,IES,IEF,XYCDB/ OUG,OQG,OES,OEF,UNUSED5,OVG,OAG/ OPTION/NOCOMP/PEXIST/ACOUSTIC/ACOUT/PREFDB/SEID/ DVAFLAG $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EST

Element summary table.

UH

Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-of-freedom). Modal displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.

OL

Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

IUG

Table of displacements due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

IQG

Table of single point forces of constraint due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

IES

Table of element stresses or strains due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format. For strains, NOCOMP must be set to 3.

IEF

Table of element forces due to unit modal displacement in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQG

Table of single point forces of constraint SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OES

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

OVG

Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OAG

Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

Parameters: OPTION

Input-character-default=' '. Response summation method for scaled response spectra analysis only. Possible values are: 'ABS'

Absolute

'SRSS'

Square root of the sum of the squares

'NRL'

Naval Research Laboratory (new)

'NRLO' Naval Research Laboratory (old) NOCOMP

Input-integer-default=0. Set to 3 if IES is element strains.

ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. PEXIST

ACOUT

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present. 0

No fluid elements exist.

1

Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists.

2

Fluid/structure coupling exists.

Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural analysis. 'RMS'

Root-mean-square

'PEAK' Peak PREFDB

Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be output in separate data blocks.

Main Index

-1

Velocities and accelerations are contained in OUG.

1

Velocities and accelerations are contained in OVG and OAG.

997

998

DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery

Method: A matrix of modal solution data is formed from each of the modal SDR solution data blocks input to the module. These data matrices and the matrix solution vectors are multiplied to form an output matrix. If the modal solutions input to the modal are SORT1, the equation is 1

1

[ Output Matrix ] = [ Data Matrix ] ⋅ [ Solution Matrix ]

Eq. 4-17

If the modal solutions input to the module are SORT2, the equation is 2

2

T

[ Output Matrix ] = [ Solution Matrix ] ⋅ [ Data Matrix ]

Eq. 4-18

The output matrix formed for each modal input data block is converted to output data block format for processing by the module OFP. In Eq. 4-17 and Eq. 4-18, the solution matrix contains one solution vector (column) of size h (= number of eigenvalues used) for each time or frequency step. Thus, [ Solution Matrix ] is of size Rows ⋅ Columns where: Rows Columns

= Number of eigenvalues = Number of time or frequency steps

In the above, the data matrix, if the modal data input is SORT1, contains one column vector for each eigenvalue used. Each column contains all modal output component results for all elements or points requested. If the modal data input is SORT2, the data matrix will be the transpose of that for SORT1 input data, due to the data input processing requirements. Thus, 1

[ Data Matrix ] is of size Rows ⋅ Columns where: Rows = Σ components of all points or elements requested. Columns = number of time or frequency steps being output. 2

1 T

2

1 T

[ Output Matrix ] = [ Output Matrix ] [ Output Matrix ] = [ Output Matrix ]

Main Index

DDRMM Performs matrix method data recovery

Remarks: 1. If UD is a real matrix and OL is purged, then a scaled response spectra analysis is assumed. 2. OUG, OQG, OES, and OEF are suitable for printing or punching by the OFP module. 3. SDR2 is used to compute IUG, IQG, IES, and IEF, which are results due to a unit modal displacement (eigenvector).

Main Index

999

1000

DECOMP Matrix decomposition

Matrix decomposition

DECOMP

To decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L] and diagonal matrix [D]. [ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ] [A] = [L ][ D ][L ]

T

for symmetric [ A ]

Format: DECOMP

A/  LSEQ  LD,U,   ,RPERM /  CPERM  S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/ S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,MAXRAT/DECOMP/ DEBUG/THRESH $

Input Data Block: A

Square matrix (real or complex; symmetric, or unsymmetric, or indefinite symmetric).

Output Data Blocks: LD

Lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.

U

Upper triangular factor or trapezoidal factor for partial decomposition. (See Remark 4.)

LSEQ

Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of A.

CPERM

Table of column permutations under KSYM=4.

RPERM

Table of row permutations under KSYM=4.

Parameters: KSYM

Main Index

Input/output-integer-default=-1. 1

Use standard decomposition.

0

Use unsymmetric decomposition.

DECOMP Matrix decomposition

CHOLSKY

-1

Use decomposition consistent with form of [A]. KSYM will be reset to 0 or 1 consistent with actual decomposition type (default).

3

Use symmetric partial decomposition. Sparse method is not available with partial decomposition.

4

Sparse unsymmetric rectangular method.

Input-integer-default=0. If KSYM = 1 or KSYM = -1 and [A] is symmetric then: 1

Use Cholesky decomposition.

0

Use standard decomposition (default).

If KSYM = 3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the o-set. MINDIAG

Output-real double precision-default = 0.0D0. The norm of the minimum diagonal term of [U].

DET

Output-complex single precision-default=(0.0,0.0). The scaled value of the determinant of [A]. See the POWER parameter. DET is not applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1.

POWER

Output-integer-default=0. Integer POWER of 10 by which DET should be multiplied to obtain the determinant of [A]. In other words, the determinant of [A] is equal to DET*10POWER . POWER is not applicable to sparse methods. See Remark 1.

SING

Output-integer-default=0. SING is set to -1 if [A] is singular. See Remark 3.

NBRCHG

Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-integer-default=0. NBRCHG is the number of negative terms on the diagonal.

MAXRAT

Output (for symmetric decomposition only)-real-default=0.0. MAXRAT is the maximum value of the ratio of the matrix diagonal to the factor diagonal.

DECOMP

Main Index

Input-integer-default=-1. Controls operation of module for exceptional conditions as defined in the following table. If DECOMP > 0 then DECOMP overrides the value specified on NASTRAN SYSTEM(69) statement.

1001

1002

DECOMP Matrix decomposition

DECOMP 0 or -1

Action Print up to 50 messages for null columns and zero diagonals (non-sparse method only).

1

Terminate execution when first null column is encountered.

2

Suppress printing of message when a null column is encountered (non-sparse method only).

4

Terminate execution when first zero diagonal term is encountered.

8

Suppress printing of message when a zero diagonal term is encountered (non-sparse method only).

16

Place 1.0 in diagonal position for all null columns and proceed with the decomposition.

32

Stop the decomposition when zero diagonal terms are encountered.

64

Exit after execution of preface for symmetric decomposition.

DEBUG

Input-integer-default=-1. Passive column logic control. DEBUG is used only by non-sparse method. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide and Remark 8.

THRESH

Input-integer-default=-6. Power of 10 defining the pivoting threshold for unsymmetric decomposition. Row pivoting will be done if any value on the factor diagonal is less than 10 THRESH . THRESH = -2 is recommended for indefinite matrices because accuracy is improved even though execution time is increased.

Remarks: 1. By default, the DECOMP module uses sparse matrix methods. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide. a. The DECOMP parameter options 0, -1, 2, and 8 are ignored with the sparse method. b. The precision of A must be equivalent to the machine precision. c. Cholesky decomposition is not supported under this method; i.e., the parameter CHOLSKY = 1 will be ignored.

Main Index

DECOMP Matrix decomposition

d. NASTRAN statement system cell 166 selects options for the sparse method. 0

No action.

1

If insufficient core is encountered, then switch to conventional decomposition and continue (default).

2

Print diagnostics.

4

Do not issue fatal message if maximum ratios are exceeded. The maximum ratios are replaced by 1.0.

2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the back substitution process in module FBS. 3. If the value of 16 is specified for the DECOMP parameter, then SING is set to one if unit values are placed on the diagonal. 4. If KSYM = 3, the [A] matrix is decomposed through the first n degrees of freedom, where n is the value provided by the CHOLSKY parameter. The resulting trapezoidal factor is output as [L] and the remaining undecomposed partition of the [A] matrix, with contributions from the first n degrees of freedom added, is output as [U]. 5. Cholesky factors (matrix form 10) can be used for all standard matrix operations; e.g., ADD, MPYAD, etc. All other factors are packed, nonstandard data blocks as described in Remark 2 and cannot be processed by other matrix modules except where noted. 6. The output triangular and trapezoidal matrices will have the following forms in the matrix trailer: Form

Main Index

Factor Type

Matrix Type

4

Lower triangle

Symmetric or unsymmetric

5

Upper triangle

Unsymmetric only

10

Cholesky

Symmetric only

11

Trapezoidal

Symmetric only

13

Lower triangular

Sparse symmetric

15

Lower or upper triangular

Sparse unsymmetric

1003

1004

DECOMP Matrix decomposition

7. In decomposing symmetric matrices, [ A ] = [ L ] [ D ] [ L ]T , the diagonal factor [ D ] is stored in the diagonal of the [ LD ] matrix output. The [ U ] = [ L ] T factor is not output for this case. 8. Matrices with zero diagonal terms may be reliably solved if the corresponding leading minor is nonzero. A more conservative course is to take a fatal error exit when zero diagonals occur, regardless of the value of the leading minor. This action is obtained by setting DECOMP = 32. 9. Parallel sparse decomposition is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To obtain optimal performance, it is also recommended that the SEQP module be used with parameter NEWSEQ = 2. Examples: 1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] . DECOMP FBS MATPRN

A/L,U,/ $ L,U,B/X/ $ X// $

2. Form [ K ] = [ G ] T [ A ] [ G ] . Then decompose [ K ] into [ L ] [ L ]T assuming [ K ] is a symmetric matrix. SMPYAD DECOMP

G,A,G,,,/K/3////1////6 $ K/L,,/ $

3. Calculate K aa

=

–1

K aa – K ao K oo K oa

using partial decomposition, then form L oo given the following:

• NOOSET integer parameter defining the size of

K oo

.

• NOASET integer parameter defining the size of

K aa

and K oa .

• NOFSET = NOOSET + NOASET $ FORM PARTITIONING VECTOR MATGEN ,/VFOX/6/NOFSET/NOOSET/NOASET $ $ MERGE O-SET AND A-SET WITH A-SET LAST MERGE KOO,KAO,KOA,KAAB,VFOX,/KFFX/-1/0/6 $ $ PARTIALLY DECOMPOSE KFFX DECOMP KFFX/LFO,KAA,/3/NOOSET $ PARTN LFO, ,VFOX/LOO, LAO, ,/1 $

Main Index

DELETE Deletes data blocks

Deletes data blocks

DELETE

Deletes data blocks. Format: DELETE

/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: DBi

Any table or matrix.

Parameters: None. Remarks: 1. Any or all data blocks may be purged. 2. The output from previous module rule does not apply. See ““Output from a Previous Module” Rule” on page 38. Example: DELETE

Main Index

/A,B,C,, $

1005

1006

DIAGONAL Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power

Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power

DIAGONAL

Extracts the diagonal elements from a matrix, raises each term to a specified power, and outputs a vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix. Format: DIAGONAL

A/B/OPT/POWER $

Input Data Block: A

Square or diagonal matrix (real or complex) if OPT ≠ ′WHOLE′ or rectangular (real or complex) matrix if OPT = ’WHOLE’

Output Data Block: B

Real vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix containing the terms of A raised to a power

Parameters: OPT

POWER

Main Index

Input-character-default='COLUMN'. Type of matrix output. 'COLUMN'

Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into vector B (if A is complex then only the real part is extracted) and then raise the elements to the exponent POWER.

'SQUARE'

Extract the diagonal elements of square matrix A into diagonal matrix B (if A is complex then extract only the real part) and then raise the elements to the exponent POWER.

'WHOLE'

Copy rectangular matrix A into rectangular matrix B and then raise the elements to the exponent POWER. If A is complex and POWER<>1.0 then extract only the real part; however, if POWER=1.0 then B will contain the magnitude of the elements.

Input-real single precision-default=1. Exponent to which the real part of each element is raised. See Remarks.

DIAGONAL Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power

Remarks: 1. OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' provide exactly the same functions, except the output using COLUMN is a vector, and the output using SQUARE is a square diagonal matrix. Both options process only the real part of the diagonal terms of the input matrix. If POWER = 0., unit column or the identity matrix of the dimension of the input matrix is produced. This is an efficient method for producing these useful DMAP tools. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each term is processed independently. 2. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each term is processed independently. If POWER = 0., then all nonzero terms of [A] will produce unit terms in [B]. Zero terms in [A] will produce zero terms in [B]. This is a means for producing Boolean matrices. [A] may be either real or complex. If POWER = 1.0, then [B] is a real matrix with terms that are the absolute value of the terms of [A]. If [A] is complex then [B] contains the magnitude 2

2

( a +b )

of the terms of [A]. 3. For fractional values of POWER and OPT = 'WHOLE', all elements must be nonnegative and for OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' all diagonal elements must be nonnegative. 4. For whole number values of POWER, only real [A] matrices are allowed. The sign of the terms of [A] are properly preserved. 5. If an illegal operation is requested, a warning message is produced, and [B] is purged. Examples: 1. Extract the diagonal terms from LOO and KOO and form the ratio of factor diagonal to diagonal terms and print terms less than 10 –3 . DIAGONAL DIAGONAL ADD MATMOD

Main Index

LOO/LOOD/’COLUMN’/1. $ KOO/KOOD $ LOOD,KOOD/LOVERK///2 $ LOVERK,,,,/BIGLOVRK,/2////1.E-3 $

1007

1008

DIAGONAL Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power

ADD MATGPR

LOVERK,BIGLOVRK/DIFF//-1.0 $ BGPDT,USET,,DIFF//’H’/’O’ $

2. Obtain the absolute value of a matrix [A] DIAGONAL A/AA/’WHOLE’ $

Main Index

DISDCMP Performs distributed decomposition

DISDCMP Performs distributed decomposition Performs distributed decomposition which includes the parallel elimination of boundary nodes and summation of global schur complement Format: DISDCMP

USET,SIL,EQEXIN,SCHUR,UNUSED5,EQMAP/ LBB,DSFDSC,SCHURS/ HLPMETH/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/ UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/ UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14/UNUSED15 $

Input Data Blocks: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

EQEXIN

Equivalence between external and internal numbers.

SCHUR

Local Schur complement matrix in sparse factor format.

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.

Output Data Blocks: LBB

Distributed boundary matrix factor in sparse factor format (contains the local panels of the fronts).

DSFDSC

Distributed boundary matrix factor.

SCHURS

Sum of all SCHUR matrices from all processors.

Parameters: HLPMETH Input-integer-default=1. Processing option.

Main Index

>0

Summation ONLY.

=0

Complete boundary decomposition (default).

UNUSED2

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED3

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED4

Input-real-default=1.E5. Unused and may be left unspecified.

1009

1010

DISDCMP Performs distributed decomposition

UNUSED5

Input-character-default='H'. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED6

Input-real-default=0.0. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED7

Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED8

Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED9

Input-integer-default=-6. Unused and may be left unspecified.

UNUSED10 Input-real double precision-default=0.D0. Unused and may be left unspecified. UNUSED11 Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Unused and may be left unspecified. UNUSED12 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified. UNUSED13 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified. UNUSED14 Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified. UNUSED15 Input-integer-default=-1. Unused and may be left unspecified.

Main Index

DISFBS Performs distributed forward-backward substitution

DISFBS

Performs distributed forward-backward substitution

Performs distributed forward-backward substitution. Format: DISFBS

LBB,DSFDSC,EQMAP,UABAR/ UA,PABAR,LOO/ HLPMETH $

Input Data Blocks: LBB

Distributed boundary sparse factor matrix (contains the local panels of the fronts).

DSFDSC

Table description of boundary sparse factor matrix.

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.

UABAR

Local updated rectangular ("loads") matrix.

Output Data Blocks: UA

Global boundary solution for distributed decomposition.

PABAR

Summed up updated rectangular ("loads") matrix for distributed decomposition.

LOO

Merged boundary sparse factor matrix for distributed decomposition.

Parameters: HLPMETH Input-integer-default=0. Processing option. >0

Summation only.

0

Complete distributed forward-backward substitution (default).

4

Summation operation and merging of distributed sparse boundary factor matrix.

Remarks: 1. LBB and DSFDSC may be purged.

Main Index

1011

1012

DISOFPM Collects and merges OFP data blocks

DISOFPM Collects and merges OFP data blocks Collects and merges OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor. Format: DISOFPM

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8/ OFP1M,OFP2M,OFP3M,OFP4M,OFP5M,OFP6M,OFP7M,OFP8M/ MAXBUFF $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.

Output Data Blocks: OFPiM

Merged OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.

Parameters: MAXBUFF

Input-integer-default=250000. Maximum buffer size in words given to each processor for the merging process.

Remarks: 1. For SORT1, OFPiM are merged according to normal OFP order of element type, subcase number, and element identification number. 2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to DISOFPM.

Main Index

DISOFPS Sends OFP data blocks

DISOFPS

Sends OFP data blocks

Sends OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor. Format: DISOFPS

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8 $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

OFP tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.

Output Data Blocks None. Parameters: None. Remarks: 1. OFPi may be purged. However, if OFPi is not purged, then the corresponding OFPiM cannot be purged on the DISOFPS and DISOFPM statements. 2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to DISOFPM.

Main Index

1013

1014

DISOPT Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems

DISOPT

Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems

Performs the approximate discrete optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses, sensitivity information, Design of Experiments (DOE), conservative discrete design, rounding-up, and rounding-down approaches. Format: DISOPT

XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ, DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT, PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG, CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T, OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT, TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI, BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDRG,RESP3RG,DISTAB, RQATABRG,PBRMSD/ XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO, R3VALO/ OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/ UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/ UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

CONSBL*

Matrix family of constant property values.

DPLDXI*

Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship.

XZ

Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design variable linking relationship.

DXDXI

Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.

DPLDXT*

Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DXDXIT

Matrix transponse of DXDXI.

PLIST2*

Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.

OPTPRMG

Table of optimization parameters.

DISOPT Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems

Main Index

R1VALRG

Matrix initial values of the retained first level responses.

RSP2RG

Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.

R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.

CNTABRG

Table of retained constraint attributes.

DSCMG

Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.

DVPTAB*

Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

PROPI*

Matrix family of initial property values.

CONS1T

Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent design variables.

OBJTBG

Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification number.

COORDO

Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.

CON

Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates.

SHPVEC

Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and design variables.

DCLDXT

Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable relationship.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

EPTTAB*

Table family of designed property attributes.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data.

BCON0

Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.

BCONXI

Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables.

BCONXT

Matrix transpose of BCONXI.

DNODEL

Table of designed node list.

RR2IDRG

Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.

RESP3RG

Table of retained third level responses in RESP3 table.

DISTAB

Table of discrete optimization value sets.

1015

1016

DISOPT Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems

RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues. PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

Output Data Blocks: XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

CVALO

Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values.

R1VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses.

R2VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.

PROPO

Matrix of final (optimized) property values.

R3VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.

Parameters: OBJIN

Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT

Output-real-no default. Final objective value.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.

UNUSEDi

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

DISPARM Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors

Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors

DISPARM

Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors for parallel processing. Format: DISPARM

//SENDID/RECVCODE/ S,N,INT/S,N,REAL/S,N,CMPX/S,N,CHAR/ S,N,REALD/S,N,CMPXD/S,N,LOG $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: SENDID

Input-integer-no default. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.

RECVCODE Input-integer-no default. Receiving processor identification code.

Main Index

=0

All non-sending processors are receivers.

<0

Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.

>0

Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left corresponds to the processor identification number.

INT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Integer value.

REAL

Input/output-real-default=0.0. Real value.

CMPX

Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Complex value.

CHAR

Input/output-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character value.

REALD

Input/output-double precision real-default=0.0D0. Real double precision value.

CMPXD

Input/output-double precision complex-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Complex double precision value.

LOG

Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Logical value.

1017

1018

DISUTIL Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors

DISUTIL

Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors

Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors for parallel processing. Additional processing may occur on the master processor. Format: Format for DISMETH=1 or 2: DISUTIL

B,X,R,EQMAP/ EPSSE/ NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/1 or 2 $

Format for DISMETH=3 on master processor: DISUTIL

DB,,,////3 $

Format for DISMETH=3 on slave processor: DISUTIL

,,,,/DB///3 $

Format for DISMETH=4 or 5: DISUTIL

RESMAX,RESMAX0,CASECC,HEADCNTL////4 or 5 $

Format for DISMETH=6: DISUTIL

UG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/UGG///6 $

Format for DISMETH=7: DISUTIL

PG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/PGG///7 $

Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on master processor: DISUTIL

MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $

Format for DISMETH=8 or 9 on slave processor: DISUTIL

MATS,,,////-8, 8, or 9 $

Format for DISMETH=10: DISUTIL

Main Index

DB,,,/DBOUT/SENDID/RECVCODE/10 $

DISUTIL Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors

Input Data Blocks: B

Rectangular matrix which is the local load vector (with local values in local a-set).

X

Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B] which is the local solution matrix (with global values in local a-set).

R

Residual matrix which is local (with local or global values in local a-set).

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.

DB

Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.

RESMAX

Resultant or maxima matrix.

RESMAX0

Resultant or maxima matrix for residual structure.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

HEADCNTL

List of integer codes for header print control.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set for the current processor (local).

SPCPART

Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.

GEQMAP

Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.

MATS

Any matrix on slave processors.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

EPSSE

Table of epsilon and external work.

UGG

Displacement matrix in g-set for all processors (global).

PGG

Force matrix in g-set for all processors (global).

DB

Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.

MATM

Any matrix on master processor.

1019

1020

DISUTIL Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors

Parameters: NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. Record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

EPSI

Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.

DISMETH

Input-integer-default=1. Method. 1

Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set components of RUF are local values (which occurs in a direct solution).

2

Compute epsilons and external works assuming a-set components of RUF are global values (which occurs in a in iterative solution).

3

Broadcast table or matrix from master to slaves.

4

Broadcast VECPLOT resultant output from slaves to master and combine on master.

5

Broadcast VECPLOT maxima output from slaves to master and combine on master.

6

Broadcast displacement matrices from slaves to master and merge into global displacement matrix on master.

7

Broadcast force matrices from slaves to master and add/merge into global force matrix on master.

8, -8 Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and add all matrices on master. DISMETH=8 is recommend for dense matrices and -8 for sparse matrices. 9

Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and append columnwise all matrices on master.

10

Broadcast a data block to one or processors identified by RECVCODE.

SENDID

Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.

RECVCODE

Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code. =0

Main Index

All non-sending processors are receivers.

DISUTIL Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors

<0

Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.

>0

Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left corresponds to the processor identification number.

Remarks: 1. All executions of DISUTIL must be synchronized across all processors. 2. EPSSE may be purged. EPSSE contains: a. Sequential number of subcases. b. Superelement (domain) identification number. c. Epsilon error ratio. d. Strain energy (external work). 3. RESMAX0 may be purged, on the slave processors. 4. UGG may not be purged on the master processors. 5. For DISMETH=8 or 9 then MATS and MATM must be in machine precision.

Main Index

1021

1022

DIVERG Performs aerostatic divergence analysis

DIVERG

Performs aerostatic divergence analysis

Performs aerostatic divergence analysis: determines physically meaningful complex eigenvalues and saves the eigenvectors that correspond to the divergence roots. Format: DIVERG

CLAMA,DYNAMIC,CASEA,EDT,CPHL,LCPHL/ DIVDAT,DCPHL,DLCPHL/ IMACHNO/LPRINT $

Input Data Blocks: CLAMA

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk Data entries.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk Data entries. CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis. Specifies the DIVERG and CMETHOD command set identification numbers.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.

CPHL

Complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.

LCPHL

Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the l-set.

Output Data Blocks: DIVDAT

Table of divergence data.

DCPHL

Complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues extracted from the real part of eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues.

DLCPHL

Left-handed complex eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues extracted from the real part of left-handed eigenvectors associated with the divergence eigenvalues.

Parameters: IMACHNO Input-integer-no default. Mach number multiplied by 1000 and specified as an integer. LPRINT

Main Index

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for divergence analysis.

DIVERG Performs aerostatic divergence analysis

Remark: Divergence eigenvalues are the eigenvalues with a purely imaginary part or with a negligible real part. Only the first NROOT number of divergence eigenvalues are extracted, where NROOT is specified by the DIVERG Bulk Data entry. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP DIVERGRS: FILE DIVERG

APPEND APPEND APPEND

Main Index

DIVDTX=APPEND/PHIDRX=APPEND/PHIDLX=APPEND $ CLAMAD,DYNAMICS,CASEA,EDT,PHIR,PHIL/ DIVDAT,PHIDR,PHIDL/ IMACHNO/LPRINT $ OUTPUT DIVERGENCE RESULTS DIVDAT, /DIVDTX/2 $ APPEND DIVERGENCE INFORMATION PHIDR, /PHIDRX/2 $ APPEND RIGHT EIGENVECTORS PHIDL, /PHIDLX/2 $ APPEND LEFT EIGENVECTORS

1023

1024

DLT2SLT Converts DLT to SLT

DLT2SLT

Converts DLT to SLT

Converts a DLT formatted table to an SLT formatted tablewith follower forces only. Format: DLT2SLT

DLT1,DIT/SLTF/ITIME/S,N,LOADIDF $

Input Data Blocks: DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: SLTF

Table of static loads with follower forces only.

Parameters:

Main Index

ITIME

Input-real-no default. Time instant at which the dynamicloads are evaluated and converted to static loads.Usually input by a user parameter.

LOADIDF

Output-integer-default=0. Load set identification numberof the newly created static load set of follower forces.

DMPCASE Splits Case Control across multiple processors

DMPCASE

Splits Case Control across multiple processors

Splits Case Control across multiple processors. Format: DMPCASE

CASECC/CASECCP/NPROC/PROCID/NMASS/NCASE $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command specifications.

Output Data Blocks: CASECCP

Selected records of CASECC assigned to local processor.

Parameters: NPROC

Input-integer-no default. Total number of processors.

PROCID

Input-integer-no default. Local processor ID.

NMASS

Input-integer-no default.

NCASE

Input-integer-no default.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

1025

1026

DMIIN Inputs DMI entries to DMAP

Inputs DMI entries to DMAP

DMIIN

Inputs matrices referenced on DMI Bulk Data entries. Format: DMIIN

DMI,DMINDX/DMI1,DMI2,DMI3,DMI4,DMI5,DMI6,DMI7, DMI8,DMI9,DMI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/ PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $

Input Data Blocks: DMI

Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.

DMINDX

Index into DMI.

Output Data Blocks: DMIi

Matrix data blocks with names that appear in field 2 of the DMI entries (e.g., the DMI matrix called DMI1 will be output on data block DMI1). See Remark 3.

Parameters: PARMi

Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is generated, then PARMi=TRUE.

Remarks: 1. The input data blocks DMI and DMINDX are output from the preface module IFP. 2. Any output data block may be purged. 3. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module. Example: Assume the Bulk Data contains three DMI matrices named A, B, and C. The following DMAP instruction will create the data blocks A and C. Matrix B will be ignored. DMIIN

Main Index

DMI,DMINDX/A,C,,,,,,,,/S,N,YESA/S,N,YESC $

DOM10 Prints initial and final results for design optimization

DOM10

Prints initial and final results for design optimization

In design optimization, prints the initial and final results for the approximate optimization problem. Format: DOM1

DESTAB,XINIT,X0,CNTABRG,CVALRG,CVALO,DVPTAB*, PROPI*,PROPO*,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,RSP2RG, R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,TOL1,FOL1, FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMID,RSP3RG,R3VALRG, R3VALO,MODRPRG// DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/RESTYP $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variable.

XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

CNTABRG

Table of retained constraint attributes.

CVALRG

Matrix of initial constraint values.

CVALO

Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

PROPO*

Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values.

R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

R1VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses.

RSP2RG

Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.

R2VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.

R2VALO

Matrix of final values of the second level responses.

OPTPRMG

Table of optimization parameters.

OBJTBG

Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification number.

1027

1028

DOM10 Prints initial and final results for design optimization

DRSTBLG

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

TOL1

Transient response time output list truncated by the OTIME Case Control command.

FOL1

Frequency response frequency output list truncated by the OFREQ Case Control command.

FRQRPRG

Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type and per frequency or time step.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data.

BCON0

Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.

BCONXI

Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables.

WMID

Table of weight as a function of material identification number.

RSP3RG

Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.

R3VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

R3VALO

Matrix of final values of the third level responses.

MODRPRG Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: DESCYCLE

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter or flag. -1

Initial execution of DOM10

-2

Final execution of DOM10

>0

Design cycle number

DESMAX

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.

OBJIN

Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT

Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.

EIGNFREQ

Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

DOM10 Prints initial and final results for design optimization

PROTYP

1

Eigenvalue (radian/time)

2

Frequency (cycle/time)

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.

RESTYP

1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

For combinations, add above values.

Input-integer-default=0. Optimization results flag. 0

Approximate model.

1

Exact analysis for fully stessed design optimization.

Examples: Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for initial execution: DBVIEW TOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MTRAN') $ DBVIEW FOLV=OLI WHERE (SOLAPP='MFREQ' OR SOLAPP='DFREQ') $ IF ( DESCYCLE=1 ) DOM10 DESTAB,XINIT,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, , DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,, RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG, TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG// -1/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $

Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT for intermediate executions: DOM10

DESTAB,XINIT,XO,CNTABRG, CVALRG, CVALO, DVPTAB,PROPI,PROPO,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO, RSP2RG,R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG, TOLV,FOLV,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG// DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGENFREQ $

Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for final execution: DBVIEW FOL1V=FOL1 WHERE(WILDCARD) $ DBVIEW TOL2V=TOL2 WHERE(WILDCARD) $ IF ( CNVFLG=2 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR OPTEXIT=6 ) DOM10, DESTAB,XVAL,,CNTABRG, CVALRG, , DVPTAB,PROPI,,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,, RSP2RG,R2VALRG,,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG, TOL2V,FOL1V,FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMIDG// -2/DESMAX/OBJIN//EIGNFREQ $

Main Index

1029

1030

DOM11 Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization

DOM11

Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization

Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization. Format: DOM11

EPT,EPTTAB*,PROPO*,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT, DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1,GEOM2,MPT,DMATCK, PBRMSD/ EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N,GEOM2N,MPTN,PBRMSN/ DESCYCLE/PROTYP/NRANVAR $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EPTTAB*

Family of tables of designed property attributes.

PROPO*

Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values.

XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

DESGID

Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.

COORDO

Table of designed coordinate values.

CON

Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates.

SHPVEC

Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and design variables.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DMATCK

Table of designed material consistency check.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

DOM11 Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization

Output Data Blocks: EPTN

Updated (optimized) EPT.

COORDN

Updated (optimized) COORDO.

GEOM1N

Updated (optimized) GEOM1.

GEOM2N

Updated (optimized) GEOM2.

MPTN

Updated (optimized) MPT.

PBRMSN

Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.

Parameters: DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter. PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1 DVPRELi entries exist. 2 DVCRELi entries exist. 4 DVMRELi entries exist. >0 For combinations, add above values.

NRANVAR Input-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries. Remarks: The DOM11 module performs the following functions: 1. Creates the COORDN data block at the beginning of each iteration and updates property and shape data blocks EPTN and GEOM1N at the end of each iteration. 2. Writes iteration information to the punch file. 3. Punches updated GRID and DESVAR entries. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM: DOM11

EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,,, DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/ EPTNN,COORDN,JUNKL/0/0 $

Initial: DOM11

Main Index

EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT, DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/

1031

1032

DOM11 Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization

EPTNNX,COORDN,/0 $

Final: DOM11

Main Index

EPT,EPTTAB,PROPO,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT, DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1/ EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N/DESCYCLE $

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

DOM12

Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization. Format: DOM12

XINIT,XO,CVAL,PROPI*,PROPO*,OPTPRM,HIS, DESTAB,GEOM1N,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT, EPTTAB*,DVPTAB*,XVALP,GEOM1P, R1TABRG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R2VALRG,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE, PBRMSN,OBJTBG,CVALA,CVALP/ HISADD,OPTNEW,DBCOPT,DESNEW/ DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT/ DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/ DSAPRT/PROTYP/BADMESH/XYUNIT/FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/ S,N,REJECT/ISHAPE/TREGION $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

CVAL

Matrix of constraint values, CVALO or CVALRG.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

PROPO*

Family of matrices of final (optimized) property values.

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters.

HIS

Table of design iteration history.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

GEOM1N

Updated (optimized) Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

COORDO

Matrix of designed coordinate values.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

MTRAK

Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the new mode numbering.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

1033

1034

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

EPTTAB*

Family of tables of designed property attributes.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

XVALP

XVAL table from previous iteration.

GEOM1P

GEOM1 table from previous design iteration.

R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

RSP2RG

Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.

R2VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

UBULK

Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries.

TOPELE

Element list for topology optimization.

PBRMSN

Updated (optimized) PBRMSD.

OBJTBG

Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification number.

CVALA

Table of approximate constraint values for trust region analysis.

CVALP

Table of exact constraint values at previous design cycle for trust region analysis.

Output Data Blocks: HISADD

Table of design iteration history for current design cycle.

OPTNEW

Updated table of optimization parameters.

DBCOPT

Design optimization history table for post-processing.

DESNEW

Update table of design variable attributes.

Parameters:

Main Index

DESCYCLE

Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter.

OBJIN

Input-real-default=0.0. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT

Input-real-default=0.0. Final objective value.

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

CNVFLG

CVTYP

Output-integer-default=0. Design optimization convergence flag. 0

No convergence is achieved.

1

Soft convergence is achieved.

2

Hard convergence is achieved.

Input-integer-default=0. Type of convergence test. 1

Soft convergence is to be checked.

2

Hard convergence is to be checked.

3

Final iteration histories are to be printed.

OPTEXIT

Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization termination option. See OPTEXIT description in the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

DESMAX

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum allowed design optimization iteration number.

MDTRKFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking status flag. 0

Mode tracking was successful.

1

Mode tracking was unsuccessful.

DESPCH

Input-integer-default=0. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries. See DESPCH description in the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

DESPCH1

Input-integer-default=6. Punch output type flag. 0

None.

1

Designed analysis property entries.

2

All of the entries of the type as long as at least one property entry is designed for the type.

4

Design model entries.

<>0 For combinations sum above values.

MODETRAK

EIGNFREQ Main Index

>0

Indicates large field format.

<0

Indicates small field format.

Input-integer-default=0. Mode tracking request flag. 0

Mode tracking was not requested.

>0

Mode tracking is requested.

Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

1035

1036

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

1

Eigenvalue (radian/time).

2

Frequency (cycle/time).

DSAPRT

Input-logical-default=FALSE. DSAPRT Case Control command print flag.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

For combinations add above values.

BADMESH

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.

XYUNIT

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12.

FSDCYC

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle.

OBJAPPX

Input-real-default=0.0. approximate objective value for trust region analysis.

MXLAGM

Input-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust region analysis.

REJECT

Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Rejected design flag for trust region analysis.

ISHAPE

TRUE:

Design is rejected.

FALSE:

Design is accepted.

Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization for trust region analysis. =0 <>0

TREGION

Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. Extracted from word position 60 in OPTPRMG. =0 <>0

Main Index

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

Examples: 1. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following hard convergence: DBVIEW XPREV=XINIT (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $ DBVIEW PROPPV=PROPI (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP and dptype=*) $ DBVIEW HISPV=HIS (WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $ cvtyp=2 $ PARAML optprmg//'DTI'/1/60//S,N,TREGION $ if ( tregion=1 ) trustR = TRUE $ if ( trustR ) then $ if ( mxlagmx=0.0 ) then $ if ( descycle=1 ) objinit = objin*10. $ else $ objinit = 2.*mxlagmx $ endif $ mxlagmx=0.0 endif $ trustR REJECT=FALSE $ DOM12 XPREV, XINIT, CVALRG, PROPPV, PROPIF, OPTPRMG, HISPV, DESTAB,,,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT, EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSNX, OBJTBG,CVALAPX,CVALRGP/ HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/ DESCYCLE/OBJPV/OBJIN/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT// MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/ PROTYP///FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/S,N,REJECT/0/ TREGION $ APPEND HISADD,/HISX/2 $ equivx HISX/HIS/-1 $ 2. Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT following soft convergence: DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW

Main Index

PROPIF =PROPI PROPOF =PROPO EPTABF =EPTTAB DVPTABF =DVPTAB

WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $ (WHERE DPTYPE = *) WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $ WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $

1037

1038

DOM12 Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization

DOM12

XINIT,XO,CVALO,PROPIF,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB, GEOM1N,COORDO,,,EPTN,GEOM2N,MPTN,EPTTABF,DVPTABF, ,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSN,OBJTBG,,/ HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/ DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT// MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ// PROTYP///FSDCYCf $ APPEND HISADD,/HISX/2 $ EQUIVX HISX/HIS/-1 $ 3. Excerpt from subDMAP EXITOPT for termination: DBVIEW PROPIF =PROPI WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $ DBVIEW PROPOF =PROPO (WHERE DPTYPE = *) DBVIEW EPTTABF =EPTTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $ DBVIEW DVPTABF =DVPTAB WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $ IF ( ABS(OPTEXIT)>3 OR (OPTEXIT=0 AND (CNVFLG>0 OR DESCYCL1=DESMAX OR NUMDDV>0 OR

) DOM12

Main Index

DSPRINT OR DSUNFORM OR DSEXPORT OR MODETRAK>0 OR BADMESH)) ,,XVAL,,,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,GEOM1, COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,,MPT,EPTTABF,DV[TABF, XVALP,GEOM1P,,,,,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,PBRMSD,,,/ ,,DBCOPT,/ DESCYCL1///CNVFLG/3/OPTEXIT/DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/ DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/PROTYPE/ BADMESH/XYUNIT $

DOM6 Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints

DOM6

Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints

Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints with respect to independent design variables. Format: DOM6

XINIT,DPLDXI*,CONSBL*,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,DSCMG,RSP2RG, DEQATN,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DXDXIT,DCLDXT,COORD,DESTAB, DVPTAB*,TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,DPLDXT*,DNODEL,RR2IDR, RSP3RG,R3VALRG,PBRMSD/ DSCM2/ PROTYP/IFRMAS/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/ UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/UNUSED12 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variable.

DPLDXI*

Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship.

CONSBL*

Family of matrices of constant property values.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

R2VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.

DSCMG

Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.

RSP2RG

Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

PLIST2*

Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DXDXIT

Matrix of coefficients in the design variable linking relationship.

DCLDXT

Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship.

COORD

Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values, COORDO or COORDN.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

1039

1040

DOM6 Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints

EPTTAB*

Family of tables of designed property attributes.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data.

DPLDXT*

Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.

DNODEL

Table of designed and non-designed locations.

RR2IDR

Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.

RSP3RG

Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.

R3VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

Output Data Blocks: DSCM2

Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.

Parameters: PROTYP

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

For combinations add above values.

IFRMAS

Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.

UNUSEDi

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem

DOM9

Performs the approximate optimization problem

Performs the approximate optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses and sensitivity information. Format: DOM9

XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ, DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT, PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG, CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T, OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT, TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI, BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDR,RESP3RG,RQATABRG,TOPTAB, PBRMSD,TOPMC,TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/ XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,R3VALO,TMINIT1/ OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/EIGNFREQ/PROPTN/S,N,MXLAGM/ TREGION/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/ UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variable.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

CONSBL*

Family of matrices of constant property values.

DPLDXI*

Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship.

XZ

Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design variable linking relationship.

DXDXI

Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.

DPLDXT*

Family of matrix transposes of DPLDXI.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images. Output by IFP.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block. Output by IFP.

DXDXIT

Matrix transpose of DXDXI.

PLIST2*

Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.

OPTPRMG

Table of optimization parameters.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

RSP2RG

Table of attributes of the retained second level responses.

1041

1042

DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem

R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level responses.

CNTABRG

Table of retained constraint attributes.

DSCMG

Unnormalized design sensitivity matrix.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

CONS1T

Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent design variables.

OBJTBG

Design objective table. Objective attributes with retained response identification number.

COORDO

Updated (optimized) Table of designed coordinate values.

CON

Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates.

SHPVEC

Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and design variables.

DCLDXT

Matrix of coefficients in the grid to independent design variable relationship.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

EPTTAB*

Family of tables of designed property attributes.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data.

BCON0

Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.

BCONXI

Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables.

BCONXT

Matrix transpose of BCONXI.

DNODEL

Table of designed and non-designed locations.

RR2IDR

Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.

RESP3RG

Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.

RQATABRG Total table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation for retained eigenvalues.

Main Index

TOPTAB

Table of topology designed properties.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

TOPMC

Topology member size control table.

DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem

TOPMC2

Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints.

TMINIT

Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing constraints.

TOPOLE

Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing constraints).

TPRELE

Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology manufacturing constraints).

TOPSM

Table of topological symmetric constraints.

Output Data Blocks: XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

CVALO

Matrix of final (optimized) constraint values.

R1VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the retained first level responses.

R2VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the second level responses.

PROPO

Matrix of final (optimized) property values.

R3VALO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the third level responses.

TMINIT1

Updated table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing constraints.

Parameters: OBJIN

Input-real-no default. Initial objective value.

OBJOUT

Output-real-no default. Final objective value.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.

PROPTN

1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

For combinations add above values.

Input-integer-default=0. In order to support a pre-Version 68 capability, if PROPTN=-1 then an EPT data block which is based on the values and the property to design variable relations will be produced.

EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. 1 Main Index

Eigenvalue (radian/time).

1043

1044

DOM9 Performs the approximate optimization problem

2

Frequency (cycle/time).

MXLAGM

Output-real-default=0.0. Maximum Lagrange multiplier for trust region analysis.

TREGION

Input-integer-default=0. Trust region analysis flag. extracted from word position 60 in OPTPRMG. =0 <>0

UNUSEDi

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

DOPFS Performs optimization of the fully stressed design

DOPFS

Performs optimization of the fully stressed design

Performs optimization of the fully stressed design. Format: DOPFS

R1TABRG,CNTABRG,DESELM,DVPTAB*,CVALRG, PROPI,OPTPRMG,DPLDXT*,CONSBL*,DESTAB, XINIT,DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DEQATN, EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,XZ,DXDXI,DXDXIT,PBRMSD/ XO,PROPO $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.

CNTABRG

Table of retained constraint attributes.

DESELM

Table of designed elements.

DVPTAB*

Table family of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

CVALRG

Matrix of initial constraint values.

PROPI

Matrix of initial property values.

OPTPRMG

Table of optimization parameters.

DPLDXT*

Matrix family of transpose of DPLDXI.

CONSBL*

Matrix family of constant property values.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

DPLDXI*

Matrix family of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship.

PLIST2*

Table family of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

EPTTAB*

Table family of designed property attributes.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data.

XZ

Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design variable linking relationship.

1045

1046

DOPFS Performs optimization of the fully stressed design

DXDXI

Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.

DXDXIT

Matrix transpose of DXDXI.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

Output Data Blocks: XO

Matrix of final (optimized) values of the design variables.

PROPO

Matrix of final (optimized) property values.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

DOPR1 Preprocesses design variables and designed property values

DOPR1

Preprocesses design variables and designed property values

Preprocesses design variables and designed property values. Format: DOPR1

EDOM,EPT,DEQATN,DEQIND,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,CASECC,TOPTAB0, TOPELE,PBRMS,BGPDT,ECT,GPECT,VELEM,CSTM/ DESTAB,XZ,DXDXI,DTB,DVPTAB*,EPTTAB*,CONSBL*, DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,XINIT,PRO*PI*,DSCREN,DTOS2J*, OPTPRM,CONS1T,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,DMATCK,DISTAB, TOPTAB,PBRMSD,NWEDOM,NWCASE,TOPMC, TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/ S,N,MODEPT/S,N,MODGEOM2/S,N,MODMPT/DPEPS/ S,N,PROTYP/S,N,DISVAR/S,N,NRANVAR $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

TOPTAB0

Table of topology designed properties.

TOPELE

Element list for topology optimization.

PBRMS

Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

VELEM

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

1047

1048

DOPR1 Preprocesses design variables and designed property values

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

XZ

Matrix containing the constant portion of the dependent to independent design variable linking relationship.

DXDXI

Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.

DTB

Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

EPTTAB*

Family of tables of designed property attributes.

CONSBL*

Family of matrices of constant property values.

DPLDXI*

Family of matrices of coefficients in the property to independent design variable relationship.

PLIST2*

Family of tables of type two properties on DVPREL2 Bulk Data entries.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

DSCREN

Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry.

DTOS2J*

Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters.

CONS1T

Matrix transpose of relationship between dependent and independent design variables.

DBMLIB

Table of designed beam library data.

BCON0

Table of constant terms in the beam section constraint relationship.

BCONXI

Matrix relating beam library constraints to the independent design variables.

DMATCK

Table of designed material consistency check.

DISTAB

Table of discrete optimization value sets.

TOPTAB

Table of topology designed properties with design variable identification numbers.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

NWEDOM

EDOM modified for random design variables.

DOPR1 Preprocesses design variables and designed property values

NWCASE

CASECC associated with beta response.

TOPMC

Topology member size control table.

TOPMC2

Topology member size control table for manufacturing constraints

TMINIT

Table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing constraints

TOPOLE

Table of topology pole parameters (used only for topology manufacturing constraints)

TPRELE

Table of topology pole vs. element identification numbers (used only for topology manufacturing constraints)

TOPSM

Table of topological symmetric constraints.

Parameters:

Main Index

MODEPT

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding element properties in the analysis model.

MODGEOM2

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding connectivity in the analysis model.

MODMPT

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that the design model is overriding material properties in the analysis model.

DPEPS

Input-real-default=1.0E-4. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model properties. See further description in the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

For combinations, add above values.

DISVAR

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete optimization variable flag. Set to TRUE if discrete optimization design variables are specified.

NRANVAR

Output-integer-default=0. Number of RANDVAR Bulk Data entries.

1049

1050

DOPR2 Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors

DOPR2

Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors

Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors. Format: DOPR2

EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT, CASECC,AMLIST,DVIDS/ DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP, CASEP,DNODEL/ LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $

Input Data Blocks: EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BASVEC

Auxiliary displacement matrix.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

DXDXI

Matrix relating linked and independent design variables.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

AMLIST

List of auxiliary model identification numbers.

DVIDS

List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary dvgrid option.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DESGID

Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.

COORDO

Matrix of initial designed coordinate values at the beginning of each design cycle.

SHPVEC

Matrix of basis vectors -- coefficients relating designed grid coordinates and design variables.

DCLDXT

Matrix of coefficients in the grid to design variable relationship.

CON

Matrix of constants that relates design variables and design coordinates.

DOPR2 Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors

DTOS4J

Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.

DESVCP

Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations with extra columns for property/dummy variables.

CASEP

Residual superelement Case Control table for plotting basis vectors.

DNODEL

Table of designed and non-designed locations.

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOUGD

Input-integer-default=-1. Flag for external input of auxiliary model displacement matrix. If NOUGD>0, then matrix exists.

PEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.

DVGRDN

Input-character-default='NO'. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with all GRIDNs in DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped.

Remarks: 1. BASVEC may be DBLOCATE'd or internally generated. 2. CON is an offset vector that ensures the geometry at the beginning of a design cycle is same as that in the analysis model. It is in the basic coordinate system. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP DESOPT: DOPR2

EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX, AMLIST,DVIDS/ DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/ LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $

Excerpt from subDMAP PREDOM: DOPR2

EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT, CASEXX,,/ DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/ LUSET/NOUGD $

Excerpt from subDMAP SCSHBV: DOPR2

Main Index

EDOMSX,BGPDTS,CSTMS,,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,,/ DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCPS,CASEP/ LUSETS/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $

1051

1052

DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2

DOPR3

Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2

Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries per analysis type and superelement. Creates tables related to the design objective and a Case Control table for recovering design responses. Format: DOPR3

CASE,EDOM,DTB,ECT,EPT,DESTAB,EDT,OL,DEQIND,DEQATN, BGPDT,DVPTAB*,VIEWTB,OINT,PELSET,XINIT,FOL,DIT,DYNAMIC/ OBJTAB,CONTAB,R1TAB,RESP12,RSP1CT,FRQRSP,CASEDS, OINTDS,PELSETDS,DESELM,RESP3,ADRDUG,ADRDUTB,CASADJ, MODRSP,CASEDM,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,CONTABX,OBJTABX, ARVEC/ DMRESD/S,N,DESGLB/S,N,DESOBJ/S,N,R1CNT/S,N,R2CNT/ S,N,CNCNT/SOLAPP/SEID/S,N,EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/DSNOKD/ SHAPES/S,N,R3CNT/RGSENS/INREL/S,N,ADJFLG/S,N,TADJCOL/ AUTOADJ/SOLADJC/S,N,NORMEV $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASE

Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and superelement.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

DTB

Table of constants from the DTABLE Bulk Data entry.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2

DVPTAB

Table of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order. Output by DOPR1.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

TOPTAB0

Table of topology designed properties.

TOPELE

Element list for topology optimization.

VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. Output by IFP.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OBJTAB

Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective attributes with retained response identification number.

CONTAB

Table of constraint attributes.

R1TAB

Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

RESP12

Table of second level responses.

RSP1CT

Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.

FRQRSP

Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per frequency or time step.

CASEDS

Case control table for the data recovery of design responses.

OINTDS

p-element output control table for constrained elements.

PELSETDS

p-element set table for constrained elements.

DESELM

Table of designed elements.

RESP3

Table of third level responses.

1053

1054

DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2

ADRDUG

Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.

ADRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes.

CASADJ

Case Control table associated with adjoint method.

MODRSP

Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.

CASEDM

Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.

RQATAB

Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.

RESP12X

RESP12 Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one superelement.

RESP3X

Table of third level responses from more than one superelement.

CONTABX

Table of constraint attributes with respect to RESP12X.

OBJTABX

Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement with respsect to RESP12X.

ARVEC

Residual vector matrix based on adjoint loads.

Parameters: DMRESD

Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the residual structure.

DESGLB

Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number.

DESOBJ

Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.

R1CNT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB.

R2CNT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12.

CNCNT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for constraints in CONTAB.

SOLAPP

Input-character-no default. Design optimization analysis type.

SEID

Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.

EIGNFREQ Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

PROTYP Main Index

1

Eigenvalue (radian/time).

2

Frequency (cycle/time).

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code.

DOPR3 Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2

1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

For combinations add above values.

DSNOKD

Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.

SHAPES

Input-logical-no default. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.

R3CNT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table.

RGSENS

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

INREL

Input-integer-default=0. Inertia relief selection flag. Usually input via user parameter.

ADJFLG

Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag.

TADJCOL

Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for supporting adjoint load method for multiple superelements.

AUTOADJ

Input-character-No default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. Usually input via user parameter.

SOLADJC

Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with applied load vectors >=0 Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3). <0

NORMEV

No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3).

Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue normalization flag. 0

Mass normalized.

1

Maximum deflection normalized.

Remarks: 1. DOPR3 must be executed in two nested DMAP loops based on every analysis type and superelement. See subDMAP PRESENS for an example. 2. R1CNT, R2CNT, and CNCNT are accumulations of the number of records in R1TAB, RESP12, and CONTAB.

Main Index

1055

1056

DOPR3X Check second and third level responses

DOPR3X

Check second and third level responses

Perform additional checks on the second level and third level design responses for all superelements. Format: DOPR3X

RESP12XM,RESP3XM/ $

Input Data Blocks: RESP12XM Merged table of second level (synthetic) responses from all superelements. RESP3XM

Merged table of third level responses from all superelements.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: None.

Main Index

DOPR4 Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables

DOPR4

Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables

Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables. Format: DOPR4

DTOS2J*,DTOS4J,DESTAB/ TABDEQ,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K/ PROTYP $

Input Data Blocks: DTOS2J*

Family of tables identifying independent design variables and property.

DTOS4J

Designed grid perturbation vector in basic coordinate system.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

Output Data Blocks: TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

DTOS2K*

Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record.

DTOS4K

Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each fiveword entry is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record.

Parameters: PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1 DVPRELi entries exist. 2 DVCRELi entries exist. 4 DVMRELi entries exist. >0 For combinations, add above values.

Main Index

1057

1058

DOPR5 Updates design sensitivity tables

DOPR5

Updates design sensitivity tables

Updates design sensitivity tables. Format: DOPR5

XINIT,EPTTAB*,PROPI*,DESTAB,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K, TABDEQ,DELBSH,GEOM4,DESGID/ DTOS2*,DTOS4,DELBSX/ STPSCL/S,N,RGSENS/PROTYP $

Input Data Blocks: XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

EPTTAB*

Family of tables of designed property attributes.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

DTOS2K*

Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record.

DTOS4K

Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each fiveword entry is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first TABDEQ record.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

DELBSH

Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

DESGID

Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DTOS2*

Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design variable value.

DTOS4

Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.

DELBSX

Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a prescribed small value.

DOPR5 Updates design sensitivity tables

Parameters: STPSCL

Input-real-default=1.0. Shape step size scaling factor.

RGSENS

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=1. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0 For combinations, add above values.

Main Index

1059

1060

DOPR6 Generates tables relating to grid perturbations

DOPR6

Generates tables relating to grid perturbations

Generates tables relating to grid perturbations. Format: DOPR6

DTOS4,GPECT,EQEXIN,DESGID,EST,GEOM4,MIDLIS/ DGTAB,ESTDVS,TABEVS/ RSONLY/RGSENS $

Input Data Blocks: DTOS4

Table relating design variable to grid perturbation.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

DESGID

Table of designed grid coordinate attributes.

EST

Element summary table.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

MIDLIS

Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs.

Output Data Blocks: DGTAB

Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data.

ESTDVS

EST with grid design variable perturbations.

TABEVS

Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element/ design variable identification numbers.

Parameters: RSONLY

RGSENS

Main Index

Input-logical-no default. Residual structure only flag. FALSE

Superelements are specified.

TRUE

Superelements are not specified.

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

DOPR6 Generates tables relating to grid perturbations

Remarks: 1. DOPR6 prepares tables to generate new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc. taking into account shape design variable perturbations, i.e., K+DELTAK, M+DELTAM etc. This is accomplished by generating an EST for all elements which are referred to by design variables. The generated EST is in the same ascending order as the original EST. TABEVS is a cross reference table between the generated EST (ESTDVS) and the original EID/design variables. 2. DOPR6 also retains those designed grids which are not associated with any structural elements but are referenced by a rigid element.

Main Index

1061

1062

DOPRAN Preprocess RMS responses

DOPRAN Preprocess RMS responses Preprocess RMS responses in design optimization. Format: DOPRAN

DYNAMIC,DIT,OL,R1TAB,BGPDT,CASE/ RMSTAB,CFSAB,PPVR/ LUSET $

Input Data Blocks: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics, specifically RANDPS. DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images, specifically TABRND1.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

R1TAB

Table of first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CASE

Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and superelement.

Output Data Blocks: RMSTAB

Table of RMS responses.

CFSAB

Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.

PPVR

Partitioning vector for random responses.

Parameters: LUSET

Remarks: None.

Main Index

Input-integer-default=-1. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

DPD Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis

DPD

Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis

Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis. Format: DPD

DYNAMIC,GPL,SIL,USET,UNUSED5,PG,PKYG,PBYG,PMYG,YG/ GPLD,SILD,USETD,TFPOOL,DLT,PSDL,RCROSSL,NLFT,TRL, EED,EQDYN,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/ LUSET/S,N,LUSETD/S,N,NOTFL/S,N,NODLT/S,N,NOPSDL/ DATAREC/S,N,NONLFT/S,N,NOTRL/S,N,NOEED/SORTNLFT/ S,N,NOUE/UNUSED12/SEID $

Input Data Blocks: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

SIL

Scalar index list.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

SLT

Table of static loads.

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

PG

Static load matrix for the g-set.

PKYG

Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the g-set.

PBYG

Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set.

PMYG

Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the g-set.

YG

Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures for the g-set.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

GPLD

External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL appended with extra point data).

SILD

Scalar index list for p-set. (SIL appended with extra point data).

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. (USET appended with extra point data).

TFPOOL

Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.

1063

1064

DPD Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

PSDL

Power spectral density list.

RCROSSL

Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.

UNUSED7

Unused.

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table.

TRL

Transient response list.

EED

Table of eigenvalue extraction parameters.

EQDYN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data).

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

ENFLODK

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects

ENFLODB

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping effects

ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes Parameters:

Main Index

LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

LUSETD

Output-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set.

NOTFL

Output-integer-no default. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if no sets are defined.

NODLT

Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means DLT is created.

NOPSDL

Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if random analysis Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.

DATAREC

Input-integer-default=0. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not perform UFM 2071 checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not needed in data recovery.

DPD Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis

UNUSED6

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

NONLFT

Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created.

NOTRL

Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created.

NOEED

Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if eigenvalue extraction Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means EED is created.

UNUSED10 Input-integer-no default. Unused. NOUE

Output-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points.

UNUSED12 Input-integer-default=0. Unused. SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

Remarks: 1. DPD is the principal data processing module for dynamics analysis. New tables are assembled to account for any extra points in the model and the additional displacement sets used in dynamics. 2. DYNAMIC can be purged if TFPOOL, DLT, PSDL, NLFT, TRL, and EED are also purged. SLT and PG cannot be purged if static loads are referenced by dynamic loads via the LSEQ Bulk Data entry. 3. USET, SIL, GPL, GPLD, and SILD may be purged if USETD, DLT, and EED are purged. However, TRL will not contain the TIC record.

Main Index

1065

1066

DRMH1 Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables

DRMH1

Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables

Converts data recovery tables (e.g., displacements, stresses, strains, forces, SPCforces, and MPCforces) to matrices and associated directory tables. Similar to DRMS1 module. Format: DRMH1

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/ TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/ NCOL/NULLROW/TRL5T1/TRL5T2/TRL5T3/TRL5T4 $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.

Output Data Blocks: TOFPi

Directory table for MOFPi.

MOFPi

Matrix form of the i-th output table.

Parameters: NCOL

Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.

NULLROW

Input-integer-default=1. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear quantities. See Remark 1.

TRL5Ti

0

Insert null rows. Compatible with DRMS1 output format.

1

Do not insert null rows. Required for DRMH3 processing.

Output-integer-default=0. Specifies value for the fifth word in TOFPi's trailer.

Remarks: 1. DRMH1 is a similar to the DRMS1 module except that only the linear quantities (e.g., axial stress) are output to the matrix. However, if NULLROW=0, then null rows will be inserted for the nonlinear quantities (e.g., margin-of-safety).

Main Index

DRMH1 Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables

2. DRMH1 will convert tables with complex numbers to a matrix. However, the matrix contains complex numbers. As a result only the item codes specified in the real side of the plot code tables are utilized. 3. The DRMH3 module performs the inverse operation: convert matrices into OFP tables. Example: In SOL 108, we wish to double the stress output in the OES1 table: SOL 108 MALTER ’, ETC. DATA RECOVERY, SORT1’(,-1) DRMH1 OES1,,,/TES,MES,,,,,, $ ADD5 MES,,,,/MES2/2. $ DRMH3 TES,MES2,,,,,,,OL2,CASEDR/OES12,,,/APP1 $ OFP OES12/ $ CEND

Main Index

1067

1068

DRMH3 Partitions tables for each superelement

DRMH3

Partitions tables for each superelement

Converts data recovery matrices and associated directory tables (DRMH1 module outputs) to SORT1 formatted tables suitable for printing by the OFP module or processing by other modules; e.g., DDRMM and SDR3. Format: DRMH3

TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4, OL,CASECC/ OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/ APP/DTM1/DTM2/DTM3/DTM4 $

Input Data Blocks: TOFPi

Directory table for MOFPi.

MOFPi

Matrix form of the i-th output table.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ. May also be output by MODACC if truncated via the OFREQ and OTIME Case Control commands.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

Output Data Blocks: OFPi

Output table in SORT1 format identical in format to data blocks created by the SDR2 module.

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable types are: 'STATICS'

Statics

'REIG'

Normal modes

'CEIGEN'

Complex modes

'FREQRESP' Frequency response 'TRANRESP' Transient response

Main Index

DRMH3 Partitions tables for each superelement

DTMi

Input-integer-default=0. Mode acceleration based displacement matrix flag. If DTMi<>0, then MOPFi is a mode acceleration based displacement matrix and, therefore, velocities and accelerations will not be output to OFPi. For APP='TRANRESP', MOFPi must have only one column per time step instead of the usual three.

Remarks: 1. If CASECC is purged, then all input data blocks will be converted. Otherwise, the inputs will be converted based on the output commands specified in CASECC. 2. If the number of entries in a matrix does not match the associated table, the following will occur: If the number of rows (output quantities; e.g., stresses) does not match, a warning message will be printed with the identification of the matrix and table name. If the number of columns (e.g., subcases or mode) does not match, then a warning message will be printed and the module will continue. This will allow the user to combine modal results using any desired method into a single set of results (or more) and not be required to modify the table. Example: See the “DRMH1” on page 1066 module description.

Main Index

1069

1070

DRMS1 Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1

DRMS1

Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1

To compute output transformation matrices for displacements, SPC forces, stresses, and element forces. The input data blocks are the type generated by the SDR2 module and formatted for the OFP module. Format: DRMS1

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/ TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/ NCOL $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

Output table in SORT1 format usually created by the SDR2 module.

Output Data Blocks: TOFPi

Directory table for MOFPi.

MOFPi

Matrix form of the i-th output table.

Parameter: NCOL

Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns (i.e.; subcases, modes, time steps or frequencies) desired in the output matrices. By default, all data records will be converted into the output matrices. If NCOL is less than the number of data records in the input table, then the first NCOL records are converted and the remaining records are ignored.

Remarks: 1. SDR2 output data blocks (OFPi) are input data blocks for this module. Module DRMS1 generates the output transformation matrix (MOFPi) and associated directory table (TOFPi) from each of the input data blocks. 2. There are some data in OFPi for the output transformation that may not be given linear combination operations, such as margins of safety and principal stresses. This irrelevant data will be eliminated from the output transformation matrix. Components that are retained in the matrix MOFPi are indicated in the table of element stress output data description.

Main Index

DRMS1 Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1

3. All the output transformation matrices will have as many columns as the number of modes or loading conditions specified in PARAM, NCOL. Each column will contain all the relevant components of GRIDs (T1, T2, etc.) or elements ( σ x , σ y , etc.) for all the GRIDs or elements retained in the input data blocks. 4. Directory tables contain the mapping information as follows:

• RECORD 0 - Header record, indicating. • Type of data ( φ , q, σ , or F). • Format code (real, real/imaginary or magnitude/phase). • RECORD 1 - Identification of the columns, providing • Column numbers of the associated matrix. • Natural frequencies ( fn ) . • RECORD 2 - Identification of the rows, providing • Type code of points or elements. • identification number number of points or elements. • Number of components of the point or element retained in the associated matrix.

• Starting row number of the point or element with reference to the associated matrix. See the OES, OEF, OUG, and OQG table descriptions in “+” on page 851.

• Matrix trailer output, indicating the size of the associated matrix.

Main Index

1071

1072

DSABO Incorporates element property design variable perturbations

DSABO

Incorporates element property design variable perturbations

Incorporates element property design variable perturbations into tables required for stiffness, mass, damping, and load generation. Format: DSABO

ECT,EPT,EST,DTOS2*,ETT,DIT,MPT,DMATCK,PCOMPT/ ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP,MIDLIS,ESTDVM,PCOMPTX/ S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB/PROTYP/PEXIST $

Input Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EST

Element summary table.

DTOS2*

Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design variable value.

ETT

Element temperature table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DMATCK

Table of designed material consistency check.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

ESTDVP

EST with element property design variable perturbations.

MPTX

MPT with design variable perturbations.

EPTX

EPT with design variable perturbations.

TABEVP

Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable identification numbers.

MIDLIS

Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs.

ESTDVM

EST with updated material property identification numbers.

PCOMPTX

PCOMPT with design variable perturbations.

DSABO Incorporates element property design variable perturbations

Parameters: PROPOPT

Output-integer-default=0. Property optimization flag. Set to 1 if element properties are defined as design variables.

DELTAB

Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0 For combinations add above values. PEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.

Remarks: 1. The main purpose of module DSABO is to prepare tables which will generate a new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc., while taking into account the design variable perturbations, i.e., K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. These calculations are completed by generating an EST for all elements which are referred to by the design variables which is in the same ascending order as the original EST. The EPT portion of the generated EST includes all the perturbations necessary to build K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. EMG and SSG1 use ESTDV to generate K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM and P + DELTAP due to temperature effects. DSVG1 and DSVG2 then calculate DELTAK * u, DELTAP etc. 2. If central difference is requested then DSABO must be executed for the backward tables. For example, in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSABO is used as follows: DSABO

ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/ ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP/ S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB $ IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) THEN $ DELTABX=-DELTAB $ DSABO ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/ ESTDVPB,MPTXB,EPTX,TABEVP/ S,N,PROPOPT/DELTABX $ ENDIF $ CDIFX='yes'

Main Index

1073

1074

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

DSAD

Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation, constraint screening and load case deletion. Format: DSAD

RSP1CT,R1TAB,RESP12,OBJTAB,CONTAB, BLAMA,CLAMA,LAMA,DIVTAB,AUXTAB,STBTAB, FLUTAB,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OSTR1DS,OEF1DS, OEFITDS,OES1CDS,OSTR1CDS,OQG1DS,DSCREN, XINIT,TABDEQ,COORDN,OL,FRL,FRQRSP,CASEDS, CASERS,UGX,OPTPRM,DVPTAB*,PROPI*, GPDT,DNODEL,WGTM,ONRGYDS, GLBTABDS,GLBRSPDS,RESP3,RMSTAB,RMSVAL, UPF,QPF,QMPF,UHF,OUGD1M,OESD1M,OSTRD1M, OEFD1M,MODRSP,CASEDM,PHG,OGPFB1DS,OELOP1DS, ONRGD1M,UPSDT,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,EPSSE,ESRT, OES1AB/ R1VAL,R2VAL,RSP2R,R2VALR,CVAL, CVALR,OBJTBR,CNTABR,R1TABR,R1VALR, DRSTBL,FRQRPR,UGX1,AUG1,R1MAPR, R2MAPR,CASDSN,CASDSX,DRDUG,DRDUTB, CASADJ,LCDVEC,RR2IDR,R3VAL,R3VALR,RESP3R,RMSTABR, RMSVALR,FRLR,FOLR,UPFM,QPFM,QMPFM,UHFM,MODRPR, UPSDTR,RQATABR,RESP12XR,RESP3XR/ WGTS/VOLS/S,N,OBJVAL/S,N,NR1OFFST/S,N,NR2OFFST/ S,N,NCNOFFST/APP/DMRESD/SEID/DESITER/ EIGNFREQ/S,N,ADJFLG/PEXIST/MBCFLG/RGSENS/ PROTYP/AUTOADJ/FSDCYC/S,N,NR3OFFST/INREL/ S,N,TADJCOL/SEID/S,N,ACTFREQ/S,N,FREQ1/ S,N,DLOAD1/FREQ345/DISCYC/FRM $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

RSP1CT

Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.

R1TAB

Table of first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

RESP12

Table of second level responses.

OBJTAB

Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective attributes with retained response identification number.

CONTAB

Table of constraint attributes.

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

BLAMA

Buckling eigenvalue summary table.

CLAMA

Complex eigenvalue summary table.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

DIVTAB

Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.

AUXTAB

Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments for all subcases.

STBTAB

Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for all subcases.

FLUTAB

Flutter summary table for all subcases.

OUG1DS

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.

OES1DS

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.

OSTR1DS

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.

OEF1DS

Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format for design responses.

OEFITDS

Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.

OES1CDS

Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.

OSTR1CDS Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for design responses.

Main Index

OQG1DS

Table of single point forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design responses.

DSCREN

Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

COORDN

Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD, and READ.

FRL

Frequency response list.

FRQRSP

Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per frequency or time step.

CASEDS

Case Control table for the data recovery of design responses.

1075

1076

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

UGX

Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

DNODEL

Table of designed and non-designed locations

WGTM

Table of 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.

ONRGYDS Table of element strain energies in SORT1 format for design responses. GLBTABDS Global results correlation table. GLBRSPDS Global results matrix.

Main Index

RESP3

Table of third level responses.

RMSTAB

Table of RMS responses.

RMSVAL

Matrix of initial RMS values.

UPF

Displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.

QPF

Single-point forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.

QMPF

Multipoint forces of constraint matrix in the p-set for frequency response.

UHF

Modal displacement matrix in p-set for frequency response.

OUGD1M

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OESD1M

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OSTRD1M

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

OEFD1M

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions.

MODRSP

Table of eigenvector response counts by subcase and mode.

CASEDM

Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for normal modes.

PHG

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set.

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

OGPFB1DS Table of grid point forces for design responses. OELOP1DS Table of element-oriented forces for design responses. ONRGD1M Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended for all normal modes solutions. UPSDT

Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.

RQATAB

Table of Rayleigh Quotient Approximation.

RESP12X

Table of second level (synthetic) responses from than one superelement.

RESP3X

Table of third level responses from more than one superelement.

EPSSE

Table of epsilon and external work

ESRT

Table of composite ply strength ratios

OES1AB

Table of screen element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

R1VAL

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level responses.

R2VAL

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level responses.

RSP12R

Table of retained second level responses in RESP12.

R2VALR

Matrix of retained second level responses.

CVAL

Matrix of constraint values.

CVALR

Matrix of retained constraint values.

OBJTBR

Table of design objective attributes with retained response identification number.

CNTABR

Table of retained constraint attributes.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

R1VALR

Matrix of retained type one responses.

DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

FRQRPR

Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type and per frequency or time step.

UGX1

Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted responses.

1077

1078

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

Main Index

AUG1

Displacement matrix in g-set for aerostatic analysis.

R1MAPR

Table of mapping from original first level retained responses.

R2MAPR

Table of mapping from original second level retained responses.

CASDSN

Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static aeroelastic subcases.

CASDSX

Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase deleted.

DRDUG

Matrix of adjoint loads for the g-set.

DRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes.

CASADJ

Case Control table associated with adjoint method.

LCDVEC

Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results related to inertia relief and SPCforces.

RR2IDR

Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.

R3VAL

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

R3VALR

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

RESP3R

Table of retained third level responses in RESP3.

RMSTABR

Table of retained RMS responses in RMSTAB.

RMSVALR

Matrix of initial values of the retained RMS responses in RMSVAL.

FRLR

Retained frequency response list.

FOLR

Retained frequency response frequency output list.

UPFM

Merged UPF.

QPFM

Merged QPF.

QMPF

Merged QMPF.

UHFM

Merged UHF.

MODRSPR

MODRSP for retained frequencies.

UPSDTR

UPSDT for retained frequencies.

RQATABR

RQATAB for for retained frequencies.

RESP12XR

RESP12X for for retained frequencies.

RESP3XR

RESP3X for retained frequencies.

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

Parameters: WGTS

Input-real-default=0.0. Total weight of analysis model.

VOLS

Input-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.

OBJVAL

Output-real-default=0.0. Objective value.

NR1OFFST

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in R1TABR.

NR2OFFST

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RSP12R.

NCNOFFST

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained constraints. The value is initialized to 1 in and is incremented by the number of records in CNTABR.

APP

Input-character-default=' 'STATICS'

'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

Statics.

'FREQRESP' Frequency response. 'TRANRESP' Transient response. DMRESD

Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the residual structure.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

DESITER

Input-integer-default=0. Design optimization iteration number.

EIGNFREQ

Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

ADJFLG

PEXIST

Main Index

1

Eigenvalue (radian/time).

2

Frequency (cycle/time).

Output-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag. 0

No adjoint sensitivity.

1

Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.

2

Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.

Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element existence flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.

1079

1080

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

MBCFLG

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.

RGSENS

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

PROTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0 For combinations add above values

Main Index

AUTOADJ

Input-character-no default. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropiate. Usually input via user parameter.

FSDCYC

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully stressed design cycle.

NR3OFFST

Input/output-integer-default=0. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is incremented by the number of records in RESP3R.

TADJCOL

Output-integer-default=0. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

ACTFREQ

Input-integer-default=0. Active frequency processing flag.

FREQ1

Output-integer-default=0. Frequency set identification number in the first frequency subcase.

DLOAD1

Output-integer-default=0. Dynamic load set identification number in the first frequency subcase.

FREQ345

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag indicating presense of FREQ3, FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk Data entries.

DISCYC

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete design cycle.

FRM

Input-real-default=0.0 Fractional mass for designed structure.

DSAD Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation

Remarks: 1. DSAD first extracts the response quantities that are defined as type one responses in the design model. The type two responses are evaluated followed by the objective and any constraints associated with either response type. The constraints and corresponding responses are screened and load case deletion is performed. 2. DSAD is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement, and therefore many of the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP DESCON for an example.

Main Index

1081

1082

DSADJ Creates sensitivity of grid responses

DSADJ

Creates sensitivity of grid responses

Creates sensitivity of grid responses with respect to design variables based on the combination of adjoint and analysis solution matrices and element sensitivity data. Applicable in frequency response or static analysis only. Format: DSADJ

XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,CSTM,XDICTX,XELMX,UGX,ADJG, DRDUTB,DSPT1,VGDM,IMATG,XDICTB,XELMB,UGT0,ADJGT0, DRUT0/ ADELX,UGT,ADJGT,DRUT/ NOK4GG/WTMASS/XTYPE/CDIF/COUPMASS/SHAPEOPT/ SPDM/ADJMETH/MGEFLAG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XDICTDS

Perturbed element matrix dictionary table.

XELMDS

Table of perturbed element matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

XDICTX

Baseline element matrix dictionary table or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.

XELMX

Baseline element matrices or backward perturbed element matrices if CDIF='YES'.

UGX

Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.

ADJG

Adjoint sensitivity displacement matrix in the g-set or p-set.

DRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

VGDM

Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this vector.

IMATG

Pesudo identity g-set matrix.

XDICTB

Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF='YES'.

XELMB

Backward perturbed if CDIF='YES'.

UGT0

UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through DSADJ.

DSADJ Creates sensitivity of grid responses

ADJGT0

ADJGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through DSADJ.

DRUT0

DRUT computed.

Output Data Blocks: ADELX

Matrix of adjoint sensitivities.

UGT

Transposed regular solution matrix is normally output from an initial pass through DSADJ.

ADJGT

Transposed adjoint solution matrix is normally output from an initial pass through DSADJ.

DRUT

DRDUTB sorted on solutions and is normally output from an initial pass through DSADJ.

Parameters: NOK4GG

Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag. -1

Do not generate.

0

Generate.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.

XTYPE

Input-integer-default=0. Type of element matrix data:

CDIF

0

Stiffness

1

Damping

2

Mass

Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme. 'YES' Central 'NO' Forward

COUPMASS Input-integer-default=0. Coupled mass generation flag.

SHAPEOPT

Main Index

-1

Lumped

0

Coupled

Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is activated.

1083

1084

DSADJ Creates sensitivity of grid responses

SPDM

ADJMETH

MGEFLAG

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied. -1

Yes

0

No

Input-integer-default=0. Triple matrix product method. 0

The program automatically selects the best of ADJMETH=1 or 2.

1

Holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is limited.

2

Holds only the active solution vectors.

Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag. for PSHELL, PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries.

DSADX Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1

DSADX

Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1

Performs response value computation and constraint deletion for DRESP2 and DRESP3 entries which reference DRESP1 entries that span superelements and/or subcases. Format: DSADX

RSP2XM,RESP3XM,CNTABXM,OBJTBM,R1VALRG,R2VALRG, R3VALRG,DNODEL,XINIT,COORDN,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,OPTPRM, DSCREN,RR2IDR/ R2VALXE,R3VALXE,CVALXE,RSP2XE,RESP3XE,CNTABXE, OBTABXE,RR2IDXE/ S,N,NR2OFFST/S,N,NR3OFFST/S,N,NCNOFFST/PROTYP/ S,N,OBJVAL $

Input Data Blocks: RSP2XM

Merged RSP2X with unresolved DRESP2 records.

RESP3XM

Merged RESP3X with unresolved DRESP3 records.

CNTABXM Merged CNTABX associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

Main Index

OBJTBM

Merged OBJTBR associated with unresolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.

R2VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.

R3VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

DNODEL

Table of designed and non-designed locations.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

COORDN

Matrix of initial or final designed coordinate values.

DVPTAB*

Family of tables of attributes of the designed properties by internal property identification number order.

PROPI*

Family of matrices of initial property values.

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters.

DSCREN

Table of constants from the DSCREEN Bulk Data entry.

RR2IDR

Table of retained referenced type two response identification list.

1085

1086

DSADX Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1

Output Data Blocks: R2VALXE

R2VALRG with resolved DRESP2 records.

R3VALXE

R3VALRG with resolved DRESP3 records.

CVALXE

CVALRG with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

RSP2XE

RSP2RXM with resolved DRESP2 records.

RESP3XE

RESP3XM with resolved DRESP3 records.

CNTABXE

CNTABXM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

OBTABXE

OBJTABM with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

RR2IDXE

RR2IDR with resolved DRESP2 and DRESP3 records.

Parameters: NR2OFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value is incremented by the number of records in RSP2XE. NR3OFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is incremented by the number of records in RESP3XE. NCNOFFST Input/output-integer-no default. Counter for retained constraints. The value is incremented by the number of records in CNTABXE. PROTYP

OBJVAL

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Designed property type code. 1

DVPRELi entries exist.

2

DVCRELi entries exist.

4

DVMRELi entries exist.

>0

Sum of above values for combinations.

Output-real-default=0. Objective value.

DSAE Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration

DSAE

Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration

Merges tables for the two sets of design variables in order to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration for each load case and for each design variable. Format: DSAE

ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/ ESTDV2,TABEV2 $

Input Data Blocks: ESTDVP

EST with element property design variable perturbations.

ESTDVS

EST with grid design variable perturbations.

TABEVP

Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable identification numbers.

TABEVS

Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design variable identification numbers.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

Output Data Blocks: ESTDV2

Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations.

TABEV2

Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.

Parameters: None. Remarks: 1. TABEV2 is in the ascending alphanumeric EST sort. IVEIDs are assigned to ensure that internal element identification numbers are unique and in ascending order. 2. For purposes of computational efficiency, the sizing design variables have been split into two sets. The first set consists of those design variables which affect the stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., cross-sectional area of rod, thickness of plate etc. The second set consists of those variables which may affect the responses, but have no effect on stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., recovery points in a beam or plate.

Main Index

1087

1088

DSAE Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration

3. If central difference is requested then DSAE must be executed for the backward tables. For example in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSAE is used as follows: DSAE

ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/ ESTDV2F,TABEV2 $ IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) DSAE, ESTDVPB,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/ ESTDV2B,TABEV2 $

Main Index

DSAF Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses

DSAF

Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses

Generates element summary and temperature tables that incorporate the effect of retained first level responses. Format: DSAF

R1TABR,EST,ESTDV2,TABEV2,ETT,MIDLIS,KELM,KDICT, PTELEM,KELMDS,KDICTDS,PTELMDSX,ECT,VELEM,VELEMN, GPECT,BGPDT/ ESTDCN,TABECN,ETTDCN,KELMDCN,KDICTDCN,PTELMDCN, VELEMDCN,GPECTDCN/ NDVTOT/PESE $

Input Data Blocks: R1TABR

Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

EST

Element summary table.

ESTDV2

Merged element summary table with grid and element property design variable perturbations.

TABEV2

Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.

ETT

Element temperature table.

MIDLIS

Table of pairs of user-supplied material property identification numbers (MIDs) and internal baseline MIDs.

KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness, or follower stiffness.

KDICT

KELM dictionary table.

PTELEM

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.

KELMDS

Table of perturbed element stiffness matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.

KDICTDS

Perturbed element stiffness matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbed element matrix dictionary.

PTELMDSX Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.

Main Index

ECT

Element connectivity table.

VELEM

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.

1089

1090

DSAF Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses

VELEMN

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: ESTDCN

Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and design variables.

TABECN

Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.

ETTDCN

Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the effects of temperature.

KELMDCN Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential stiffness, or follower stiffness which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. KDICTDCN KELM dictionary table which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. PTELMDCN Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. VELEMDCN Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. GPECTDCN GPECT, which incorporates combined constraints and design variables. Parameters:

Main Index

NDVTOT

Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design variables.

PESE

Input-integer-default=0. Element strain energy flag for static analysis.

DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module

DSAH

Generates data blocks required for DSAL module

Generates data blocks required for the DSAL module to compute sensitivities. Format: DSAH

DRSTBL,R1TABR,CASDSN,TABECN,BLAMA*,LAMA*,OL,DIVTAB, FRQRPR,VIEWTBDS,CASERS,CSNMB,BUG*,PHG*,GEOM2,GEOM3, FRQRMF,DFFDNF,CASEFREQ,MODRPR,CASEDM/ DBUG,DPHG,CASEDSF,LBTAB,BDIAG,LFTAB,COGRID,COELEM, DSEDV,OINTDSF,PELSDSF,DGEOM2,DGEOM3,DNDVPT,MXDFDN, MXOMEG,UG1PVT,DNVVPT,LVTAB,EGVREC,LVTABI,CASEDMF, LAMAM,LAMASH,PVSBIT1,PVSBIT2,DGSVPT,DGMVPT/ APP/DMRESD/NDVTOT/ADJFLG/SEID/DSNOKD/S,N,NNDFRQ/ S,N,NNDEGV/DPHFLG/S,N,NNDGS/S,N,NNDGM $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types. Output by DSAD.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

CASDSN

Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static aeroelastic subcases.

TABECN

Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.

BLAMA*

Family of buckling eigenvalue summary tables.

LAMA*

Family of normal modes eigenvalue summary tables.

OL

Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

DIVTAB

Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.

FRQRPR

Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type and per frequency or time step.

VIEWTBDS

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed model.

CASERS

Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type.

CSNMB

Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.

BUG*

Family of buckling eigenvector matrices in the g-set.

1091

1092

DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module

PHG*

Family of normal modes eigenvector matrices in the g-set.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads.

FRQRMF

FRQRPR table for frequency response.

DFFDNF

Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural frequencies.

CASEFREQ

Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.

MODRPR

Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.

CASEDM

Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DBUG

Buckling eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active) eigenvalues.

DPHG

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active) eigenvalues.

CASEDSF

Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the perturbed configuration.

LBTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained buckling eigenvalue responses.

BDIAG

Diagonal matrix of buckling divided by buckling generalized differential stiffness matrix.

LFTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvalue responses.

COGRID

Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses.

COELEM

Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses.

DSEDV

Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.

OINTDSF

p-element output control table for the perturbed configuration.

PELSDSF

p-element set table for the perturbed configuration.

DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module

DGEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points for the perturbed configuration.

DGEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed configuration.

DNDVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for normal modes analysis from that of the union set.

MXDFDN

Matrix of derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural frequencies.

MXOMEG

Matrix (diagonal) of active forcing frequencies in radians.

UG1PVT

Partitioning vector to zero out the columns at frequencies without active response.

DNVVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of natural frequencies for eigenvector optimization from that of the union set.

LVTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvector responses for all subcases.

EGVREC

Table of eigenvector record for sensitivity computation.

LVTABI

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvector responses per subcase.

CASEDMF

Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the perturbed configuration for modes.

LAMAM

Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalues for subspace iteration.

LAMAS

Matrix (diagonal) of eigenvalue shifts for subspace iteration.

PVSBIT1

Partitioning vector from all modes to subspace iteration modes.

PVSBIT2

Partitioning vector from subspace iteration modes to constrained modes.

DGSVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized stiffness for normal modes analysis from that of the union set.

DGMVPT

Partitioning vector to obtain the sensitivities of generalized mass for normal modes analysis from that of the union set.

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default=' 'STATICS'

Main Index

Statics

'. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

1093

1094

DSAH Generates data blocks required for DSAL module

'FREQRESP' Frequency response 'TRANRESP' Transient response DMRESD

Input-integer-default=0. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the residual structure.

NDVTOT

Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design variables.

ADJFLG

Output-integer-default=-1. Adjoint sensitivity method flag. 0 No adjoint sensitivity.

Main Index

1

Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.

2

Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

DSNOKD

Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design sensitivity analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.

NNDFRQ

Output-integer-default=0. Number of forcing frequencies which depend upon natural frequencies.

NNDEGV

Output-integer-default=0. Number of new natural frequencies related to eigenvector sensitivity

DPHFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Flag to select Nelson’s method or subspace iteration for eigenvector sensitivites. Usually input via user parameter. 0

Nelson’s method

1

Subspace iteration

NNDGS

Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized stiffness.

NNDGM

Output-integer-default=0. Number of natural frequencies related to generalized mass.

DSAJ Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable

DSAJ

Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable

Generates the g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable and the corresponding design variable correlation table. Format: DSAJ

EDOM,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,BASVEC0,CASECC,GEOM4/ DESVEC,DVIDS,CASEP,DESVECP/ LUSET $

Input Data Blocks: EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SIL

Scalar index list.

BASVEC0

Auxiliary displacement matrix. Optional user input.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DESVEC

Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are defined in the basic coordinate system.

DVIDS

List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary DVGRID option.

CASEP

Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number of Case Control records.

DESVECP

Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID bulk data entries and from columns of basvec matrix its components are expressed in the global coordinate system.

1095

1096

DSAJ Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable

Parameter: LUSET

Main Index

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix

DSAL

Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix

Generates the design sensitivity coefficient matrix; i.e., the sensitivity coefficients for the retained set of constraints specified in the design model for each design variable. Format: DSAL

DRSTBL,DELWS,DELVS,DELB1,DELF1, COGRID,COELEM,OUGDSN,OESDSN,OSTRDSN, OEFDSN,OEFITDSN,OESCDSN,OSTRCDSN, OQGDSN,ONRGYDSN,OGPFDSN,OELOPDSN,R1VALR, TABDEQ,OL,DSDIV,DELX,DELS,DELFL,DELCE, DELGS,DELGM,FRQRPR,DELBSH,DRDUTB,ADELUS, ADELUF,R1TABR,DRMSVL,MODRPR,OUGDSNM, OESDSNM,OSTRDSNM,OEFDSNM,ONRGDSNM,ESRTDS, FRMDS,OES1ABDS/ DSCM/ NDVTOT/DELTAB/EIGNFREQ/ADJFLG/SEID/ S,N,ADELRS/S,N,ADELRF $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

DELWS

Matrix of delta weight for all design variables.

DELVS

Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.

DELB1

Matrix of delta buckling load factor for all design variables.

DELF1

Matrix of delta eigenvalue for all design variables.

COGRID

Correlation table between idcid/gid component for displacement responses.

COELEM

Correlation table between idcid/eid/component for element responses.

OUGDSN

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

OESDSN

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

OSTRDSN

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

1097

1098

DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix

OEFDSN

Table of element forces, excluding non-composite elements, in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

OEFITDSN

Table of composite element failure indices for the perturbed configuration.

OESCDSN

Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

OSTRCDSN

Table of composite element strains in SORT1 format for the perturbed configuration.

OQGDSN

Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

ONRGYDSN Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

Main Index

OGPFDSN

Table of grid point forces for the perturbed configuration.

OELOPDSN

Table of element forces on adjacent elements.

R1VALR

Matrix of retained type one responses.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

DSDIV

Matrix of delta divergence speed for all design variables.

DELX

Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables.

DELS

Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables.

DELFL

Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.

DELCE

Matrix of delta complex eigenvalue for all design variables.

DELGS

Matrix of delta generalized stiffnesses for all design variables.

DELGM

Matrix of delta generalized masses for all design variables.

FRQRPR

Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type and per frequency or time step.

DELBSH

Matrix of finite difference shape step sizes.

DRDUTB

Table of adjoint load attributes.

ADELUS

Matrix of adjoint sensitivities for static analysis.

ADELUF

matrix of adjoint sensitivities for frequency response.

DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

DRMSVL

Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables.

MODRPR

Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.

OUGDSNM

Table of eigenvectors for design responses for the perturbed configuration.

OESDSNM

Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration.

OSTRDSNM

Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration.

OEFDSNM

Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration.

ONRGDSNM Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the perturbed configuration. ESRTDS

Stress ratio for composites for perturbed configuration (statics only).

FRMDS

Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only).

OES1ABDS

Table of screened element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections for the perturbed configuration.

Output Data Blocks: DSCM

Design sensitivity coefficient matrix.

Parameters: NDVTOT

Input-integer-no default. Number of unique referenced design variables.

DELTAB

Input-real-no default. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.

EIGNFREQ

Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

ADJFLG

Main Index

1

Eigenvalue (radian/time).

2

Frequency (cycle/time).

Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity method flag.

1099

1100

DSAL Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix

0

No adjoint sensitivity.

1

Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.

2

Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

ADELRS

Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in static analysis.

ADELRF

Output-integer-default=0. Counter for adjoint responses in frequency response analysis.

Remark: DSAL is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement and hence, many of the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP RESPSEN for an example.

Main Index

DSAM Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation

DSAM

Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation

Creates geometry for the backward and forward (or central) perturbation. Format: DSAM

DTOS4,DGTAB,BGPDT/ BGPDVP,BGPDVB/ S,N,SHAPEOPT/CDIF $

Input Data Blocks: DTOS4

Table relating design variable to grid perturbation. Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains the product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.

DGTAB

Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.

Output Data Blocks: BGPDVP

Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed configuration.

BGPDVB

Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed configuration.

Parameters: SHAPEOPT Output-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape design variables are defined. CDIF

Input-character-no default. Finite difference scheme. 'YES' Central 'NO'

Main Index

Forward

1101

1102

DSAN Generates design sensitivity processing table

DSAN

Generates design sensitivity processing table

Generates design sensitivity processing table and update element temperature table. Format: DSAN

TABEV2,ETT,EST,MPT/ DSPT1,ETTDV $

Input Data Blocks: TABEV2

Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.

ETT

Element temperature table.

EST

Element summary table.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

Output Data Blocks: DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

ETTDV

Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers have been converted to new design variable identification numbers.

Parameters: None.

Main Index

DSAP Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix

DSAP

Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix

Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix according to the following summation for frequency response and normal modes: nfreq

∑

2

– w j * [ MU x ] + iw j * [ BU x ] + [ KU x ]

Eq. 4-19

j = 1

where: w j = freq j * 2pi or for complex eigenvalues: nfreq

∑

2

p j * [ MU x ] + p j * [ BU x ] + [ KU x ]

Eq. 4-20

j = 1

where: r

i

p j = w j + iw j Format: DSAP

MUX,BUX,KUX,OL,DSPT1/ PX/ APP $

Input Data Blocks: MUX

Matrix of mass multiplied by displacements or eigenvectors.

BUX

Matrix of damping multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.

KUX

Matrix of stiffness multiplied by displacement or eigenvectors.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, or frequency response frequency output list.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table. See Remarks.

Output Data Block: PX

Main Index

Inertial or pseudo-load matrix.

1103

1104

DSAP Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix

Parameters: APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'FREQ'

Frequency response

'CEIG'

Complex eigenvalue

'REIG'

Normal modes

Remarks: 1. The number of rows PX is equal to the number of rows in the input matrices. The number of columns in PX is also equal to the number of columns in the input matrices unless DSPT1 is specified, in which case the number of columns is equal to the number of columns in the input matrices times the design variables defined in DSPT1. 2. If the number of columns in the MUX, BUX, and KUX is less than the number of frequencies in OL then PX will be truncated accordingly. 3. Any of the inputs may be purged except for OL. If DSPT1 is specified then APP can only be equal to 'FREQ' and the summation is repeated for each design variable and the result is called pseudo-loads. Also, the result is the negative of the equation above. 4. The input matrices can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate to a degree-of-freedom set.

Main Index

DSAPRT Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

DSAPRT

Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix according to the DSAPRT Case Control command request. Format: DSAPRT

CASECC,DESTAB,DSCMCOL,DSCM2,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,R3VALRG, DSIDLBL,XINIT// DSZERO/EIGNFREQ/XYUNIT/DESCYCLE $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. DSCM2

Normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.

R1VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained first level (direct) responses.

R2VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.

R3VALRG

Matrix of initial values of the retained third level responses.

DSIDLBL

Table of design response labels.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: DSZERO

Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will be printed.

EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag.

Main Index

1

Eigenvalue (radian/time)

2

Frequency (cycle/time)

1105

1106

DSAPRT Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

XYUNIT

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number to which the DOM12 module writes design optimization x-y plot data.

DESCYCLE Input-integer-default=0. Design cycle analysis counter.

Main Index

DSAR Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix

DSAR

Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix

Extracts and truncates the displacement, velocity, acceleration, and dynamic loads from the transient solution matrix into separate matrices. Format: DSAR

UXT,TOL,TOL1,PXT/ UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,UXT1,PXT1/ EXTRPL/NDEL/SORTP $

Input Data Blocks: UXT

Solution matrix from transient response analysis.

TOL

Transient response time output list consistent with columns in UXT and PXT.

TOL1

Reduced transient response time output list. Subset of time steps in TOL and consistent with columns in outputs.

PXT

Transient load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for time steps in TOL.

Output Data Blocks: UDISP

Reduced displacement solution matrix from transient response analysis.

UVELO

Reduced velocity solution matrix from transient response analysis.

UACCE

Reduced acceleration solution matrix from transient response analysis.

UXT1

Reduced solution matrix from transient response analysis.

PXT1

Reduced transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set.

Parameters: EXTRPL

Main Index

Input-integer-default=1. Extra solution column flag. An extra column is or is not appended to UDISP, UVELO, and UACCE accordingly: 0

Not appended.

1

From the last time step.

2

By extrapolation.

1107

1108

DSAR Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix

NDEL

Input-integer-default=3. If NDEL is -1, an unneeded load vector is deleted for the final time step for each design variable.

SORTP

Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, and UXT1. 1

Columns correspond to time steps.

2

Rows correspond to time steps.

Remarks: 1. PXT, UDISP, UVELO, UACCE, UXT1 and PXT1 may be purged. 2. If no truncation is desired then specify TOL for TOL1. For example, DSAR

UXT,TOL,TOL,/ UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,,/0 $

3. UXT and PXT can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate to a degree-of-freedom set. 4. All outputs have columns which are consistent with time steps in TOL1.

Main Index

DSARLP Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives

DSARLP

Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives

Calculates the pseudo-displacements used in calculating the sensitivities of stability derivatives and determines the parameters required for all of the static aeroelastic sensitivity analyses. Format: DSARLP

DRSTBL,R1TABR,AECTRL,CASECC,EDT/ CASEA,UXU,UXR/ S,N,STFLG/S,N,TFLG/S,N,SDFLG/S,N,NSKIP/ S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/S,N,AEQRATIO $

Input Data Blocks: DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

AECTRL

Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

UXU

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of unrestrained stability derivatives.

UXR

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of restrained stability derivatives.

1109

1110

DSARLP Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives

Parameters: STFLG

Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static response (DISP, STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.

TFLG

Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.

SDFLG

Output-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.

NSKIP

Input/output-integer-no default. Trim subcase counter.

LPFLG

Input/output-integer-default=0. Flag to indicate whether there is another Case Control record to process. Set to -1 for the last subcase and Mach number.

MACH

Output-real-no default. Mach number.

Q

Output-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.

AEQRATIO

Output-real-no default. Aeroelastic feedback dynamic pressure ratio.

Remark: DSARLP performs a function for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis that is similar to the AELOOP module for static aeroelastic analysis.

Main Index

DSARME Computes RMS values

DSARME Computes RMS values Computes the RMS values for random response analysis in design sensitivity. Format: DSARME

UPDST,RMSTAB,CFSAB/ RMSVAL $

Input Data Blocks: UPDST

Table of transfer function data needed for RMS calculations.

RMSTAB

Table of RMS responses.

CFSAB

Matrix of spectral densities -- weighting factors for RMS calculations.

Output Data Blocks: RMSVAL Parameters: None. Remarks: None.

Main Index

Matrix of initial RMS values.

1111

1112

DSARSN Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives

DSARSN

Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives

Calculates and stores the delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives. Format: DSARSN

CASEA,R1TABR,AECTRL,DUX,TR,AERO,DSTABU,DSTABR/ DELX1,DELS1/ TFLG/SDFLG/Q $

Input Data Blocks: CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

AECTRL

Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.

DUX

Matrix of aerodynamic extra point displacements for the perturbed configuration.

TR

Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic reference point.

AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

DSTABU

Matrix of unrestrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.

DSTABR

Matrix of restrained perturbed dimensional stability derivatives.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DELX1

Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a single trim subcase.

DELS1

Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for a single trim subcase.

DSARSN Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives

Parameters: TFLG

Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.

SDFLG

Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.

Q

Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.

Remarks: 1. DSARSN is called inside a loop for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis whenever TFLG or SDFLG is greater than zero. See subDMAP SAERSENS for an example.

Main Index

1113

1114

DSAW Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable

DSAW

Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable

Calculates the delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable. Format: DSAW

DRSTBL,TABEV2,VELEM,VELEMN,R1TABR,DESTAB/ DELVS,WTCRID,WTDSCP,FRMDS/ CFDFLG $

Input Data Blocks: DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

TABEV2

Merged cross reference table of TABEVP and TABEVS.

VELEM

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.

VELEMN

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

Output Data Blocks: DELVS

Matrix of delta volume for all design variables.

WTCRID

Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in rigid mass matrix.

WTDSCP

Partitioning vector for weight.

FRMDS

Sensitivity matrix for fractional mass configuration (statics only).

Parameter: CFDFLG

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Central finite difference flag. 1 means forward and -1 backward.

DSDVRG Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities

DSDVRG

Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities

Computes the weighting factors required in the calculation of the retained divergence response sensitivities. Format: DSDVRG

DSEDV,DIVTAB,PHIDRLR,PHIDLLR,QLLX/ DELDV $

Input Data Blocks: DSEDV

Partitioning vector for retained divergence responses.

DIVTAB

Table of aerostatic divergence data for all subcases.

PHIDRL

Retained right divergence eigenvector responses.

PHIDLL

Retained left divergence eigenvector responses.

QLL

Aerodynamic matrix for divergence analysis.

Output Data Blocks: DELDV Parameters: None.

Main Index

Matrix of divergence sensitivity.

1115

1116

DSFLTE Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue

DSFLTE

Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue

Calculates the right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue that has been extracted in a flutter analysis and has been flagged for sensitivity analysis. Selected complex scalar quantities required for flutter sensitivity analysis are also computed. Format: DSFLTE

KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,FLUTAB,R1TABR,CASECC,CPHP,LCPHP/ CPHFL,CPHFR,VTQU/FCSENS $

Input Data Blocks: KHH

Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

BHH

Generalized (modal) damping matrix.

MHH

Generalized (modal) mass matrix.

QHHL

Aerodynamic matrix list.

FLUTAB

Flutter summary table for all subcases.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

CPHP

Complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.

LCPHP

Left-handed complex eigenvector matrix in the p-set.

Output Data Blocks: CPHFL

Left flutter eigenvector -- h-set.

CPHFR

Right flutter eigenvector -- h-set.

VTQU

Table of flutter sensitivity data.

Parameters: FCSENS

Main Index

Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag. 1

Flutter sensitivity.

2

Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.

DSFLTE Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue

Remark: The calculations in DSFLTE closely follow those used in module FA1 to perform the p-k method of flutter analysis.

Main Index

1117

1118

DSFLTF Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses

DSFLTF

Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses

Calculates the sensitivity of active flutter responses. Format: DSFLTF

VTQU,CDELK,CDELB,CDELM/DELFL/FCSENS $

Input Data Blocks: CDELK

Triple matrix product for flutter stiffness sensitivity.

CDELB

Triple matrix product for flutter damping sensitivity.

CDELM

Triple matrix product for flutter mass sensitivity.

VTQU

Table of flutter sensitivity data.

Output Data Block: DELFL

Matrix of delta flutter responses for all design variables.

Parameters: FCSENS

Main Index

Input-integer-default=1. Flutter/complex eigenvalue sensitivity flag. 1

Flutter sensitivity.

2

Complex eigenvalue sensitivity.

DSGRDM Produces grid list of design model

DSGRDM Produces grid list of design model Preprocesses the design entries in EDOM to produce a list of grids associated with the designed elements and design responses. Format: DSGRDM

EDOM,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,GEOM1/ DSGRID/ S,N,AUTOSE/S,N,NUMDIV/S,N,DRATIO $

Input Data Blocks: EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

Output Data Blocks: DSGRID

Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design model automatic superelement optimization feature.

Parameters:

Main Index

AUTOSE

Output-character-default=none. Automatic superelement optimization flag. Values are 'YES' or 'NO' as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.

NUMDIV

Output-integer-default=0. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model which will not be designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.

DRATIO

Output-real-default=0.0. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry.

1119

1120

DSMA Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix

DSMA

Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix

Generates the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only. Format: DSMA

DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/ DSCMR,UNUSED2/ APP $

Format for statics: DSMA

DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/ DSCMR,/ 'STATICS' $

Format for normal modes or buckling: DSMA

DSPT2,DSEGM,,,,/ DSCMR,/ ’MODES’ (or ’BUCKL’) $

Input Data Blocks: DSPT2

Old design sensitivity processor table two.

DSEGM

Old design sensitivity eigenvalue gradient matrix.

OUG1DS

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses.

OES1DS

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.

OEF1DS

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses.

OES1CDS

Table of composite element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses.

OEFITDS

Table of composite element failure indices for design responses.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

DSCMR

Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.

UNUSED2

Unused and may be purged.

DSMA Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 'STATICS' Statics 'BUCKL'

Buckling

'MODES' Normal modes Remarks: 1. DSMA is applicable only to old sensitivity analysis. 2. DSPT2 may not be purged. 3. DSEGM must be present for normal modes or buckling. 4. OUG1DS, OES1DS, and OEF1DS are required only if selected by DSPT2 entries.

Main Index

1121

1122

DSPRM Sets design sensitivity parameters

DSPRM

Sets design sensitivity parameters

Sets design sensitivity parameters based on retained responses for DMAP flow control. Format: DSPRM

DRSTBL// S,N,WGTVOL/S,N,DOBUCK/S,N,DOMODES/S,N,DOSTAT/ S,N,FAILI/S,N,CSTRES/S,N,CSTRN/S,N,DOFREQ/ S,N,DOCEIG/S,N,DOMTRAN/S,N,DODIVG/S,N,DOSAERO/ S,N,DOFLUT/S,N,DOANALY/S,N,DOSASTAT/ADJFLGG/ S,N,DOFSPCF/S,N,DOTSPCF/S,N,DOWGHT/S,N,DOESE/ S,N,DOSSPCF/S,N,DORMS/S,N,DOEIGV/S,N,DOGPF/ S,N,DOELOP/S,N,DOSTCOMP/S,N,DOFRMASS/ S,N,DOCSTRAT $

Input Data Block: DRSTBL

Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the response types.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: WGTVOL

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. 1

Weight only

2

Volume only

3

Weight And volume

DOBUCK

Output-integer-default=0. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.

DOMODES

Output-integer-default=0. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.

DOSTAT

Output-integer-default=0. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.

FAILI

Output-integer-default=0. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.

DSPRM Sets design sensitivity parameters

Main Index

CSTRES

Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.

CSTRN

Output-integer-default=0. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint.

DOFREQ

Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOCEIG

Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOMTRAN

Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DODIVG

Output-integer-default=0. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOSAERO

Output-integer-default=0. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOFLUT

Output-integer-default=0. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOANALY

Output-integer-default=0. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOSASTAT

Output-integer-default=0. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

ADJFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Adjoint sensitivity flag. 0

No adjoint sensitivity.

1

Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis.

2

Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis.

DOFSPCF

Output-integer-default=0. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOTSPCF

Output-integer-default=0. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOWGHT

Output-integer-default=0. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOESE

Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

1123

1124

DSPRM Sets design sensitivity parameters

DOSSPCF

Output-integer-default=0. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DORMS

Output-integer-default=0. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.

DOEIGV

Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any eigenvector constraints.

DOGPF

Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses.

DOELOP

Output-integer-default=0. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses.

DOSTCOMP Output-integer-default=0. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static compliance. DOFRMASS Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass. DOCSTRAT

Output-integer-default=0. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite stress ratio.

Remark: RSP1CT may be specified as input to DSPRM.

Main Index

DSTA Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only

DSTA

Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only

Creates tables related to the design perturbation in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only. Format:

DSTA

 UG    ECT,EPT,EST,CASECC,EDOM,  LAMA  ,CASECCX,ETT,    BLAMA  DIT,MPT/ ESTDVP,ESTDCN,CASEDS,ETTDCN,DSPT1,DSPT2, DSROWL,DSCOLL,ETTDV,MPTC,EPTC/ APP/S,N,NOPRT/S,N,NOSAVE/S,N,NOFORT/NEIG $

Input Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EST

Element summary table.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images. of static loads.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set from static analysis.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

BLAMA

Buckling eigenvalue summary table.

CASECCX

Table of Case Control command images used to generate static loads.

ETT

Element temperature table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

ESTDVP

EST with element property design variable perturbations.

ESTDCN

Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and design variables.

1125

1126

DSTA Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only

CASEDS

Case control table for the data recovery of design responses.

DSESM

Design sensitivity eigenvector selection matrix -- Boolean operator to select eigenvectors which are referenced by constraints (buckling and normal modes only).

ETTDCN

Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the effects of temperature.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

DSPT2

Old Design sensitivity processor table two.

DSROWL

Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.

DSCOLL

Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.

ETTDV

Element temperature table where the original element identification numbers have been converted to new design variable identification numbers.

MPTC

Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.

EPTC

Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records.

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 'STATICS' Statics

Main Index

'BUCKL'

Buckling

'MODES'

Normal modes

NOPRT

Output-integer-default=0. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control command.

NOSAVE

Output-integer-default=-1. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the SENSITY Case Control command.

NOFORT

Output-integer-default=-1. OUTPUT4 flag. Set to 0 if FORT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control command.

DSTA Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only

NEIG

Input-integer-default=0. Number of eigenvalues to keep. 0

Keep all eigenvalues.

>0

Keep first NEIG-th eigenvalues.

Remarks: 1. ETT, ETTDV, and ETTDC may be purged if no element temperature data exists. 2. DSTA generates the tables necessary to drive other modules that calculate design sensitivity data. These modules include EMG, SSG1, DSVG1, DSVG2, DSVG3, SDR2, DSMAS and LMATPRT.

Main Index

1127

1128

DSTAP2 Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

DSTAP2

Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

Creates a correlation table for the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Format: DSTAP2

R1TABRG,RSP2RG,RSP3RG/ DSCMCOL,DSIDLBL,RQA/ S,N,NORQA/S,N,IFRMAS $

Input Data Blocks: R1TABRG

Table of attributes of the retained first level (direct) responses.

RSP2RG

Table of attributes of the retained second level (synthetic) responses.

RSP3RG

Table of attributes of the retained third level responses.

Output Data Blocks: DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. DSIDLBL

Table of design response labels.

RQA

Matrix of spawned generalized stiffness and mass indices.

Parameter:

Main Index

NORQA

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Presense flag for RQA data block.

IFRMAS

Output-integer-default=0. Fractional mass response type.

DSVG1 Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis

DSVG1

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in the sensitivity analysis. Format:

DSVG1

 UGX  XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICT,XELM,   ,VG,  AGX  LFTAB,DSPT1,VGDM,XDICTB,XELMB/ EGX/ NOK4GG/WTMASS/IAPP/DSVGSF/NOPSLG/COUPMASS/CDIF/ SPDM/SHAPEOPT/MGEFLAG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XDICTDS

Perturbed element matrix dictionary table. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward or backward perturbed element matrix dictionary.

XELMDS

Table of perturbed element matrices. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward or backward perturbed element matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

XDICT

Baseline element matrix dictionary table.

XELM

Baseline element matrices.

UGX

Displacement matrix in g-set. For transient response analysis, UGX could also represent velocity or acceleration.

AGX

Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.

VG

Left-handed displacement matrix in g-set. Divergence and flutter analysis only.

LFTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvalue responses.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

VGDM

Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this vector.

1129

1130

DSVG1 Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis

XDICTB

Backward perturbed element matrix dictionary if CDIF=’YES’.

XELMB

Backward perturbed if CDIF=’YES’.

Output Data Blocks: EGX

Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set.

Parameters: NOK4GG

Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag. -1

Do not generate.

0

Generate.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.

IAPP

Input-integer-default=1. Analysis type. Allowable values are:

DSVGF

NOPSLG

1

Statics, aerostatic, frequency, or transient response.

2

Buckling or normal modes.

4

Flutter or divergence.

Input-integer-default=0. Specifies scaling of solution vector by eigenvalue. 0

No scaling.

1

Scale.

Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV Case Control command.

COUPMASS Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag. -1

Lumped.

0

Coupled.

CDIF

Input-character-default=’NO’. Finite difference scheme. ‘YES’=Central and Forward=’NO’.

SPDM

Input-integer-default=0. Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied.

Main Index

-1

Yes.

0

No.

DSVG1 Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis

SHAPEOPT Input-integer-default=0. Shape optimization flag. Set to 1 if shape optimization is activated. MGEFLAG Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag. for PSHELL, PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3. Remarks: 1. DSVG1 must be executed for mass, stiffness, viscous damping, and structural damping and, if CDIF='YES', forward and backward perturbed configurations. 2. For transient analysis, DSVG1 must be invoked three times for displacement, velocity, and acceleration which are obtained from the DSAR module. 3. If NOPSLG ≠ 0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.

Main Index

1131

1132

DSVG1P Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis

DSVG1P

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis

Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis. Format: DSVG1P

ESTDVM,ESTDV2,BGPDVP,CSTM,MPTX,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND, UGX,LFTAB,DSPT1,GPSNT,ESTDVB/ EGK,EGM/ COUPMASS/K6ROT/ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/NOPSLG/OPTFLG/ UNUSED7 $

Input Data Blocks: ESTDVM

EST with updated material property identification numbers.

ESTDV2

Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations. If CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.

BGPDVP

Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed configuration.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPTX

MPT with design variable perturbations.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

UGX

Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

LFTAB

Table of eigenvalues and generalized masses for retained normal mode eigenvalue responses.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

ESTDVB

Element summary table for the backward perturbed configuration. Required only if CDIF='YES'.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

EGK

Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to stiffness.

EGM

Pseudo-load (equilibrium variation) matrix in the g-set due to mass.

DSVG1P Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis

Parameters: COUPMASS

Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag. -1 Lumped. 0

Coupled.

K6ROT

Input-real-default=-1.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.

ALTSHAPE

Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in pelement analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=-1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.

NOPSLG

Input-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV Case Control command.

OPTFLG

UNUSED7

Input-integer-default=0. DSVG1P application method: 1

Statics.

2

Normal modes.

3

Acceleration load.

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

Remark: If NOPSLG ≠ 0 , then a null EGX matrix is generated.

Main Index

1133

1134

DSVG2 Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load

DSVG2

Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load

Generates the pseudo-load matrix which reflects equilibrium changes in the thermal load due to variations in the design variables. Format: DSVG2

BGPDVX,CSTM,SIL,KDICTX,CASDSN,PTELEM,  UGX  PTELMDSX,   ,DSPT1/  AGX  EGTX/ PEXIST/HPFLAG $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDVX

Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SIL

Scalar index list.

KDICTX

Baseline element stiffness matrix dictionary table for h-elements or p-elements.

CASDSN

Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static aeroelastic subcases.

PTELEM

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.

PTELMDSX

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.

UGX

Matrix of analysis model displacements in g-set or p-set.

AGX

Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

Output Data Block: EGTX

Main Index

Pseudo-load matrix (variation in equilibrium) due to changes in the thermal load/design variables for the central, forward, or backward perturbed configuration.

DSVG2 Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load

Parameters: PEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present.

HPFLAG

Input-integer-default=1. Element type processing flag. 1

h-element

2

p-element

Remark: CSTM and BGPDT may be purged.

Main Index

1135

1136

DSVG3 Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only

DSVG3

Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only

Combines and appends the solution matrices from the analysis and pseudo-loads due to design variable changes in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only. Format: DSVG3

UG,UGDS/ UGDS1 $

Input Data Blocks: UG

Displacement matrix in g-set from the analysis.

UGDS

Displacement matrix in g-set due to pseudo-loads.

Output Data Block: UGDS1 Parameters: None.

Main Index

Displacement matrix in g-set for the total variation.

DSVGP4 Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix

DSVGP4

Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix

Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix for rigid element shape sensitivity analysis. Format: DSVGP4

DGTAB,EQEXIN,GEOM4,RMG,GM,USET,CSTM,BPGDVP,TABDEQ/ DELTGM,DVSLIS/ LUSET/NDVTOT/S,N,RGSENS $

Input Data Blocks: DGTAB

Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDVP

Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed configuration.

TABDEQ

Table of unique design variable identification numbers.

Output Data Blocks: DELTGM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix for the perturbed configuration.

DVSLIS

List of design variables affected by shape variations.

Parameters: LUSET

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

1137

1138

DSVGP4 Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix

NDVTOT

Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design variables.

RGSENS

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Rigid element sensitivity flag.

Remark: Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns (if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.

Main Index

DSVGP5 Performs multiplication of two matrices

Performs multiplication of two matrices

DSVGP5

Performs multiplication of two matrices with one matrix having multiple submatrices and, optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product. For example, the default (IOPT=0 or T=0) result is: [ A 1 ⋅ B A 2 ⋅ B A 3 ⋅ B …A n ⋅ B ] + C 1 C 2 C 3 …C n Format: DSVGP5

A,B,C,DVSLIS/ D/ NSMATS/T/IOPT $

Input Data Blocks: A

Matrix with NSMATS number of submatrices.

B

Submatrix multiplier.

C

Additive matrix to be added to product of A and B. Used only if IOPT=0 or 2.

DVSLIS

List of design variables affected by shape variations.

Output Data Block: D

Matrix product.

Parameters: NSMATS

Input-integer-default=0. Number of submatrices in A.

T

Input-integer-default=0. A i submatrix transpose flag. Applicable only when IOPT=0.

IOPT

0

No transpose of A i (default).

1

Transpose A i .

Input-integer-default=0. DSVGP5 method. T is ignored when IOPT>0. 0

Main Index

A i ⋅ B + C i (default).

1139

1140

DSVGP5 Performs multiplication of two matrices

1

B + Ai .

2

Same as 0 except diagonal is extracted from A i ⋅ B + C i and stored as a column in D.

Remark: Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns (if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.

Main Index

DTIIN Input DTI entries to DMAP

Input DTI entries to DMAP

DTIIN

Input tables referenced on DTI Bulk Data entries. Format: DTIIN

DTI,DTINDX/DTI1,DTI2,DTI3,DTI4,DTI5,DTI6,DTI7, DTI8,DTI9,DTI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/ PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $

Input Data Blocks: DTI

Collection of tables specified on DTI Bulk Data entries (from IFP).

DTlNDX

Index into DTI (from IFP).

Output Data Blocks: DTIi

Names that appear on field 2 of the DTI entries (i.e., the DTI table called DTI1) will be output on data block DTI1.

Parameters: PARMi

Output-logical-default = FALSE. If the i-th output data block is generated then PARMi=TRUE.

Remarks: 1. The input data blocks DTI and DTINDX are output from the preface module IFP. 2. Any output data block may be purged. Example: Assume the Bulk Data contains three DTI tables named T1, T2, and T3. The following DMAP instruction will create the data blocks T1 and T3. DTIIN

Main Index

DTI,DTINDX/T1,T3,,,,,,,,/S,N,YEST1/S,N,YEST3 $

1141

1142

DUMMOD1 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

DUMMOD1

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules. Format: DUMMOD1

IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/ IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/ CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $

Input Data Blocks: IDBi

Table or matrix.

Output Data Blocks: ODBi

Table or matrix.

Parameters:

Main Index

IPARMi

Input/output-integer-default=-1.

RPARMi

Input/output-real-default=-1.0.

CHPARM

Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.

RDPARM

Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.

CPARM

Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).

CDPARM

Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).

DUMMOD2 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

DUMMOD2

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules. Format: DUMMOD2

IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ODB1,ODB2, ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/ IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/ CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $

Input Data Blocks: IDBi

Table or matrix.

Output Data Blocks: ODBi

Table or matrix.

Parameters:

Main Index

IPARMi

Input/output-integer-default=-1.

RPARMi

Input/output-real-default=-1.0.

CHPARM

Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.

RDPARM

Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.

CPARM

Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).

CDPARM

Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).

1143

1144

DUMMOD3 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

DUMMOD3

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules. Format: DUMMOD3

IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/ IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/ CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $

Input Data Blocks: IDBi

Table of matrix.

Output Data Blocks: ODBi

Table of matrix.

Parameters:

Main Index

IPARMi

Input/output-integer-default=-1.

RPARMi

Input/output-real-default=-1.0.

CHPARM

Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.

RDPARM

Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.

CPARM

Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).

CDPARM

Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).

DUMMOD4 Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

DUMMOD4

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules

Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules. Format: DUMMOD4

IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/ IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/ CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $

Input Data Blocks: IDBi

Table of matrix.

Output Data Blocks: ODBi

Table of matrix.

Parameters:

Main Index

IPARMi

Input/output-integer-default=-1.

RPARMi

Input/output-real-default=-1.0.

CHPARM

Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.

RDPARM

Input/output-real double precision-default=-1.D0.

CPARM

Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).

CDPARM

Input/output-complex double precision-default=(-1.D0, 1.0D0).

1145

1146

DVIEWP Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements

DVIEWP

Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements

Generates the view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements in design sensitivity analysis. Format: DVIEWP

CASECC,OINT,PELSET,ESTDCN,TABECN,BGPDVP,CSTM/ VIEWTBDS/ S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/ VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/ S,N,VUEXIST $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT and OUTRCV Bulk Data entries.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

ESTDCN

Element summary table which incorporates combined constraints and design variables.

TABECN

Table of relationship between internal identification numbers of constraints in ESTDCN and elements and responses in R1TABR.

BGPDVP

Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed configuration.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Blocks: VIEWTBDS View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed model. Parameters:

Main Index

VUGNEXT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next view-grid.

VUENEXT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next view-element.

DVIEWP Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements

VUGJUMP

Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.

VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=1000. Delta between view-element identification numbers. VUHEXA

Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.

VUPENTA

Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.

VUTETRA

Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.

VUQUAD4 Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.

Main Index

VUTRIA3

Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.

VUBEAM

Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.

VUEXIST

Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist.

1147

1148

DYNCXPNT Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table

DYNCXPNT Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table Automatically generates the extra points for acoustic infinite elements and adds them to the DYNAMIC table. Format: DYNCXPNT

GEOM2 , EPT , EDT DYNAMICX, IFEXPNT , VEFS S,N,AIXPNT $

, DYNAMIC / /

Input Data Blocks: GEOM2 EPT EDT DYNAMIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points. Element property table. Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry. Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamic.s

Output Data Blocks: DYNAMICX

Updated DYNAMIC table.

IFEXPNT

Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluidstructure grid points.

VEFS

Fluid-structure partitioning vector for the e-set.

Parameters: AIXPNT

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Extra point generation flag. TRUE if extra points are generated; false otherwise.

Remark: If any of the datablocks GEOM2, EPT and DYNAMIC are purged or do not exist then no action is taken.

Main Index

EFFMASS Computes modal effective mass

EFFMASS

Computes modal effective mass

Computes the modal effective mass based on the normal modes. Format: EFFMASS

CASECC,MAA,PHA,LAMA,USET,BGPDT,UNUSED,CSTM,VGQ/ TEMF,EMM,DMA,MEMF,MPFEM,MEM,MEW/ SEID/WTMASS/S,N,CARDNO/SETNAM/UNUSED $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

MAA

Mass matrix in a-set or g-set.

PHA

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set or g-set.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

UNUSED

Unused.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

VGQ

Partitioning vector which is g-set size and contains values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

TEMF

Total effective mass fraction table.

EMM

Effective mass matrix.

MA

Rigid body mass matrix for the a-set.

MEMF

Modal effective mass fraction table.

MPFEM

Modal participation factors for effective mass.

MEM

Modal effective mass matrix.

MEW

Modal effective weight matrix.

1149

1150

EFFMASS Computes modal effective mass

Parameters: SEID

Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.

WTMASS

Input-real-no default. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. See “Parameter Descriptions” on page 656 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide.

CARDNO

Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73-80 of each line.

SETNAM

Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name.

UNUSED

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

ELFDR Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module

ELFDR

Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module

Transforms grid point force balance output (from GPFDR module) from the global coordinate system to the elemental coordinate systems or to the edges of adjacent elements. Applicable to line and shell elements only. Format: ELFDR

OGPFB1,GPECT,CSTM,SIL,GPL,BGPDT/ OELOF1,OELOP1/ NOELOF/NOELOP/UNUSED3 $

Input Data Blocks: OGPFB1

Table of grid point forces in SORT1 format.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SIL

Scalar index list.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: OELOF1

Table of element oriented forces connected to common grid points in SORT1 format.

OELOP1

Table of element-oriented forces oriented along adjacent element edge directions and summations of these components on equivalent edges in SORT1 format.

Parameters: NOELOF

Input-integer-default=0. OELOF1 generation flag. <0 Do not generate. 0

NOELOP

Generate.

Input-integer-default=0. OELOP1 generation flag. <0 Do not generate. 0

UNUSED3

Main Index

Generate.

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

1151

1152

ELTPRT Prints element summary information

.

ELTPRT

Prints element summary information

Prints information on elements. Format: ELTPRT

ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,NSMEST,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT, CASSECC,EPT,UNUSED/ VELEM/ PROUT/S,N,ERROR/WTMASS $

Input Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

NSMEST

NSM Bulk Data entries in EST format.

EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for ELSUM command.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images for ELSUM command.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

UNUSED

Unused and may be purged.

Output Data Block: VELEM

Main Index

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.

ELTPRT Prints element summary information

Parameters: PROUT

Input-integer-default = 0. Print control for options 1, 2, and 4 is listed in Remark 1. This parameter is only meaningful if the input data block ECT is specified. For options 1 and 2, if PROUT is set to a positive integer value or to zero (default), the output will include a list of the element types and the identification numbers of all elements. For option 4, if PROUT = 0 or 1, then VELEM is computed and printed. If PROUT = 2, VELEM is computed but not printed.

ERROR

Integer-output-default = 0. If duplicate element identification numbers exist, ERROR is set to -1. This parameter is only meaningful for Option 1.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix for Option 4.

Remarks: 1. ELTPRT has four output options listed below. The required data blocks are indicated in the table below. Option 1: A sorted list of element identification numbers and a list of duplicate element identification numbers. Option 2: A list of grid points with the elements that connect to each grid point. Both the element type and element identification number are listed. Option 3: Compute and print an element measure (length for 1-D elements; area for 2-D elements; or volume for 3-D elements and elements of revolution). If a volume can be calculated for 1-D or 2-D elements, then it will also be printed. Create data block with element volumes. Option 4: Compute and print element mass summary. See ELSUM Case Control command. Option

Data Blocks to Be Included to Activate Output Options ECT

1 2 3 4

Main Index

GPECT

BGPDT

EST

CSTM

MPT

DIT

CASECC

EPT

NSMEST

1153

1154

ELTPRT Prints element summary information

2. For Option 1, the output will contain the following items.

• Identify all duplicate elements, e.g., ****

10 ROD. 10 BAR.

• Identify each element type and the range of element identification numbers for the element type, e.g., THERE ARE 10 ROD ELEMENTS.

FIRST ID = 34 LAST ID = 470

Examples: 1. Duplicate element identification numbers are not allowed in the superelement solution sequences. The following will cause the run to terminate if duplicate identification numbers exist (options 1 and 2). ELTPRT ECT,,,,//1/S,N,ERROR $ IF (ERROR <0) EXIT $

If no duplicate identification numbers exist, the run will proceed in a normal manner. 2. Print the connection information for each grid point (option 3). ELTPRT

,,GPECT,BGPDT,,,/ $

3. Print the measure of all elements (option 4). ELTPRT

Main Index

,,,BGPDT,,EST,CSTM/ $

EMA Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices

EMA

Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices

Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices. Format: EMA

GPECT,XDICT,XELM,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICTP,XELMP/ XGG,UNUSED2/ NOK4GG/WTMASS/K4QUAL $

Input Data Blocks: GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

XDICT

Element matrix dictionary table.

XELM

Table of element matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

XDICTP

Element matrix dictionary table for p-elements.

XELMP

Table of element matrices for p-elements.

Output Data Blocks: XGG

Global matrix of g-set size.

UNUSED2

Not used and may be purged.

Parameters: NOK4GG

Input-integer-default=-1. Structural damping generation flag. -1 Do not generate. 0

Generate; i.e., apply GE (on MATi entry) to stiffness.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.

K4QUAL

Input-integer-default=' '. Qualifier name for KDICT and KELM when processing multiple structural damping.

Method: The structural damping matrix [ K 4gg ] is assembled from elements with structural damping. Structural damping is specified in the GE field of the MATi entry. Main Index

1155

1156

EMA Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices

NE 4 [ K gg ]

=

∑

GE e [ K e ]

e = 1

where: NE GE e

= number of elements. = element structural damping coefficient from MATi entries.

[ K e ] = element stiffness matrix. Remark: EMA is used to generate stiffness (KGG), mass (MGG), damping (BGG), and structural damping (K4GG) matrices.

Main Index

Eq. 4-21

EMAKFR Generates stiffness for follower forces

EMAKFR Generates stiffness for follower forces Generates the stiffness for follower forces due to rotational velocity and/or accelerations. Format: EMAKFR

BGPDT,CSTM,SLT,MGG,CSTM0,SCSTM/ KRFGG/ LOADID/LOADIDP/SEID/LOADFACR/SYS66 $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SLT

Table of static loads.

MGG

Mass matrix in g-size.

CSTM0

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual structure.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

Output: KRFGG

Stiffness matrix due to follower rotational forces in g-set.

Parameters: LOADID

Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current subcase.

LOADIDP

Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the previous subcase.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

LOADFACR Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC except real). SYS66

Main Index

Input-integer-default=255. System cell 66 override for matrix multiply.

1157

1158

EMAKFR Generates stiffness for follower forces

Remarks: 1. Rotational forces are derived from the RFORCE Bulk Data entry. 2. LOADFACR is applied in the following manner to compute the total load: P total = LOADFACR • P LOADID + ( 1.0 – LOADFACR ) • P LOADIDP

Main Index

EMG Computes elemental matrices

EMG

Computes elemental matrices

Computes elemental matrices for stiffness, differential stiffness, mass, damping, heat conduction, or heat capacity. Format: EMG

EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,UNUSED5,UG,ETT,EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND, BGPDT,GPSNT,ECTA,EPTA,EHTA,DITID,SLTNL/ S,N,NOKGG/S,N,NOMGG/S,N,NOBGG/S,N,NOK4GG/ S,N,NONLHT/COUPMASS/TEMPSID/DEFRMSID/PENFAC/ NOPNLT/LUMPD/LUMPM/MATCPX/KDGEN/TABS/ SIGMA/K6ROT/LANGLE/NOBKGG/ALTSHAPE/ PEXIST/FREQTYP/FREQVAL/FREQWA/UNSYMF/ S,N,BADMESH/S,N,MGEFLAG/LOADFACR/GNLSTN/FKQRTR $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set. Required only for differential stiffness generation.

ETT

Element temperature table.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation. Required only for differential stiffness generation.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

ECTA

Secondary element connectivity table.

EPTA

Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EHTA

Secondary element hierarchical table.

1159

1160

EMG Computes elemental matrices

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

SLTNL

SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the current and last load step.

Output Data Blocks: KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness, heat conduction, differential, or follower stiffness.

KDICT

KELM dictionary table.

MELM

Table of element mass matrices.

MDICT

MELM dictionary table.

BELM

Table of element damping or heat capacity matrices.

BDICT

BELM dictionary table.

Parameters: NOKGG

Input/output-integer-default=-1. KELM and KDICT generation flag. Input: >0 Generate. -1 Do not generate. Output: >0 Generated. -1 Not generated.

Main Index

NOMGG

Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT.

NOBGG

Input/output-integer-default=-1. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT.

NOK4GG

Input/output-integer-default=1. Structural damping generation flag. Set to -1 if a nonzero damping constant (GE field on MATi Bulk Data entry) is not found for any element.

NONLHT

Output-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear heat transfer or differential stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are detected.

EMG Computes elemental matrices

On input: >3 Compute geometric nonlinear effects. <3 Do not compute geometric nonlinear effects. On output:

COUPMASS

-1

If no nonlinear material was found in a heat transfer problem.

1

Otherwise.

Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag. -1 Lumped. 0

Main Index

Coupled.

TEMPSID

Input-integer-default=-1. Temperature set identification number. Usually obtained from the TEMPERATURE Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential stiffness.

DEFRMID

Input-integer-default=-1. Element deformation set identification number. Usually obtained from the DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of differential stiffness.

PENFAC

Input-real-default=0.0. Penalty factor for electromagnetic elements.

NOPNLT

Input-integer-default=-1. Penalty function flag for electromagnetic elements.

LUMPB

Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic damping.

LUMPM

Input-real-default=0.0. Lumping factor for electromagnetic mass.

MATCPX

Input-integer-default=-1. Complex material properties flag for electromagnetic elements.

KDGEN

Input-integer-default=0. Differential or follower stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the column number in UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation. If KDGEN is negative then follower stiffness will be generated.

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

1161

1162

EMG Computes elemental matrices

K6ROT

Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.

LANGLE

Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 1

Fimbal angle.

2

Rotation vector.

NOBKGG

Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact stiffness generation flag. Set to 1 to generate slideline contact stiffness.

ALTSHAPE

Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set.

PEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. p-element flag. Set to TRUE if p-elements are present and to be processed.

FREQTYP

Input-character-default=' processing mode:

'. Frequency dependent element

'ESTF' Compute frequency dependent stiffness. 'ESTNF' Compute nominal frequency dependent stiffness. FREQVAL

Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation.

FREQWA

Input-real-default=0.0. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

UNSYMF

Input-character-default='NO'. Unsymmetric stiffness generation for slideline contact stiffness. If set to 'YES' then stiffness matrix will be unsymmetric for slideline contact.

BADMESH

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Bad geometry was detected.

MGEFLAG

Input/output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag. for PSHELL, PBUSH and PBUSHT property entries. See Remark 3.

LOADFACR

Input-real-default=1.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC except real).

GNLSTN

Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user parameter.

FKQRTR

Main Index

0

Small strain.

1

Green strain.

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Follower stiffness generation flag. If TRUE, follower stiffness will be generated. Usually based on user parameter FOLLOWK.

EMG Computes elemental matrices

Remarks: 1. CSTM may be purged. MPT may be purged only if elements which do not reference any material data are used. The DIT may be purged only if the material properties are not temperature dependent. 2. If either of a matrix-dictionary data block pair is purged, that particular data block pair will not be formed. 3. MGEFLAG is set and reset accordingly: a. On the first call to EMG, MGEFLAG has the following values and actions: Input/Output

Action

0/ 0

Process all elements in standard fashion.

1 / -1

Except for bush elements, process all elements in standard fashion. For bush elements process normally but place 0.0 for GE in element KDICT.

2 / -2

Except for shell elements, process all elements in standard fashion. For shell elements process normally but place 0.0 for GE in element KDICT.

3 / -3

Both 1 and 2.

b. If MGEFLAG<>0 from the first call to EMG then execute a second call to EMG:

Main Index

Input/Output

Action

-1 / +1

Process only bush elements: each element stiffness is multiplied by its coresponding GEi and 1.0 is placed for GE in element’s KDICT entry.

-2 / +2

Process only shell elements: each element stiffness is multiplied by its corresponding GEi and 1.0 is placedfor GE in element’s KDICT entry.

-3 / +3

Both 1 and 2.

1163

1164

EQUIVX Data block name equivalence

EQUIVX

Data block name equivalence

Attaches a second name to an existing data block. Format: EQUIVX

DBP/DBS/PARM $

Input Data Block: DBP

Primary data block.

Output Data Block: DBS

Secondary data block.

Parameter: PARM

Input-integer-default = 0. Equivalence flag. See Remark 3.

Remarks: 1. The main purpose of the EQUIVX is to save either storage space or l/O time or both. 2. If DBP and DBS reside on different DBsets and PARAM < 0, then a copy of DBP is made to the DBset on which DBS resides. The equivalence flag is broken and the data blocks become separate. These rules apply only if the secondary data block resides on a permanent DBset or DBS is not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and its DBset is a scratch DBset. Therefore, it is recommended that DBS is referenced on a TYPE statement and defined in the NDDL sequence with its location assigned to the scratch DBset. 3. The following tables summarize the relationship between primary and secondary: Status with PARM < 0

Main Index

DBP prior to EQUIVX

DBS prior to EQUIVX

DBS after EQUIVX

Generated

Any

Equivalenced

Purged or Not Generated

Any

Purged and not equivalenced

EQUIVX Data block name equivalence

Status with PARM > 0 DBP prior to EQUIVX

DBS prior to EQUIVX

DBS after EQUIVX

Generated

Not Equivalenced

Unchanged

Generated

Equivalenced

Purged and Not Generated

Purged or Not Generated

Any

Unchanged

4. If DBS is also declared on the FILE DBS=APPEND statement then User Warning Message 81 will be issued. If the EQUIVX.../DBS statement is executed only once and is not re-executed in the DMAP loop, then the message may be safely ignored. However, if the EQUIVX statement is potentially re-executed then it should be replaced with the DELETE and COPY module. For example, FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $ EQUIVX ESTNL/ESTNCH/-1 $

should be replaced with: FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $ DELETE /ESTNCH,,,, $ COPY ESTNL/ESTNCH $

Examples: Data blocks A and B reside on the same DBset. EQUIVX A/B/ALWAYS $

A and B are equivalenced. EQUIVX A/B/NEVER $

The equivalence is broken, and B is deleted.

Main Index

1165

1166

ESTINDX Creates an index, keyed by element identification number

ESTINDX Creates an index, keyed by element identification number Creates an index, keyed by element identification number, for the EST table. Format: ESTINDX

/EST $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: EST

Element summary table.

Parameters: None. Remark: EST must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement.

Main Index

EXPORTLD Creates an index, keyed by element identification number

EXPORTLD

Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command

Exports LOAD vectors requested by EXPORTLD Case Control command. Format: EXPORTLD

CASECC,PG,BGPDT/PG*,BGPDT*/NSKIP $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command specifications.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: PG*

Family of PG matrices vectors qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME. One matrix is created per EXPORTLD request.

BGPDT*

Family of BGPDT tables qualified by LOADID and LOADNAME and associated with PG*.

Parameters: NSKIP

Remarks: None.

Main Index

Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

1167

1168

FA1 Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis

FA1

Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis

Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis. Also performs the eigenvalue analysis for the KE or PK method. Format: FA1

KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,CASECC,EDT/ FSAVE,KHH1,BHH1,MHH1,FLUTABP/ S,N,FLOOP/S,N,TSTART/S,N,NOCEAD/LPRINT/XYUNIT/VREF $

Input Data Blocks: KHH

Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

BHH

Generalized (modal) damping matrix.

MHH

Generalized (modal) mass matrix.

QHHL

Aerodynamic matrix list.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

Output Data Blocks: FSAVE

Flutter storage save or answer table.

KHH1

Modified generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

BHH1

Modified generalized (modal) damping matrix.

MHH1

Modified generalized (modal) mass matrix.

FLUTABP Parameters:

Main Index

FLOOP

Input/output-integer-no default. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial entry and incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then set to -1.

TSTART

Output-integer-no default. CPU clock time at entry to module.

FA1 Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis

NOCEAD

Output-integer-default=0. Complex eigenvalue analysis flag. Set to 1 if complex eigenvalue analysis needs to be performed, otherwise, set to -1.

LPRINT

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.

XYUNIT

Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number to which extracted khh1 values are written at each sweep point for the PKS and PKNLS methods.

VREF

Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.

Remarks: BHH may be purged for the K and PK methods. BHH is ignored for the KE method. If BHH is purged, BHH1 may be purged for the K method.

Main Index

1169

1170

FA2 Collects aeroelastic flutter data

FA2

Collects aeroelastic flutter data

Collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and presentation for each loop through the configuration parameters. Format: FA2

CPH1,CLAMA1,FSAVE/ CPH2,CLAMA2,CASEYY,OVG,FLUTABK/ S,N,TSTART/VREF/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXY/LPRINT $

Input Data Blocks: CPH1

Complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

CLAMA1

Complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.

FSAVE

Flutter storage save table

Output Data Blocks: CPH2

Appended complex eigenvector matrix for h-set in flutter analysis.

CLAMA2

Appended complex eigenvalue summary table in flutter analysis.

CASEYY

Appended Case Control table in flutter analysis.

OVG

Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.

FLUTABK

Flutter summary table for K and KE methods.

Parameters: TSTART

Input/output-integer-no default. On input, TSTART is the CPU clock time at entry to FA1. On output, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another DMAP loop.

VREF

Input-real-no default. Flutter velocity divisor to obtain flutter indices.

AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration.

Main Index

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic z-y symmetry flag.

SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

LPRINT

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for flutter analysis.

FA2 Collects aeroelastic flutter data

Remarks: All output data blocks are must be declared on the FILE statement with APPEND keyword in order to append outputs from previous loops.

Main Index

1171

1172

FBODYLD Collects aeroelastic flutter data

FBODYLD Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request Filters grid point forces according to a FBODY Case Control request. Format: FBODYLD

EDT,BGPDT,CASECC,OGPF1,CSTM/ BGPDTFB*,PGFB*/GPFNAM $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data SET1 and FRBODYi entry images

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CASECC

Table of Case Control specifications.

OGPFB1

Table of grid point forces. Also must be indexed with the OFPINDEX module.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Blocks: BGPDTFB*

Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance defines the grids for one given freebody subsystem.

PGFB*

Family of PG matrices.

Parameters: GPFNAM Remarks: None.

Main Index

Input-character-default="OGF". NDDL name of the OGPF1.

FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution

.

FBS

Matrix forward/backward substitution

To solve the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = ± [ B ] (right-hand solution) or [ X ] T [ A ] = [ B ] T (left-hand solution) using the triangular factors computed by DCMP or DECOMP. Forward-only and backward-only of right-hand solutions can also be provided for factors of symmetric matrices (see Remark 6). Format: FBS

LD,U,B/X/KSYM/SIGN/FBTYP/FBREST/UNUSED/UNCOUP $

Input Data Blocks: LD

Lower triangular factor/diagonal, or Cholesky factor.

U

Upper triangular factor. Purged unless [ A ] is unsymmetric.

B

Rectangular matrix.

Output Data Block: X

Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions as [ B ] .

Parameters: KSYM

Input-integer-default = -1. Symmetry flag. -1 choose symmetric if [ U ] is purged, otherwise unsymmetric (default).

SIGN

0

matrix [ A ] is unsymmetric.

1

matrix [ A ] is symmetric.

2

perform left-handed solution.

Input-integer-default = 1. Sign of [ B ] . 1

solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (default).

-1 solve [ A ] [ X ] = – [ B ] (default). FBTYP

Input-integer-default = 0. Forward or backward pass selection. -1 perform backward pass only.

Main Index

0

perform forward and backward passes (default).

1

perform forward pass only.

1173

1174

FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution

FBREST

Input-integer-default=0. Internal restart flag.

UNUSED

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

UNCOUP

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse FBS which is optimal for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)

Remarks: 1. FBS employs one of two methods--sparse or non-sparse--based on the decomposition method used by DCMP or DECOMP in computing the factor matrices. For example, if sparse methods were used to compute the factors, then FBS uses the sparse method. The default decomposition and FBS method is sparse. There also submethods (FBSOPT<>0) which only apply to non-sparse methods and are ignored for sparse methods. See Remark 5. 2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the backward substitution process. 3. Solutions with Cholesky factors will be performed if the lower triangular factor matrices are form 10. 4. The diagonal factor of symmetric matrices is stored as the diagonal of [ D ] . When using the forward-pass only and backward-pass only options, [ D ] is included in the forward pass. 5. The keyword FBSOPT (or SYSTEM(70)) on the NASTRAN statement may be used for FBS method selection (non-sparse only). If the FBSOPT keyword is not used, the program will select the FBS method, which results in the lower sum of CPU and I/O time. FBSOPT

Non-sparse Submethod Selection

-2

Method 1A

-1

Method 1

0

Automatic selection method based on minimum of l/O + CPU time

+1

Method 2

6. The equation for forward-only solution is [ L ] [ X ] = ± [ B ] , and for backward-only the solution is [ L ] T [ X ] = ± [ B ] . Both are right-hand solutions.

Main Index

FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution

7. Left-hand solutions (KSYM = 2) are available for factors of symmetric or unsymmetric matrices. Also, the NASTRAN keyword FBSLEFT=n or SYSTEM(72)=n in the FMS section, or PUTSYS(n,72) in the DMAP sequence, specifies the transpose flag on [ B ] : If n=0 then FBS solves [ L ] [ U ] = ± [ B ] T . If n=1 then FBS solves ] T [ L ] [ U ] = ± [ B ]. 8. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2, SPARSE = 0. 9. For the sparse method the B matrix must be in machine precision. See Remarks under the “DECOMP” on page 1000 module description. 10. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for further details on the FBS module and related topics. Examples: 1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] where [ A ] could be either symmetric or unsymmetric. DECOMP FBS MATPRN

A/LD,U, $ LD,U,B/X/ $ X// $

2. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] assuming [ A ] is symmetric (form = 6 in matrix trailer). DECOMP FBS MATPRN

A/LD,, $ LD,,B/X/ $ X// $

3. Solve [ LD ] [ X ] = [ C ] where [ LD ] is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 2. FBS

LD,,C/X///1 $ FORWARD PASS ONLY T

4. Solve [ LD ] [ X ] = [ C ] where [ LD ] is the lower triangular factor obtained in Example 2. FBS

LD,,C/X///-1 $ BACKWARD PASS ONLY

5. Given that [ M ] and [ K ] are symmetric and [ M ] is also positive definite, find T –1

[ [ LD ] ] where

Main Index

[ K ] [ LD ]

T

1175

1176

FBS Matrix forward/backward substitution

[ M ] = [ LD ] [ LD ] DECOMP FBS FBS

Main Index

T

M/LD,,//1 $ CHOLESKY LD,,K/Y///1 $ FWD.ONLY,Y AN INTERMEDIATE RESULT LD,,Y/J/2//1 $ FWD.ONLY, LEFT-HAND

FILE Data block declaration

Data block declaration

FILE

Declares special characteristics of a data block(s). Format: FILE

DB1=[SAVE,APPEND,OVRWRT]/DB2=[SAVE,APPEND, OVRWRT]/... $

Data Blocks: DBi

Names of the data blocks possessing special characteristics.

Parameters: SAVE

Indicates data block is to be saved for possible looping in DMAP program.

APPEND

Same as SAVE and also allows a module to append other data blocks to DBi on successive passes through a DMAP loop.

OVRWRT

Allows a data block to be overwritten.

Remarks: 1. FILE is a nonexecutable DMAP instruction that is used only by the DMAP compiler for information purposes. It may appear anywhere in subDMAP. It is also a local declaration; i.e., it must be declared in all subDMAPs where the SAVE, APPEND, or OVRWRT is needed. 2. A data block name may appear only once in all FILE statements within a subDMAP; otherwise, the first appearance will determine all special characteristics applied to the data block. 3. The APPEND keyword should only be applied to local scratch data blocks. In other words, the data block should not be referenced on a TYPE DB statement. It is also recommended that the APPEND keyword not be applied to data blocks that appear as output on the EQUIVX module. See the “EQUIVX” on page 1164 module description for further details. Example: 1. Data block C is created only in the first pass through the loop and must be "saved" for subsequent passes: FILE C=SAVE $ TYPE PARM,,CS,N,R=(1.,0.) $ TYPE PARM,,I,N,COUNT=1 $

Main Index

1177

1178

FILE Data block declaration

. . . DO WHILE ( COUNT<=3 ) $ IF ( COUNT=1 ) MPYAD A,B,/C $ . . . ADD A,C/D/R $ R=R+(1.,0.) $ COUNT=COUNT+1 $ ENDDO $

2. For an example of the APPEND keyword see the “APPEND” on page 895 module description.

Main Index

FORTIO Opens or closes a FORTRAN file

FORTIO

Opens or closes a FORTRAN file

Opens or closes a FORTRAN file. Format: FORTIO

//OPERATN/UNITNO/CLOSEOPT/IOSTAT $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: OPERATN

UNITNO

Input-character-no default. FORTIO operation. 'EXISTS'

Check for assigned physical file existence.

'OPEN'

Open file.

'CLOSE'

Close file.

Input-integer-no default. Specifies FORTRAN unit number.

CLOSEOPT Input-integer-default=2. FORTIO close options.

IOSTAT

1

Rewind (leaves file open, if open).

2

Close/keep (default).

3

Close/delete.

Output-integer-no default. FORTIO status return code. For OPERATN='OPEN' or 'CLOSE': 0

Successful.

1

Unsuccessful.

For OPERATN='EXISTS': 0

Assigned physical file exists.

1

Assigned physical file does not exist.

Remarks: 1. Units must be assigned a physical file name using an ASSIGN statement.

Main Index

1179

1180

FORTIO Opens or closes a FORTRAN file

2. Errors encountered in FORTIO will not terminate the MD Nastran execution. But IOSTAT will return a nonzero value in the event of error(s) that terminate the request. Example: Close FORTRAN unit 24: FORTIO //'CLOSE'/24/2/S,N,IOSTAT

Main Index

$

FRLG Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads

FRLG

Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads

Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads via Fourier transform for frequency response analysis. Format: FRLG

CASECC,USETD,DLT,FRL,GMD,GOD,DIT,PHDH, APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/ PPF,PSF,PDF,FOL,PHF,YPF/ SOLTYP/S,N,FOURIER/S,N,APP $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

FRL

Frequency response list.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.

GOD

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-set by d-set.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

PHDH

Transformation matrix from d-set to modal coordinates.

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

ENFLODK

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects

ENFLODB

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping effects

ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

PPF

Frequency response load matrix in the p-set.

PSF

Frequency response load matrix in the s-set.

1181

1182

FRLG Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads

PDF

Frequency response load matrix in the d-set.

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list.

PHF

Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).

YPF

Frequency response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.

Parameters: SOLTYP

Input-character-no default. Solution method. 'MODAL'

Modal; i.e, compute PH.

'DIRECT'

Direct; i.e, do not compute PH.

FOURIER

Output-integer-default=-1. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are referenced by the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC.

APP

Output-character-default='FREQ'. Dynamic load type. Set to 'FREQ', if RLOAD1 or RLOAD2 entries are referenced. Set to 'TRAN', if TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 entries are referenced.

Remarks: 1. CASECC, FRL, and FOL cannot be purged. 2. DLT can be purged if PP, PS, PD, and PH are purged. 3. If USETD is not purged, then PS cannot be purged if single-point constraints exist. Also, GMD and GOD cannot be purged if multipoint constraints or omitted degrees-of-freedom exist. 4. PHDH and PH cannot be purged if SOLTYP='MODAL'. 5. DIT cannot be purged if a dynamic load references TABLEDij Bulk Data entries. 6. PS, PD, and PH can be purged if USETD is also purged. 7. If TLOAD1 or TLOAD2 Bulk entries are referenced then the loads are computed and transformed to the frequency domain.

Main Index

FRLGEN Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries

FRLGEN

Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries

Creates the frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries. Format: FRLGEN

DYNAMIC,LAMAS,LAMAF/ FRL,FRL1,DFFDNF/ S,N,NOFRL/S,N,NOOPT/DFREQ $

Input Data Blocks: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. LAMAS

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model.

LAMAF

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

FRL

Frequency response list.

FRL1

Frequency response list for the current processor if distributed processing is requested.

DFFDNF

Table containing the derivatives of forcing frequencies with respect to natural frequencies.

1183

1184

FRLGEN Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries

Parameters: NOFRL

Output-integer-default=0. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated.

NOOPT

Output-integer-default=0. FRLGEN reexecution flag. Set to -1 for no reexecution.

DFREQ

Input-real-default=1.E-5. Duplicate frequency threshold. Two frequencies, f1 and f2, are considered duplicates if f 1 – f 2 < DFREQ * f max – f min where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all FREQi Bulk Data entries.

Remarks: LAMAF may be purged.

Main Index

FRQDRV Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries

FRQDRV

Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries

Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries and is intended for frequency-dependent element processing. Format: FRQDRV

CASECC,FRL/ FRLI/ S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

FRL

Frequency response list.

Output Data Blocks: FRLI

Frequency response list for a single frequency.

Parameters: FRQLOOP

Input/output-integer-no default. Frequency loop counter. On input, FRQLOOP should be initialized to 0 before the loop. On output, FRQLOOP is incremented by one and at the last frequency, FRQLOOP is negated. For example, if the fifth frequency is the last then FRQLOOP is output as -5.

FREQVAL

Output-real-no default. Frequency value for frequency dependent element generation.

Example: TYPE PARM,,I,N,FRQLOOP=0 $ DO WHILE ( FRQLOOP>=0 ) $ FRQDRV CASES,FRL/FRLI/S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $ . . . ENDDO $ FRQLOOP>=0

Main Index

1185

1186

FRRD1 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

FRRD1

Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or direct methods. Format: FRRD1

CASECC,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,K4XX,PXF,FRL,FOL,EDT, SILD,USETD,PARTVEC/ UXF,FOLT/ SOLTYP/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/NSKIP/FRRD1SEL/ S,N,FIRSTBAD/SETNAME/FREQDEP $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

BXX

Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

K4XX

Structural damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

FRL

Frequency response list.

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list.

PXF

Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

FRRD1 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.

Output Data Blocks: UXF

Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set.

FOLT

Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.

Parameters: SOLTYP

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Solution method. 'MODAL'

Modal; usually for h-set matrices.

'DIRECT'

Direct; usually for d-set matrices.

NONCUP

Input-integer-no default. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and offdiagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.

ITSEPS

Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.

ITSMAX

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the values.

ZFREQ

Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.

FIRSTBAD

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency is truncated.

1187

1188

FRRD1 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

SETNAME

Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then PARTVEC must also be specified.

FREQDEP

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if processing frequency-dependent elements.

Method: The solution for the response is performed in FRRD1 or FRRD2 (Frequency Response Solution). In the case of a direct formulation the following equation is solved. [ – M dd ω 2 + iB dd ω + K dd ] { u d } = { P d }

Eq. 4-22

and in the case of a modal formulation, the following equation is used in: [ – M hh ω 2 + iB hh ω + K hh ] { u h } = { P h }

Eq. 4-23

The arithmetic used in the solution may be real or complex and the solution procedure may be symmetric or unsymmetric. The choice of arithmetic and solution procedure is made by the program depending on the form of the dynamic matrices. Remarks: 1. CASECC, FRL, FOL, and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, and MXX can be purged. 2. If SOLTYP='DIRECT', then K4XX can be used to simulate viscoelastic materials. Otherwise it may be purged. If SOLTYP='MODAL', then K4XX is ignored and may be purged. 3. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL. 4. EDT is required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.

Main Index

FRRD2 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

FRRD2

Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or direct methods. Format: FRRD2

KXX,BXX,MXX,QHHL,PXF,FOL,CASECC,EDT,SILD, USETD,PARTVEC/ UXF,FOLT/ BOV/Q/MACH/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/SETNAME/ FRRD2SEL/S,N,FIRSTBAD $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

BXX

Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

QHHL

Aerodynamic matrix list.

PXF

Frequency response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the h-set. See SETNAME parameter description below.

1189

1190

FRRD2 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

Output Data Blocks: UXF

Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set.

FOLT

Frequency response frequency output list with first frequency truncated if first frequency is zero. UXF is also similarly truncated.

Parameters: BOV

Input-real-no default. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.

Q

Output-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.

MACH

Output-real-default=0.0. Mach number.

NONCUP

Input-integer-default=-1. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=2, requests uncoupled algorithm and off-diagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.

ITSEPS

Input-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.

ITSMAX

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.

SETNAME

Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then PARTVEC must also be specified.

ZFREQ

Input-integer-default=0. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero frequency, if any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.

FIRSTBAD

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency is truncated.

Method: FRRD2 solves the matrix equation

2

– ω [ M ] + iω [ [ B ] – Q ⋅ BOV ⋅ IM [ Q ] ] +

\

[u] = [P]

[ K ] – Q ⋅ Re [ Q ] \

Main Index

FRRD2 Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution

at a given set of frequencies, ω i , and loads, P. Remarks: 1. FOL and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, MXX, and QHHL can be purged. 2. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL. 3. CASECC and EDT are required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.

Main Index

1191

1192

GENTRAN Generates a transformation matrix

GENTRAN

Generates a transformation matrix

Generates a transformation matrix that will convert the upstream boundary coordinate system to the downstream coordinate system. Format: GENTRAN

SEMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/ MAPS/ SEID $

Input Data Blocks: SEMAP

Superelement map table.

BGPDTS

Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.

CSTMS

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the current superelement.

BGPDTD

Basic grid point definition table for the downstream superelement.

CSTMD

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the downstream superelement.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

Output Data Block: MAPS

Superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate transformation matrix.

Parameter: SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0. DO WHILE ( NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK ) $ SEP2DR SLIST,EMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/ S,N,LPFLG/////////SEP2CNTL//-1/S,N,PARTSE/ S,N,SETYPE/S,N,REID $ IF ( PARTSE ) THEN $ NP=SEDWN $ DBVIEW BGPDTD=BGPDTS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $ DBVIEW CSTMD =CSTMS WHERE ( PEID=NP ) $ GENTRAN EMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/

Main Index

GENTRAN Generates a transformation matrix

MAPS/SEID $ ENDIF $ PARTSE ENDDO $ NOT(RSONLY) AND LPFLG<>-1 AND SEBULK

Main Index

1193

1194

GETCOL Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number number

GETCOL

Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number number

Reads the STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number and converts it to the equivalent column number in the static solution matrix. Format: GETCOL

CASEBUCK,CASESTAT// NSKIP/S,N,BCKCOL/S,N,PRECOL/S,N,ICCOL $

Input Data Blocks: CASEBUCK

Table of Case Control command images for buckling analysis.

CASESTAT

Table of Case Control command images for static analysis.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASEBUCK for the STATSUB subcase identification number.

BCKCOL

Output-integer-no default. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the STATSUB(BUCKLE) subcase identification number. BCKCOL also corresponds to the column number of static solution vector.

PRECOL

Output-integer-default-0. Subcase record number in CASESTAT referenced by the STATSUB(PRELOAD) subcase identification number. PRECOL also corresponds to the column number of static solution vector.

ICCOL

Output-integer-default=0. Column number of static solution matrix as derived from the IC(STATSUB) Case Control command specification.

Remarks: If the STATSUB subcase identification number is not found in CASEBUCK then the BCKCOL is set to 1. If the subcase identification number specified by the STATSUB command is not found in CASESTAT then a fatal message is issued.

Main Index

GETMKL Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs

GETMKL Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs. Format: GETMKL

EDT/MKLIST/S,N,NMK $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

Output Data Blocks: MKLIST

Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.

Parameters: NMK

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. Number of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.

1195

1196

GI Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix

GI

Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix

Generates the aerodynamic spline transformation matrix. Format: GI

 SPLINE  AERO,   ,BGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,  AMSPLINE  AEGRID/ GPGK,GDGK $

Input Data Blocks: AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis. Output by APD.

SPLINE

Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with external grid identification numbers.

AMSPLINE Table of aerodynamic splines for display. BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

AEBGPDT

The basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added (ks-set in AEUSET).

AEUSET

Aerodynamic USET table.

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

AEGRID

Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD as PGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.

Output Data Blocks: GPGK

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for loads from the k-set to g-set.

GDGK

Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the k-set to g-set.

Parameters: None. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP AERO0:

Main Index

GI Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix

DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW GI

Main Index

AEUSET=USET0 WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $ AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND WILDCARD) $ AEGRID=AEBGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH') AERO,SPLINE,XBGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,AEGRID/ GPGK0,GDGK0 $

1197

1198

GIC2C Forms splice matrix for element centroids

GIC2C

Forms splice matrix for element centroids

Forms a spline matrix that maps displacements measured at centroidal elemental grids of aero meshes to the corner point (mesh connectivity) grids. This displacement map will allow visualization of connectivity grid motion for "element centroid" based aero meshes (like DLM and ZAERO). Format: GIC2D

AEBOX,AEGRID,AEBGPDT*,CSTM/GDKSKS $

Input Data Blocks: AEBOX

Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.

AEGRID

Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.

AEBGPDT* Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables. CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Blocks: GDKSKS Parameters: None.

Main Index

Matrix relation of the corner to the centroidal displacements.

GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices

GKAM

Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices

Assembles the modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices. Format: GKAM

USETD,PHA,MI,LAMA,DIT,M2DD,B2DD,K2DD,CASECC,LAMMAT, MEMF/ MHH,BHH,KHH,PHDH,MODSELT,MODSELV,LAMASEL,BMODAL/ NOUE/LMODES/LFREQ/HFREQ/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/ S,N,NONCUP/S,N,FMODE/KDAMP/FLUID/UNUSED12/APP $

Input Data Blocks: USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

PHA

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.

MI

Modal mass matrix. See Remark 5.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

M2DD

Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and reduced to the d-set.

B2DD

Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping effects.

K2DD

Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may also include structural damping effects.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

LAMMAT

Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal. Used in lieu of the LAMA table when present.

MEMF

Modal effective mass fraction table.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

BHH

Generalized (modal) damping matrix.

MHH

Generalized (modal) mass matrix.

KHH

Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

1199

1200

GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices

PHDH

Transformation from d-set to h-set (modal).

MODSELT

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case ontrol command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.

MODSELV

Partitioning vector equivalent of MODSELT.

LAMASEL

LAMA table containing only those modes defined by MODSELT.

BMODAL

Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry in DIT.

Parameters:

Main Index

NOUE

Input-integer-no default. The number of EXTRA points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points.

LMODES

Input-integer-no default. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation. All outputs will have LMODES number of columns.

LFREQ

Input-real-no default. Lower frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.

HFREQ

Input-real-no default. Upper frequency limit of modes to use in modal transformation.

UNUSED5

Input-integer-no default. Unused.

UNUSED6

Input-integer-no default. Unused.

UNUSED7

Input-integer-no default. Unused.

NONCUP

Output-integer-no default. If K2DD, B2DD, and M2DD are purged. then the model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.

FMODE

Output-integer-default=1. The lowest mode number resulting from LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ.

GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices

KDAMP

Input-integer-default=1. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping.

FLUID

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Fluid damping processing flag. If TRUE, then the modal damping set identification number is obtained from the SDAMPING(FLUID) Case Control command.

UNUSED12

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Unused.

APP

Input-character-default='

'. Analysis type. Allowable values:

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

Method: The dynamic matrices expressed in modal coordinates are assembled in GKAM (General K Assembler-Modal) as follows: T

2 ][ φ ] [ K hh ] = [ k ] + [ φ dh ] [ K dd dh T

2 ][φ ] [ M hh ] = [ m ] + [ φ dh ] [ M dd dh

Eq. 4-24 Eq. 4-25

and T

2 ][φ ] [ B hh ] = [ b ] + [ φ dh ] [ B dd dh

Eq. 4-26

where, if PARAM,KDAMP = 1 (default) m i = modal mass b i = 2πf i g ( f i )m i k i = 4π 2 f i2 m i If PARAM,KDAMP = -1 in complex eigenvalue analysis, modal frequency response, aerodynamic flutter, and aeroelastic response, the viscous modal damping will be incorporated into the complex stiffness matrix as follows:

Main Index

1201

1202

GKAM Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices

m i = modal mass bi = 0 k i = [ 1 + ig ( f i ) ]4π 2 f i2 m i Values of g ( f i ) are specified on the TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry, selected by the SDAMPING Case Control command. If KDAMP = 1 (default), the matrices [ b ] and [ k ] are formulated as in modal transient response. Remarks: 1. USETD may be purged if there are no extra points (NOUE<0). 2. PHA and LAMA cannot be purged. 3. CASECC and DIT cannot be purged if SDAMPING is specified. 4. M2DD, B2DD, K2DD, and MI may be purged. 5. LAMA may be purged as long as both MI and LAMMAT exist. Using MI and LAMMAT is preferable to LAMA because the the values in MI and LAMMAT are in machine precision. 6. No output matrix can be purged. 7. HFREQ and LFREQ are ignored if LMODES>0. 8. See Section 9.4.10 of the MD Nastran Reference Manual for further details. 9. If modes are not selected with HFREQ, LFREQ and LMODES parameters or the MODESELECT command and NOUE < 0, then PHDH will be purged and a subsequent EQUIVX from PHA to PHDH must be executed.

Main Index

GNFM Computes element forces due to large displacements

GNFM

Computes element forces due to large displacements

Computes the element forces due to large displacements and optionally computes the elemental stiffness matrices associated with incremental deflections. Format: GNFM

KELM,KDICT,KDELM,KDDICT,EST,CSTM,UG,BGPDT/ FG,KELM1,KDICT1/ SKPMTX/LUSET/NSKIP $

Input Data Blocks: KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness.

KDICT

KELM dictionary table.

KDELM

Table of element matrices for differential stiffness.

KDDICT

KDELM dictionary table.

EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: FG

Element forces due to large displacements.

KELM1

Table of element matrices for incremental stiffness.

KDICT1

KELM1 dictionary table.

Parameters:

Main Index

SKPMTX

Input-integer-default=0. If SKPMTX<>0, then KELM1 and KDICT1 will be generated.

LUSET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=0. Loop counter in old geometric nonlinear analysis (SOL 4).

1203

1204

GNFM Computes element forces due to large displacements

Remarks: 1. FG cannot be purged. 2. KELM1 and KDICT1 may be purged if SKPMTX<>0.

Main Index

GP0 Modifies tables to include p-element information

GP0

Modifies tables to include p-element information

Modifies geometry, connectivity, loads, and constraints tables to include p-element information and also create edge, face, and body tables. Format: GP0

CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT, EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,PELSET,PVAL0/ GEOM1M,GEOM2M,GEOM2A,GEOM3M,GEOM4M, EHT,EHTA,MEDGE,MFACE,GDNTAB,MBODY/ ALTSHAPE/UNIT1/UNIT2/S,N,PVALID/S,N,PEXIST/ GNSTART/S,N,GNMAX/GMTOL/INITAPI/PEDGEP/GNPROC $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.

PVAL0

P-value table generated by the ADAPT module in previous superelement, adaptivity cycle, or run.

1205

1206

GP0 Modifies tables to include p-element information

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for the current p-level.

GEOM2M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points and updated for the current p-level.

GEOM2A

Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and updated for the current p-level.

GEOM3M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and updated for the current p-level.

GEOM4M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for the current p-level.

EHT

Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.

EHTA

Secondary element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

MFACE

Face table for p-element analysis.

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.

MBODY

Body table for p-element analysis.

Parameters: ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set.

Main Index

UNIT1

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing edge table information.

UNIT2

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number containing face table information.

PVALID

Output-integer-default=0. P-value set identification number.

PEXIST

Output-logical-default=TRUE. Set to FALSE if p-elements are not present.

GNSTART

Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.

GNMAX

Output-integer-no default. Maximum grid identification number in GEOM1M.

GP0 Modifies tables to include p-element information

Main Index

GMTOL

Input-real-default=1.E-5. Geometric tolerance.

INITAPI

Input-logical-default=TRUE. API flag.

PEDGEP

Input-integer-default=0.

GNPROC

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Grid-n processing flag. If set to TRUE grid-n information is processed.

1207

1208

GP1 Performs basic geometry processing

GP1

Performs basic geometry processing

Performs basic geometry processing. Format: GP1

GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GDNTAB,MEDGE,SGPDT,DYNAMIC,CASECC/ GPL,EQEXIN,GPDT,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,VGF,GEOM3B,DYNAMICB/ S,N,LUSET/S,N,NOCSTM/S,N,NOPOINTS/ UNIT/UPERM/UPRMT/NUFLAG/SEID $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

SGPDT

Superelement basic grid point definition table.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. CASECC

Table of Case Control command values. Only used for SOLs 600 and 700.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

GPDT

Grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

VGF

Fluid/structure partitioning vector with ones at the rows corresponding to fluid degrees-of-freedom.

GP1 Performs basic geometry processing

GEOM3B

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry images.

DYNAMICB Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry images. Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOCSTM

Output-integer-no default. Number of coordinate systems found in GEOM1. Set to -1 if none are found.

NOPOINTS Output-integer-no default. Grid point flag. Set to -1 if none are found. Otherwise, set to 1. UNIT

Input-real-default=1.0. AUNIT record factor for electromagnetic analysis.

UPERM

Input-real-default=1.2566E-06. Permeability for electromagnetic analysis.

UPRMT

Input-real-default=8.8542E-12. Permittivity for electromagnetic analysis.

NUFLAG

Input-integer-default=10. Unit type for electromagnetic analysis.

SEID

Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.

Remarks: 1. GP1 assembles a list of all grid and scalar points and places them in internal order, computes coordinate system transformation matrices, and transforms all grid points to the basic coordinate system. 2. No output data block, except VGF, may be purged.

Main Index

1209

1210

GP2 Processes element connectivity

GP2

Processes element connectivity

Processes element connectivity. Format: GP2

GEOM2,EQEXIN,EPT,GEOM2A,EPTA,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/ ECT,ECTA/ S,N,ACOUSTIC $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

GEOM2A

Table of secondary Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and updated for the current p-level.

EPTA

Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

Output Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

ECTA

Secondary element connectivity table.

Parameter: ACOUSTIC

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. 0

No fluid elements exist.

1

Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists.

2

Fluid/structure coupling exists.

GP2 Processes element connectivity

Remarks: 1. EQEXIN and ECT may not be purged. 2. ECTA may be purged if GEOM2A is purged.

Main Index

1211

1212

GP3 Processes static and thermal loads

GP3

Processes static and thermal loads

Processes static and thermal loads. Format: Input Data Blocks: GP3

GEOM3,BGPDT,GEOM2,EDT,UGH,ESTH,BGPDTH, CASEHEAT,MPT,PG*/ SLT,ETT/ S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOGRAV/S,N,NOTEMP $

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

UGH

Temperature matrix in g-set from a heat transfer analysis.

ESTH

Element summary table from a heat transfer analysis.

BGPDTH

Basic grid point definition table from a heat transfer analysis.

CASEHEAT

Case Control table from a heat transfer analysis.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

PG*

Family of external load matrices qualified by LOADID or FBLID

Output Data Blocks: SLT

Table of static loads.

ETT

Element temperature table.

Parameters: NOLOAD

Main Index

Output-integer-no default. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is not created, +1 otherwise.

GP3 Processes static and thermal loads

NOGRAV

Output-integer-no default. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data entry images, +1 otherwise.

NOTEMP

Output-integer-no default. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1 otherwise.

Remarks: 1. BGPDT may not be purged. 2. SLT may be purged if there are no static loads. 3. ETT may be purged if there are no thermal loads 4. If UGH is present in structural analysis run, then GP3 will create a new temperature set based on UGH with set identification numbers obtained from TSTRUC command in CASEHEAT. BGPDTH is used to correlate UGH to grid points. For h-elements ESTH is not required. For p-elements ESTH is appended to element ETT record for interpolation purposes in element decks. Here are the DBVIEW statements that are used to define these inputs in SOLs 101-200: DBVIEW UGH=UG DBVIEW ESTH=EST DBVIEW BGPDTH=BGPDTS

(WHERE APRCH='HEAT (WHERE APRCH='HEAT (WHERE APRCH='HEAT

' AND WILDCARD) $ ' ) $ ') $

CASEHEAT can come from the CASE module or DBLOCATE DATABLK= (CASECCR/CASEHEAT) in the FMS.

Main Index

1213

1214

GP4 Generates the degree-of-freedom set table

GP4

Generates the degree-of-freedom set table

Generates the degree-of-freedom set table, based on single point constraints, multipoint constraints, rigid elements, and set membership assignment Bulk Data entries (e.g., ASET). Also generate the enforced displacement matrix and multipoint constraint equation matrix. Format: GP4

CASECC,GEOM4,EQEXIN,SIL,GPDT,BGPDT,CSTM, MEDGE,MFACE,MBODY,GEOM2,GDNTAB,ECT,GPSNT,GEOM1/ RMG,YS0,USET0,GPSNTN/ LUSET/S,N,NOMSET/S,N,MPCF2/S,N,NOSSET/S,N,NOOSET/ S,N,NORSET/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,REPEAT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NOL/ S,N,NOA/SEID/ALTSHAPE/SEBULK/AUTOMSET/SNORMPRT/ S,N,NEWGPSNT/ATQSET $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

SIL

Scalar index list.

GPDT

Grid point definition table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

MFACE

Face table for p-element analysis.

MBODY

Body table for p-element analysis.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.

ECT

GEOM2 Element connectivity table.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GP4 Generates the degree-of-freedom set table

Output Data Blocks: RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix.

YS0

Matrix of enforced displacements.

USET0

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

GPSNTN

Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements.

Parameters:

Main Index

LUSET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOMSET

Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the m-set or multipoint constraint and rigid element flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

MPCF2

Output-integer-no default. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag. Set to 1 if the current subcase contains a different multipoint constraint set from the previous subcase. Set to -1 otherwise or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current subcase.

NOSSET

Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

NOOSET

Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

NORSET

Output-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the r-set. or supported degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

NSKIP

Input/output-integer-no default. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

REPEAT

Output-integer-no default. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary condition; +1 otherwise.

NOSET

Output-integer-no default. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise.

NOL

Output-integer-default=1. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degreesof-freedom belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom in the l-set.

1215

1216

GP4 Generates the degree-of-freedom set table

NOA

Output-integer-default=1. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set. SEBULK

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command.

AUTOMSET Input-character-default=' '. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will be rearranged to avoid exclusive dof set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter. SNORMPRT Input-integer-default=0. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag. 0

No print or punch.

1

Punch.

2

Print only.

3

Print and punch.

NEWGPSNT Output-logical-default=FALSE. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN table is created (shell normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements), then the flag is set TRUE. ATQSET

Input-logical-default=.FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If no ASET, ASET1, QSET, or QSET1 entries are present, then all unspecified degrees of freedom will be included in the: a-set if AUTOQSET=.FALSE. o-set if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.

Remarks: 1. YS will be purged if SPCD or SPC Bulk Data entries do not specify nonzero values for displacement. 2. GEOM4 may be purged. 3. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are used.

Main Index

GP5 Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis

GP5

Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis

Creates a table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis. Format: GP5

ECT,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EDT,SIL,CSTM/ PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB,WETFACES,EDT1/ S,N,MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH/NASOUT/GETNUMPN/ EDT1FLG/SKINOUT $

Input Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

SIL

Scalar index list.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Blocks: PANSLT

Panel static load table.

EQACST

Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal structural grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5.

NORTAB

Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which lie within the acoustic face.

WETFACES Table of wetted structure. EDT1

Main Index

EDT updated written out if user requested a panel with the entire wetted structure skin.

1217

1218

GP5 Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis

Parameters: MPNFLG

Output-integer-default=0. Set to 1 if multiple panels exist.

NUMPAN

Output-integer-default=1. Number of panels.

MATCH

Output-integer-default=0. Type of fluid/structural mesh matching.

NASOUT

0

Matching mesh.

1

Non-meshing mesh.

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for fluid/structural mesh matching summary.

GETNUMPN Input-logical-default=FALSE. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number of panels flag only and do not compute panel static loads. EDT1FLG

SKINOUT

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. EDT1 creation flag. -1

EDT1 was created.

0

EDT1 was not created.

Input-character-no default. Specifies location to write the fluidstructure interface element and grid information. Usually input via user parameter or the FLSTCNT Case Control keyword SKINOUT: NONE

Do not write.

PUNCH

Punch file.

PRINT

f06 file.

ALL

Both punch and f06 file.

GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy

GPFDR

Computes grid point forces and element strain energy

Computes grid point forces and element strain energy. Format: GPFDR

CASECC,UG,KELM,KDICT,ECT,EQEXIN,GPECT,PG,QG,  LAMA     FOL  BGPDT,   ,CSTM,VELEM,PTELEM,QMG,NFDICT,FENL,  TOL   OLF    MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,GEI,MATPOOL,F2J,VG,AG,EDT/ ONRGY1,OGPFB1,OEKE1,OEDE1/ APP/TINY/XFLAG/CYCLIC/WTMASS/NDVTOT/DMIGFN $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set.

KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness.

KDICT

KELM dictionary table.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

PG

Static load matrix for the g-set.

QG

Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

LAMA

Eigenvalue summary table for normal modes. Required for APP='REIG'.

FOL

Frequency output list. Required for APP='FREQRESP'.

TOL

Time output list. Required for APP='TRANRESP'.

OLF

Nonlinear static load factor list. Required for APP='NLST'.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

1219

1220

GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy

VELEM

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.

PTELEM

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.

QMG

Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

NFDICT

Nonlinear element energy/force index table.

FENL

Element energy and forces in nonlinear matrix format.

MELM

Elemental matrices for mass.

MDICT

Dictionary table for MELM.

BELM

Elemental matrices for damping

GEI

Table of general element (GENEL) data.

BDICT

Dictionary table for BELM.

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to DMIG Bulk Data entries. F2J

Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by the K2GG Case Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier named by DMIGFN.

VG

Velocity matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future enhancement).

AG

Acceleration matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future enhancement).

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 and MONITOR point entries.

Output Data Blocks: ONRGY1

Table of element strain energies and energy densities.

OGPFB1

Table of grid point forces.

OEKE1

Elemental kinetic energy.

OEDE1

Elemental energy loss.

Parameters: APP

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable types are: 'STATICS'

Linear statics.

'REIG'

Normal modes.

GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'NLST'

Nonlinear static.

TINY

Input-real-default=1.E-03. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less than TINY will not be printed.

XFLAG

Input-integer-default=0. Strain energy method selection. The following decimal equivalent bit values may be summed. 0

Elemental force and strain energy is calculated according to: 0.5* [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] – [ ue ]t [ pt ]

1

Cross displacement. See Remark 2.

2

Strain energy is calculated according to: 0.5* ( [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] – [ ue ]t [ pt ] )

4

Another way to set DIAG 30 without alters.

8

Flag to output complex grid point forces.

CYCLIC

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE for cyclic symmetry models.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on elemental mass matrix.

NDVTOT

Input-integer-default=0. Number of unique referenced design variables.

DMIGFN

Input-character-default=’DMIG’. Qualifer name for F2J matrices.

Remarks: 1. GPFDR creates the grid point force balance table for a user-selected set of points. This table lists the forces acting at each selected point due to element constraints, single-point constraints, and applied loads. Also listed is the sum total of these forces which represents the balance in an opposite direction due to multipoint constraints, general elements, round-off errors, and other nonlisted sources. Subtotals for element sets and element types are also provided. 2. GPFDR creates the element strain energy table for a user-selected set of elements. These selected elements are listed by type with their strain energy, percent of total strain energy with respect to all elements and strain energy density. The strain energy is computed by one of the following equations:

Main Index

1221

1222

GPFDR Computes grid point forces and element strain energy

If XFLAG=0 (default): T 1 W e = --- { F e } { u e } 2

Eq. 4-27

1  1  T  i  W e = ---  u e  K e  u e  2    

Eq. 4-28

If XFLAG=1:

















where  u 1e  is the displacement for the first subcase or mode and

where  u ie  is the displacement for the i-th subcase or mode. 3. The strain energy density is computed by dividing the strain energy by the element volume. The total energy is computed by summing the element strain energies of all elements for which stiffness matrices exist. General elements are not included.

Main Index

GPJAC Checks element Jacobians

GPJAC

Checks element Jacobians

Checks element Jacobians. Format: GPJAC

ECT,BGPDT//S,N,JACDET $

Input Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameter: JACDET

Output-integer-default=0. Bad Jacobian detection flag. Set to 1 if a bad Jacobian is detected.

Remark: By default the run will terminate if bad Jacobians are detected. If system cell 213 is equal to 1 then the run will not terminate.

Main Index

1223

1224

GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation

GPSP

Performs auto-SPC operation

Performs auto-SPC operation; i.e., identifies and automatically constrains singularities. Format:

GPSP

 KNN   KMM   ,USET0,SIL,GPL,YS0,GEOM4,EQEXIN,  ,  KGG   RMG  CASECC,GPSPRT0/ USET,YS,BD3X3,RMG1,GPSPRT/ S,N,NOSSET/AUTOSPC/PRGPST/SPCGEN/EPZERO/ACON/ S,N,SING/EPPRT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NGERR/MPCMETH/ NSKIP/S,N,DONSET/RESID/S,N,NNEWS/S,N,NNEWM $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

KNN

Stiffness matrix in n-set; after multipoint constraint reduction.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

KMM

Stiffness matrix in m-set.

RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix.

USET0

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

SIL

Scalar index list.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

YS0

Matrix of enforced displacements.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GPSPRT0

GPSPRT from a previous call to GPSP and required when DONSET=1.

GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation

Output Data Blocks: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements in the s-set.

BD3X3

3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for parallel domain decomposition.

RMG1

Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command.

GPSPRT

Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command and DONSET=0.

Parameters:

Main Index

NOSSET

Output-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the s-set. or single point constraint flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

AUTOSPC

Input-character-default='YES'. Automatic constraint flag. If set to 'YES', then singularities will be constrained.

PRGPST

Input-character-default='YES'. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the summary is printed.

SPCGEN

Input-integer-default=0. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC Bulk Data entries.

EPZERO

Input-real-default=1.E-8. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO will not be constrained.

ACON

Input-integer-default=0. B-set constraint flag. If ACON<0, then b-set degrees-of-freedom will be constrained if AUTOSPC='YES'.

SING

Output-integer-default=0. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then SING will be set to -1; otherwise +1.

EPPRT

Input-real-default=0.0. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT will not be printed if PRGPST='YES'.

NOSET

Input/output-integer-default=0. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise.

1225

1226

GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation

NGERR

Output-integer-default=0. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1; otherwise +1.

MPCMETH Input-character-default='RG'. Multipoint constraint processing method. Also indicates the type of matrix in the second input position: 'RG' for RMG and 'KMM' for KMM. See Remarks 2 and 3. NSKIP

Input-integer-default=0. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

DONSET

Input/output-integer-default=-1. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC processing. -1

Execute GPSP again to process the n-set stiffness matrix (KNN).

0

Do not execute GPSP again.

RESID

Input-integer-default=1. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used only in SOLs 106 and 400.

NNEWS

Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new s-set degrees-offreedom.

NNEWM

Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of new m-set degrees-offreedom.

Remarks: 1. YS0 and YS may be purged. 2. For the most reliable identification and constraint of singularities on independent degrees-of-freedom connected multipoint constraints or rigid elements then GPSP should be executed after MCE1 and MCE2. Then KNN and KMM should be specified for the first two inputs and 'KMM' should be specified for MPCMETH. For example, from subDMAP SEKR0: UPARTN MCE2 GPSP

USET0,KGG/KMM,,,/'G'/'M'/'N' $ USET0,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $ KNN,KMM,... ...S,N,NGERR/'KMM' $

If KMM is purged then some singular rotational independent degrees-offreedom may not be identified unless all rotations at a given point are independent. 3. If GPSP is executed before MCE1 and MCE2 then KGG and RMG should be specified. Also, the default for MPCMETH should be used. GPSP

Main Index

KGG,RMG,...

GPSP Performs auto-SPC operation

If RMG is purged then singular independent degrees-of-freedom connected to multipoint constraints or rigid elements will not be identified or constrained. 4. ACON should be set to -1 if processing a superelement.

Main Index

1227

1228

GPSTR1 Computes element to grid point interpolation factors

GPSTR1

Computes element to grid point interpolation factors

Computes element to grid point interpolation factors for grid point stress computations. Format :

GPSTR1

POSTCDB,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,ELSET,ESTNL,UNUSED7,CASECC/ EGPSF/ S,N,NOEGPSF $

Input Data Blocks: POSTCDB

Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

ELSET

Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION Section of Case Control.

ESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table.

UNUSED7

Unused and may be purged.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

Output Data Block: EGPSF

Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.

Parameter: NOEGPSF

Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSF creation flag. Set to zero if EGPSF is created.

Remark: CSTM may be purged.

Main Index

GPSTR2 Computes grid point stresses or strains

GPSTR2

Computes grid point stresses or strains

Computes grid point stresses or strains interpolated from element centroid stresses or strains. Format: GPSTR2

CASECC,EGPSF,BGPDT,OES1,OESNLXR/ OGS1,EGPSTR/ S,N,NOOGS1/S,N,NOEGPSTR/APP/NLSTRAIN/GPSOPT $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EGPSF

Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

OES1

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

OESNLXR

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for all subcases.

Output Data Blocks: OGS1

Table of grid point stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

EGPSTR

Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC module.

Parameters: NOOGS1

Output-integer-default=-1. OGS1 creation flag. Set to 0 if OGS1 is created.

NOEGPSTR Output-integer-default=-1. EGPSTR creation flag. Set to 0 if EGPSTR is created. APP

Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 'STATICS'

Statics

'REIGEN'

Normal modes

'TRANRESP' Transient response

Main Index

1229

1230

GPSTR2 Computes grid point stresses or strains

NLSTRAIN Logical-input-default=FALSE. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be processed. GPSOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Option bits numbered right to left Bit

Description

1

Requests that direct stresses/strains for volume always be output. (This is an MSC.ADAMS MNF requirement).

2

Requests that principal stresses/strains for volume always be output

3

Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for direct stress/strain for volume

4

Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for principal stress/strain for volume

Remarks: 1. The GPSTRESS Case Control command controls the contents of OGS1. 2. The STRFIELD Case Control command controls the contents of EGPSTR.

Main Index

GPSTRPBX Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.

Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.

GPSTRPBX

Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section. Format: GPSTRPBX

OEF1,EPT,PBRMS,PBRMSD,COELEM,EST/ OGS1AB,OES1AB/ S,N,IRECPBR/S,N,KSTATN/S,N,OP2AB $

Input Data Blocks: OEF1

Table of element forces (or fluxes) in SORT1 format.

EPT

Element property table

PBRMS

Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data.

PBRMSD

Table of arbitrary beam data.

COELEM

Correlation table between IDCID/EID/component for element responses.

EST

Element summary table.

Output Data Blocks: OGS1AB

Grid point stresses at vertices of arbitrary beam cross section

OES1AB

Table of screened elment stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections.

Parameters:

Main Index

IRECPBR

Input/output-integer-no default. PBRMS record count.

KSTATN

Input/output-integer-no default. PBXSECT station count.

OP2AB

Input/output-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number for OUTPUT2.

1231

1232

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

GPWG

Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

Computes the center of mass of the structure relative to a given point and the principal inertias about the center of gravity. Format: GPWG

BGPDT,CSTM,UNUSED3,MGG,MEDGE,UNUSED6/ OGPWG/ GRDPNT/WTMASS/ALTSHAPE/SEID $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

UNUSED3

Unused and may be purged.

MGG

Mass matrix in g-size.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

UNUSED6

Unused and may be purged.

Output Data Blocks: OGPWG

Grid point weight generator table in weight units.

Parameters: GRDPNT

Input-integer-default=-1. Reference grid point identification number. Inertias are computed GRDPNT. If GRDPNT=-1 then the origin of the basic coordinate system is used.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set. SEID

Main Index

Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

Method: The Grid Point Weight Generator (GPWG) module calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the [ M gg ] matrix by using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate displacements resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving each of the the three masses its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the directional mass effects. The axes about which the inertial terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the term "center of gravity." If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses. the three masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms will intersect at the center of gravity. The actual computation proceeds in four parts: 1. Computation of the [ D ]T matrix: six vectors are formed that will describe the six motions about the reference point. The matrix [ D ] is formed from the vectors that describe rigid body displacements in global coordinates in terms of the six unit displacements and rotations in basic coordinates at the reference point [ u·· g ] = [ D ] [ u·· o ] (reference point)

Eq. 4-29

Method of Generation Each grid point is considered in order. If it is a scalar point, zero is stored in each of the six columns of [ D ] . If it is a grid point,  r1    { ri } = { Ri } – { Ro } =  r2     r3 

Eq. 4-30

is computer where { R i } is the basic coordinate of the i-th grid point given in the BGPDT table and { R o } is the location of the reference point. The transformation matrix to the grid point

Main Index

1233

1234

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

0

r3 –r2 –r3 0 r1 r2 –r1 0

[ Tr ] =

Eq. 4-31

is formed. GPWG calculates the 3x3 transformation matrix [ T i ] from the global coordinates to basic coordinates for the grid point. The matrix T

T

Ti Ti Tr

[d] =

T

Eq. 4-32

0 Ti

is computed. The rows of [ d ] form the columns of [ D ] T . The matrix [ D ]T is generated a column at a time and packed out onto a scratch file. 2. If all points were scalar point, GPWG returns; otherwise, form [ D ] from [ D ] T . 3. [ M o ] is computed T

[ M 0 ] = [ D ] [ M gg ] [ D ]

Eq. 4-33

4. Compute output quantities: Mo

is partitioned

[ Mo ] ⇒

M M

t

M

rt

tr

M

r

Eq. 4-34

The matrix is symmetric, where the superscripts t and r refer to translation and rotation, respectively. A check is made for inconsistent scalar masses. Let δ =

t 2

Σ ( M ij )

Eq. 4-35

and ε =

t 2

Σ ( M ij ) i ≠ j

Eq. 4-36

If ε ⁄ δ > 10 –3 , the coordinates should be rotated. Otherwise [ S ] = [ I ] . If t rotation is necessary, the eigenvectors of [ M ] , e 1 , e 2 , and e 3 are determined by the Jacobi technique. Define

Main Index

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

[ S ] = [ { e 1 }, { e 2 }, { e 3 } ]

Eq. 4-37

The [ S ] matrix is output. [ M t ] , [ M r ] , and [ M tr ] are computed as follows: T

T

t

tr

T

tr

r

T

r

[M ] = [S] [M ][S]

Eq. 4-38

[M ] = [ S] [M ][ S]

Eq. 4-39

[M ] = [S] [M ][S]

Eq. 4-40

The following terms, defined in the principal axis system { e 1 } , { e 2 } , and { e 3 } , are calculated and output. The mass terms are t

Eq. 4-41

M x = M 11 t

Eq. 4-42

M y = M 22 t

Eq. 4-43

M z = M 33

The "centers of gravity" are tr

tr

tr

M 11 – M 13 M 12 X x = ----------, Y x = -------------, Z x = ---------Mx Mx Mx tr

tr

tr

M 23 M 22 – M 21 X y = ----------, Y y = ---------- , Z y = ------------My My My tr

Eq. 4-44

tr

Eq. 4-45

tr

– M 32 M 31 M 33 X z = ------------- , Y z = ---------- , Z z = ---------Mz Mz Mz

Eq. 4-46

The inertias at the center of gravity relative to the principal mass axis are determined from (S)

I 11 (S)

I 12

Main Index

2

r

2

= M 11 – M y Z y – M z Y z (S)

r

= I 21 = – M 12 – M z X z Y z

Eq. 4-47 Eq. 4-48

1235

1236

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

(S)

I 13

(S)

I 22

(S)

I 22 (S)

I 32

(S)

I 33

(S)

r

= I 31 = – M 13 – M y X y Z y r

2

2

r

2

2

= M 22 – M z X y – M x Z x = M 22 – M z X z – M x Z x (S)

r

= I 23 = – M 23 – M x Y x Z x r

2

2

= M 33 – M x Y x – M y X y

Eq. 4-49 Eq. 4-50 Eq. 4-51 Eq. 4-52 Eq. 4-53

These terms form the symmetric matrix [ I ] . For principal inertias, eigenvalues and eigenvectors are found such that P

I 11 0

0

P

0 I 22 0 0

T

= [ Q ] [ I˜ ] [ Q ]

Eq. 4-54

P

0 I 33

where [ I˜ ] is the same as [ I ] with sizes of the off-diagonal terms reversed. [ Q ] contains the normalized eigenvectors (with the directions of the principal inertias), and the I Pii are the eigenvalues. The matrices [ S ] and [ Q ] are actually coordinate rotation matrices and show the directions of the principal masses and inertias. Remarks: 1. BGPDT and OGPWG cannot be purged. If MGG is purged or null, GPWG will return. CSTM must be present if coordinate systems are used to define the location of one or more grid points. MEDGE must be present if pelements are present. 2. GPWG is identical to Option 7 in the VECPLOT module. 3. GPWG calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the [Mgg] matrix by using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate displacements resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.

Main Index

GPWG Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point

4. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving for each of the three masses, its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the directional mass effects. The axes about which the inertia terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the term "center of gravity". If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses, the three masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms will intersect at the center of gravity.

Main Index

1237

1238

GUST Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis

GUST

Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis

Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis that are associated with aerodynamic flow. Format: GUST

CASECC,DLT,FRL,DIT,QHJL,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,ACPT, CSTMA,PHF,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/ PHF1,WJ,QHJK,PFP/ S,N,NOGUST/BOV/MACH/Q $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

FRL

Frequency response list.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

QHJL

Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.

UNUSED6

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED7

Unused and may be purged.

ACPT

Aerodynamic connection and property table.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and ks-set grid points.

PHF

Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal).

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

ENFLODK

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects

ENFLODB

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping effects

ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes

Main Index

GUST Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis

Output Data Blocks: PHF1

Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with gust loads.

WJ

Gust matrix.

QHJK

Aero transformation matrix between h and j sets.

PFP

Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads.

Parameters: NOGUST

Output-integer-no default. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set to 1.

BOV

Input-real-default=0.0. Conversion from frequency to reduced frequency.

MACH

Input-real-default=0.0. Mach number.

Q

Input-real-default=0.0. Dynamic pressure.

Remarks: 1. If DIT is purged, GUST will return (setting NOGUST = - 1). 2. CSTMA may be purged. 3. Often the shape (time dependence) of the gust is unknown, except for certain statistical information, e.g., power spectral density and RMS value. In these cases the GUST module must create frequency-dependent loads. Sometimes the gust shape is specified as a function of time, which will be analyzed by Fourier transform techniques. Then the frequency dependent loads are calculated by Fourier transform. The value of the load is calculated from the downwash distribution. The calculation involves the aerodynamic formulation. For all methods (except strip theory) the downwash is a part of the aerodynamic theory used in the AMG-AMP modules. The downwash is associated with the j-set, which corresponds to the Ajj matrix. The loads are computed from the downwash using aerodynamic matrices. The downwash to be provided comes from a simple model of the atmosphere. The velocity is vertical (in the z-direction of the aerodynamic coordinate system), and appears (to an observer) in the airplane coordinates to sweep back toward the +x direction. This implies that the downwash vector has two properties:

Main Index

1239

1240

GUST Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis

It is proportional to the cosine of the dihedral angle for any panel. There is a time delay of amount X/U for the arrival at any point. (X is streamwise coordinate.)

Main Index

GUSTLDW Computes downwash load due to gust

GUSTLDW

Computes downwash load due to gust

Computes downwash load due to gust. Format: GUSTLDW

EDT,AERO,CSTMA,MKLIST,AEBGPDT*,SKJ,LAJJT,UAJJT/ QKGUST*/ GUST2ID/S,N,QKGUSTL $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also ontains SET1 entries.

AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for gset + ks-set grid points.

MKLIST

MKLIST Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.

AEBGPDT* Family of aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables. SKJ

Integration matrix.

LAJJT

Lower triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.

UAJJT

Upper triangular decomposition factor matrix of AJJT.

Output Data Blocks: QKGUST*

Family of j-set downwashes (normal washes) matrices qualified bu reduced frequency, mach number, and gust rotation.

Parameters: GUST2ID

Input-integer-no default. GUST2 Bulk Data identification number.

QKGUSTL

Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag. TRUE : QKGUST* was created. FALSE: QKGUST* was not created.

Main Index

1241

1242

GYROLD Compute the gyroscopic static loads.

Compute the gyroscopic static loads.

GYROLD Format: GYROLD

CASECC,CSTM,BGPDT,SLT,KGGG*/ PJR,UNUSED/ GYLDOPT/LOADID/RFORSCAL/RACCSCAL $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SLT

Static loads (RFORCE and LOAD entries).

KGGG*

Family of gyroscopic matrices qualified by RGYRO identification number.

Output Data Blocks: PJR

Gyroscopic static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to its interior points only.

UNUSED

Unused and may be unspecified.

Parameters: GYLDOPT

LOADID

Input-integer-default=0. Static gyroscopic load generation option: 1

Compute the load for statics rotordynamics

2

Compute the coriolis matrix for dynamic analysis with static subcase (rotordynamics in rotating coordinates).

Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current subcase.

RFORSCAL Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the loads defined in the RFORCE record. RACCSCAL Input-real-default=0. Scale factor for the RACC value in the RFORCE record.

Main Index

GYROLD Compute the gyroscopic static loads.

Remark: Determine in which subcases RGYRO and RFORCE are referenced and then make a kvector for each subcase from the entries KGGG and the rotation vector from the RFORCE entry.

Main Index

1243

1244

IFP Reads Bulk Data Section

IFP

Reads Bulk Data Section

Reads in the Bulk Data and outputs the finite element model in table form. Format: IFP

BULK/ GEOM1,EPT,MPT,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2, GEOM3,GEOM4,EPTA,PCOMPT,MATPOOL,AXIC,PVT,DMI, DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM,DEQATN,DEQIND, CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED25/ S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/ S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/ S,N,RUNIFP9/SEID/S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10/ S,N,RUNIFBS2 $

Input Data Block: BULK

Table of all Bulk Data entries.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.

Main Index

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EPTA

Secondary table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

UNUSED11

Unused and may be purged.

IFP Reads Bulk Data Section

MATPOOL

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.

AXIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.

PVT

Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry images.

DMI

Table of all matrices specified on DMI Bulk Data entries.

DMINDX

Index into DMI.

DTI

Table of all matrices specified on DTI Bulk Data entries.

DTlNDX

Index into DTI.

DEFUSET

Table of DEFUSET Bulk Data entry images.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

CONTACT

Table of Bulk Data entries related to contact regions.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.

UNUSED25

Unused and may be purged.

Parameters: NOGOIFP

Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected.

RUNIFPi

Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is required.

SEID

Integer-input-default=-1. Superelement identification number.

RUNMEPT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if MODEPT module execution is required. RUNIFBS2

Logical-output-default-FALSE. Set to TRUE if IFPBSH2 module execution is required.

Remarks: 1. IFP does not stop on error detection, therefore, the DMAP sequence must contain a statement to terminate the run. For example, IF (NOGOIFP) EXIT$

Main Index

1245

1246

IFP Reads Bulk Data Section

2. IFP must appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence after the IFP1 and XSORT modules and before any other module. Example: Read the Bulk Data Section and update applicable records for acoustic, hydroelastic, hyperelastic, composite beam and shell, axisymmetric, and beam library analyses. IFP

iBULK/ GEOM1.0,EPT.0,MPT.0,IEDT,IDIT,IDYNAMIC, GEOM2.0,GEOM3.0,GEOM4.0,EPTA,IPCOMPT.0, MTPOL.0,IAXIC,IPVT,IDMI,IDMINDX,IDTI,IDTINDX, DEFUSET,IEDOM,IDEQATN,IDEQIND,CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED2/ S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/S,N,RUNIFP5/ S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/S,N,RUNIFP9// S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10 $

$ PVT IPVT,iCASECC/ $ RESOLVE PARAMETER VALUES SET IN CASE CONTROL $ IF ( RUNIFP3 ) THEN $ IFP3 IAXIC/GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM3,GEOM4.3/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $ ELSE $ EQUIVX GEOM1.0/GEOM1.3/-1 $ EQUIVX GEOM2.0/GEOM2.3/-1 $ EQUIVX GEOM3.0/iGEOM3 /-1 $ V V.0/GEOM4.3/-1 $ ENDIF $ $ IF ( RUNIFP4 ) THEN $ IFP4 IAXIC,GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM4.3,MTPOL.0/ GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4,IGEOM4,IMATPOOL/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $ ELSE $ EQUIVX GEOM1.3 /GEOM1.4/-1 $ EQUIVX V2.3 /GEOM2.4/-1 $ EQUIVX V4.3 /iGEOM4 /-1 $ EQUIVX MTPOL.0/IMATPOOL/-1 $ ENDIF $ $ IF ( RUNIFP5 ) THEN $ IFP5 IAXIC,GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4/IGEOM1.5,IV2.5/ S,N,NOGOIFP5 $ ELSE $ EQUIVX GEOM1.4/iGEOM1.5/-1 $ EQUIVX GEOM2.4/iGEOM2.5/-1 $ ENDIF $

Main Index

IFP Reads Bulk Data Section

$ IF ( RUNIFP8 ) THEN $ IFP8 MPT.0,IDIT/MPT.8/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $ ELSE $ EQUIVX MPT.0/MPT.8/-1 $

Main Index

1247

1248

IFP1 Reads Case Control Section

IFP1

Reads Case Control Section

Reads the Case Control Section. Format: IFP1

/CASECC,PCDB,XYCDB,POSTCDB,FORCE,MMCDB/ S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC/S,N,BEGSUP/STEPPR $

Output Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

POSTCDB

Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.

FORCE

Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field information.

MMCDB

Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.

Parameter: NOGOIFP1 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in the Case Control Section. LASTCC

Integer-output-default=0. Set to 2 if the last auxiliary model Case Control Section is being processed.

BEGSUP

Logical-output-default=FALSE. BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if the first Bulk Data Section begins with BEGIN SUPER instead of BEGIN BULK.

STEPRR

Input-logical-default=FALSE. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to TRUE if the STEP command is allowed in the current solution sequence.

QKGUSTL

Output-logical-default=FALSE. QKGUST* creation flag. TRUE : QKGUST* was created FALSE: QKGUST* was not created

Main Index

IFP1 Reads Case Control Section

Remarks: 1. IFP1 does not stop if an error is detected in the Case Control Section; therefore, the following statement should appear after the module: IF (NOGOIFP1) EXIT $

2. IFP1 may be executed only once and should appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence before any other module. Example: Read multiple Case Control Sections in a loop. Each Case Control Section is prefaced with the AUXCASE and AUXMODEL commands. The outputs from IFP1 are to be qualified on auxiliary model identification number. DO WHILE ( LASTCC<>2 ) $ IFP1 /XCASECC,XPCDB,XXYCDB,XPOSTCDB,XFORCE/ S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC $ PARAML XCASECC//'DTI'/1/258//S,N,AUXMID $ EQUIVX XCASECC/CASEXX/-1 $ EQUIVX XPCDB/PCDB/-1 $ EQUIVX XXYCDB/XYCDB/-1 $ EQUIVX XPOSTCDB/POSTCDB/-1 $ EQUIVX XFORCE/FORCE/-1 $ ENDDO $

Main Index

1249

1250

IFP3 Modifies Bulk Data entry records

Modifies Bulk Data entry records

IFP3

Modifies Bulk Data entry records related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis. Format: IFP3

AXIC/GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM3X,GEOM4X/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $

Input Data Block: AXIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1X

GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.

GEOM2X

GEOM2 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.

GEOM3X

GEOM3 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.

GEOM4X

GEOM4 table related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.

Parameter: NOGOIFP3 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. Remarks: 1. IFP3 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP3 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module 2. IFP3 must appear after the IFP1 and before the IFP4 modules. 3. The axisymmetric Bulk Data entry records modified by IFP3 are: Bulk Data Entry Record

Main Index

Output Records

Output Data Blocks

AXIC

None

None

CCONEAX

CCONE

GEOM2

FORCEAX

FORCE

GEOM3

MOMAX

MOMENT

GEOM3

MPCAX

MPC

GEOM4

IFP3 Modifies Bulk Data entry records

Bulk Data Entry Record

Output Records

Output Data Blocks

OMITAX

OMIT

GEOM4

POINTAX

MPC

GEOM4

GRID

GEOM1

PRESAX

PLOAD

GEOM3

RINGAX

SPC

GEOM4

GRID

GEOM1

MPC

GEOM4

GRID

GEOM1

SPCAX

SPC

GEOM4

SUPAX

SUPORT

GEOM4

TEMPAX

TEMP

GEOM3

SECTAX

4. The other Bulk Data entries recognized and processed by IFP3 are: FORCE, GRAV, LOAD, MOMENT, TEMPD, TEMP, GRID, MPCADD, OMIT, SEQGP, SPC, SPCADD, and SUPORT Example See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.

Main Index

1251

1252

IFP4 Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records

Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records

IFP4

Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records. Format: IFP4

AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,MATPOOL/ GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM4X,MATPOOLX/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $

Input Data Blocks: AXIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

MATPOOL

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1X

GEOM1 table related to hydroelastic analysis.

GEOM2X

GEOM2 table related to hydroelastic analysis.

GEOM4X

GEOM3 table related to hydroelastic analysis.

MATPOOLX MATPOOL table related to hydroelastic analysis. Parameter: NOGOIFP4 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. Remarks: 1. IFP4 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP4 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module 2. IFP4 must appear after the IFP3 and before the IFP5 modules. 3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP4:

Main Index

IFP4 Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records

Bulk Data Entry Record

Output Records

Output Data Blocks

AXIF

None

None

BDYLIST

Various

MATPOOLX

CFLUID2

CFLUID2

GEOM2X

CFLUID3

CFLUID3

GEOM2X

CFLUID4

CFLUID4

GEOM2X

FLSYM

Various

MATPOOLX

FREEPT

SPOINT

GEOM2X

MPC

GEOM4X

CFSMASS

GEOM2X

SPC

GEOM4X

GRIDB

GRID

GEOM1X

PRESPT

SPOINT

GEOM2X

MPC

GEOM4X

GRID

GEOM1X

SEQGP

GEOM1X

DMIG

MATPOOLX

FSLIST

RINGFL

DMIAX Example:

See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.

Main Index

1253

1254

IFP5 Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records

Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records

IFP5

Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records. Format: IFP5

AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2/ GEOM1X,GEOM2X/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $

Input Data Blocks: AXIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, and acoustic cavity analysis.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1X

GEOM1 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.

GEOM2X

GEOM2 table related to acoustic cavity analysis.

Parameter: NOGOIFP5 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. Remarks: 1. IFP5 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP5 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 2. IFP5 must appear after the IFP4 and before the IFP6 modules. 3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP5: Input Record

Main Index

Input Data Block

Output Record

Output Data Block

AXSLOT

AXIC

None

None

CAXIF2

GEOM2

PLOTEL

GEOM2X

CAXIF3

GEOM2

PLOTEL

GEOM2X

IFP5 Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records

Input Record

Input Data Block

Output Record

Output Data Block

CSLOT3

GEOM2

PLOTEL

GEOM2X

CSLOT4

GEOM2

PLOTEL

GEOM2X

CAXIF4

GEOM2

PLOTEL

GEOM2X

GRIDF

AXIC

GRID

GEOM1X

GRIDS

AXIC

GRID

GEOM1X

SLBDY

AXIC

CELAS2

GEOM2X

Example: See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.

Main Index

1255

1256

IFP6 Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records

IFP6

Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records

Create PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PCOMP and MAT8 bulk data entry records. Format: IFP6

EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/ EPTC,MPTC,PCOMPTC/ S,N,NOGOIFP6/S,N,NOCOMP/DSFLAG $

Input Data Blocks: EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties, in particular, PSHELL and PCOMP entries.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular, MAT2 and MAT8 entries.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

Output Data Blocks: EPTC

Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records.

MPTC

Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.

PCOMPTC

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

Parameter: NOGOIFP6 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries.

Main Index

NOCOMP

Integer-output-default=0. Set to 1 if MAT8 and PCOMP Bulk Data entry records are found.

DSFLAG

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job.

IFP6 Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records

Remarks: 1. IFP6 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP6 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 2. IFP6 must appear after the IFP and before the IFP7 modules. Example: See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.

Main Index

1257

1258

IFP7 Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records

Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records

IFP7

Create PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBCOMP Bulk Data entry records. Format: IFP7

GEOM2,EPT,MPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular, PBCOMP entries.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: EPTX

Copy of EPT except PBCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PBEAM records.

Parameter: NOGOIFP7 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. Remarks: 1. IFP7 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP7 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 2. IFP7 must appear after the IFP6 and before the IFP8 modules. Example: See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.

Main Index

IFP8 Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records

Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records

IFP8

Create MATHP Bulk Data entry records based upon data on the TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records for use in hyperelastic analysis. Format: IFP8

MPT,DIT/MPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $

Input Data Blocks: MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: MPTX

Copy of MPT except applicable MATHP records are updated to include referenced TABLSE1 Bulk Data entry information

Parameter: NOGOIFP8 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. Remarks: 1. IFP8 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP8 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 2. IFP8 must appear after the IFP4 and before the IFP9 modules. 3. IFP8 modifies the MATHP Bulk Data entry records using least squares fitting of experimental data referenced on TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records to analytically obtained solutions. Example: See the example in the “IFP” on page 1244 module description.

Main Index

1259

1260

IFP9 Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records

Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records

IFP9

Create PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBARL and PBEAML Bulk Data entry records. Format: IFP9

EPT,GEOM1,EDT,GEOM2/EPTX,PBRMS/S,N,NOGOIFP9/ ARBMPS/ARBMFEM $

Input Data Block: EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular, PBARL and PBEAML entries.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

Output Data Blocks: EPTX

Copy of EPT except PBARL and PBEAML records are replaced by equivalent PBAR and PBEAM records

PBRMS

Table of intermediate arbitrary beam data.

Parameter: NOGOIFP9 Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. ARBMPS

Input-logical-default-FALSE.

ARBMFEM Input-logical-default-FALSE. Remarks: 1. IFP9 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP9 should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 2. IFP9 must appear after the IFP modules.

Main Index

IFP9 Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records

Example: See the example in the module description of “IFP” on page 1244.

Main Index

1261

1262

IFP10 Converts IFP tables for topology optimization

IFP10

Converts IFP tables for topology optimization

Construct new GEOM2, EPT, and MPT tables based upon data supplied by the TOPVAR entry for topology optimization. Format: IFP10

GEOM2,EPT,MPT,EDOM/ GEOM2T,EPTT,MPTT,TOPTAB,TOPELE/ S,N,NOGOIF10 $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM2T

GEOM2 updated for topology optimization.

EPTT

EPT updated for topology optimization.

MPTT

MPT updated for topology optimization.

TOPTAB

Table containing topologically-designed properties.

TOPELE

Table containing topologically-designed elements.

Parameter: NOGOIF10 Output-logical-default=false. Set TRUE for an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries.

Main Index

IFPINDX Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number

IFPINDX

Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number

Creates an index, keyed by identification number for any IFP table. Format: IFPINDX

/IFPDB $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: IFPDB

Any table data block output by modules IFP, IFPi, MODEPT, MODGM2, and MODGM4.

Parameters: None. Remarks: 1. IFPDB must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement. 2. IFPDB must contain a key word in the first word of each tuple of the ifp header word. Currently only fixed length Bulk Data entries are supported.

Main Index

1263

1264

IFPBSH2 Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries

IFPBSH2 Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries. Format: IFPBSH2

EPT,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND//S,N,NOGOIFB2 $

Input Data Blocks: EPT

Element property table

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN

Output Data Blocks: None Parameters: NOGOIFB2

Main Index

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set TRUE if an error is detected in the PBUSH2D Bulk Data entries.

IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform

IFT

Performs an inverse Fourier transform

Performs an inverse Fourier transform to convert the frequency response solution matrix to the time domain. Format: IFT

UXF,CASECC,TRL,FOL/ UXT,TOL/ IFTM $

Input Data Blocks: UXF

Solution matrix from frequency response analysis in d- or h-set.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

TRL

Transient response list.

FOL

Frequency response frequency output list.

Output Data Blocks: UXT

Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set.

TOL

Transient response time output list.

Parameters: IFTM

Input-integer-default=1. Fourier transform method. 0 Constant 1 Piecewise linear (default) 2 Cubic spline

Purpose: The purpose of this module is to obtain solutions versus time for frequency response for which the forces are only known as functions of frequency. The definition of the inverse transform is ∞

iωt 1 u i ( t ) = --- ∫ Re [ u˜ i ( ω )e ]dω π 0

Main Index

Eq. 4-55

1265

1266

IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform

where u˜ ( ω ) is considered to be a known input (frequency response, and u ( t ) is the output (time response). Several approximations will be used for evaluation of Eq. 455. A special algorithm is to be used for equal ∆ω ’s, which can result in savings of computation times. A special algorithm will be introduced to provide for a cubic spline fit for u˜ ( ω ) between the data points. Method: General Approach. The integral will be expressed as a finite sum. The input data block UXF has one row for each mode, and a column (complex) for each frequency. The output UXT will have the same number of rows, but with these columns for each time step. Frequencies and times have been selected via standard FREQi and TSTEP Bulk Data entries. Each row of the input matrix is transformed into a row of the output. The basic sume is given by NFREQ

1 u i ( t m ) = --π

∑ n = 1

  iω n t m ·· Re  C mn ⋅ u˜ i ( ω n ) + D mn ⋅ u˜ i ( ω n ) e  

NFREQ

1 u· i ( t m ) = --π

∑

Re iω n { C mn ⋅ u˜ i ( ω n ) + D mn ⋅ u˜ i ( ω n ) }e

iω t n m

Eq. 4-56

Eq. 4-57

n = 1 NFREQ

1 u·· i ( t m ) = --π

∑

2

Re – ω n { C mn ⋅ u˜ i ( ω n ) }e

iω n t m

Eq. 4-58

n = 1

where: m ωn

= 1, 2,...,NTIME = 2π f ( f = frequency ) n

u˜ i ( ω n )

= the complex quantity in the i-th row and the n-th column of UHVF.

u·· i ( ω n )

= the second derivative, found by the method of splines.

u˜ i ( t n )

= the real quantity output on UHVT.

Re = "Real part of." Note: for efficiency ReCu = ReCu ⋅ Reu – Imc ⋅ Imu

Main Index

IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform

ωn – ωn – 1 ω n + 1 – ωn C mn = --------------------------E 2 ( – it m ( ω n – ω n – 1 ) ) + --------------------------- E 2 ( + itm ( ω n + 1 – ω n ) ) 2 2 3

Eq. 4-59

3

( ωn – ωn – 1 ) ( ωn + 1 – ω n ) D mn = – ---------------------------------- G ( – itm ( ω n – ω n – 1 ) ) – ---------------------------------- G ( ω n + 1 – ω n ) 24 24

Eq. 4-60

The functions E 2 and G will be discussed later. For the first ω , only the second term of C and D is used; and, for the last ω , only the first term is used. Values for C and D . If the frequency data have equal ∆ω ’s, ( ω n – ω n – 1 ) – ( ω 2 – ω 1 ) < 10

–6

( ω2 – ω1 )

then the special equal frequency intervals methods are to be used. Otherwise, the general case will be assumed. In the sum, the following assuptions can be made Parameter IFTM

Equal ∆ω, ∆t 0

1

General

E 2 = 1 (for first ω if

E 2 = 1 ( 1 ⁄ 2 first, last

ω = 0, E 2 = 1 ⁄ 2 ).

D mn = 0 ).

D mn = 0

D mn = 0

C m = function of m , and special for first, last ω . 2

C mn = 0

C m = (See Eq. 4-57.)

C m, D mn are functions of m , only. Special for first

See Eq. 4-57 and Eq. 4-58.

and last ω . For the equal ∆ω , we will force ω2 t m to be an integer multiplf of ( 2π ⁄ ∆t ) . Define integer N = 2π ⁄ ( ∆π ⋅ ∆t ) , rounded up. Then replace the user’s ∆t by ∆t = 2π ⁄ N∆ω . In the equal ∆ω , ωt is given by nm ω n t m = nm∆ωt = 2π  ------- N A table for k = 0, ( N – 1 ) will be made of Main Index

Eq. 4-61

1267

1268

IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform

C k = cos ( 2πk ⁄ N )

Eq. 4-62

S k = sin ( 2πk ⁄ N ) Then e

iω t n m

Eq. 4-63

= C k + iS k

where k =

Mod ( nm )

Eq. 4-64

N

The table can be created with recurrence. For unequal ∆ω , then e

iω n t m

= cos ( ω n t m ) + i sin ( ω n t m )

Eq. 4-65

where the COS and SIN subroutines will be called. The funtions E 2 and G will have special formulas depending upon the size of their argument.     θ – sin θ 1 – cos θ   E 2 ( iθ ) =  ----------------------- + i  ---------------------- θ ≥ θ 0 1 2 1 2  --- θ   --- θ  2 2 2

4

5

5

θ θ θ θ θ =  1 – ---------- + ------------------------- – + … + i  --- – ------------------ + -------------------- – + … θ < θ 0 3⋅4 3⋅4⋅5⋅6 3 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 3 ⋅ 4…7

Eq. 4-67

G ( iθ ) = 2E 2 ( iθ ) – E 4 ( iθ )

Eq. 4-68

2

θ ----- – 1 + cos θ 2 E 4 ( iθ ) = ------------------------------------- + 4 θ -----24 2

4

3

θ ----- – θ + sin θ 6 ------------------------------------- θ ≥ θ 0 4 θ -----24

θ 0 = 0.1 . The alternating series is continued until the last

Main Index

–9

.

Eq. 4-69

3

θ θ θ .5 θ =  1 – ---------- + ------------------------- – +  + i  --- – ------------------ + ------------ – + … θ < θ 0    5 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 5…9  5⋅6 5⋅6⋅7⋅8

10

Eq. 4-66

Eq. 4-70

term computed is less than

IFT Performs an inverse Fourier transform

··

When IFTM = 2, a spline fit must be made to solve for u˜ . This will be done by a backward and forward pass over the frequencies ω . The same method is used for equal or unequal ∆ω . On the initializing backward pass, compute real A n ( n = NFREQ – 1, …, 2 ) . N NFREQ = 0 ( ωn – ωn – 1 ) A N = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 ( ω n + 1 – ω n – 1 ) – ( ω n + 1 – ω n )A n + 1

Eq. 4-71

··

For each row, do a backward and forward pass. The B n and u˜ ( ω n ) can be stored in the same locations. The backward pass: B NFREQ = 0 u˜ n – u˜ n – 1   u˜ n + 1 – u˜ n 6  ------------------------------ – ------------------------------ – ( ω n + 1 – ω n )A n + 1 ⋅ B n + 1  ω n + 1 – ω n ω n – ω n – 1 B N = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ωn – ωn – 1

Eq. 4-72

n = ( NFREQ – 1 ), …, 3, 2 (real and imaginary) The forward pass:  u˜ 2 – u˜ 1  6 --------------------- – ( ω 2 – ω 1 )A 2 B 2  ω2 – ω1 ·· u˜ ( ω 1 ) =  ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Real Part  6ω 1 + ( ω 2 – ω 1 ) ( 2 – A 2 )  Imaginary Part 0 Then continue for 2, …, NFREQ . ·· ·· u˜ ( n ) = A n ( B n – u˜ n – 1 )

Main Index

Eq. 4-73

1269

1270

ILMP1 Creates unit displacement matrix

ILMP1

Creates unit displacement matrix

Creates a unit displacement matrix on those DOFs that contribute to the monitored components. This matrix will be G-set size rows by contributed DOF in columns. Also creates a CASECC table associated with the columns of the unit displacement matrix and the g-set size column partitoning vector that mark the contributing DOF's. Format: ILMP1

EST,BGPDT,EDT,EDT0/ CASEUNIT,UNITDISP,UNITPV,EDTM/ S,N,NCOLUNIT $

Input Data Blocks: EST

Element summary table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

EDT0

Table of archived set of MONPNT2 records to be merged into EDTM.

Output Data Blocks: CASEUNIT Table of Case Control parameters requesting to a unit displacements. In addition, the monitor points will be expressed as various sets of output depending on what is being monitored. UNITDISP

Unit displacement matrix where each row represents a unit displacement at a degree-of-freedom. Only degrees-of-freedom which participate in the union of all monitor points will contain a unit displacement. UNITDISP has LUSET number of columns.

UNITPV

Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit displacement is requested. (All 6 degrees-of-freedom will be assumed to contribute).

EDTM

Archival of EDT containing just the monitor records.

Parameters: NCOLUNIT Output-integer-default=-1. Number of unit displacement columns written. If NCOLUNIT<=0 then none were written.

Main Index

ILMP2 Creates output transformation matrix

Creates output transformation matrix

ILMP2

Creates the output transformation matrix for a particular OFP table type. Format: ILMP2

EDT,OFP12,OFP22,OFP32/ OTMT,RLABEL/ NCOLMNP2 $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Specifically, this module reads the MONITOR2 record.

OFPi2

Output table in SORT2 format.

Output Data Blocks: OTMT

Transpose of the output transformation matrix. Each column of the matrix will be associated with a single ILMP (and labeled in RLABEL). The rows will be the partition of g-set size DOFs that are contributing (CP defined).

RLABEL

Monitor point label for each column in OTMT.

Parameters: NCOLMNP2

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Number of degrees-of-freedom associated with the MONPNT2 entries.

1271

1272

ILMPGPF

ILMPGPF Filters the grid point force output table according to the MONPNT3 entries down to a single monitor point. Format: ILMPGPF

MP3GPF,EDT,BGPDT,CSTM,OGPFB1/ GPFMAT/ NDDLNAME $

Input Data Blocks: MP3GPF

Table of monitor point type-3 responses.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Specifically, this module reads the MONPNT3 and SET1 records.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

OGPFB1

Table of grid point forces.

Output Data Block: GPFMAT

Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase and each row is one component of the monitored forces.

Parameter: NDDLNAME Input-character-default='OGF'. NDDL name of the OGPFB1 data block.

Main Index

INDXBULK Indexes the Bulk Data table

INDXBULK

Indexes the Bulk Data table

Indexes the Bulk Data table. Format: INDXBULK

BULK/BULKINDX $

Input Data Blocks: BULK

Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.

Output Data Blocks: BULKINDX Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries with indices. Parameters: None. Remark: 1. INDXBULK only indexes the CORDij, GRID and QSETi records.

Main Index

1273

1274

INPUTT2 Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit

INPUTT2

Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit

Recovers up to five tables or matrices from a FORTRAN unit. This unit may have been written either by a FORTRAN program or by the companion module OUTPUT2. Format: INPUTT2

/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/ ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/ S,N,HNAME1/S,N,HNAME2/S,N,HNAME3/S,N,HNAME4/ S,N,HNAME5/S,N,DBKNT/ NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5 $

Output Data Blocks: DBi

Data blocks to be input from the FORTRAN unit.

Parameters: ITAPE

Input-integer-default = 0. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before INPUTT2 attempts to extract any data blocks. The following controls are available. ITAPE Value

Main Index

Action

+n

Skip forward n data blocks before reading.

0

Data blocks are read starting at the current position.

-1 or -11

Rewind before reading and position tape past label (LABL), if any.

-3 or -13

Print data block names, rewind before reading, and position tape past label, if any.

-5 or -15

Search and output first occurrence of DBi. If none are found, then a fatal warning message is issued.

-6 or -16

Search and output final occurrence of DBi. If none are found, then a fatal is issued.

INPUTT2 Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit

ITAPE Value

Action

-7 or -17

Search and output first occurrence of DBi. If none are found, then a warning is issued.

-8 or -18

Search and output final occurrence of DBi. If none are found, then a warning is issued.

IUNIT

Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number from which the data blocks are to be read. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended.

LABL

Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is the label on the FORTRAN unit. A check of the label may or may not be performed based on the value of ITAPE as indicated in the following table. ITAPE Value

Main Index

Tape Label Checked?

+n

NO

0

NO

-1

YES

-3

YES

-5

YES

-6

YES

-7

YES

-8

YES

-11

NO

-13

NO

-15

NO

-16

NO

-17

NO

-18

NO

1275

1276

INPUTT2 Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit

HNAMEi

Output-character-default=' '. Data block name found in the header of DBi on the Fortran unit.

DBKNT

Output-integer-default=0. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT. DBKNT is only computed under ITAPE= -3 or -13.

NDDLNAMi

Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 through DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'. Used only to read unformatted (binary) Fortran files created on non-native computers.

Remarks: 1. Any or all of the output data blocks may be purged. Only nonpurged data blocks will be taken from the tape. The data blocks will be taken sequentially from the tape starting from a position determined by the value of the first parameter. Note that the output data block sequence A,B,,, is the same as ,A,,B, or ,,,A,B. 2. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Certain FORTRAN units are reserved, see “Making File Assignments” on page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units. 3. Data blocks will be read from the FORTRAN unit in either binary or neutral format, depending upon the FORM option of the ASSIGN FMS statement. If no ASSIGN FMS statement is specified, then binary input is assumed. 4. The format of the FORTRAN binary file is given in the OUTPUT2 description 5. Factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13 and 15) cannot be processed by INPUTT2.

Main Index

INPUTT4 Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit

INPUTT4

Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit

Reads an ASCII or binary file from a FORTRAN unit and creates a matrix suitable for input to other modules. OUTPUT4 module output may also be used as input. Format: INPUTT4

/M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/NMAT/IUNIT/ITAPE/UNUSED4/BIGMAT $

Output Data Blocks: Mi

Matrices

Parameters: NMAT

Input-integer-default=1. NMAT is the number of matrices that have been written on the user-supplied unit. Must be less than or equal to 5.

IUNIT

Input-integer-no default. The value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on which the user-supplied matrix was written.

ITAPE

Input-integer-default=-1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before INPUTT4 tries to extract any matrices as follows: ITAPE

Action

0

None.

-1

Rewind IUNIT before read.

-2

Rewind IUNIT at end.

-3

Both.

UNUSED4

Input-integer-default=1. Unused.

BIGMAT

Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT = FALSE selects the format that uses a string header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE regardless of the value specified.

Remarks: 1. Each matrix is read from IUNIT according to its ASSIGN FMS statement, and the BIGMAT as shown in the remarks of the OUTPUT4 description. 2. Each real or complex matrix must have been written on IUNIT according to the format below. Main Index

1277

• For example, in the nonsparse format and binary format (ASSIGN FORM=UNFORMATTED), each matrix could be created (assumed on FORTRAN unit 8) as follows: Record 1-four word record WRITE(8) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE

Record 2,3,etc. WRITE(8) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)

• If the ASCII format (ASSIGN FORM=FORMATTED) and the nonsparse format is desired, then each matrix must be created as follows: Record 1 100

WRITE(8,100) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE FORMAT(4I8)

Record 2, 3, etc. 200

WRITE(8,200) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW) FORMAT(3I8,(1P,5E16.9))

The format for X(I) above must be (1P,rEw.d), where d is the number of digits in the fractional part, w must be greater than d+7, and r is the integer part of 80/w.

• The MD Nastran "util" directory contains a utility subroutine called MAKIDS in a file called mattst.f (or .for) which will write a matrix into the format suitable for INPUTT4. See “Building and Using MATTST” on page 269 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide.

• Zero terms must be explicitly present from the first nonzero in any column to the last nonzero term unless the sparse matrix option is used.

• Null columns need not be input (they will be properly handled if they are input). 3. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. If the ASSIGN statement is not provided, then the format of the matrices on IUNIT is assumed to be nonsparse and binary. The ASCII format requires an ASSIGN FMS statement with the FORM = FORMATTED option. Certain FORTRAN units are reserved, see “Making File Assignments” on page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units. 4. The memory required is from the first nonzero entry in the column to the last nonzero entry.

Main Index

5. Factor matrices from DECOMP and DCMP (matrix forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by INPUTT4.

Main Index

INTERR

Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum

Generates the modal components of base motion from a response spectrum. Format: INTERR

CASECC,DIT,DYNAMIC,ZETAH,FN,SPECSEL,PSI/ UHR/ CLOSE/OPTION $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. ZETAH

Mass-normalized damping.

FN

Matrix of natural frequencies (mass normalized stiffness).

SPECSEL

Response spectra input correlation table.

PSI

Modal partitioning factor matrix.

Output Data Block: UHR

Modal displacement vector for spectral analysis.

Parameters: CLOSE

Input-real-no default. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS' method, close natural frequencies will be summed if the natural frequencies satisfy: fi+1 < CLOSE * fi

OPTION

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Response summation method for scaled response spectra analysis only. Possible values are: 'ABS'

Absolute.

'SRSS'

Square root of the sum of the squares.

'NRL'

Naval Research Laboratory (new).

'NRLO'

Naval Research Laboratory (old).

Remark: Only FN may be purged, in which case INTERR returns.

Main Index

Invokes an external program

ISHELL

Invokes an external program. Format: ISHELL

//PRGNAME/S,N,IRTN/NOINT/NOREAL/NOCMPX/NOCHAR/NOUNIT/ INT1 /INT2 /INT3 /INT4 / REAL1/REAL2/REAL3/REAL4/ CMPX1/CMPX2/CMPX3/CMPX4/ CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4/ IUNIT1/IUNIT2/IUNIT3/IUNIT4 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: PRGNAME Input-character-no default. Name of external program.

Main Index

IRTN

Output-integer-default=0. External program return code. -1 indicates failure.

NOINT

Input-integer-default=0. Number of integer value inputs.

NOREAL

Input-integer-default=0. Number of real value inputs.

NOCMPX

Input-integer-default=0. Number of complex value inputs.

NOCHAR

Input-integer-default=0. Number of character value inputs.

NOUNIT

Input-integer-default=0. Number of Fortran input units.

INTi

Input-integers-default=0. Integer values.

REALi

Input-real-default=-1.0. Real values.

CMPXi

Input-complex-default=(-1.0,0.0). Complex values.

CHARi

Input-character-default='NULLNULL'. Character values.

IUNITi

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit numbers.

Remarks: 1. The external program identified by PRGNAME will be passed arguments from MD Nastran as specified by the ISHELL parameters. The external program can be either a shell script or an executable program. It can either mimic an internal module or provide any user-defined functionality that requires access to MD Nastran's data structures. 2. MD Nastran remains in a "wait" state until the external program is completed. 3. OUTPUT2, OUTPUT4, INPUTT2 and INPUTT4 modules are required to pass tables and/or matrices into the external program. 4. The name of external program must be uppercase and limited to 8 characters. 5. The unit numbers must have associated ASSIGN statements. Based on the ASSIGN statements, the module will automatically pass the physical filenames associated with unit numbers to the external program. These filenames are passed at the positions 31 through 34. 6. Errors encountered in ISHELL will not terminate the MD Nastran execution. 7. IRTN=-1 indicates a failure during invocation of PRGNAME. It is not related to errors encountered within the invoked script or executable. For example, PRGNAME cannot be found or does not have execute permission. 8. You will need a utility program to parse the arguments for your external program. For example, use set -A argarray "$@" or a similar technique. 9. The FORTIO module must be used with ISHELL to OPEN and CLOSE FORTRAN units referenced by the external program. Example: Invoke user executable DOITPGM: ISHELL //'DOITPGM' $

Main Index

LAMX

Eigenvalue Table Editor

Modifies, creates, or converts to matrices the LAMA (real eigenvalues) and CLAMA (complex eigenvalues) tables. Formats: Modify LAMA: LAMX

EMAT, LAMA/LAMAX/NLAM/RESFLG

$

Create LAMA from a matrix: LAMX

FREQMASS,/LAMA/NLAM/RESFLG $

Convert LAMA into a matrix: LAMX

,,LAMA/LMAT/-1/RESFLG $

Create CLAMA from a matrix: LAMX

CLAMMAT,/CLAMA/-1 $

Convert CLAMA into a matrix: LAMX

,,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $

Generate new LAMA table based on diagonals of a stiffness and mass matrix: LAMX

KXX,MXX/LAMAX,LAMMAT/-3/RESFLG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

EMAT

Matrix of editing parameters. See Remark 1.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

FREQMASS

Matrix of frequencies and generalized masses. See Remark 2.

CLAMA

Complex eigenvalue summary table.

CLAMMAT

Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal.

KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually generalized.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set. Usually generalized.

Output Data Blocks: LAMAX

Modified LAMA table.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table created from FREQMASS.

LMAT

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table converted to a matrix. See Remark 3.

CLAMMAT

Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal.

LAMMAT

Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.

Parameters: NLAM

Integer-input-default=0. The maximum number of modes in the output data block LAMAX. If NLAM = 0, the number of modes in LAMAX will be the same as that of LAMA or FREQMASS. If NLAM = -1, the matrix LMAT is produced instead.

RESFLG

Integer-input-default=0. Subheading print flag used by the OFP module for residual vector eigenvalues. 1 Print “BEFORE AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS". 2 Print “AFTER AUGMENTATION OF RESIDUAL VECTORS”. 0 No print.

Remarks: 1. The EMAT matrix has three rows and one column for each mode which are used to modify the frequency and generalized mass. Number of Modes R 1j 3

R 2j R 3j

• If R3j ≥ 0 then the frequency 0

f

j

and generalized mass m

0 j

Main Index

will be extracted from LAMA and modified accordingly:

• Frequency: f j = R ij + ( 1.0 + R 2j )f

0 j

Fixed shift: R 1j = shift and R 2j = – 1.0 Fractional change: R 1j = 0.0 and R 2j = fraction  R ( if R > 0 ) 3j  3j • Generalized mass: m j =  0  m j ( if R 3 = 0 ) 

• Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are based on the modified frequency and generalized mass: radians: ωj = 2πf j eigenvalue: λ j = ω 2j generalized stiffness: K j = λ j m j

• If R3j

= – 1 , then mode

• If R1j

= 0 , R 2j = 0

j is not copied to LAMAX.

and R 3j = 0 , then mode j is copied from LAMA to LAMAX without modification.

2. The FREQMASS matrix has three rows and one column for each mode. The first row contains the frequencies and the third row contains the generalized masses. The second row is null. Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are computed as in Remark 3. Number of Modes fj 0.0 mj

3

3. In the LMAT matrix each row corresponds to a mode. Each column corresponds to eigenvalue, radians, frequency, generalized mass, and generalized stiffness.

Main Index

5 λi ωi f i Mi ki · Number of Modes

· · ·

4. Under NLAM=-3: a. The frequency is computed: diag (KXX) Freq = 0.5 Pi ----------------------------------diag (MXX) b. KXX and MXX may be vectors. c. If a diagonal in MXX is null then the corresponding entry in LAMA table will be null. d. If MXX is purged then an identity matrix is assumed. e. If KXX is purged the module returns with no output. f. LAMAX or LAMMAT may be purged. Examples: 1. For LAMA (real) tables:

• Assume that 10 modes are defined in the LAMA table. It is now desired to modify the frequency data of the LAMA table in the following way: Mode(s) 1 through 3

Desired Modification none

---

4

multiply f 4 by 0.8

DMI,EMAT,4,2,-0.2

5

none

---

6

delete

DMI,EMAT,6,3,-1.0

7

replace f 7 by

DMI,EMAT,7,1,173.20,-1.0

173.20

Main Index

DMl Format for EMAT

Mode(s)

Desired Modification

8

replace m 8 by 2.98

DMI,EMAT,8,3,2.98

9

none

---

10

delete

DMI,EMAT,10,3,-1.0

DMl Format for EMAT

The DMI header record entry is also required: DMI,EMAT,0,2,1,1,,3,10 The DMAP is: DMIIN LAMX EQUIVX

DMI,DMINDX/EMAT,,,,,,,,, $ EMAT,LAMA/LAMB/9 $ LAMB/LAMA/ALWAYS $

• Create a LAMB table with f j = 10.0, 20,0, 30.0, 40, and m j = 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 2.0. DMI, DMI, DMI, DMI, DMI,

FREQMASS, FREQMASS, FREQMASS, FREQMASS, FREQMASS,

0, 1, 2, 3, 4,

2, 1, 1, 1, 1,

1, 1, 10.0, 20.0, 30.0, 40.0,

, 3, 4 00, 1.0 0.0, 1.0 0.0, 1.0 0.0, 2.0

The DMAP is: DMIIN LAMX OFP

DMI,DMINDX/,,,,,,,,,$ FREQMASS,/LAMB $ LAMB//$

• Generate a matrix LMAT from a LAMA table. The DMAP is: LAMX, ,LAMA/LMAT/-1 $

2. For CLAMA (complex) tables:

• Create a CLAMA table with eigenvalues -1.0, -1.0, -2.0, -2.0, and -3.0, +1.0. The DMI data for CLAMMAT would be: DMI, DMI, DMI, DMI,

CLAMMAT, CLAMMAT, CLAMMAT, CLAMMAT,

0,6,3,3, ,3,3 1,1,-1.0,-1.0 2,2, -2.0, -2.0 3,3, -3.0, +1.0

The DMAP is: DMIIN LAMX

Main Index

DMI,DMINDX/CLAMMAT,,,,,,,,,/$ CLAMMAT,/CLAMB/-1 $

• Generate a matrix CLAMMAT from a CLAMA table. The DMAP is: LAMX, ,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $

Main Index

LANCZOS

Performs real eigenvalue analysis

Performs real eigenvalue analysis on real symmetric mass and stiffness matrices using the Lanczos method for the eigensolution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers. Format: LANCZOS

KGG,MGG,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,DYNAMIC,INVEC/ PHG,MI,LAMA,LAMMAT,QG,QMG/ FORMAT/NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/EPSORTH/ SID/F1/F2/NDES/MSGLVL/ MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/EPSNO/NOQG/ NOQMG $

Input Data Blocks: KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

MGG

Mass matrix in g-set.

RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

SIL

Scalar index list.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. INVEC

Starting vector(s).

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

PHG

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

LAMMAT

Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.

MI

Modal mass matrix.

QG

Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

QMG

Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

Parameters: FORMAT

Input-character-no default. Problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling problems are not supported.

NEIGV

Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were found.

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the METHOD set identification number.

FLUID

Input-logical-default=FALSE. METHOD command option (FLUID or STRUCTURE). If FLUID=TRUE, the EIGRL entry is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.

EPSORTH

Input-real-default=1.0E-10. Unused.

SID

Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMICS. If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. If SID<0, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction.

Main Index

F1

Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time.

F2

Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.

NDES

Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is repeated, then nDes + m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions are found.

MSGLVL

Input-integer-default=1. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only. 0

No output.

1

Warning and fatal messages.

2

Summary output.

3

Detailed output on cost and convergence.

4

More detailed output on orthogonalizations and some extra arithmetic to check on orthogonality.

MAXSET

Input-integer-default=7. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value of block size may be reduced depending on available memory and problem size.

SHFSCL

Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0.

NORM

Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects normalization by maximum displacement.

EPSNO

Input-integer-default=-1. Number of eigensolutions to check and the quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the first ten or NEIGV modes (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.

NOQG

Input-integer-default=1. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

NOQMG

Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

Remarks: 1. Buckling is not supported. 2. KGG and MGG must be real and symmetric. 3. INVEC may be purged. 4. QG and QMG are created only if USET is specified and NOQG and NOQMG are specified to 1.

Main Index

LCGEN

Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries

Expands the Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries. Format: LCGEN

CASECC,SLT,ETT,DYNAMIC,GEOM4/ CASESX/ NSKIP/APP $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

SLT

Table of static loads.

ETT

Element temperature table.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry images. LCGEN reads the RLOADi and TLOADi records to determine unique DAREA identification numbers. GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity. LCGEN matches the SPCD and SPC identification numbers with TLOADi and RLOADi images for possible enforced motion.

Output Data Block: CASESX

Expanded Case Control table.

Parameters:

Main Index

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC for the LOADSET set identification number.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Specifies which records to use in creating equivalent static loads from dynamic loads. Allowable types are: blank

Not dynamics.

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response -- use RLOADi record.

'TRANRESP' Transient response -- use TLOADi record. ‘REIG’

Main Index

Real eigenvalue analysis -- use both RLOADi and TLOADi record.

LMATPRT

Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix

Prints the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only. Format: LMATPRT

DSCMR,DSROWL,DSCOLL// DSZERO $

Input Data Blocks: DSCMR

Old combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix.

DSROWL

Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.

DSCOLL

Table of design sensitivity column labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameter: DSZERO

Main Index

Input-real-default=0.0. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute value of the coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will be printed.

1296

MACOFP Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output

Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output

MACOFP

Creates a FORTRAN file containing selected output normally printed by the OFP module. Format: MACOFP

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7// ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3 $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

Any table that is suitable for printing by the OFP module.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: ITAPE

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit positioning option. 0

No action before write.

-1

Rewind before write.

-2

A new unit is mounted before write and rewind at end.

-3

Rewind at start and end.

-4

Dismount old unit and mount new unit.

IUNIT

Input-integer-default=0. FORTRAN unit number.

UNUSED3

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Unused.

MAKAEFA Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries

MAKAEFA

Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries

Extracts data specified on the AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries that reference UXVEC, DMIJ and DMIK Bulk Data entries. Format: MAKAEFA

EDT,MATPOOL,AECTRL,AEBGPDTJ*,AEBGPDTI*,AEBGPDTK*/ AEDWIDX,UXVW,AEDW,AEIDW,AEPRSIDX,UXVP,AEPRE, AEIPRE,AEFIDX,UXVF,AEFRC/ MACHNO/SYMXZ/SYMXY $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.

MATPOOL

Table of Bulk Data entry images containing DMIJ, DMIJI and DMIK entries.

AECTRL

Table of aeroelastic model controls.

AEBGPDTJ* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic degrees of freedom. AEBGPDTI* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set aerodynamic degrees of freedom. AEBGPDTK* Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic degrees of freedom. Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

AEDWIDX

Index to the AEDW tables.

UXVW

Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEDW Bulk Data entries.

AEDW

Matrix of downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries.

AEIDW

Matrix of interference downwash vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk Data entries referenced by the AEDW entries.

AEPRSIDX

Index to the AEPRESS tables.

UXVP

Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEPRESS Bulk Data entries.

AEPRE

Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries.

1297

1298

MAKAEFA Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries

AEIPRE

Matrix of interference pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the AEPRESS entries.

AEFIDX

Index to the AEFORCE tables.

UXVF

Matrix of UXVEC vectors defined by the AEFORCE Bulk Data entries.

AEFRC

Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries referenced by the AEFORCE entries.

Parameters: MACH

Input-real-no default. Mach number.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

MAKAEFS Generates an index and associated matrices

MAKAEFS

Generates an index and associated matrices

Generates an index and the associated matrices based on the AEFORCE Bulk Data entry with MESH='STRUCT'. Format: MAKAEFS

EDT,AECRTL,SLT,PG/ AEDBIDX,UXVST,PGVST,PVPERQ/ MACH/SYMXZ/SYMXY $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerodynamics.

AECTRL

Table of aeroelastic model controls.

SLT

Table of static loads.

PG

Static load matrix for the g-set.

Output Data Blocks: AEDBIDX

Index table consisting of the triples.

UXVST

Aerodynamic extra point displacement matrix.

PGVST

Static load vector matrix (g-set).

PVPERQ

Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be scaled by Q (=1) and those that are absolute (=0).

Parameters: MACH

Input-real-no default. Mach number.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

1299

1300

MAKAEMON Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points

MAKAEMON Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points and merges with previously defined monitor points if present. Also generates a new full vehicle (COEF) monitor point. Format: MAKAEMON

AERO,EDT,AEMONOLD/ AEMONPT,MONITOR/ AECONFIG $

Input Data Blocks: AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

EDT

Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records, specifically AESURF and AESURFS.

AEMONOLD Table of HM monitor points. Output Data Blocks: AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points (COEF and HM only). MONITOR

Table of structural monitor points (COEF and HM only).

Parameters: AECONFIG Input-character-default='REFCSTOT'. Aerodynamic configuration. Remarks: None.

Main Index

MAKCOMP Extracts components from EDT

MAKCOMP Extracts components from EDT Extract components from EDT and merge with previously defined components if OLDCMP is present. Format: MAKCOMP

EDT,AECOMP,AECMPOLD/  AEROCOMP   /  STRUCOMP 

MESH $ Input Data Blocks: EDT

Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records, specifically monitor and component input.

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table (CAEROi Bulk Data entries).

AECMPOLD Previously generated AECOMP. Output Data Blocks: AEROCOMP Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'. STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. Parameters: MESH Remarks: None.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Mesh type.

1301

1302

MAKENEW Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format

MAKENEW

Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format

Converts tables from their pre-Version 69 format to their Version 69 (or greater) format. Format: MAKENEW

OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/ NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/ OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5 $

Input Data Blocks: OLDDBi

Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.

Output Data Blocks: NEWDBi

Input table in the current version’s format. See Remarks.

Parameters: OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks. NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks. Remarks: 1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:

Main Index

AXIC

Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

EPT

Table of element properties.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

EST

Element summary table.

MAKENEW Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of element connectivity.

GEOM3

Table of static loads.

GEOM4

Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.

GPDT

Grid point definition table.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

SIL

Scalar index list. 2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications are equivalent. MAKENEW MAKENEW

GEOM1,AXIC,,,/NGEOM1,NAXIC,,,/ 'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $ AXIC,GEOM1,,,/NAXIC,NGEOM1,,,/ 'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $

3. In order to create BGPDT, EST, and CSTM, MAKENEW requires multiple inputs. For example, MAKENEW

BGPDT,EQEXIN,SIL,GPL,/NBGPDT,,,,/ 'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL'//'BGPDT'

MAKENEW

EST,EQEXIN,SIL,,,/NEST,,,,/ 'EST'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'///'EST' $

MAKENEW

CSTM,EQEXIN,GPL,,,/NCSTM,,,,/ 'CSTM'/'EQEXIN'/'GPL'///'CSTM' $

$

4. The generation of the new data organization on 32 bit platforms does not increase the precisional values of the data items. 5. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKENEW.

Main Index

1303

1304

MAKEOLD Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format

Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format

MAKEOLD

Converts tables from their Version 69 (or greater) format to their pre-Version 69 format. Format: MAKEOLD

NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/ OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/ NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5/ OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 $

Input Data Blocks: NEWDBi

Input table in the current version’s format. See Remarks.

Output Data Blocks: OLDDBi

Output table in pre-Version 69 format. See Remarks.

Parameters: NEWNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks. OLDNAMi Input-character-default=' '. The generic name of the corresponding output; e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks. Remarks: 1. The allowable values for NEWNAMi and OLDNAMi are:

Main Index

AXIC

Table of axisymmetric and fluid Bulk Data entries.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

EPT

Table of element properties.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

EST

Element summary table.

MAKEOLD Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of element connectivity.

GEOM3

Table of static loads.

GEOM4

Table of degree-of-freedom set assignments.

GPDT

Grid point definition table.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

SIL

Scalar index list.

2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications are equivalent. MAKEOLD

GEOM1,AXIC,,,/OGEOM1,OAXIC,,,/ 'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $

MAKEOLD

AXIC,GEOM1,,,/OAXIC,OGEOM1,,,/ 'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $

3. If BGPDT is specified as input then MAKEOLD creates four tables BGPDT, EQEXIN, SIL, and GPL. For example, MAKEOLD

BGPDT,,,,/OBGPDT,OEQEXIN,OSIL,OGPL,/ 'BGPDT'/////'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL' $

4. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKEOLD.

Main Index

1305

1306

MAKETR Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom

MAKETR

Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-offreedom

Generates transformation matrix to transform forces from the support point degreesof-freedom to the reference point. Format: MAKETR

AERO,CSTMA,BGPDT,USET,TRX/ TR,PRBDOFS,URDDIDX,URDDUXV,TRANTR/ AUNITS $

Input Data Blocks: AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

TRX

Acceleration selection matrix for the list of aerodynamic extra-points (6 rows by NX columns).

Output Data Block: TR

Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic reference point.

PRBDOFS

Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom.

URDDIDX

An instance of an ADBINDX that describes the acceleration entries.

URDDUXV UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric analysis). TRANTR

Main Index

Transpose of TR where the number of columns of TR matches the URDDUXV states of TRX. Both are reduced to just the active origin rigid body degrees-of-freedom.

MAKETR Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom

Parameters: AUNITS

Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units of length per time squared.

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP AESTATRS: DBVIEW STBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ DBVIEW STUSET=USET WHERE (MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ MAKETR AERO,CSTMA,STBGPDT,STUSET/TR $

Main Index

1307

1308

MAKMON Builds table of monitor points

Builds table of monitor points

MAKMON

Builds a table of monitor points. Format:

MAKMON

 AEROCOMP    EDT,   ,  /  STRUCOMP   AEROCOMP   AEMONPT    ,MONDISP,MONGRP,MP3LAB,MP3GPF/MKERRCHK $  MONITOR 

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records, specifically monitor and component input.

AEROCOMP

Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'.

STRUCOMP

Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'.

Output Data Blocks: AEMONPT Table of aerodynamic monitor points. MONITOR

Table of structural monitor points.

MONDISP

Monitor points table for displacements.

MONGRP

Table of monitor point groups.

MP3LAB

Table of monitor point type-3 labels.

MP3GPF

Table of monitor point type-3 responses.

Parameter: MKERRCHK Input-logical-default=FALSE. Error check flag. TRUE: Perform check FALSE: Do not perform check

Main Index

MASSCOMB Adds family of mass matrices

Adds family of mass matrices

MASSCOMB

Adds together a family of mass matricies controlled by the MASSET Bulk Data and CASECC commands. Format: MASSCOMB

EDT,MGG*/ MGGCOMB/ MASSETID/MASSQUAL $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries. Specifically, this module reads the MASSINC record.

MGG*

Family of MGG (g-set mass) matrices.

Output Data Blocks: MGGCOMB Combined mass matrix. Parameters: MASSETID Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the MASSSET Case Control command. MASSQUAL Input-character-default='MASSID'. Name of the qualifier used to qualify the MGG*. Example: PARAML

Main Index

CASECC/'SET'/1/453//S,N,MASSSET DBVIEW MGIN=MHH WHERE(MASSID=*) $ MASSCOMB EDT,MGIN/MHH/MASSSET $

1309

1310

MATGEN Matrix generator

Matrix generator

MATGEN

To generate different kinds of matrices for subsequent use in other matrix operation modules. Format: MATGEN

T/MAT/P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13 $

Input Data Block: T

Optional tabular data for use in generating the matrix.

Output Data Block: MAT

Matrix data block.

Parameters: P1

Input-integer-no default. Option selection parameter as described below.

P2 through P11

Input-integer-default=0. Provide parametric data depending on P1.

P12

Input-character-default='A'. See Option P1 = 11.

P13

Input-character-default='L'. See Option P1 = 11.

Remarks: The operation performed by MATGEN depends on the option selected by parameter P1. The following sections describe the corresponding operation for each P1 parameter value. Option P1 = 1 Generate a real identity matrix. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/1/P2/P3/P4 $

Input Data Blocks: None.

Main Index

MATGEN Matrix generator

Output Data Block: MAT

Real identity matrix.

Parameters: P2

Order of matrix.

P3

Skew flag. If nonzero, generate a skew-diagonal matrix.

P4

Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.

Example: Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix: MATGEN

,/I10X10/1/10 $

Option P1 = 2 Generates an identity matrix trailer. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/2/P2 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: MAT

Real identity matrix. See Remarks.

Parameters: P2

Order of matrix.

This option differs from P1 = 1 in that only the trailer is generated (form = 8) and the matrix is not actually generated. Only certain DMAP modules are prepared to accept this form (e.g., MPYAD, FBS, CEAD). P1 = 1 is the preferred option. Example: Generate a real 10 x 10 identity matrix trailer: MATGEN

Main Index

,/TI10X10/2/10 $

1311

1312

MATGEN Matrix generator

Option P1 = 3 Generate a data block of prescribed size. Format: MATGEN

,/DB/3/P2 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: DB

Data block. See Remarks.

Parameters: P2

Number of GINO blocks to be written.

This option was primarily designed to generate data blocks of various sizes for data base testing. Each data block contains two files; a short two-record descriptor file and a file with records that contain 100 words of zero. Option P1 = 4 Generate a pattern matrix. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/4/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: MAT

Pattern matrix.

Parameters:

Main Index

P2

Number of columns.

P3

Number of rows.

P4

Precision.

P5

Number of values in nonzero string.

MATGEN Matrix generator

P6

Row number increment between nonzero strings after first nonzero string (P7-1). Produces (P6-1) zeros.

P7

Row number of first nonzero value in first column. Produces (P7-1) zero values.

P8

Row number increment to first nonzero string in second and subsequent.

P9

Number of columns in overall pattern. Overall pattern is repeated at column number P9+1. P9 P7-1

P7-1 P8-1

P8-1 P5 P5

P5 P6-1

P6-1

P6-1

P6-1 P5 P5

...

P5 . .

. .

. .

{

. .

P5 . .

P3

...

. .

P5

P2

Remark: The nonzero values in each column will be the column number. Examples: 1. To generate a 10 x 10 diagonal matrix with the column number in each diagonal position, code: MATGEN

,/DIAG/4/10/10/0/1/10/1/1/10 $

2. Generate a 12x1 partitioning (Boolean) vector with a nonzero value at every third row: MATGEN

Main Index

,/ASTRIP/4 /1 /12/

/1 /3 /3 $

1313

1314

MATGEN Matrix generator

[ ASTRIP ] =

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1

3. Generate a 5x5 matrix with nonzero values in its lower triangle: MATGEN

,/LOW/4/5 /5 /

[ LOW ] =

/

/

0 1 1 1 1

/2 /1 /5 $

0 0 2 2 2

0 0 0 3 3

0 0 0 0 4

0 0 0 0 0

Option P1 = 5 Generate a matrix of pseudorandom numbers. The numbers span the range 0 to 1.0, with a uniform distribution. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/5/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: MAT

Main Index

Matrix of pseudo-random numbers.

MATGEN Matrix generator

Parameters: P2

Number of columns.

P3

Number of rows.

P4

Precision (1 or 2). If zero, use machine precision.

P5

Seed for random number generation. If P5 ≤ 0, the time of day (seconds past midnight) will be used.

P6

Output-integer-mean of all random numbers multiplied by 100,000.

Option P1 = 6 Generate a partitioning vector for use in PARTN or MERGE. Format: MATGEN

,/CP/6/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: CP

Column partitioning vector.

Parameters: P2

Number of rows.

P3, P5, P7, P9

Number of rows with zero coefficients.

P4, P6, P8, P10

Number of rows with unit coefficients.

Remarks: 10

1. If ∑ Pi < P2, then the remaining terms contain zeros. i=3

10

2. If ∑ Pi > P2, then the terms are ignored after P2. i=3

Main Index

1315

1316

MATGEN Matrix generator

Example: Generate a vector of 5 unit terms followed by 7 zeros followed by two unit terms: MATGEN

,/UPART/6/14/0/5/7/2 $

Option P1 = 7 Generate a null matrix. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/7/P2/P3/P4/P5 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: MAT

Null matrix.

Parameters: P2

Number of rows.

P3

Number of columns.

P4

Form; if P4 = 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 6 (symmetric). If P4 = 0 and P2 = P3, then the form will be 2 (rectangular).

P5

Type: if P5 = 0, the type will be the machine precision.

Example: Generate a 20 row by 15 column null matrix. MATGEN

,/N20X15/7/20/15 $

Option P1 = 8 Generate a matrix from equations based on its indices. The matrix is in single precision. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/8/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Main Index

MATGEN Matrix generator

Output Data Block: MAT

Matrix with element values based on its indices.

Parameters: T

DTI table input.

P2

=0 ≠0

Generate all terms. Generate only diagonal terms.

P3

Number of rows.

P4

Number of columns.

P5

Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define real coefficients. P5 < 0

Coefficient taken from DTI trailer. C(t1) = float (t2) all trailer items are integer. C(t3) = float (t4) all trailer items are integer. C(t5) = float (t6) all trailer items are integer.

P5 = 0

Data pairs from record 0 (data block header record) are interpreted as defining C ( ν1 ) = ( ν2 )

P5 > 0 P6

P7

P8

( ν1 )

is integer; ( ν2 ) is real

Data pairs from record P5 interpreted as above.

Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define imaginary coefficients D1. P6 < 0

No coefficients defined.

P6 > 0

Data pairs from record P6 interpreted as above where D ( ν1 ) = ( ν 2 ) .

Form of output matrix. P7 < 0

Form chosen to be 1 or 2, depending on P3 and P4.

P7 > 0

Form set to P7.

coefficient print flag. P8 = 0

Do not print coefficient lists.

P8 ≠ 0 Print coefficients lists C and D from the DTI input. (Print D list only if P6 > 0).

Main Index

1317

1318

MATGEN Matrix generator

The equation used to determine the coefficient of the (l,J)th term of the output matrix is: AT (I,J) = [ C1 ⋅ I + C2 ⋅ J + C3 ⁄ I + C4 ⁄ J + I

I

C5 ⋅ C6 + C7 ⋅ ( p, C )8 + C9 ⁄ ( I + J – 1 ) + C10 ⋅ C11

–I

+ C12 ⋅ C13

–J

]+

– 1 [ D1 ⋅ I + I

J

D2 ⋅ J + D3 ⁄ I + D4 ⁄ J + D5 ⋅ D6 + D7 ⋅ D8 + D9 ⁄ ( I + J – 1 ) + D10 ⋅ D11

–1

+ D12 ⋅ D13

–J

]

The Ci terms are input on two DTI Bulk Data entries. The entry referenced by P5 generates the real part of the term. The entry referenced by P6 generates the imaginary part of the term. The terms referenced by P5 may be input using only the first physical entry of the DTI entry (P5 < 0). The coefficients are defined by adjacent pairs of numbers on the DTI entry. The first number of the pair is an integer that names the coefficient being defined. For example, a value of 9 means the C9 value is to follow. The second number of a pair is a real number that defines the value of the coefficient. Zero coefficients need not be defined. Bulk Data Entry: 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

DTI

AB

0

7

1

8

4

2

3.5

1

-5.2

DTI

AB

1

3

0.01

4

7.9

DTI

AB

2

12

-21.8

13

6.6

DTI

AB

3

9

1.0

For M1 (I,J) = 4 J ; I = 1, 100, J = 1200 : MATGEN AB/Ml/8//100/200/-1 $

For M2 (I,J) = 3.5J – 5.21 = 1100J = 1200 : MATGEN AB/M2/8//100/200/0 $ 7.9 ---------- + ------- ; I = 1, 100 and J = 1200 : For M3 (I,J) = ( – 21.8 ⋅ 6.6J ) + – 1  0.01 I J MATGEN AB/M3/8//100/200/2/1 $

For HILBERT (I,J) = 1.0 ⁄ ( I + J – 1 ) ; I, J = 1, 10 : MATGEN AB/HILBERT/8//10/10/3 $ 3RD RECORD

Main Index

8

9

10

MATGEN Matrix generator

Option P1 = 9 Generate a transformation between external and internal sequence matrices for g-set size matrices. Format: MATGEN

EQEXIN/TRANS/9/P2/P3 $

Input Data Block: EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

Output Data Block: TRANS

Transformation matrix.

Parameters: T

EQEXIN table output by module GP1.

P2

0

Output nontransposed factor where [UINT]=[MAT][UEXT].

1

Output transposed factor where [UEXT]=[MAT][UINT].

P3

Number of terms in g-set. The parameter LUSET, which is output by the GP1 module, contains this number in most solution sequences.

Examples: Transform a g-set size vector UGV to external sequence. MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9//LUSET $ MPYAD INTEXT,UGV,/UGVEXT/1 $

Transform an a-set size matrix to external sequence. VEC USET/VATOG/’G’/’A’/’COMP’ $ MERGE KAA,,,,VATOG,/KAGG/ $0 EXPAND TO $ GSIZE, INTERNAL SORT MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/LUSET $ SMPYAD INTEXT,KAGG,INTEXT,,/KAAGEXT/3////1////6 $ $ (KAAGEXT) = TRANSPOSE(INTEXT)*(KAAG)* $ (INTEXT) ITS FORM IS 6 (SYMMETRIC)

By default in SOLs 1 through 200, PARAM, OLDSEQ is -1, which means this operation is not required.

Main Index

1319

1320

MATGEN Matrix generator

Option P1 = 10 Not used. Option P1 = 11 Generate a rectangular matrix, driven by USET table. Format: MATGEN

USET/MAT/11/P2/P3/////////SET1/SET2 $

Input Data Block: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

Output Data Block: MAT

Rectangular matrix based on the USET table.

Parameters: T

USET table output by module GP4.

P2

Input-integer-default=0. Null matrix generation option flag. =1 Generate a null matrix P3 columns and a-set size rows. "" ≠ 0 Generate a null matrix with an identity sub-matrix based on SET1 and SET2 degree-of-freedom sets.

P3

Input-integer-default=0. Number of columns in MAT. Applies only to P2=1.

SET1

Input-character-default='A'. Degree-of-freedom set name which corresponds to the number of rows in MAT. Applies only when P2 ≠ 1 .

SET2

Input-character-default='L'. Degree-of-freedom set name which corresponds to the number of columns in MAT. Applies only when P2 ≠ 1 .

Remark: 1. If P2 ≠ 1 , and one or both of the sets requested in SET1 and SET2 does not exist, then MAT is returned purged, and P5 is returned with the value of -1. If MAT does exist, P5 is returned with the value of 0.

Main Index

MATGEN Matrix generator

Option P1 = 12 Generate a rectangular matrix of prescribed properties. Format: MATGEN

,/MAT/12/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Block: MAT

Rectangular matrix.

Parameters: P2

Number of columns.

P3

Number of rows.

P4

Type of elements in the matrix: 1

Real single precision.

2

Real double precision.

3

Complex single precision.

4

Complex double precision.

P5

Density of the matrix times 10000.

P6

Average string length.

P7

Total number of strings in the matrix.

P8

Number of null columns.

P9

Average bandwidth.

Option P1 = 13 Generate a partitioning vector based on a permutation vector. Format: MATGEN

Main Index

CPERM/MPART/13/NEWMSIZ $

1321

1322

MATGEN Matrix generator

Input Data Blocks: CPERM

Table of column permutations under KSYM=4 from DECOMP.

Output Data Blocks: MPART

Partitioning vector based on a permutation vector.

Parameters: NEWMSIZ

Input-integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned on.

Remarks: 1. The default value for parameters P2, P3, P4, P5, and P7 is zero. Therefore, in order to successfully create the matrix, nonzero values for these parameters must be input. 2. The average string length is internally computed based on the other properties of the matrix. P6 is only used as a check. If the value computed is not the same as P6, a user warning message to that effect is issued. 3. In order to verify the properties of the output matrix, set DIAG 8 and check the matrix trailer information. 4. MPART is output in single precision.

Main Index

MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer

MATGPR

Degree-of-freedom matrix printer

Prints nonzero terms of matrices along with the external grid point and component identification numbers corresponding to the row and column position of each term. Formats: 1. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid or scalar points (g-set): MATGPR

BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY/F1$

MATGPR

GPL,USET,SIL,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY/F1$

2. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid, scalar or extra points (p-set): MATGPR

GPLD,USETD,SILD,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/ TINY/F1 $

3. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to aerodynamic elements (ks-set): MATGPR

BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/ TINY/F1 $

4. Print a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a userdefined column label and page header. MATGPR

BGPDT*,USET*,,MATRIX// 'OFP'/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY//// LCOLLBL1/LCOLLB2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/ RCOLLBL1/RCOLLB2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/ HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/ HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8/ PUNCH/S,N,CARDNO $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

GPLD

External grid/scalar/extra point identification number list. (GPL appended with extra point data).

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

1323

1324

MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer

SIL

Scalar index list.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set.

MATRIX

Any matrix related to degrees-of-freedom.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

BGPDT*

Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.

USET*

Family of USET tables.

Parameters: COLNAM

Input-character-no default. Set name for columns in MATRIX or ’OFP’ for Format number 4. See Examples 7 and 8.

ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM. PRNTOPT

Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values: Option

TINY

Action

NULL

Only null columns will be identified.

ALL

Print all nonzero terms in matrix.

ALLP

Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.

Real-default = 0.0. If F1 = 0 and TINY > 0, printed output will be provided only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation a ij ≥ TINY |.

If F1 = 0 and TINY < 0, printed output will be provided

only for those matrix terms, a ij , that satisfy the relation a ij ≤ TINY . If TINY = 1.E37, MATGPR will return. If F1 is nonzero, see the following description of F1.

Main Index

F1

Real-default = 0.0. If F1 is not zero, then printed output will be provided for only those matrix terms that satisfy a ij > TINY or a ij > F1 .

LCOLLBLi

Input-character-default=' '. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page.

MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer

RCOLLBLi

Input-character-default=' '. If RCOLLBLi is blank then 'COLUMN' will be printed. Label with up to 32 characters to be printed rightjustified in upper right corner of each page. RCOLLBLi is then followed by column number.

HDRLBLi

Input-character-default='MATRIX'(followed by matrix name). Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each page.

PUNCH

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag. (DELAY)

CARDNO

Input/output-integer-default=0. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for each line written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73-80 of each line. (DELAY)

Remark: The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions: sets mp mr sb sg o q r c b lm e k sa j

supersets m s g

l

t

a

d

f

n

ne

p

fe

ks js

5. If the value specified for COLNAM is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the columns will be labeled 1,2,3..., etc. without grid and component labels. 6. If the value specified for R is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the terms in each column will be labeled “1 H”, “2 H”, “3 H”, etc. without grid and component labels. The user must know which sets correspond to the rows and columns of the matrix to be printed. This is usually apparent from the DMAP name of the matrix data block.

Main Index

1325

1326

MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer

7. When using Format 1 this module may not be scheduled until after GPSP since data blocks generated by GPSP are required inputs. (This module may be scheduled after GP4 if USET0 is specified for input to MATGPR instead of USET.) When using Format 2 this module may not be scheduled until after DPD since data blocks generated by DPD are required inputs. When using Format 3, MATGPR must be scheduled after the APD module. 8. If MATRIX is purged, no printing will be done. 9. The rows and columns of A must correspond to the order of the degrees-offreedom defined in GPL, USET, SIL, BGPDT, etc.; i.e., internal sequence. Examples: 1. Print terms of KGG: MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’ $

2. Print null columns of KLL: MATGPR BGPDT,USET,,KLL//’L’/’L’/’NULL’ $

3. Print small terms on diagonal of LOO: DIAGONAL MATGPR

LOO/LOOD $ BGPDT,USET,,LOOD//’H’/’O’//-1.E-2 $

4. Print PHIA, H columns by A rows: Also good for any single column MATGPR

BGPDT,USET,,PHIA//’H’/’A’ $

5. Print all terms of KGG outside the range of 0 through 107: MATGPR

BGPDT,USET,,KGG//’G’/’G’//1.E7/0. $

6. Print aerodynamic spline matrices: NP=SEID $ DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE ( (PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC') OR (PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') ) $ DBVIEW USETFF=USET0 WHERE ( (PEID=-1 AND MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC' AND SPC=* AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) OR (PEID=NP AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' AND SPC=* AND MPC=* AND SUPORT=*) ) $ MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GPJK//'K'/'G' $ MATGPR BGPDTF,USETFF,,GDJK//'K'/'G' $

7.

Print g-size matrix GCF similarly to displacement output:

MATGPR

Main Index

BGPDT,USET,,GCF//'ofp'/'g' $

MATGPR Degree-of-freedom matrix printer

COLUMN 1 MATRIX POINT ID. 1 3 4 6 7 9 10

TYPE G G G G G G G

T1 .0 -1.303852E-08 -1.490116E-08 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 -3.725290E-09 -3.725290E-09

T2 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0

GCF T3

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R1

R2

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R3 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0

8. Same as example 7 except modify header labeling. MATGPR

BGPDTS,USET,,GCFF//'OFP'/'G'////// 'DIRECTIO'/'N'/// //// 'G R O U '/'N D C '/'H E C K '/' 'C E S ('/' G - S E'/' T )' $

F O R '/

DIRECTION 1 G R O U N D POINT ID. 1 3 4 6 7 9 10

Main Index

TYPE G G G G G G G

T1 .0 -1.303852E-08 -1.490116E-08 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 -3.725290E-09 -3.725290E-09

T2 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0

C H E C K

F O R C E S

T3 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

( G - S E T ) R1

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R2 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R3 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0

1327

1328

MATMOD Matrix modification

MATMOD

Matrix modification

Transforms matrix or table data blocks according to one of many options into output matrix or table data blocks. Format: MATMOD

I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/ O1,O2/ P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/P15/ P16/P17/P18/P19 $

Input Data Blocks: Ii

Input data blocks. I1 is required; I2 through I6 may not be necessary depending on the value P1.

Output Data Blocks: Oi

Output data blocks.

Parameters:

Main Index

P1

Input-integer-no default. Option selection described in the table that follows.

P2, P3, P4

Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.

P5, P6

Input/output-real-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.

P7 through P11

Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.

P12

Input/output-character-default=blank. Parametric data depending on P1.

P13

Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1.

P14

Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1.

P15

Input/output-character-default=' '. Parametric data depending on P1.

P16

Input/output-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on P1.

P17

Input/output-real double-default=0.0D0. Parametric data depending on P1.

MATMOD Matrix modification

P18

Input/output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Parametric data depending on P1.

P19

Input/output-complex double-default=(0.0D0,0.0D0). Parametric data depending on P1.

Remark: Each option corresponds to a different value of the first parameter, P1. The following summary table provides descriptions of the options. Option P1 = 1 Extract a block(s) of columns from a matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,O2/1/STARTCOL/ENDCOL/COLINC $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real or complex).

Output Data Block: O1

Column vector containing column P2 of I1.

O2

Matrix containing the columns “discarded” from I1 to create O1.

Parameter: STARTCOL Input-integer. Starting column number to extract from I1. ENDCOL

Input-integer. Ending column number to extract from I1.

COLINC

Input-integer. Column increment. Extract every COLINC'th column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL.

Remarks: 1. If ENDCOL is zero then ENDCOL=STARTCOL. 2. If COLINC is zero then every column between STARTCOL and ENDCOL is extracted. 3. If ENDCOL is greater than the number of columns then ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the number of columns.

Main Index

1329

1330

MATMOD Matrix modification

4. If COLINC>0 then, by default, ENDCOL is assumed to be equal to the number of columns. Examples: 1. Extract the seventh column from A and call it A7. MATMOD A,,,,,/A7, /1/7 $

2. Extract the third, fourth, and fifth columns from A. MATMOD A,,,,,/A345, /1/3/3 $

3. Partition A into one matrix containing the odd-numbered columns and another containing the even-numbered columns. MATMOD

A,,,,,/ODDCOLS,EVENCOLS/1/1//2 $

or MATMOD

A,,,,,/EVENCOLS,ODDCOLS/1/2//2 $

Option P1 = 2 Filter small magnitude terms of a matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/2/PURGE/UPLOW/TYPEF/FILTER $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real or complex).

Output Data Block: O1

Copy of I1 with terms smaller in magnitude than P5 set to 0.0.

Parameter:

Main Index

PURGE

Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE=0, and the input matrix has no nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE ≠ 0 , and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the output matrix will be null.

UPLOW

Input-integer-default=0. Triangular nullification flag. >0

All lower triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.

<0

All upper triangular terms in O1 are set to zero.

=0

No nullification.

MATMOD Matrix modification

TYPEF

FILTER

Input-integer-default=0. Filtering method. 0

Magnitude: O1(i,j) is set to zero when abs(I1(i,j)) < abs(FILTER).

1

Algebraic: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)
-1

Algebraic complement: O1(i,j) is set to zero when I1(i,j)>FILTER.

Input-real-default=0.0. Value of filter. Terms in I1 with an absolute magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.

Remark: If FILTER=0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1. Examples: 1. Print terms in A smaller in magnitude than 100.0. MATMOD ADD MATPRN

A,,,,,/AFILTER,/2////100.0 $ A,AFILTER/ASMALL//-1. $ ASMALL// $

2. Print terms in the upper triangle of B that are less than -200. MATMOD MATPRN

B,,,,,/BFILTER,/2//1/-1/-200. $ B// $

Option P1 = 3 Zeros out rows and columns of a matrix according to degree of freedom component number. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/3/CODE $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real or complex).

Output Data Block: O1

I1 with rows and columns according to DOFs described by P2.

Parameter: CODE

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Packed DOF code that identifies rows and columns of I1 to be made null (e.g., 136 means degrees of freedom 1, 3, and 6 for each grid point will be set to zero).

1331

1332

MATMOD Matrix modification

Remark: I1 is assumed to consist only of grid point degrees of freedom. A code of 345 simply zeros rows and columns 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, etc. of matrix I1. Users should exercise caution when selecting this option on a resequenced matrix. Example: Zero out degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 6 in stiffness matrix KGG. MATMOD EQUIVX

KGG,,,,,/KGG1,/3/126 $ KGGQ/KGG/ALWAYS $

Option P1 = 4 Replicates a matrix six rows by N columns row-wise to a g-row by N-column matrix. The input matrix is replicated for each grid point. Format: Form 1 MATMOD

I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/4 $

Form 2 MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/4/LUSET $

Input Data Blocks: I1

Any six-row by N-column matrix. (Real or complex).

SIL

Scalar index list (SIL) table generated by the GP1 module.

Output Data Block: O1

g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.

Parameter: LUSET

Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when SIL is purged.

Remarks: 1. If SIL is purged, then MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged. Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

2. If SIL is not purged, then LUSET is ignored. I1 is inserted at the rows of every grid point. Scalar and extra points are ignored. Option P1 = 5 Accepts a DMI matrix six rows by six columns and output a g-row by g-column matrix where the input matrix is inserted at the diagonal 6x6 of each grid point or output a g-row by g-column transform matrix. Format: Form 1 (Inserts 6x6 matrix along diagonal) MATMOD

I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/5/LUSET/0 $

Form 2 (Generates specified coordinate system to basic coordinate system transformation matrix) MATMOD

CSTM,SIL,,,,/01,/5/LUSET/P3 $

Form 3 (Generates a global-to-basic coordinate system transformation matrix) MATMOD

CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/01,/5//-1 $

Input Data Blocks: I1

Any six-row by six-column matrix. (Real or complex).

SIL

Scalar index list table output from the GP1 module.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Block: O1

g-row by N-column matrix containing I1 at every grid point.

Parameter:

Main Index

LUSET

Integer-input-default=0. Used to supply the length of the g-set when SIL is purged. This parameter is valid for Forms 1 and 2 only.

P3

Integer-input-default=0. Coordinate system identification number.

1333

1334

MATMOD Matrix modification

Remarks: 1. If P3 = 0, this option accepts a six row by six column matrix and the SIL table. The output is a g-size square matrix containing the 6 x 6 input matrix along the diagonal at every grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 0.0 values. If P3 > 0, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the transformation matrix from the coordinate system with the coordinate ID = P3 to the basic system. If P3 points to a cylindrical or spherical coordinate system, then the transformation location is at the origin of the P3 system. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0. If P3 = -1, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the global-to-basic transformation for each grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0. 2. If SIL is purged, the MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged. Examples: Transform KGG to another coordinate system. 1. Assume TRANS to be a 6 x 6 transformation matrix and KGG was formed using only one coordinate system (global coordinate system is the same at each grid point). Transform KGG using TRANS. MATMOD TRNSP SMPYAD

TRANS,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5 $ TRANS/TRANSGT $ TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGPRIME/3 $

2. Assume KGG was formed using coordinate system 10 as the global coordinate system for all grid points. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system. MATMOD TRNSP SMPYAD

CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANSG,/5//10 $ TRANSG/TRANSGT $ TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $

3. Assume KGG was formed using arbitrary coordinate systems as the global coordinate system for each grid point. Transform KGG to the basic coordinate system. MATMOD TRNSP SMPYAD

CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/TRANSG,/5//-1 $ TRANSG/TRANSGT $ TRANSG,KGG,TRANSGT,,,/KGGBASIC/3 $

Transform KGGBASIC coordinate system 10. MATMOD TRNSP SMPYAD

Main Index

CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANS10,/5//10 $ TRANS10/TRANST10T $ TRANS10T,KGGBASIC,TRANS10,,,/KGG10/3 $

MATMOD Matrix modification

Option P1 = 6 Find the maximum absolute value for each row over all columns of a matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/6 $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real only).

Output Data Block: O1

Column vector with terms that represent the absolute maximum over all columns of I1 for each row.

Example: Find the maximum displacements over all loading conditions. MATMOD

UG,,,,,/UGMAX,/6 $

Option P1 = 7 Find the maximum absolute value for each column over all the rows of a matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/7 $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real only)

Output Data Block: O1

Column vector with a term that represents the absolute maximum over all rows of I1 for each column.

Example: Find the maximum displacement for each loading condition. MATMOD

Main Index

UG,,,,,/MAXDISP,/7 $

1335

1336

MATMOD Matrix modification

Option P1 = 8 Normalize matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/8////S,N,NORMREAL/ S,N,NORMIMAG $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real or complex)

Output Data Block: O1

Matrix shaped like I1 with every term divided by the magnitude of the term in I1 with the largest magnitude.

Parameters: NORMREAL Output-real single precision. Set to the real part of the normalizing factor. NORMIMAG Output-real single precision. Set to the imaginary part of the normalizing factor if I1 is complex. Option P1 = 9 Find the maximum (absolute magnitude) value of each three columns of UHT-transient response solution matrix. (The columns of UHT represent displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time step.) Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/9 $

Input Data Block: I1

Transient response solution matrix consisting of H rows by three column matrices (which represent displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time step) appended to form a matrix H rows by three times the number of output time steps columns. (Real only) [ [ { u 1 } { v 1 } { a 1 } ] [ { u 2 } { v 2 } { a 2 } ]… [ { u i } { v i } { a i } ] ]

Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

Output Data Block: O1

H-row by three column matrix of peak displacements, velocities, and accelerations.

Example: Find and output maximum transient response. MATMOD UHT,,,,,/UHTMAX,/9 $ DDRMM CASEXX,UHTMAX,PHIP1,,,,/OUPMAX,,,,/ $ OFP OUPMAX,,,,// $

Option P1 = 10 Convert matrix I1 into its complex conjugate. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/10 $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix. (Real or complex)

Output Data Block: O1

Matrix shaped like I1 with every term converted to its complex conjugate.

Example: Find the magnitude of terms of a complex vector. MATMOD CMPLX,,,,,/CMPLXC,/10 $ ADD CMPLX,CMPLXC/CMPLXSQ///1 $ DIAGONAL CMPLXSQ/CMLPXMAG/’WHOLE’/0.5 $

Option P1 = 11 Form a new BGPDT (Basic Grid Point Definition Table) with grid locations that are given by I1. Format: MATMOD

Main Index

LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTN,/11 $

1337

1338

MATMOD Matrix modification

Input Data Blocks: LOCVEC

G-size vector with values that represent grid locations in the basic coordinate system.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Block: BGPDTN

New BGPDT table with grid point locations that are displaced by LOCVEC.

Example: Build new BGPDT table based on the deformed state. $ Form vector containing new grid locations in $ basic coordinate system VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,CSTM,,,,/ LOCVEC/0/0/3 $ $ Generate new BGPDT MATMOD LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTNEW,/11 $ Option P1 = 12 Perform simultaneous null column search on up to three matrices. Format: MATMOD

I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/12/S,N,NONULL/ NMATRIX/P4 $

Input Data Blocks: I1, I2, I3

Main Index

Matrices to search for simultaneous null columns. (Real or complex)

MATMOD Matrix modification

Output Data Blocks: O1

Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where all matrices selected have null columns if P4 > 0 or non-null columns if P4 < 0.

O2

Square symmetric matrix which has 1.0 on the diagonal of those columns where all matrices selected have null columns if P4 > 0 or non-null if P4 < 0.

Parameters: NONULL

Output-integer. Set to -1 if no simultaneous null columns found; otherwise, it is set to the number of simultaneous null columns.

NMATRIX

Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrices to be included in null column search.

P4

Input-integer-default=0. Flag to output 1.0 for null columns or nonnull columns. See 01 and 02 for descriptions.

Remarks: 1. I2 and I3 may be purged. 2. O2 may be purged. Example: Search for simultaneous null columns in the g-size mass, damping, and stiffness matrices and remove rows and columns corresponding to these columns. MATMOD MGG,BGG,KGG,,,/PARTNULL,/12/S,N,NONULL/3 $ IF (NONULL > 0) THEN $ PARTN MGG,PARTNULL,/MGGNEW,,,/-1 $ EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $ PARTN BGG,PARTNULL,/BGGNEW,,,/-1 $ EQUIVX BGGNEW/BGG/ALWAYS $ PARTN KGG,PARTNULL,/KGGNEW,,,/-1 $ EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $ ENDIF $

Option P1 = 13 Copies any data block. Format: MATMOD

Main Index

I1,,,,,/O1,/13 $

1339

1340

MATMOD Matrix modification

Input Data Block: I1

Any data block. (Table or matrix)

Output Data Block: O1

Copy of I1.

Remark: COPY module is preferred over this option. Option P1 = 14 Filter small magnitude terms from a matrix; more capabilities than option 2. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/14/PURGE/UPLOW/STRTR/ FILTER/RELFLT/TRUNC $

Input Data Block: I1

Matrix to be filtered. (Real or complex)

Output Data Block: O1

I1 modified according to specifications set by parameters.

Parameters:

Main Index

PURGE

Input-integer-default=0. If PURGE = 0, and the input matrix has no nonzero terms, then the output matrix will be purged. If PURGE ≠ 0 , and the input matrix has no nonzero terms then the output matrix will be null.

UPLOW

Input-integer-default=0. If UPLOW > 0, then all lower triangular terms are set to zero. If UPLOW < 0, then all upper triangular terms are set to zero. If UPLOW = 0, then the action of this parameter is ignored.

STRTR

Input-integer-default=0. If STRTR=0, then string trailer will be written.

FILTER

Input-real single precision-default=0.0. Terms in I1 with an absolute magnitude less than the absolute value of FILTER will be set to zero.

MATMOD Matrix modification

RELFLT

Input-real single precision-default=0.0. If RELFLT ≠ 0.0 , then terms of I1 are set to zero when TERM (I,J) ----------------------------------------------------------------- < RELFLT TERM (i,i) ⋅ TERM (J,J) I1 must be square for this option

TRUNC

Input-integer-default=0. If TRUNC ≠ 0 , then truncate terms of I1 accordingly 1 TERM (I,J) *  1 – ------------------------  TRUNC 10

Remarks: 1. If FILTER = 0.0, then O1 is a copy of I1. 2. If relative filtering is desired, then FILTER must be zero (default). 3. If FILTER ≠ 0 or RELFLT < 0, then the absolute filter technique is used. 4. If I1 is not square and the relative filtering option is selected, then FILTER will be set to RELFLT and the absolute filtering technique will be used. A user warning message will also be issued. Option P1 = 15 Not implemented. Option P1 = 16 Put matrix into DMIG format in a MATPOOL-type data block and/or generate DMIG punched output. Format: MATMOD

MATIN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLX,/16/PNDMIG/ SORTFLG/TYPOUT////////CCHAR/DMIGNAME/ ROWSETNM/COLSETNM $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

MATIN

Matrix to be converted to DMIG format. (Real or complex). See Remark 1.

EQEXIN

EXEQXIN table from module GP1. See Remark 7.

USET

USET table from module GP4 or GPSP. See Remark 8.

1341

1342

MATMOD Matrix modification

Output Data Block: MATPOOLX MATPOOL-type table data block containing MATIN in DMIG format. See Remarks 9. and 10. Parameters: PNDMIG

Input-integer-default=0. If PNDMIG is non-zero, then DMIG punched output will be generated. See Remarks 9. and 10.

SORTFLG

Input-integer-default=0. The default assumes that the rows (and columns, if applicable) of MATIN are in external sort. If SORTFLG is non-zero, then it is assumed that they are in internal sort. See Remark 2.

TYPOUT

Input-integer-default=0. The default sets the DMIG precision to machine precision. The default maybe overridden by specifying the following: 1 Real single precision format 2 Real double precision format 3 Complex single precision format 4 Complex double precision format

CCHAR

Input-character-default=blank. Continuation characters to be used for DMIG punched output. Only the first two characters of the non-blank mnemonic are used for the continuation string. See Remark 3.

DMIGNAME Input-character-default=blank. The default will cause the name of the MATIN input data block to the used for the matrix name in the DMIG output. A non-blank name will cause that specified name to be used for the matrix name in the DMIG output. ROWSETNM Input-character-default=blank. The default assumes that the rows of MATIN are of G-size. Any non-blank mnemonic specifies the displacement set for the rows. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6. COLSETNM

Main Index

Input-character-default=blank. If the form of MATIN is 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric), then the default assumes that the displacement set for the columns is the same as that of the rows. If the form of MATIN is 2 (rectangular), then the default (or a mnemonic of ‘H’) assumes that the columns do not represent any displacement set, but just sequential entities. Any non-blank mnemonic other than ‘H’ specifies the displacement set for the columns. See Remarks 4., 5. and 6.

MATMOD Matrix modification

Remarks: 1. The form of MATIN must be either 1 (square), 6 (symmetric) or 2 (rectangular). If not, then a warning message will be issued and MATPOOLX will not be generated. 2. If the default value of 0 for SORTFLG is used, the rows of MATIN must be of G-size. If MATIN is square or symmetric, its columns must also be of G-size. Further, the default value of 0 for SORTFLG also assumes that the rows and columns of MATIN are in external sort. In order to accomplish this, it is necessary to first generate a transformation matrix via the MATGEN module Option 9 and then employ this matrix to transform the rows and columns of MATIN from internal sort to external sort. (This is illustrated in the Example shown below.) 3. If non-blank continuation characters are specified for CCHAR, then a maximum of 99,999 DMIG entries can be generated for any single matrix. If this maximum number is exceeded, the program terminates the job with a fatal error. 4. The program checks to ensure that the number of rows and columns of MATIN correspond to the displacement sets specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM and COLSETNM. If this condition is not satisfied, the program issues a warning message and proceeds without generating any output from this call to the MATMOD module. 5. If the form of MATIN is either 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric), then the IFO field on the generated DMIG entry is set to 1 or 6. If the form is 2 (rectangular), then IFO is set to 2 if a displacement set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM. Otherwise, IFO is set to 9. (If the form is 6, only the terms in one triangle are output. The MTRXIN module, which converts DMIG data in MATPOOL-type data blocks into matrices, fills in the other triangle for symmetric matrices.) 6. The rows of the DMIG entry are always labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and component numbers. If a displacement set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM, then the columns of the DMIG entry are also labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and component numbers. Otherwise, the columns of the DMIG entry are labeled sequentially, starting with unity. 7. The EQEXIN input data block may not be purged.

Main Index

1343

1344

MATMOD Matrix modification

8. The USET input data block may be purged if (a) the default value of 0 is used for SORTFLG or (b) the displacement set specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM is ‘G’ and the displacement set specified (or implied) by COLSETNM is either ‘G’ or the columns are just sequential entities. 9. The MATPOOLX output data block may be purged if PNDMIG is specified as non-zero and only the DMIG punched output is desired. 10. By employing the “APPEND” option on a DMAP FILE statement, a single concatenated MATPOOLX output data block may be generated from multiple calls to MATMOD Option 16. See the following Example 2.

Example 1: Generate DMIG punched output for the boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the boundary load matrix PA and the matrix GMN (representing the MPC/rigid element equations) for an external superelement. The KAA DMIG entry is to be named KAAEXTSE, the PA DMIG entry is to be named PAEXTSE and the GMN DMIG entry is to be named GMNEXTSE. The DMAP shown below illustrates the usage of Option 16 using input matrices in internal sort (capability available in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases) as well as using input matrices in external sort (only usage possible in preMSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases). It can be seen that the DMAP for the former case is much simpler and more efficient than for the latter case. It should be pointed out here that, if the internal and external sorts are different, the DMIG output resulting from the two scenarios shown below will “appear” to be different. This is because the matrix elements will be output in different order, but their values will be the same. The DMIG output from the two scenarios will yield identical matrices if they are used in turn by the MTRXIN module to re-generate the matrices. DMAP uses input matrices in internal sort (MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases). TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT MATMOD KAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG////////// ’KAAEXTSE’/’A’ $ MATMOD PA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG////////// ’PAEXTSE’/’A’ $ MATMOD GMN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG////////// ’GMNEXTSE’/’M’/’N’ $

Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

DMAP using input matrices in external sort (pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases).

TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT $ EXPAND BOUNDARY MATRICES TO G-SIZE UMERGE1 USET,KAA,,,/KAAGG/’G’/’A’ $ EXPAND ROWS AND COLUMNS UMERGE1 USET,PA,,,/PAG/’G’/’A’//1 $ EXPAND ROWS UMERGE1 USET,GMN,,,/GMNGN/’G’/’M’//1 $ EXPAND ROWS UMERGE1 USET,GMNGN,,,/GMNGG/’G’/’N’//2 $ EXPAND COLUMNS $ GET G-SIZE PARAML USET//’TRAILER’/2/S,N,GSIZE $ $ GENERATE MATRIX TO TRANSFORM FROM INTERNAL SORT $ TO EXTERNAL SORT MATGEN EQEXIN/INTEXT/9/0/GSIZE $ $ TRANSFORM MATRICES FROM INTERNAL SORT TO $ EXTERNAL SORT WITH APPROPRIATE DESIRED NAMES MPYAD INTEXT,KAAGG,/KAAGGX/1 $ MPYAD KAAGGX,INTEXT,/KAAEXTSE $ MODTRL KAAEXTSE////6 $ MPYAD INTEXT,PAG,/PAEXTSE/1 $ MPYAD INTEXT,GMNGG,/GMNGGX/1 $ MPYAD GMNGGX,INTEXT,/GMNEXTSE $ $GENERATE DMIG FORMAT MATMOD KAAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLK,/16/PUNCHFLG MATMOD PAEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLP,/16/PUNCHFLG MATMOD GMNEXTSE,EQEXIN,,,,/MATPOOLG,/16/PUNCHFLG $ MATPPOLK, MATPPOLP AND MATPOOLG OUTPUT DATA BLOCKS $ HAVE TO BE GENERATED ABOVE EVEN THOUGH ONLY DMIG $ PUNCHED OUTPUT IS DESIRED

Example 2: Generate a single MATPOOL-type data block containing the DMIG output for the boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the boundary mass matrix MAA, the boundary viscous damping matrix BAA and the boundary structural damping matrix K4AA for an external superelement, with the corresponding DMIG entry names of KAAXSE, MAAXSE, BAAXSE and K4AAXSE, respectively. The DMAP following illustrates the usage of Option 16 to accomplish the above objective in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases. Note that this objective could not be met in pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases.

Main Index

1345

1346

MATMOD Matrix modification

DMAP for MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 (and subsequent releases): FILE MATPOOLA = APPEND $ PERMIT CONCATENATED OUTPUT TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT MATMOD KAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG////////// ’KAAXSE’/’A’ $ MATMOD MAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG////////// ’MAAXSE’/’A’ $ MATMOD BAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG////////// ’BAAXSE’/’A’ $ MATMOD K4AA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLA,/16//SORTFLG////////// ’K4AAXSE’/’A’ $

Option P1 = 17 Generate a g-size partitioning vector from a user-defined set of grid and/or scalar points or from a user-supplied bit position that designates one of the USET sets. Format: MATMOD

EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/CP,/17/UBIT/SETFLG/ S,N,NOCP////////SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $

Input Data Blocks: EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

SIL

Scalar index list.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

Output Data Block: CP

Main Index

Column partitioning vector.

MATMOD Matrix modification

Parameters: UBIT

Input-integer-default=0. Obsolete method for set selection. For a more user-friendly method use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets for UBIT, add the corresponding decimal equivalent numbers from the table below. For example, sets R, O, and MP, UBIT=8+4+1=13. For supersets, add the decimal equivalent numbers of the mutually exclusive sets which are contained in the superset. For example, set S combines the SB and SG set and therefore UBIT=1024+512=1536. The presence of any grid point degree of freedom in the associated sets causes all degrees of freedom associated with that grid point to be given a value of 1.0 in the output vector. Set Name

Main Index

Decimal Equivalent Number

Q

4194304

LM

2097152

C

1048576

J

524288

K

262144

SA

131072

E

2048

SB

1024

SG

512

MR

16

R

8

O

4

B

2

MP

1

1347

1348

MATMOD Matrix modification

Input-integer-default=0. If SETFLG ≠ 0, then SETFLG selects a set of grid point identification numbers of which all degrees of freedom associated with each point will be assigned a value of 1.0 in the corresponding row of CP. If no SET command is found, then the UBIT parameter is used.

SETFLG

• If SETFLG>0 then the PARTN=SID Case Control command selects the SET command.

• If SETFLG<0 then absolute value of SETFLG selects the SET command. NOCP

Output-integer. NOCP will be set to -1 if the partitioning vector is null or cannot be generated. Otherwise, it will be set to zero.

SETSTRi

Input-character-default=' '. Set name string. SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of set name(s) and is 32 characters in length. The set names must be separated by a plus sign, "+". For example, SETSTR1='M+R+N+SG' and SETSTR2='+A+Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets.

Remarks: 1. None of the data blocks may be purged. 2. UBIT entry must be a legitimate value. Example: Generate a partitioning vector from a set of grid points defined in the Case Control Section. MATMOD Note:

EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/VECX,/17/128/1 $ If no set had been selected in the Case Control Section, the vector VECX would have been generated using the a-set degrees of freedom since UBIT=128.

The Case Control Section contains: SET 10 = 1 THRU 50 PARTN = 10

Option P1 = 18 Insert or modify a GEOM3 table temperature record. Format: MATMOD Main Index

GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3T,/18/SID $

MATMOD Matrix modification

Input Data Blocks: GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

UG

Temperature matrix in g-set.

Output Data Block: GEOM3T

GEOM3 table with new or modified temperatures.

Parameter: SID

Input-integer. Temperature set to be modified or added.

Remarks: 1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis. 2. None of the data blocks may be purged. 3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are modified. Example: Put data from the temperature vector UG into a record for SID = 30. MATMOD

GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3NEW,/18/30 $

Option P1 = 19 Extract a temperature vector from a GEOM3 table. Format: MATMOD

GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGT,/19/SID $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

Output Data Block: UGT

Main Index

Updated temperature matrix in g-set.

1349

1350

MATMOD Matrix modification

Parameter: SID

Input-integer. Temperature set to extract.

Remarks: 1. This option should only be used in heat transfer analysis. 2. None of the data blocks may be purged. 3. Only grid temperature records (not elements) are extracted. Example: Extract the temperature vector UGN for SID = 40. MATMOD

GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGN,/19/40 $

Option P1 = 20 Print the magnitude of the largest terms of up to six matrices. Format: MATMOD

I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/O1,/20///PRTOPT/S,N,SUM $

Input Data Blocks: I1 though I6

Any matrix. (Real or complex)

Output Data Block: O1

Dummy output data block.

Parameter: PRTOPT

SUM

Main Index

Specifies how the results are to be printed: 0

Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module before printing the results. (Default)

1

Print the results without a page header.

2

Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used with a single input matrix).

Output-real. Sum of the absolute values of the largest terms in the input matrices.

MATMOD Matrix modification

Remarks: 1. Any input matrix may be purged. 2. All computations are performed in single or double precision depending on the matrix type. The magnitudes of the largest terms and SUM are converted to single precision for output. Option P1 = 21 Extracts the components of a factor matrix and converts them to a standard form suitable for input to any matrix module. Format for Sparse Factor Matrix (FORM=13): MATMOD

LD,,,,,/T,LP/21 $

Format for Active Column Factor Matrix (FORM=4): MATMOD

LD,,,,,/L,D/21 $

Input Data Block: LD

Lower triangular factor/diagonal matrix.

Output Data Blocks: T

Diagonal from sparse symmetric decomposition.

LP

Lower triangular [ L ] and permutation matrix appended together.

L

Lower triangular [ L ] matrix from symmetric decomposition.

D

Diagonal [ D ] matrix from symmetric decomposition.

Remarks: 1. Sparse symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a symmetric matrix. T

T

[A ] = [P ] [L][D ][ L] [P] where P is a permutation matrix (row and column interchange used to improve efficiency), L, a lower triangular matrix, and D, a tridiagonal matrix. Option 21 extracts P, L, and D and converts them to a standard form, suitable for input to any matrix module. L and P are appended column-wise in output D.

Main Index

1351

1352

MATMOD Matrix modification

2. Active column symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a symmetric matrix. [A] = [L][D][L]

T

where [ L ] is a lower triangular matrix and [ D ] is a diagonal matrix. The diagonal matrix [ D ] is stored with the lower triangular matrix [ L ] in a special matrix [ LD ] . 3. The input matrix LD may be single or double precision. Output matrices are the same type as input matrix. Example: Extract components of sparse factor matrix LLL: MATMOD LLL,,,,,/TT,LP/21 $ PARAML KLL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NL $ TYPE PARM,,I,N,TUNL $ TUNL = 2 * NL $ MATGEN ,/V21/6/TUNL/NL/NL $ PARTN LP,V21,/LL,,PP,/0 $

Option P1 = 22 Generate special aeroelasticity matrix with modified trailers. Format: MATMOD

MKLIST,Qij,,,,/QijL,/22 $

Input Data Blocks: MKLIST

Table of Mach number and reduced frequency pairs.

Qij

Aerodynamic matrix.

Output Data Block: QijL

Special aerodynamic matrix with modified trailers.

Option P1 = 23 Determines type of eigenvalue analysis requested and optionally extracts values from the selected EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry.

Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

Format: MATMOD

CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/ S,N,METHTYP/S,N,LANCZOS/METHFLAGI/S,N,EIGRVALR// S,N,NFOUND/ICASE/S,N,EIGVALI///S,N,EIGRFLD $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Parameters: METHTYP

Output-integer. Set to 1 if Inverse Power or Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set to zero.

LANCZOS

Output-integer. Set to -1 if Lanczos method selected; otherwise, set to zero.

METHFLAG Input-integer-default=0. METHOD ID selection flag. >0 Search based on METHFLAG=SID. 0

Search based on METHOD(STRUCTURE)=SID.

-1 Search based on METHOD(FLUID)=SID. -2 Search based on CMETHOD=SID -3 Same as 0 except include EIGB in search for buckling. EIGRVALR

Output-real-default=0.0. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.

NFOUND

Output-integer-default=0. EIGR* entry found flag; 0 if entry was found and -1 if entry was not found.

ICASE

Input-integer-default=1. Case Control record number which contains the METHOD command.

EIGRVALI

Output-integer-default=0. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry.

EIGRFLD

EIGRFLD Input/output-character-default=' '. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the field value is a character string.

Examples: 1. Determine method type on the EIGR entry:

Main Index

1353

1354

MATMOD Matrix modification

MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/S,N,METHTYP $ IF ( METHTYP=1 ) THEN $ MESSAGE //' LANCZOS OR SINV IS SELECTED.' $ ELSE $ MESSAGE //' GIVENS OR HOUSEHOLDER IS SELECTED.' $ ENDIF $

2. MATMOD

Extract the F2 field value from the EIGR entry: CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23////S,N,F2///////'F2' $

3. Extract the NORM field value from the EIGR entry: NORM='NORM' $ initialize and will change on output MATMOD CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23///////////S,N,NORM $

Option P1 = 24 Generate a square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously. Format: MATMOD

I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,/24/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/S,N,NRNENC $

Input Data Blocks: I1, I2, I3

Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex)

Output Data Block: O1

Square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.

Parameters: NOOUT

Output-integer. Set to -1 if O1 is null.

NMATX

Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for search, starting from the first input.

NRNENC

Output-integer. Set to -1 if the number of null rows does not equal the number of null columns.

Remark: Any two input matrices may be purged.

Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

Example: Add a unit value to the stiffness matrix for degrees of freedom that have no associated mass, damping, or stiffness. This is usually done to prevent potential singularities during direct transient and frequency analyses. MATMOD MAA,BAA,KAA,,,/KAAX,/24/S,N,NOADD/3/S,N,NRNENC $ IF (NRNENC < 0) THEN $ MESSAGE//’ERROR: MATRICES ARE NOT’/ ’ SYMMETRIC’ $ EXIT $ ENDIF $ IF (NOADD < -1) THEN ADD KAA,KAAX/KAANEW $ EQUIVX KAANEW/KAA/ALWAYS $ ENDIF $

Option P1 = 25 Generate vectors that have 1.0 corresponding to each null row and null column in I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously. Format: MATMOD

I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/25/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/ S,N,NRNENC///S,N,SYM $

Input Data Blocks: I1, I2, I3

Square, commensurate matrices. (Real or complex).

Output Data Blocks: O1

Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null row in I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously. See Remark 1.

O2

Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null column in I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.

Parameters:

Main Index

NOOUT

Output-integer. Set to -1 if both output vectors are null, set to zero otherwise.

NMATX

Input-integer-default=1. Number of input matrices to be used for search, starting from the first input.

1355

1356

MATMOD Matrix modification

NRNENC

Output-integer. Set to -1 if number of null rows does not equal the number of null columns; otherwise zero.

SYM

Output-integer. Set to -1 if I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric; otherwise zero. See Remark 2.

Remarks: 1. Any two input matrices may be purged. 2. If I1, I2, and I3 are symmetric, then O2 is purged. Example: Remove null rows and columns from matrix A. MATMOD IF (NOOUT PARTN EQUIVX ENDIF $

A,,,,,/RPARTN,CPARTN/25/S,N,NOOUT/1////S,N,SYM $ > -1) THEN $ A,CPARTN,RPARTN/ANEW/SYM $ ANEW/A/ALWAYS $

Option P1 = 26 Used by MSC for development testing. Option P1 = 27 Convert a diagonal matrix (form 3) to a symmetric matrix (form 6). Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/27 $

Input Data Block: I1

Diagonal matrix of form 3. (Real or complex).

Output Data Block: O1

Symmetric matrix of form 6 containing diagonal terms of I1.

Remarks: 1. Form 3 matrices are not output by any module. They are only allowed as input by the INPUTT2, INPUTT4, and DMIIN modules. 2. The SMPYAD, MPYAD, and ADD modules will not accept form 3 matrices. The matrices should now be converted to form 6 before use in these modules.

Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

Example: DMIIN MATMOD

DMI,DMINDX/A3,,,,,,,,, $ A3,,,,,/A6,/27 $

where A3 is the DMI matrix defined by the Bulk Data entries DMI,A3,0,3,1,1,,4,1 DMI,A3,1,2,2.0,3.0,4.0

and A6 is the matrix 0. 0. 0. 0.

0. 2. 0. 0.

0. 0. 3. 0.

0. 0. 0. 4.

Option P1 = 28 Convert the first column of a matrix to a symmetric matrix (form 6) with the terms of the first column along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/28 $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix of form 1, 2, or 6. (Real or complex)

Output Data Block: O1

Symmetric matrix (form 6) with terms of the first column of I1 along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.

Example: MATMOD

B,,,,,/BDIAG,/28 $

If B is the matrix 1. 2. 3. 4. then BDIAG will be

Main Index

1357

1358

MATMOD Matrix modification

1. 0. 0. 3. Option P1 = 29 Used by MSC for development testing. Option P1 = 30 Print data blocks or a portion of data blocks as a table of hexadecimal values. Format: MATMOD

I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/,/30/BBLK/EBLK $

Input Data Block: Ii

Any data block. (Matrix or table)

Parameters: BBLK

Input-integer-default=1. Beginning GINO block number.

EBLK

Input-integer-default=-1. Ending GINO block number. Default value implies the total number of blocks.

Option P1 = 31 Writes the bit map of a matrix to the punch file. Format: MATMOD

MAT,,,,,/,/31/MAXSIZ $

Input Data Block: MAT

Any matrix.

Output Data Block: None. Parameter: MAXSIZ

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum size of the bit map matrix (row and/or column).

MATMOD Matrix modification

Option P1 = 32 Convert tables created by DRMH1 into DTI Bulk Data entry format and write to the punch file. Also converts DRMH1 directory tables in DTI Bulk Data entry format into DRMH1 output table format. Format: MATMOD

TXY,,,,,/TOUT,/32/CONVERT $

Input Data Block: TXY

DRMH1 directory table in DTI or table data block format.

Output Data Block: TOUT

DRMH1 directory table in table data block format or DTI format.

Parameter: CONVERT

Input-integer-default=0. Convert option. 0

Table data block format to DTI format.

1

DDTI to table data block format.

Remark: Table record 3 is all character and reading DTI entries will produce all numbers. Therefore CONVERT=1 will convert the DTI numbers and to character values. Option P1 = 33 Create a single column matrix from the frequency response output list table, FOL. The frequencies are also converted to radian units. Format: MATMOD

FOL,,,,,/FOLMAT,/33 $

Input Data Block: FOL

Frequency response frequency output list.

Output Data Block: FOLMAT

Main Index

Matrix of frequencies in radian units.

1359

1360

MATMOD Matrix modification

Parameters: None. Option P1 = 34 Extract the real and imaginary parts of complex matrix into two real matrices. Format: MATMOD

CMAT,,,,,/RMAT,IMAT/34//PREC $

Input Data Block: CMAT

Complex matrix.

Output Data Blocks: RMAT

Matrix containing real part of CMAT.

IMAT

Matrix containing imaginary part of CMAT.

Parameter: PREC

Input-integer-default=0. Precision of output matrices. 0

Machine-precision. (Default)

1

Single.

2

Double.

Option P1 = 35 Sorts row term values in a selected column of the input matrix and produces a list vector and/or a Boolean matrix that contains the indices of the sorted terms. Format: MATMOD

IM,,,,,/ SORTLIST,SORTBOOL/S,N,P1/COLNUM/S,N,PRESORT/ SORTOPT/// NKEYS $

Input Data Block: IM

Main Index

Any matrix.

MATMOD Matrix modification

Output Data Blocks: SORTLIST

Vector consisting of the row numbers of the original positions of the sorted terms.

SORTBOOL Square matrix containing unity at a row position in the column associated with the sorted row terms. Parameters: P1

Input/output-integer-no default. On output, P1=-1 if the input matrix is purged or both output data blocks are purged.

COLNUM

Input-integer-default=0. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.

PRESORT

Output-integer-default=0 Pre-sort flag. Set to -1 if column is already sorted.

SORTOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Sort option specification. -2 Absolute value in descending order. -1 Algebraic value in descending order. 0 Implies SORTOPT=1 if IM is real and SORTOPT=2 if IM is complex.. 1 Algebraic value in ascending order. 2 Absolute value in ascending order.

NKEYS

Input-integer-default=1. Duplicate value sort option specification. 1 Single key sort. 2 Double key sort to maintain original order of terms in case of duplicate terms.

Remark: For complex matrices, only SORTOPT=2 or -2 is allowed. Example: Given the input matrix, IM, generate an algebraic ascending order sort. The input matrix and its sorted order (algebraically ascending) are:

Main Index

1361

1362

MATMOD Matrix modification

IM =

 – 2.0   0.0     – 1.0     4.0   1.0     0.0 

The MATMOD call would look like: P1=35 $ MATMOD

IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////2

$

and the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=2 would contain  1.0   3.0     2.0     6.0   5.0     4.0 

LIST =

For NKEYS=1, it is equally likely that the indices for equal values may be in a different order. For example, if the MATMOD call statement were P1=35 $ MATMOD

IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////1

then the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=1 could contain either

LIST =

or

Main Index

 1.0   3.0     6.0     2, 0   5.0     4.0 

$

MATMOD Matrix modification

LIST =

 1.0   3.0     2.0     6.0   5.0     4.0 

since there are duplicate terms (0.0's) in the input matrix column and a single key sort was used. The Boolean square matrix contains unit values in the appropriate positions so that it can be used to create the sorted input matrix by means of a simple matrix multiply as in: MPYAD

BOOL,IM,/IMS/1 $

producing the sorted IM matrix, IMS, as

IMS =

 – 2.0   – 1.0     0.0     0.0   1.0     4.0 

Remarks: 1. If the matrix input into this option contains more than one column and SORTBOOL is used subsequently to operate on this matrix, all columns will have their rows re-ordered according to the sort obtained from the column processed by the MATMOD operation. In this case, the column that was selected during the MATMOD operation to produce the sorted ordering will be guaranteed in sort. Other columns may or may not have their rows in sorted order. 2. The output data blocks are in machine precision, regardless of the precision of the input matrix. 3. NKEYS=2 provides a more repeatable sort in the presence of equal values in the input, at the cost of longer run times. A test on a typical vector showed a difference of a factor of approximately ten. If repeatability is not essential, NKEYS=1 is the preferred choice.

Main Index

1363

1364

MATMOD Matrix modification

Option P1 = 36 Reduce the GRID record in the GEOM1 table to the entries corresponding to grid identification numbers specified in a Case Control set. General Format: MATMOD

GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/ GEOM1R,CASECCR/ 36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/M36OPT///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $

Format for M36OPT=0 (default): MATMOD

GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/ GEOM1R,/ 36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $

Format for M36OPT=1: Set consistency check MATMOD

GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/ ,/ 36/GRIDSET//1///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $

Format for M36OPT=2: Generate point set from element set MATMOD

GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/ GEOM1R,CASER/ 36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/2///ELEMSET//PCHSET $

Format for M36OPT=3: Generate point set from element set and grid set MATMOD

GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/ GEOM1R,CASER/ 36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/3///ELEMSET//PCHSET $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by the IFPINDX module. See Remark 2.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

MATMOD Matrix modification

Output Data Block: GEOM1R

GEOM1 table with reduced GRID record.

CASER

Table of Case Control command images loaded with SET id=GRIDSET.

Parameters: GRIDSET

Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid point identification numbers.

NOGEOM1 Output-integer. Processing status flag. +1 No grid data found matching gridset. 0 GRIDSET found and contents match some GRIDs in GEOM1. -1 GRIDSET found and contents matches all GRIDs in GEOM1. M36OPT

Input-integer. Suboption of MATMOD Option 36.

MSGLVL PCHSET

Input-integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.

Remarks: 1. Only the GRID record is processed and all other GEOM1 records are copied as is to GEOM1R. 2. GEOM1 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD option: FILE GEOM1=APPEND $ IFPINDX /GEOM1 $ MATMOD GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/GEOM1R,/36/ GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $ 3. We recommend that GEOM1 and GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then used as input to MATMOD. 4. M36OPT=1 performs a consistency check of the input sets and the actions are: a. Create a point set of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case Control set. b. Verify that all points in the set generated above are present in the GRIDSET Case Control set. By default, a fatal message will be issued error if any point is missing. But if MSGLVL=-1, then a warning message is issued instead. Main Index

1365

1366

MATMOD Matrix modification

c. Verify that all points in GRIDSET are present in the set generated in a. Issue a warning message for points in GRIDSET that are not present. d. If no inconsistency is detected and GEOM1R is specified then run M36OPT=0 also. 5. M36OPT=2 ensures a consistent point set for the input element set and the actions are: a. Create a point set of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case Control set. Create a Case Control set with an id = GRIDSET. Load the ELEMSET set and the GRIDSET set into CASER. b. Using the CASER as input, run M36OPT=0 to create the GEOM1R. 6. M36OPT=3 ensures a consistent point set for the input element set and allows additional points to be added to the set and the actions are: a. Create a point set of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case Control set. b. Copy the ELEMSET to CASER. Create a Case Control set of the point set generated in a. c. Locate the GRIDSET set in CASECC and merge the set created in a. into it. If GRIDSET set does not exist on CASECC, simply store the OELMSET generated grid list as the GRIDSET set ID on output data block #2, CASECCN. Otherwise, copy the merged gridset set to the aCASECCN output data block. Using the CASER as input, run M36OPT=0 to create the GEOM1R. Option P1 = 37 Reduce the element and SPOINT records in the GEOM2 table to the entries corresponding to element or SPOINT identification numbers specified in a Case Control set. Format: MATMOD

GEOM2,CASECC,,,,/GEOM2R,/37/ ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points and indexed by the IPRINDX module. See Remark.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

MATMOD Matrix modification

Output Data Block: GEOM2R

GEOM2 table with reduced element record.

Parameters: ELEMSET

Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list element point identification numbers.

GRIDSET

Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list SPOINT identification numbers.

NOGEOM2 Output-integer. Processing status flag. +1 no element and SPOINTs found matching ELEMSET and GRIDSET. 0 ELEMSET and GRIDSET found and contents match some elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2. -1 ELEMSET and GRIDSET found and contents match all elements and SPOINTs in GEOM2. Remarks: 1. GEOM2 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD option: FILE GEOM2=APPEND $ IFPINDX /GEOM2 $ MATMOD GEOM2,CASECC,,,,/GEOM2R,/37/ ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $ 2. We recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then used as input to MATMOD. Option P1 = 38 Reduce the records in the EST table to the entries corresponding to element numbers specified in a Case Control set. Format: MATMOD

Main Index

EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/ ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $

1367

1368

MATMOD Matrix modification

Input Data Blocks: EST

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and indexed by the IFPINDX module. See Remark.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

Output Data Block: ESTR

EST table with reduced records.

Parameters: ELEMSET

Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a list element point identification numbers.

GRIDSET

Input-integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid point identification numbers.

NOEST

Output-integer. Processing status flag. +1 No element found matching contents of ELEMSET. 0 ELEMSET found and contents match some elements in EST. -1 ELEMSET and contents match all elements and SPOINTs in EST.

Remarks: 1. EST must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD option: FILE EST=APPEND $ IFPINDX /EST $ MATMOD EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/ ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $ 2. We recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then used as input to MATMOD. Option P1 = 39 Remove and identify explicit zero terms in a matrix. Format: MATMOD

Main Index

I1,,,,,/O1,O2/39/S,N,NOXPLZER $

MATMOD Matrix modification

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix.

Output Data Blocks: O1

Matrix I1 with explicit zero terms removed.

O2

Matrix containing a 1.0 at the row and column, where an explicit zero was found in I1.

Parameter: NOXPLZER Output-integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are found. Option P1 = 40 Replace the value of, or add a value to, a single term in a matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,/O1,/ 40/ICOL/IROW/TYPE/REAL//NCOL/NROW/ ////////REALD/CMPLX/CMPLXD $

Input Data Block: I1

A matrix. May be purged. See NCOL.

Output Data Block: O1

Modified I1 matrix.

Parameters: ICOL

Column number.

IROW

Row number.

TYPE

Type of value to be replaced or added. -1 Replace current value with REAL. -2 Replace current value with REALD. -3 Replace current value with CMPLX. -4 Replace current value with CMPLXD.

Main Index

1369

1370

MATMOD Matrix modification

1 Add REAL to current value. 2 Add REALD to current value. 3 Add CMPLX to current value. 4 Add CMPLXD to current value. REAL

Real single precision value.

NCOL

Number of columns in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=ICOL.

NROW

Number of rows in O1 if I1 is purged. Default=IROW.

REALD

Real double precision value.

CMPLX

Complex single precision value.

CMPLXD

Complex double single precision value.

Example: In matrix A, add 10.5 to the value at column 2 and row 3: MATMOD

A,,,,,/A1,/40/2/3/-1/10.5 $

Option P1 = 41 Reorder the rows of a rectangular matrix. Format: MATMOD

GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/41 $

Input Data Blocks: GRDRM

Permutation matrix.

I1

Rectangular matrix.

Output Data Block: O1

Reordered rectangular matrix.

Parameters: None. Option P1 = 42 Permute a sparse square matrix.

Main Index

MATMOD Matrix modification

Format: MATMOD

GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/42 $

Input Data Blocks: GRDRM

Permutation matrix.

I1

Square matrix.

Output Data Block: O1

Permuted matrix.

Parameters: None. Option P1 = 43 Not implemented. Option P1 = 44 Creates EQEXIN table based on g-set partitioning vector. Format: MATMOD

EQEXIN,VG,,,,/EQEXINR,/44 $

Input Data Blocks: EQEXIN

Equivalence table between internal and external grid identification numbers.

VG

Partitioning vector with 1.0 desired degrees-of-freedom.

Output Data Block: EQEXINR

EQEXIN reduced by VG.

Parameters: None. Option P1 = 45 Permute matrix according to a row permutation.

Main Index

1371

1372

MATMOD Matrix modification

Format: MATMOD

I1,RPERM,,,,/O1,/45/PERMOPT $

Input Data Blocks: RPERM

Table of row permutations.

I1

Square matrix.

Output Data Block: O1

Permuted matrix.

Parameter: PERMOPT

Input-integer. Permutation option. 1 Gather. 2 Scatter.

Option P1 = 46 Convert a sparse partial decomp matrix into a regular matrix datablock. Format: MATMOD

KTTP,,,,,/KTTS,/46/NOOSET $

Input Data Block: KTTP

Sparse partial decomp update matrix.

Output Data Block: KTTS

KTTP converted to standard matrix format.

Parameter: NOOSET

Input-integer. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set.

Example: PUTSYS(1,277) $ Force partial decomp DCMP

Main Index

USET,SILS,EQEXINS,KFFX,VFO,VFOX/ LFO,KTTSP,/3///MAXRATIO/'F' $

MATMOD Matrix modification

PUTSYS(0,277) $ MATMOD

KTTSP,,,,,/KTTREG,/46/NOOSET $

DIAGONAL KTTREG/KTTDIAG/'SQUARE' $ TRNSP

KTTREG/KTTTRAN $

ADD5

KTTREG,KTTTRAN,KTTDIAG,,/KTT///-1.0 $

MODTRL

KTT////6 $

Option P1 = 47 Perform null row search on a matrix. Format: MATMOD

I1,,,,,/O1,/47 $

Input Data Block: I1

Any matrix.

Output Data Block: O1

Main Index

Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows I1 has null rows. If I1 is the O1 is purged. If I1 is null, then O1 will be full.

1373

1374

MATOFP Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output

MATOFP

Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output

Prints a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label and page header. Format: MATOFP

MAT,BGPDT,OL,USET/ OMAT1/ APP/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TCODE/PUNCH/IPRINT/ LCOLLBL1/LCOLLBL2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/ RCOLLBL1/RCOLLBL2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/ HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/ HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8 $

Input Data Blocks: MAT

Matrix (real or complex). The rows of the matrix must correspond to the g-set DOFs.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

OL

List of values for column labeling on left corner of page. The contents of OL depend on the value of APP: APP

OL

'REIGEN'

LAMA

'FREQRESP'

FOL

'TRANRESP'

TOL

'CEIGEN'

CLAMA

'BKL1'

BLAMA

'NLST'

COMB

'USERLIST'

Matrix column of user defined values

If OL is purged, then the left corner will not be labeled. USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the g-set.

Output Data Blocks: OMAT1

Main Index

MAT converted to OFP-suitable table in SORT1 format.

MATOFP Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default='USERLIST'. Analysis type. See OL above.

ROWNAM Input-character-default = ' '. Set name for rows in MATRIX. If ROWNAM is blank, then it defaults to COLNAM. PRNTOPT

Input-character-default = ’ALL’. Must be one of the following values: Option

Action

NULL

Only null columns will be identified.

ALL

Print all nonzero terms in matrix.

ALLP

Print numbers converted to magnitude/phase.

TCODE

Input-integer-default=1. Table code.

PUNCH

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Punch file write control flag.

IPRINT

Input-integer-default=0. Print control flag. 0: print <>0: do not print

LCOLLBLi

Input-character-default=(depends on APP). Label with up to 32 characters to be printed left-justified in upper left corner of each page. The default values depends on APP: APP

Main Index

LCOLLBLi

'TRANRESP'

TIME

'FREQRESP'

FREQUENCY

'REIGEN'

FREQUENCY

'CEIGEN'

FREQUENCY

'USERLIST'

LABEL

RCOLLBLi

Input-character-default='COLUMN' (followed by column number). Label with up to 32 characters to be printed right-justified in upper right corner of each page. COLLBLi is then followed by column number.

HDRLBLi

Input-character-default='MATRIX' (followed by matrix name). Header with up to 64 characters to be printed and centered at the top of of each page.

1375

1376

MATOFP Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output

Examples: Example 1: MATOFP

GCF,BGPDT,,USET/ $

GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG

AUGUST

11, 2000

MSC.NASTRAN

8/10/00

PAGE

9

COLUMN 1 MATRIX POINT ID. 1 3 4 6 7 9 10

TYPE G G G G G G G

T1 .0 -1.303852E-08 -1.490116E-08 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 -3.725290E-09 -3.725290E-09

T2 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0

GCF T3

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R1

R2

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R3 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0

Example 2: MATOFP

GCF,BGPDTs,,USET/ OGCF1/////////// ’DIRECTIO’/’N’/// ’G R O U ’/’N D C H ’/’E C K ’/’F O R C ’/ ’E S ( G ’/’- S E T ’/’)’ $

GROUND CHECK AND WEIGHT CHECK ADAPTED FROM CHECKA ALTER BY T.ROSE DEVELOPED BY M.REYMOND AND N.TENG

AUGUST

11, 2000

MSC.NASTRAN

8/10/00

PAGE

DIRECTION 1 G R O U N D POINT ID. 1 3 4 6 7 9 10

Main Index

TYPE G G G G G G G

T1 .0 -1.303852E-08 -1.490116E-08 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 -3.725290E-09 -3.725290E-09

T2 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0 .0 .0

C H E C K

F O R C E S

T3 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

( G - S E T ) R1

.0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R2 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0 .0

R3 1.862645E-09 1.862645E-09 .0 -4.656613E-10 4.656613E-10 .0 .0

9

MATPCH Punches contents of matrix data blocks

MATPCH

Punches contents of matrix data blocks

Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries. Format: MATPCH

I1,I2,I3,14,I5//IVNIT/N1/N2/N3/N4/N5 $

Input Data Blocks: Ii

Any real matrix data block.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: IVNIT

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit number. If this parameter is negative, an echo of the DMI Bulk Data entries generated will be printed on the FORTRAN unit given by the absolute value of PRINTOPT.

Ni

Input-character-default=blank. Continuation entry prefix. Used to form a unique continuation string for the DMI Bulk Data entries. For example, if Ni=’xx’, then this produces continuations of the form (xx 1), (xx 2), etc. The default value causes the blank continuation option to be used. See Remark 4 if explicit continuations are desired.

Remarks: 1. The nonzero elements of each matrix are punched on double-field DMI entries as shown in the example below. The name of the matrix is obtained from the header record of the data block. Field 10 contains the three-character parameter value in columns 74 through 76 and an incremented integer record count in columns 77 through 80 if nondefault values are used for the Ni parameters. 2. Double precision matrices will be converted to single precision. Only the real part of complex matrices will be used. 3. All matrices are output on double-field entries in single precision.

Main Index

1377

1378

MATPCH Punches contents of matrix data blocks

4. If Ni is specified, then Ni must be different for each corresponding input matrix. Also, the maximum number of records that may be punched is 99999. If full square matrices are considered, a maximum order of 629 is allowed. If matrices larger than this are desired, use the OUTPUT2 or OUTPUT4 modules to produce a FORTRAN readable file. 5. Only sufficiently small nonpurged data blocks will be punched onto DMI Bulk Data entries. Example: Let the data block MAT contain the matrix

[ MAT ] =

1.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 3.0

0.0 0.0 4.0 5.0 0.0

6.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 8.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

0.0 0.0 0.0 9.0 0.0

The DMAP statement MATPCH MAT// $

will produce the following DMI entries: 1

2

3

4

5

6

DMI

MAT

0

2

1

DMI

MAT

* DMI* * DMI* * DMI*

Main Index

3 MAT

7

8

9

2

5

6

1

1

1.000000E 00

2.000000E 00

5

3.000000E 00

2

3

4.000000E 00

3

1

6.000000E 00

5

8.000000E 00

6

4

5.000000E 00 MAT 7.000000E 00 MAT

9.000000E 00

10

MATPRN General matrix printer

General matrix printer

MATPRN

Prints general matrix data blocks. Format: MATPRN

M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//PRTFORM $

Input Data Blocks: Mi

Matrix data blocks, any of which may be purged. (Real or complex).

Parameters: PRTFORM

Character-input-default='

'. Real number precision.

LONG

12 significant digits.

SHORT

4 significant digits.

Remarks: 1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged. 2. If any data block is not a matrix, it will be printed as if it were a table. 3. MATPRN prints the row index for the term that begins each line of printout. 4. MATPRN will not print out two or more consecutive lines of zeroes, but instead will issue a message of the form: ROW POSITIONS xxxx THRU yyyy NOT PRINTED -- ALL = 0.0. 5. If DIAG 30 is set by the DIAGON function before MATPRN (see Example 3), and turned off after MATPRN, most of the digits of the internal representations will be printed. Normally, the output is truncated to five or six digits. 6. For large, sparse matrices with scattered terms, the user is advised to use either the MATPRT or MATGPR modules. Examples: 1. MATPRN

KGG/$

2. MATPRN

KGG,PL,PG,BGG,UPV//$

3. DIAGON(30)

Main Index

$ PRINT EXTENDED PRECISION

MATPRN

KGG/$

DIAGOFF(30)

$

1379

1380

MATPRT Matrix printer

Matrix printer

MATPRT Prints a matrix. Format: MATPRT

MATRIX//PRNTLABL/PRNTFLAG $

Input Data Block: MATRIX

Matrix data block to be printed. If [X] is purged, then nothing is done.

Parameters: PRNTLABL Integer-input-default=0. Print label. If PRNTFLG=1, then the matrix is labeled with “ROW n”; otherwise it is labeled with “COLUMN n.” PRNTFLAG Integer-input-default=0. Print flag. If PRNTFLAG < 0, do not print [X]; Y ≥ 0, print [X]. Remark: Each column (or row) of the matrix is broken into groups of six terms (3 terms if complex) per printed line. If all the terms in a group are 0, the line is not printed. If the entire column (or row) is 0, it is not printed. If the entire matrix is null, it is not printed. Example: Print the mass matrix: MATPRT

Main Index

MGG// $

MATREDU Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set

MATREDU

Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set

Reduces a square matrix from the g-set to the a-set or p-set to the d-set. Optionally produces the s-set by f-set partition following multipoint constraint elimination and reduction. Format: MATREDU

 XGG   USET   GM   GOA  ,  ,   ,   XPP   USETD   GMD   GOD   XAA    , XSF , XSS  XDD 

/

/

 NOXGG  S,N,   $  NOXPP  Input Data Blocks: XGG

Square matrix in g-set.

XPP

Square matrix in p-set.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.

GOA

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.

GOD

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-set by d-set.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

XAA

Reduced square matrix in a-set.

XDD

Reduced square matrix in d-set.

1381

1382

MATREDU Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set

XSF

S-set by f-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint elimination and reduction.

XSS

S-set by s-set matrix partition of XGG or XPP after multipoint constraint elimination and reduction.

Parameters: NOXGG

Output-integer-default=1. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist.

NOXPP

Output-integer-default=1. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist.

Method: 4 ] are reduced to the a-set by the MATREDU The damping matrices [ B gg ] and [ K gg module which performs the following operations:

1. Eliminate multipoint constraints [ B gg ] ⇒

B nn B nm B mn B mm

T

T

[ B nn ] = [ G mn ] [ B mn G mn + B mn ] + [ B mn ] [ G mn ] + [ B nn ] 2. Eliminate single point constraints [ B nn ] ⇒

B ff B fs B sf B ss

3. Partition omitted degrees-of-freedom [ B ff ] ⇒

B aa B ao B oa B oo

4. Perform static condensation T

T

[ B aa ] = [ G oa ] [ B oo G oa + B oa ] + [ B oa ] [ G oa ] + [ B aa ]

Main Index

MATREDU Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set

Remarks: 1. If XGG or XPP is not symmetric, then unsymmetric formulation of reduction is used. 2. XGG or XPP may be purged, in which case MATREDU returns with NOXAA=-1 or NOXDD=-1. 3. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist. 4. XSF may be purged. 5. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN, UMERGE1, SMPYAD, and MCE2.

Main Index

1383

1384

MCE1 Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix

MCE1

Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix

Creates the multipoint constraint transformation matrix. Format: MCE1

USET,RMG,KGG/ GM $

Input Data Blocks: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

Output Data Block: GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

Parameters: None. Method: The multipoint constraint equations, R mg , formed in the GP4 module, are partitioned by the MCE1 module (Multipoint Constraint Eliminator -- Phase 1) as follows: [ R mg ] =

R mm R mn

MCE1 also solves the equation [ R mm ] [ G mn ] = – [ R mn ] for the transformation matrix [ G mn ] .

Main Index

MCE2 Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction

MCE2

Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction

Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction on up to four g-set size square matrices. Format 1: For g-set matrices MCE2

USET,GM,XGG1,XGG2,XGG3,XGG4/ XNN1,XNN2,XNN3,XNN4 $

Format 2: For p-set matrices MCE2

USETD,GMD,XPP1,XPP2,XPP3,XPP4/ XNENE1,XNENE2,XNENE3,XNENE4/NOUE $

Input Data Blocks: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

XGGi

Square matrices in g-set.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.

XPPi

Square matrix in p-set.

Output Data Blocks: XNNi

Square matrices in n-set.

XNENEi

Square matrix in ne-set.

Parameters: NOUE

Input-integer-default=-1. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points. USETD and GMD must be supplied if NOUE>0.

Method: The MCE2 module partitions the stiffness matrix

Main Index

1385

1386

MCE2 Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction

[ K gg ] =

K nn K nm

Eq. 4-20

K mn K mm

and performs matrix reduction T

T

[ K nn ] = [ G mn ] [ K mm G mn + K mn ] + [ K mn G mn + K nn ]

Eq. 4-21

Remark: Any or all of XGGi and XNNi may be purged. However, if any of XGGi is specified then the corresponding XNNi must also be specified. Example: Reduce K gg to K nn .

Main Index

MCFRAC Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions

MCFRAC

Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions

Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions. Format: MCFRAC

CASECC,LAMA,OL,BGPDT,RPH,UH,PVMCFR,MODSELT/ OMCF1,UNUSED/ APP/FMODE $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

OL

Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

RPH

Transformation matrix from h-set to p-set. See Remark.

UH

Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.

PVMCFR

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRAC Case Control command.

MODSELT

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.

Output Data Blocks: OMCF1

Table of modal contribution factors in SORT1 format.

UNUSED

Unused and may be unspecified.

Parameters: APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. 'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

'FREQRESP' Frequency response.

Main Index

1387

1388

MCFRAC Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions

'TRANRESP' Frequency response. FMODE

Input-integer-default=0. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.

Remark: If PVMCFR is specified then the number of rows in RPH must correspond to the ones and their positions in PVMCFR.

Main Index

MDATA Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass

MDATA

Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass

Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass. Format: MDATA

CASECC,XYCDB,MAR,MEA,UAX,OL/ OEP/ APP/S,N,NOSORT2/FREQINDX $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

MAR

Table of virtual mass element areas.

MEA

Matrix of element forces per unit motion of the a-set.

UA

Displacement or eigenvector matrix in the a-set.

Output Data Block: OEP

Table of element pressures due to virtual mass in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

Parameters: APP

NOSORT2

Input-character-no default. Type of analysis. Allowable values are: 'REIG'

Normal modes.

'CEIG'

Complex eigenvalues.

'FREQ'

Frequency response.

'TRAN'

Transient response.

Input-integer-default=-1. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested.

FREQINDX Input-integer-default=0. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated with UA.

Main Index

1389

1390

MDATA Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass

Method: 1. Calculate the accelerations. This depends on the approach.

APP

Type of Arithmetic

REIG

Real

CEIG

Complex

U a = p u d ( ρ from CLAMA )

FREQ

Complex

U a = – ω u d ( ω from FOL )

TRAN

Real

ua 2

2

U a = – ω u a ( ω from LAMA ) 2

2

U a = ( the 3rd, 6th, 9th, etc., columns of UDVT )

2. Compute the element forces: f e = M ea U a 3. Output selected pressures. Output may be printed (via OFP) or plotted (via XYPLOT). The CASECC and XYCDB data blocks are scanned for all MPRES output requests. The set selection method is the same as used in Module SDR2. The MEA data block has two work pairs (element identification number and area) corresponding to each row of the element force vector. For each selected element, output the pressure (force divided by area) to the OFP data block. All flags must be set (e.g., print, punch, plot, real, phase, etc.), depending upon the MPRES request. Remarks: 1. XYCDB nay be purged. 2. MDATA is only available for normal modes, complex modes, frequency response, and transient response using direct methods only.

Main Index

MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table

MDCASE

Partitions the Case Control table

Partitions the Case Control table into separate Case Control tables based on the ANALYSIS Case Control command. Format: MDCASE

  CASECC   EDOM   / ,   ,    CASECC   CASEXN   CASESTAT,CASEMODE,CASEBUCK,CASEFREQ,CASECEIG, CASEMTRN,CASESAER,CASEDVRG,CASEFLUT,CASESMST, CASESMEM,CASEHEAT,CASEUPSE,CASESADV,CASESNMB, CASEXX/ S,N,STATCC/S,N,MODECC/S,N,BUCKCC/S,N,DFRQCC/ S,N,MFRQCC/S,N,DCEIGCC/S,N,MCEIGCC/S,N,MTRNCC/ S,N,SAERCC/S,N,DVRGCC/S,N,FLUTCC/S,N,SMSTCC/ S,N,SMEMCC/S,N,HEATCC/S,N,UPSECC/S,N,DESOBJ/ S,N,DESGLB/S,N,OBJSID/SEPRTN /S,N,WVFLG $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

CASEXN

CASECC created from one of the outputs in a prior call to MDCASE.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASESTAT

Case Control table for static analysis and based on ANALYSIS=STATICS.

CASEMODE

Case Control table for normal modes analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MODES.

CASEBUCK

Case Control table for buckling analysis and based on ANALYSIS=BUCK.

CASEFREQ

Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.

CASECEIG

Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG.

CASEMTRN

Case Control table for modal transient analysis and based on ANALYSIS=MTRAN.

1391

1392

MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table

CASESAER

Case Control table for aerostatic analysis and based on ANALYSIS=SAERO.

CASEDVRG

Case Control table for aerostatic divergence analysis and based on ANALYSIS=DIVERG.

CASEFLUT

Case Control table for flutter and based on ANALYSIS=FLUTTER.

CASESMST

Case Control table for structural analysis and based on ANALYSIS=STRU.

CASESMEM

Case Control table for electromagnetic analysis and based on ANALYSIS=ELEC.

CASEHEAT

Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on ANALYSIS=HEAT.

CASEUPSE

Case Control table for upstream superelements only.

CASESADV

Combined Case Control table which includes CASESAER or CASEDVRG.

CASESNMB

Combined Case Control table which includes CASESTAT, CASEMODE, CASEBUCK, CASESAER, CASEDVRG, and CASEFLUT.

CASEXX

Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix generation, assembly and reduction.

Parameters:

Main Index

STATCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Static analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STATICS command was found in CASECC and CASESTAT is specified in the output list.

MODECC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and CASEMODE is specified in the output list.

BUCKCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Buckling analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=BUCK command was found in CASECC and CASEBUCK is specified in the output list.

DFRQCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list.

MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table

Main Index

MFRQCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is specified in the output list.

DCEIGCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list.

MCEIGCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is specified in the output list.

MTRNCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is specified in the output list.

SAERCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=SAERO command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.

DVRGCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is specified in the output list.

FLUTCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flutter analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=FLUTTER command was found in CASECC and CASEFLUT is specified in the output list.

SMSTCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Structural analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=STRUCT command was found in CASECC and CASESMST is specified in the output list.

SMEMCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Electromagnetic analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=ELECT command was found in CASECC and CASESAER is specified in the output list.

HEATCC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified in the output list.

UPSECC

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Superelement analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if SUPER=ALL or SUPER>0 in CASECC. and CASEUPSE is specified in the output list.

1393

1394

MDCASE Partitions the Case Control table

DESOBJ

Output-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.

DESGLB

Output-integer-default=0. DESGLB Case Control command set identification number.

OBJSID

Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.

SEPRTN

Input-logical-default=FALSE. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.

WVFLG

Output-integer-default=0. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain any subcases for statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume response specified on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM.

Remarks: 1. Any output data block may be purged. 2. EDOM may be purged it WVFLG is not required. 3. CASEXX is a copy of one of the following in the order that they appear and if they exist: CASESTAT CASESAER CASEDVRG CASEMODE CASEFREQ CASEMTRN CASEFLUT

Main Index

MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility

MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility Matrix utility for matrix domain automatic component mode synthesis (MDACMS). Format: MDENZO

I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/ O1,O2,O3/ MDOPT/IP1/IP2/SETNAM/RP1/RP2 $

Input Data Blocks: Ii

Input tables or matrices. The number and type of inputs required depends on MDOPT.

Output Data Blocks: Oi

Output tables or matrices. The number and type of outputs required depends on MDOPT.

Parameters: MDOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Option selection number as described below.

IP1

Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

IP2

Input-integer-default=0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

SETNAM

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Degree-of-freedom set name.

RP1

Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

RP2

Input-real-default=0.0. Parametric data depending on MDOPT.

Option MDOPT=0: Partition KXX (or MXX or BXX) into o-set and t-set based on MDMAP and SEID. GOTMAP is an optional output. Format: MDENZO

KXX,MDMAP,,,/KOO,KOT,GOTMAP/0/SEID $

Option MDOPT=1: Extracts the o-set partition of a load matrix based on MDMAP and SEID.

Main Index

1395

1396

MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility

Format: MDENZO

PX,MDMAP,,,/PO,,/1/SEID $

Option MDOPT=2: Partition PHQ by rows into a family of PHQI qualified by MDSEID. GOQ is used to get the size of q-set for each domain. ORDER is used to determine the order of the domain's q-sets in PHQ Format: MDENZO

PHQ,GOQ,ORDER,,/PHQI,,/2/NDOM $

Option MDOPT=3: Find UT (and PVEC) for SEID as SEID goes back "up the tree" Extract UT from family UO. Format: MDENZO

GOTMAP,MDMAP,GOT,UO,GOQUQ,MDSPARSE/ UT,PVEC,UOI/3/SEID/P2 $

P2 on input is undefined for serial execution. For DMP, P2 on input is GSEID, the "global" SEID associatd with the current domain. On output, P2 is YESNO. If possible (YESNO=+1), multiply-add GOT*UT+GOQUQ, else set YESNO=-1. If yes, the answer is placed in UOI. MDSPARSE is used to partition down UOI (if made) to the DOFs needed for option 4. Option MDOPT=4: Reorder the family into the correct/original ordering. Use the gather/re-order vector in MDMAP. Format: MDENZO

Main Index

UOF,MDMAP,,,/PHI,,/4// $

MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility

Option MDOPT=5: Take the partition vector RECVEC and determine which SEIDs you need to recover and write to RECMAP. Format: MDENZO

RECVEC,MDMAP,,,/RECMAP,,/5// $

Option MDOPT=6: Decide whether SEID is in RECMAP or not. If yes, OUTYN = 1 else OUTYN = . Format: MDENZO

RECMAP,,,,/,,/6/SEID/OUTYN/ $

Option MDOPT=7: Perform matrix reduction: XTT1 = GTO*XOO*GOT Format: MDENZO

XOO,GOT,,,/XOOGOT,XTT1,/7/OUTYN/ $

If there is sufficient memory to do multiply in-core then produce XOOGOT, XTT1 and set OUTYN to +1. If not possible, set OUTYN to -1 $ Both input matrices must be real and XOO must be symmetric. This is for tip only. Option MDOPT=8: Perform matrix multiplications: XTTA = GTO*XOT and XTTB = XTO*GOT. Format: MDENZO

XOT,GOT,,,/XTTA,XTTB,/8/OUTYN $

Both XOT and GOT must be real. Set OUTYN to +1. Else set it to -1.

Main Index

1397

1398

MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility

Option MDOPT=9: Takes 4 matrices that are involved in the reduction and produces the 2 output matrices that are needed from subDMAP MDREDMB. Format: MDENZO

XOO,GOT,XOT,XTTBAR,/XOOGOT,XTT,/9/OUTYN $

OUTYN set to +1 if successful (sufficient memory). OUTYN set to -1 if not successful (then use rest of DMAP). This computation optimized for collectors. Option MDOPT=10: Take a complex load and break it into real and imaginary parts and place those side by side as real columns in PGRI. Format: MDENZO

PG,,,,/PGRI,VEC1,VEC2/10 $

VEC1 is a partition vector identifying null columns of PGRI with 0.0. VEC2 is a partition vector of the form 1 0 1 0 1 0 to idenify real and imaginary parts. Option MDOPT=11: Find the best GE in K4FF so that its removal will result in a sparser K4NEW = K4FF GEBAR*KFF Format: MDENZO

KFF,K4FF,,,/K4NEW,,/11/S,N,GEBAR///RP1/RP2 $

GEBAR is output as an integer so that .001*GEBAR is the actual GEBAR. RP1, RP2 are parameters to control what gets kept/thrown out. RP1 is the ratio of new to original K4 value. RP2 is the absolute value of the new K4 term. Option MDOPT= 12: Same as MDOPT=1 except PF can made into a family of PO's the family is made even if PF does not fit in memory.

Main Index

MDENZO MDACMS matrix utility

Format: MDENZO

PF,MDMAP,,,/PFAM,,/12 $

Option MDOPT= 13 (or -13): Take the lower triangle of KFF and mirror it so that the upper and lower triangles of KFFSYM are exact. If -13, remove packed 0s. Format: MDENZO

KFF,,,,,/KFFSYM,,/13 $

Option MDOPT= 14 Make sure DOFs of the same grid stay together when compressed in PRESOL add mbkxx1 to its transpose and send into PRESOL. Format: MDENZO

Main Index

MBKXX,BGPDT,USET,VGFS,,/MBKXX1,,/14 $

1399

1400

MDISUTIL Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors

MDISUTIL

Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors

Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors. Format: MDISUTIL

DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9, DB10,DB11,DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15/ DBOUT1,DBOUT2,DBOUT3,DBOUT4,DBOUT5,DBOUT6,DBOUT7, DBOUT8,DBOUT9,DBOUT10,DBOUT11,DBOUT12,DBOUT13, DBOUT14,DBOUT15/ SENDID/NUMDB/RECVCODE $

Input Data Blocks: DBi

Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.

Output Data Block: DBOUTi

DBi received on the slave processor.

Parameters: SENDID

Input-integer-default=1. Sending processor identification number. Allowable values are 1 to the number of processors.

NUMDB

Input-integer-no default. Number of data blocks to broadcast.

RECVCODE

Input-integer-default=1. Receiving processor identification code. =0

All non-sending processors are receivers.

<0

Absolute value is the processor identification number of a single receiver.

>0

Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left corresponds to the processor identification number.

Remarks: MDISUTIL calls option 10 of the DISUTIL module.

Main Index

MERGE Matrix merge

MERGE

Matrix merge

Forms a matrix from its partitions. Format: MERGE

A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/SYM/TYPE/FORM $

Input Data Blocks: Aij

Matrix partitions. (Real or complex).

CP

Column partitioning vector.

RP

Row partitioning vector.

Output Data Block: A

Merged matrix from Aij.

Parameters: SYM

Input-integer-default=-1. SYM < 0, {CP} is used for {RP}. SYM ≥ 0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.

TYPE

Input-integer-default=0. Type of [A]. If TYPE is 0, the type of the output matrix will be the maximum type of [A11], [A21], [A12], and [A22].

FORM

Input-integer-default=0. Form of [A]. (See Remark 3.)

Remarks: 1. MERGE is the inverse of PARTN in the sense that if [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] were produced by PARTN using {RP}, {CP}, FORM, SYM and TYPE from [A], MERGE will produce [A]. The operation of MERGE is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, {CP} and {RP}, and the symmetry flag, SYM. [A] →

A11 A12 A21 A22

Let [ A ] be an m by n matrix, { CP } be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and { RP } be a mx1 vector containing p zero elements. Partition [ A11 ] will consist of all elements A ij of [ A ] for which CP j = RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [ A ] . Partition [ A12 ] will consist of all elements

Main Index

1401

1402

MERGE Matrix merge

A ij of [ A ] for which CPj ≠ 0.0 and RP i = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [ A ] . Partition [ A21 ] will consist of all elements A ij of [ A ] for which CPj = 0.0 and RPi ≠ 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [ A ] . The following describes the operations:

Let

NC = number of nonzero terms in { CP } . NR = number of nonzero terms in { RP } . NROWA = number of rows in [ A ] . NCOLA = number of columns in [ A ] .

Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0 : MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $ [A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix. [A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix. [A12] is not written. [A22] is not written.

A11 → [ A ] A21

Case 2: { RP } is purged and SYM ≥ 0 : MERGE A11,,A12,,CP,/A/1 $ [A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA - NC) matrix. [A21] is not written. [A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. [A22] is not written.

A11 A12 → [ A ]

Case 3: { RP } is purged and SYM < 0: MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,/A $ [A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix. [A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. [A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix. [A22] is a NC by NC matrix.

A11 A12 → [ A ] A21 A22

Case 4: Neither { CP } nor { RP } are purged and SYM ≥ 0 : MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $ [A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. A11 A12 → [ A ] [A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. A21 A22 [A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix. [A22] is a NR by NC matrix. 2. [A11], [A12], [A21], and [A22] must be unique matrices.

Main Index

MERGE Matrix merge

3. When FORM = 0, a compatible matrix [A] results as shown in the following table: Form of [A22] Square

Symmetric

Square

Rectangular

Rectangular

Rectangular

Rectangular

Rectangular

Rectangular

Symmetric

Rectangular

Rectangular

Symmetric

Square Form of [A11]

Rectangular

4. Any or all of [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] may be purged. When all are purged, this implies [A] = 0. 5. Both { RP } and { CP } may not be purged. Examples: 1. Let A11, A12, A21, A22, {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows: [ A11 ] =

2.0 6.0

[ A21 ] =

10.0

[ A12 ] = [ A22 ] =  1.0     0.0  ( CP ) =    1.0   1.0     0.0    ( RP ) =  0.0     1.0 

Then, the DMAP instruction MERGE

Main Index

A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $

1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 11.0 12.0

1403

1404

MERGE Matrix merge

will create the real matrix:

[A] =

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

2. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as MERGE

A11,A12,,,CP,/A/1 $ RP,CP distinct

the input matrices would be 2.0 6.0 10.0

[ A11 ] =

[ A12 ] =

1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 11.0 12.0

3. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as MERGE

A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $

the input matrices would be [ A11 ] =

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0

[ A21 ] =

9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

4. If the DMAP instruction is written as MERGE

A11,A21,A12,A22,,RP/A/-1 $

and the input matrices are: [ A11 ] =

1 2 5 6

[ A12 ] =

3 7

[ A21 ] =

9 10

[ A22 ] =

11

then the resulting matrix would be

[A] =

Main Index

1 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 11

MERGEOFP Merges linear and nonlinear stress output

MERGEOFP

Merges linear and nonlinear stress output

Merges OESL (linear element stresses from SDR2) with OESNL (nonlinear element stresses from SDRNL). Format: MERGEOFP

OES1,OESNL1/OES1X $

Input Data Blocks: OES1

Table of element stresses in SORT1.

OESNL1

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.

Output Data Block: OES1X

Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in the SORT1 and linear element format.

Remark: The linear and nonlinear element stress files are read concurrently. The output file is produced with the same order of files as the input files, but where the same element name and identification number appears on each input file, the linear element stress data block for the element will immediately precede the nonlinear element stress data block on the output file.

Main Index

1405

1406

MESSAGE Prints messages

Prints messages

MESSAGE

Prints messages to the standard MD Nastran output file. Format: MESSAGE

T1/T2/P1/P2/.../Pn $

Input Data Block: T1

Table created by prior executions of MESSAGE and will be printed to the f06 file.

Output Data Block: T2

Table to which Pi will be written instead of the f06 file.

Parameter: Pi

Input-default is blank. Cannot exceed 80 characters in length.

Remarks: 1. Parameter inputs may be parameter names, actual values, or character strings. 2. Variable parameters must have been typed prior to this statement. 3. The number of parameters is limited only by the size of VPS. 4. The MESSAGE module normally prints to the .f06 standard MD Nastran output file (FORTRAN Unit 6). To have the print also appear in the Performance Summary Table (FORTRAN Unit 4 or dayfile), DIAG 53 must be turned on by the DIAG Executive Control Statement. 5. T1 and T2 may be purged. 6. T2 must be declared APPEND on the FILE statement if more than one MESSAGE execution is used to write into this table. Example: 1. Print a user information message: MESSAGE

//’USER DMAP MSG’/10/’ERROR IN ITER. NO.’/COUNT $

2. Create a table of two messages and then print: FILE TEST=APPEND $ maxint = 776705406 $ offset = 150704034 $ Main Index

MESSAGE Prints messages

message /test/' lstart = maxint incr = offset message /test/' message test/ $

maxint ='/maxint /' offset ='/offset $ - offset $ / 39 $ starting column ='/lstart /' incr ='/incr $

The following will appear in the f06 file: ^^^ MAXINT = 776705406 OFFSET = 150704034 ^^^ STARTING COLUMN = 626001372 INCR = 3864206

Main Index

1407

1408

MGEN Creates virtual fluid mass matrices

MGEN

Creates virtual fluid mass matrices

Creates virtual fluid mass matrices. Format: MGEN

CASECC,MATPOOL,EST,CSTM,BGPDT/ MCHI,MLAM,GEG,MAR,MCHI2,MLAM2/ LUSET/S,N,NOMGEN/UNUSED3/WTMASS/UNUSED5 $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: MCHI

Matrix relating displacements to source strengths.

MLAM

Matrix relating element forces to source strengths.

GEG

Element displacement interpolation matrix.

MAR

Table of virtual mass element areas.

MCHI2

Secondary matrix relating displacements to source strengths.

MLAM2

Secondary matrix relating element forces to source strengths.

Parameters:

Main Index

LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOMGEN

Output-integer-default=-1. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set identification number if MFLUID is specified in CASECC.

UNUSED3

Input-real-default=0.0. Unused.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Specifies scale factor on structural mass matrix.

UNUSED5

Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.

MKCNTRL Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets

MKCNTRL Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets Assembles a description of the set of aerodynamic controllers. Format: MKCNTRL

EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT/ AECTRL,TRX,AECSTMHG/ SYMXZ/AUNITS $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Element deformation table.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

AEBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-offreedom.

Output Data Blocks: AECTRL

Table of aeroelastic model controls.

TRX

Boolean matrix to select accelerations from the list of aerodynamic extra points.

AECSTMHG Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices that only contains the hinge moment referenced coordinates systems if not null. Parameters: SYMXZ

Input-real-no default. x-z symmetry flag.

AUNITS

Input-real-no default. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units of length per time squared.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

1409

1410

MKCSTMA Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic

Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.

MKCSTMA

Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models. Format: MKCSTMA

CSTM1,CSTM2/CSTMM $

Input Data Block: CSTMi

Tables of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Block: CSTMM Parameters: None.

Main Index

Merged table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MKMNTIFP Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties

MKMNTIFP Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties Updates geometry, connectivity, and property tables to form frames to track monitor points. Format: MKMNTIFP

BGPDT,CSTM,MONITOR,ECT,EPT,MPT/ GEOM1X,GEOM2X,EPTX,MPTX/ YOUNGM $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MONITOR

Structural monitor point table.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1X

New GEOM1 table updated to track monitor points.

GEOM2X

New GEOM2 table updated to track monitor points.

EPTX

EPT updated to track monitor points.

MPTX

MPT updated to track monitor points.

Parameters: YOUNGM

Main Index

Input-real-default=0.0. Young's modulus.

1411

1412

MKRBVEC Computes load summation about a given point

Computes load summation about a given point

MKRBVEC

Builds a g-set X 6 matrix that sums forces and moments of a set of grids to a given reference point about a given set of coordinate axes. Format: MKRBVEC

BGPDT,CSTM,AEROCOMP/ RBF/ COORID/REF1/REF2/REF3/COMPNAME/CDOM/INDDOF $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

AEROCOMP Table of component definitions. Required only if a COMPNM is specified. Output Data Blocks: RBF

Matrix (g-set by 6) representing the geometric rigid body mode of the points in the BGPDT about the origin of motion.

Parameters:

Main Index

COORID

Input-integer-default=0. Identification number of the coordinate system into which VGR will be generated.

REF1

Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the first coordinate direction of COORID about which moments will be computed.

REF2

Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the second coordinate direction of COORID about which moments will be computed.

REF3

Input-real-default=0.0. Location of point in the third coordinate direction of COORID about which moments will be computed.

COMPNAME

Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the rigid body motion.

CDOM

Input-integer-default=0. Coordinate system ID of the origin of the motion. (0=basic coordinate system).

INDDOF

Integer-input-default=0. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using RBE3D code with Ci=INDDOF.

MKSPLINE Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model

MKSPLINE

Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model

Generates splines to interpolated results from the structural model to the aero model. Format: MKSPLINE

EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP,ECT,AEBOX/ SPLINE $

Input Data Blocks: EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

AEGRID

Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model.

AECOMP

Aerodynamic component definition table.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

AEBOX

Table of aerodynamic element connectivity. Output by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.

Output Data Block: SPLINE

Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with external grid identification numbers.

Parameters: None. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0. DBVIEW AEGRID=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH' AND WILDCARD) $ MKSPLINE EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP/SPLINE $

Main Index

1413

1414

MODACC OFREQ and OTIME command processor

MODACC

OFREQ and OTIME command processor

Removes columns in solution and load matrices based on the OTIME and OFREQ Case Control commands. Format: MODACC

CASECC,OL,U,P1,P2,P3/ OL1,U1,P11,P21,P31/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

U

Solution matrix from normal modes, complex modes, transient response, or frequency response.

Pi

Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues, frequencies, or time steps in OL.

Output Data Blocks: OL1

OL truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.

U1

U truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.

Pi1

Pi truncated by the OFREQ or OTIME command.

Parameter: APP

MDCEQV

Main Index

Character-input-default='TRAN'. Analysis type. 'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

Output-integer-default=-1. MODACC equivalence flag. If MDCEQV=-1 on output then no output truncation occurred and a subsequent EQUIVX statement may be used to equivalence the inputs to the outputs. Applicable only when APP='REIG'.

MODACC OFREQ and OTIME command processor

Remarks: 1. MODACC selects vectors based on OTIME or OFREQ commands in CASECC. If APP = 'CEIG', the selection is based on the imaginary part of the complex eigenvalue. If APP = 'REIG', the selection is based on the frequency f = ω ⁄ 2π . 2. Here are typical data block names and the appropriate value of APP: LAMA

APP = 'REIG'

CLAMA

APP = 'CEIG'

FOL

APP = 'FREQ'

TOL

APP = 'TRAN'

3. If APP='CEIGEN', then P11 must not be purged. 4. Under APP='REIG', if there is no OMODES or OFREQ Case Control request and the number of subcase equals the number of modes (columns in U) or the MODES Case Control command generates a number of subcases equal to the number of modes then OL1 and U1 will not be created and MODACC must be followed subsequent EQUIVX statement;

Main Index

MODACC

CASEM,LAMA,PHA,,,/ LAMA2,PHA1,,,/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $

EQUIVX

LAMA/LAMA2/MDCEQV $

EQUIVX

PHA/PHA1/MDCEQV $

1415

1416

MODCASE Processes POST command for f06 redirection

MODCASE Processes POST command for f06 redirection Process Case Control records for output data recovery and redirect output to userspecified Fortran files instead of the f06. Format for POSTCFLG=1: MODCASE

CASECC,/POSTCC/1//S,N,NUNIQF06 $

Format for POSTCFLG=2: MODCASE

CASECC,POSTCC0/CASECCP/ 2/F6CNTR//S,N,F6UNIT/S,N,F6SUFFIX $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

POSTCC0

POSTCC computed from previous execution of MODCASE (POSTCFLG=1).

Output Data Blocks: POSTCC

Table containing POST command selections CASECCP CASECC subsetted for current selection of Fortran unit.

Parameters: POSTCFLG Input-integer-default=0. POSTCC processing flag.

Main Index

1

Generate POSTCC.

2

POSTCC is specifed as an input.

NUNIQF6

Output-integer-default=0., Number of unique Fortran units requested on POST command.

F6CNTR

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit loop counter.

F6UNIT

Output-integer-default=0. Current Fortran unit number.

F6SUFFIX

Output-character-default=' '. Suffix name assigned to Fortran unit physical names.

MODENRGY Computes modal energies

MODENRGY Computes modal energies Computes modal strain and kinetic energies in frequency and transient response analysis. Format: MODENRGY

CASECC,OL,UH,KHH,MHH,MODSELT/ TSNRGY,TKNRGY,MODSELT1,OL1,MSNRGY,MKNRGY/ APP/FMODE/UNUSED $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

UH

Solution matrix for the h-set (modal degrees-offreedom). Modal displacements only in frequency response. Modal displacements, velocities, and accelerations in transient response.

OL

Complex eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.

KHH

Generalized (modal) stiffness matrix.

MHH

Generalized (modal) mass matrix.

MODSELT

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ.

Output Data Blocks: TSNRGY

Table of modal strain energy.

TKNRGY

Table of modal kinetic energy.

MODSELT1 Subset of MODSELT as selected by the MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control commands.

Main Index

OL1

Subset of OL selected by the the MODALSE and MODALKE Case Control commands.

MSNRGY

Matrix of modal strain energy.

MKNRGY

Matrix of modal kinetic energy.

1417

1418

MODENRGY Computes modal energies

Parameters: APP

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. 'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Frequency response.

FMODE

Input-integer-default=1. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.

UNUSED

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors

MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors Computes mode participation factors for fluid-structure models in frequency response analysis. Format: MODEPF

BGPDT,USET,CASECC,EDT,ABESF*, PHASH2,UHFS,PHDFH,MFHH,BFHH, KFHH,FOL,ABEH*,PHDFH1,PHDFH2, UHFF,AH,PFHF,UNUSED,PNLLST, VGA/ GPMPF,FMPF,SMPF,PMPF,LMPF, MPFMAP/ NOFREQ/NOLOADF/GRIDFMP/NUMPAN/PNQALNAM/ SYMFLG/MPNFLG/FLUIDMP/STRUCTMP/PANELMP/ GRIDMP/NOSASET/FILTERF/FILTERS $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images containing SET1 entries.

ABESF*

Family of a-set size panel area matrices.

PHASH2

Structural partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH. Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.

UHFS

Structural partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter STRUCTMP.

PHDFH

Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH.

MFHH

Fluid partition of modal mass matrix MHH.

BFHH

Fluid partition of modal damping matrix BHH.

KFHH

Fluid partition of modal stiffness matrix KHH.

FOL

Table of forcing frequencies.

ABEH*

Family of signed modally reduced area matrices

PHDFH1

Fluid partition (row-wise) of eigenvector matrix PHDH reduced to a-set size.

1419

1420

MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors

PHDFH2

PHDFH1 partitioned by parameter FLUIDMP.

UHFF

Fluid partition (row-wise) of solution matrix UHF. Also partitioned column-wise according to parameter FLUIDMP.

AH

Signed global modally reduced area matrix.

PFHF

Fluid partition of frequency response modally reduced load matrix.

UNUSED

Unused.

PNLLST

Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL qualifier values.

VGA

G-set size partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to the a-set.

Output Data Blocks: GPMPF

Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.

FMPF

Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.

SMPF

Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factor.s

PMPF

Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation factors.

LMPF

Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.

MPFMAP

Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices.

Parameters: NOFREQ

Input-integer-no default. Number of excitation frequencies.

NOLOADF

Input-integer-no default. Number of load cases per frequency.

GRIDFMP

Input-integer-no default. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will be output: <0 Print matrices; if -999, print matrices for -1 (set = all). -1 All fluid grid a-set. 0 No fluid grid a-set. >0 Case Control set that contains grid list to be output.

NUMPAN

Input-integer-no default. Number of panels.

PNQALNAM Input-character-default=' '. Name of qualifier for panels.

Main Index

MODEPF Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors

SYMFLG

Input-complex-default=(1.,0.). Scale factor.

MPNFLG

Input-integer-no default. Panel existence flag.

FLUIDMP

Input-integer-default=-1. Number of fluid modes to use in computing factors. If FLUIDMP>0 then compute factors for the first FLUIDMP modes.

STRUCTMP

Input-integer-default=-1. Number of structure modes to use computing factors.

PANELMP

Input-integer-default=-1. Flag to compute panel participation factors. See Remark 2.

GRIDMP

Input-integer-default=-1. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.

NOSASET

Input-integer-default=-1. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set of the structure.

FILTERF

Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for fluid factor matrices.

FILTERS

Input-real-default=0.95. Filter for structure factor matrices.

Remarks: 1. VGA may be purged if no diagnostic printouts are desired. 2. If STRUCTMP>0 then these are the output options:

• Compute structural mode participation factors. • If MPNFLG>0 and PANELMP>-1 then compute panel mode participation factors, PMPF.

• Compute load mode participation factors, LMPF. • If MPNFLG>0 and GRIDMP>-1 then compute fluid grid mode participation factors, GMPF.

Main Index

1421

1422

MODEPOUT Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice

MODEPOUT

Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice

Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrices. Also create table data blocks suitable for XY plots and power spectral density calculations. Format: MODEPOUT

LAMAF,LAMAS,CASECC,FMPF,SMPF, PMPF,LMPF,GMPF,MPFMAP, MODSELTS,MODSELTF/ OFMPF2E,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2E,OSMPF2M,OPMPF2E, OPMPF2M,OLMPF2E,OLMPF2M,OGMPF2E,OGMPF2M, UNUSED1,UNUSED2,UNUSED3,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/ OUTFMP/OUTSMP/FMPFEPS/SMPFEPS/MPFSORT/ NOMPF2E/FMODE/FMODEF $

Input Data Blocks: LAMAF

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.

LAMAS

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

FMPF

Matrix of fluid mode participation factors.

SMPF

Matrix of contribution of structure to fluid mode participation factors.

PMPF

Matrix of contribution of structural panels to fluid mode participation factors

LMPF

Matrix of fluid force to fluid mode participation factors.

GPMPF

Matrix of grid panel mode participation factors.

MPFMAP

Table describing content of mode participation factor matrices.

MODSELTS Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. MODSELTF Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.

Main Index

MODEPOUT Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice

Output Data Blocks: OFMPF2E

Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OFMPF2M

Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.

OSMPF2E

Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OSMPF2M

Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.

OPMPF2E

Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OPMPF2M

Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.

OLMPF2E

Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OLMPF2M

Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.

OGMPF2E

Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode. UNUSEDi

Unused.

Parameters: OUTFMP

Input-integer-default=0. Number of fluid modes to output.

OUTSMP

Input-integer-default=0. Number of structure modes to output.

FMPFEPS

Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small fluid factor magnitudes.

SMPFEPS

Input-real-default=0.0. Threshold for filtering out small structure factor magnitudes.

MPFSORT

Input-integer-default=11. Sort flag. 10 Sort on absolute value (magnitude). 20 Sort on real portion. 30 Sort on complex portion. 40 Sort on phase angle (must convert). 1 Descending sort. 2 Ascending sort.

NOMPF2E

Input-integer-default=-1. 0 Generate. -1 Do not generate.

Main Index

1423

1424

MODEPOUT Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice

FMODE

Input-integer-no default. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.

FMODEF

Input-integer-no default. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user parameter input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input.

Remarks: 1. The O*MPF2E data blocks are suitable for input to the XYTRAN module. 2. The O*MPF2M data blocks are suitable for input to the RANDOM module.

Main Index

MODEPT Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records

MODEPT

Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records

Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records based upon data on TABLEDi Bulk Data entry records. Format: MODEPT

EPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOMEPT $

Input Data Blocks: EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties; in particular, PACABS and PACABR entries.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: EPTX

Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with TABLEij references.

Parameter: NOGOMEPT

Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries.

Remarks: 1. MODEPT does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOMEPT should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module. 2. MODEPT must appear after the IFP. Example: See the example in the IFP module description.

Main Index

1425

1426

MODGDN Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements

MODGDN

Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements

Updates the geometry table for the existence of p-elements and superelements. Format: MODGDN

GEOM1,SEMAP,MFACE,MEDGE,MBODY/ GEOM1P/ S,N,NOSEMAP $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

MFACE

Face table for p-element analysis.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

MBODY

Body table for p-element analysis.

Output Data Block: GEOM1P

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for p-elements and superelements.

Parameter: NOEMAP

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. Superelement map table flag. Set to -1 if SEMAP does not exist.

MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data

MODGM2

Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data

Creates internal records in the element connectivity table based on the presence of PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data entry records. Internal records are also created from fluid elements defined on the PSOLID Bulk Data entry. Format: MODGM2

EPT,GEOM2,GEOM1,GEOM4,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/ GEOM2X,GEOM1X,GEOM2DCW,EPTX,MPTX/ S,N,ACFLAG/OSWPPT/OSWELM/S,N,NSWPPT/ S,N,NSWELM/S,N,SWEXIST/S,N,NOGOMGM2/ S,N,RGDEXIST/RIGID/ORIGID/S,N,NLRIGID/ LMFACT/PENFN/NONLNR/CWRANDEL/CWDIAGP/ CFRANDEL/CFDIAGP/S,N,NOEPT/S,N,NOMPT/SOFFSET/ CSRANDEL/CSDIAGP $

Input Data Blocks: EPT

Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.

GEOM2

Table containing element connectivity Bulk Data entry records.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

Output Data Block: GEOM2X

GEOM2 table related to axisymetric conical shell, hydroelastic, acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.

GEOM1X

GEOM1 table related to axisymmetric conical shell, hydroelastic, acoustic cavity, and spot weld element analysis.

GEOM2DCW GEOM2 table containing the deleted CWELD elements.

Main Index

EPTX

Copy of EPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.

MPTX

Copy of MPT updated for converted CSHEAR elements.

1427

1428

MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data

Parameter: ACFLAG

Integer-output-default=0. ACFLAG>0 indicates fluid elements: 0

No fluid elements.

1

Fluid elements.

2

Fluid/structure coupling.

OSWPPT

Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld projection point identification numbers.

OSWELM

Input-integer-default=0. Offset for spot weld element identification numbers.

NSWPPT

Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld projection point identification number.

NSWELM

Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification number.

SWEXIST

Output-logical-no default. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld elements exist.

NOGOMGM2

Output-logical-no default. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error is found.

RGDEXIST

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid elements that need further processing in MODGM4.

RIGID

Input-character-default=’ ‘. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange and elimination method, ‘LAGR’, ‘LGEL’, or ‘LNEI’. Usually input by user parameter.

ORIGID

Input-integer-default=0. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier identification numbers. Usually input by user parameter.

NLRIGID

Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system cell 377. < 0 No nonlinear rigid element exists and use linear elimination. = 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is used to obtain the solution. > 0 Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the eliminaton method is used to obtain the solution.

LMFACT

Main Index

Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier scale factor Usually input by user parameter and overrides system cell 374.

MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data

PENFN

Input-real-default=0.0. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input by user parameter and overrides system cell 375.

NONLNR

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.

CWRANDEL

Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.

CWDIAGP

Input-character-default=’ ‘. Flag, if ‘YES’, to write diagonistics of CWELD element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.

CFRANDEL

Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.

CFDIAGP

Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagonstics of CFAST element deletion. Usually input by user parameter.

NOEPT

Output-integer-default=-1. EPTX generation flag.

NOMPT

0

Generated

-1

Not generated

Output-integer-default=-1. MPTX generation flag. 0

Generated

-1

Not generated

SOFFSET

Input-real-default=100. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated for the offsets.

CSRANDEL

Input-real-default=0.0. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are removed from the model. Usually input by user parameter.

CSDIAGP

Input-character-default=' '. Flag, if YES, to write diagnostics of CWSEAM element deletion. Usually input by user parameter

Remarks: 1. MODGM2 must appear after the IFP. 2. The following GEOM2 Bulk Data entry records are replaced by the internal records in GEOM2X:

Main Index

1429

1430

MODGM2 Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data

GEOM2X Record

GEOM2 Record

Fluid

CQUAD4

n/a

QUAD4FD

CQUAD8

n/a

QUAD8FD

CTRIA3

n/a

TRIA3FD

CTRIA6

n/a

TRIA3FD

CQUAD

n/a

QUADFD

CTRIAX

n/a

TRIAXFD

CQUADX

n/a

QUADXFD

CHEXA

HEXPR

HEXAFD

CPENTA

PENPR

PENTAFD

CTETRA

TETPR

TETRAFD

Example: See the example in the IFP module description.

Main Index

Hyperelastic

MODGM4 Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records

MODGM4

Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records

Reads the SPCs and SPCDs that were defined by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data entries and generates the unique SPC and SPCD records. Format: MODGM4

CASECC,GEOM2M,GEOM4M,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,BGPDTM,EPT/ GEOM4P/ GNSTART/S,N,MODGM4/ALTSHAPE/S,N,NSWELM/SWEXIST/ RGDEXIST $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM2M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points and updated for the current p-level.

GEOM4M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for the current p-level.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

BGPDTM

Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.

EPT

Table containing element properties Bulk Data entry records.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM4P

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, updated for the constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data entries.

Parameters:

Main Index

GNSTART

Input-integer-default=0. First grid identification number in GEOM1M.

MODGM4

Output-logical-default=FALSE. GEOM4P update flag. Set to TRUE if GEOM4M is updated.

1431

1432

MODGM4 Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-no default. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set.

Main Index

NSWELM

Output-integer-default=0. Current spot weld element identification number.

SWEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld elements exist.

RGDEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there re rigid elements that need further processing in MODGM4.

MODQSET Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions

MODQSET

Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions

Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 records with q-set degrees-of-freedom definition to account for the component modes computed for all superelements. Format: MODQSET

GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4/ GEOM1W,GEOM2W,GEOM4W/ NOQSETT/QSETREC/QSETID $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1W

GEOM1 augmented with dummy GRID entries to represent the fluid superelement modes.

GEOM2W

GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the nonfluid superelement component modes.

GEOM4W

GEOM4 augmented with dummy SEQSET1 entries to represent the fluid superelement modes and QSET1 for all other non-fluid superelement component modes.

Parameters: NOQSETT

Input-integer-default=0. Total number of component modes computed for all superelements including the residual structure.

NOQSETF

Input-integer-default=0. Number of component modes in the fluid superelement.

QSETREC

Input-integer-default=0. Records to use in defining the q-set degrees-offreedom: >=0: No records are written =-1:

Main Index

SENQSET record to GEOM1W

1433

1434

MODQSET Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions

=-2: QSETID

Main Index

SPOINT record to GEOM2W and QSET1 record to GEOM4W

Input-integer-default=0. Starting q-set identification number for QSETREC=-2.

MODTRK Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle

MODTRK

Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle

Compares the mode set of the current design cycle with those of the previous design cycle, identifies or tracks these modes, and reorders the eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with the previous design cycle. Format: MODTRK

CASECC,EDOM,R1TABR,LAMA,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHA,PHGREF, PHAREF/MTRAK,LAMA1,PHG1,PHA1,PHGREF1,PHAREF1/ DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

R1TABR

Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

MGG

Mass matrix in g-size.

MAA

Mass matrix in a-set.

PHG

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set.

PHA

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.

PHGREF

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior design cycle output of MODTRK.

PHAREF

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set from the prior design cycle output of MODTRK.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

MTRAK

Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the new mode numbering.

LAMA1

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table updated for mode tracking.

PHG1

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode tracking.

1435

1436

MODTRK Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle

PHA1

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode tracking.

PHGREF1

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set updated for mode tracking.

PHAREF1

Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set updated for mode tracking.

Parameters: DESCYCLE Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter. NOTRACK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking was successful. Remarks: MODTRK prints a report on mode switching activity for the current design cycle and punches out updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entries that correspond to the new mode positions. Example: Excerpt from subDMAP FEA: DESITERP=DESITER-1 $ DBVIEW PHAREF0=PHAREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $ DBVIEW PHGREF0=PHGREF WHERE (DESITER=DESITERP) $ MODTRK CASEM,EDOM,LAMAS,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHSA,PHGREF0,PHAREF0/ MTRAKS,NEWLAMA,NEWPHG,NEWPHA,PHGREF,PHAREF/ DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $

Main Index

MODTRL Modify trailer

MODTRL

Modify trailer

Modify data block trailer data. Format: MODTRL

DB//P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $

Input Data Block: DB

Data block with trailer that is to be modified.

Parameters: Pi

Input-integer-default=-1. New value for i-th trailer word. See Remark 4.

Remarks: 1. Negative parameters are ignored. Nonnegative parameters cause the corresponding word of the data block trailer to be replaced by the value of the parameter. 2. MODTRL should be scheduled immediately after the functional module that generates the data block. For example: ADD MODTRL EQUIVX

I1,I2/O1 $ O1////6 $ Ol/O2/ALWAYS $

3. If MODTRL is used to increase the number of columns in a matrix, then the resulting matrix is unusable in most modules, including MATPRN and ADD. 4. The correspondence between the parameters and the content of a matrix trailer is as follows: Parameter

Matrix Trailer

P1

Number of columns

P2

Number of rows

P3

Form

P5

Number of nonzero words

For matrices, P4 and P6 must be -1 or unspecified. See Examples 2 and 3.

Main Index

1437

1438

MODTRL Modify trailer

5. For table trailer contents, see “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2. Examples: 1. To make KAA symmetric (form=6) (MPYAD will label it square (form=1)): MPYAD MODTRL

GO,KOA,KAAB/KAA/1 $ KAA////6/ $

2. In order to change the precision of a matrix, use ADD5. If the new precision does not match the machine precision specify PUTSYS (newprecision,55) before ADD5. For example, on a double-word machine:

• Single to double ADD5

SINGLE,,,,/DOUBLE $

• Double to single PUTSYS(1,55) $ ADD5 DOUBLE,,,,/SINGLE $ PUTSYS(2,55) $

3. In order to change the type (complex or real) of a matrix, use ADD to convert real to complex and MATMOD(34) for complex to real. For example,

• Real to complex ADD

REAL,/CMPLX//(0.,1.) $

• Complex to real MATMOD

Main Index

CMPLX,,,,,/REAL,/34 $

MODUSET Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)

MODUSET

Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)

Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET). Format: MODUSET

EDITVEC,USET/ USETM/ USETOP/MAJOR/SET0/SET1/USETADD/UNUSED6/UNUSED7 $

Input Data Blocks: EDITVEC

Vector with zeros in rows to be removed under USETOP='FILTER'. See Remark 2.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

Output Data Block: USETM

Modified degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

Parameters:

Main Index

USETOP

Input-character-default='UNION'. Name of desired operation.

UNION

Combine SET0 and SET1 into MAJOR.

COMP0

Form SET0 from compelement of MAJOR and SET1.

COMP1

Form SET1 from compelement of MAJOR and SET0.

DELETE

Remove degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.

TURNON

Add degrees-of-freedom from MAJOR.

COPY

Copy degrees-of-freedom from SET0 to MAJOR.

EXPAND

Extend uset length by USETADD.

MOVE

Move SET0 degrees-of-freedom to MAJOR.

FILTER

Remove degrees-of-freedom from USET that correspond to zero rows in EDITVEC.

MAJOR

Input-character-default='U3'. Name of the major set. The major set must be larger then the subsets defined by SET0 and SET1.

SET0

Input-character-default='U2'. Name of the "zeros" subset of MAJOR.

SET1

Input-character-default='U1'. Name of the "ones" subset of MAJOR.

1439

1440

MODUSET Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)

USETADD

Input-integer-default=1. USET length extension. If USETOP='EXPAND' then extend the size of the USET by this amount.

UNUSED6

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

UNUSED7

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

Remark: 1. EDITVEC may be purged if USETOP ≠ ′FILTER′ . Examples: 1. Scalar degrees-of-freedom 1 through 5 will be defined in the u1-set and u3set and scalar degrees-of-freedom 6 through 10 in the u2-set and u3-set. SOL ... COMPILE ... ALTER ... MODUSET ,,USET/USET1 $ CEND BEGIN BULK SPOINT,1,THRU,10 USET1,U1,0,1,THRU,5 USET1,U3,0,6,THRU,10

2. The u1-set will be empty. The u2-set will contain the a-set and the u3-set will contain the f-set. MODUSET MODUSET MODUSET

,,USET/VSET/'COMP0'/'F' /'U1'/'A' $ ,,VSET/WSET/'COMP1'/'F' / /'U2' $ ,,WSET/XSET/'UNION'/'U3'/'U1'/'U2' $

3. The following alter puts all degrees-of-freedom automatically constrained by GPSP into the sg-set. COMPILE SEKR0 ALTER 'GPSP'(,-1) $ BEFORE GPSP $ MOVE DOF IN SET SB INTO SET U3 MODUSET, ,USET0/VSET/'MOVE'/'U3'/'SB'/ $ EQUIVX VSET/USET0/ALWAYS $ MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY - CHECK BELOW'/ $ TABPRT USET0,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 ALTER 'GPSP' $ AFTER GPSP MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY AUTOSPC DOF - CHECK BELOW'/ $ TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $ MOVE CURRENT SB (ALL FROM AUTOSPC) INTO SG MODUSET, ,USET/VSET1/'MOVE'/'SG'/'SB'/ $ MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY,SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $ TABPRT VSET1,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $ NOW MOVE SET U3 BACK INTO SB MODUSET, ,VSET1/VSET2/'MOVE'/'SB'/'U3'/ $ EQUIVX VSET2/USET/ALWAYS $ MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY SPC DOF'/ Main Index

MODUSET Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)

' SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $ TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $

Main Index

1441

1442

MONVEC Forms monitor point rigid body vectors

MONVEC Forms monitor point rigid body vectors Forms rigid body vectors for monitor points. Format:

MONVEC

 AEMONPT  ,    MONITOR  SRKS

 AEROCOMP  ,   AEBGPDT , CSTMA  STRUCOMP 

/

$

Input Data Blocks: AEMONPT

Table of aerodynamic monitor points.

MONITOR

Table of structural monitor points.

AEROCOMP Table of aerodynamic components when MESH='AERO'. STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. AEBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic degrees-offreedom.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

Output Data Blocks: SRKS Parameters: None.

Main Index

Matrix of monitor point rigid body vectors.

MONVEC3 Process type 3 monitor points

MONVEC3

Process type 3 monitor points

Process type 3 monitor points. Format: MONVEC3

MP3LAB,STRUCOMP,BGPDT,CSTM,KDICT/ KDICT3*,MN3VEC* $

Input Data Blocks: MP3LAB

Table of monitor point type 3 labels.

STRUCOMP Table of structural components when MESH='STRU'. BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

KDICT

KELM dictionary table.

Output Data Blocks: KDICT3*

Family of KDICT tables; one for each MONPNT3 entry.

MN3VEC*

Family OF monitor point vectors; one for each MONPNT3 entry.

Parameters: None.

Main Index

1443

1444

MPP Prints monitor point results

MPP

Prints monitor point results

Prints monitor point results for either trim subcase or for any one UXDAT instance or for any one UXDAT instance by interpolation of the UXV. Format: MPP

 MONITOR   MPSR   MPSER  AECTRL,UXDAT,   ,MPEU,  ,  ,  AEMONPT    MPAR   MPAER  MPSIR,MPSRP,MP2S,MPSERP,UXV,INDX// MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/MESH $

Input Data Blocks: AECTRL

Table of aeroelastic model controls.

UXDAT

Table of aerodynamic extra point identification numbers, displacements, labels, type, status, position and hinge moments.

MONITOR

Monitor point table

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor point table

Main Index

MPSR

Rigid aerodynamic loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).

MPAR

Rigid aerodynamic loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

MPSER

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads and static applied loads).

MPAER

Elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim.

MPEU

Elastic unrestrained loads on monitor points either at trim or across ADB/AEDB.

MPSIR

Inertial loads on structural monitor points at trim.

MPSRP

Rigid loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

MP2S

Table of MONPNT2 responses at trim

MPSERP

Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.

UXV

Control state matrix for ADB or AEDB.

ADBINDX

Index of ADB or AEDB.

MPP Prints monitor point results

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: MACH

Input-real-no default. Mach number.

Q

Input-real-no default. Dynamic pressure.

AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

MESH

Input-character-no default. Mesh type.

Examples: 1. Print structural monitor point loads at trim. MPP

AECTRL,UXDAT,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,,// MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'STRUCT' $

2. Print aerodynamic monitor point loads at trim. MPP

Main Index

AECTRL,UXDAT,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,,,,,,// MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'AERO' $

1445

1446

MPPTRAN Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity

MPPTRAN

Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity

Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity. Format: MPPTRAN

CASECC,MPDB,OL,MAT1,MAT2,MAT3,MAT4//MATTYPE/MONTYPE $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control specifications

MPDB

Table of monitor point information

OL

Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

MATi

Input matrices. See MATTYPE.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: MATTYPE

Input-character-default=’ ’. Input matrix type flag. Value

Input Matrix Description

’MONDSP1’

X1=Displacement matrix X2 thru X4 are ignored and may be purged.

’MONPNT1’

X1=Inertia loads matrix X2=External Loads matrix X3=Flexible Increments matrix X4=Rigid Gust loads matrix

MONTYPE Input-character-default=’ ’. Monitor point type.

Remarks: None.

Main Index

’STRUCTUR ’

Structural monitor points

’AERODYNA’

Aerodynamic monitor points

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add

MPYAD

Matrix multiply and add

Perform the multiplication of two matrices and optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product. T

[ X ] = ±[ A ] [ B ] ±[ C ] Format: MPYAD

A,B,C/X/ T/SIGNAB/SIGNC/PREC/FORM/DODMP/DMPYIN/DMPYOUT $

Input Data Blocks: A

Left-hand matrix in the matrix product.

B

Right-hand matrix in the matrix product.

C

Matrix to be added to the product.

Output Data Block: X

Matrix product.

Parameters: T

Integer-input-default = 0. Transpose flag. T = 1, perform [ A ]T [ B ] T = 0, perform [ A ] [ B ] T = 2, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful when A is complex. T

T = 3, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful when A is complex. SIGNAB

Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of product flag. SIGNAB = +1, perform [ A ] [ B ] SIGNAB = -1, perform – [ A ] [ B ]

Main Index

1447

1448

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add

SIGNC

Integer-input-default = 1. Sign of [ C ] flag. SIGNC = +1, add [ C ] SIGNC = -1, subtract [ C ]

PREC

Integer-input-default = 0. Precision. PREC = 1, element of [ X ] will be output in single precision. PREC = 2, elements of [ X ] will be output in double precision. PREC = 0, elements of [ X ] will be output in the precision of the computer.

FORM

Integer-input-default = 0. Form of [ X ] . FORM = 0, form of [ X ] will be 1 (square) or 2 (rectangular).

DODMP

Input-integer-default=0. Distributed memory parallel flag. 0: compute in serial (default) 1: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1 2: compute in distributed memory parallel method 1

DMPYIN

Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input matrices from master processor to slave processor(s).

DMPYOUT Input-logical-default=TRUE. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to X matrix from slave processor(s) to master processor. Remarks: 1. If no matrix is to be added, [ C ] must be purged. [ A ] may be Form 3. 2. [ A ] and [ B ] may be the same data block, but both must be different from [ C ] . 3. If [ A ] or [ B ] ] is purged, and [ C ] is purged, then [X] is purged. [ A ] may not be Form 3. 4. If [ A ] and/or [ B ] is purged, but [ C ] exists, the purged matrices are equivalent to null matrices, and [X] will be output. 5. [ X ] may not be purged. 6. If the precision of the computer is double precision and B is single precision, and Methods 1, 2, 3 are deselected, then PREC must be set equal to 1.

Main Index

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add

7. The MPYAD keyword (or SYSTEM(66)) and the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the NASTRAN statement is used for MPYAD method deselection. (The SPARSE keyword is described in Remark 11.) The Deselection Values in the table below are used to deselect or disable a single method or several methods. If MPYAD=0 and SPARSE=1, which are the defaults, then the method that results in the lowest CPU and I/O time will be selected. If all transpose methods are deselected, then T must be equal to zero (default). If all nontranspose methods are deselected, then T must be equal to 1.

Storage Technique

MPYAD Keyword Deselection Value

1 Nontranspose

1

1

1 Transpose

1

2

2 Nontranspose

---

4

2 Transpose

---

8

3 Nontranspose

---

16

3 Transpose

---

32

4 Nontranspose

---

64

4 Transpose

---

128

1 Nontranspose

A

256

1 Nontranspose

B

512

1 Nontranspose

C

1024

1 Nontranspose

D

2048

1 Nontranspose

E

4096

1 Nontranspose

F

8192

1 Transpose

A

16384

1 Transpose

B

32768

1 Transpose

C

65536

1 Transpose

D

131072

Method

Main Index

1449

1450

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add

• For methods 2, 3, and 4, a combination of methods is selected by subtracting the sum of their Deselection Values from 255. For example, NASTRAN MPYAD = 243 (which is obtained from 255-(4+8)) selects only Methods 2 Transpose and Nontranspose.

• For Method 1 Submethods (storage techniques), a combination of methods is selected accordingly. First sum their Deselection Values and then add 1, if Nontranspose, and/or 2, if Transpose. This total is then subtracted from 262143. See examples below. Example 1:

If only Method l Nontranspose with storage techniques D, E, and F are desired, then NASTRAN MPYAD=247806 (which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 + 1)).

Example 2:

If Method 2 is also desired in Example 1, then NASTRAN MPYAD=247794 (which is obtained from 262143-(2048 + 4096 + 8192 + 8 + 4 + 1)).

8. As an alternative to the deselection procedure described above, the MPYAD keyword value may be set to select a single method while deselecting all other methods and submethods. To select a single method, add 1048576 to the selection value of the desired method shown in the table below. For example, if Method 1 Nontranspose Storage Submethod C is desired, then MPYAD = 1048586; computed from 1048576 + 10. Storage Submethod

Selection Value

1 Nontranspose

1

0

1 Transpose

1

1

2 Nontranspose

---

2

2 Transpose

---

3

3 Nontranspose

---

4

3 Transpose

---

5

4 Nontranspose

---

6

4 Transpose

---

7

1 Nontranspose

A

8

1 Nontranspose

B

9

1 Nontranspose

C

10

Method

Main Index

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add

Storage Submethod

Selection Value

1 Nontranspose

D

11

1 Nontranspose

E

12

1 Nontranspose

F

13

1 Transpose

A

14

1 Transpose

B

15

1 Transpose

C

16

1 Transpose

D

17

Method

If a Storage Submethod under Method 1 is selected in this manner, then a printout of timing estimates for the other submethods may be requested by adding 3145728 to the selection value above. Using the previous example, MPYAD = 3145738, computed from 3145728 + 10. 9. Sparse methods are deselected or selected by the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the NASTRAN statement. The default SPARSE = 1 causes the automatic selection of sparse methods if their CPU and I/O estimates are lower than those estimated for the methods in Remark 7. If the sparse method is not desired, then specify SPARSE = 0 or 6.

• In order to select or force one or both methods below, then add l to its value(s) below. Sparse Method

SPARSE Keyword Value

Nontranspose

2

Transpose

4

Example 1:

To force the sparse nontranspose method, then specify SPARSE = 3, computed from 1 + 2.

Example 2:

To force the sparse methods, then specify SPARSE = 7, computed from 1 + 2 + 4.

Note that if SPARSE = 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7, then all methods in Remark 2 are turned off or deselected, and the MPYAD keyword must be equal to zero.

Main Index

1451

1452

MPYAD Matrix multiply and add

• The SPARSE keyword is also used for sparse method selection within all modules which perform matrix decomposition and forward-backward substitution; e.g., DCMP, DECOMP, FBS, and SOLVE. 10. The diagonal matrix format (FORM = 3) for input matrices is not supported for the transpose option (T = 1), and will cause an “ILLEGAL INPUT” fatal message. [A] can be transposed with the TRNSP module. 11. Parallel processing in this module (Methods 1 Nontranspose Storage E and Transpose Storage C only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)) which is set to the number of parallel processors (default = 0). To force parallel processing, the MPYAD keyword must be set to one of the following values: MPYAD Keyword 1048592

Transpose C

1048588

Nontranspose E

192512

Both

Examples: 1. [ X ] = [ A ] ( [ B ] + [ C ] ) MPYAD A,B,C/X/ $ T

2. [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] – [ C ] MPYAD A,B,C/X/1//-1/ $

3. [ X ] = – [ A ] [ B ] MPYAD A,B,/X//-1 $

Main Index

Storage Technique

MRGCOMP Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables

MRGCOMP Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables. Format: MRGCOMP

COMP1,COMP2/ COMP/ COMPRPLC $

Input Data Blocks: COMPi

Table of aerodynamic or structural components.

Output Data Block: COMP

Merged table of components.

Parameter: COMPRPLC

Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from COMP1 into COMP.

Remark: Duplicate component names will cause a fatal message to be issued unless COMPRPLC is true.

Main Index

1453

1454

MRGCSTM Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM)

MRGCSTM Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM) Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM). Format: MRGCSTM

CSTM1*,CSTM2*,CSTM3*,CSTM4*,CSTM5*/ CSTMX/S,N,NOCSTMX $

Input Data Blocks: CSTMi*

Family of CSTM tables.

Output Data Block: CSTMX

Merged table of CSTMi.

Parameter: NOCSTMX

Remark: None.

Main Index

Output-integer-default=0. CSTMX creation flag. 0

CSTMX not created

1

CSTMX created

MRGMON Merges two monitor point tables

MRGMON Merges two monitor point tables Merges two monitor point tables and optionally output their associated matrices. Format: MRGMON

MON1,MON2,SZR1,SZR2/ MON,SZR/ MONRPLC $

Input Data Blocks: MONi

Monitor tables.

SZRi

Associated monitor matrices.

Output Data Blocks: MON

Merged monitor table.

SZR

Merged monitor matrices.

Parameter: L

MONRPLC Input-logical-default=FALSE. If TRUE, then components with duplicate names will be copied from MON1 into MON. Remarks: 1. Duplicate monitor points will cause a fatal message to be issued unless MONRPLC is true. 2. SZR1, SZR2, and SZR may be purged. 3. SZR is created only if both SZR1 and SZR2 exist.

Main Index

1455

1456

MSGHAN Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API

MSGHAN

Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API

Passes the message number of a message for processing by the MSGPOP API. Format: MSGHAN

//MSGNUM/MSGINP1/MSGINP2/S,N,MSGOUT $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters:

Main Index

MSGNUM

Input-integer-default=0. Message number.

MSGINP1

Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.

MSGINP2

Input-integer-default=0. Optional integer input.

MSGOUT

Output-integer-default=0. Optional integer output.

MSGSTRES Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH

Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH

MSGSTRES

Computes grid point stresses, maximum and minimum stresses, and stress contour plots based on fields generated by MSGMESH. Format: MSGSTRES

FORCE,OES1X// S,N,PLTNUM/NOMSGSTR $

Input Data Blocks: FORCE

Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands defined under the OUTPUT(CARDS) Section in CASE CONTROL and MSGMESH field information.

OES1

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: PLTNUM

Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter.

NOMSGSTR Input-integer-default=0. MSGSTRES execution flag. Set to -1 if MSGSTRES execution is not desired.

Main Index

1457

1458

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices

MTRXIN

Converts DMIG entries to matrices

Converts matrices input o DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks. Format: Form 1 -- Simplified (CASECC is purged).

MTRXIN

 EQEXIN  ,,MATPOOL,   ,,/  EQDYN  NAME1,NAME2,NAME3,NAME4,NAME5/  LUSET    /S,N,NONAME1/S,N,NONAME2/S,N,NONAME3/  LUSETD  S,N,NONAME4/S,N,NONAME5 $

Form 2 -- Case Control Command Selection of stiffness, mass, and damping (or square) matrices (IOPT=1 for K2GG, etc., and IOPT=0 for K2PP, etc., and TF).

MTRXIN

  EQEXIN   CASECC,MATPOOL,  /  ,,   EQDYN   TFPOOL   K2GG,M2GG,B2GG    ,K42GG,A2GG /  K2PP,M2PP,B2PP   LUSET    /S,N,NOK2/S,N,NOM2/S,N,NOB2/S,N,NOK42/  LUSETD  1  S,N,NOA2/   $ 0 

Form 3 -- Case Control Command selection of load (or rectangular) matrix (IOPT=2). MTRXIN

CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/ P2G,,,,/ LUSET/S,N,NOP2G/////2 $

Form 4 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI by data block names MATKi, MATJi, and MATJIi.

Main Index

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices

AEBGPDTK

MTRXIN

  ,,MATPOOL,  AEBGPDTJ  ,, /  AEBGPDTI 

MATK1

MATK2

MATK3

       MATJ1  ,  MATJ2  ,  MATJ3  ,, /  MATI1   MATI2   MATI3 

S,N,LKSET

3

     S,N,LJSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3///  4  $  S,N,LISET  5  Form 5 -- Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) matrices by MATNAMi, etc. input parameter values (IOPT=10 through 12).

MTRXIN

 TFPOOL   EQDYN      CASECC,MATPOOL,  EQEXIN  ,,   /        EQEXIN   MATP1     MATG1 ,    RMATG 

 MATP2     MATG2  ,    

 MATP3     MATG3  ,    

 MATP4     MATG4     

 MATP5    ,  MATG5   

 

/

 LUSETD     LUSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/    LUSET   10    S,N,NOMAT4/S,N,NOMAT5/  11  /    12  MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3/MATNAM4/MATNAM5/  TFLID      NFEXIT/MATID1/MATID2/MATID3/MATID4/MATID5 $     Form 6 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI matrices by the MATNAMi input parameter values (IOPT=13 through 15). Main Index

1459

1460

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices

MTRXI N



AEBGPDTK



,,MATPOOL,  AEBGPDTJ  ,,/

 AEBGPDTI 

MATK1

MATK2

MATK3

       MATJ1  ,  MATJ2  ,  MATJ3  ,,/  MATI1   MATI2   MATJ3  S,N,LKSET

13

     S,N,LJSET  /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3///  14  /  S,N,LISET   15  MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3 $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

EQDYN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data).

TFPOOL

Table of TF Bulk Data entry images.

AEBGPDTK Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees of freedom. AEBGPDTJ Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees of freedom. AEBGPDTI Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set interference degrees of freedom Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

NAMEi

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries.

K2GG, etc.

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and referenced by the K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G Case Control commands.

MATPi

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the p-set.

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices

MATGi

Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the gset.

RMATG

Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.

MATKi

Matrices defined on DMIK Bulk Data entries.

MATJi

Matrices defined on DMIJ Bulk Data entries.

MATIi

Matrices defined on DMIJI Bulk Data entries.

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

LUSETD

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the p-set.

NONAMEi Output-integer-default=-1. NAMEi generation flag. Set to +1 if NAMEi is generated; -1 otherwise.

Main Index

NOK2, etc.

Output-integer-default=-1. K2GG, etc. generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG, etc. is generated; -1 otherwise.

IOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Case Control command selection flag. 0

No Case Control command selection (see Form 1) or K2GG, etc., and TFL Case Control command selection (see Form 2).

1

K2GG, etc. Case Control command selection (see Form 2).

3

P2G Case Control command selection (see Form 3).

3

DMIK selection by output data block name (see Form 4).

4

DMIJ selection by output data block name (see Form 4).

5

DMIJI selection by output data block name (see Form 4).

10

K2PP, M2PP, and B2PP selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).

11

K2GG, M2GG, and B2GG selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).

12

P2G selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).

13

DMIK selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).

14

DMIJ selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).

1461

1462

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices

15

DMIJI selection by input parameter value (see Form 6).

LKSET, LJSET, LISET

Output-integer-default=0. Size of ks-set, js-set, and inteference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTK, AEBGPDTJ and AEBGPDTI tables.

NOMATi

Output-integer-default=1. Generation flag. Set to +1 if MAT* is generated; -1 otherwise.

MATNAMi Input-character-default=' '. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data entries. TFLID

Input-integer-default=0. Transfer function set identification number. TFLID is ignored if IOPT=3, 4, 5, 13, 14, or 15.

NFEXIT

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message 2070 and do not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.

MATIDXi

Input-integer-default=-1. Index to the current name in the SET containing the DMIG names.

Remarks: 1. Any output data block may be purged. 2. Form 1 is used to input matrices from DMIG entries named in the DMAP statement output section. No Case Control commands are required. 3. Forms 2 and 3 are used to select the matrices with Case Control commands: K2GG, M2GG, B2GG, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, or P2G. “-2GG” matrices are of dimension g by g. “-2PP” matrices are of dimension p by p. The P2G matrix has g-rows, with the number of columns determined by the several methods used to input rectangular matrices described on the DMIG entry. 4. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module. Examples: 1. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, named M1 and M2, which reference grid and/or scalar points only. The following set of DMAP instructions will generate these two matrices in matrix format, multiply them together and print the result. MTRXIN ,,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/Ml,M2,/LUSET/S,N,NOMl/S,N,NOM2$ IF (NOM1 > -1 AND NOM2 > -1) THEN $

Main Index

MTRXIN Converts DMIG entries to matrices

MPYAD MATPRN ENDIF $

M1,M2,/PRODUCT $ PRODUCT//$

2. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, MASS and STIFF, which reference grid and/or scalar points only. The following Case Control and DMAP instructions will generate these two matrices in matrix format and add them to the structural mass and stiffness. Case Control: M2GG = MASS K2GG = STIFF

DMAP instructions: MTRXIN

CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/STIFF,MASS,/ LUSET/S,N,NOSTIFF/S,N,NOMASS//1 $ IF (NOSTIFF > -1) THEN $ ADD KGG,STIFF/KGGNEW $ EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $ ENDIF $ IF (NOMASS > -1) THEN $ ADD MGG,MASS/MGGNEW $ EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $ ENDIF

Main Index

1463

1464

NASSETS Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1

NASSETS

Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1

Combines all element sets defined in Case Control, including OUTPUT(PLOT) sections, for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 Bulk Data entries. Format: NASSETS

CASECC,ELSET,EDT/ SET/ MESHSET $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

ELSET

Table of element sets defined in OUTPUT(POST) or SETS DEFINITION Section of Case Control.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

Output Data Blocks: SET

Table of combined sets.

Parameter: MESHSET

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine mesh sets defined in the MSGMESH punch file.

NDINTERP Nonlinear interpolator

NDINTERP

Nonlinear interpolator

Nonlinear interpolator. Format: NDINTERP

CONTVXV,CONTVX/ IFACT,CONTDIF/ NSUPD/MINNUSE/MAXNUSE/STOL $

Input Data Blocks: CONTVXV

Assemblage of all controller vectors (NX rows by NV columns).

CONTVX

Controller vector used to interpolate UXV (NX rows).

Output Data Blocks: IFACT

Interpolation factor vector (NV rows).

CONTVDIF

Derivative interpolation factor matrix (NV rows by NX columns).

Parameters:

Main Index

NSUPD

Input-integer-default=2. Number of states to use per dimension.

MINNUSE

Input-integer-default=1. Absolute minimum number of states to use for the interpolation.

MAXNUSE

Input-integer-default=9999999. Absolute maximum number of states to use for the interpolation.

STOL

Input-real-default=1.E-02. State matching tolerance.

1465

1466

NEWUSET Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS

NEWUSET

Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS

Creates a USET table for the matrix-based ACMS (automatic component mode synthesis) method. Format: NEWUSET

COLOR,USET,SIL/USETN/SEID $

Input Data Blocks: COLOR

Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip superelement or collector or 0 (residual) to which the i-th degree-offreedom belongs.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

SIL

Scalar index list.

Output Data Blocks: USETN

USET with updated set membership.

Parameters: SEID

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

NLCOMB Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads

NLCOMB

Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads

Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads for the current nonlinear analysis iteration. Format: NLCOMB

CASECC,ESTNL,KDICTNL,BKDICT,ETT,PTELEM0,PTELEM,UNUSED8, MPT,EQEXIN,SLT,DLT,BGPDT,APPLOD,DYNAMIC/

 SLT1  ,GPTT1/  DLT1 

ELDATA,

NSKIP/LSTEP/LINC/STATIC/LGDISP/OSTEP/NEWSTEP/TSTATIC/ $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EST

Element summary table containing geometric and/or material nonlinear elements.

KDICTNL

KELMNL dictionary table.

BKDICT

BKELM dictionary table.

ETT

Element temperature table.

PTELEM0

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system from prior subcase.

PTELEM

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the current subcase.

UNUSED8

Not used and may be purged.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

SLT

Table of static loads.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.

Main Index

1467

1468

NLCOMB Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads

Output Data Blocks: ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data.

SLT1

Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

GPTT1

Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).

Parameters: NSKIP

Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

LSTEP

Input-integer-no default. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for static solutions.

LINC

Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.

STATIC

Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for dynamic analysis.

LGDISP

Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement flag. Set to 1 for large displacement analysis.

OSTEP

Input-integer-default=0. Restart step number.

NEWSTEP

Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag.

TSTATIC

Main Index

-1

Not a new STEP case.

1

New STEP case.

0

Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.

Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.

NLHARM Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space

NLHARM Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space. Format: NLHARM

HUDI,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,NLPART,NLFTAB,UNUSED6,DIT/ HPNLDIX,HDFDDIX,UNUSED3/ DFFLAG/UVAFLAG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/DELTA/FREQ/UNUSED7 $

Input Data Blocks: HUDI

Matrix of size dimension NLD*NN where NLD is the number of nonlinear degrees-of-freedom in the d-set and NN = 2*NHARM + 1 = number of Fourier coefficients requested.

MFCDISP

Matrix of size NNxM where NN is defined above and M is NN + E and E is the number of extra evaluation points to reduce aliasing.

MFCVELO

Same as MFCDISP above but its size is(NN-1)xM and its used to compute the time domain velocity given the Fourier coefficients.

NLPART

Partition vector created by ROTRUTL option that identifies the nonlinear subset of the d-set.

NLFTAB

Table created by ROTRUTL option 8 used to describe all nonlinear applied loads

UNUSED6

Unused and may be purged.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: HPNLDIX

Matrix of the Fourier components of the forces

HDFDDIX

Matrix derivative HPNLDIX with size NG*NN by NG*NN

UNUSED3

Unused and may be purged.

Parameters: DFFLAG

UVAFLAG

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. HDFDDIX compute flag. >-1

Compute DFDX

-1

Do not compute DFDX

Input-integer-default=0. UVA nonlinear flag.

1469

1470

NLHARM Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space

Main Index

UNUSED3

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank.

UNUSED4

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank.

DELTA

Input-real-default=0.0. Centered difference in computing HDFDDIX.

FREQ

Input-real-default=0.0. Frequency value on NLFREQ/NLFREQ1 records.

UNUSED7

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left blank.

NLICLOOP Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400

NLICLOOP

Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400

Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400. Format: NLICLOOP

CASECC,NLRSMP//STPPRV/S,N,ICLOOP $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

NLRSMAP

Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters:

Main Index

STPPRV

Input-integer-default=0. The previous step identification number.

ICLOOP

Output-integer-default=0. The output time step at the restart point: =0

Cannot find initial condition's restart point.

<0

Continue from the last STEP case.

1471

1472

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

NLITER

Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to static structural or steady state heat transfer analysis. Format: NLITER

CASECC ,CNVTST ,PLMAT ,YSMAT ,KAAL , ELDATA ,KELMNL ,LLLT ,GM ,MPT , DIT ,MGG ,SLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT , SIL ,USET ,RDEST ,RECM ,KGGNL , ULLT ,GPSNT ,EDT ,DITID ,DEQIND , DEQATN ,FENL ,EPT ,PCOMPT ,SLTNL / UGNI ,FGNL ,ESTNLH ,CIDATA ,QNV , FFGH ,MUGNI ,MESTNL ,DUGNI ,BTOPCNV , BTOPSTF ,FENL1 ,MDUGNI ,MDPSINI/ S,N,LOADFAC/S,N,CONV/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/ S,N,POUTF/S,N,NSKIP/LGDISP/S,N,NLFLAG/S,N,ITERID/ S,N,KMATUP/S,N,LSTEP/S,N,KTIME/S,N,SOLCUR/TABS/ S,N,KFLAG/S,N,NBIS/NORADMAT/S,N,LASTCNMU/SIGMA/ S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSIGN/S,N,TWODIV/LANGLE/S,N,ITOPT/ S,N,ITSEPS/ITSMAX/S,N,PLSIZE/IPAD /IEXT / S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/GPFORCE/GNLSTN / UNUSED/K6ROT $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

CNVTST

Convergence test matrix.

PLMAT

Initial and final load matrices for subcase.

YSMAT

Initial and final enforced displacement matrices.

KAAL

Element stiffness matrix for linear elements only reduced to a-set.

ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data.

KELMNL

Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.

LLLT

Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

MGG

Radiation matrix in g-size.

SLT1

Table of static loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

RDEST

Radiation element summary table.

RECM

Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.

KGGNL

Stiffness matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.

ULLT

Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and differential stiffness effects.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

FENL

Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous load step in nonlinear matrix format.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

SLTNL

SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the current and last load step.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

UGNI

Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set.

FGNL

Nonlinear element force matrix from the last iteration.

ESTNLH

Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.

CIDATA

Miscellaneous data for controlled increment method.

1473

1474

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

QNV

Quasi-Newton sweeping vectors.

FFGH

Follower force for OLOAD output.

MUGNI

Displacement matrix for stiffness update.

MESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table at current step.

DUGNI

Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged steps.

BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. BTOPOSTF Updated contact regions topological information table. FENL1

Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load step in nonlinear matrix format.

MDUGNI

Matrix of incremental displacements with respect to the last converged step (UI - U0), to be used for LANGLE=3 or for the new CQUADR/CTRIAR elements.

MDPSINI

Table of incremental rotation parameters with respect to the last converged step to be used for LANGLE=3.

Parameters: LOADFAC

Input/output-complex-no default. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1.

CONV

Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. On input: 0 Initialization. On output: -1 Convergence has not been achieved. 1 Convergence has been achieved.

RSTEP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Controlled increments counter.

NEWP

Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. -1 Current subcase has not been completed. 1 Current subcase has been completed.

NEWK

Main Index

Output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag.

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

-1 Do not update stiffness. 1 Update stiffness. 2 Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached. POUTF

Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is not requested.

NSKIP

Input/output-integer-no default. On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC. On output: Set to -2 if run is to be fatally terminated.

LGDISP

Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.

Main Index

NLFLAG

Output-integer-default=0.

ITERID

Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.

KMATUP

Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment.

LSTEP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for static solutions.

KTIME

Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.

SOLCUR

Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear loop identification number.

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

1475

1476

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

KFLAG

Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before starting bisection. It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness update. See Remark 6.

NBIS

Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter.

NORADMAT

Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag. -2 No radiation. -1 Initial radiation. 1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity. 2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity. 3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.

LASTCNMU

Input/output-real-default=0.0. Last converged value of the arclength load factor.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=1.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

ARCLG

Input/output-real-default=1.0. The arc length at the last converged step.

ARCSGN

Input/output-integer-default=1. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is used in restarts in the postbuckling region.

TWODIV

Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis divergence flag. 0 No previous divergence on this load step. 1 One previous divergence on this load step.

LANGLE

Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 1 Gimbal angle. 2 Rotation vector.

Main Index

ITOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.

ITSEPS

Input/output-integer-default=0. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no convergence.

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

ITSMAX

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.

PLSIZE

Input/output-integer-default=0. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix in the previous subcase in order to detect boundary condition changes in the current subcase. Boundary condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method.

IPAD

Input-integer-default=0. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.

IEXT

Input-integer-default=0. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Coolest factorization. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module description.

ADPCON

Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.

PBCONT

Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag.

NBCONT

Output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.

GPFORCE

Input-integer-default=-1. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.

GNLSTN

Input-integer-default=0. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user parameter. 0 Small strain. 1 Green strain.

UNUSED

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

K6ROT

Input-real-default=0.0. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.

Remarks: 1. NLITER updates the displacement vector for as many iterations as are necessary to attain an equilibrium between the applied loads and the forces. NLITER calculates nonlinear forces and follower forces which are used to obtain new displacements until a converged solution is found, or a new stiffness matrix is necessary, or a bisection of the load step is necessary.

Main Index

1477

1478

NLITER Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

2. KGGNL is needed for the reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization in the iterative solver only. Otherwise it may be purged. 3. MGG, RDEST, RECM are only required for heat transfer analysis. Otherwise they may be purged. 4. ULLT is required only for unsymmetric stiffness. Otherwise it may be purged. 5. TABS is required for creep analysis. 6. KFLAG is further explained below: -1 Solution had converged, but no stiffness update had been made or solution had not converged, and a stiffness matrix update had been made. A new stiffness matrix is required before starting bisection. 1 Solution had converged and a stiffness update had been made. No new stiffness matrix is required before starting bisection.

Main Index

NLRSLOOP Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.

NLRSLOOP Prepare data for nonlinear restarts. Prepare data for nonlinear restarts. Format: NLRSLOOP

CASECC,NLRSMAP0/ NLRSMAP/RSSUBC/RSSTEP/RSTIME/ S,N,SOLCURR/S,N,STEPCUR/S,N,SUBCUR/ S,N,STEPCURL/S,N,STIMER/S,N,NSKIPR/ S,N,SOLPREL/S,N,LOOPIDL/S,N,NEWSTEP/ S,N,STIMES $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

NLRSMAP0 Nonlinear restart map from the previous run. Output Data Blocks: NLRSMAP

Nonlinear restart map from the restart step.

Parameters: RSSUBC

Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously executed subcase.

RSSTEP

Input-integer-no default. Identification nunber of the previously executed step.

RSTIME

Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment in static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).

SOLCURR

Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart point.

STEPCUR

Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point.

SUBCUR

Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart point.

STEPCURL Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the previous STEP case from the restart point. STIMER

Main Index

Output-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.

1479

1480

NLRSLOOP Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.

NSKIPR

Output-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart point.

SOLPREL

Output-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.

LOOPIDL

Output-integer-no default. Last output loop identification number.

NEWSTEP

Output-integer-no default. STEP case flag. -1 Not a new STEP case. 1 New STEP case. 0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.

STIMES

Main Index

Output-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.

NLRSMAP Creates the nonlinear restart map

NLRSMAP

Creates the nonlinear restart map

Creates the nonlinear restart map. Format: NLRSMAP

CASEXX,NLRSMAP0/ NLRSMAP/UNUSED/UNUSED/ STIMER/SOLCURR/STEPCUR/SUBCUR/ NSKIPR/SOLPREL/NEWSTEP/STIMES $

Input Data Blocks: CASEXX

Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.

NLRSMAP0 Nonlinear restart map from the previous run. Output Data Blocks: NLRSMAP

Nonlinear restart map from the restart step augmented with the current output time step.

Parameters: UNUSED

Input-integer-no default. Unused and may be unspecified.

STIMER

Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) at the restart point.

SOLCURR

Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart point.

STEPCUR

Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point.

SUBCUR

Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the SUBCASE at the restart point.

NSKIPR

Input-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart point.

SOLPREL

Input-integer-no default. Last SOLCUR in the previous STEP case.

NEWSTEP

Input-integer-no default. STEP case flag. -1 Not a new STEP case. 1 New STEP case.

Main Index

1481

1482

NLRSMAP Creates the nonlinear restart map

0 Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and time=0.0. STIMES

Main Index

Input-real-no default. Start time of the current STEP case.

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

NLSOLV

Solves nonlinear static and transient response

Solves nonlinear static and transient response with an adaptive time increment for a given iteration. Format: NLSOLV

CASEXX ,PPN ,YS ,ELDATA ,KELMNL , KPP ,GMNE ,MPT ,DIT ,KFEFE , DLT1 ,CSTM ,BGPDT ,SIL ,USETD , BFEFE ,MFEFE ,NLFT ,RDEST ,RECM , BPP ,GPSNT ,DITID ,DEQIND ,DEQATN , MPP ,MBSP ,MBFEP ,MMP ,GMFE , GMS ,RSPTQS ,RMPTQM ,GEOM4 ,KTPP , YVELO ,YACCE ,GPTT1 ,EPT ,TMLDS , ROTORT ,BGPP* ,KVCPP* / UPN ,IFS ,ESTNLH ,IFP ,OESNL , PPL ,TEL ,MUPVNL ,MESTNL ,BTOPCNV , BTOPSTF ,OESNLB1 ,FMV ,QPV ,DUPV , RPV ,GEOM4CN ,KFRIC ,UNUSED1 ,UNUSED2 , UNUSED3 ,UNUSED4 ,LTF ,UTF ,PNLT , IFST ,PPLT ,UPNT ,FMVT ,ESTNL0 , MESTNL0 ,UPNL0 ,FENL1 / KRATIO /S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWS/S,N,NEWK/ S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/ ITIME0 /S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUP/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/ MAXLP /TSTATIC /LANGLE /NDAMP /TABS / SIGMA /NORADMAT /S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/S,N,NBCONT/ CONT3D /S,N,MNEWK/S,N,NLOFLAG/NLATYPE/FKSYMFAC/ RSTFLG /NLPACK /GPFORCE /GNLSTN /MSCHG / K6ROT /WTMASS /TSTATIC $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASEXX

Subset of CASECC for current STEP case.

PPN

Applied load vectors for nonlinear analysis in the p-set.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements.

ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data.

KELMNL

Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.

KPP

Stiffness matrix for the p-set, linear elements only.

GMNE

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by ne-set.

1483

1484

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

Main Index

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

KFEFE

Tangential stiffness in fe-set.

DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set.

BFEFE

Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat capacitance matrix) for both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-set.

MFEFE

Mass (or radiation) matrix for the fe-set.

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table.

RDEST

Radiation element summary table.

RECM

Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.

BPP

Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear elements only.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

MPP

Mass matrix in the p-set.

MBSP

Updated mass matrix (s-set).

MBFEP

Updated mass matrix (fe-set by p-set).

MMP

Mass matrix (m-set by p-set).

GMS

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by s-set.

RSPTQS

Matrix of updated initial SPCforces.

RMPTQM

Matrix of updated initial MPCforces.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

KTPP

Tangential Stiffness of p-set.

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

YVELO

Matrix of enforced velocities.

YACCE

Matrix of enforced accelerations.

GPTT1

Table of grid point temperatures (for transient analysis only).

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

TMLD

Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.

ROTORT

Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.

BGPP*

Family of coriolis matrices - p-set.

KCVPP*

Family of gyroscopic matrices - p-set.

Output Data Blocks: UPN

Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis in the p-set.

IFS

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps.

ESTNLH

Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.

IFP

Matrix of element forces at the previous time step.

OESNL1

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.

PPL

Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each output time step.

TEL

Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.

MUPN

Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for matrix update.

MESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table for matrix update.

BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table.

Main Index

BTOPOSTF

Updated contact regions topological information table.

OESNLB1

Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.

FMV

Nonlinear element forces at m-set.

QPV

Nonlinear constraint forces.

DUPV

Displacment increment at the final iteration before exit.

RPV

Load matrix (two columns) at the final iteration before exit.

GEOM4CN

Updated constraints for 3D contact.

1485

1486

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

KFRIC

Frictional stiffness for 3D contact.

UNUSEDi

Unused and may be unspecified.

LTF

Lower triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.

UTF

Upper triangular file of the solution matrix UPN.

PNLT

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only).

IFST

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps (for transient analysis only).

PPLT

Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only).

UPNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear analysis appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only).

FMVT

Nonlinear element forces at m-set appended from each output time step (for transient analysis only).

ESTNL0

Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step.

MESTNL0

Initial nonlinear element summary table at each STEPcase.

UPNL0

Initial solution matrix from nonlinear analysis at each STEPcase.

FENL1

Matrix of strain energy and grid point force at every element at the last converged load step

Parameters: KRATIO

Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment.

CONV

Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. On input: 0

Initialization.

On output:

Main Index

-1

Convergence has not been achieved.

1

convergence has been achieved.

STIME

Input/output-real-default=0.0. On inital input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for restarts.

NEWS

Output-integer-default=0. New STEP case flag.

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

NEWK

-1

Current STEP case has not been completed.

1

Current STEP case has been completed.

Input/output-integer-default=0. Stiffness update flag. -1

Do not update stiffness.

>0

Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is terminated.

OLDDT

Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.

NSTEP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for the current STEP case, set to 0 at the beginning of the STEP case.

LGDISP

Input-integer-default=0. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1

No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.

1

Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered.

2

Only large displacement effects will be considered.

CONSEC

Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated.

ITERID

Input/output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.

ITIME0

Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a current STEP case.

KTIME

Input/output-integer-default=0. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.

LASTUPD

Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update at: >

Main Index

Previous converged solution.

1487

1488

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

Main Index

<

At an intermediate iteration of the current time step.

=1

At the last iteration.

NOGONL

Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to terminate.

NBIS

Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter.

MAXLP

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material subincrement processes.

TSTATIC

Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.

LANGLE

Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 1

Gimbal angle.

2

Left rotation vector.

3

Right rotation vector.

NDAMP

Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

NORADMAT

Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag. -2

No radiation.

-1

Initial radiation.

1

Single band radiation with constant emissivity.

2

Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity.

3

Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.

ADPCON

Input-real-default=1.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.

PBCONT

Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag.

NBCONT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.

CONT3D

Input-integer-default=-1. 3D contact flag.

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

<0

No.

>-0 Yes. MNEWK

Input/output-integer-default=1. Matrix update flag for 3D contact.

NLOFLAG

Input/output-integer-default=0. Output control flag. On input: <0

Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only information before exiting.

>=0 Do not print the title lines for iteration message. On output--output exit: =0

No

>=1 Yes NLATYPE

FKSYMFAC RSTFLG

Input-character-default='

'. Type of nonlinear analysis.

'NLTR'

Nonlinear transient

'NLST'

Nonlinear statics

'LNST'

Linear statics

Input-real-default=1.0. Follower stiffness symmetry actor tolerance. Usually input by user parameter. Input-integer-default=-1. Restart flag. <=0 Cold start = 1 Restart

NLPACK

Input-integer-default=-1. Nonlinear transient analysis append flag. <=0 Append all output time steps together in each STEPcase before processing the output procedure. > 0 Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each STEPcase before output procedure.

GPFORCE

Input-integer-no default. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.

GNLSTN

Input-integer-no default. Geometric nonlinear strain flag. Usually input by user parameter. 0

Main Index

Small strain

1489

1490

NLSOLV Solves nonlinear static and transient response

1

Main Index

Green strain

MSCHG

Input-integer-default=-1. Boundary condition change flag.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.

TSTATIC

Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.

NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

NLTRD

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural analysis only. Format: NLTRD

CASECC,MESTNL,PDT,YS,KRDD, ELDATA,KELMNL,LAM1DD,GM,MPT, DIT,UAM1DD,DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT, SIL,USETD,AM2,AM3,NLFT, KSGG,DITID/ ULNT,IFG,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1, PNL,TEL/ BETA/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/ S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/ S,N,MU/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/ S,N,NOTIME/MAXLP/UNUSED17/UNUSE18/UNUSE19/ TABS/LANGLE $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

MESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table at current step.

PDT

Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.

KRDD

Combined linear and material nonlinear stiffness matrix in the d-set.

ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data.

KELMNL

Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.

LAM1DD

Lower triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

UAM1DD

Upper triangular factor of the dynamic tangential matrix in the d-set.

DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

1491

1492

NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

SIL

Scalar index list.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set.

AM2

Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements multiplied by the negative of the time step delta.

AM3

Combined mass and damping matrix multiplied the square of the reciprocal of the time step delta and the reciprocal of twice the time step delta, respectively.

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table.

KSGG

S-set by f-set matrix and s-set by s-set partitions of the material nonlinear stiffness matrix and expanded to g-set size.

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

Output Data Blocks: ULNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.

IFG

Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time steps.

ESTNLH

Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.

IFD

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps.

OESNL1

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.

PNL

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.

TEL

Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.

Parameters: BETA

Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.

CONV

Input/output-integer-default=1. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. On input: 0 Initialization. On output: -1 Convergence has not been achieved. 1 Convergence has been achieved.

Main Index

NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

STIME

Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for restarts.

NEWP

Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. -1 Current subcase has not been completed. 1 Current subcase has been completed.

NEWK

Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. -1 Do not update stiffness. >0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is terminated.

OLDDT

Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.

NSTEP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase.

LGDISP

Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.

Main Index

CONSEC

Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated.

ITERID

Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.

MU

Input/output-real-default=0.0. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix.

KTIME

Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.

1493

1494

NLTRD Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

LASTUPD

Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the iteration.

NOGONL

Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to terminate.

NOTIME

Output-integer-default=0. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further iterations but enough time to perform data recovery.

MAXLP

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material subincrement processes.

UNUSED17 Input-integer-default=0. Unused. UNUSED18 Input-integer-default=0. Unused. UNUSED19 Input-integer-default=0. Unused. TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

LANGLE

Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 1 Gimbal angle. 2 Rotation vector.

Remarks: 1. NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". 2. NLTRD does not support heat transfer, slideline contact, or shell normals. Use NLTRD2. 3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output time steps.

Main Index

NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

NLTRD2

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural or transient heat transfer analysis. Format: NLTRD2

CASECC,PDT,YS,ELDATA,KELMNL, KDD,GM,MPT,DIT,KBDD, DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,USETD, BRDD,MDD,NLFT,RDEST,RECM, BDD,GPSNT,DITID,DEQIND,DEQATN, ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,TMLD,UNUSED1,UNUSED2,RDG,PSFL/ ULNT,IFS,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1, PNL,TEL,MULNT,MESTNL,BTOPCNV, BTOPSTF,OESNLB1,MPTTC,LTF,UTF/ KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/ S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP /S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/ ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/ MAXLP/TSTATIC/LANGLE/NDAMP/TABS/ SIGMA/NORADMAT/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/ S,N,NBCONT/FKSYMFAC/WTMASS/NOUDCMP $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PDT

Dynamic load vectors for transient analysis in the d-set.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.

ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data.

KELMNL

Table of element matrices for stiffness for nonlinear elements.

KDD

Stiffness matrix for the d-set, linear elements only.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

KBDD

Tangential stiffness in d-set.

DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

1495

1496

NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

SIL

Scalar index list.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set.

BRDD

Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat capacitance matrix for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set.

MDD

Mass (or radiation) matrix for the d-set

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table.

RDEST

Radiation element summary table.

RECM

Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.

BDD

Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements only.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

ROTORT

Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.

BGDD*

Family of coriolis matrices.

KCVDD*

Family of gyroscopic matrices.

TMLD

Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.

UNUSED1

Unused and may be unspecified.

UNUSED2

Unused and may be unspecified.

RDG

Reduction matrix from g-set to d-set (transposed).

PSFL

Loads due to enforced motion on linear elements in nonlinear transient analysis.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

ULNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set.

IFS

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps.

ESTNLH

Nonlinear element summary table at converged step.

IFD

Matrix of nonlinear element forces at constrained points at the output time steps.

NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

OESNL1

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.

PNL

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.

TEL

Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.

MULNT

Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the d-set from the previous subcase.

MESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table at current step.

BTOPOCNV Updated contact regions input information table. BTOPOSTF Updated contact regions topological information table. OESNLB1

Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.

MPTTC

MPT table updated for thermal control mechanisms.

LTF

Lower triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.

UTF

Upper triangular file of the solution matrix ULNT.

Parameters: KRATIO

Input/output-complex-default=(1.,0.). Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment.

CONV

Input/output-integer-default=1. Nonlinear analysis convergence flag. On input: 0 Initialization. On output: -1 Convergence has not been achieved. 1 Convergence has been achieved.

STIME

Input/output-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for restarts.

NEWP

Output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. -1 Current subcase has not been completed. 1 Current subcase has been completed.

NEWK

Input/output-integer-default=1. Stiffness update flag. -1 Do not update stiffness.

Main Index

1497

1498

NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

>0 Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is terminated. OLDDT

Input/output-real-default=0.0. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after the matrix update or subcase switch.

NSTEP

Input/output-integer-default=0. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the subcase.

LGDISP

Input-integer-no default. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.

Main Index

CONSEC

Input/output-integer-default=0. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated.

ITERID

Input/output-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis iteration count.

ITIME

Input-real-default=0.0. Initial time step at the beginning of a subcase.

KTIME

Input/output-real-no default. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time from the last stiffness update.

LASTUPD

Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness update is performed due to the CGAP element during the iteration.

NOGONL

Output-integer-default=0. Nonlinear "no-go" flag. Set to +1 to continue or -1 to terminate.

NBIS

Input/output-integer-default=0. Current bisection counter.

MAXLP

Input-integer-default=0. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material subincrement processes.

TSTATIC

Input-integer-default=-1. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.

NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

LANGLE

Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 1 Gimbal angle. 2 Rotation vector.

NDAMP

Input-real-default=0.0. Numerical damping.

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=1.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

NORADMAT Input-integer-default=0. Radiation flag. -2 No radiation. -1 Initial radiation. 1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity. 2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity. 3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity. ADPCON

Input-real-default=0.0. Contact penalty value. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if positive.

PBCONT

Input-integer-default=0. Slideline contact flag.

NBCONT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of bisections due to slideline contact.

FKSYMFAC

Input-real-default=0.0. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually input by user parameter.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.

NOUDCMP

Input-integer-default=-1. Solution matrix decomposition flag. Usually input by user parameter. -1 Solution matrix will be decomposed. 1 Solution matrix will not be decomposed.

Main Index

1499

1500

NLTRD2 Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables

Remarks: 1. NLTRD2 utilizes an automatic method of time integration to compute solutions to nonlinear transient problems (METHOD="ADAPT" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry). NLTRD2 performs the time increment and the vector iteration steps until convergence has been attained. NLTRD2 uses line search and quasi-Newton vector techniques when appropriate. 2. NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT". NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry. 3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output time steps. For thermal analysis, the displacements, velocity and accelerations are temperature, enthalpy, and the enthalpy time derivative.

Main Index

NLTRLG Produces time independent load vector

NLTRLG

Produces time independent load vector

Produces time independent components of the nonlinear transient load vector. Format: NLTRLG

CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,GMD,GOD, PHDH,EST,MPT,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/ PDT,TMLD,DLT1/TABS $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

SLT

Table of static loads.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

TRL

Transient response list.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.

GOD

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, oset by d-set.

PHDH

Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal).

EST

Element summary table.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

ENFLODK

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects

ENFLODB

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping effects

1501

1502

NLTRLG Produces time independent load vector

ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes Output Data Blocks: PDT

Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.

TMLD

Table of loads for nonlinear transient analysis.

DLT1

Table of dynamic loads updated for nonlinear analysis.

Parameter: TABS

Main Index

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

NORM Normalize a matrix

NORM

Normalize a matrix

To normalize a matrix, each column by its largest element or compute the square root of the sum of the squares for each row of a matrix (SRSS). Format: NORM

A/ANORM/S,N,NCOL/S,N,NROW/S,N,XNORM/IOPT/ S,N,XNORMD/PRTSWM $

Input Data Block: A

Any matrix (real or complex).

Output Data Block: ANORM

Normalized matrix.

Parameters: NCOL

Number of columns in A.

NROW

Integer-output-default=0. Number of rows in A.

XNORM

Real-output-default=0.0. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns.

IOPT

Integer-input-default=1. Normalization option. 1 Normalize by largest element. 2 Compute SRSS.

XNORMD

Real double precision-output-default=0.D0. Same as XNORM except in double precision.

PRTSWM

Logical-input-default=TRUE. If PRTSUM=FALSE, System Warning Message 6991 is suppressed. This message is printed when the maximum term exceeds the single precision limit for the machine type. When it is TRUE the message is printed.

Remarks: 1. If IOPT=1 then ANORM is the same as A except each column has been normalized by its maximum absolute value. 2. If IOPT=2 then ANORM is a column vector where the i-th row is the sum of the magnitudes of the terms in the i-th row of A.

Main Index

1503

1504

NORM Normalize a matrix

Examples: 1. Normalize PHIG so that the maximum deflection is 1.0 (or -1.0): NORM

PHIG/PHIG1 $

2. Compute complex eigenvectors that have been normalized such that the product [ CPHG ] T [ CPHG ] produces a square matrix with off-diagonal terms of computational zero, and complex diagonal terms whose magnitude is unity. TRNSP NORM MATMOD DIAGONAL MPYAD MPYAD DIAGONAL

Main Index

CPHG/CPHGT $ CPHGT/CX2////2 $ CX2,,,,,/INORM22,/28 $ DIAGONALIZE INORM22/NORM22/'WHOLE'/-1.0 $ INVERT CPHG,NORM22,/CPHGNORM $ NORMALIZE CPHGNORM,CPHGNORM,/N22/1 $ SHOULD BE IDENTITY IN MAGNITUDE N22/N22MAG/'WHOLE'/1.0 $ FIND MAGNITUDES

NSMEPT Modifies element properties

NSMEPT

Modifies element properties

Modifies element properties table from the NSML and NSML1 records. Format: NSMEPT

ECT,EPT,BGPDT/NEWEPT/S,N,NEWEPT $

Input Data Blocks: ECT

Element connectivity table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: NEWEPT

EPT updated from the NSML and NSML1 records.

Parameters: NEWEPT

Output-integer-default=0. NEWEPT creation flag. 0 No. -1 Yes.

Main Index

1505

1506

OFP Output file processor

OFP

Output file processor

To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by other modules in user-oriented, self-explanatory formats. Format: OFP

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6, CSTM,BGPDTVU,ERROR1,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,UNUSED// UNUSED/ODCODE/PVALID/OCID $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. See Remark 2.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

EHT

Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.

BGPDTVU

Basic grid point definition table for a superelement and related to geometry with view-grids added.

ERROR1

Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DIT

Table of TABLEDi Bulk Data entry images.

UNUSED

Unused and may be left unspecified.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: UNUSED

Input/output-integer-default=0. Unused and may be left unspecified.

ODCODE

Input-integer-default=-1. Output device code override. See Remark 4. ODCODE overrides the code stored in the DBi's according to the following table: ODCODE Output Directed to:

Main Index

1

Print

2

Plot

OFP Output file processor

3

Print and Plot

4

Punch

5

Print and Punch

6

Plot and Punch

7

Print, Plot, and Punch

PVALID

Input-integer-default=0. p-element adaptivity loop identification number.

OCID

Input-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output requests. 1 Displacements. 2 Applied loads. 3 Apcforces and mpcforces. 7 Eigenvectors. 10 Velocities. 11 Accelerations.

Remarks: 1. Any or all data blocks may be purged. 2. DMAP modules READ (LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMX), CEAD (CLAMA and OCEIGS), and LAMX (LAMB) are matrix operation modules that prepare OFP formatted data blocks. Modules SDR2, SDR3, VDR, ADR, CURV, DDRMM, DRMH3, ELFDR, GPFDR, GPWG, LAMX, MDATA, SDRCOMP, SDRX, and SDRHT also prepare OFP formatted data blocks. 3. Parameter ODCODE is not honored by data blocks LAMA, OEIGS, LAMX, CLAMA, and OGPWG, which are created by READ, CEAD, LAMX, and GPWG. 4. CSTM, EHT, BGPDTVU, and ERROR1 are required if p-elements are specified and only for data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc. 5. CSTM, DEQATN, DEQIND, and DIT are required if the CORD3G Bulk Data entry is present and only for element data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.

Main Index

1507

1508

OFP Output file processor

Example: Print the OUG1 table from the SDR2 module: OFP OUG1/ $

Main Index

OPTGP0 p-element analysis preprocessor

OPTGP0

p-element analysis preprocessor

Preprocesses the input design optimization shape basis vectors for p-element analysis. Format: OPTGP0

GEOM1M,GEOM2M,MEDGE,EDOM,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7, DEQATN,DEQIND/ EDOMM/ DELG $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for the current p-level.

GEOM2M

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points and updated for the current p-level.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED6

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED7

Unused and may be purged.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

Output Data Block: EDOMM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization updated for p-element analysis.

Parameter: DELG

Input-real-default=0.1. Scale factor on perturbed length.

Remark: OPTGP0 preprocesses the shape basis vectors defined at the p-element geometry level for both the GMCURV or POINT option and generates DVGRID entry images at the grid-n points (a point on an FEEDGE, FEFACE or FEBODY entity with variable number of degrees-of-freedom). Main Index

1509

1510

ORTHOG Generates orthonormal set of vectors

ORTHOG

Generates orthonormal set of vectors

Generates an orthonormal set of vectors from a given set of vectors. For example, orthogonalize with respect to an identity matrix or mass matrix. Format: ORTHOG

A,M/ Q,R/ ORTHOPT/ORTHCON/S,N,ORTHEPS/ORTHREPT/ORTHTOL $

Input Data Blocks: A

Rectangular matrix of m columns (vectors) by n rows to be orthogonalized where m
M

Weighting matrix: symmetric and positive definite.

Output Data Blocks: Q

Rectangular matrix of orthogonalized vectors.

R

Rectangular matrix whose m by m upper triangle contains an intermediate factor of the process.

Parameters: ORTHOPT

Input-integer-default=1. Orthogonalization method. 1 and M is purged, then perform Householder Orthogonalization. 2 or M is not purged, then perform Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt method. If ORTHOPT=2 and M is purged then an identity matrix will be created for M.

ORTHCON

Input-integer-default=1. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination flag or Householder partitioning vector generation flag. For Householder: 0 R contains the upper triangular matrix. 1 R contains the partitioning vector. For Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt termination: 0 Exit the program if M is not at least a positive semi-definite matrix. R is not used and may be purged.

Main Index

ORTHOG Generates orthonormal set of vectors

1

Let R ii = – R ii and continue if M is not at least a positive semidefinite matrix. R contains the partitioning vector

ORTHEPS

Output-real-no default. Level of orthogonality. ORTHEPS is the largest lower triangular term of the matrix R and is computed with the Householder method.

ORTHREPT

Input-real-default=0.707. Matrix Modified Gram-Schmidt algorithm repeat flag. The default is approximately the square root of 0.5.

ORTHTOL

Input-real-default=0.0. Linear dependence tolerance. By default, ORTHTOL is set to the square root of the minimum machine value.

Remark: 1. ORTHOG generates an orthonormal set of vectors [ Q ] from a given set of vectors [A] such that: [A ] = [Q ][R ]

and if [ M ] ] is not given: [ Q ]T [ M ] [ Q ] = [ I ] or if [ M ] is not given: [ Q ] T [ Q ] = [ I ] where [ I ] is an identity matrix. 2. ORTHOG cannot orthogonalize complex matrices. If a complex matrix is input then a fatal message is issued. SubDMAP ONORM can orthogonalize complex matrices which is described under "General Enhancements for Orthogonalizing Complex Vectors" on page 149 of the MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide.

Main Index

1511

1512

OUTPRT Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors

OUTPRT

Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors

Constructs partitioning vectors to be used in sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery. Format: OUTPRT

CASECC,ECT,BGPDT,SIL,XYCDB,DYNAMIC,MATPOOL,PG,VGFD, CASEDS,TABEVP,TABEVS,MMCDB,OINT,PELSET,EDT/ PVGRID,PVSPC,PVMPC,PVLOAD,PVMCFR/ S,N,SDRMETH/NOSE/SDROVR/SDRDENS/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

DYNAMIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.

MATPOOL

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

VGFD

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to frequency-dependent elements.

CASEDS

Case control table for the data recovery of design responses.

TABEVP

Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable identification numbers.

TABEVS

Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design variable identification numbers.

MMCDB

Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.

OUTPRT Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. This module is processes MONPNT3 and SET1 records only.

Output Data Blocks: PVGRID

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following Case Control commands: DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.

PVSPC

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE Case Control command.

PVMPC

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE Case Control command.

PVLOAD

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied.

PVMCFR

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRACTION Case Control command.

Parameters: SDRMETH

Output-integer-no default. Data recovery method flag: -1 Sparse data recovery. 0 Full (or standard) data recovery. 1 No data recovery is requested or required.

NOSE

Input-integer-default=0. Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. Superelement presence flag.

SDROVR

Main Index

Input-character-default='AUTO'. Override for data recovery method flag, SDR:

1513

1514

OUTPRT Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors

Main Index

AUTO

Choose full or sparse data recovery based on SDRDENS.

FULL

Choose full data recovery.

SPARSE

Choose sparse data recovery.

SDRDENS

Input-integer-default=0. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of PVGRID is greater than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data recovery.

ADPTINDX

Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index.

ADPTEXIT

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

OUTPUT2

Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Writes a table or matrix data block(s) onto a binary or "compressed ASCII" (or “neutral”) file for user postprocessing or for subsequent input (via INPUTT2) into another MD Nastran run. Format: OUTPUT2

DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,CASECC// ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/ NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5/ HNAME1/HNAME2/HNAME3/HNAME4/HNAME5/PROCID $

Input Data Blocks: DBi

Any data block (table or matrix) name to be output. DBi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15). Any or all of the input data blocks may be purged.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images, specifically for POST command processing.

Parameters: ITAPE

Input-integer-default=0. ITAPE is used to select the file positioning option as follows: +n Skip forward n data blocks before writing (only used if file has no label). 0 Data blocks are written starting at the current position. If this is the first use, no label is written. -1 Rewind IUNIT before writing and label file. -3 Rewind IUNIT, print data block names and then write after the last data block on IUNIT (file must have a label). -9 Write a final EOF on IUNIT (must be used before -3 option and as last I/O use of unit) then rewind IUNIT.

Main Index

IUNIT

Input-integer-no default. IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on which the data blocks are to be written. IUNIT=0 is not recommended. See Remark 7.

LABL

Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. LABL is used for file identification. The label is written only if ITAPE=-1 and is checked only if ITAPE=-3.

1515

1516

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

MAXR

Input-integer-default=2 * BUFFSIZE words. Maximum physical record size. (See Remarks.)

NDDLNAMi

Input-character-default=blank. NDDL names corresponding to DB1 through DB5. If DBi is a matrix, then the corresponding NDDLNAMi is 'MATRIX'. (See Remarks.)

HNAMEi

Output-character-default=’ ‘. Data block name to written into the header for DBi on the FORTRAN unit.

PROCID

Input-integer-default=1. Processor ID which is authorized to write to IUNIT. Used only in distributed memory parallel (DMP) runs.

Remarks: 1. A data block (table or matrix) consists of logical records:

• In matrices, each column is contained in one logical record. Each record begins with the row position of the first nonzero term in the column followed by the first through the last nonzero term in the column.

• In tables, the contents of logical records vary according to the table but are described in “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2. 2. The FORTRAN binary file consists of physical records of data from the data block and KEYs that are provided to assist in the reading of the file. Each physical record of data is separated by one-word records called KEYs. The KEYs will indicate one of the following depending on its location in the binary file: KEY

Description

>0

The length of the next physical record. It may also indicate the start of a new logical record.

0

End-of-File (data block) (EOF) or End-of-Data (EOD).

<0

End-of-Logical record (EOR) or a null column. The absolute value indicates the logical record number.

3. The End-of-Data (EOD) follows the last end-of-file (data block) written to the binary file. 4. If possible, each logical record of the data block will be written to one physical record of the FORTRAN binary file. However, the length of a logical record may exceed the maximum length of a physical record (see MAXR parameter). If this occurs, then the logical record will span more than one

Main Index

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

physical record. In other words, the logical record will be written to the first physical record followed by a positive KEY record, which indicates a continuation of the logical record and the length of the subsequent second physical record. 5. The OUTPUT4 module performs similar operations on matrices, but not tables. It is simpler to use and is the recommended method for matrix output. 6. Tables and matrices may be processed as sequential data blocks. 7. The “ASSIGN” on page 43 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. Refer to the “Making File Assignments” on page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide. 8. No physical record will exceed the value specified by the parameter MAXR which has a default that is two times BUFFSIZE words. Furthermore, the value specified for MAXR should not exceed the maximum allowable record size for the receiving disk device. See the “Keywords” on page 288 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for the maximum allowable values. 9. When the neutral format option is selected via FORM=FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement (associated with OUTPUT2 parameter IUNIT), then MAXR and NDDLNAMi are interpreted as follows: MAXR

Represents the maximum physical record size (in words) on the target machine(s) for the machine binary-formatted file after it has been converted from neutral to binary via the MSC-supplied conversion utility RCOUT2.

NDDLNAMi

Correlates the DMAP data block name with the corresponding NDDL-defined name. If this parameter is left blank, then the corresponding DMAP name (DB1 through DB5) is assumed to be the NDDL-defined name.

The following is a partial list of the table data block names available for OUTPUT2 neutral file formatting. For a more complete list see the NDDL.

Main Index

AXIC

GEOM1

GPLS

OEIGS

OESNL2

OQG2

CASES

GEOM1Q

LAMA

OEP

OESNLX

OSTR1

CLAMA

GEOM2

MATPOOL OES1

OGPWG

OSTR2

CSTMS

GEOM2S

MPT

OGS1

OUGV1

OES1C

1517

1518

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

DIT

GEOM3

MPTS

OES1X

OPG1

OUGV2

DYNAMIC GEOM3S S

OEF1

OES1X1

OPG2

PSDF

EPT

GEOM4

OEF1X

OES2

OPNL1

PVT

EPTS

GEOM4S

OEF2

OESNL1

OQG1

USET

FOL

GPDTS

In addition, all matrices defined with a TYPE DB, may also be neutral formatted. If a matrix is not an NDDL data block, then the NDDLNAMi='MATRIX' should be used. For example, to write the matrix MYMATRIX use OUTPUT2

MYMATRIX,,,,//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/'MATRIX' $

Note and the neutral format is a machine-neutral format that allows the transfer of the OUTPUT2-generated files between different machine types. See “RCOUT2” on page 240 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide for a discussion of this transfer process and the MSCsupplied conversion utility RCOUT2. 10. The following formats describe each physical record. Note that the following formats depend on the value of system cell 403 (NASTRAN statement keyword OP2NEW). Format for Table and Matrix Labels (written only if ITAPE=-1) Physical Record Number

Length

1

1

2

KEY

3

1

4

KEY

Contents

Description

KEY = 3 Date (3 words, month-day-year) -- integer KEY = 7 NASTRAN Header (7 words*, Character-A4)

One Logical Record

*Word 1 = NAST, Word 2 = RAN, Word 3 = FORT, Word 4 = TAP, Word 5 = EID, Word 6 = COD, Word 7 = E 5

Main Index

1

KEY = 2

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Physical Record Number

Length

Contents

6

KEY

LABEL (2 words, Character-A4 = LABL)

Description

If OP2NEW = 0: 7

1

KEY = -1 (EOR)

8

1

KEY = 0 (EOF)

7

1

KEY = 3

8

KEY

9

1

KEY = -1 (EOR)

10

1

KEY = 0 (EOF)

End of Label

If OP2NEW = 1:

Nastran Program Version (3 words, Major, Minor, Round, Character A4)

Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 0 ‘

Main Index

Physical Record Number

Length

9

1

10

KEY

11

1

KEY = -1 (EOR)

12

1

KEY = 7

13

KEY

Contents

Description

KEY = 2 Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4)

NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, integer)

14

1

KEY = -2 (EOR)

15

1

KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)

16

1

KEY = 0

Header: Logical. Record1 of Data Block

Trailer: Logical Record 2 of Data Block

1519

1520

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Physical Record Number

Length

17

1

18

KEY

19

1

Contents

Description

KEY = 2.

Logical Record

Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4) and data (if any)

3 of Data Block

KEY=-3 (EOR).

Format for Tables and Matrices if OP2NEW = 1

Main Index

Physical Record Number

Length

11

1

12

KEY

13

1

14

KEY

15

1

KEY = -1 (EOR)

16

1

KEY = 7

17

KEY

Contents

Description

KEY = 2 Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4)

Header: Logical. Record1 of Data Block

KEY = 3 Nastran Program Version (3 words, Major, Minor, Round, Character A4)

NASTRAN Trailer (7 words, integer)

Trailer: Logical Record 2 of Data Block

18

1

KEY = -2 (EOR)

19

1

KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)

20

1

KEY = 0

21

1

KEY = 2.

Logical Record

22

KEY

Data Block Name (2 words, Character-A4) and data (if any)

3 of Data Block

23

1

KEY=-3 (EOR).

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Format for Tables (Records 20 through n) Physical Record Number

Length

Contents

Description

OP2NEW 0

1

20

24

1

KEY=1 (Start new logical record)

21

25

KEY

Next Logical Record Type=0 for table record

22

26

1

23

27

KEY

24

28

1

KEY < 0 (EOR)***

25

29

1

KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)

26

30

KEY

27

31

1

28

32

KEY

29

33

1

KEY < 0 (EOR)**

.

.

.

.

.

.

Repeat Physical Records 25-29 (or 29-33) for Additional Records in Table

Additional Records of Table

n-7

1

KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)

n-6

KEY

Last Logical Record of Table

n-5

1

n-4

KEY

n-3

1

KEY < 0 (EOR)**

n-2

1

KEY = 1 (Start new logical record)

n-1

KEY

n

1

Logical Record 4 of Table

KEY > 0 Data

Next Logical Record Type = 0

Logical Record 5 of Table

KEY > 0 Data

Next Logical Record Type = 0 KEY > 0 Data

Next Logical Record Type = 0 KEY = 0 (EOF)

If Last “Next Logical Record Type" = 0, then End-of-Table

* *If more data exists for the column or logical record, then KEY>0 and the physical records 22, 23, and 24 (or 26, 27, and 28) will be repeated as many times as necessary to complete the column or logical record.

Main Index

1521

1522

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Format for Matrices (Records 20 or 24 though n) Physical Record Number

Length

Contents

KEY=1 (Start new logical record)

Description

OP2NEW 0

1

20

24

1

21

25

KEY

Next Logical Record Type 1 : matrix column (string records) 2 : factor matrix 3 : factor matrix

22

26

1

KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in next string in word unit

23

27

KEY+1

First non-zero row, followed by non-zero terms

24

28

1

KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in next string in word unit

25

29

KEY+1

First non-zero row, followed by non-zero terms.

Logical Record 4 of Matrix=first column First Column First String Record

First Column Second String Record

Repeat String Records 22-23 for Additional Strings in Column n-2

1

KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in next string in word unit

n-1

KEY+1

First non-zero row, followed by non-zero terms.

n

1

KEY<0 (EOR) Repeat Column/String Records 20 through n for additional columns in matrix if a column is null there is no String Record for that column

Main Index

First Column Last String Record

End of First Column

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Physical Record Number

Length

Contents

1

KEY=1 (Start new logical record)

Description

OP2NEW 0

1 n

Main Index

Null Column

1523

1524

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Physical Record Number

Length

n+1

KEY

Contents

Description

Next Logical Record Type (See Record 21 above)

n+2

1

KEY<0 (EOR)

End of Null Column

m-5

1

KEY > 0 Number of non-zero terms in next string in word unit

Last Column Last String Record

m-4

KEY+1

First non-zero row, followed by non-zero terms

m-3

1

KEY<0

m-2

1

KEY=1 (Start new logical record)TD>

m-1

KEY

m

1

End of Last Column

Next Logical Record type=0

If Last "Next Logical Record Type" = 0

KEY = 0 (EOF)

End of Matrix

Format for Tables and Matrix-End-of-Data Physical Record Number

Length

Contents

n+1

1

If No Data Blocks Follow, KEY = 0 (EOD)

Description End-of-Data

11. OUTPUT2 files may be read using three utility subroutines provided in the utility ("util") directory; see “Building and Using TABTST” on page 273 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide.

Main Index

IOPEN

Once per FORTRAN unit.

IHEADR

Once per data block.

IREAD

As many times as desired.

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

These routines in a file called tabtst.f (or.for). These routines are coded in machine-independent FORTRAN. Major benefits that result in using this standard interface are:

• Easier initial usage of OUTPUT2. Most users make several errors while becoming familiar with the formats.

• User code is not burdened/concerned with physical record boundaries. • Data can be processed in logical groups rather than in a "blast" read mode. Major limitations include:

• Matrices cannot be processed in this manner. • Multiple FORTRAN units cannot be simultaneously processed. • BACKSPACE operations are not permitted. Following are descriptions and use of the three OUTPUT2 service routines. Entry Point IOPEN

Description Initializes an OUTPUT2 file and read the label (MD Nastran). Format: CALL

IOPEN(IUN,L)

where IUN = An input integer which specifies the unit number to be read. L = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the label written on the unit (L comes from the third parameter in the DMAP call). Method: IOPEN rewinds IUN and reads in the data, title, and label. The keys are checked. A key check failure results in the message IOPEN BAD KEYX = XXXX.

Main Index

1525

1526

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Entry Point IHEADR

Description Processes the data block name and trailer. Format: CALL IHEADR(IUN,NAM,T) where IUN = As described in IOPEN. NAM = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the data block trailer in words two through seven. Word one contains the location in the DMAP call (101,102, etc.) Method: IHEADR reads the name and trailer. It checks KEY lengths. It also skips the data block header (which unfortunately may contain data for some/few data blocks). IHEADR must be called for each data block either immediately after IOPEN or after IREAD signifies an end-of-file.

12. Starting with MSC.Nastran 2004 the OUTPUT2 file transport format has been enhanced to better delineate the content to allow external applications to identify version and stride values for IFP class datablocks. The new MD Nastran keyword for either the NASTRAN statement or RC file inclusion is OP2NEW and is linked to system cell 403. This is an integer value with a default of one (1), indicating that the new transport format is used. A value of zero (0) removes all version information and IFP locate word changes from the transport file. Modification for version occurs both in the Label Record and within the Data Block Name record. For more details, see “Modifications to OUTPUT2 (INPUTT2) Transport Formats” on page 570 of the MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide and this guide.

Main Index

OUTPUT2 Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file

Entry Point IREAD

Description Supplies data to the calling program in a logical (as opposed to a physical) manner. Format: CALL IREAD(IUN,ARRY,NARY,IMETH,NT,IRTN) where IUN is as described in IOPEN. ARRY is the array into which a record is transmitted. NARY is an integer input that requests the number of words to be transmitted. If NARY is zero, no words will be transmitted. If NARY is negative, the words will be skipped but not transmitted. If (NARY is greater than the number of words remaining, the remaining words are processed (skipped or transmitted) and NT is set to this number and IRTN is set to 1. IMETH is an integer input that specifies how to proceed through the logical record. If IMETH = 0, the current logical record is continuously processed until an end-of-record return (IRTN =1) is given. If IMETH = 1, the remaining data (if any) at the conclusion of IREAD, in the current logical record, is skipped. NT is an integer output value which contains the number of words transmitted or skipped if IRTN is 1 on return from IREAD. IRTN is an integer output value which indicates the status on return from IREAD. IRTN = 0 Normal return. IRTN = 1 End of logical record hit while trying to process NARY words. IRTN = 2 End-of-file hit for this data block. Method: OUTPUT2 physical records are read into a buffer area. These records are, at most, 2 * BUFFSIZE words long. The current position is maintained and data is transmitted (or skipped) from the buffer to the ARRY array. If the MD Nastran logical record spans several physical FORTRAN records these are transparent (no end-of-record returns) to the user.

Main Index

1527

1528

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

OUTPUT4

Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

Write matrices in ASCII or binary format onto a FORTRAN readable file. Format: OUTPUT4

M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3/BIGMAT/DIGITS $

Input Data Blocks: Mi

Matrices. Mi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15).

Parameters: ITAPE

Input-integer-default = -1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before OUTPUT4 starts to write any matrices as follows: ITAPE

Main Index

ACTION

0

None.

-1

Rewind IUNIT before Write.

-2

End File and Rewind IUNIT after Write.

-3

Both.

IUNIT

Input-integer-no default. The absolute value of IUNIT is the FORTRAN unit number on which the matrices will be written. If IUNIT is negative, the sparse output option will be used, which means only nonzero items in the matrix are written to the unit. IUNIT = 0 is not recommended. See Remark 1.

UNUSED3

Input-integer-default=1. Unused.

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

BIGMAT

Input-logical-default=FALSE. BIGMAT is applicable only when IUNIT < 0. BIGMAT=FALSE selects the format that uses a string header as described under Remark 1. But, if the matrix has more than 65535 rows, then BIGMAT will automatically be set to TRUE regardless of the value specified.

DIGITS

Input-integer-default = 9. DIGITS is the requested number of digits for the fractional part of the real values written for the ASCII format option (FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement). The FORTRAN Format Specification used internally by OUTPUT4 to write real values will be formed as follows: FORTRAN Format Specification:

P,rEw.d d = DIGITS w=d+7 r = 80/w (integer portion)

For example, if DIGITS = 9 then the format will be 1P,5E16.9 or if DIGITS = 16 then the format will be 1P,3E23.16 Remarks: 1. Each matrix will be written on IUNIT as follows:

• Record 1:

Main Index

Word Number

Type

1

Integer

Number of columns (NCOL).

2

Integer

Number of rows (NR, if BIGMAT=TRUE then NR < 0).

3

Integer

Form of matrix (NF). See Remark 11.

4

Integer

Type of matrix (NTYPE). See Remark 11.

5 and 6

Character

Name of matrix (2A4 format).

7

Character

If ASCII format, then this is the FORTRAN format specification based on DIGITS parameter value. If binary format, then this is blank.

Meaning

1529

1530

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and binary format, (IUNIT > 0 and binary format) and repeated for each nonzero column, i=ICOL through NCOL. Word Number

Type

1

Integer

Column number (ICOL).

2

Integer

Row position of first nonzero term (IROW).

3

Integer

Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.

4 through (NW+3)

Real or Complex

Meaning

Column element values, single or double precision.

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and ASCII format, (IUNIT > 0), are repeated for each nonzero column, ICOL through NCOL. Records 3, 4, etc., are also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter). Record Number

Word Number

Type

2

1

Integer

Column number (ICOL).

2

Integer

Row position of first nonzero term (IROW).

3

Integer

Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.

1 through NW

Real or Complex

Column element values, single or double precision.

3, 4, etc.

Meaning

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT = FALSE).

Main Index

Word Number

Type

1

Integer

Column number (ICOL).

2

Integer

Zero.

Meaning

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

Word Number

Type

3

Integer

Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.

4 through (NW+3)

Integer

String header (IS)*.

Meaning

Real or Complex

A string of nonzero values, single or double precision.

*IS = IROW + 65536(L + 1) where IROW is the row position of the first term in the string and L is the length of the string, see Remark 3. For example, a string of six words (see Remark 3) beginning in row 4 has IS=458756. L and IROW may be derived from IS by: L = INT(IS/65536) - 1 IROW = IS - 65536(L + 1)

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT = TRUE). Word Number

Type

1

Integer

Column number (ICOL).

2

Integer

Zero.

3

Integer

Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.

4 through (NW+3)

Integer

Length of string, L, plus 1. See Remark 3.

Integer

Row position of first term in string (IROW).

Real or complex

A string of nonzero values, single or double precision.

Meaning

Repeated for each string.

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT = FALSE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string, and record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).

Main Index

1531

1532

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

Record Number

Word Number

Type

2

1

Integer

Column number (ICOL).

2

Integer

Zero.

3

Integer

Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.

3

1

Integer

String header (IS)*.

4

1 through NW

Real or Complex

Meaning

A string of nonzero values, single or double precision.

• Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT = TRUE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string and record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter). Record Number

Word Number

Type

2

1

Integer

Column number (ICOL).

2

Integer

Zero.

3

Integer

Number of words in the column (NW). See Remark 3.

1

Integer

Length of string, L, plus 1. See Remark 3.

2

Integer

Row position of first term in string (IROW).

1 through NW

Real or Complex

A string of nonzero values, single or double precision.

3

4

Meaning

2. A record with the last column number plus +1 and at least one value in the next record will be written on IUNIT. 3. The number of words in the column, NW (or string, L), is the number of elements in the column (or string) times the number of words per type. Number of words per type is given in the table below. For example, a column with seven real double precision elements is 14 words long.

Main Index

OUTPUT4 Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file

Type

Number of Words

1 -- Real single precision

1

2 -- Real double precision

2

3 -- Complex single precision

2

4 -- Complex double precision

4

4. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit (see the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide). Selection of a proper value for IUNlT is machine dependent. See “Making File Assignments” on page 110 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide. 5. If the nonsparse format (IUNIT > 0) is selected, zero terms will be explicitly present after the first nonzero term in any column until the last nonzero term. 6. Null columns will not be output. 7. An entire column must fit in memory. 8. The FORTRAN binary file option (FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement) is the preferred method when the file is to be used on the same computer. The ASCII format FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement allows use of the file on another computer type. 9. The output format of these files can be read by the INPUTT4 module. 10. OUTPUT4 files may be read using a utility FORTRAN subroutine called GETIDS, which is provided in the utility directory. (See “Building and Using MATTST” on page 269 of the MD Nastran 2006 Installation and Operations Guide.) GETIDS is in the file called mattst.f or mattst.for. The program must be modified if the ASCII format is desired. The program is designed to read matrices less than 65536 rows. (BIGMAT = FALSE). 11. Sparse factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by OUTPUT4.

Main Index

1533

1534

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

PARAML

Sets parameters from a data block

Sets parameters from a data block. Format: PARAML

DB/DBNAME/P1/S,N,P2/S,N,P3/S,N,P4/S,N,P5/S,N,P6/ S,N,SET1/S,N,F1/S,N,SET2/S,N,F2/ S,N,SET3/S,N,F3/S,N,SET4/S,N,F4/ S,N,SET5/S,N,F5/S,N,SET6/S,N,F6/ S,N,SET7/S,N,F7/S,N,SET8/S,N,F8/ S,N,SET9/S,N,F9/S,N,SET10/S,N,F10/ S,N,SET11/S,N,F11/S,N,SET12/S,N,F12 $

Input Data Block: DB

Any matrix or table.

Output Data Block: DBNAME

Any data block. Used only when P1 = ‘NAME’; otherwise DBname must not be specified.

Parameters: P1

Input-character-no default. Only the first 4 characters are required except for options beginning with ’DTI2’, ’COMP’, ’TABI’, and ’TABR’. For example, ‘PRES’ and ‘PRESENCE’ are equivalent.

P2

Input/output-integer-default = 1.

P3

Input/output-integer-default = 1.

P4

Output-real-default = 0.0.

P5

Output-integer-default = 0.

P6

Output-real-default = 0.0.

SETi

Input/output-character-default = '

Fi

Output-integer-default = 0.

'.

The following describes the various options and their formats. The meaning and usage of parameters P2 through P6, SETi, and Fi depend on the value of P1. Under all options P5 will be set to -1, if the input data block does not exist, and no other parameters will be set.

Main Index

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Option P1 = ‘BULK’ Check for the presence of Bulk Data entry records by examining the trailer bits of its IFP module related table. Format: PARAML

IFPDB//'BULK'////// BULKNM1/S,N,BULKFG1/BULKNM2/S,N,BULKFG2/ BULKNM3/S,N,BULKFG3/BULKNM4/S,N,BULKFG4/ BULKNM5/S,N,BULKFG5/BULKNM6/S,N,BULKFG6/ BULKNM7/S,N,BULKFG7/BULKNM8/S,N,BULKFG8/ BULKNM9/S,N,BULKFG9/BULKNM10/S,N,BULKFG10/ BULKNM11/S,N,BULKFG11/BULKNM12/S,N,BULKFG12 $

Input Data Block: IFPDB

Table with trailer bits indicating existence of Bulk Data entry records.

Parameters: BULKNMi

Input-character. Name of Bulk Data entry.

BULKFGi

Output-integer. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry exists.

Remark: To determine which table contains BULKNMi, see “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2. Example: Check for the presence of the rigid elements. PARAML

GEOM4//'BULK'//////'RBE1'/S,N,RBE1/'RBE2'/S,N,RBE2/ 'RBE3'/S,N,RBE3/'RROD'/S,N,RROD/'RBAR'/S,N,RBAR/ 'RTRPLT'/S,N,RTRPLT/'RSPLINE'/S,N,RSPLINE $

Option P1=’COMPVEND’, ‘COMPMODL’, ‘COMPOS’, and ‘COMPOS1’ Extract the computer and operating system information. Formats: Extract the computer’s vendor name: PARAML

Main Index

//’COMPVEND’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

1535

1536

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Extract the computer’s model name: PARAML

//’COMPMODL’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Extract the computer’s operating system: PARAML

//’COMPOS ’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Extract any additional operating system information: PARAML

//’COMPOS1 ’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameter: :

CHARi

Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the values which when concatenated form the complete label.

Remarks: 1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with: MESSAGE //CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $ Option P1 = ‘DMI’ Extract an element from a matrix. Format: PARAML

MAT//’DMI’/ICOL/IROW/S,N,REAL/ S,N,NROW/S,N,IMAG $

Input Data Block: MAT

Main Index

Any matrix. (Real or complex).

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Parameters: ICOL

Input-integer-default=1. Column number of matrix element.

IROW

Input-integer-default=1. Row number of matrix element.

REAL

Output-real. Real part of matrix element.

IMAG

Output-real. Imaginary part of matrix element, if element is complex.

Remark: 1. If IROW is greater than the number of rows in the matrix, then NROW will be set to the number of rows and REAL and IMAG will be set to zero. Example: Obtain the value in column 6, row 11 of matrix KGG and save in parameter TERM. PARAML

KGG//’DMI’/6/11/S,N,TERM/S,N,NOKGG $

Option P1 = ‘DTI’ Extract a real, integer, complex, or character value from a table. Format: PARAML

TAB//’DTI’/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/ S,N,REAL/S,N,INTGR/S,N,IMAG/S,N,CHAR/ S,N,RECNEW//S,N,INTNEW $

Input Data Block: TAB

Any table.

Parameters:

Main Index

RECNUM

Input/output-integer. Record number of value.

WRDNUM

Input/output-integer. Word number of value.

REAL

Output-real. Real part of value.

INTGR

Output-integer. Integer value.

IMAG

Output-real. Imaginary part of value.

CHAR

Output-character. Character value. The first four characters in CHAR contain the table value. The second four characters are blank.

1537

1538

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

RECNEW

Output-integer. Record number in which table value at WORDNM-th word is nonzero for RECNUM=-1 or changes for RECNUM=-2.

INTNEW

Output-integer. Nonzero (RECNUM=-1) or changed (RECNUM=-2) value of WORDNM-th word in RECNEW-th record.

Remark: 1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value. If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1. 4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value of the WRDNUM-th word. If the value changes then INTGR will be set to -1. Examples: 1. Extract the frequencies from FRL. TYPE PARM,,I,,KNT $ TYPE PARM,,LOGI,,LPFLG=TRUE $ DO WHILE ( LPFLG ) $ KNT=KNT+1 $ PARAML FRL//'DTI'/1/S,N,KNT/S,N,FREQ $ IF ( KNT>-1 ) THEN $ MESSAGE //' FREQ='/FREQ $ . . . ELSE LPFLG=FALSE $ ENDIF $ ENDDO $

2. Test for an SPCFORCE Case Control command in any subcase. According to “Data Blocks” in Chapter 2, SPCFORCE requests are declared in word 135 of the CASECC data block. PARAML

CASECC//’DT1’/-1/135//S,N,SPCREQ $

Option P1 = ‘DTI2’ Extract double precision load factor stored in two consecutive words of the ESTNL data block and truncate to single precision.

Main Index

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Format: PARAML

ESTNL//'DTI2'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL $

Input Data Block: ESTNL

Material nonlinear element summary table.

Parameters: RECNUM

Input/output-integer. Record number of value.

WRDNUM

Input/output-integer. First word number of value.

REAL

Output-real. Real part of value.

Remarks: 1. This option is so far only applicable to the load factor stored in the ESTNL data block. 2. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 3. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. Example: Extract load factor in words 5 and 6 of the header record. PARAML

ESTNL//'DTI2'/0/5/S,N,FACT $ LOAD FACTOR

Option P1 = ‘DTI2C’ Extract character value stored in two consecutive words. Format: PARAML

TAB//'DTI2C'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM// S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR2 $

Input Data Block: TAB

Main Index

Any table.

1539

1540

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Parameters: RECNUM

Input/output-integer. Record number of value.

WRDNUM

Input/output-integer. First word number of value.

INTGR

Output-integer. Integer value and search flag when RECNUM<0.

CHAR2

Output-character. Character value concatenated from the values in the WRDNUM and (WRDNUM+1)-th position.

Remarks: 1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in the RECNUM-th record, then WRDNUM is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged. 3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value. If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1. 4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value in the WRDNUM-th word. If the value changes, then INTGR will be set to -1. Example: Extract the K2PP Case Control DMIG name specification words 139 and 140 of the Case Control data block. PARAML

CASECC//'DTI2C'/1/139////S,N,K2PP $

Option P1 = ‘IMATCH’ Search for a specific integer value in a table record. Format: PARAML

TAB//'IMATCH'/RECNUM/IVALUE/S,N,FOUND $

Input Data Block: TAB

Any table.

Parameter:

Main Index

RECNUM

Input-integer. Record number for search.

IVALUE

Input-integer. Value to search.

FOUND

Output-integer. Set to -1 if value is found, set to +1 otherwise.

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Example: Search for value of HINDEX in record 1 of KVAL table. HINDEX = HINDEX +1 $ PARAML KVAL//'IMATCH'/HINDEX//S,N,NOKVAL $

Option P1 = ‘NAME’ Return the name and purge status of a data block. Format: PARAML

/DBNAME/'NAME'////S,N,NODB//S,N,NAME $

Input Data Block: None. Output Data Block: DBNAME

Any data block.

Parameters: NODB

Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block is purged, and +1 if the data block is present.

NAME

Output-character. Name of the data block. Set to blank if data block is purged.

Remarks: 1. This option is useful for checking to see if the data block is purged on the CALL statement(s) in the calling subDMAP(s). 2. If DBNAME is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, then NAME is the name appearing on the corresponding CALL statement. This process is repeated until the DBNAME no longer appears on a SUBDMAP statement. Example: Check the name and purge status of the MAA matrix. PARAML

/MAA/'NAME'////S,N,NOMAA//S,N,MAANAM $

Option P1 = ‘NULL’ Test for a null matrix.

Main Index

1541

1542

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Format: PARAML

MAT//'NULL'//S,N,FULLMAT//S,N,NULLMAT $

Input Data Block: MAT

Any matrix.

Parameters: FULLMAT

Output-integer. Flag to indicate whether matrix is full or not. 1 full 0 not full

NULLMAT Output-integer. Set to -1 if matrix is null. Example: Determine if data block PG is null. PARAML

PG//'NULL'////S,N,NOPG $

Option P1='PARAM' Check for the presence of a parameter PVT table. Format: PARAML

PVT//'PARAM'///// PARAM1/S,N,NOPARM1/PARAM2/S,N,NOPARM2/ PARAM3/S,N,NOPARM3/PARAM4/S,N,NOPARM4/ PARAM5/S,N,NOPARM5/PARAM6/S,N,NOPARM6/ PARAM7/S,N,NOPARM7/PARAM8/S,N,NOPARM8/ PARAM9/S,N,NOPARM9/PARAM10/S,N,NOPARM10/ PARAM11/S,N,NOPARM11/PARAM12/S,N,NOPARM12 $

Input Data Block: PVT

Parameter value table.

Parameters:

Main Index

PARAMi

Input-character. Parameter name.

NOPARMi

Output-integer. If parameter exists then NOPARMi=1, otherwise, -1.

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Remark: 1. The PVT table is output by the IFP and PVT modules. Example: Check for the presence of PARAM,AUTOSPC. PARAML

PVT//'PARAM'//////'AUTOSPC'/S,N,NOAUTOSP $

Option P1 = ‘PRESENCE’ Test for the presence (existence) of a data block. Format: PARAML

DB//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NODB $

Input Data Block: DB

Any data block.

Parameter: NODB

Output-integer. Set to -1 if the data block does not exist.

Remark: See “DBSTATUS” on page 982 module description for alternative options. Example: Test for the existence of the KGG data block. PARAML

KGG//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NOKGG $

Option P1='SET' Extract elements of a SET defined in Case Control. Format: PARAML

CASECC//'SET'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL/ S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR/S,N,SETKNTR $

Input Data Block: CASECC

Main Index

Table of Case Control selections.

1543

1544

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Parameters: RECNUM

Input/output-integer. Record number.

WRDNUM

Input/output-integer. Word number of Case Control command selection which references the desired set.

REAL

Output-real. Real part of value in the set.

INTGR

Output-integer. Integer value in the set.

IMAG

Output-real. Imaginary part in the set.

CHAR

Output-character. Character value in the set.

SETKNTR

Input/output-integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member in set, 2 means second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1.

Example: Extract the members of the sample Case Control command: K2GG=MATA MATB MATC

(Word 338 in CASECC contains the internal set identification number for K2GG.) PARAML

CASECC//'SET'/1/338////S,N,MATNAM/S,N,SETKNTR $

Option P1=’TABDEL’ Delete a group of words in a record, the trailing portion of a record, or the entire record in a table. Format: PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABDEL’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM//NWORDS $

Input Data Block: TABIN

Any table.

Output Data Block: TABOUT

Main Index

Modified TABIN.

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Parameters: RECNUM

Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of TABIN.)

WORDNUM Input-integer. Word number. >0 A total of NWORDS entries starting from word number. WORDNUM (and going forward) are deleted from record number RECNUM. If NWORDS is not specified, it is internally assumed to be 1. =0 Delete the entire record RECNUM. NWORDS is ignored in this case. <0 Delete the trailing portion of record RECNUM starting from word number ABS(WORDNUM). NWORDS is ignored in this case. NWORDS

Input-integer. Number of words to delete.

Remark: 1. The usage implies that the use of WORDNUM=0 and WORDNUM=-1 will both result in the deletion of the entire record number RECNUM.) Option P1=’TABINSR’, ‘TABINSI’, ‘TABINSC’, and ‘TABINS2C’ Insert a new value in a record or insert a new record after an existing record in a table. Format for P1=’TABINSR’: Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL. PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSR’// RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $

Format for P1=’TABINSI’: Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG. PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSI’// RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $

Format for P1=’TABINSC’: Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR. Main Index

1545

1546

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINSC’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $

Format for P1=’TABINS2C’: Insert the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4-character values comprising the character parameter CHAR. PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABINS2C’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $

Input Data Block: TABIN

Any table.

Output Data Block: TABOUT

Modified TABIN.

Parameters: RECNUM

Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of TABIN.)

WORDNUM

Input-integer. Word number. >0 The new value is inserted AFTER word number WORDNUM in record number RECNUM. <0 The new value is inserted BEFORE word number ABS(WORDNUM) in record number RECNUM. =0 A new record containing the new value is inserted AFTER record number RECNUM.

REAL

Input-real. New real value to be inserted in TABIN.

INTEG

Input-integer. New integer to be inserted value in TABIN.

CHAR

Input-character. New character value to be inserted in TABIN.

Option P1=’TABREPR’, ‘TABREPI’, ‘TABREPC’, and ‘TABREP2C’ Replace any value in any record of a table. Format for P1=’TABREPR’: Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL. Main Index

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPR’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $

Format for P1=’TABREPI’: Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by integer INTEG. PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPI’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $

Format for P1=’TABREPC’: Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR. PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREPC’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $

Format for P1=’TABREP2C’: Replace the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4-character values comprising the character parameter CHAR. PARAML

TABIN/TABOUT/’TABREP2C’/ RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $

Input Data Block: TABIN

Any table.

Output Data Block: TABOUT

Modified TABIN.

Parameters:

Main Index

RECNUM

Input-integer. Record number. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in TABIN, it will result in a fatal error. (RECNUM=0 refers to the header record of TABIN.)

WORDNUM

Input-integer. Word number. If this is non-zero, its absolute value references a word number in record RECNUM. If this value is greater than the number of words in record no. RECNUM, it will result in a fatal error.

REAL

Input-real. Replacement real value in TABIN.

1547

1548

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

INTEG

Input-integer. Replacement integer value in TABIN.

CHAR

Input-character. Replacement character value in TABIN.

Remarks: 1. It is the programmer’s responsibility to ensure that the type of word that is being replaced is the same as the type of word that is replacing it. The program does not check for this condition. Option P1 = ‘TRAILER’ Extract a value from the trailer of a data block. Format: PARAML

DB//'TRAILER'/WRDNUM/S,N,TVALUE/S,N,REAL/ S,N,USETBIT/SETNAME $

Input Data Block: DB

Any data block.

Parameter: WRDNUM

Input-integer. Word number of trailer.

TVALUE

Output-integer. Trailer value. See Table in Remark 1. If the data block has the format of a USET table, then TVALUE is not used; see NOSET.

REAL

Output-real. Trailer value as a real number. Used only if WRDNUM=6. See Remark 2.

NOSET

Output-integer. USET flag for existence for the set specified by SETNAME. NOSET will be set to -1 if the set does not exist.

SETNAME

Input-character. Degree-of-freedom set name. Used only if USETBIT=0. See table in Remark 2.

Remarks: 1. Meaning of TVALUE: WRDNUM

Main Index

Meaning of TVALUE

1

Number of columns in matrix

2

Number of rows in matrix

3

Form of the matrix

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

WRDNUM

Meaning of TVALUE

4

Type of matrix

5

Largest number of nonzero words among all columns

6

Density of the matrix multiplied by 10000

7

Size in blocks

8

Maximum string length over all strings

9

Number of strings

10

Average bandwidth

11

Maximum bandwidth

12

Number of null columns

2. If WRDNUM=6, the density of a matrix is returned as an integer value times 10000 in TVALUE and also as a real value in REAL. If the density is greater than 99.999%, but not actually full, then TVALUE will be 10000, which is misleading if one is checking for the “fullness” of a matrix. It is recommended that either the REAL parameter be checked or the FULLMAT parameter be checked under P1=’NULL’. Examples: 1. Extract the second word of the trailer from the SILS table and save in LUSETS: PARAML

SILS/'TRAILER'/2/S,N,LUSETS//S,N,NOSILS $

2. Check for the presence of single-point constraints (s-set): PARAML

USET//’TRAILER’////S,N,SINGLE//’S’ $

Option P1 = ‘USET’ Search for a specific integer value in a table record.

Main Index

1549

1550

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Format: PARAML

USET//'USET'///// SET1/S,N,NOSET1/SET2/S,N,NOSET2/ SET3/S,N,NOSET3/SET4/S,N,NOSET4/ SET5/S,N,NOSET5/SET6/S,N,NOSET6/ SET7/S,N,NOSET7/SET8/S,N,NOSET8/ SET9/S,N,NOSET9/SET10/S,N,NOSET10/ SET11/S,N,NOSET11/SET12/S,N,NOSET12 $

Input Data Block: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

Parameter: SETi

Input-character. Degree-of-freedom Set name.

NOSETi

Output-integer. Degree-of-freedom Set existence flag. NOSETi = -1 if set does not exist. NOSETi = number of degrees of freedom in the set if the set exists.

Remark: See TRAILER option for allowable set names. Example: Check for the existence of multipoint constraints (MPCs), rigid elements, and single-point constraints (SPCs). PARAML

USET//’USET’//////’M’/S,N,NOMSET/’S’/S,N,NOSSET $

Option P1=’VERSID’, ‘VERSID1’, ‘VERSID2’, ‘VERSID3’, ‘VERSID4’, and ‘VERSDATE’ Extract the program version information as shown in f06 title page banner. Formats: Extract the program version id number; e.g., ‘2004.0.0’: PARAML

//’VERSID’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Extract the program version label 1; e.g., ‘MD Nastran -- Tier 2’: PARAML

Main Index

//’VERSID1’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Extract the program version label 2; e.g., ‘Customer Funded Project’: PARAML

//’VERSID2’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Extract the program version label 3; e.g., ‘Evalulation System’: PARAML

//’VERSID3’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Extract the program version label 4: PARAML

//’VERSID4’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Extract the program build date: PARAML

//’VERSDATE’//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2// S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameter: CHARi

Output-character. Up to 32 characters are extracted into CHARi the values which when concatenated form the complete label.

Remarks: 1. The CHARi values may be best displayed with: MESSAGE

//CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $

Option P1='XYCDB' Check for the presence of a response types specified on xy plotting commands: XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK, XYPLOT, XYPRINT and XYPUNCH.

Main Index

1551

1552

PARAML Sets parameters from a data block

Format: PARAML

XYCDB//'XYCDB'///// RESP1/S,N,NORESP1/RESP2/S,N,NORESP2/ RESP3/S,N,NORESP3/RESP4/S,N,NORESP4/ RESP5/S,N,NORESP5/RESP6/S,N,NORESP6/ RESP7/S,N,NORESP7/RESP8/S,N,NORESP8/ RESP9/S,N,NORESP9/RESP10/S,N,NORESP10/ RESP11/S,N,NORESP11/RESP12/S,N,NORESP12 $

Input Data Block: XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands. Response type.

Parameters: RESPi

Input-character. The valid names are: DISP

VELO

ACCE

SPCF

OLOA

VG

STRE

FORC

SDIS

SVEL

SACC

NFOR

PRES

BOUT

STRA

MPCF

FPRE

FMPF

SMPF

PMPF

LMPF

GMPF

See “X-Y PLOT Commands” on page 580 of the MSC.Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of the types. NORESPi

Output-integer. If the response type was is specified on an xy plotting command then NORESPi=1, otherwise, -1.

Example: Check for the presence of the MPCF response type. PARAML

Main Index

XYCDBS//'XYCDB'//////'MPCF'/S,N,NOMPCF $

PARTN Matrix partition

PARTN

Matrix partition

To partition [A] into [A11], [A12], [A21] and [A22]: CP

[ A ] → RP

A11 A12 A21 A22

= 0 ≠ 0

= 0 "" ≠ 0 Format: PARTN

A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/SYM/TYPE/Fll/F2l/F12/F22 $

Input Data Blocks: A

Matrix to be partitioned.

RP

Row partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.

CP

Column partitioning vector -- single precision column vector.

Output Data Blocks: Aij

Matrix partitions. See Remarks below.

Parameters: SYM

Input-integer-default=-1. SYM chooses between a symmetric partition and one unsymmetric partition. If SYM < 0, {CP} is used as {RP}, and {RP} must be purged. If SYM ≥ 0 , {CP} and {RP} are distinct.

TYPE

Input-integer-default=0. Type of output matrices. If TYPE = 0, the type of the output matrices will be the type of the input matrix [ A ] .

Fij

Input-integer-default=0. Form of [ A ij ] . See Remarks.

Remarks: 1. The operation of PARTN is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, CP and RP, and the symmetry flag, SYM. The following describes the operations:

Main Index

1553

1554

PARTN Matrix partition

Let

NC = number of nonzero terms in {CP}. NR = number of nonzero terms in {RP}. NROWA = number of rows in [A]. NCOLA = number of columns in [A].

Case 1: {CP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0 : PARTN A,,RP/A11,A21,,/1 $ [A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix. [A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix. [A12] is not written. [A22] is not written.

[A] →

A11 A21

[A] →

A11 A12

[A] →

A11 A12 A21 A22

[A] →

A11 A12 A21 A22

Case 2: (RP) is purged and SYM ≥ 0 : PARTN A,CP,/A11,,A12,/1 $ [A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. [A21] is not written. [A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix. [A22] is not written. Case 3: {RP} is purged and SYM < 0 : PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22 $ [A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix. [A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. [A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix. [A22] is a NC by NC matrix. Case 4: Neither {CP} nor {RP} are purged and SYM ≥ 0 : PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ [A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. [A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix. [A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix [A22] is a NR by NC matrix. 2. Any or all output data blocks may be purged.

3. If [A] is purged, PARTN will cause all output data blocks to be purged. 4. If {CP} is purged, [A] is partitioned as follows: [A] →

Main Index

A11 A21

PARTN Matrix partition

5. If {RP} is purged and SYM ≥ 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows: 6. If {RP} is purged and SYM < 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows: [A] →

A11 A12 A21 A22

where {CP} is used as both the row and column partitioner. 7. {RP} and {CP} cannot both be purged. 8. [ A ] →

A11 A12 A21 A22

Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and {RP} be a mx1 vector containing p zero elements. Partition [A11] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = RPi = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A]. Partition [A12] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj ≠ 0.0 and RPi = 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A]. Partition [A21] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = 0.0 and RPi ≠ 0.0 in the same order as they appear in [A]. 9. The default action for F11, F21, F12, and F22 allows the program to automatically select the appropriate form. Examples: 1. Let [A], {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:

[A] =

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0  1.0     0.0  { CP } =    1.0   1.0   

Main Index

1555

1556

PARTN Matrix partition

0.0 0.0 1.0

{ RP } =

Then, the DMAP instruction PARTN

A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $

will create the real matrices: [ A11 ] =

2.0 , F11 = 2 6.0

[ A12 ] =

1.0 3.0 4.0 , F12 = 2 5.0 7.0 8.0

[ A21 ] =

10.0 , F11 = 2

[ A22 ] =

9.0 11.0 12.0 , F22 = 2

2. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as PARTN

A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $ RP,CP distinct

the resulting matrices would be

[ A11 ] =

2.0 6.0 10.0

[ A12 ] =

[ A21 ] = purged

1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 11.0 12.0

[ A22 ] = purged

3. If, in Example 1, the DMAP instruction was written as PARTN

A,

,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $

the resulting matrices would be [ A11 ] =

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0

[ A21 ] =

9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

[ A12 ] = purged

[ A22 ] = purged

1 2 3

4. If [ A ] = 5 6 7 and the DMAP instruction was written as 9 10 11

PARTN

Main Index

A,RP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/-1 $

PARTN Matrix partition

then the resulting partitions would be 1 2 3 5 6 7 → 9 10 11

Main Index

A11 A12 A21 A22

1557

1558

PCOMB Combines static loads from upstream superelements

PCOMB

Combines static loads from upstream superelements

Combines static loads from upstream superelements and the residual structure based on the CLOAD Bulk Data entry. Format: PCOMB

CASECC,EDT,SLT,PGUP,PJ/ CVECT,PG1/ NSKIP/S,N,NVECT/MODE $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

SLT

Table of static loads.

PGUP

Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static loads in upstream superelements only.

PJ

Static load matrix for the g-set of the residual structure and applied to its interior points only.

Output Data Blocks :

CVECT

Load combination factor matrix.

PG1

Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure.

Parameters: NSKIP

Input-integer-default=0. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

NVECT

Output-integer-default=0. Number of columns in CVECT and PG1.

MODE

Input-character-no default. Boundary condition change ignore flag. See Remark 2. NONLINEAR Ignore boundary condition changes. STATICS

Do not ignore boundary condition changes.

Remarks: 1. Any input data block except CASEXX may be purged.

Main Index

PCOMB Combines static loads from upstream superelements

2. If MODE='STATICS' all records of CASECC, beginning at the NSKIP-th record, are processed until a boundary change occurs.

Main Index

1559

1560

PCOPY Tests parallel copy

PCOPY

Tests parallel copy

Tests parallel copy in a parallel GINO environment on a multiprocessing machine. Format: PCOPY

INDB/ OUTDB1,OUTDB2,OUTDB3,OUTDB4,OUTDB5,OUTDB6,OUTDB7, OUTDB8/ PCOPY1/PCOPY2 $

Input Data Blocks: INDB

Any table or matrix.

Output Data Blocks: OUTDBi

Copies of INDB.

Parameters: PCOPY1

Input-integer-default=-1. Execute parallel copy flag. <0 Perform copy. >0 Do not perform copy.

PCOPY2

Input-integer-default=1. Parallel copy method. >0 Perform standard copy using CPYFIL. <0 Perform copy using single buffer for input and output.

Remark: PCOPY is a reserved for MSC development purposes and should not be used.

Main Index

PFCALC Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications

PFCALC

Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications

Computes the modal contribution factors (MCF) for the structure or the modal participation factors for the fluid based upon PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID Case Control commands. Format: PFCALC

CASECC LAMAS KFXX AXW SMPF OAFMPF1 APMPFD AGPF FS

,BGPDT ,LAMAF ,PNLLST ,VGW ,SMPFD ,ASMPF ,OAPMPF1 ,AGPFD /APP

,OL ,UXFF ,RWXS ,ABEH* ,OSMPF1 ,ASMPFD ,APPF ,OAGPF1 /SOLTYPS

,RXS ,MFXX ,RXF ,PFXF ,AFMPF ,OASMPF1 ,APPFD / /SOLTYPF

,UXFS ,BFXX ,AXX / ,AFMPFD ,APMPF ,OAPPF1

, , , , , ,

$

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transientresponse time output list or frequency responsefrequency output list.

RXS

Transformation matrix from h-set or d-set to physical responseson the structure. Only contains the rows corresponding to those selected on the PF* Case Control command.

UXFS

Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the structure.

LAMAS

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model.

LAMAS

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.

UXFF

Solution matrix from dynamic analysis in d- or h-set on the fluid.

MFXX

Fluid mass matrix in the h-set or d-set.

BFXX

Fluid damping matrix in the h-set or d-set.

KFXX

Fluid stiffness matrix in the h-set or d-set.

PNLLST

Main Index

Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL qualifier values.

1561

1562

PFCALC Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications

RWXS

Transformation matrix of structure relating displacements of wetted surface to solution set results.

RXF

Transformation matrix of fluid relating displacements at response degrees-of-freedom to solution set results.

AXX

Fluid-structure coupling matrix in the h-set or d-set.

AXW

Fluid-structure coupling matrix with columns corresponding to degrees-of-freedom of the wetted surface only.

VGW

G-set size partitioning vector with non-zero values at rows corresponding to structural degrees-of-freedom of the wetted surface.

ABEH* PFXF

Family of signed modally reduced area matrices. Matrix of fluid loads in the h-set or d-set.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

SMPF

Matrix of structural modal participation factors.

SMPFD

SMPF dictionary table.

OSMPF1

Table of structural modal participation factors in SORT1 format.

AFMPF

Matrix of acoustic fluid modal participation factors.

AFMPFD

AFMPF dictionary table.

OAFMPF1

Table of acoustic fluid modal participation factors in SORT1 format.

4ASMPF

Matrix of acoustic structural modal participation factors.

ASMFPD

ASMPF dictionary table.

OASMPF1

Table of acoustic structural modal participation in SORT1 format.

APMPF

Matrix of acoustic panel modal participation factors.

APMPFD

APMPF dictionary table.

OAPMPF1

Table of acoustic panel modal participation factor in SORT1 format.

APPF

Matrix of acoustic panel participation factors.

APPFD

APPF dictionary table.

OAPPF1

Table of acoustic panel participation in SORT1 format.

AGPF

Matrix of normalized acoustic grid participation factors.

PFCALC Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications

AGPFD OAGPF1

AGPF dictionary table. Table of normalized acoustic grid participation factors in SORT1 format.

Parameters: FS

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Fluid-structure existence flag.

APP

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Analysis type. 'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalue

SOLTYPS

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the structure: 'MODAL', 'DIRECT' or 'NONE'

SOLTYPF

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Solution method for the fluid: 'MODAL', 'DIRECT' or 'NONE'

Remarks: 1. The response degrees-of-freedoms are the degrees-of-freedoms of which the participation factors are requested (setdof on right-hand side of PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID commands). 2. Acoustic and structural modal participation factors are supported in modal frequency response (SOL 111), modal transient response (SOL 112) and modal complex eigenvalue analysis (SOL 110) 3. Acoustic panel and grid participation factors are supported in a coupled modal or direct frequency response analysis (SOL 108 and SOL 111). 4. All other acoustic participation factors are supported in a coupled modal frequency response analysis (SOL 111) only.

Main Index

1563

1564

PLOT Creates a table of plot instructions

PLOT

Creates a table of plot instructions

Creates a table of plot instructions for undeformed and deformed shapes and then writes the table to Fortran unit 14. Format: PLOT

PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET,CASECC,BGPDT,  PUGS   PUGD   GPECT   OES1  / , ,  ,     USET   ECT   PLOTMSG/ NGP/LUSET/JPLOT/DEFORMED/S,N,PLTNUM $

Input Data Blocks: PLTPAR

Table of plot parameters and plot control.

GPSETS

Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.

ELSET

Table of element plot set connections.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

PUGS

Matrix of translational displacements in static analysis.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

PUGD

Matrix of translational displacements in dynamic analysis.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

OES1

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks: PLOTMSG

Main Index

Table of user informational messages generated during the plot process.

PLOT Creates a table of plot instructions

Parameters: NGP

Input-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.

LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set. If LUSET=0 then its value will be extracted from the trailer of BGPDT.

JPLOT

Input-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.

DEFORMED Input-integer-default=1. Deformed plot request flag. 1 Plot undeformed shapes. -1 Plot deformed shapes. PLTNUM

Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter.

Remarks: 1. If GPECT, OES1, PUGS, and PUGD are purged then only undeformed shapes may be drawn. 2. If either PUGS or PUGD is purged, that type of deformed shape will not be drawn. 3. If GPECT or OES1 are purged, contour plots or outlines will not be drawn. 4. The plot instructions are written to Fortran unit 14. 5. If USET and ECT are input, then the plot will label the grid points with numbers indicating the degrees-of-freedom constrained to zero. For example, a label of 126 indicates the grid is constrained in the first and second translational and third rotational degrees-of-freedom. Also, the elements will be labeled with their property identification numbers. These features are only available in undeformed plotting only.

Main Index

1565

1566

PLTHBDY Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements

PLTHBDY

Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements

Updates the geometry and connectivity tables to support plotting of CHBDYi elements. Format: PLTHBDY

GEOM2,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,CSTM/ PECT,PBGPDT/ S,N,NHBDY/MESH $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

Output Data Blocks: PECT

Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi elements.

PBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi elements.

Parameters:

Main Index

NHBDY

Output-integer-no default. Number of CHBDYi elements. Set to -1 if none exist.

MESH

Input-character-no default. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print summary; 'NO' otherwise.

PLTSET Generates element sets for plotting

PLTSET

Generates element sets for plotting

Generates element sets for plotting. Format:

PLTSET

  PBGPDT   PECT    PCDB,   ,    BGPDT   ECT   /    POSTCDB, , GEOM2   ELSET  PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,  /  PELSET  S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT/ECTYPE $

Input Data Blocks: PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

POSTCDB

Table of commands from the OUTPUT(POST) Section of Case Control.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

PBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table updated to support plotting CHBDYi elements.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

PECT

Element connectivity table updated to support plotting CHBDYi elements.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

Output Data Blocks: PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition of element plot sets.

Main Index

PLTPAR

Table of plot parameters and plot control.

GPSETS

Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.

ELSET

Table of element plot set connections.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

1567

1568

PLTSET Generates element sets for plotting

Parameters: NGP

Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.

JPLOT

Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.

ECTYPE

Input-integer-default=0. Type of element connectivity input and plot set output: 0 ECT and ELSET. 1 GEOM2 and ELSET. 2 ECT and PELSET.

Remark: PCDB may be purged if ECTYPE>0. Examples: 1. For p-elements in subDMAP IFPS1, ELSET is required by GP0. PLTSET

POSTCDB,,GEOM2/X1,X2,X3,ELSET/0/0/1 $

2. For undeformed plotting in subDMAP SEPLOT: PLTSET

Main Index

PCDB,PBGPDT,PECT/ PLTMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSETS/ S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $

PNCHGRP

PNCHGRP For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a parent to a child group or from a child to a parent group. Format: PNCHGRP

//FROMLABL/TOLABEL/IBELONG $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Blocks: None. Parameters: FROMLABL Input-character-no default. The label associated with the present group set. TOLABEL

Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new group set.

IBELONG

Input-integer-default=1. A zero value of this parameter indicates that the processor does not belong to any of the subgroups associated with the TOLABEL label.

Remarks: 1. If a processor does not belong to any of the groups associated with TOLABEL then IBELONG will be zero and PNCHGRP will not change the parallel processing environment for that processor. If a processor does belong to a group associated with TOLABEL, then IBELONG will be one. 2. PNCHGRP can only change groups from a parent to a child or from child to a parent. 3. PNCHGRP redefines system cell 231 (NPROCS) and system cell 265 (the processor ID) to be their local values within the new group.

Main Index

1569

1570

PNMKGRP For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.

For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.

PNMKGRP

For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups. Format: PNMKGRP

//PLABEL/NSUBGP/GRPSIZ/PIDINI/ INCPID/INCGRP/GPLABEL $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Blocks: None. Parameters:

Main Index

PLABEL

Input-character-default=’WORLD’. The label associated with the parent group set.

NSUBGP

Input-integer-default=1. The number of subgroups to create in the new set.

GRPSZ

Input-integer-default=1. The number of processors in each subgroup.

PIDINI

Input-integer-default=1. The first processor id of the parent group which will be included in the first new subgroup.

INCPID

Input-integer-default=1. The stride from one processor identification number of the parent group which is included in a given subgroup, to the next processor identification number of the parent group which is included in the same group.

INCGRP

Input-integer-default=1. The stride from the first processor identification number of the parent group that is included in a given subgroup, to the processor identification number of the parent group that corresponds to the first processor identification number that is included in the next subgroup.

GPLABEL

Input-character-no default. The label associated with the new set of subgroups.

PNMKGRP For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.

Remarks: 1. The parent group set identified by the first parameter must be the ’active’ group when the child group set is created. The default active group is the ’WORLD’ group. A child group is made active using the PNCHGRP module. 2. If there are more than one groups (NSUBGP > 1), then all the groups must have the same number of processors. Examples: 1. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification numbers {1,2,3,4}, {5,6,7,8}, {9,10,11,12}, {13,14,15,16}, {17,18,19,20}: PNMKGRP

//’world’/5/4/1/1/4/’mygroup1’

2. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification numbers {1,6,11,16}, {2,7,12,17}, {3,8,13,18}, {4,9,14,19}, {5,10,15,20}: PNMKGRP

//’world’/5/4/1/5/1/’mygroup2’

3. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set 1 subgroup with processor identification numbers {1,5,9,13,17}: PNMKGRP

Main Index

//’world’/1/5/1/4//’masters1’

1571

1572

PRESOL Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution

PRESOL

Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution

Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution using the domain decomposition method. Format under PRSLOPT=0: PRESOL

GEQMAP,USET,SIL,PARFIL,PFA,PJXL/ EQMAP,GAPAR,,PFA1,/ NOFSETL/S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $

Format under PRSLOPT=1: PRESOL

MAT1,MAT2,,,,/ QMAPD,GAPAR,PARTF,LOCALP,GRDRM// S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH $

Format under PRSLOPT=2: PRESOL

MAT1,MAT2,EQMAPD0,,,/ AT1N,MAT2N,,,// S,N,PRSLOPT

Format under PRSLOPT=3: PRESOL

MAT1,MAT2,,,,/ COLOR,,,,// S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

GEQMAP

Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

SIL

Scalar index list.

MAT1

Square symmetric matrix 1 to be paritioned.

MAT2

Square symmetric matrix 2 to be paritioned.

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees-of-freedom that are locally constrained.

PFA

Static load matrix with partial boundary loads in the a-set.

PRESOL Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution

PJXL

Static load matrix for boundary load contribution from the residual structure.

EQMAPD0 EQMAPD from a prior call to PRESOL. Output Data Blocks: EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.

GAPAR

Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at each row which does not have a contribution from the current processor and zero if it does.

PARTVEC1

Updated PARTVEC indicating for all constraints; local and boundary.

PFA1

Updated PFA with complete boundary loads.

EQMAPD

Similar to EQMAP but on a degree-of-freedom basis.

MAT1N

Local filtered matrix 1.

MAT2N

Local filtered matrix 2.

GRDRM

Permutation matrix.

COLOR

Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MATi. The i-th entry corresponds to the uperelement identification number (tip superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degree-offreedom belongs.

Parameters: UNUSEDi

Input-integer-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

PRSLOPT

Input/output-integer-default=0. PRESOL Processing option. On input the following options are available. 0 Prepare for partial and distributed decomposition. 1 Partition the matrices into as many domains as there are processors. All outputs are created. 2 It is assumed that PRESOL has been called before with PRSLOPT=1. Under PRSLOPT=2, local a-set terms are filtered out of local matrices that are kept on other processors.

Main Index

1573

1574

PRESOL Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution

3 Partition the matrices into NMATDOM domains. PARTMETH automatically uses MSCMLV (PARTMETH=11), because Extreme (PARTMETH=9) is not available for this option. Only one output is created, COLOR. On output for PRSLOPT>0, if any error occurs then PRSLOPT is negated. PARTMETH Input-integer-default=0. PRESOL partitioning method. 9 Extreme. 11 MSCMLV. NMATDOM Input-integer-default=0. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are divided. NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The default will be set to the number of processors.

Main Index

PROJVER Set or query project identification numbers

PROJVER

Set or query project identification numbers

Set or query project and version identification numbers on the database. Format: PROJVER

//PRJVEROP/S,N,PROJNO/S,N,VERSION/S,N,EXISTS $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: PRJVEROP

Main Index

Input-character-no default. Operation name. 'GET'

Get current project and version.

'NEXT'

Get next non-deleted project and version.

'SET'

Set current project and version.

'LAST'

Get the last (bottom) project and version.

'RESTART'

Get restart project and version.

PROJNO

Input/output-integer-no default. Project number.

VERSION

Input/output-integer-no default. Version number.

EXISTS

Output-character-no default. Project and version status. 'EXISTS'

If project and version exists.

'DELETED'

If project and version is deleted.

'NONE'

If project and version never existed.

1575

1576

PRTMSG Prints plotting information messages

PRTMSG

Prints plotting information messages

Prints user information messages related to plot set definition and plotting. Format:

PRTMSG

 PLOTMSG    //PRDMSG $  PLSETMSG 

Input Data Blocks: PLOTMSG

Table of user informational messages generated during the plot process.

PLSETMSG Table of user informational messages generated during the definition of element plot sets. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameter: PDRMSG

Main Index

Input-integer-default=1. Message print flag. Set to 0 to suppress printout.

PRTPARM Parameter and DMAP message printer

Parameter and DMAP message printer

PRTPARM

Prints non-NDDL parameter values and DMAP messages. For NDDL parameters (see TYPE statement), use the MESSAGE statement. Format: PRTPARM

//PRTPOPT/PNAME/PRTPSORT/SUBDMAP $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: PRTPOPT

Input-integer-default=0. PRTPOPT=0 requests the print of a single parameter value or all parameter values. PRTPOPT>0 requests the print of diagnostic messages 4401 through 4425.

PNAME

Input-character-default = 'XXXXXXXX'. Name of a parameter enclosed by single quotation marks. See Remark 1.

PRTPSORT Input-integer-default=0. If PRTPSORT=1, then parameters will be sorted alphabetically. SUBDMAP Input-character-default=blank. The name of a subDMAP. Remarks: 1. As a parameter printer, use PRTPOPT = 0. There are two options:

• If PNAME is equal to a parameter name enclosed by quotation marks, then the value of that parameter in the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP is printed. PNAME must be a non-NDDL parameter (see TYPE statement). Example: PRTPARM //0/'LUSET' $

• If PNAME = 'XXXXXXXX' then the values of all variable and constant parameters in the Variable Parameter Table of the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP are printed.

Main Index

1577

1578

PRTPARM Parameter and DMAP message printer

Examples: PRTPARM // $ Unsorted PRTPARM ////1 $ Sorted

If no value is entered for SUBDMAP, the parameter value or values (depending on PNAME) will be for the current subDMAP. Otherwise, the value or values will be for the subDMAP identified by SUBDMAP. 2. As a DMAP message printer, parameter PRTPOPT is nonzero. 3. Meaningless values of PRTPOPT, PNAME, and SUBDMAP will result in diagnostic messages from PRTPARM.

Main Index

PURGEX Explicit data block purge

PURGEX

Explicit data block purge

Flags a data block as empty. Format: PURGEX

/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/PARM $

Output Data Blocks: DBi

Any data block.

Parameter: PARM

Input-integer-default=0. <0 The data blocks are deleted and marked empty. <0 No action is taken.

Remark: PURGEX is an executive operation module intended for restart purposes only. If at execution time a data block has been previously output from a module, then any existing data will be deleted and the data block will be marked as empty. If the data block has not been previously output from a module, it will simply be marked as empty. A purged data block is equivalent to a data block not generated with the exception that the NES "remembers" for restart purposes that it has been previously output. If no restart is involved, purge is entirely equivalent to a data block not generated. Example: Flag data block MGGX as empty so as to avoid execution of EMA module on restart. PURGEX

Main Index

/MGGX,,,,/NOMGGX $

1579

1580

PVT Sets parameter values

Sets parameter values

PVT

Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data Sections. Format: PVT

PVT,CASECC/PVTS/LOADFLT $

Input Data Blocks: PVT

Parameter value table from IFP module. (Bulk Data PARAM entries)

CASECC

Table of Case Control Command images.

Output Data Block: PVTS

Parameter Variable Table from Case Control merged with the Bulk Data input parameters.

Parameter :

LOADFLT

Logical-input-default=TRUE. If LOADFLT = TRUE then all parameters that appear in the Parameter Defaults Table, but do not appear in the PVT or CASECC data block, are added to the PVTS data block. See Remark 4.

Remarks: 1. The PVT module is primarily used to resolve parameter values specified in the Case Control and Bulk Data Sections. These parameters must have Y authorization. 2. Either one or both input data blocks may be purged. If the input data block is purged, the user input parameter settings will not contain parameters from the input. If both input data blocks are purged, and LOADFLT is FALSE, then no values are entered. 3. The output data block may be purged. The PVT module will always internally update the user input parameters. The output data block is primarily used for restart purposes.

• First, the default parameters are added if requested. • Second, the PVT user input parameters from the Bulk Data Section are set.

Main Index

PVT Sets parameter values

• Third, the CASECC user input parameters from Case Control above the subcase level override any settings of Bulk Data parameters of the same name. Any additional Case Control above the subcase level parameters are set.

• Fourth, the CASECC user input parameters for the current subcase override any settings of Bulk Data parameters or above subcase level parameters of the same name. Any additional current subcase parameters are set. 4.

Main Index

The Parameter Defaults Table is an internal table that contains the default value for all parameters resolved between the Case Control, Bulk Data, NDDL, and the main and current subDMAP.

1581

1582

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

RANDOM

Computes functions from frequency response data

Computes power spectral density functions and autocorrelation functions from frequency response data. Format: RANDOM

XYCDB,DIT,PSDL,OUG2,OPG2,OQG2,OES2,OEF2,CASECC, OSTR2,OQMG2,RCROSSL,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2M,OLMPF2M,OPMPF2M, OGPMPF2M,OVG2,OAG2/ PSDF,AUTO, OUGPSD2,OUGATO2,OUGRMS1,OUGNO1,OUGCRM2, OPGPSD2,OPGATO2,OPGRMS1,OPGNO1,OPGCRM2, OQGPSD2,OQGATO2,OQGRMS1,OQGNO1,OQGCRM2, OESPSD2,OESATO2,OESRMS1,OESNO1,OESCRM2, OEFPSD2,OEFATO2,OEFRMS1,OEFNO1,OEFCRM2, OEEPSD2,OEEATO2,OEERMS1,OEENO1,OEECRM2, OQMPSD2,OQMATO2,OQMRMS1,OQMNO1,OQMCRM2, OCPSDF,OCCORF, OVGPSD2,OVGATO2,OVGRMS1,OVGNO1,OVGCRM2, OAGPSD2,OAGATO2,OAGRMS1,OAGNO1,OAGCRM2/ S,N,NORAND/RMSINT/DVAFLAG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

PSDL

Power spectral density list.

OUG2

Table of displacements in SORT2 format.

OPG2

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format.

OQG2

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format.

OES2

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT2 format.

OEF2

Table of element forces in SORT2 format.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OSTR2

Table of element strains in SORT2 format.

OQMG2

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format.

RCROSSL

Table of RCROSS Bulk Data entry images.

OFMPF2M

Table of fluid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

OSMPF2M

Table of structural modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.

OLMPF2M

Table of load modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.

OPMPF2M

Table of panel modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.

OGPMPF2M Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format. OVG2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format.

OAG2

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format.

Output Data Blocks: PSDF

Power spectral density table.

AUTO

Autocorrelation function table.

OUGPSD2

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OUGATO2

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

OUGRMS1

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the RMS function.

OUGNO1

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OUGCRM2 Table of displacements in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.

Main Index

OPGPSD2

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OPGATO2

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

OPGRMS1

Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the RMS function.

OPGNO1

Table of applied loads in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OPGCRM2

Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.

OQGPSD2

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OQGATO2

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

1583

1584

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

OQGRMS1

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.

OQGNO1

Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OQGCRM2 Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation. OESPSD2

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OESATO2

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

OESRMS1

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for the RMS function.

OESNO2

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the NO function.

OESCRM2

Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.

OEFPSD2

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OEFATO2

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

OEFRMS1

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the RMS function.

OEFNO1

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OEFCRM2

Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.

OEEPSD2

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OEEATO2

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function.

OEERMS1

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the RMS function.

OEENO1

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OEECRM2

Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.

OQMPSD2

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OQMATO2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. OQMRMS1 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function. Main Index

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

OQMNO1

Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OQMCRM2 Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. OCPSDF

Output table of cross-power-spectral-density functions.

OCCORF

Output table of cross-correlation functions.

OVGPSD2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OVGATO2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. OVGRMS1 Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the RMS function. OVGNO1

Table of velocities in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OVGCRM2 Table of velocities in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. OAGPSD2

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the PSD function.

OAGATO2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation function. OAGRMS1 Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the RMS function. OAGNO1

Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for the NO function.

OAGCRM2 Table of accelerations in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function. Parameters: NORAND

Output-integer-default=-1. Set to -1 if no random analysis is requested; 0 otherwise.

RMSINT

Input-character-default='LINEAR'. Power-spectral-density function interpolation option. A log-log option may be selected with RMSINT='LOGLOG'.

DVAFLAG Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit. -1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2. 1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2.

Main Index

1585

1586

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

Method: Overview The Random Analysis Module calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraint, and element forces and stresses. Module Initialization 1. The XYCDB must be present or RANDOM returns. 2. A set of RANDPS Bulk Data entries from PSDL must be selected in CASECC or RANDOM returns. 3. The frequency list is extracted from the first non-empty data file. 4. The RANDPS Bulk Data entry defines the function S ab ( f ) = ( x + iy )F K ( f )

Eq. 4-22

where: a

= subcase ID of the excited load set.

b

= subcase ID of the applied load set ( a ≤ b ) .

x, y K

= complex number such that if a = b , then y must be 0.0. = table identification number of a TABRND1 Bulk Data entry that defines F ( f ) , a power spectral density as a tabular function of frequency.

The power spectral density for gust turbulence can also be supplied on a TABRNDG entry. 2

2 2L 1 + 2 ( p + 1 ) ( kwL ⁄ U ) S ab ( f ) = W g ------ ---------------------------------------------------------------U 2 p+3⁄2 [ 1 + ( kwL ⁄ U ) ]

Eq. 4-23

where W 2g , L , U , p , and k are user-supplied data and W = 2πf . If a ≠ b on any RANDPS entry, the equations are called coupled; otherwise, they are called uncoupled. The following eight steps are accomplished: a. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points. b. Compute S aa ( f ) at each load change. c. Read in the data from the SORT2 data block and compute

Main Index

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

S ja ( f ) =

2

U j ( f ) S aa ( f )

Eq. 4-24

where U j ( f ) is the response of the j-th point at frequency f . d. These are summed over all loads to form the power spectral density function S ja ( f ) =

∑ S ja ( f )

Eq. 4-25

a

where a runs over all subcase identification numbers on the RANDPS entries. e. When all subcases for the points have been processed, the mean response qj is calculated for each point j :  N–1  1 1 ⁄ 2 q j =  --- ∑ [ ( S j ( f i ) + S j ( f i + 1 ) ) ] ( f i + 1 – f i )  2   i = 1  where N = number of frequencies.

Eq. 4-26

The mean response is output with both the PSDF and the autocorrelation function. The zero crossing N 0 is also computed and output with the mean response q j . N 0 is defined by ∞

N0 =

∫w

∞ 2

S J ( w ) dw ⁄

0

∫ ( w ) dw

Eq. 4-27

0

The number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time is a weighted average frequence equal to the square root of the ratio of the integral of the PSD times frequency squared to the integral of the PSD. The integral in the denominator is already calculted and is related to the "mean square response" ∞ 2 qj

= Rj ( 0 ) =

∫ Sj ( f )

df

0

thus the numerator must be integrated. Compute

Main Index

Eq. 4-28

1587

1588

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

2

rj =

∫f

2

S j ( f ) df

0 1⁄2

 N–1  1  r j =  --- ∑ [ S j ( f i ) + S j ( f i + 1 ) ] ( f i + 1 – f i )  2    i = 1  2

Eq. 4-29

2

α = ( 3f i + 2f i f i + 1 + f i + 1 ) ⁄ 6 β

(

2

2

)⁄

Note that if α and β are 1.0, the sum for r j would become the formula for q j . Then N 0 = r j ⁄ q j is the quantity to be output. f. If PSDF for point j is requested, one identification number and data record are written on the PSDF data block. g. If an autocorrelation function is requested for point j , the S j ( f ) are transformed to the time domain to give the autocorrelation function: N–1

Rj ( τm ) =

∑ i = 1

 1 Sj ( fi + 1 ) – Sj ( fi ) -------------------------------------------- [ cos ( 2πτ m f i + 1 ) – cos ( 2πτ m f i ) ]  ---------------2 2 fi + 1 – fi  4π τ m

Eq. 4-30

 1 + ------------- [ S j ( f + 1 ) sin ( 2πτ m f i + 1 ) – S j ( f i ) sin ( 2πτ m f i ) ]  2πτ m  where: i N τm

= index of the frequencies. = highest frequency. = is defined by m τ m = τ 0 + ----- ( τ max – τ 0 ) M

where: τ0

= starting time lag.

M

= number of time lag intervals.

τ max

Main Index

= maximum time lag ( 0 < τ 0 < τ m )

Eq. 4-31

RANDOM Computes functions from frequency response data

all of which are defined on a RANDT1 Bulk Data entry. Note that if, in Eq. 4-30, τ m = 0 , then 2

r ( τm ) = qj

Eq. 4-32

The Coupled Case The following six steps are accomplished: 1. A list of unique subcase identification numbers are extracted from the RANDPS entries. 2. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points. 3. For each RANDPS entry S 1j ( f ) is looked up for all f , For each point S 1j ( f ) is computed: 1

S j ( f ) = H ja ( f )S ab ( f )H jb ( f )

Eq. 4-33

where H ja ( f ) denotes the value of point j for subcase a . The bar over the third factor in Eq. 4-33 denotes the complex conjugate. These S 1j ( f ) are summed over all entries to form S j ( f ) : Sj ( f ) =

∑ ∑ H ja ( f )H jb ( f )

Eq. 4-34

a b

Note that S ba = S ab , the complex conjugate. 4. The mean response and autocorrelation functions are computed as in Eq. 430, Eq. 4-31, and Eq. 4-32. Remarks: 1. RANDOM calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraints, and element forces and stresses. 2. DIT cannot be purged if PSDL references TABLEDi records in DIT.

Main Index

1589

1590

RBMG3 Computes rigid body information

RBMG3

Computes rigid body information

Computes the rigid body transformation matrix, rigid body error ratio, and strain energy matrix. Format: RBMG3

LLL,ULL,KLR,KRR/ DM $

Input Data Blocks: LLL

Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.

ULL

Upper triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.

KLR

Stiffness matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from KTT.

KRR

Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from KTT.

Output Data Block: DM

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.

Parameters: None. Remarks: 1. The rigid body transformation matrix is computed from: DM

= – K ll

–1

K lr

Eq. 4-35

2. The rigid body error ratio, e, is computed from: T

K rr + K lr DM -----------------------------------------------------------------K rr

Eq. 4-36

Note: The absolute value is the square root of the sum of the squares (this is not a determinant). The strain energy matrix for the rigid body modes is computed

Main Index

RBMG3 Computes rigid body information

T

DM

K ll

DM +

K rr

3. ULL may be purged if KLL is symmetric.

Main Index

Eq. 4-37

1591

1592

RBMG4 Computes rigid body mass matrix

RBMG4

Computes rigid body mass matrix

Computes the rigid body mass matrix. Format: RBMG4

DM,MLL,MLR,MRR/ MR $

Input Data Blocks: DM

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.

MLL

Mass matrix reduced to the l-set.

MLR

Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT.

MRR

Mass matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT.

Output Data Blocks: MR

Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).

Parameters: None. Remark: The rigid body mass matrix is computed from: MR = M rr + DM

Main Index

T

M lr + M lr

T

DM + DM

T

M ll DM

Eq. 4-38

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

READ

Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

Extracts eigenvaules from a real symmetric system. To solve the following equations for eigenvalues and their associated eigenvectors: ( [ K ] – λ [ M ] ) { u } = 0 for vibration analysis d

( [ K ] – λ [ K ] ) { u } = 0 for buckling analysis

Eq. 4-39 Eq. 4-40

Format: READ

KAA,MAA,MR,DAR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,  VACOMP   INVEC   LLL  PARTVEC,SIL,   ,   ,    SPCCOL   EQMAP   VFO1     EQEXIN   /   ,  GAPAR     LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,LAMMAT,OUTVEC/ FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/SETNAME/SID/METH/ F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/PRTSUM/ MAXRATIO/MDLGDEF $

Input Data Blocks: KAA

K matrix in Eq. 4-39.

MAA

M matrix in Eq. 4-39 or Kd matrix in Eq. 4-40.

MR

Rigid body mass matrix

DAR

Rigid body transformation matrix.

DYNAMIC Eigenvalue Extraction Data (output by IFP module).

Main Index

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

CASECC

Case Control Data Table (selects EIGR, EIGRL, or EIGB entries, output by IFP module).

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KAA and MAA. Required for maximum efficiency. See SETNAME parameter description below.

1593

1594

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

Main Index

SIL

Scalar index list. Required for maximum efficiency.

VACOMP

Partitioning vector of size of a-set with a value of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to r-set degrees-of-freedom. The USET table may be specified here as well. If VACOMP is purged and DAR does not have the same number of rows as KAA, then the partitioning vector will be determined from the size of MR.

SPCCOL

Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

INVEC

Starting vector(s) for Lanczos method only.

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

LLL

Lower triangular factor from decomposition of KAA. Use to enhance shift logic for buckling eigenvalue extraction.

VFO1

VFO zero-partition by SPCCOL. VFO is the local f-size partitioning vector with 6 values of 1.0 for every grid in the local residual. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

EQEXIN

Equivalence between external and internal grid identification numbers. Required for maximum efficiency.

GAPAR

Partitioning vector which is used to partition the local a-set displacements from the global a-set displacements. It contains a 1 at each row which does not have a contribution from the current processor and zero if it does. Required only for geometric domain decomp.

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

Output Data Blocks: LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

PHA

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.

OEIGS

Real eigenvalue extraction report.

MI

Modal mass matrix.

LAMMAT

Diagonal matrix containing eigenvalues on the diagonal.

OUTVEC

Last vector block (Lanczos only).

Parameters: FORMAT

Input-Character-no default. If FORMAT ≠ ′MODES′ , READ will solve a buckling problem, i.e., ( [ K ] + λ [ K d ] ) using EIGB Bulk Data. But it is the DMAP writer’s responsibility to multiply K d by -1 before entering the READ module.

NEIGV

Output-integer-no default. NEIGV is the number of eigenvectors found. 0 No eigenvectors found. >0 NEIGV eigenvectors found. <0 NEIGV eigenvectors found but there was an error encountered during the extraction.

Main Index

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. The method used by READ is taken from the NSKIP record of CASECC.

FLUID

Input-logical-default=FALSE. If FLUID = TRUE, then the EIGRL or EIGR entry is selected from METHOD(FLUID) Case Control command.

SETNAME

Input-character-default='A'. For maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KAA and MAA are a partition then PARTVEC must be specified.

1595

1596

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

SID

Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the METHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC. If SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) are ignored. If SID=-1, then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction. If SID=-2, then take action similar to SID=0 except fields on the Case Control selection of EIGR/EIGRL may be overridden by parameters F1 through NORM described below.

METH

LAN

Lanczos.

INV

Inverse power.

SINV

Inverse power with Sturm sequence.

GIV

Givens (tridiagonalization).

MGIV

Modified Givens.

HOU

Householder.

MHOU

Modified Householder.

AGIV

Automatic selection of GIV or MGIV.

AHOU

Automatic selection of HOU or MHOU.

F1

Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency bound.

F2

Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.

NE

Input-integer-default=20. The number of estimated eigenvalues for non-Lanczos methods only. For the Lanczos method, NE is the problem size which the QL Householder method is used.

Note:

NE default changed from 0 to 20.

ND

Main Index

Input-character-default='LAN'. If SID<0, then METH specifies the method of eigenvalue extraction.

Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

MSGLVL

Input-integer-default=0. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only. 0 No output. 1 Warning and fatal messages. 2 Summary output. 3 Setailed output on cost and convergence. 4 Setailed output on orthogonalization.

MAXSET

Input-integer-default=0. Vector block size for Lanczos method only.

SHFSCL

Input-real-default=0.0. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than 0.0.

NORM

Input-character-default=' '. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default (or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects normalization by maximum displacement.

PRTSUM

Inpput-logical-default=TRUE. Lanczos eigenvalue summary print flag.

MAXRATIO Input-real-default=1.0E7. Minimum value of factor diagonal ratio which causes termination of decomposition. MDLGDEF Input-integer-default=8000. Minimum number of degrees-offreedom that activates special ACMS DECOMP/FBS method in READ module for buckling problems (FORMAT<>"MODES"). Remarks: 1. In the solution sequences the eigensolution control parameters are selected by the METHOD or METHOD(FLUID) command which are defined in the CASECC data block and selects a EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry record defined in the DYNAMIC or EED data block. EED is a subset of and interchangeable with the DYNAMIC for this application. There are alternate formats as shown below where the Case Control commands and/or the EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entries are replaced with optional parameters SID, METH, F1, etc.

• SID=0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC data blocks must be specified. METHOD command and EIGR, or EIGRL, entries must be specified in the input file. READ

Main Index

KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,CASECC,,,,/

1597

1598

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/ FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV $

• SID>0 -- Only DYNAMIC data block must be specified. The EIGR or EIGRL entry is selected by the SID parameter. The CASECC data block may be purged and is ignored. READ

KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,,,,,/ LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/ FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////SID $

• SID<0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC are not required. SID=-1 and METH through NORM parameters are specified. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to the descriptions of Bulk Data entries “EIGR” on page 1517 and “EIGRL” on page 1522 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide. The CASECC and DYNAMIC data blocks may be purged and are ignored. READ

KAA,MAA,,,,,,,,,/ LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/ FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////-1// F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM $

2. In the READ module, the most memory-intensive part of the calculations is involved with symbolic decomposition of the mass or shifted stiffness matrix. Two methods of internal resequencing are available. When the USET, SIL, EQEXIN, and PARTVEC data blocks and SETNAME parameter are available, the resequencing is done in a grid point basis. These data blocks allow correlation of row numbers in the a-set with grid point numbers. When any of these data blocks are missing the resequencing is done on a degree-of-freedom basis, potentially 6 times larger in size and requiring the square of this quantity for memory. The grid point option requires less memory and is appreciably faster than the degree-of-freedom option. 3. In all eigensolution methods READ will calculate rigid body modes accurately without the presence of SUPORTi entries in the Bulk Data Section. The SUPORTi entries define the r-set, the reference set for rigid body modes. If all of the input blocks associated with the r-set are input properly, the static shapes input in the DAR data block are used to compute rigid body modes. If the calculated frequencies associated with these modes are small numbers, they are reset to binary zero.

Main Index

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

• Modern r-set introduced in Version 70.5: DXR has the same number of rows as KXX and both are partitioned from DAR and KAA using PARTVEC. DAR is the motion of the a-set variables due to unit motion of each r-set point, successively, as calculated by static analysis and ignoring mass effects. Linear combinations of these shapes are used for rigid body mode shapes that are orthogonal with respect to the mass matrix. READ

KXX,MXX,MR,DXR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL, ,,LLL,EQEXIN/ LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/ FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $

• Obsolete r-set processing as in Version 70: DMX and VACOMP are used for special r-set processing based on the r-set rows being added to DMX in the READ module. DMX is partitioned from DM in the way KXX is partitioned from KAA. In other words, the same degrees-of-freedom are partitioned for both KXX and DMX. The modern method uses DAR instead, with the r-set rows included in DAR. READ

KXX,MXX,MR,DMX,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL, VACOMP,,LLL,EQEXIN/ LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/ FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $

Use of this obsolete format is no longer recommended, and provisions for it may be removed from the code in a future version. Refer to old documentation for a description of this obsolete form. 4. For the Lanczos and INV methods KAA may be indefinite and MAA must be at least positive semidefinite. For the unmodified tridiagonal methods (for example, HOU) KAA may be indefinite, but MAA must be non-singular. For the modified and auto tridiagonal methods (for example, MHOU and AHOU) MAA may be singular when [KAA + lambda*MAA] is non-singular. Lambda is an internally calculated shift. The matrix sum will be singular or approach singularity only when the system contains massless mechanisms. A shaft model made with bar elements using point masses is an example of a system with a massless mechanism. The torsion DOFs are not constrained to ground, and the point masses provide no rotary inertia. See the MODERS

Main Index

1599

1600

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

subDMAP for the auto-omit DMAP steps used to remove rows and columns with null mass for the tridiagonal methods. This makes the modified methods more efficient, and removes some (but not all) possible causes of singularity in the mass matrix. 5. For the Lanczos and Sturm Inverse methods, LAMA and PHA may also be input if the APPEND mode is being used. 6. LAMA and OElGS are suitable for OFP output. 7. MI may not be purged. 8. Parallel processing in this module (Householder method only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)), see the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide, Section 1. 9. If an r-set is present and special processing of rigid body modes is desired then it is recommended that DAR have the same number of rows as KAA. If not, then either MR, USET, or VACOMP should be specified. 10. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to the descriptions of the EIGR and EIGRL Bulk Data entries in the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 11. For the Lanczos method:

• By default, the Lanczos method uses sparse matrix methods. To use regular matrix methods specify SPARSE = 1 on the NASTRAN statement or specify PUTSYS (126,1) just prior to the READ module.

• In vibration analysis MAA must be positive semidefinite. In buckling analysis, KAA must be positive semidefinite. For either type of analysis, the other input matrix may be indefinite.

• Performance-enhancing options may be requested on system cells 193 through198. Use the NASTRAN statement or the PUTSYS DMAP statement. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide.

• The Lanczos method was updated in Version 70.5 with several enhancements related to shift logic. However, if the Lanczos method in Version 70 is desired then specify NASTRAN SYSTEM(273)=1 in the File Management Section or PUTSYS(1,273) in the DMAP before the READ module.

• For maximum efficiency in the Lanczos method, it is recommended that USET, SIL, and EQEXIN data blocks and SETNAME parameter are specified. If the size of KAA is not the same as the size of the set indicated by SETNAME, then PARTVEC should also be specified.

Main Index

READ Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues

12. If SID=-2, then NE is used to modify the ND parameter. ND is modified accordingly: ND*(1+NE/100) 13. For the Lanczos (METH='LAN') and Householder (METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU') methods, if the problem can fit into memory then a "QL" Householder eigensolution will be performed. If the problem cannot fit in memory then the old method is used because the "QL" method does not have spill capability. The criterion for switching from the requested method to the "QL" method is controlled system cell 359 and the NE parameter. The default value for system cell 359 is 1 which means:

• if METH='LAN' is requested, the program wil automatically switch to AHOU when the size of the problem less than or equal to NE.

• if METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU' then the program will automatically switch to the "QL" solution if the problem will fit in memory. Examples: 1. Suppose the user has a matrix [ A ] for which he or she wishes to extract eigenvalues via the classical equation [ A – λI ] { u } = 0 . Presuming [ A ] is input via DMI Bulk Data entries and there is an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry that is selected in Case Control (METHOD), the following DMAP sequence will be sufficient: PARAML MATGEN READ

A//’TRAILER’/1/S,N,NCOLA $ ,/IDEN/1/NCOLA $ A,IDEN,,,DYNAMICS,,CASECC,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI, OEIGS,/’MODES’/S,N,NEIGS/1 $ OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$ IF(NEIGS>-1) MATPRN VECTOR// $

2. Suppose that the user wishes to now calculate 5 modes of the equation [[A] - lambda [I]]{phi} = 0 in a subDMAP where the DYNAMICS and CASECC data blocks are not available: $ GENERATE IDEN AS SHOWN IN THE PRIOR EXAMPLE READ A,IDEN,,,,,,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI, OEIGS/'MODES'/S,N,NEIGS////-1////5 $ OFP LAMA,OEIGS//$ IF (NEIGS > -1) MATPRN VECTOR// $

Main Index

1601

1602

RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations

RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations. Format: RESMOD

I1,I2,I3,I4,I5/ O1,O2,O3,O4,O5/ P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $

Input Data Block: Ii

Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5 depends on P1.

Output Data Block: Oi

Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.

Parameters: P1

Input-character-no default. Option selection described in the table below. P1

Description

'ATBC'

Performs the matrix multiplication [I1]T [I2][I3] if [I3] is present; [I1] [I2][I1] otherwise.

'MPART'

Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass content

'LININD'

Find linearly independent and dependent vectors of a matrix

'LDSWEEP' Sweeps "modal" loads for load vectors 'USWEEP'

Sweeps a matrix for small vectors

P2,P3,P4

Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.

P5,P6

Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.

Option P1 = 'ATBC' T

T

Performs the matrix multiplication [ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I3 ] if [ I3 ] is present; [ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I1 ] otherwise.

Main Index

RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations.

Format: RESMOD

I1,I2,I3,,/O1,,,,/'ATBC' $

Input Data Block: Ii

Matrix data block.

Output Data Block: O1

Matrix product.

Remark: [I2] is assumed to be symmetric. Example: T

Compute the product [ D ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] RESMOD

A,B,C,,/D,,,,/'ATBC' $

Option P1 = 'MPART' Partitions stiffness, mass, and eigenvector matrices based on mass content. Format: RESMOD

PHI,K,M,,/PHI0,K0,PHI1,M1,K1/ 'MPART'////ZROSTIFF/ZROMASS $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

PHI

Eigenvector matrix.

K

Stiffness matrix associated with PHI.

M

Mass matrix associated with PHI.

PHI0

Massless eigenvectors.

K0

Stiffness associated with PHI0.

PHI1

Eigenvectors which contain mass.

M1

Mass associated with PHI1.

K1

Stiffness associated with PHI1.

1603

1604

RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations.

Parameters: ZROSTIFF

Input. Null stiffness filter criteria.

ZROMASS

Input. Null mass filter criteria.

Remarks: 1. PHI, K, and M must be real. 2. If ZROSTIFF is null then 1.E-08 will be assumed. 3. If ZROMASS is null then 1.E-16 will be assumed. Option P1 = 'LININD' Partitions a matrix into linearly independent and dependent sets. Format: RESMOD

U,M,,,/U0,U1,,,/'LININD'////ZROVEC $

Input Data Blocks: U

Any real matrix.

M

Mass matrix associated with U.

Output Data Blocks: U0

Linearly dependent vector set from U.

U1

Linearly independent vector set from U.

Parameter: ZROVEC

Input. Null filter criteria.

Remarks: 1. If ZROVEC is null then 1.E-06 is used. 2. If M is purged then an identity matrix is assumed. 3. [ U0 ] and [ U1 ] should satisfy the following conditions: T

[ I0 ] [ M ] [ U0 ] = computational zeros T

[ U1 ] [ M ] [ U1 ] > 0.0 4. U and M must be real.

Main Index

RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations.

Option P1 = 'LDSWEEP' Sweeps modal loads for load vectors. Format: RESMOD

LD,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/LDIND,,,,/ 'LDSWEEP'/NORMFLG $

Input Data Blocks: LD

Load matrix

PHI

Eigenvector matrix

MXX

Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.

MQQ

Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.

Output Data Block: LDIND

Filtered load vectors.

Parameter: NORMFLG

Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize load vectors.

Remarks: 1. The filtered load vectors are: T

[ LDIND ] = [ LD ] – [ M ] [ PHI ] ⋅ ( [ PHI ] [ M ] [ PHI ] )

–1

2. LD, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real. Option P1 = 'USWEEP' Sweeps a matrix for small vectors. Format: RESMOD

U,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/UIND,,,,/'USWEEP'/NORMFLG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

U

A set of vectors.

PHI

Modal vectors.

T

⋅ [ PHI ] [ LD ]

1605

1606

RESMOD Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations.

MXX

Mass matrix, physical degrees of freedom.

MQQ

Mass matrix, modal degrees of freedom.

Output Data Block: UIND

Filtered vectors.

Parameter: NORMFLG Input. Normalization flag. Set to -1 to unit normalize input vectors. Remarks: 1. The filtered vectors are: T –1

[ UIND ] = [ U ] + – ( [ PHI ] [ MQQ ] [ PHI ] ) 2. U, PHI, MXX, and MQQ must be real.

Main Index

RESTART Data block comparison

RESTART

Data block comparison

Compares two data blocks and invokes dependencies. Format: RESTART

DB1,DB2,DLSTIN/DLSTOUT/ INVOKE/SPEXP/DPEXP/NDDLNAM/PRTUNIT $

Input Data Blocks: DBi

Data blocks to be compared.

DLSTIN

A list of data blocks and the associated pathnames. DLSTIN was built as DLSTOUT during prior executions of the RESTART module. DLSTIN is used to invoke the same restart dependencies, but with different qualifiers, as done during previous RESTART comparisons.

Output Data Block: DLSTOUT

A list of data blocks and associated pathnames defined from DB1 that were deleted during this execution of the RESTART module. If DLSTOUT is designated as an APPEND file, then DLSTOUT contains the list of data blocks deleted (or marked for deletion during this) from prior executions of the module.

Parameters: INVOKE

Input-logical-default=FALSE. If INVOKE = TRUE then restart deletions are performed. If INVOKE = FALSE (default) then no deletions are performed, but data blocks are marked within DLSTOUT.

SPEXP

Input-integer-default=6. Single-precision tolerance exponent. Two single-precision numbers x and y are considered equal if x – y < 10

DBEXP

– SPEXP

Input-logical-default=12. Double-precision tolerance component. Two double-precision numbers, x and y are considered equal if x – y < 10

– DBEXP

NDDLNAM Input-character-default=' '. NDDL is the name of the DATABLK statement to use for a description in the comparison that overrides the name of DB1.

Main Index

1607

1608

RESTART Data block comparison

PRTUNIT

Input-integer-default=0. Fortran unit flag to print differences betwee DB1 and DB2. =0

Print to f04.

<>0

Print to f06.

Remarks: 1. Any or all input data blocks may be purged. 2. If DLSTIN is not purged, the DB1 and DB2 must be purged. 3. If DBI and DB2 are not purged, the DLSTIN must be purged. 4. If INVOKE = TRUE then RESTART also deletes data blocks according to the data dependencies (see “DEPEN” in Chapter 3). Only data blocks with the current values of qualifiers for the path given by DBi are deleted. If the paths of DBi and the path of the data block to be deleted differ, then all intersecting qualifiers use the current value and the remaining nonintersecting qualifiers use the wildcard (*) to determine deletion. Example: In this example, GEOM1 and GEOM2 are compared to the restart versions defined in the DBVIEW statement. Changes are marked within the HIST file. Deletions are performed after SEID is set. FILE HIST=APPEND $ PROJVER //’RESTART’/S,N,RESPRJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXIST $ DBVIEW GEOM1R = GEOM1 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $ DBVIEW GEOM2R = GEOM2 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $ RESTART GEOM1,GEOM1R,/HIST/ $ RESTART GEOM2,GEOM2R,/HIST/ $ SEID = SEDWN $ RESTART,,,HIST//TRUE $

Main Index

RMDUPBLK Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data

RMDUPBLK Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data. Format: RMDUPBLK

/BULK/S,N,NEWBULK $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: BULK

Table of all sorted Bulk Data entries.

Parameters: NEWBULK Output-logical-default=FALSE. NEWBULK creation flag. FALSE

No

TRUE

Yes

Remarks: 1. BULK is both and input and output data block and therefore must be declared as an append file on the FILE statement. For example: FILE IBULK=APPEND $ RMDUPBLK /IBULK $ 2. The actions taken by this module and tolerance for defining duplicate real numbers are both specified in system cell 402: < 0.0 Nothing is done and no entries are deleted. > 0.0 Tolerance checking will be done to determine if the entries are deletable. = 0.0 No tolerance checks will be performed; only physically identical records will be deleted. 3. Only the CORD2C, CORD2R, CORD2S, and GRID Bulk Data entries are checked and candidates for deletion.

Main Index

1609

1610

RMG2 Processes radiation exchange coefficients

RMG2

Processes radiation exchange coefficients

Processes radiation exchange coefficients to produce temperature heat flux transfer matrices. Format: RMG2

EST,MPOOL,MUGNI,KGGNL,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,SIL,USET/ RDEST,RECM,RGG,KGGNL1/ TABS/SIGMA/S,N,NORADMAT/LUSET $

Input Data Blocks: EST

Element summary table.

MPOOL

Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images

MUGNI

Temperature matrix for stiffness update.

KGGNL

Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

Output Data Blocks: RDEST

Radiation element summary table.

RECM

Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.

RGG

Radiation transfer matrix in the g-set.

KGGNL1

Conduction matrix in g-set for material nonlinear elements only and updated for radiation.

Parameters:

Main Index

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

RMG2 Processes radiation exchange coefficients

NORADMAT

Input/output-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag. 2 No radiation. -1 Initial radiation. 1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity. 2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity. 3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.

LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

Remark: If KGGNL is not purged then LUSET is determined from KGGNL.

Main Index

1611

1612

ROTOR Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input

Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input

ROTOR

Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input. Format: ROTOR

BGPDT,DYNAMIC,DIT,CSTM,VDA,EDOM/ ROTOR,ROTORT/ CONFAC/APP/ROTPRNT/ROTTFLG $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

VDA

Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0's at extra point degrees-offreedom. May be purged if no extra points are specified.

EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced by RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.

Output Data Blocks: ROTOR

Table of rotordynamic parameters.

ROTORT

Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.

Parameters: CONFAC

Input-real-default=1.0E-5.

APP

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Analysis type. 'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP' Transient response. 'STATICS' ROTPRNT

Main Index

Statics.

Input-integer-default=1. Rotor summary print flag. <>0

Print.

=0

Do not print.

ROTOR Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input

ROTTFLG

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Rotordynamics transient solution sequence flag for extra point processing. 1:

SOL 400

0:

SOL 129

1613

1614

ROTRDR1 Creates coriolis and circulation matrices

ROTRDR1

Creates coriolis and circulation matrices

Creates coriolis and circulation matrices based on rotordynamics user input and also drives DMAP rotor loop. Format: ROTRDR1

BGPDT,CSTM,ROTOR,MG6,ROTORT/ BCGG,TI,VGROT/ S,N,RECNUM/S,N,ROTORID/CONFAC/WTMASS/ S,N,METHSID/S,N,SDAMPSID/S,N,KDAMP/APP/ROTPRNT $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

ROTOR

Table of rotordynamics user input.

MG6 ROTORT

Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.

Output Data Blocks: BCGG TI VGROT Parameters:

Main Index

RECNUM

Input/output-integer-default=1.

ROTORID

Input/output-integer-default=0.

CONFAC

Input-real-default=1.0E-5.

WTMASS

Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.

METHSID

Output-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue extraction entry set identification number.

SDAMPSID

Output-integer-default=0. Modal damping (TABDMP1) entry set identification number.

ROTRDR1 Creates coriolis and circulation matrices

KDAMP

APP

Output-integer-default=0. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping: 1

Yes

2

No

Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Analysis type. 'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

''TRANRESP' Transient response.

Main Index

'STATICS'

Statics.

<>0

Print.

=0

Do not print.

1615

1616

ROTRDR2 Set parameters for rotordynamic looping

ROTRDR2

Set parameters for rotordynamic looping

Set parameters for rotordynamic looping. Format: ROTRDR2

 CASECC     DIT 

 ROTOR    //  ROTORT 

 FREQ  S,N,RECNUM/APP/   /S,N,ROTORID/S,N,SYNFLAG/  TIME   S,N,RSCALE0   S,N,RSCALE1   /  /S,N,GR/S,N,RAVG/  S,N,OMEGA   S,N,OMEGADOT  S,N,ALPHAR1/S,N,ALPHAR2 $ Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DIT

Table of TABLEi, entry images.

ROTOR ROTORT Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters:

Main Index

RECNUM

Input/output-integer-default=1.

APP

Input-character-default=' '.

FREQ

Input-real-default=0.0.

TIME

Input-real-default=0.0.

ROTORID

Output-integer-default=0.

SYNFLAG

Output-integer-default=0.

RSCALE0

Output-real-default=0.0.

OMEGA

Output-real-default=0.0.

ROTRDR2 Set parameters for rotordynamic looping

RSCALE1

Output-real-default=0.0.

OMEGADOT Output-real-default=0.0.

Main Index

GR

Output-real-default=0.0.

RAVG

Output-real-default=0.0.

ALPHAR1

Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.

ALPHAR2

Output-real-default=0.0. Rayleigh damping coefficient for the rotor.

1617

1618

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing. Format: ROTRUTL

I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/ O1,O2,O2/ P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $

Input Data Block: Ii

Input data blocks. I1 is required. The presence of I2 through I5 depends on P1.

Output Data Block: Oi

Output data blocks. The presence of Oi depends on P1.

Parameters: P1

Input-integer-default=0. Option selection described in below.

P2

Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.

P3

Input-real-default=0.0. Real parametric data depending on P1.

P4

Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.

P5

Input-character-default=blank. Character parametric data depending on P1.

P6

Input-integer-default=0. Integer parametric data depending on P1.

Option IOPT = 1 Format: ROTRUTL

FINRL,BGPDT,,,,/MINRL,,/1 $

Input Data Blocks

Main Index

FINRL

G-set by 6 matrix of inertial forces due to unit accelerations in 6 directions.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Output Data Block: MINRL

G-set square mass matrix that would produce these forces where MINRL is block diagonal with 3x3 blocks.

Option IOPT = 2 Format: ROTRUTL

CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/ NHFRL,NHOUT,/2/S,N,NHARM/S,N,NHSUBFAC/S,N,NLHIC $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. NLHARM, NLFREQ, NLFREQ1, and NLHOUT records are read. Output Data Blocks: NHFRL

Frequency response list similar to FRL.

NHOUT Parameters: NHARM

Output.

NHSUBFAC Output. NLHIC

Ouptut.

Option IOPT = 3 Format: ROTRUTL

CASECC,ROTOR,,,,/ROTORX,,/3//SPEED $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections. Read RGYRO selection.

ROTOR

Table of rotordynamics user input.

1619

1620

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Output Data Block: ROTORX

Updated ROTOR so that the referenced RGYRO record reads "ASYNC" and "FREQ" and SPEED is also written to the RGYRO record.

Parameter: SPEED

Input. Speed.

Option IOPT = 4 Format: ROTRUTL

EPT,,,,,/EPTX,,/4/PID/DDVALUE/FID/ITYPE $

Input Data Block: EPT

Element property table.

Output Data Block: EPTX

Element property table updated with Campbell parameters.

Parameters: PID

Input. Property or material identification number.

DDVAL

Input. Campbell parameter.

FID

Input. Campbell parameter.

ITYPE

Input. Campbell parameter.

Option IOPT = 5 Format: ROTRUTL

ROTOR,,,,/,,/5/IRGYRO//S,N,REFROTR $

Input Data Block: ROTOR

Table of rotordynamics user input.

Output Data Blocks: None.

Main Index

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Parameters: IRGYRO

Input. RGYRO record identification number.

REFROTR

Output. Reference rotor ID on the RGYRO.

Remark: If the ROTOR table does not exist REFROTR is output as 0 (zero). If IRGYRO is not found in ROTOR then REFROTR is set to -1. Option IOPT = 6 Format: ROTRUTL

DYNAMIC,,,,,/SEROT,,/6/S,N,NROTOR//S,N,NROTORSE $

Input Data Block: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. Output Data Block: SEROT

Table of Bulk Data entries related to dynamics.

Parameters: NROTOR

Output. Number of ROTOR entries.

NROTORSE Output. Number of ROTORSE entries. Option IOPT = 7 Add ROTORG entries into DYNAMIC based on the SEPART and SEROT . Format: ROTRUTL

DYNAMIC,SEPART,SEROT,BGPDT,,/DYNAMICX,,/7 $

Input Data Block: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.

Main Index

SEPART

Partitioning vector.

SEROT

Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

1621

1622

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Output Data Block: DYNAMICX

DYNAMIC updated with SEPART and SEROT data.

Parameters: None. Option IOPT = 8 Processes forces for nonlinear harmonic response Format: ROTRUTL

DYNAMIC,CASECC,BGPDT,EVEC,USETD,DIT/ NLFTAB,NLPART,/8/S,N,UVAFLAG $

Input Data Blocks: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. CASECC

Table of Case Control command selections.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EVEC

D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: NLFTAB

Nonlinear data from NLRGAP, NLRSFD, NOLINi records.

NLPART

Nonlinear forces degrees-of-freedom for d-set.

Parameter: UVAFLAG

Output. Bit pattern indication force term association with U (disp), V(vel) or A (acce).

Option IOPT = 9 or -9 Format: ROTRUTL

Main Index

U,,,,,/UAVG,,/9/NHARM/FREQ/CONDIV//ISUBFAC $

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Input Data Block: U

Solution matrix in d-set.

Output Data Block: UAVG

Converged solution matrix of Fourier components.

Parameters: NHARM

Input.

FREQ

Input.

CONDIV

Input.

ISUBFAC

Input.

Option IOPT = 10 Format: ROTRUTL

,,,,,/MFCDISP,MFCVELO,/10/NHARM//NHPLUS $

Input Data Blocks: None. Output Data Blocks: MFCDISP

Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time domain displacements.

MFCVELO

Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time domain velocities.

Parameters: NHARM

Input.

NHPLUS

Input.

Option IOPT = 11 Format: ROTRUTL

Main Index

U,PTVEC,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,,/UT,VT,/11 $

1623

1624

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Input Data Blocks: U

Solution matrix.

PTVEC

Partitioning vector.

MFCDISP

Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time domain displacements.

MFCVELO

Matrix of cosines and sines to convert Fourier coefficients to time domain velocities.

Output Data Blocks: UT

Matrix of displacements in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom specified in PTVEC.

VT

Matrix of velocities in time but only for the degrees-of-freedom specified in PTVEC.

Option IOPT = 12 Convert U (fourier components of d-set) into TIC records to be used in a transient response analysis Format: ROTRUTL

DYNAMIC,BGPDT,EVEC,U,,/,,/12/TICID/FREQ/NHARM $

Input Data Blocks: DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data Entries related to dynamics. BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table

EVEC

D-set partitioning vector indicating extra point locations

U

Solution matrix.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters:

Main Index

TICID

Input.

FREQ

Input.

NHARM

Input.

ROTRUTL Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.

Option IOPT = 13 Format: ROTRUTL

DIT,,,,,/,,/13/SDAMP/S,N,TR/S,N,INFOR $

Input Data Block: DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: None.

Parameters: SDAMP

Input.

TR

Output.

INFOR

Output.

Option IOPT = 14 Determine convergence and line search in nonlinear harmonic response analysis. Format: ROTRUTL

RESU0,RESU1,,,,/HISTAB,,/14/S,N,ICODE/NLHTOL $

Input Data Blocks: RESU0

Iterate matrix before DECOMP/FBS (= Au-P-F(u))

RESU1

Iterate matrix after DECOMP/FBS with 0.0 < LAMC <= 1.0

Output Data Block: HISTAB Parameters:

Main Index

ICODE

Output. Convergence code.

NLHTOL

Input. Convergence tolerance.

1625

1626

RSPEC Converts transient response motion for plotting

RSPEC

Converts transient response motion for plotting

Converts transient response motion to response spectra output suitable for plotting. Format: RSPEC

FRL,OUG2,SPSEL,OVG2/ OXRESP/ S,N,SPSELREC/DVAFLAG $

Input Data Blocks: FRL

Frequency response list.

OUG2

Table of displacements in SORT1 format from transient response analysis.

SPSEL

Table of response spectra generation correlation selections.

OVG2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format.

Output Data Blocks: OXRESP

Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.

Parameters: SPSELREC

Input/output-integer-default=0. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last record.

DVAFLAG

Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities are contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit. -1 Velocities are contained in OUG2. 1 Velocities are contained in OVG2

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR: DO WHILE ( RECORD<>-1 ) $ RSPEC FRL,OUGV2,SPSEL/OXRESP/S,N,RECORD $ IF ( RECORD>=0 ) THEN $ IF ( RSPRINT>=0 ) OFP OXRESP//S,N,CARDNO $ XYTRAN XYCDBDR,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYPLT/TABID $ IF ( NOXYPLT>=0 ) XYPLOT XYPLTSS// $ ENDIF $ RECORD>=0 ENDDO $ RECORD<>-1

Main Index

SCALAR Matrix element extractor

Matrix element extractor

SCALAR

Extracts a specified element from a matrix for use as a parameter. Format: SCALAR

A//S,N,NROW/S,N,NCOL/S,N,VALUED $

Input Data Block: A

Any matrix (real or complex).

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: IROW

Input/output-integer-default=1. Row number of element to be extracted from [A]. See Remark 4.

ICOL

Input/output-integer-default=1. Column number of element. See Remark 4.

VALUED

Output-complex double precision-default=(0.D0,0.D0). Contents of element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column in matrix [A].

Remarks: 1. If the input is purged, the module returns with a VALUE = (0.,0.). 2. See also PARAML A//’DMI’ option. 3. Prior to Version 2001, VALUED was a single precision parameter. To convert an old DMAP that uses the pre-Version 2001format, see Example 2. 4. If IROW (or ICOL) is greater than the umber of rows (or columns) in A then IROW or (ICOL) will reset to -1 and CDVALUE remains unchanged from its value prior to calling SCALAR. Examples: 1. Extract the matrix element in row 1 and column 2 of matrix A and assigns it to the parameter VALUE. SCALAR

A//1/2/S,N,VALUE $

2. Convert a pre-Version 2001 SCALAR module call to the current version. SCALAR A//1/2/S,N,CDVALUE $ $ Add following statements

Main Index

1627

1628

SCALAR Matrix element extractor

TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CSVALUE $ CSVALUE = SINGL(CDVALUE) $

3. Read the values from a matrix V of unknown length into a parameter. TYPE PARM,,I,N,II $ LOOP COUNTER TYPE PARM,,I,N,VI=1 $ SELECTS COLUMN TO SEARCH DO WHILE (II>=0) $ STOP WHEN II NEGATIVE II = II + 1 $ SCALAR V//1/S,N,II/S,N,VI $ II RESET TO -II WHEN AT END OF MATRIX. IF (II>0) MESSAGE //'INDEX'/II/'VALUE'/VI $ ENDDO $

Main Index

SDP Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives

SDP

Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives

Calculates and prints the nondimensional stability and control derivatives and the intercepts of the quasi-steady stability derivatives. Format: SDP

CASEA,AECTRL,AERO,CSTMA,EDT, AEDBUXV,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPARV,MPAERV,MPAEUV, MPSRV,MPSERV,MPSIERV,MPSEUV,MPSIEUV,UXTRIM,AEDBINDX, PRBDOFS/ STBDER,UXDIFV/ MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/LPRINT $

Input Data Blocks: CASEA

A single record (subcase) of CASECC for aerodynamic analysis.

AECTRL

Table of aerodynamic model's control definition.

AERO

Table of control information for aerodynamic analysis.

CSTMA

Table of aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set + ks-set grid points.

EDT

Element deformation table. Contains aerodynamic model records.

AEDBUXV

Matrix of vehicle states.

AEMONPT Aerodynamic monitor points.

Main Index

MONITOR

Structural monitor points.

MPARV

Rigid monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.

MPAERV

Elastic restrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.

MPAEUV

Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on aerodynamic model.

MPSRV

Rigid splined monitor point loads on structural model.

MPSERV

Elastic restrained monitor point loads on structural model.

MPSIRV

Inertial restrained monitor point loads on structural model.

MPSEUV

Elastic unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.

MPSIUV

Inertial unrestrained monitor point loads on structural model.

UXTRIM

UX vector at trim.

1629

1630

SDP Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives

AEDBINDX Aeroelastic database index for monitor point data. PRBDOFS

Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". Active URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-of-freedom.

Output Data Block: STBDER

Table of aerostatic stability derivatives for a single subcase.

UXDIFV

Derivative interpolation factors matrix at UX = UXREF.

Parameters: MACH

Input-real-default=no default. Mach number.

Q

Input-real-default=no default. Dynamic pressure.

AECONFIG Input-character-no default. Aerodynamic configuration. SYMXY

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-y symmetry flag.

SYMXZ

Input-integer-no default. Aerodynamic x-z symmetry flag.

LPRINT

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Print flag for stability derivatives.

Remark: Each stability derivative has four forms based on:

• The aerodynamic model without any consideration of the structural model. • The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure but before any elastic effects are computed.

• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have been included. It is assumed that the model is restrained at the support points for this derivative.

• The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have been included. Movement of the supported degrees of freedom is included in this derivative.

Main Index

SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces

SDR1

Computes solution and single-point forces

Computes and appends the solution (displacements, velocities, acceleration) and single-point forces of constraint at the g-set for each boundary condition. Also appends applied loads. Format: SDR1

USET,PG,UL,UOO,YS,GOA,GM,PS,KFS,KSS,QR,KGG/ UG,PGT,QG/ NSKIP/APP/NOQG $

Input Data Blocks: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

UL

Displacement matrix in l-set.

UOO

Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the a-set fixed (set to zero).

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.

GOA

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

PS

Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.

KFS

Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN.

KSS

Stiffness matrix partition (s-set by s-set) from KNN.

QR

Matrix of determinate support forces.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set which is used to compute the Lagrange multiplers.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

UG

Displacement matrix in the g-set appended for all boundary conditions.

PGT

Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary conditions.

QG

Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set appended for all boundary conditions.

1631

1632

SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces

Parameters: NSKIP

Input-integer-no default. The first subcase of the current boundary condition.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values:

NOQG

'STATICS'

Statics.

'REIG'

Normal modes.

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

'MMREIG'

Normal modes for matrix method.

'BKL0'

Pre-buckling (statics).

'BKL1'

Buckling.

'DYNAMIC'

Dynamics.

Input-integer-default=0. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

Method: Static Analysis In the case of static analysis, SDR1 recovers dependent displacements  ul    ⇒ { ua }  ur 

Eq. 4-41

 ua    ⇒ { uf }  uo 

Eq. 4-42

t ]{ u } + { u o } { u o } = [ G oa a o

Eq. 4-43

where

Main Index

SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces

Enforced displacements are combined with u f  uf    ⇒ { un }  Ys 

Eq. 4-44

 un    ⇒ { ug }  um 

Eq. 4-45

{ u m } = [ G mn ] { u n }

Eq. 4-46

where

and recovers single point forces of constraint T

{ q s } = [ K fs ] [ u f ] + [ K ss ] { Y s } – { P s }

Eq. 4-47

Eigenvalue Analysis In the case of eigenvalue analysis SDR1 recovers dependent components of the eigenvectors { φ o } = [ G oa ] { φ a }

Eq. 4-48

 φa   ---- = { φf }  φo 

Eq. 4-49

 φf  -  = { φn }  --- φs 

Eq. 4-50

{ φ m } = [ G mn ] { φ n }

Eq. 4-51

 φn  -  = { φg }  ----- φm 

Eq. 4-52

and single-point forces of constraint T

{ q s } = [ K fs ] { φ f }

Main Index

Eq. 4-53

1633

1634

SDR1 Computes solution and single-point forces

If PARAM,DYNSPCF,NEW (default) then the single-point forces are computed as follows: { q s } = [ [ K sf ] – ω 2 [ M sf ] ] { φ f }

Eq. 4-54

Remarks: 1. If NSKIP is greater than 1 and the outputs are declared APPEND on the FILE statement than the outputs will be appended to outputs from prior executions of SDR1. 2. PG, YS, QR, and PS may be purged. 3. If PG is present, PGT must be present. 4. UOO must be present if the o-set exists and APP is equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'. 5. GM must be present if the m-set exists. 6. KFS must be present if the s-set exists and QG is present. 7. KSS must be present if YS is present, the s-set exists, and QG is present. 8. UOO, KSS and YS are ignored if APP is not equal to 'STATICS' or 'BLK0'. 9. See Section 9.4.11 of the MD Nastran Reference Manual for further discussion of the matrix operations in SDR1. 10. SDR1 can also process matrices with extra points.

Main Index

SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables

SDR2

Creates data recovery output tables

Creates tables based on output requests for forces of single-point and multipoint forces of constraint, applied loads, displacements, velocities, accelerations, element stresses, element strains, and element forces. These output tables are suitable for printing, plotting, and various other postprocessing. Format:

SDR2

CASECC, CSTM  SIL   ,  SILD  QG PELSET DITID AG OPG PUG OSTR APP HTFLOW SIGMA W4

ETT

,MPT

,DIT

 EQEXIN  ,  ,  EQDYN 

,OL

,BGPDT

,PG

,

,UG ,EST ,XYCDB ,OINT , ,VIEWTB ,GPSNT ,DEQATN ,DEQIND , ,PCOMPT ,GPKE ,EDT ,VG , ,QMG ,MMCDB / ,OQG ,OUG ,OES ,OEF , ,OVG ,OAG ,OQMG ,OGPKE1 , ,OMM / /S,N,SORTFLAG/NOCOMP/ACOUSTIC/DVAFLAG/ /GPF /ACOUT /PREFDB /TABS / /ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT/BSKIP /W3 / /LANGLE /OMID /G /S,N,OCID $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers. See Remark 5.

EQDYN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data.)

SIL

Scalar index list.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set. See Remark 5.

ETT

Element temperature table.

1635

1636

SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

QG

Single-point (or mutipoint-QMG) constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.

EST

Element summary table.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS. Output by PLTSET.

VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

GPKE

Matrix of grid point kinetic energies.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

VG

Velocity matrix in g-set.

AG

Acceleration matrix in g-set.

QMG

Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

MMCDB

Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OPG

Table of applied loads in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQG

Table of single forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables

OUG

Table of displacements in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OES

Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OEF

Table of element forces in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

PUG

Matrix of translational displacements for plotting purposes.

OVG

Table of velocities in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OAG

Table of accelerations in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OQMG

Table of multipoint forces-of-constraint in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OGPKE1

Table of grid point kinetic energies in SORT1 format.

OSTR

Table of element stresses in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

OMM

Table of maximum/minimum in SORT1 or SORT2 format

Parameters: APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'STATICS'

Statics.

'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

'FREQRESP'

Fequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

'MMREIG'

Normal modes for matrix method.

'BKL0'

Pre-buckling (statics).

'BKL1'

Buckling.

'NLST'

Nonlinear statics.

'GNST'

Geometric nonlinear statics.

SORTFLAG Input/Output-Default=1. SORT1/SORT2 format flag. If 1 on input then: The columns of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time steps, or eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in SORT2 format

Main Index

1637

1638

SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables

Then on output: set to 1 if (1) SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB exists, or (2) APP=’TRANRESP’ with no SORT1 requests; -1 otherwise. If 2 on input then: The rows of UG, QG, and QMG correspond to frequencies, time steps, or eigenvalues, etc., depending on APP and output will be in SORT2 format. If APP = ’TRANRESP’ then UG, VG, and AG must be input separately. Then on output: set to -1 if XYCDB does not exist and (1) SORT1 format is requested or (2) APP<>’TRANRESP’ with no SORT2 requests; 1 otherwise. NOCOMP

Input-Integer-Default=1. 0 Compute stresses for all elements. 1 Compute stresses for non-composite elements only. 2 Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr composite elements in the set referenced by STRESS=sid. 3 Compute element forces and strain curvatures ofr composite elements using the set referenced by STRAIN=sid.

ACOUSTIC Input-integer-default=0. Fluid-structure analysis flag. If set to 2 then acoustic pressure is computed for fluid elements. 0 No fluid elements exist. 1 Penalty or fluid acoustic elements exists. 2 Fluid/structure coupling exists. DVAFLAG

Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be output in separate data blocks. -1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG. 1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.

HTFLOW

Input-integer-default=-1. Heat flow output flag. -1 Do not compute heat flow. 1 Compute heat flow.

GPF

Main Index

Input-integer-default=-1. Parameter for electromagnetic analysis.

SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables

ACOUT

Input-character-default='PEAK'. Type of acoustic pressure output in fluid-structural analysis. 'RMS'

Root-mean-square.

'PEAK'

Peak.

PREFDB

Input-real-default=1.0. Peak pressure reference for pressure level in units of dB or dBA.

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

ADPTINDX Input-integer-default=-1. P-version analysis adaptivity index. ADPTEXIT

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if this is the final

BSKIP

Input-logical-default=TRUE. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, then skip the first subcase in CASECC.

W3

Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.

W4

Input-real-default=0. Scale factor denominator for including nonuniform structural damping in viscous damping for transient analysis. Usually input by user parameter.

LANGLE

Input-integer-default=1. Large rotation calculation method: 1 Gimbal angle. 2 Rotation vector.

OMID

Input-character-default='NO' Material output coordinate system flag. If OMID='YES' then stresses, strains, and forces are output in the material coordinate system of CQUAD4, CTRIA3, CQUAD8, and CTRIA6 elements.

G

Input-real-default=0. Uniform structural damping coefficient. Usually input by user parameter.

OCID

Output-integer-default=0. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid point output. The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output requests. 1 Displacements.

Main Index

1639

1640

SDR2 Creates data recovery output tables

2 Applied loads. 3 spcforces and mpcforces. 7 Eigenvectors. 10 Velocities. 11 Accelerations. Remarks: 1. Any output may be purged. 2. CSTM may be purged if no coordinate systems are referenced, or if stresses and/or forces are not requested. 3. MPT and EST may be purged if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, or forces. 4. DIT may be purged if no stress or force requests are present or if no temperature dependent materials are referenced. 5. SDR2 can also process p-set matrices (UP, QP, and PP instead of UG, QG, and PG) as long as EQDYN and SILD are specified. Otherwise, SILD may be purged. 6. ETT may be purged if no thermal loading exists, or there are no requests for stresses or forces. 7. EDT may be purged if there are no element requests for forces or stresses, or if there are no enforced element deformations in the problem. 8. BGPDT may be purged if all displacement (global) coordinate systems are in the basic coordinate system and if there are no requests for element stresses, strains, or forces exist. However, PUG will not be computed. 9. LAMA or CLAMA may not be purged if an eigenvalue or frequency response problem exists. 10. EQEXIN and XYCDB may be purged. 11. If SORT2 format is desired for the outputs then the parameter SORTFLAG must be set to 2 and the input data blocks UG, QG, and QMG must be in their transposed form.

Main Index

SDR3 Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format

SDR3

Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format

Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format. Format: SDR3

OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6/ OFP1X,OFP2X,OFP3X,OFP4X,OFP5X,OFP6X $

Input Data Blocks: OFPi

Output table in SORT1 (or SORT2) format.

Output Data Block: OFPiX

Output table in SORT2 (or SORT1) format.

Parameters: None. Remark: The SORT1 format created by modules like SDR2 is sorted accordingly: element type subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc. element identification number But the SORT1 format which has been reordered from SORT2 inputs by SDR3 is sorted accordingly: subcase ( or time step, frequency, etc. element type element identification number

Main Index

1641

1642

SDRCOMP Calculates laminar stresses

SDRCOMP

Calculates laminar stresses

Calculates laminar stresses, or strains, and failure indices in composite elements. Format: SDRCOMP

CASECC,MPT,EPT,ETT,EST,OES1A,OEF1A,DIT,BGPDT,PCOMPT/ OES1C,OEFIT,OEF1AA,OPLYSR,OGPLYSS,OGPLYFI,OGPSR/ STRNFLG/DESOPT/LOADFAC/SRCOMPS $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

ETT

Element temperature table.

EST

Element summary table.

OES1A

Table of element strain/curvatures in SORT1 format for the composite elements only.

OEF1A

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the composite elements only.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

PCOMPT

Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OES1C

Table of composite element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

OEFIT

Table of composite element failure indices.

OEF1AA

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for the non-composite elements only.

OPLYSR

Table of ply strength ratios.

OGPLYSS

Table of global ply stresses/strains.

OGPLYFI

Table of global ply failure indices.

OGPSR

Table of global ply strength ratios.

SDRCOMP Calculates laminar stresses

Parameters: LSTRN

Input-integer-default=0. Laminar strain flag. 0 Compute laminar stresses. 1 Compute laminar strains.

DESOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Non-composite element force flag. If set to 1, then the non-composite element forces are extracted form OEF1A and copied to OEF1AA.

LOADFACR Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. SRCOMPS

Input-character-default=’NO’. Flag to request output of table of ply strength ratios (OPLYSR).

Remarks: 1. ETT may be purged. However temperature effects will not be included. 2. OEF1AA may be purged if DESOPT=0. 3. LOADFACR is only required for including its value in the header record of OES1C for nonlinear static analysis. This is necessary for proper processing by the DBC module.

Main Index

1643

1644

SDRHT Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements

SDRHT

Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements

Combines the heat flow for the CHBDYi elements with the heat flux for other elements. Format: SDRHT

UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,RDEST,RECM,DLT,OEFNL1,MPT,BGPDT, CSTM,SIL,USET,CASECC,OESNLH,APPLOAD/ HOEF1,HOES1/ TABS/SIGMA/NORADMAT $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

UG

Temperature matrix in g-set.

OEF1

Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format.

SLT

Table of static loads.

EST

Element summary table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

RDEST

Radiation element summary table.

RECM

Radiation exchange coefficient matrix.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

OEFNL1

Table of nonlinear element fluxes in SORT1 format.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SIL

Scalar index list.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OESNLH

Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format for nonlinear elements

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

SDRHT Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements

Output Data Block: HOEF1

Table of element fluxes in SORT1 format updated for CHBDYi elements.

HOES1

Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear and nonlinear elements.

Parameters: TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SIGMA

Input-real-default=0.0. The Stefan-Boltzmann constant. Used to compute radiant heat flux.

NORADMAT

Input-integer-default=-1. Radiation flag. -2 No radiation. -1 Initial radiation (default). 1 Single band radiation with constant emissivity. 2 Radiation with temperature dependent emissivity. 3 Multiple band radiation with constant emissivity.

HOES1 Remarks: 1. For linear steady state heat transfer, OEF1 is also specified for OEFNL1 and RDEST, RECM, and DLT may be purged. SDRHT

UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,,,, OEF1,MPTS,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,USET,CASECC/ HOEF1/TABS/SIGMA/-1 $

2. In transient heat transfer UG also contains the enthalpy.

Main Index

1645

1646

SDRNL Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements

SDRNL

Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements

Performs the stress data recovery for nonlinear elements. Format: SDRNL

CASECC,ESTNL,ELDATA,UNUSED4,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7, CSTM,UGNI,BGPDT/ OESNL1,OESNLB1,UNUSED3/ NLTYPE/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/NSKIP/LINC/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/ UNUSED8 $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

ESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table.

ELDATA

Table of combined nonlinear information data.

UNUSED4

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED6

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED7

Unused and may be purged.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

UGNI

Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: OESNL1

Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format.

OESNLB1

Table of slideline contact element stresses in SORT1 format.

UNUSED3

Unused and may be purged.

Parameters: NLTYPE

Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type. 0 Statics. 1 Transient response.

UNUSED2

Main Index

Input-integer-no default. Unused.

SDRNL Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements

Main Index

UNUSED3

Input-integer-no default. Unused.

NSKIP

Input-integer-no default. Subcase record number to read in CASECC.

LINC

Input-integer-no default. Number of load increments for this subcase.

UNUSED6

Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.

UNUSED7

Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.

UNUSED8

Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.

1647

1648

SDRP Computes data for p-elements

SDRP

Computes data for p-elements

Computes displacements, element forces, element stresses, and element strains of p-elements at the view-grid points and merges with corresponding output for h-elements. Format: SDRP

CASECC,EST,VIEWTB,UG,OUG1, OES1,OSTR1,OEF1,DEQATN,DEQIND, DIT,MPT,MPT,CSTM,ETT,OINT, PELSET,BGPDT,BGPDT,OL,GPSNT,ERROR1, RSQUERY,OVG1,OAG1/ OUG1VU,OES1VU,OEE1VU,OEF1VU,STATDATA, RSLTSTAT,RSLTDATA,GLBTAB,GLBRSP, OVG1VU,OAG1VU/ ADPTEXIT/ALTSHAPE/APP/SDRPOPT/PVALID/ DESCYCLE/ADPTINDX/ODESMAX/OADPMAX/SEID/ DVAFLAG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EST

Element summary table.

VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set. For the DSVG1 module and transient analysis, UG can also represent velocity or acceleration.

OUG1

Table of displacements in SORT1 format.

OES1

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format.

OSTR1

Table of element strains in SORT1 format.

OEF1

Table of element forces in SORT1 format.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

SDRP Computes data for p-elements

ETT

Element temperature table.

OINT

p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

ERROR1

Error-estimate table updated for current superelement or adaptivity loop.

RSQUERY

Table of results state query.

OVG1

Table of velocities in SORT1 format.

OAG1

Table of accelerations in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks: OUG1VU

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

OES1VU

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for view elements.

OSTR1VU

Table of element strains in SORT1 format for view elements.

OEF1VU

Table of element forces in SORT1 format for view elements.

STATDATA Table of state information when system cell 297=1. RSTLSTAT

Table of result-state information when system cell 297=2.

RSLTDATA Table of actual results data when system cell 297=3.

Main Index

GLBTAB

Table of global responses when system cell 297=-1.

GLBRSP

Matrix of global responses when system cell 297=-1.

OVG1VU

Table of velocities in SORT1 format for view grids.

OAG1VU

Table of accelerations in SORT1 format for view grids.

1649

1650

SDRP Computes data for p-elements

Parameters: ADPTEXIT

Input-logical-no default. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop.

ALTSHAPE

Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in pelement analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values:

SDRPOPT

'STATICS'

Statics.

'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

'FREQ'

Frequency response.

'TRANSNT'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

Input-character-no default. Principal stress/strain computation selection: 'SDRP'

Compute in SDRP.

'OFP'

Compute in OFP.

PVALID

Input-integer-no default. p-value set identification number.

DESCYCLE

Input-integer-no default. Design cycle analysis counter.

ADPTINDX

Input-integer-no default. p-version analysis adaptivity index.

ODESMAX

Input-integer-no default. Total number of design cycles performed.

OADPMAX

Input-integer-no default. Total number of adaptivity cycles performed.

SEID

Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.

DVAFLAG

Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations will be output in separate data blocks. -1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG. 1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG and OAG.

Main Index

SDRP Computes data for p-elements

Remarks: 1.

If disk space is critical then SDRPOPT may set to 'OFP' to delay computation of principal stresses and strains to the OFP module.

2.

The scope of SDRP processing depends on the value system cell 297: 0 Traditional NASTRAN data recovery. 1,2,3 On-the-fly data recovery (MSC.Optima, MSC.Ultima). -1 Global Response (i.e. find min/max values of certain data recovery quantities).

Main Index

1651

1652

SDRX Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results

SDRX

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applicable to static and normal modes analysis only. Format: SDRX

CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,BGPDT, OSTR1/ OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/ S,N,NOXOUT $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OEF1

Table of element forces in SORT1 format.

OES1

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

OSTR1

Table of element strains in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

OEF1X

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

OES1X

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output.

OSTR1X

Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for 1-D elements.

SDRX Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results

Parameter: NOXOUT

Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag. 0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated. -1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP SEDRCVR: SDRX EQUIVX EQUIVX EQUIVX

Main Index

CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/ OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $ OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $ OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $ OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $

1653

1654

SDRXD Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results

SDRXD

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results

Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applies to transient and frequency response analysis only. Format: SDRXD

CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT, UG,DLT,OL,BGPDT,OSTR1/ OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/ S,N,NOXOUT/APP/COUPMASS $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OEF1

Table of element forces in SORT1 format.

OES1

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

EST

Element summary table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

OL

Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

OSTR1

Table of element strains in SORT1 format.

Output Data Blocks: OEF1X

Main Index

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for view grids.

SDRXD Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results

OES1X

Table of element stresses in SORT1 format updated for PLOAD1 loads and intermediate station output.

OSTR1X

Table of element strains in SORT1 format augmented with strains for 1-D elements.

Parameters: NOXOUT

Output-integer-no default. SDRX update flag. 0 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are updated. -1 OEF1X, OES1X, and OSTR1X are not updated.

APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values:

COUPMASS

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

Input-integer-default=-1. Coupled mass generation flag. -1 Lumped. 0 Coupled.

Example: SDRX

EQUIVX EQUIVX EQUIVX

Main Index

CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS, DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/ OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $ OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $ OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $ OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $

1655

1656

SDSA Partitions design model to superelements

SDSA

Partitions design model to superelements

Partitions the design model (i.e., the design optimization Bulk Data entries) to superelements. Format: SDSA

EDOM,EPTS,EQEXINS,SEMAP,MPTS,SGPDTS/ EDOMS/ SEID/PEID/S,N,OBJSID/DESOBJ/S,N,DESVAR/ S,N,DRESP/S,N,TWGTFL/S,N,TVOLFL $

Input Data Blocks: EDOM

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization.

EPTS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the superelement specified by SEID.

EQEXINS

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers for the superelement specified by SEID.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

MPTS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the current superelement.

SGPDTS

Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.

Output Data Block: EDOMS

Table of Bulk Data entries related to design sensitivity and optimization for the superelement specified by SEID.

Parameters:

Main Index

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

PEID

Input-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.

OBJSID

Output-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.

DESOBJ

Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.

SDSA Partitions design model to superelements

DESVAR

Output-integer-default=0. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design variable perturbations.

DRESP

Output-integer-default=0. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are retained design responses.

TWGTFL

Output-integer-default=0. Total weight flag.

TVOLFL

Output-integer-default=0. Total volume flag.

Remark: SDSA is intended to be executed in a superelement DMAP loop driven by SEP2DR. See subDMAP DESINIT for an example.

Main Index

1657

1658

SDSB Generates superelement processing list

SDSB

Generates superelement processing list

Generates the superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity calculations. Format: SDSB

SLIST,EDOM*,CASECC,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/ DSLIST/ S,N,DMRESD/S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

EDOM*

Family of EDOM tables for all superelements.

UNUSED4

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED5

Unused and may be purged.

Output Data Block: DSLIST

Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity calculations.

Parameters: DMRESD

Output-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the residual structure.

NOSEDV

Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case Control command. Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any superelement.

NOSERESP Output-integer-default=0. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP Case Control command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.

Main Index

SDSB Generates superelement processing list

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP DESINIT: DBVIEW EDOMF=EDOMS WHERE (wildcard) $ IF ( NOT(RSONLY) AND NOEDOM>0 ) SDSB SLIST,EDOMF,CASEXX,,/DSLIST/S,N,DMRESD/ S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $

Main Index

1659

1660

SDSC Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

SDSC

Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix

Prints the correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Format: SDSC

DSCMCOL// OBJSID/DESOBJ/UNUSED3/EIGNFREQ $

Input Data Block: DSCMCOL Correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix. Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: OBJSID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number associated with DESOBJ. Set to -1 for all cases unless the user specifies the DESOBJ command in a particular superelement subcase.

DESOBJ

Input-integer-default=0. DESOBJ Case Control command set identification number.

UNUSED3

Input-integer-default=1. Unused.

EIGNFREQ Input-integer-default=0. Eigenvalue/frequency response type flag. 1

Eigenvalue (radian/time).

2 Frequency (cycle/time).

Main Index

SECONVRT Modifies Bulk Data entry records

SECONVRT

Modifies Bulk Data entry records

Modifies those Bulk Data entry records which define coordinate systems, orientation vectors, and load vectors by grid point identification number; e.g., CORD1j to CORD2j, FORCEi to FORCE, MOMENTi to MOMENT, replace GO on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP with X1, X2, X3. Format: SECONVRT

BGPDT,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3/ GEOM1N,GEOM2N,GEOM3N $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1N

Modified GEOM1 with CORD1j records converted to CORD2j records.

GEOM2N

Modified GEOM2 with GO replaced by X1, X2, and X3 on CBAR, CBEAM, CBEND, CBUSH and CGAP records.

GEOM3N

Modified GEOM3 with FORCEi and MOMENTi records converted to FORCE and MOMENT records.

Parameters: None. Remark: 1. System cell 350 controls execution of the SECONVRT module. -1 No converson.

Main Index

1661

1662

SECONVRT Modifies Bulk Data entry records

0 Convert and echo all converted entries in the f06. >0 Convert and echo the first n converted entries in the f06 where n is the value of system cell 350.

Main Index

SEDR Partitions tables for superelements

SEDR

Partitions tables for superelements

Partitions the solution matrix, Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement. Format: SEDR

SEMAP,CASECC,PCDB,DRLIST,XYCDB,SLT,ETT, MAPS*,UGD,BGPDTD,GDNTAB,VGD,AGD/ UA,CASEDR,PCDBDR,XYCDBDR,VA,AA/ APP/SEID/S,N,NOUP/S,N,NOSORT1/S,N,NOUG/ S,N,NOOUT/S,N,NOPLOT/S,N,NOXYPLOT/QUALNAM/NCUL/ SORTP $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

DRLIST

Superelement processing list for data recovery.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

SLT

Table of static loads.

ETT

Element temperature table.

MAPS*

Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and release transformation matrix).

UGD

Displacement matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.

VGD

Velocity matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.

AGD

Acceleration matrix in g-set for the downstream superelement.

1663

1664

SEDR Partitions tables for superelements

Output Data Blocks: UA

Solution matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

CASEDR

Table of Case Control command images for the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

PCDBDR

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

XYCDBDR

Table of x-y plotting commands for a superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

VA

Velocity matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

AA

Acceleration matrix on the boundary (a-set) of the superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

Parameters: APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'STATICS' Statics. ≠ ′STATICS′ Not statics.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

NOUP

Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.

NOSORT1

Output-integer-default=0. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested for current superelement.

NOUG

Output-integer-default=0. UG presence flag. Set to -1 if UG already exists for the current superelement.

NOOUT

Output-integer-default=0. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are specified for the current superelement.

NOPLOT

Output-integer-default=0. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are specified for the current superelement.

NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=0. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are specified for the current superelement.

Main Index

SEDR Partitions tables for superelements

QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MAPS. NCUL

Input-integer-no default. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the residual structure. Usually determined by the PARAML module.

SORTP

Input-integer-default=1. Transpose flag for UGD, VGD, and AGD. 1 Columns correspond to time steps or frequencies. 2 Rows correspond to time steps or frequencies.

Main Index

1665

1666

SEDRDR Drives superelement data recovery loop

SEDRDR

Drives superelement data recovery loop

Drives superelement data recovery loop. Format: SEDRDR

DRLIST,SEMAP// S,N,LASTSE/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR/ NOSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/ SEDRCNTL/NOPGHD $

Input Data Blocks: DRLIST

Superelement processing list for data recovery.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: LASTSE

Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is the last to process.

SEID

Input/output-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number and initialization flag. On input: -1 Initialization. -2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321. >0 Previous superelement identification number. On output: >0 Current superelement identification number.

Main Index

PEID

Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.

SEDWN

Output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification number.

NODR

Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data recovery requested for any superelement.

SEDRDR Drives superelement data recovery loop

NOSE

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements.

SETYPE

Output-character-default=' the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. 'REPEAT'

Repeated.

'MIRROR'

Mirror.

'COLLTR'

Collector.

'EXTRNA'

External.

'. Superelement type as specified on

'PRIMARY' Primary. RSEID

Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.

SCNDRY

Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0.

EXTRN

Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.

SEDRCNTL

Input-character-default=' '

'

'CURR' NOPGHD

'. Processing list selection.

All superelements will be processed (default). Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.

Input-integer-default=0. Page header superelement label print control. 0 Print page header and UIM 7321. -1 Do not print page header and UIM 7321. -2 Same as -1 and do not print .f04 label. -3 Same as -2 and do not print superelement label in SUBTITLE line of page header.

Remark: SEDRDR processes each superelement, specified in DRLIST, in the order of data recovery; i.e., downstream to upstream or residual structure to tip superelements.

Main Index

1667

1668

SEDRDR Drives superelement data recovery loop

Example: Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the residual structure and ending with the tips. PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $ LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $ IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $ LPFLG=-1 $ ELSE $ SEDRDR DRLIST// S,N,LPFLG/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR $ ENDIF $ . . . ENDDO $

Main Index

SEEFMBND Generates band information for EFM

SEEFMBND Generates band information for EFM Generates the partitioning vectors and band information for energy flow modeling (EFM). Format: SEEFMBND

CASECC,DYNAMIC,DIT,LAMA,EFMDMP/ BANDPV,BANDLIST/EFMMASS $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

EFMDMP

Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

Output Data Blocks: BANDPV

Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.

BANDLIST Table of mode information for all bands. Parameters: EFMMASS

Main Index

Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

1669

1670

SEEFMCLF Calculates EFM values for a band

SEEFMCLF

Calculates EFM values for a band

For energy flow modeling (EFM), calculates for the current band: total modal energy for each subsystem, energy influence coefficients for rain-on-the-roof excitation, average power input, energy factors matrix, and coupling loss factors. Format: SEEFMCLF

DIT,EFMLIST,EFMDMP,BANDLIST,BANDPV,MQE*/ ENEMAT,APIMAT,EFMMA,SCLFMAT,CLFMAT/ IBAND/EFMMASS/QUALNAM/EFMDIAG $

Input Data Blocks: DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

EFMLIST

Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

EFMDMP

Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

BANDLIST Table of mode information for all bands. BANDPV

Matrix of partitioning vectors for all non-trivial bands.

MQE*

Family of superelement modal mass matrices.

Output Data Blocks: ENEMAT

Matrix of modal energy.

APIMAT

Diagonal matrix of average power input values.

EFMMAT

Matrix of energy factors.

SCLFMAT

Matrix of simple coupling loss factors.

CLFMAT

Matrix of coupling loss factors.

Parameters:

Main Index

IBAND

Input-integer-no default. Current band indentification number.

EFMMASS

Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

SEEFMCLF Calculates EFM values for a band

QUALNAM Input-character-default=' MQE matrices. EFMDIAG

Main Index

'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting

Input-integer-default=0. EFM diagnostic printout flag.

1671

1672

SEEFMDMP Generates parameters for EMF

SEEFMDMP Generates parameters for EMF Generates mass values, damping loss factors, and frequency-dependent damping criteria for energy flow modeling (EFM). Format: SEEFMDMP

CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST,OGPWG*/ EFMMCOL,EFMDMP/ S,N,EFMMASS/QUALNAM $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. EFMLIST

Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

OGPWG*

Family of superelement grid point weight generator tables.

Output Data Blocks: EFMMCOL Column matrix of EFM superelement mass values. EFMDMP

Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

Parameters: EFMMASS

Output-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

QUALNAM Input-character-default=' MQE matrices.

Main Index

'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting

SEEFMLST Generates superelement list for EFM

SEEFMLST

Generates superelement list for EFM

Generates list of superelements for which energy flow modeling (EFM) calculations are to be performed. Format: SEEFMLST

CASECC,GEOM1,SLIST/EFMLIST $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

SLIST

Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

Output Data Blocks: EFMLIST

Parameters: None.

Main Index

Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

1673

1674

SEEFMNOR Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM

SEEFMNOR Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM Generats the partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs from all the DOF in the superelement as well as to generate a matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors. Format: SEEFMNOR

BGPDT,USET,GPSNT/ PVGT,SNORMM $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

Output Data Blocks: PVGT

Partitioning vector for extracting the grid point translational DOFs.

SNORMM

Matrix of superelement grid point shell normal vectors.

Parameters: None. Remark: GPSNT and SNORMM may be purged if only PVGT is desired.

Main Index

SEEFMOUT Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis

SEEFMOUT Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis. Format: SEEFMOUT

EFMLIST,EFMASMTT,EXCITEFX,BANDLIST, MNRGYMTF,APIMATT,RESMATFT/ $

Input Data Blocks: EFMLIST

Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

EFMASMTT

Matrix of mass values for all EFM superelements.

EXCITEFX

Matrix of power or force input for all EFM superelements.

BANDLIST

Table of mode information for all bands.

MNRGYMTF Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all bands. APIMATT

Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM superelements for all bands.

RESMATFT

Matrix of average velocity respons for all EFM superelements for all bands.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: None.

Main Index

1675

1676

SEEFMXIT Computes superelement power for EFM

SEEFMXIT

Computes superelement power for EFM

Computes superelement power and force input values for energy flow modeling (EFM). Format: SEEFMXIT

CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST/EXCITP,EXCITF $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. EFMLIST

Table containing list of superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations are to be performed.

Output Data Blocks: EXCITP

Matrix of EFM superelement power input values.

EXCITF

Matrix of EFM superelement force input values.

Parameters: None.

Main Index

SELA Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements

SELA

Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements

Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements into the current superelement. Format: SELA

PJ,SLIST,SEMAP,BGPDTS,PA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/ PG/ SEID/QUALNAM/S,N,LDSEQ/S,N,NOPG/PRTUIM $

Input Data Blocks: PJ

Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to its interior points only.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

BGPDTS

Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.

PA*

Family of static load matrices (PA) applied on the boundary (a-set) of all upstream superelements.

MAPS*

Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and release transformation matrix).

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.

Output Data Block: PG

Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement including loads from upstream superelements.

Parameters:

Main Index

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

QUALNAM

Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MAPS and PA.

LDSEQ

Input/output-integer-default=0. PG column number. On input, last column number of PG on previous SELA execution. On output, last column number of PG on current execution.

1677

1678

SELA Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements

NOPG

Output-integer-default=0. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads due to upstream superelements.

PRTUIM

Input-logical-default=TRUE. UIM 4570 print control flag in SELA module.

Remark: PJ may be purged. Example: DBVIEW PAUP = PA WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $ DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $ SELA PJ,SLIST,EMAP,BGPDTS,PAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/ PG/ SEID/'SEID'/0/S,N,NOPG $ EQUIVX PJ/PG/NOPG $

Main Index

SEMA Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements

SEMA

Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements

Assembles square symmetric matrices (e.g., stiffness, mass, damping) from upstream superelements into the current superelement. Format: SEMA

BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,XJJ,XAA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/ XGG/ SEID/LUSETS/QUALNAM/UPFM $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDTS

Basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

XJJ

Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to its interior points only.

XAA*

Family of reduced square matrices in a-set pertaining to the upstream superelements.

MAPS*

Family of MAPS (superelement upstream to downstream boundary coordinate system, secondary (mirror, identical, and repeated), and release transformation matrix).

GDNTAB

Table of grid points generated for p-element analysis.

Output Data Block: XGG

Square matrix in g-set including contributions from upstream superelements.

Parameters:

Main Index

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

LUSETS

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set of the current superelement.

1679

1680

SEMA Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements

QUALNAM

Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting MAPS and PA.

UPFM

Input-integer-default=0. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there are missing upstream boundary matrices.

Remark: XJJ may be purged. Example: Assemble stiffness matrix KGG and exit if there are missing upstream stiffness matrices. DBVIEW KAAUP = KAA WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=* and WILDCARD) $ DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=*) $ SEMA BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,KJJ,KAAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/ KGG/ SEID/LUSETS/'SEID'/-1 $ IF ( NOGO=-1 ) EXIT $

Main Index

SEP1 Constructs superelement map table

SEP1

Constructs superelement map table

Constructs the superelement map table. Format: SEP1

GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,CASECC,SETREE/ SEMAP,SCSTM/ S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/LST2REC $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

SETREE

Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry.

Output Data Block: SEMAP

Superelement map table.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for superelements.

Parameters:

Main Index

NOSE

Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements.

CONFAC

Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems.

LST2REC

Input-integer-default=TRUE. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two records.

1681

1682

SEP1 Constructs superelement map table

Remarks: 1. SEP1 is the initial superelement processor. It builds the superelement map table which defines the relationships between grid points and superelements. The map includes the superelement type (primary, secondary, mirror image, etc.), the exterior grid points, the structural and rigid elements, and for certain secondary superelements, sequencing information. 2. SEP1 only supports superelements defined by the SESET Bulk Data entry, CSUPER Bulk Data entry or on the SEID field on the GRID Bulk Data entry; i.e., grid-list superelements. SEP1X is a more recently developed module intended for superelements defined in separate Bulk Data Sections; i.e., partitioned superelements.

Main Index

SEP1X Constructs superelement map table

SEP1X

Constructs superelement map table

Constructs the superelement map table and "corrects" the grid point locations at RSSCON element connections. The format has not changed but the SEP1XOVR parameter is now an output parameter which must be passed into SEP2X. Also additional options are available in SEP1XOVR. Format: SEP1X

SELIST,GEOM1*,GEOM2*,GEOM4*,SETREE,SGPDTS*,BNDFIL/ SEMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/ S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/QUALNAM/QUALVAL/S,N,RSFLAG/ NQSET/EXTNAME/S,N,SEP1XOVR/NQMAX/SEBULK/TOLRSC/ S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/S,N,RUNSEP2X $

Input Data Blocks: SELIST

Table containing the list of partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data Sections.

GEOM1*

Family of GEOM1 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data Sections.

GEOM2*

Family of GEOM2 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data Sections.

GEOM4*

Family of GEOM4 tables for all partitioned superelements defined in separate Bulk Data Sections.

SETREE

Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry.

SGPDTS*

Family of SGPDTS tables created in previous runs.

BNDFIL

Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given by extreme for domain decomposition.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

SGPDT

Global superelement basic grid point definition table including RSSCON grid point location corrections.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

1683

1684

SEP1X Constructs superelement map table

Parameters: NOSE

Output-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements. Set to number of superelements if superelements exist.

CONFAC

Input-integer-default=1.E-5. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of boundary grid points and displacement coordinate systems.

QUALNAM Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting GEOM1, GEOM2, GEOM4, and SGPDT. QUALVAL

Input-integer-default=-1. QUALNAM value assigned to the main Bulk Data Section.

RSFLAG

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if superelements are defined in the main Bulk Data Section.

NQSET

Input-integer-default=0. Number of automatic q-set degrees-offreedom (auto-q-set). Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-freedom.

EXTNAME Input-character-default='XEID'. Name of the qualifier used to identify External Superelements. Note linkage to the SEBULK data entry. SEP1XOVR Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing. See Remark 3.

NQMAX

Main Index

Bit(s)

Value(s)

Description

1-3

1-5

4

8

Disable Automatic Main Bulk Scalar Linkages via internal SECONCT entries.

5

16

Print RSSCON old/new locations.

6

32

Print Boundary Search Sequence.

7

64

SEP1X "Diag 30" Debugging Output.

8

128

Auto-SET in Residual place in OSET when other sets present in the Residual.

9

256

CHKRUN flag for spot welds.

10

512

CHKRUN=2 flag for spot welds.

Override Search Algorithm Selection.

Input-integer-default=3000. Maximum number of auto-q-set's allowed per partitioned superelement. See NQSET.

SEP1X Constructs superelement map table

SEBULK

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present or BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first BEGIN BULK Case Control command. If TRUE then superelement processing is to be performed. Otherwise, only the RSSCON element corrections are performed.

TOLRSC

Input-real-default=1.0E-4. RSSCON element alignment tolerance factor.

SWCHECK Output-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256 is on in CHKRUN. ATQSET

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Automatic q-set generation flag. If TRUE, automatic q-set will not be generated here but in the MODQSET module.

RUNSEP2X Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to run SEP2X. Set to TRUE for models that contain certain types of weld elements. Example: 1. Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0: DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW OVRIDE SEP1X

GEOM1F=GEOM1QS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $ GEOM2F=GEOM2QS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $ GEOM4F=GEOM4QS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $ SGPDTF=SGPDTS WHERE ( PEID<>0 ) $ = SEP1XOVR $ SELIST,GEOM1F,GEOM2F,GEOM4F,SETREE,SGPDTF,BNDFIL/ EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/ S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'PEID'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/ S,N,OVRIDE//SEBULK/TOLRSC/S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/ S,N,XSEP2X $

2. Perform RSSCON correction only. Excerpt from subDMAP SOL1: SEP1X

,,GEOM1q,GEOM2,GEOM4,,/ EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/ S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/' '//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'/// false/TOLRSC $

3. The SEP1X module checks the residual part and bit 8 on the SEP1XOVR parameter to determine a-set membership at the residual level. The default action is to place all upstream q-set in the a-set in the residual when any ASETi, BSETi, CSETi, QSETi or OMITi records are detected in the residual based upon user specifications. Otherwise, SEP1X changes the SEP1XOVR parameter to indicate to SEP2X not to generate ASET records for the q-set boundary dofs and then let the left-over logic of GP4 assign to a-set or o-set. Note that the user can set bit 8 to indicate that no ASET records will be created. The current SEP2X rule for user set specifications is to copy the supplied record from the main GEOM4 to the residual's GEOM4S.

Main Index

1685

1686

SEP1X Constructs superelement map table

Main Index

SEP2 Partitions tables for each superelement

SEP2

Partitions tables for each superelement

Partitions tables for each superelement. Format: SEP2

GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT, SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,DYNAMIC,GPSNT/ GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS, MAPS,UNUSED8,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,GPSNTS/ SEID/METHCMRS

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

CASES

Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.

DYNAMIC

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics.

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

GEOM1S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current superelement.

GEOM2S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points for the current superelement.

GEOM3S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for the current superelement.

1687

1688

SEP2 Partitions tables for each superelement

GEOM4S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current superelement.

EPTS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the current superelement.

MPTS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the current superelement.

MAPS

Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary resequencing and releases.

UNUSED8

Unused and may be purged.

UNUSED9

Unused and may be purged.

DYNAMICS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current superelement.

GPSNTS

Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement.

Parameters:

Main Index

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

METHCMRS

Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.

SEP2CT Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement

SEP2CT

Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement

Partitions the Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement. Format: SEP2CT

SLIST,CASECC,PCDB,UNUSED4,XYCDB/ CASES,PCDBS,XYCDBS/ APP/SEID $

Input Data Blocks: SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

UNUSED4

Unused and may be purged.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

Output Data Blocks: CASES

Table of Case Control command images for the current superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

PCDBS

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands for the current superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

XYCDBS

Table of x-y plotting commands for the current superelement (identification number equal to output value of SEID).

Parameters: APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'STATICS'

Statics.

≠ ′STATICS′ Not statics. SEID

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

1689

1690

SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop

SEP2DR

Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop

Drives the superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop. Also drives the pseudo-load generation loop. Format:

SEP2DR

 SLIST    ,SEMAP/  DSLIST  S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LASTSE/S,N,NOMAT/ S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/S,N,SCNDRY/ S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/SEP2CNTL/S,N,NOPSLG/NOPGHD/ S,N,PARTSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/NSENQSET $

Input Data Blocks: SEMAP

Superelement map table.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

DSLIST

Superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity calculations.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: SEID

Input/output-integer-default=0. Superele ment identification number and initialization flag. On input: -1 Initialization -2 Same as -1 except do not print UIM 7321 >0 Previous superelement identification number On output: >0 Current superelement identification number

Main Index

SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop

PEID

Output-integer-default=0. Primary superelement identification number.

SEDWN

Input-output-integer-default=0. Downstream superelement identification number. SEDWN is input if CNTL <> 'SEDWN' and output if CNTL = 'SEDWN'.

LASTSE

Output-integer-default=0. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is the last to process.

NOMAT

Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands.

NOASM

Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. Set to -1 if no matrix assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SEKR or SEALL Case Control commands.

NOLOAD

Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SELG or SEALL Case Control commands.

NOLASM

Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands.

NOUP

Output-integer-default=0. Upstream superelement flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements connected upstream from the current superelement.

SCNDRY

Output-integer-default=0. Secondary (identical or mirror) superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID>0.

EXTRN

Output-integer-default=0. External superelement flag. Set to -1 if superelement is defined by the CSUPER Bulk Data entry with PEID=0.

NOMR

Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and damping assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands.

SEP2CNTL Input-character-default='SLIST'. Processing list selection.

Main Index

'ALL'

All superelements will be processed.

'PSLGDV'

Only superelements specified on the SEDV Case Control commands.

1691

1692

SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop

'DSLIST'

Only superelements specified on the SERESP Case Control commands.

'PSLDSL'

Union of superelements specified on the SEDV and SERESP commands.

'SLIST'

Only superelements specified on the SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR Case Control commands.

'SEDWN'

All superelements that have SEDWN as their downstream superelement.

'CURR'

Only the superelement specified by SEID parameter will be processed.

NOPSLG

Output-integer-default=0. Pseudo-load generation flag. Set to -1 if no load generation is requested for the current superelement based on the SEDV or SERESP Case Control commands.

NOPGHD

Input-integer-default=0. Page header and eject flag. 0 Print page header in f06 and label in f04. -1 Do not print page header in f06. -2 Do not print page header in f06 and label in f04

PARTSE

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Partitioned superelement flag. Set to TRUE if the current superelement is a partitioned superelement.

SETYPE

Output-character-default=' SEBULK Bulk Data entry. 'REPEAT'

Repeated.

'MIRROR'

Mirror.

'COLLTR'

Collector.

'EXTRNA'

External a-set.

'EXTRNG'

External g-set.

'. Superelement type as specified on the

'PRIMARY' Primary. RSEID

Output-integer-default=0. Repeated superelement identification number as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry.

NSENQSET Output-integer-default=0. Number of SENQSET degrees-of-freedom allocated to the current superelement.

Main Index

SEP2DR Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop

Remarks: 1. SEP2DR processes each superelement, specified in SLIST or DSLIST, in the order of matrix generation; i.e., upstream to downstream or tip superelements to the residual structure. 2. If SEP2CNTL='PSLGDV' or 'DSLIST' then DSLIST must be specified as the first input; otherwise, 'SLIST' is specified. Example: Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the tips and ending with the residual structure. PARAML SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $ LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE DO WHILE ( LPFLG<>-1 ) $ IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $ LPFLG=-1 $ ELSE $ SEP2DR SLIST,SEMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID//S,N,LPFLG/ ////////'ALL'//-1 $ ENDIF $ . . . ENDDO $

Main Index

1693

1694

SEP2X Partitions tables for each superelement

SEP2X

Partitions tables for each superelement

Partitions tables for each superelement. Format: SEP2X

GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,SLIST,SEMAP,CASES, DYNAMIC,UNUSED11,SGPDT,SCSTM,MATPOOL/ GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS, MAPS,SGPDTS,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,MATPOOLS,UNUSED12/ SEID/METHCMRS/SEP1XOVR $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

SLIST

Superelement processing list to matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

CASES

Table of Case Control commands for the current superelement.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. UNUSED11 Unused and may be purged. SGPDT

Superelement basic grid point definition table.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.

Main Index

SEP2X Partitions tables for each superelement

Output Data Blocks: GEOM1S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current superelement.

GEOM2S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points for the current superelement.

GEOM3S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for the current superelement.

GEOM4S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current superelement.

EPTS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the current superelement.

MPTS

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the current superelement.

MAPS

Superelement boundary transformation matrix for secondary superelements (mirror, identical, and repeated), boundary resequencing and releases.

SGPDTS

Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.

UNUSED9

Unused and may be purged.

DYNAMICS Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current superelement. MATPOOLS MATPOOL table for the current superelement. UNUSED12 Unused and may be purged. Parameters:

Main Index

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

METHCMRS

Input-integer-default=0. Residual structure METHOD set identification (SID) override. METHCMRS>0 overrides SID value specified in CASES.

SEP1XOVR

Input-integer-default=0. Over-ride bits for module processing and computed in SEP1X. Checks bit 8 to determine upstream q-set processing in the residual. See Remark 3 under the SEP1X module description.

1695

1696

SEP3 Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing

SEP3

Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing

Examines Case Control and determines which superelements are to be processed for generation, assembly, and reduction of stiffness, mass, and damping, and load matrices. Format: SEP3

CASECC,EMAP/ SLIST/ S,N,NOSECOM/S,N,SEID/NOSE/S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/ S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOMR/UNUSED9 $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

Output Data Block: SLIST

Superelement processing list for matrix generation, assembly, and reduction.

Parameters: NOSECOM Output-integer-default=0. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEALL, SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands specified in CASECC.

Main Index

SEID

Output-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEP2DR; otherwise 0.

NOSE

Input-integer=default=0. Superelement presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no superelements.

NOMAT

Output-integer-default=0. Matrix generation flag. If there are no superelements, NOMAT is set to -1 if no SEMG and no SEALL Case Control commands are specified.

NOASM

Output-integer-default=0. Matrix assembly flag. If there are no superelements, then NOASM is set to -1 if no SEKR and no SEALL Case Control commands are specified.

NOLOAD

Output-integer-default=0. Load generation flag. If there are no superelements, then NOLOAD is set to -1 if no SELG and no SEALL Case Control commands are specified.

SEP3 Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing

NOLASM

Output-integer-default=0. Load assembly flag. If there are no superelements, then NOLASM is set to -1 if no SELR and no SEALL Case Control commands are specified.

NOMR

Output-integer-default=0. Mass and damping assembly flag. If there are no superelements, then NOMR is set to -1 if no SEMR and no SEALL Case Control commands are specified.

UNUSED9

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

Remark: If there are no superelements, then SLIST is not created and may be purged.

Main Index

1697

1698

SEP4 Examines table and data base information for superelement processing

SEP4

Examines table and data base information for superelement processing

Examines the Case Control and Plot Control tables, queries the data base for existing solution matrices, and determines which superelements are to be processed for data recovery. Format: SEP4

CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UG*,PUG*,QG*,MMCDB/ DRLIST/ UNUSED1/QUALNAM/S,N,NODR/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOSEPLOT/ SEP4CNTL $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

UG*

Family of displacement matrices in g-set for all superelements.

PUG*

Family of matrices of translational displacements for all superelements.

QG*

Family of single-point constraint forces of constraint matrices in the g-set for all superelements.

MMCDB

Table of MAXMIN(DEF) specifications.

Output Data Block: DRLIST

Superelement processing list for data recovery.

Parameters:

Main Index

UNUSED1

Input-character-no default. Specify '

'.

QUALNAM

Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting UG, PUG, and QG.

NODR

Output-integer-default=0. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data recovery requested for any superelement.

SEP4 Examines table and data base information for superelement processing

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Initialization flag. If there are superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to initialize SEDRDR; otherwise 0.

NOSEPLOT

Output-integer-default=0. SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT request flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT commands specified in the OUTPUT(PLOT) Section.

SEP4CNTL

Output-integer-default='

'. Processing list selection.

'ALL' All superelements will be processed ≠ ′ALL′ Only superelements specified on the SEDR Case Control command Example: DBVIEW UGF =UG WHERE (WILDCARD) $ DBVIEW PUGF=PUG WHERE (WILDCARD) $ DBVIEW QGF =QG WHERE (WILDCARD) $ SEP4 CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UGF,PUGF,QGF/ DRLIST/ ' '//S,N,NODRALL/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOUPL $

Main Index

1699

1700

SEPLOT Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements

SEPLOT

Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements

Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements based on the SEPLOT and SEUPPLOT commands. Format: SEPLOT

PCDB,SEMAP,SCSTM,BGPDT*,ECT*,PUG*/ BGPDTX,PUGX,PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET/ QUALNAM/QUALNAMP/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT $

Input Data Blocks: PCDB

Table of model (undeformed and deformed) plotting commands.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

BGPDT*

Family of basic grid point definition tables for all superelements.

ECT*

Family of element connectivity tables for all superelements.

PUG*

Family of matrices of translational displacements for all superelements.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

BGPDTX

BGPDT assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command.

PUGX

PUG assembled for superelements defined on the SEPLOT or SEUPPLOT command.

PLSETMSG

Table of user informational messages generated during the definition of element plot sets.

PLTPAR

Table of plot parameters and plot control.

GPSETS

Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets.

ELSET

Table of element plot set connections.

SEPLOT Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements

Parameters: QUALNAM

Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting BGPDT and ECT.

QUALNAMP

Input-character-default='PEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting PUG.

PLTCNT

Input/output-integer-no default. SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command counter. On input: 0 Initialization. On output: >0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command.

NGP

Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the BGPDTX.

JPLOT

Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP SUPER3: DBVIEW BGPDTF=BGPDTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ DBVIEW ECTF=ECTS WHERE (PEID=* AND MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR') $ DO WHILE ( PLTCNT>-1 ) $ SEPLOT PCDB,EMAP,scstm,BGPDTF,ECTF,PUGF/ BGPDTX,PUGX,PLTXY,PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY/ 'PEID'/'SEID'/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $ PRTMSG PLTXY//PDRMSG $ IF ( JPLOT>=0 ) THEN $ PLOT PLTPARY,GPSETSY,ELTSETSY,CASECC,BGPDTX, PUGX,PUGX,gpect,oes1x/ PLOTY2/NSILS/0/JPLOT/-1/S,N,PFILE $ PRTMSG PLOTY2//PDRMSG $ ENDIF $ JPLOT>=0 ENDDO $ PLTCNT>-1

Main Index

1701

1702

SEPR1 Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections

SEPR1

Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections

Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections. Format: SEPR1

BULK*/ SELIST/ QUALNAM/S,N,SEFLAG $

Input Data Blocks: BULK*

Family of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections

Output Data Blocks: SELIST

List of partitioned superelement identification numbers.

Parameters: QUALNAM

Input-character-default='SEID'. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting BULK.

SEFLAG

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE if partitioned superelements are present.

Example: Excerpt from subDMAP IFPL: DBVIEW IBULKSF = IBULK WHERE (SEID>0 AND PEID=*) $ SEPR1 IBULKSF/SELIST//S,N,SELIST $

Main Index

SEQP Resequencing processor

SEQP

Resequencing processor

Generates SEQGP entries or a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices for efficient matrix decomposition. Format 1: Geometry Table input SEQP

GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,MATPOOL,DYNAMIC,CASECC/ GEOM1Q,TIMSIZ,GEQMAP,BNDFIL,SPCPART,LGPART,GEOM2X, GEOM4X/ SEQOUT/SEQMETH//SUPER/FACTOR/ MPCFLG/START/MSGLVL/PEXIST/PSEQOPT/S,N,NTIPS/APP/ S,N,ZCOLLCT/S,N,TIPSCOL/ACMS/S,N,FLUIDSE/ATQSET/ PARTMEM $

Format 2: Matrix input SEQP

MAT,GPL,USET,SIL/SEQMAP,,,,,/ SEQOUT/SEQMETH/SETNAME $

Input Data Blocks: GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership, and rigid element connectivity.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Required for DMIG and virtual mass partitioning with domain solver ACMS='YES'. DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Grid points on DPHASE, DELAY, TIC, and DAREA records will be assigned to the residual structure if ACMS='YES'.

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images. Required for MFLUID set identification number.

MAT

Matrix. Must be square and symmetric.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

1703

1704

SEQP Resequencing processor

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

SIL

Scalar index list.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

GEOM1Q

Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed.

TIMSIZ

Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.

GEQMAP

Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.

BNDFIL

Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given by extreme for domain decomposition.

SPCPART

Partitioning vector for domain decomposition.

SEQMAP

Mapping matrix for resequencing.

LGPART

Same as SPCPART except it includes disjoint grid points.

GEOM2X

GEOM2 table augmented with fluid data and SPOINTS if ACMS='YES'.

GEOM4X

GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only one mset grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1 records for ACMS='YES'.

SEQP Resequencing processor

Parameters: SEQOUT

Input-integer-default=0. Output options: 0 No output. 1 Print a formatted table of the internal versus external grid identification number. 2 Write the SEQGP entries to the punch file (.pch). 3 Combines 1 and 2.

SEQMETH

Input/output-integer-default=3. Resequencing method: -1 No resequencing is performed. 1 Active/passive. 2 Band. 3 For the active/passive and the band options select the option giving the lowest RMS value of the active columns for each group of grid points. (Default) 4 Wavefront (Levy). 5 Gibbs-King. See Remark 4. 6 Automatic nested dissection. See Remark 4. 7 Multiple Minimum Degree of Freedom. See Remarks 3 and 4. 8 Semiautomatic selection. See Remark 5. On output SEQMETH is set to -1 if new sequence results in a lower decomposition time estimate. Otherwise it is set to 0.

SETNAME

Input-character-default='G'. Degree-of-freedom set name corresponding to the size of MAT (Format 2 only).

SUPER

Input-integer-default=0. Selects coupled or uncoupled sequencing or special handling of multipoint constraints.

FACTOR

Input-integer-default=0. Factor in the computation of the sequenced identification number (SEQID) on the SEQGP. See Remark 7.

MPCFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Controls whether the grid point connectivity created by multipoint constraint Bulk Data entries (MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX and the rigid element entries; e.g., RBAR) is considered during resequencing. -1 Do not consider.

Main Index

1705

1706

SEQP Resequencing processor

0 Consider. (Default) >0 Consider only the MPC, MPCADD, and MPCAX entries with a set identification number equal to this parameter's value as well as the of the rigid element entries. START

Input-integer-default=0. The number of the grid points at the beginning of the input sequence. See Remark 8.

MSGLVL

Input-integer-default=0. Diagnostic output flag. 0 No. >0 Yes.

Main Index

PEXIST

Input-logical-default=FALSE. If set to TRUE then it specifies the existence of p-elements.

PSEQOPT

Input-character-default=' '. Specifies append (default) or insert option for p-elements. See Remark 9.

NTIPS

Input/output-integer-default=0. The number of domains (tip superelements to be created automatically when ACMS='YES'. If NTIPS=0, then the number of domains will be set equal to the number of processors.

APP

Input-character-default=' '. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'STATICS'

Statics.

'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

'FREQRESP'

Frequency response.

'TRANRESP'

Transient response.

'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

ZCOLLCT

Input/output-integer-default=-1. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level of a multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single final collector will be added.

TIPSCOL

Input/output-integer-default=-1. The number of tip superelements upstream of each downstream collector superelement. See ACMS='YES'.

SEQP Resequencing processor

ACMS

Input-character-default=' '. Automatic component mode synthesis flag. If ACMS='YES', then the model will be automatically partitioned into superelements according to NTIPS, TIPSCOL, and ZCOLLCT.

FLUIDSE

Output-integer-default=0. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value greater than zero if ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present.

ATQSET

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Q-set generation flag for ACMS=’YES’. FALSE

Generate a fixed number of q-set dofs for each domain.

TRUE

Generate a single q-set dof for the residual structure and the fluid superelement. Usually set indirectly by user parameter.

PARTMEM Input-integer-default=0. Partitioning memory allocation control. Remarks: 1. In the geometry table option, SEQP generates SEQGP Bulk Data entries to be appended to the in the GEOM1 data block and/or written to the punch file. 2. In the matrix option, GPL, USET, and SIL are required for SEQOUT>0 and may be purged if SEQOUT=0. 3. SEQMETH=7 is recommended for sparse decomposition and sparse forward-backward substitution only. The assembly of stiffness, mass, and damping matrices by the EMA module may be less efficient under this option. Also, if there is insufficient memory available to perform sparse decomposition, then regular decomposition will be performed and regular decomposition is inefficient under this option. 4. SEQMETH=5, 6, or 7, resequencing will be performed even if the CPU estimate is higher than for no resequencing. 5. For SEQMETH=8, the estimates will be computed for two sequencing methods that are suitable for the decomposition method selected by the PARALLEL and SPARSE keywords on the NASTRAN statement and select the sequencing method with the lowest estimate. The following table shows the suitable methods for each decomposition method. Decomposition Method

Main Index

Suitable SEQMETH

non-sparse and non-parallel

1 and 4

parallel

2 and 5

sparse

6 and 7

1707

1708

SEQP Resequencing processor

6. Description of SUPER:

• If PARAM,SUPER=0, all grid points from the connection table that are not part of the group currently being processed are deleted. This option provides for sequencing only the interior points of a superelement. If any superelements are present, the residual structure is not resequenced. If all of the grid points are in the residual structure, they are resequenced.

• If PARAM,SUPER=0 or 1, all grid points in the connection table are considered. This option provides for the recognition of passive columns.

• If PARAM,SUPER=2, then all points that are connected to multipoint constraints (via MPC entries) or rigid elements (e.g., the RBAR entry) are placed in a special group at the end of the sequence. This option also forces SEQMETH=6 and may not be selected with other values of SEQMETH. This option is intended primarily for models that have many active columns due to MPCs or rigid elements; e.g., a model with disjoint structures connected only by MPCs or rigid elements. See “Matrix Decomposition” in Chapter 3 of the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods User’s Guide for a further discussion of sequencing operations. 7. FACTOR is used as follows: SEQID = FACTOR * GRP + SEQ where SEQ generated sequence number and GRP group sequence number. If GRP=0, use GRP(MAX)+1 where GRP(MAX) is the largest group sequence number previously processed. 8. START specifies the input sequence will be the sorted order of the grid point numbers including the effect of any SEQGP entries input by the user. A single SEQGP entry can be input to select the starting point for the new sequence. Otherwise, the first point of lowest connectivity will be used as the starting point 9. PSEQOPT has the following values and actions:

• PSEQOPT='APPEND'. The list of all p-element grids at the bottom after all the regular grids. APPEND is intended for p-element analysis with p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH = 5, 6 or 7.

• PSEQOPT='INSERT'. Insert the p-element grids in appropriate locations immediately after the regular grid point to which they are associated which is the default in p-element analysis. INSERT is intended for p-element analysis without p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH = -1, 1, 2, 3 or 4.

Main Index

SEQP Resequencing processor

Example: The following example will generate a mapping matrix (SEQMAP) to resequence the matrix KAA. The following SMPYAD module will resequence the rows and columns of KAA. Following the decomposition of the resequenced matrix (KAAX), the MPYAD will resequence the right-hand side (PA) and FBS will perform the forward/backward substitution on the resequenced right-hand side (PAX). The final MPYAD operation will return the solution (UAX) to the original sequence (UA). SEQP SMPYAD DECOMP MPYAD FBS MPYAD

Main Index

KAA,,,/SEQMAP,//METHOD $ SEQMAP,KAA,SEQMAP,,,/KAAX/3////1////6 $ KAAX/LAA,/ $ SEQMAP,PA,/PAX/1 $ LAA,, PAX/UAX/ $ SEQMAP,UAX,/UA/ $

1709

1710

SHPCAS Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes

SHPCAS

Appends primary model’s case control based on boundary shapes

Appends the primary model's case control based on auxiliary or geometric model loads (boundary shapes) and construct a vector for partitioning the primary model's solution matrices that correspond to the boundary shapes. Format: SHPCAS

CASECC,YGBNDR/ CASECC1,CVEC $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images for the primary model.

YGBNDR

Boundary shape matrices appended for all auxiliary or geometric models.

Output Data Blocks: CASECC1

Primary model Case Control table appended with extra subcases to account for the boundary shapes.

CVEC

Partitioning vector for separating the primary model solutions from boundary shape induced solutions.

Parameters: None.

Main Index

SMA3 Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry

SMA3

Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry

Assembles the global stiffness based on general elements as defined on the GENEL Bulk Data entry and optionally adding to stiffness from regular elements. Format: SMA3

GEI,KGG/ KGG1/ LUSET/NOGENL/NOSIMP $

Input Data Blocks: GEI

Table of general element data.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set with general elements.

Output Data Block: KGG1

Matrix. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [X] is the maximum of the types of [A], [B], α, and β. The size of [X] is the size of [A] if [A] is present. Otherwise, it is the size of [B].

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOGENL

Input-integer-no default. The number of general elements.

NOSIMP

Input-integer-no default. The number of simple elements. Set to -1 if there are no elements.

Remark: KGG may be purged.

Main Index

1711

1712

SMPYAD Matrix series multiply and add

SMPYAD

Matrix series multiply and add

Multiplies a series of matrices together: [ X ] = ±[ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] ±[ F ] Format: SMPYAD

A,B,C,D,E,F/ X/ NMAT/SIGNP/SIGNF/PREC/TA/TB/TC/TD/FORM

Input Data Blocks: A, B, C, D, E Matrices multiplied from left to right. (Real or complex). F

Matrix to be added to the above product. (Real or complex).

Output Data Block: X

Resultant matrix.

Parameters: NMAT

Integer-input-no default. Number of matrices involved in the product; i.e., [A][B][C][D][E].

SIGNP

Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the product matrix (i.e., [A] [B] [C] [D] [E]): -1 for minus.

SIGNF

Integer-input-default=1. Sign of the matrix. [F], to be added to the product matrix: -1 for minus.

PREC

Integer-input-default=0. Output precision of the final result: 0 for choose proper precision, 1 for single precision, 2 for double precision.

TA, TB, TC, Integer-input-default=0. Transpose indicators for the [A] [B] [C] and TD [D] matrices: 1 if transposed matrix to be used in the product, 0 if untransposed. The last nonpurged matrix must be untransposed. FORM

Integer-input-default=0. Form of the X matrix. If FORM is zero, the form of [X] will be 1 if the result is square, 2 otherwise. If [X] is known to be symmetric from physical principles, FORM may be set to 6.

Remarks: 1. Except for the final product, all intermediate matrix products are compute in machine precision. Main Index

SMPYAD Matrix series multiply and add

2. The matrices are postmultiplied together from right to left; i.e., the first product calculated is the product of matrix n-1 and matrix n. This implies that all purged inputs must be to the right. If the transpose flag is set for the last unpurged matrix, it is ignored without warning. 3. If the input matrices are incommensurate (for example, if the number of columns in A is not equal to the number of rows in B) or incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 “ATTEMPT TO MULTIPLY INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES” is issued. 4. The method used by this module is the same as for the MPYAD module except in case of a triple product, where [ B ] and [ F ] are symmetric and T [ A ] = [ C ] and TA = 1 ; i.e., [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ A ] ± [ F ] ], then a method that is more efficient than two equivalent MPYAD operations will be employed. See Example 3. However, two equivalent MPYAD operations will be selected automatically if two MPYADS are more efficient. (Two MPYADs can be forced by setting system cell 129 to 1, with PUTSYS(1,129) specified just before the SMPYAD module.) 5. If any of the matrices involved in the product do not exist, then the module does not create any output. Examples: 1. Compute [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ]T [ C ] – [ F ] . SMPYAD

A,B,C,,,F/X/3/1/-1/0/0/1 $

2. Compute [ Z ] = – [ U ]T [ V ]T [ W ]T [ X ] T [ Y ] [Z]. SMPYAD

U,V,W,X,Y,/Z/5/-1/0/0/1/1/1/1 $

3. Compute [ φ ] T [ M ] [ φ ] . SMPYAD

Main Index

PHI,MAA,PHI, ,,/X/3////1////6 $

1713

1714

SOLVE Linear system solver

SOLVE

Linear system solver

Solves the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = ±[ B ] or the left-hand solution [ X ]T [ A ] = ±[ B ] T . Format: SOLVE

A,B,SIL,USET,PARTVEC/ X/ SYM/SIGN/SETNAME $

Input Data Blocks: A

Square, symmetric or unsymmetric, matrix (real or complex).

B

Rectangular matrix (real or complex).

SIL

Scalar index list.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table.

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector which is specified when A and B are the zero-th partitions of the set specified by SETNAME.

Output Data Block: X

Rectangular matrix. See Remark 1.

Parameters: SYM

Input integer default = 0 selects solution method. 0 Use either symmetric or unsymmetric method consistent with symmetric or unsymmetric [ A ] . 1 Use symmetric method. -1 Use unsymmetric method. 2 Solve left-hand solution for [ X ] T . 3 Compute inverse of [ A ] . See Remark 2.

SIGN

Input integer default = 1. Sign of right-hand side flag. 1 Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] . -1 Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ – B ] .

SETNAME Input-character-default = ‘H.’ Degree-of-freedom set name corresponding to A and B.

Main Index

SOLVE Linear system solver

Remarks: 1. [ X ] is a rectangular matrix with the same dimensions as [ B ] and the maximum type of [ A ] and [ B ] . 2. If SYM = 3, then [ B ] is ignored. If SYM ≠ 3 and [ B ] is purged, then [ X ] will be purged; or if [ B ] is a null matrix, then [ X ] will be a null matrix. 3. By default, the SOLVE module uses sparse matrix methods. See Remark 1 under the DECOMP module description. 4. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify “NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2 SPARSE = 0”. 5. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as SETNAME. Examples: 1. Solve a system of equations [ A ] [ X ] = [ P ] . SOLVE A,P,,,/X/ $

2. Invert [ A ] . SOLVE A,,,,/AINV/3 $

3. Solve [ X ] T [ A ] = [ P ] T . SOLVE A,P,,,/X/2 $

Main Index

1715

1716

SOLVIT Iterative solver

SOLVIT

Iterative solver

Solves the matrix equation [ A ] [ X ] = ±[ B ] ] for [ X ] using a preconditioned conjugate gradient method. Format for Non-p-version Analysis: SOLVIT

A,B,XS,PC,USET,KGG,GM,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,EQMAP, BGPDT,CSTM,PG,YS,KDICT,KELM,EST,MPT,DIT/ X,R,PC1,EPSSE/ SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/ NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID EBSOPT/CVMEM/CASPIV $

Format for p-version Analysis: SOLVIT

A,B,XS,PS,USET,USET0,SIL0,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC, EQMAP,,,,,,,,,/ X,R,PG,EPSSE/ SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/ NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

A

Square matrix (real or complex, symmetric or unsymmetric).

B

Rectangular matrix (real or complex), the right-hand side.

XS

Optional starting vector, same type as B (may be purged).

PC

Optional stepwise preconditioner, same type as A (may be purged).

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table. See Remark 3.

KGG

Stiffness matrix -- g-set. See Remark 3.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix. See Remark 3.

USET0

USET table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.

SIL

Scalar index list.

SIL0

SIL table from previous adaptivity index in p-version analysis.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers. Required for p-version preconditioning only.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver.

SOLVIT Iterative solver

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images. Required if SMETHOD Case Control command is used and NSIP=-1.

EQMAP

Table of degree-of-freedom global-to-local maps for domain decomposition.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table. Only used for element based solver methods.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transportation matrices. Only used for element based solver methods.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set. Only used for the element based solver methods.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements. Only used for element based solver methods.

KDICT

KELM dictionary table. Only used for element based solver methods.

KELM

Table of element matrices for stiffness. Only used for element based solver methods.

EST

Element summary table. Only used for element based solver methods.

MPT

Material property table. Only used for element based solver methods.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Only used for element based solver methods.

Output Data Blocks: X

Solution matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and type as [ B ] .

R

Residual matrix. Rectangular matrix having the same dimensions and type as [ B ] , the residual [ R ] = [ B ] – [ A ] [ X ] .

PC1

Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix. See Remark 6.

EPSSE

Table of epsilon and external work.

Parameters: SIGN

Input-integer-default = 0. Sign flag for [ B ] . 0 + [B] 1 - [B]

ITSOPT

Main Index

Input-integer-default = 0. Preconditioner flag.

1717

1718

SOLVIT Iterative solver

0 Choose optimal method based on type of problem: ITSOPT Type of problem 6 10 11

p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] . complex [ [ A ] and/or [ B ] . non p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .

1 Jacobi preconditioning (default) for real, complex, symmetric and unsymmetric A. 2 Incomplete Cholesky preconditioning or user-given preconditioner. 3 Reduced incomplete Cholesky preconditioning. preconditioner (available for real symmetric A only). 4 User supplied for real, complex, symmetric A. 5 Incomplete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A. 6 Complete geometric, Jacobi hierarchic for real symmetric A. 7 Complete geometric, incomplete hierarchic for real symmetric A. 10 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned real symmetric A (default for real A). 11 Block incomplete Cholesky for well-conditioned complex symmetric A (default for complex A). <0 Same as above with diagonal scaling. ITSEPS

Input-real-default = 1.0E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon.

ITSMAX

Input-integer-default = 0. Maximum number of iterations. The default value implies N/4 (N = dimension of [A]).

IPAD

Input-integer-default = 0 (see table below). Padding level for reduced or block incomplete Cholesky factorization (0, 1, 2, ...). See Remarks 1 and 2. IPAD

Main Index

Method

ITSOPT

Model type

Type of

3

all

real

[A]

0

reduced incomplete Cholesky

2

block incomplete Cholesky

10,11

3-D

real

3

block incomplete Cholesky

10,11

2-D or mixed

real

SOLVIT Iterative solver

IEXT

IPAD

Method

ITSOPT

Model type

Type of

5

block incomplete Cholesky

10,11

all

complex

[A]

Input-integer-default = 0. Extraction level in reduced or block incomplete Cholesky factorization. See Remarks 1 and 2. IEXT

Reduced

Block

0

0 solid bodies, no rigid elements.

Requires USET and SIL.

1

1 shells only.

Heuristic block structure. (Default)

2

2 mixed including rigid elements.

Not applicable.

ADPTINDX

Input-integer-default=0. P-version analysis adaptivity index. See Remark 7.

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC is not required and the values are taken from the module specification of the values.

MSGLVL

Input-integer-default=0. Message level output. 0 minimal; i.e., UIM 6447 (default). 1 UIM 6447, convergence ratios, and residual norms.

PREFONLY

ITSERR

Input-integer-default=0. Preface execution only. If set to -1 then SOLVIT is terminated after the preface information is computed and printed. Output-integer-default=0. Iterative solver return code. 1 No convergence. 2 Insufficent memory.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

EBSOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Element-based solver option. =-2 Determine whether element-based solver is selected for use.

Main Index

1719

1720

SOLVIT Iterative solver

=-1 Determine whether any element-based solver restrictions have been violated. >0

A combination of bit values used to select solver options as follows: Bit

Value

Option

0

0

Run solver with all defaults.

1

1

Use CASI solver.

2

2

Use VKI solver.

3

4

Reserved.

4

8

Reserved.

5

16

Reserved.

6

32

Reserved.

7

64

Use open core for solver memory.

8

128

Generate intermediate diagnostics.

9

256

Use alternate pcg method.

10

512

Reduce I/O (CASI solver only).

11

1024

Adapt PCG (CASI solver only).

12

2048

Do not use implicit elements (CASI solver only)

CVMEM

Input-integer-default=16000. CASI virtual memory. Available if heap is used.

CASPIV

Input-real-default-1.0E-10. Pivot threshold for CASI PCG factorization.

Remarks: 1. If ITSOPT = 3, the IPAD level is recommended to be 0, 1, or 2 (IEXT = 0) and should be increased when IEXT is increased. 2. The amount of memory needed for ITSOPT = 3, 10, and 11 increases with the increase of the parameters IPAD and IEXT.

Main Index

SOLVIT Iterative solver

3. For ITSOPT = 1 or 2, the input data blocks USET, KGG, and GM may be purged. For ITSOPT = 3, USET must be specified. KGG and GM are necessary only if IEXT = 2. 4. If the message “ *** USER FATAL MESSAGE 6288 (SITDRV): UNABLE TO CONVERGE WITH ITERATIVE METHOD” is issued, then results will still be printed but may be inaccurate. 5. The system cell SYSTEM (69) is equivalent to the SOLVE keyword and controls some special options for the module: SOLVE

Action

2

Suppresses the user information message at each iteration.

8

Use alternative convergence criterion (less conservative than default).

6. If data block PC1 is specified, the CPU time will increase slightly. 7. If SOLVIT is to be used for p-element analysis and ADPTINDX>1, then XS and PC must be the solution matrix and pre-conditioner from the previous adaptivity p-level. Also, the USET and SIL from the previous p-level are specified for U and KGG and the USET and SIL from the current p-level are specified for GM and SIL. 8. For frequency response analysis with ITSOPT=10 or 11 (block incomplete Cholesky), IEXT=0 is not available and IEXT=1 is used automatically. Examples: 1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] with Jacobi pre-conditioning with convergence established at 1.E-4 and maximum allowed iterations at 55 specified for the module parameters. SOLVIT

A,B,,,,,,,,,/X,,//1/1.E-4////-1 $

2. Same as 1 except parameters are obtained from the SMETHOD command and ITER entry. SOLVIT

A,B,,,,,,,,EDT,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,/X,, $

3. Same as 2 except for p-version analysis. DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW DBVIEW SOLVIT

Main Index

SIL0 UL0 USET0 PRECON0

= SILS (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ = UL (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ = USET (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ = PRECON (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $ KLL,PLI,UL0,PRECON0,USET,USET0,SIL0,SILS, EQEXINS,EDT,CASES/ UL,RUL,PRECON///////ADPTINDX/NSKIP $

1721

1722

SSG1 Computes static load matrix

SSG1

Computes static load matrix

Computes the static load matrix based on static loads, thermal loads, and enforced deformation loads or heat transfer loads. Also the generates acceleration matrix due to inertial loads for design sensitivity analysis. Format: SSG1

SLT,BGPDT,CSTM,MEDGE,EST,MPT,ETT,EDT,MGG,CASECC, DIT,UG,DEQATN,DEQIND,GPSNT,CSTM0,SCSTM,GEOM4,ESTL, SLTNL0,KGG,USET/  PG    , PTELEM,SLTH,SLTNL,PGRV/  AG  LUSET/NSKIP/DSENS/APP/ALTSHAPE/TABS/SEID/ COMBMETH/LGDISP/NONLNR/OGRAV $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

SLT

Table of static loads.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

EST

Element summary table.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

ETT

Element temperature table.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1 entries.

MGG

Mass or radiation matrix in g-set.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set.

DEQATN

Table of DEQATN Bulk Data entry images.

DEQIND

Index table to DEQATN data block.

SSG1 Computes static load matrix

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

CSTM0

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for the residual structure.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Required for selected SPCD existence checks.

ESTL

Linear element summary table.

SLTNL0

SLTNL from a prior execution of SSG1.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

USET0

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

Output Data Blocks: PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

AG

Acceleration matrix due to inertial loads in the g-set. See DSENS.

PTELEM

Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system.

SLTH

Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.

SLTNL

SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the current and last load step.

PGRV

Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

DSENS

Input-integer-default=-1. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG, accelerations due to inertial loads.

APP

Input-character-default='STATICS'. Analysis type. 'STATICS' Generate loads for current boundary condition only.

Main Index

1723

1724

SSG1 Computes static load matrix

'BUCK'

Generate loads for first subcase only.

'NLST'

Generate loads for nonlinear static or steady state heat transfer analysis.

'ALL'

Generate loads for all subcases.

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Specifies set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. ALTSHAPE=0 selects the MacNeal set and 1 selects the Full Product Space set. TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

COMBMETH Input-integer-default=0 Combine method selection. 0 Automatic. 1 Single term. 2 Scaled column. 3 Multiple/add kernels. <0 Same as above with diagnostic print. LGDISP

Input-Integer-default=-1. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.

NONLNR

Input-logical-default=FALSE. Nonlinear solution sequence flag. Set to TRUE if nonlinear solution sequence is being executed.

OGRAV

Input-integer-default=-1. PGRV output flag. >0 Compute PGRV. <0 Do not compute PGRV.

Remarks: 1. One static load is built for each CASECC record starting with NSKIP + 1 as long as the boundary conditions are constant. IF SKIP ≤ 0 , it is set to zero.

Main Index

SSG1 Computes static load matrix

2. In SLTH the heat transfer loads REFERENCING ELEMENTS (QVOL, QBDY1, QBDY2, QBDY3 and QVECT Bulk Data entries) have been converted to applied load factors and connected grid points. 3. SLT and BGPDT cannot be purged if external static loads or LOAD Bulk Data entries are selected in CASECC. 4. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point or load references a coordinate system other than basic. 5. EST and MPT cannot be purged if thermal or element deformation loads are selected. 6. ETT cannot be purged if thermal loads are applied. 7. EDT cannot be purged if element deformation loads are selected. 8. MGG cannot be purged if GRAV or RFORCE loads are applied. 9. DIT cannot be purged if temperature-dependent materials are present. 10. UG may be purged, but geometric nonlinear effects will be ignored. 11. PTELEM may be purged. 12. CSTM0 and SCSTM are required to support the MB=-1 on the GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entries.

Main Index

1725

1726

SSG2 Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices

SSG2

Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices

Reduces the static load and enforced displacement matrices. Format: SSG2

USET,GM,YS,KFS,GOA,DM,PG,KGG/ QR,PO,PS,PA,PL $

Input Data Blocks: USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements or temperatures.

KFS

Stiffness matrix partition (f-set by s-set) from KNN.

GOA

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.

DM

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set, for computation of thermal load for nonlinear rigid elements using elimination method.

Output Data Blocks: QR

Matrix of determinate support forces.

PO

Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set.

PS

Static load matrix partitioned to the s-set.

PA

Static load matrix reduced to the a-set.

PL

Static load matrix reduced to the l-set.

Parameters: None. Method: The constraints are applied to the static load vectors by SSG2 (Static Solution Generator -- Phase 2) in subDMAP SELR as follows:

Main Index

SSG2 Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices

 Pn  { Pg } =    Pm 

Eq. 4-55

T

{ P n } = { P n } + [ G mn ] { P m }

Eq. 4-56

 Pf  { Pn } =    Ps 

Eq. 4-57

{ P f } = { P f } – [ K fs ] { Y s }

Eq. 4-58

 Pa  { Pf } =    Po 

Eq. 4-59

T

{ P a } = { P a } + [ G oa ] { P o }

Eq. 4-60

If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from [ L oo ] → [ D oo ] If PARAM,ALTRED,YES is specified, the diagonal extracted from [ L oo ] → [ D oo ] and the reduced load matrix is computed from { P a } = { P a } – [ L ao ] [ D oo ] [ u ox ]

Eq. 4-61

where { u ox } is obtained on a forward pass from the equation [ L oo D oo ] { u ox } = { P o }

Eq. 4-62

for PARAM,ALTRED,NO. Remarks: 1. GM cannot be purged if the m-set is present. 2. DM cannot be purged if the r-set and l-set are present. 3. PO cannot be purged if the o-set is present. 4. PS cannot be purged if the s-set is present. 5. QR and PL may be purged. 6. If there is no m-set, s-set, o-set, or r-set. then no outputs are produced. 7. If QR or PS are computed to be null then QR or PS will be purged.

Main Index

1727

1728

SSG2 Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices

8. If there is no r-set and PL is specified then PA will be copied to PL. 9. If KFS or YS is purged then the outputs will not include the effect of enforced displacements.

Main Index

SSG3 Computes static solutions

SSG3

Computes static solutions

Computes the static solutions. Format: SSG3

LLL,UNUSED2,KLL,PL,LOO,UNUSED6,KOO,PO,LSEQ/ UL,UO,RUL,RUO,EPSSE/ NOOSET/UNUSED2/NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/S,N,EXTWORK/SEID $

Input Data Blocks: LLL

Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the l-set from KLL.

UNUSED2

Unused and may be purged.

KLL

Stiffness matrix reduced to the l-set.

PL

Static load matrix reduced to the l-set.

LOO

Lower triangular factor/diagonal for the o-set from KOO.

UNUSED6

Unused and may be purged.

KOO

Stiffness matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.

PO

Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set.

LSEQ

Resequencing matrix based on internal resequencing of KLL in DCMP.

Output Data Blocks: UL

Displacement matrix in l-set.

UO

Displacement matrix in o-set.

RUL

Residual matrix for the l-set.

RUO

Residual matrix for the o-set.

EPSSE

Table of epsilon and external work.

Parameters:

Main Index

NOOSET

Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

UNUSED2

Input-integer-no default. Not used but specify 0.

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. The record number in CASECC corresponding to the first subcase of the current boundary condition.

1729

1730

SSG3 Computes static solutions

EPSI

Output-integer-default=1. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is greater than 1.E-3.

EXTWORK

Output-real-default=0.0. External work.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

Method: The SSG3 module (Static Solution Generation -- Phase 3) solves the equation [ K oo ] { u oo } = { P o }

Eq. 4-63

for { u oo } , the displacements of the omitted coordinates. SSG3 also calculates the residual vector, δP o , and the residual vector error ratio, ε o , for the omitted coordinates { δP o } = [ K oo ] { u oo } – { P o }

Eq. 4-64

T

{ u oo } { δP o } ε o = ---------------------------------T { P o } { u oo }

Eq. 4-65

Except for round-off error, the error ratio ε o should be zero. Large values of these error ratios usually indicate singularities in the stiffness matrix. The residual load vector, RUOV, may be output by use of PARAM,IRES,1. The quantity T

1 ⁄ 2 { Po } { uo }

Eq. 4-66

is calculated by the SSG3 module and printed under the heading “External Work.” This component of strain energy includes effects of thermal loads, element deformations, and enforced displacements that may be subtracted later in the solution process. For example, an enforced displacement that causes zero strain will result in external work. Remarks: 1. KLL may be purged if RUL is purged. 2. LOO, PO and UO may be purged if NOOSET<0. 3. KOO may be purged if NOOSET<0 or RUO is purged. 4. LLL or LOO may be purged. Main Index

SSG3 Computes static solutions

5. PO or PL may be purged. 6. RUL and RUO may be purged.

Main Index

1731

1732

SSG4 Updates static loads with inertial loads

SSG4

Updates static loads with inertial loads

Updates the static loads with inertial loads. Format: SSG4

PL,QR,PO,MR,MLR,DM,MLL,MOO,MOA,GOA,USET/ PLI,POI/ NOOSET $

Input Data Blocks: PL

Static load matrix reduced to the l-set.

QR

Matrix of determinate support forces.

PO

Static load matrix partitioned to the o-set.

MR

Rigid body mass matrix (r-set by r-set).

MLR

Mass matrix partition (l-set by r-set) from MTT.

DM

Rigid body transformation matrix for the r-set to the l-set.

MLL

Mass matrix reduced to the l-set.

MOO

Mass matrix partitioned to the o-set from KFF.

MOA

Mass matrix partition (o-set by a-set) from MFF.

GOA

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

Output Data Blocks: PLI

Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set.

POI

Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set.

Parameter: NOOSET

Input-integer-no default. Number of degrees-of-freedom in the o-set or omitted degree-of-freedom flag. Set to -1 if there are none.

Remarks: 1. SSG4 computes rigid body accelerations based on the reactions on the fictitious supports. The inertia loads on the structure are proportional to these accelerations.

Main Index

SSG4 Updates static loads with inertial loads

2. All input and output matrices must be present if their corresponding degreeof-freedom set is present. If PLI is purged, then PL, MLR, and MLL may be purged.

Main Index

1733

1734

ST2DYN Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis

ST2DYN

Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis

Transforms CASECC and several IFP data blocks from the nonlinear static analysis format to nonlinear transient response format. Format: ST2DYN

CASECC,MPT,DYNAMIC,GEOM3,DIT,GEOM4/ CASENT,MPTNT,DYNAMNT,GEOM3NT,DITNT/ S,N,NBNLST/S,N,NBLSEQ $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. GEOM3

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

GEOM4

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.

Output Data Blocks: CASENT

CASECC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

MPTNT

MPT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

DYNAMNT

DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

GEOM3NT

GEOM3 transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

DITNT

DIT transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.

Parameters:

Main Index

NBNLST

Output-integer-default=0. Number of nonlinear static records.

NBLSEQ

Output-integer-default=0. Number of new LSEQ entries created.

STATICS Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix

STATICS

Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix

Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix using the iterative or direct methods for the solution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers. Format: STATICS

KGG,PG,YS,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,PC,XS,EDT/ UG,PC1,RUG,QG,QMG/ STATOPT/SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSMAX/ITSEPSR/ NSKIP/NOSPC/NOQMG/EPSNUM $

Input Data Blocks: KGG

Stiffness matrix in g-set.

PG

Static load matrix applied to the g-set.

YS

Matrix of enforced displacements.

RMG

Multipoint constraint equation matrix.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

SIL

Scalar index list.

XS

Optional starting vector, same as PG.

PC

Optional stepwise preconditioner, same as KGG.

EDT

Table which contains ITER Bulk Data entries. Required for NSKIP=-1 only.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

UG

Displacement matrix in g-set.

PC1

Updated stepwise preconditioner matrix.

RUG

Residual matrix for the g-set.

QG

Single-point constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

QMG

Multipoint constraint forces of constraint matrix in the g-set.

1735

1736

STATICS Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix

Parameters: STATOPT

Input-character-no default. Static solution method. 'DRCT' Direct. 'ITER'

SIGN

Iterative.

Input-integer-default=1. Sign of right hand side matrix, PG. 1 Positive. -1 Negative.

ITSOPT

Input-integer-default=1. Preconditioner flag. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module.

ITSMAX

Input-integer-default=1. Maximum number of iterations for iterative solution method.

ITSEPSR

Input-real-default=1.E-6. Convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution method.

NSKIP

Input-integer-default=1. Record number of current subcase in CASECC and used only if the SMETHOD command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry which specifies values for the desired iteration parameters. If NSKIP=-1 then CASECC and EDT are not required and the values are taken ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR.

NOQG

Input-integer-default=1. Single-point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

NOQMG

Input-integer-default=1. Multipoint forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.

EPSNO

Input-integer-default=-1. Number of solutions to check and the quantity of error checking output. If left at its default value, only the highest epsilon for the first ten solutions (whichever is less) are printed. If EPSNO is greater than zero, the epsilons for the first EPSNO are printed.

Remarks: 1. See the “SOLVIT” on page 1716 module for further discussion related to the iterative method. 2. PC, XS, PC1, and RUG may be purged.

Main Index

STATICS Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix

3. CASECC and EDT may be purged if NSKIP=-1. 4. ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR are ignored if NSKIP>0.

Main Index

1737

1738

STDCON Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points

STDCON

Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points

Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points. Format: STDCON

CASECC,EGPSF,EQEXIN,OES1,EGPSTR,ECT/ OEDS1,OGDS1,ELDCT,GPDCT/ S,N,NOEDS1/S,N,NOGDS1/S,N,NOELDCT/S,N,NOGDCT/APP $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EGPSF

Table of element to grid point interpolation factors.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

GPL

External grid/scalar point identification number list.

OES1

Table of element stresses or strains in SORT1 format.

EGPSTR

Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC module.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

Output Data Blocks: OEDS1

Table of element stress discontinuities.

OGDS1

Table of grid point stress discontinuities.

ELDCT

Table of element stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC module.

GPDCT

Table of grid point stress discontinuities for post-processing in the DBC module.

Parameters:

Main Index

NOEDS1

Output-integer-default=-1. OEDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OEDS1 is generated.

NOGDS1

Output-integer-default=-1. OGDS1 generation flag. Set to 0 if OGDS1 is generated.

STDCON Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points

NOELDCT

Output-integer-default=-1. ELDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if ELDCT is generated.

NOGPDCT Output-integer-default=-1. GPDCT generation flag. Set to 0 if GPDCT is generated. APP

Main Index

Input-character-default='STATICS. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'STATICS'

Statics.

'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

1739

1740

STRSORT Filters and sorts element data recovery tables

STRSORT

Filters and sorts element data recovery tables

Filters and sorts element data recovery tables (e.g., stresses, strains, and forces). Format: STRSORT

OFPE,INDTA/ OFPES/ NUMOUT/BIGER/SRTOPT/SRTELTYP/SRTTYP $

Input Data Blocks: OFPE

Element data recovery table in SORT1 or SORT2 format.

INDTA

Table of element stress/strain or force item code overrides.

Output Data Blocks: OFPES

Filtered and sorted element data recovery table.

Parameters: NUMOUT

Input-integer-default=-1. Output element quantity flag. >0 Number of element quantities per element type to be output. 0 Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one or more elements is greater than BIGER. -1 Output sorted quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER. -2 Output filtered quantities with absolute value greater than BIGER.

BIGER

Input-real-default=0.0. Minimum absolute value of element quantity to be output.

SRTOPT

Input-integer-default=0. Filter/sort option based on NUMOUT and BIGER. 0 Maximum magnitude. 1 Minimum magnitude. 2 Maximum algebraic. 3 Minimum algebraic.

Main Index

STRSORT Filters and sorts element data recovery tables

SRTELTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element types will be filtered and sorted.

SRTTYP

Input-integer-default=0. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on item code 1 which is usually an integer quantity.

Remarks: 1. For further discussion see the DTI,INDTA and PARAM,S1 descriptions in the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide. 2. SRTTYP=1 is used primarily to sort slideline element output by slave grid point identification number.

Main Index

1741

1742

TA1 Combines element data into tables

TA1

Combines element data into tables

Combines all of the element data (geometry, connection, and properties) into a table(s) convenient for generation of the element matrices (stiffness, mass, etc.) and output quantities (stress, force, etc.). Format: TA1

MPT,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,SIL,ETT,CSTM,DIT,ECTA,EHT/ EST,ESTNL,GEI,GPECT,ESTL,VGFD,DITID,NFDICT/ LUSET/S,N,NOESTL/S,N,NOSIMP/NOSUP/S,N,NOGENL/SEID/ LGDISP/NLAYERS/S,N,FREQDEP/PSHLDAMP/ S,N,MGEFLAG/NSMSID $

Input Data Blocks: MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

ECT

Element connectivity table.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

ETT

Element temperature table.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

ECTA

Secondary element connectivity table.

EHT

Element hierarchical table for p-element analysis.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

EST

Element summary table.

ESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table.

GEI

Table of general element data.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

ESTL

Linear element summary table.

VGFD

Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to frequency-dependent elements.

TA1 Combines element data into tables

DITID

Table of identification numbers in DIT.

NFDICT

Nonlinear element energy/force index table.

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOESTL

Output-integer-no default. ESTL generation output flag. Set to 1 if ESTL is generated; -1 otherwise.

NOSIMP

Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.

NOSUP

Input-integer-no default. Element summary table request flag. 1 Generate EST only (usually for linear analysis). 2 Form EST, ESTNL and ESTL (usually for nonlinear analysis).

NOGENL

Output-integer-no default. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no general elements.

SEID

Input-integer-no default. Superelement identification number.

LGDISP

Input-integer-default=1. Large displacement and follower force flag. -1 No large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 1 Large displacement and follower force effects will be considered. 2 Only large displacement effects will be considered.

NLAYERS

Input-integer-default=6. Number of layers to integrate through the thickness of CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements in nonlinear analysis.

FREQDEP

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Frequency-dependent element flag. Set to TRUE if frequency-dependent elements are present.

PSHLDAMP Input-character-default=’SAME’. Structural damping default flag for MID2, MID3, and MID4 on the PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter. = 'SAME' Structural damping properties for MID2, MID3, and MID4 are assumed to be the same as MID1. <>'SAME' Each MIDi may have it’s own structural damping properties.

Main Index

1743

1744

TA1 Combines element data into tables

MGEFLAG Output-integer-default=0. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL and PBUSH property entries. See Remark 6. 0 All PSHELL entries have uniform GE values across MIDi or the user parameter SHLDAMP=’SAME’ has been specified. Also all of the PBUSH and PBUSHT entries have uniform values for Gi and TGEIDi. 1 CBUSH elements require special handling. 2 Shell elements require special handling. 3 Both 1 and 2. NSMSID

Input-integer-default=0. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control command.

Remarks: 1. MPT, ESTL, and ESTNL may be purged if NOSUP=1. 2. ECTA and EHT may be purged if p-elements or interface elements are not present. 3. GEI, ESTL, ESTNL, and DITID may be purged as long as EST is purged. 4. VGFD may be purged. 5. DITID may be purged as long as DIT is purged. 6. MGEFLAG is set on output according to the following conditions and the new value is used on input to EMG. a. PSHELL

If SHLDAMP= ‘SAME’, then MIDi fields on the PSHELL entry will be searched and the referenced MATi entries will be compared. If any are different MGEFLAG is set to 2.

b. PBUSH

Check the GE2 through GE6 values and if they are not uniform with respect to GE1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.

c. PBUSHT

Check the TGEID2 through TGEID6 values and if they are not uniform with respect to TGEID1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.

d. If both a. and b. or c., then set MGEFLAG to 3.

Main Index

TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks

TABEDIT

Performs editing operations on table data blocks

Edits an existing table data block according to user-input directives. String-formatted records are generally not acceptable. Three types of editing operations are possible: 1. Delete, add, or replace entire records. New records come from the IFP module or from user input. 2. Delete, add, or replace word strings to a specified record. New data come from user input. 3. Merge-edit two records of fixed-length word groups such as would be generated by IFP. Format: TABEDIT

TOLD,CONTROL,TA,TB,TC/TNEW/ MSGLVL/DUPWG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4 $

Input Data Blocks: TOLD

Table data block to be edited. May not be purged, and in general, contain string-formatted records.

CONTROL Table data block containing directives that control the editing process as described under Remarks (it will usually come from DTI input). If CONTROL is purged, TNEW will be copied from TOLD. TA,TB,TC

Secondary tables to be merged into TOLD. May be purged.

Output Data Block: TNEW

Updated table data block from the edit process. May not be purged.

Parameters: MSGLVL

Input-integer-default=0. Print activity option. <0 Print information messages and trace editing process. =0 Print information messages only. >0 No print activity will occur.

DUPWG

Input-integer-default=0. Duplicate word group option and applicable only to the Merge-Edit option. =0 Duplicate word groups will be dropped from TOLD.

Main Index

1745

1746

TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks

=1 Duplicate word groups will be added after TOLD version. UNUSED3

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

UNUSED4

Input-integer-default=0. Unused.

Remarks: 1. The input data block CONTROL contains the directives that control the activity of the editing process. One record of CONTROL contains one directive of the form: dir (,parameters) where “dir” is one of the directive codes from the table below and “parameters” represents the parametric values that vary with the directive. TABEDIT Directives Directive

Main Index

Remarks

ER

End Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD to TNEW. This directive is optional.

QR, i

Quit Record-Edit processing by copying rest of TOLD onto TNEW through record i and exiting.

DR, i or DR ,i ,j

Delete Record i (or records i through j) from TOLD after copying up to record i.

IR, i

Insert Records from TOLD after copying up to record i.

CR, i, options

Correct Record i (after copying up to record i) by deleting, adding or replacing word groups according to the options as described in Remark 2.

KRA,n KRB,n KRC,n

Kopy n Records from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.

SRA,n SRB,n SRC,n

Skip n Records forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary data block TA, TB, or TC for a subsequent KR* operation.

MEA,i,n MEB,i,n MEC,i,n

Merge-Edit the next record on TA, TB, or TC into record i according to IFP specifications for fixed-length word groups of length n.

TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks

TABEDIT Directives Directive INT

Remarks Interrogate TOLD for number of records and number of words in each record. Also print the first three words of each record.

2. The CR directive requires at least one subdirective from the table below: CR Subdirectives Sub-Directive

Main Index

Remarks

QW, i

Quit after copying Word i. Record specified by CR directive is copied through word i and the rest of the record is ignored.

DW, i, j, n, n words

Delete Words i through j of the record specified by the CR directive and replace by the n words that follows on the CR directive record.

IW, i, n, n words

Insert after Word i of the record specified by the CR directive the n words that follow on the CR directive record.

KWA,n KWB,n KWC,n

Kopy n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.

SWA,n SWB,n SWC,n

skip n words forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary data block TA, TB or TC for a subsequent KW* operation.

AWA,n AWB,n AWC,n

Append n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest of the record specified by the CR directive.

KRA,n KRB,n KRC,n

Kopy the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW.

ARA ARB ARC

Append the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest of the record specified by the CR directive.

1747

1748

TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks

3. TABEDIT copies the name of the input data block to the output data block. Since the name is part of record 0, it can also be changed by TABEDIT commands. Examples: Let GEOM1 generated by a previous run have a third record consisting of the five GRID entries. GRID,10,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0,3456,0 GRID,20,0,1.0,1.0,0.0,0,3456,0 GRID,30,0,2.0,2.5,0.0,0,3456,0 GRID,40,0,3.0,3.0,0.0,0,3456,0 GRID,50,0,4.0,4.0,0.0,0,3456,0

A printout of GEOM1 using the TABPRT module (with OPT3=1) will show the following for record 1: TABLE

GEOM1

RECORD NO.

0

1) RECORD NO. 1) 11) 21) 31) 41)

HEADER NAME GEOM

NAME 1

END OF 2 WORD RECORD. GRID H1 H2 H3 ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS 4501 45 1120001 10 0 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID 0 20 0 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 30 CP X1 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP X1 0 2.00000E+00 2.50000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 40 0 3.00000E+00 X2 X3 CD PS SEID ID CP X1 X2 X3 3.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0 3456 0 50 0 4.00000E+00 4.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 CD PS SEID 0 3456 0 END OF 43 WORD RECORD.

RECORD NO. END OF FILE

1

2

TRAILER WORD1 = = 0 WORD6 =

0 WORD2 =

0 WORD3 =

8 WORD4 =

0 WORD5

1. Note that the GRID entry for grid point 30 has an error in the y-location coordinate, which should be 2.0 instead of 2.5. Make this correction without going through the conventional XSORT-IFP process by using TABEDIT. Assume GEOM1 was saved on a user tape on the previous run as GEOM1C. DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CONTROL,,,,,,,,, $ INPUTT2 /GEOM1C,,,,/-1 $ TABEDIT GEOM1C,CONTROL,,,/GEOM1X $ EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $ END$ CEND BEGIN BULK DTI,CONTROL,1,CR,1,DW,23,23,1 ,2.0 DTI,CONTROL,2,ER,ENDREC ENDDATA

Main Index

TABEDIT Performs editing operations on table data blocks

2. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was saved on a previous run, by using record substitution. DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $ TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $ EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $ END $ CEND BEGIN BULK DTI,CON,1,DR,1,ENDREC DTI,CON,2,KRA,1,ENDREC (all GRID entries, including the correction)

ENDDATA

3. Repeat Example 2 by using word substitution. DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $ TABEDIT XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $ EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $ END $ CEND BEGIN BULK DTI,CON,1,CR,1,DW,20,26,0 ,SWA,3,KWA,7 GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0,3456,0 ENDDATA

4. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was written onto a user file during the previous run, by using the merge-edit feature. DTIIN DTI,DTINDX/C,,,,,,,,, $ INPUTT2 GEOM1OLD,,,,/-1 $ TABEDIT GEOM1OLD,C,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $ EQUIVX GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $ END $ CEND BEGIN BULK DTI,C,1,MEA,1,8,ENDREC GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0.0,0,3456,0 ENDDATA

Main Index

1749

1750

TABPRT Formatted table printer

TABPRT

Formatted table printer

Formatted print of selected table data blocks. Format 1: TABPRT

TABLE//KEY/OPT1//OPT3 $

Format 2: (KEY=’USET’) g-set TABPRT

USET,BGPDT//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2// SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $

or TABPRT

USET,EQEXIN,SIL//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2// SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $

p-set TABPRT

USETD,EQDYN,SILD//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2// SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $

ks-set TABPRT

AEUSET,AEBGPDT//’USET’/OPT1/OPT2// SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $

Format 3: (KEY=’SEMAP’) TABPRT

SEMAP,ESTDATA,TIMSIZ,SGPDT// ’SEMAP’/OPT1/OPT2 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

TABLE

Table data block.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

SIL

Scalar index list.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

TABPRT Formatted table printer

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

EQDYN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers.

SILD

Scalar index list for p-set.

AEUSET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for ks-set.

AEBGPDT

Basic grid point definition table for the ks-set.

ESTDATA

Table of superelement estimation data overrides.

TIMSIZ

Table of CPU and disk space estimation parameters.

SGPDT

Superelement basic grid point definition table.

Parameters: KEY

Input-character-default=‘FINDIT’. Identifies the generic name of the data block.

OPTi

Input-integer-default=0. Print control parameters.

SETSTRi

See Format 2.

Format 1: OPT1

Input-integer-integer-default=0. OPT1=0 No blank lines between entries. OPT ≠ 0 One blank line between each entry. Input-integer-default=0. Set selection flag for the row sort (OPT1=0 or 10).

There are two table print options controlled by OPT3. If OPT3=0 (default); TABPRT

TABLE//KEY/OPT1 $

then format statements built into TABPRT are used to print TABLE, as selected by KEY. These formats are limited to only those values of KEY listed in the table below. TABLE

Main Index

KEY

TABLE

KEY

TABLE

KEY

BGPDT

BDPDT

ETT

ETT

GPTT

GPTT

CSTM

CSTM

GPDT

GPDT

SEMAP

SEMAP

1751

1752

TABPRT Formatted table printer

EQDYN

EQEXIN

GPL

GPL

any

FINDIT

EQEXIN

EQEXIN

GPLD

GPLD

USET

USET

If OPT3 ≠ 0 ; TABPRT

TABLE//NDDLNAME/OPT1//OPT3 $

then the printout is identical to the TABPT module printout with the addition on NDDL item name labels appearing above each value. NDDLNAME must be any data block name listed on the DATABLK statement in the NDDL sequence. If NDDLNAME is not found in the NDDL sequence, then the printout will contain no item name labels. OPT3

Input-integer-default=0. If OPT3≠0, then the table is printed in a format similar to the TABPT module with the following options: 1 Print with labels defined under the DATABLK statement for data block name specified for parameter KEY. 2 Same as OPT3=1 and any data with an undefined format will be printed as "???". 3 Same as OPT3=2 except only print records with undefined formats. -1 Print without labels.

Format 2: (KEY=’USET’): OPT1

Input-integer-default=0. Controls the tabular printout of the degree of freedom sets. Sequence None

Internal

External

Main Index

Print

USETPRT

None(default)

-1

Row sort only

0

Column sort only

1

Row and column sort

2

Row sort only

10

Column sort only

11

Row and column sort

12

TABPRT Formatted table printer

The degrees of freedom can be listed in ascending order according to their internal or external sequence number, but not both. The external sequence number is the grid, scalar, or extra point identification number. The internal sequence number is the number assigned after resequencing. For a given sequence there are two types of tables that may be printed: row sort and column sort. For row sort, a table is printed for each set selected by USETSEL. Here is an example of row sort (USETPRT = 0 or 10): U S E T -11=

D E F I N I T I O N -2-

2-1

-3-

T A B L E A -4-

( I N T E R N A L DISPLACEMENT SET -5-6-

S E Q U E N C E , -7-

-8-

R O W -9-

S O R T ) -10-

2-2

For column sort, a single table is printed for the following sets: SB, SG, L, A, F, N, G, R, O, S, M, E. Here is an example of column sort (USETPRT = 1 or 11): U S E T

D E F I N I T I O N

T A B L E

( I N T E R N A L

S E Q U E N C E ,

C O L U M N

S O R T )

EXT GP. DOF INT DOF INT GP. SB SG L A F N G R O S M E -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 - 1 11 G 1 1 1 1 - 2 22 2 2 2 - 3 31 3 3 3 - 4 42 4 4 4 - 5 53 5 5 5 - 6 64 6 6 6

OPT2

Input-integer-default = 0. Specifies the sets that will be printed in the row sort (OPT1 = 0 or 10). In order to select specific sets to be printed, you must sum their corresponding decimal equivalent numbers. For example, sets A, L, and R are selected with OPT2 = 128+256+8 = 392. OPT2

Main Index

Sets printed

-1

All sets in the following table.

0

Mutually exclusive sets only, as shown in the table below.

>0

Selected sets according to the sum of their decimal equivalent numbers in the following table.

1753

1754

TABPRT Formatted table printer

Decimal Equivalent Number

Set Name

Decimal Equivalent Number

Q

4194304

SB

1024

LM

2097152

SG

512

C

1048576

MR

16

J

524288

R

8

K

262144

O

4

SA

131072

B

2

MP

1

E

SETSTRi

Set Name

2048

Input-character-default=' '. Set name string for the row sort (OPT1 = 0 or 10). SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of set name(s) and is 32 characters in length. For example, SETSTR1='M R N SG' and SETSTR2='A Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets be printed.

Format 3 (KEY = 'SEMAP' OPT1

Input-integer-default = 0. If OPT2=0, 2, 3, or 5, OPT1 chooses a subset of record 2 for printing as follows: OPT1 Value

Selection within Record 2

0

All parts (GRID list and summaries of GRID list).

1

Only GRID List.

2

Only Summaries of GRID List.

-g

GRID List for Pattern Starting with Entry GRID identification number = G (if any).

10X+0 10X+2

Same as 0 or 2 but with Summary List. Selection based on X. X = 0, 1, 3, 5, or 7 -- 1st Summary (sorted by 1st GRID). X = 0, 2, 3, 6, or 7 -- 2nd Summary (sorted by count).

Main Index

TABPRT Formatted table printer

OPT1 Value

Selection within Record 2 X = 0, 4, 5, 6, or 7 -- 3rd Summary (sorted by superelement).

100+X

List all point IDs for any unique connection list produced by X.

200+X

Same as 100+X except that additional pure interior points will not be listed.

300+X

Same as 200+X except that additional nonresidual points will not be listed.

400+X

Same as 100+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.

500+X

Same as 200+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.

600+X

Same as 300+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.

If OPT2=4, OPT1 chooses CSUPER entry as follows: OPT1 Value >0 ≤0

OPT2

Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for superelement OPT1. Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for residual structure but give SEID = - OPT1.

Integer-default = 0. Print/punch selection as follows: OPT2 Value

Main Index

Meaning

Meaning of Selection

-1

No output (1, 2 and a record for each superelement).

0

Print contents of all records (1, 2 and a record for each superelement) of SEMAP except last two.

1

Print only Record 1 contents.

2

Print contents of Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0) and 2 (see OPT1 for selection options within Record 2).

1755

1756

TABPRT Formatted table printer

OPT2 Value

Meaning of Selection

3

Print contents of Records 1, 2 and a record for each superelement giving a list of internal points, a list of external points, a list of elements, and estimation data for the superelement. The third part of each superelement record (containing the lists of primary superelement points to which a secondary superelement is connected) is omitted.

4

Punch CSUPER entries according to OPT1 (see Remarks).

5

Print only Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0), 2 (see OPT1 for selection options within Record 2), and estimation data for each superelement.

Remarks: 1. If OPT2 = 4, then CSUPER entries are written on the punch file according to OPT1. Field 2 (SEID) is selected by OPT1. Field 3 will be 0. All other data fields contain the sorted list of grid points for either the selected superelement (OPT1 > 0) or the residual structure ( OPT1 ≤ 0 ). Continuation mnemonics are generated in the form +xxxxyyy where xxxx is the left-adjusted SEID and yyy is a right-adjusted record count. Two examples are shown below. TABPRT TABPRT

EMAP//’SEMAP’/1/4 $ EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

CSUPER

1

0

11

13

14

CSUPER

100

0

1

3

4

11

13

14

21

24

31

34

51

53

54

61

64

71

74

230

330

630

730

10

2. If OPT2 = 0,3 or 5 and TIMSIZ is supplied, then TABPRT will produce an estimation printout for each superelement except the residual structure. The equations used along with the semiempirical constants are printed as well as dominant CPU time estimates, space estimates, and wall clock estimates. The user is cautioned that these estimates will be valid only for “large” superelements and should be adjusted for anomalous characteristics.

Main Index

TABPRT Formatted table printer

Estimate totals are also provided at the end of the SEMAP printout. If ESTDATA is also supplied, then the constants of the estimating equations are adjusted. This technique is described on the Bulk Data entry DTI,ESTDATA. 3. Under Format 1, the generic data block name is used, but the actual DMAP name for the same or equivalent information is also acceptable. For example, in the superelement solution sequence data blocks BGPDTS, CSTMS, EQEXINS, and GPLS are created and may be printed with TABPRT. If ‘FINDIT’ (default) is specified, the KEY will be taken from the header of the data block. Examples: 1. Print coordinate system transformation matrix table. TABPRT

CSTM//’CSTM’ $

2. Print grid point list table. TABPRT

GPL//’GPL’ $

3. Print basic grid point definition table. TABPRT

BGPDT// $

4. Print GEOM3X table with labels taken from DATABLK statement in the NDDL. TABPRT

GEOM3X//’GEOM3’///1 $

5. Print USET list for g-set and s-set in internal order using row sort. TABPRT

USET,BGPDT//’USET’/0/18 $

6. Print USET for the mutually exclusive sets in internal order using column sort. TABPRT

USET,BGPDT//’USET’/1 $

7. Print all SEMAP information except the grid list and secondary superelement boundary sequencing list. TABPRT

EMAP//’SEMAP’/2/3 $

8. Punch CSUPER entries for the residual structure with SEID field set to 100. TABPRT

EMAP//’SEMAP’/-100/4 $

9. Print only estimation data for all superelements. TABPRT

Main Index

EMAP,,TIMSIZ//’SEMAP’/-99999999/5 $

1757

1758

TABPT Table printer

Table printer

TABPT

Prints table or matrix data blocks. Format: TABPT

TAB1,TAB2,TAB3,TAB4,TAB5//PRTFORM/UNUSED $

Input Data Blocks: TABi

Data block name.

Output Data Blocks: None. Parameters: PRTFORM

UNUSED

Character-input-default-'

'. Real number print precision.

LONG

12 significant digits.

SHORT

4 significant digits.

Input-logical-default=TRUE.

Remarks: 1. Each input data block is treated as a table and its contents are printed on the system output file via a prescribed format. Each word of the table is identified by the module as to type (real, character, integer) and an appropriate format is used (10 items per line). 2. The trailer data items for the table are also printed. 3. A warning message is issued if all TABi do not exist. 4. TABPT may be used to print matrices. 5. TABPT may occasionally misidentify real numbers or character values. The TABPRT module with OPT3 ≠ 0 will properly identify real numbers and character values. 6. The TABPRT module with OPT3 ≠ 0 will also print tables like TABPT with labels above each item. Examples: TABPT TABPT

Main Index

GEOM1/ $ GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4/ $

TAFF Creates tables for follower force stiffness

TAFF

Creates tables for follower force stiffness

Creates tables for follower force stiffness. Format: TAFF

SLT,BGPDT/ ESTF,GPECTF/ LUSET/LOADID/LOADIDP/LOADFACR/NBLOCK $

Input Data Blocks: SLT

Table of static loads.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

Output Data Blocks: ESTF

Element summary table for follower force stiffness.

GPECTF

Grid point element connection table for follower force stiffness.

Parameters: LUSET

Input-integer-default=0. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

LOADID

Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the current subcase.

LOADIDP

Input-integer-default=0. Load set identification number for the previous subcase.

LOADFACR Input-real-default=0.0. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. NBLOCK

Main Index

Input-integer-default=10. Number of spill blocks to form if “out-ofmemory” algorithm is used.

1759

1760

TAHT Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table

TAHT

Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table

Adds to the element summary table and the grid point element connection table appropriate records for loads with control nodes on QVOL, QVECT, and QBDY3 Bulk Data entries. Format:

TAHT

 SLTH    ,EPT,SIL,ESTNL,GPECT,DIT/  DLTH  ESTNL1,GPECT1/ LUSET/S,N,NOSIMP/LSETID/RSTIME $

Input Data Blocks: SLTH

Table of static loads updated for heat transfer analysis.

DLTH

Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

SIL

Scalar index list.

ESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

Output Data Blocks: ESTNL1

Nonlinear element summary table updated for heat transfer analysis.

GPECT1

Grid point element connection table for heat transfer analysis.

Parameters:

Main Index

LUSET

Input-integer-no default. The number of degrees-of-freedom in the g-set.

NOSIMP

Output-integer-no default. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no simple elements.

TAHT Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table

LOADID

Input-integer-no default. Load set identification number for the current subcase.

STIME

Input-real-default=0.0. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for restarts.

Remark: DIT may be purged if DLTH does not reference tables in DIT.

Main Index

1761

1762

TASNP1 Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary

TASNP1

Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary

Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary. Format: TASNP1

BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS/ SNORMS $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDTS

Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.

GPECTS

Grid point element connection table for a superelement.

GEOM1S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a superelement.

CSTMS

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a superelement.

Output Data Block: SNORMS

Table of shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary.

Parameters: None. Remark: TASNP1 is intended to be executed for each superelement if partitioned superelements are present.

Main Index

TASNP2 Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries

TASNP2

Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries

Computes the grid point shell normal vectors and if superelements are present then process shell normals at superelement boundaries. Format Without or Ignoring Superelements: TASNP2

BGPDT,GPECT,GEOM1,CSTM,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/ GPSNT/ SNORM/SNORMPRT/-1/’ ’/EFMFLG $

Format for Superelement: TASNP2

BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/ GPSNTS/ SNORM/SNORMPRT/SEID/QUALNAM $

Input Data Blocks: BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

BGPDTS

Basic grid point definition table for a superelement.

GPECT

Grid point element connection table.

GPECTS

Grid point element connection table for a superelement.

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM1S

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for a superelement.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

CSTMS

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices for a superelement.

SEMAP

Superelement map table.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

SNORM*

Family of shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries.

Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

GPSNT

Grid point shell normal table.

GPSNTS

Grid point shell normal table for a superelement.

1763

1764

TASNP2 Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries

Parameters: SNORM

Input-real-no default. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.

SNORMPRT Input-integer-no default. Grid point shell normal print/punch flag. 0 No print or punch 1 Punch 2 Print only 3 Print and punch SEID

Input-character-no default. Superelement identification number.

QUALNAM

Input-integer-no default. Name of qualifier to be used in selecting SNORMS.

EFMFLG

Input-integer-default=0. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on superelement boundary points. 0 Compute the average all of the shell normals 1 Compute the resultant of all of shell normals

Remark: If there are partitioned superelements present then TASNP1 needs to be executed for all superelements. Then in a separate superelement loop TASNP2 is executed for all superelements.

Main Index

TIMETEST Provide timing data

TIMETEST

Provide timing data

Provides timing data for various unit operations that may be used to compare and evaluate computer and compiler performance. Format: TIMETEST

TIMTS,A,B,C/TOUT,/N/M/T/OPT/CASE $

Option 1: I/O timing TIMETEST

,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $

Option 2: Arithmetic timing TIMETEST

,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $

Option 3: Matrix timing TIMETEST

TIMTS3,,,/T3OUT,/N/M/T/3 $

Option 4: Kernel timing TIMETEST

TIMTS4,,,/T4OUT,/N/M/T/4 $

Option 5: MPYAD timing for CASE=1 TIMETEST

TIMTS5,,,/TOUT5,/N/5/1 $

MPYAD timing CASE=2 (new) TIMETEST

TIMTS5,A,B,C/TOUT5,/N/M/T/5/2 $

Option 6: KERNBD generation TIMETEST

T3OUT,T4OUT,T7OUT,T8OUT/TOUT6,/ / / /6/CASE $

Option 7: Sparse kernel timing TIMETEST

TIMTS3,,,,/TOUT7,/N/M/ /7 $

Option 8: Element timing TIMETEST

Main Index

TIMTS8,,,/TOUT8,/ / / /8/CASE $

1765

1766

TIMETEST Provide timing data

Input Data Blocks: TIMTS3

Table created with DTI entries as follows:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

DTI

TIMTS3

IREC

CASE

M

N

P

8

9

10

CASE = Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by tens for convenience in making changes) IREC. CASE = “L” normal case definition. “K” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing constants. Note: If no case value of K is found by the time the 10th case value is read then the 10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for timing constants.) M = Number of terms in inner loop. N = Number of terms in outer loop. P = Number of times kernel is called. TIMTS4

Main Index

Table created with DTI entries as follows:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

DTI

TIMTS4

IREC

CASE

ROWS

COLS

DENS

STRL

9

10

TIMETEST Provide timing data

IREC

Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by tens for convenience in making in making changes).

CASE

“A” normal case definition. “B” indicates last case to be used in least squares solution for timing constants.

Note: If no case value of B is found by the time the 10th case value is read, then the 10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for timing constants. ROWS

Number of rows the matrix is to have.

COLS

Number of columns the matrix is to have.

DENS

Density to be used in building the matrix.

STRL

String length to be used in building the matrix.

TIMTS5

(for CASE=1 only) Table created with DTI entries as follows:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

DTI

TIMTS5

IREC

CASE

ROWS

COLS

DENS

TYPE

STRL

TIMTS5

10

(for both cases) Table created with DTI entries as follows:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

DTI

TIMTS5

IREC

CASE

T

CORE

METHOD

8

9

10

IREC

Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by tens for convenience in making in making changes).

CASE

“CASE” normal case definition. “END” indicates last case to be used.

Note: The T, CORE, and METHOD field are not filled in when this form of the case is used.

Main Index

T

Value to be used.

CORE

Size of the core to be used.

METHOD

Method to be used.

TlMTS8

Element generation and assembly timing.

1767

1768

TIMETEST Provide timing data

Output Data Blocks: TOUT, TOUTi

Timing results.

N

Options 1 and 2: n* - Default = 50. External loop index. Options 3, 4, and 5: Scale Factor. Negative value means scale down. Value 0 or 1 means do not change. Positive value means scale up. Options 6 and 8: Not used.

M

Options 1 and 2: m* - Default = 200. Internal loop index. Options 3, 4, and 7: Size -- Contains the size of various needed arrays. (Recommended value range: 128 to 1024). (e.g., Workstation machines: 128. Low-End Minicomputer (VAX): 256. High-End Minicomputer (CONVEX): 512. Super Computer (CRAY): 1024). Options 5, 6, and 8: Not used.

T

Options 1 and 2: Default = 2. Data item type (1 = RSP, 2 = RDP, 3 = CSP, 4 = CDP). Options 3-8: Not used.

OPT

All Options: Type of timing data required. 1 Input/Output Operations. (Default) (old). 2 Arithmetic Operations (old) 3 Matrix Timing Operations. (new) 4 Kernel Timing Operations. (new) 5 MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 1 (new) (uses data in DTI file). MPYAD Timing Operations CASE = 2 (new) (uses data defined by remaining arguments). 6 KERNDB Data Block Generation. (new) 7 Sparse Kernel Timing. (new) 8 Element Timing. (new)

CASE

Options 1 and 2: Default = 0. Code indicating which unit operations are to be tested. If OPT = 1, then CASE means:

Main Index

TIMETEST Provide timing data

1 WRITE 2 READ 4 READ BACKWARDS 8 BLDPK 16 INTPK 32 PACK 64 UNPACK 128 PUTSTR 256 GETSTR If OPT = 2, then CASE means: 1 RSP 2 RDP 4 CSP 8 CDP Options 3 and 4: Not used. Option 5: If CASE = 1, then use the DTI table. If CASE = 2, then use the data defined by the remaining arguments. Option 6: Number of elements. Option 7: Not used. Option 8: If CASE = 0, then the T8OUT data block is initialized. If CASE = 1,then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data block. Set CASE = 1 before executing the EMG module. If CASE = 2, then record the cumulated CPU time on the T8OUT data block. Set CASE = 2 after executing the EMA module.

Main Index

1769

1770

TOLAPP Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery

TOLAPP

Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery

Appends nonlinear output time or load factor lists and Case Control for data recovery. Format: Format for nonlinear transient analysis (TOLAPPF=0): TOLAPP

CASEXX,MPT,TEL/ TOL,,TOL1/ TOLAPPF/NSOUT $

Format for nonlinear statics analysis (TOLAPPF=1): TOLAPP

CASECC,MPT,ESTNL/ OLF,CASECCR,/ TOLAPPF//S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,POUTF $

Input Data Blocks: CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

CASEXX

Subset of CASECC for current loop.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

TEL

Transient response time output list appended from each subcase.

ESTNL

Nonlinear element summary table.

Output Data Blocks: TOL

Transient response time output list for all subcases.

OLF

Nonlinear load factors for all subcases.

TOL1

Transient response time output list for the current subcase.

CASECCR

Table of Case Control command images for data recovery.

Parameters: TOLAPPF

Input-integer-no default. Nonlinear analysis type: 0 Nonlinear transient. 1 Nonlinear statics.

NSOUT

Main Index

Input-integer-default=0. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are output.

TOLAPP Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery

NSKIP

Input/output-integer-default=1. CASECC record counter or nonlinear transient loop identification number.

NEWP

Input/output-integer-default=1. New subcase flag. -1 Current subcase has not been completed. 1 Current subcase has been completed.

POUTF

Output-integer-default=1. Intermediate output flag. Set to -1 if intermediate output is not requested.

Remarks: 1. If TOLAPPF=0, TOLAPP reads the time values from TEL, takes every NSOUT-th one, and appends these to TOL. The last time value from TEL is appended regardless of the value of NSOUT. If NSOUT>0 then a maximum of NSOUT time values are written to TOL. 2. If TOLAPPF=1, TOLAPP reads a record from CASEXX, modifies it, and appends it to CASECCR. If output has been requested (INTOUT field on the NLPARM Bulk Data entry) for this load factor TOLAPP appends the current load factor from ESTNL to OLF.

Main Index

1771

1772

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

TRD1

Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution. Format: TRD1

CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,SILD,USETD, PARTVEC,PXT0,ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,RDG,PXTDV,PDXDVO/ UXT,PNL/ SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/SETNAME/ NSOLT,NOTRLDFM/WTMASS $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

TRL

Transient response list.

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

BXX

Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

PXT

Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the hset. See SETNAME parameter description below.

PXT0

PXT from a cold start run.

ROTORT

Table of rotordynamics user input for transient analysis.

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

BGDD*

Family of coriolis matrices.

KCVDD*

Family of gyroscopic matrices.

RDG

Reduction matrix from g-set to d-set (transposed).

PDXDVO

PDXDVD from a cold start run.

PXTDV

Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set combined from two executions of TRLG: one with DVFLAG=0 and the other of DVFLAG=1.

Output Data Blocks: UXT

Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set.

PNL

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.

Parameters: SOLTYP

Input-character-no default. Solution method. 'MODAL' Usually for h-set matrices 'DIRECT' Usually for d-set matrices 'IC'

NOUE

Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis

Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points.

Main Index

NONCUP

Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and offdiagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.

NCOL

Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution matrix UXT prior to execution of TRD1.

FAC3

Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment.

1773

1774

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

SETNAME

Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then PARTVEC must also be specified.

NSOLT

Input-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous from which the integration in a restart run.

NOTRLDFMInput-integer-default=0. Fatal message flag when there the loads are null. See Remark 3. 0 Issue fatal message. >0 Do no issue fatal message. WTMASS

Input-real-default=0.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix.

Method: The solution for the response is performed in TRD1 (Transient Response Solution). In the case of a direct formulation the following equation is integrated over the time periods specified via the TSTEP Bulk Data entry: x ] { u } = { P } + { P nl } [ M dd p 2 + B dd p + K dd d d d

Eq. 4-67

in order to determine the displacement velocity and acceleration response. In the case of a modal formulation [ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = { P h } + { P hnl }

Eq. 4-68

Solution of the Coupled Equations. The matrix 1 1 1 [ D ] =  -------- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] + --- [ K ]  2  2∆t 3 ∆t

Eq. 4-69

is formed and decomposed. The matrix 2 1 [ C ] =  -------- [ M ] – --- [ K ]  2  3 ∆t

Main Index

Eq. 4-70

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

is formed and saved. The matrix –1 1 1 [ E ] =  -------- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] – --- [ K ] 2 2∆t 3 ∆t

Eq. 4-71

is formed and saved. The solution loops then proceed until a time step change occurs. The initial conditions are brought in and the starting equation   1  1 1 1 [ D ] { u 1 } = ---  P – 1 + P 0 + P 1  + { N 0 } + [ C ] { u 0 } + [ E ]  u – 1  3   

Eq. 4-72

is solved for { u 1 } , where { u 0 } is the starting displacement vector;  1   u – 1  = { u 0 } – { u· 0 }∆t   { u· 0 }

is the starting velocity vector; { P 01 } = [ K ] { u 0 } + [ B ] { u· 0 }

{ N0 }

Eq. 4-73

Eq. 4-74

is the nonlinear load calculated from { u 0 } ; and { P –11 } = [ K ] { u –11 } + [ B ] { u· 0 } = { P 01 } – ∆t [ K ] { u· 0 }

Eq. 4-75

Note that the load computed at u = 0 is never used but is replaced by { P 01 } . { u 2 } through { u n } are now computed from the general equation: 1 [ D ] { U I + 2 } = --- { p I + p I + 1 + p I + 2 } + { N I + 1 } + [ C ] { u I + 1 } + [ E ] { u i } 3

Eq. 4-76

If nonlinear loads are selected, they are evaluated directly at the solution points for a time step by the following process. NOLIN1 loads are computed as P i ( t ) = ST ( u j ( t ) ) where:

Main Index

T

= the user-selected table

i

= the loaded solution point

Eq. 4-77

1775

1776

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

j uj

= the deflecting point = the previously computed displacement or velocity at point j

NOLIN2 loads are computed as P i ( t ) = Su j ( t )u k ( t )

Eq. 4-78

where i , j , u , and k are as in NOLIN1 loads. NOLIN3 loads are computed as   S { u j ( t ) }A if u j ( t ) > 0 Pi ( t ) =  0 if u j ( t ) < 0  

Eq. 4-79

NOLIN4 loads are computed as   – S { – u i ( t ) }A if u i ( t ) < 0 Pi ( t ) =  0 if u i ( t ) > 0  

Eq. 4-80

The NOLIN5 loads are computed as   P ga ( t )   P gb ( t ) 

 –1  4 Aa – F ab ( 1 – α a )  σE a A a ( U a + TABS ) A a – F ab   = –  – F ab A b – F ab ( 1 – α a ) Ab   σE A ( U + TABS ) 4 b b b  

    

Eq. 4-81

where A a, A b, F ab, E a, E b, αa and αb are from the NOLIN5 cards and σ

= the Stefan-Boltzmann constant

TABS = the module parameter (to TRHT) Ua

= the average temperature for the points at Area A

Ub

= the average temperature for the points for Area B

The load P ga is applied to all points at A and the load P gb is applied to all points at B . The user specifies the set of times at which data are to be saved. If the current time is an output time, the displacement vector for time t = t i is output.

Main Index

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

The velocity vector given by 1 { u· i } = --------- [ { u i + 1 } – { u i – 1 } ] 2∆t

Eq. 4-82

is output. The acceleration vector is given by 1 { u· i } = -------- [ { u i + 1 } + { u i – 1 } – 2 { u i } ] 2 ∆t 1

Eq. 4-83

is output. If the time step is scheduled to change at t i + 1 from ∆t 1 to ∆t 2 , the displacement for time i + 1 has been calculated. { u i – 1 } , { u i } , and { u i + 1 } are saved along with { P i + 1 } . The matrices are formed and decomposed as in Eq. 4-69, Eq. 4-70 and Eq. 4-71 for ∆t = ∆t 2 . Eq. 4-84 is used for computing { u i + 2 } , 1 [ D ] { u i + 2 } = --- { P i1 + P i + 1 + P i + 2 } + { N i + 1 } + [ C ] { u i + 1 } + [ E ] { u i1 } 3

Eq. 4-84

The vectors { P i1 } and { u i1 } in Eq. 4-84 are calculated as follows. Define 1 { u· i + 1 } = -------- ( { u i + 1 } – { u i } ) ∆t 1

Eq. 4-85

1 { u·· i + 1 } = -------- ( { u i + 1 } – 2 { u i } + { u i – 1 } ) 2 ∆t 1

Eq. 4-86

{ u· i1 } = { u· i + 1 } – { u·· i + 1 }∆t 2

Eq. 4-87

∆t 22 { u i1 } = { u i + 1 } – ∆t 2 { u· i + 1 } + --------- { u·· i + 1 } 2

Eq. 4-88

{ P i1 } = [ M ] { u·· i + 1 } + [ B ] { u· i1 } + [ K ] { u i1 }

Eq. 4-89

then

If the continue mode is set, TRD1 will extract the displacement ( u n ) , velocity ( u· n ) , and acceleration ( u·· n ) from the column number specified by NOL. u 1 (the first displacement of the continued run) is computed as follows: Main Index

1777

1778

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

1 [ D ] { u i } = --- { P –11 + P 0 + P 1 } + { P 0 } + [ C ] { u n } + [ E ] { u –11 } 3

Eq. 4-90

{ P 0 } = [ K ] { u n } + [ B ] { u· n } + [ M ] { u·· n }

Eq. 4-91

where

2

∆t { u –11 } = { u n } – ∆t { u· n } + -------- { u·· n } 2

Eq. 4-92

{ u· –11 } = { u· n } – { u·· n }∆t

Eq. 4-93

{ P –11 } = [ M ] { u·· n } + [ B ] { u· 11 } + { K } { u –11 }

Eq. 4-94

Solution of Uncoupled Modal Equation. If the method of matrix formulation is modal and no transfer functions or direct input matrices are used, the equations may be solved in a more accurate, more direct manner. The diagonal terms of MHH, BHH, and KHH are stored. The following data are necessary to solve the transient behavior of a modal coordinate ( ξ i ) . mi

= modal mass of mode (MHH)

bi

= modal damping coefficient (BHH)

ki

= modal stiffness (KHH) ω oi = ( k i ⁄ m i )

1⁄2

bi β i = --------2m i 2

ωi =

Main Index

2

ω oi – β

Eq. 4-95

Eq. 4-96 2

tj

= time of the j-th time step

hj

= time increment after the j-th time

f ij

= applied load on coordinate i at the j-th time

Eq. 4-97

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

The following coefficients are generated for each distinct time increment. There are four cases ( ε = 10 –5 and the subscript i is implied.) 1. If ω 2o > β2 + ε (underdamped): F = e

– βh

β cos ωh + ---- sin ωh ω

1 G = ---- e sin ωh ω

Eq. 4-98

Eq. 4-99

2 2  2ωβ  2βω  1  – βh  ω – β  - + hω cos ωh + -----------  Eq. 4-100 - – βh sin ωh –  ---------A = ----------  e  ------------------2 2 hkω   ω2   ω  ωo  o o 2 2 2βω  2ωβ 1  – βh  ω – β  - sin ωh + ----------- cos ωh + ωh – -----------  B = ----------  e  – ------------------2 2 2 hkω   ωo  ωo  ωo

Eq. 4-101

2

– ω o – βh F' = ---------- e sin ωh ω G' = e

–β h 



β cos ωh – ---- sin ωh  ω

Eq. 4-102

Eq. 4-103

 2 – βh  1 A' = ---------- e  ( β + hω o ) sin mh + ω cos ωh  – ω hkω  

Eq. 4-104

–β h 1 B' = ---------- [ – e ( β sin ωh + ω cos ωh ) + ω ] hkω

Eq. 4-105

2. If ω2o + β 2 < ε (critically damped): F = e

– βh

( 1 + βh )

G = he

Main Index

– βh

Eq. 4-106 Eq. 4-107

2 2 1 2 1 – βh ( 2 + 2hβ + h β ) A = ------ --- – --- e hk β β

Eq. 4-108

–β h 1 B = ---------- [ – 2 + βh – e ( 2 + hβ ) ] hkβ

Eq. 4-109

1779

1780

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

2

F' = β he G' = e

– βh

– βh

( 1 + βh )

Eq. 4-110 Eq. 4-111

2 2 1 – βh ( 1 + hβ + h β ) – 1 ] A' = ------ [ e hk

Eq. 4-112

– βh 1 ( βh + 1 ) ] B' = ------ [ 1 – e hk

Eq. 4-113

3. If ω 2o < β2 – ε (over damped): F = e

– βh 



β cosh ωh + ---- sinh ωh  ω

Eq. 4-114

1 – ωh G = ---- e sinh ωh ω

Eq. 4-115

2 2   2ωβ  2ωβ  1  –βh  ω + β - – hβ sinh ωh –  ----------- + hω cosh ω h + -----------  A = ----------  e  – -----------------2 2 2 hkω     ωo  ωo ωo 

Eq. 4-116

2

2

2ωβ 2βω  1  – βh ω + β - + cosh ωh + ωh – -----------  B = ----------  e – -------------------sinh ωh + ---------2 2 2 hkω  ωo ωo ωo 

Eq. 4-117

2

ω o – βh F' = – ------ e sinh ωh ω G' = e

– βh 



β cosh ωh – ---- sinh ωh  ω

Eq. 4-118

Eq. 4-119

 2 – βh  1 A' = ---------- e  ( β + hω o ) sinh ωh + ω cosh ω h  – ω hkω  

Eq. 4-120

– βh 1 B' = ---------- [ e ( β sinh ωh + ω cosh ωh ) + ω ] hkω

Eq. 4-121

4. If ωo = β ≤ ε (undamped):

Main Index

F = 1

Eq. 4-122

G = H

Eq. 4-123

TRD1 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

2

A = h ⁄ ( 3m ) 2

Eq. 4-124

B = h ⁄ ( 6m )

Eq. 4-125

F' = 0

Eq. 4-126

G' = 1

Eq. 4-127

A' = h ⁄ ( 2m )

Eq. 4-128

B' = h ⁄ ( 2m )

Eq. 4-129

The equations for each displacement, velocity, and acceleration in terms of the applied loads and previous displacement and velocity are: ξ i, j + 1 = F i ξ i, j + G i ξ i, j + A i f i, j + B i f i, j + 1

Eq. 4-130

ξ i, j + 1 = F' i ξ i, j + G' i ξ i, j + A' i f i, j + B' i f i, j + 1

Eq. 4-131

· P i, j + 1 b i ξ i, j + 1 K i ξ i, j + 1 ·· ξ i, j + 1 = ------------------ – ----------------------- – -----------------------m1 m1 mi

Eq. 4-132

Remarks: 1. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX. 2. NCOL>0 indicates a restart. 3. By default, if all of the following quantities are null: a. Nonlinear loads. b. Initial conditions. c. Applied loads. d. Equivalent loads due to enforced motion then UFM 3046 is issued. The fatal termination may be avoided by specifying NOTRLDFM=1. This is needed in the relative enforced motion formulation.

Main Index

1781

1782

TRD2 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

.

TRD2

Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution for design optimization. Format: TRD2

CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,DSPT1,SILD, USETD,PARTVEC/ UXT,PNL,TOL/ SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/TRD2OPT/SETNAME $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

TRL

Transient response list.

NLFT

Nonlinear Forcing function table.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

BXX

Viscous damping in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set. Usually h- or d-set.

PXT

Transient response load matrix in h-set (modal) or d-set.

DSPT1

Design sensitivity processing table.

SILD

Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D').

PARTVEC

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at the rows corresponding to degrees of freedom which were eliminated in the partition to obtain KXX, etc. Required for maximum efficiency during symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents a subset of the d-set (SETNAME='D'). PARTVEC is not required if KXX represents the hset. See SETNAME parameter description below.

TRD2 Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution

Output Data Blocks: UXT

Solution matrix from transient response analysis in d- or h-set.

PNL

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.

TOL

Transient response time output list.

Parameters: SOLTYP

Input-character-no default. Solution method. 'MODAL' Modal; usually for h-set matrices 'DIRECT' Direct; usually for d-set matrices 'IC'

Initial conditions for nonlinear transient analysis

NOUE

Input-integer-no default. Number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points.

NONCUP

Input-integer-default=0. Algorithm selection. NONCUP=-1 requests uncoupled algorithm if SOLTYP='MODAL' and KXX, BXX, and MXX are diagonal. NONCUP=-2, requests uncoupled algorithm and offdiagonal terms of KXX, BXX, and MXX will be ignored.

NCOL

Input/output-integer-default=0. Number of time steps in the solution matrix UXT prior to execution of TRD1.

FAC3

Input-complex-default=(1.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment.

TRD2OPT

Input-integer-default=1. TRD2 output option. 1 Output based on TSTEP Bulk Data entry 2 Output based on every time step

SETNAME

Input-character-default='H'. Degree-of-freedom set name represented by KXX, etc. If KXX represents, or is a subset of, the d-set, then for maximum efficiency, the rows and columns KXX and MXX must correspond to or be a partition of the displacement set specified by SETNAME. If KXX and MXX are a partition then PARTVEC must also be specified.

Remarks: 1. TRD2 is intended for design optimization. 2. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX. 3. NCOL>0 indicates a restart. Main Index

1783

1784

TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis

TRLG

Generates applied loads in transient analysis

Generates applied loads in transient analysis. Format: TRLG

CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,  GMD   GOD   PHDH     ,EST,MPT,MGG,  ,   ,  ,  RPX V01P         APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/  PPT   PST   PDT   PDT1   PHT    ,  ,  , ,  ,TOL,DLTH,YPT,YPO,TOLR/  PPT         PXT  S,N,NOSET/S,N,PDEPDO/IMETHOD/STIME/BETA/ S,N,FAC1/S,N,FAC2/S,N,FAC3/TOUT/TABS/ STIME/S,N,NCOLT/S,N,NSOLT/DVFLAG $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

DLT

Table of dynamic loads.

SLT

Table of static loads.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SIL

Scalar index list.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

TRL

Transient response list.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.

GOD

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-set by d-set.

PHDH

Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal).

RPX

Reduction matrix from p-set to h-set (modal) or d-set.

EST

Element summary table.

TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

MGG

Mass or radiation matrix in g-size.

V01P

Partitioning vector for sparse load reduction.

APPLOD

Matrix of applied load amplitudes

ENFLODK

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to stiffness effects

ENFLODB

Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to viscous damping effects

ENFLODM Matrix of equivalent enforced motion load amplitudes due to mass effects ENFMOTN Matrix of enforced motion amplitudes Output Data Blocks:

Main Index

PPT

Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.

PST

Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.

PDT

Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.

PDT1

Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps.

PHT

Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.

PXT

Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for all time steps only when RPX is input and TOUT=2.

TOL

Transient response time output list.

DLTH

Table of dynamic loads updated for heat transfer analysis.

YPT

Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set.

YPO

Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the output time steps.

TOLR

Updated TOL table for restarts requested by user parameter STIME>0.0.

1785

1786

TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis

Parameters: NOSET

Output-integer-default=-1. Constraint, omit, and support set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, NOOSET=-1, NORSET=-1 and no degrees-of-freedom defined in the a-set (e.g., ASETi, QSETi Bulk Data entries); +1 otherwise

PDEPDO

Output-integer-default=-1. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. 0 Skip factor is >1. -1 Skip factor is 1.

IMETHOD

Input-integer-default=0. Nonlinear transient analysis flag. 0 Linear analysis. -1 AUTO or TSTEP method (NLTRD module). 2 ADAPT method (NLTRD2 module).

STIME

Input-real-default=0.0. Accumulated time used for restarts.

BETA

Input-complex-default=(.33333,0.0). Integration parameter.

FAC1

Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero.

FAC2

Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero.

FAC3

Output-complex-default=(0.0,0.0). Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is always zero.

TOUT

Input-integer-default=-1. Processing flag. <1 Use NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. 1 All time steps. 2 Same as <1 except RPX is input.

Main Index

TABS

Input-real-default=0.0. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.

STIME

Input-real-default=0.0 Starting time step if the run is a restart. Usually input by a user parameter.

NCOLT

Output-integer-default=0. Column number in output of previous run from which the integration is to be continued.

TRLG Generates applied loads in transient analysis

NSOLT

Output-integer-default=0. Column number in solution of previous run that corresponds to NCOL.

DVFLAG

Input-integer-default=0. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large mass and direct methods of specification. = 0 Process only applied loads and excitations due to enforced accelerations (default) > 0 Process only excitations due to enforced displacements and velocities.

Remarks: 1. PPT, PST, PDT, PDT1, PHT, PXT, and DLTH may be purged except in the following cases: If TOUT<2 and PST, PDT, and PDT1 are specified then PPT must be present. Also, GMD must be present if the m-set exists and GOD must be present if the o-set exists. If PHT is specified then PHDH must be present. If TOUT=2 and PXT is specified then PPT, RPX, and V01P must be present. GMD, GOD, PST, PDT, and PDT1 may be purged. 2. MGG and MPT may be purged if there are no GRAV or RFORCE and PLOAD1 records in SLT, respectively or SLT is purged. 3. DLTH and SLT may be purged. 4. If LSEQ entries exist, then SLT should be purged in order to avoid doubling of the LSEQ loads.

Main Index

1787

1788

TRNSP Matrix transpose

TRNSP

Matrix transpose

Computes [ X ] = [ A ] T . Format: TRNSP

A/X $

Input Data Block: Matrix [ A ] .

A

Output Data Block: Matrix transpose of [ A ] .

X Remarks:

1. Transposition of matrices for matrix multiplications can also be requested with the transpose option in MPYAD and SMPYAD. 2. If [ A ] is purged, [ X ] will be purged.

Main Index

TYPE Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.

Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.

TYPE

The TYPE DMAP statement performs three different functions, depending on its format: 1. Identifies NDDL data blocks. 2. Specifies the type and authorization of NDDL parameters, qualifiers, and location parameters. 3. Specifies the type and authorization of local parameters. The TYPE statement is a nonexecutable statement, but must appear before any NDDL data block, parameter, qualifier, or location parameter; or any local parameter that relies on the TYPE statement to identify its type and authorization. The TYPE statement has the following formats: Formats: 1. Data blocks: TYPE DB, dblist $ 2. NDDL parameters, qualifiers and location parameters: TYPE PARM, NDDL, ptype, 3. Local parameters: TYPE PARM,,ptype,

N , prmlist $ Y

N , prmlist = [default] $ Y

Describers: dblist

A list of NDDL data blocks. Each data block must be separated by a comma or a space.

ptype

Parameter type. Possible parameter types are as follows: Description

Main Index

ptype

integer

I

real single precision

RS

real double precision

RD

complex single precision

CS

complex double precision

CD

1789

1790

TYPE Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.

character

CHARi, where i = 1-80

logical

LOGICAL

N, Y

Parameter authorization. Y allows user input of the parameter value via the PARAM Bulk Data entry or Case Control command. N disallows PARAM input. If neither N nor Y is specified, then authorization or user override of the parameters contained in the prmlist are determined at DMAP compilation time by the parameter’s first appearance in a DMAP Module.

prmlist

A list of parameters. Each parameter must be separated by a comma or a space.

default

In Format 3 only, parameters may be assigned a default value. This value overrides the MPL default value if any. Character values must be enclosed in single quotation marks.

NDDL

Keyword that identifies parameters or qualifiers defined in the NDDL.

Remarks: 1. Within any subDMAP, parameters are typed at first occurrence in either a TYPE statement or a DMAP module. Parameters occurring in Assignment(=) statements must be defined in a previous DMAP module or TYPE statement. 2. A TYPE statement is required for a parameter if it appears first in one of the following instructions: CALL MESSAGE Assignment Conditional (IF and DO WHILE) DBVlEW module (WHERE clause if its not a qualifier) 3. Default values for NDDL parameters and qualifiers are specified on the PARAM and QUAL NDDL statements and, if specified on the TYPE statement, result in a warning message. 4. With the exception of parameters declared as QUALifiers through the QUAL NDDL statement, all NDDL parameters are stored immediately in the database on completion of a DMAP assignment statement or the module S option. 5. As described under CALL DMAP statement, the (S,) option to save control and QUALifier parameters is necessary to facilitate parallel and recursive processing. Main Index

TYPE Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.

6. Only the ptype is used on the TYPE PARM for parameters passed through a subDMAP argument list. Also, default values are ignored. 7. It is recommended that all TYPE statements in a SUBDMAP appear immediately after the SUBDMAP statement. 8. If NDDL data blocks passed through a SUBDMAP argument list are referenced on a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will occur. 9. If data blocks not defined in the NDDL appear in a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will occur. 10. If the parameter type and authorization specified on a TYPE statement do not match those specified in a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur. 11. If the parameter type specified on a TYPE statement does not match the type required by a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur. 12. Character parameters which appear on TYPE statements and also module instructions must be defined with ptype CHAR8. For example: TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,MAJOR,SETJ,COMP='COMP' $ MAJOR='G' $ SETJ='A' $ VEC USET/VGACOMP1/MAJOR/SETJ/COMP $

Use of other lengths, such as CHAR4, results in fatal termination. Examples: The following TYPE PARM statements show how parameters are typed in a subDMAP. Note the use of comments. $ $ QUALS TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,MODEL,SOLlD,SElD,BASE $ $ IFP PARAMETERS TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,ERROR,NOTRED,ASING,MODACC,FIXEDB, BAILOUT $ TYPE PARM,NDDL,RS,,MAXRATIO $ $ LOCAL PARAMETERS PASSED IN OR OUT TYPE PARM,,I,,GO,NOSSET,NOOSET,UNSYM=6,NORC,NOQSET, DONOGO,LOOPERR,NOTSET,ERRNO,RESlD,ACON,NOASM, NORSET,NOLSET $ $ LOCAL PARAMETERS TO THIS SUB DMAP TYPE PARM,,I, ,NOKFF,QNOTNULL,NOKQQl $ TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,APP,F=’F’ $ $ A typical TYPE DB statement is as follows: TYPE DB A,B,C,D, U,V,W,X,Y,Z $

Main Index

1791

1792

UEIGL Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems

UEIGL

Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems

Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems. Format: UEIGL

KXX,QXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,SVEC,BP,APL,APU/ PHX,ULAMA,PHXL,XORTH,LAMMAT,CLAMMAT,LAMA/ S,N,NEIGV/SID/F1/F2/ND/EPS $

Input Data Blocks: KXX

Stiffness matrix in any set.

QXX

Aerodynamic matrix in any set for the linear unsymmetric eigensolution.

MXX

Mass matrix in any set for the quadratic unsymmetric eigensolution.

DYNAMIC Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

SVEC

Starting "random" eigenvector matrix.

BP

Null space B matrix.

APL

Lower triangular factor of null space A matrix.

APU

Upper triangular factor of null space A matrix.‘

Output Data Blocks: PHX

Right eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.

ULAMA

Unsymmetric eigenvalue summary table.

PHXL

Left eigenvector matrix for real eigenvalues only.

XORTH

Cross-orthogonality matrix.

LAMMAT

Diagonal matrix with real eigenvalues on the diagonal.

CLAMMAT Diagonal matrix with complex eigenvalues on the diagonal. LAMA

Main Index

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

UEIGL Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems

Parameters: NEIGV

Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to 1 if none were found.

SID

Input-integer-default=0. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is obtained from the UMETHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGUL Bulk Data entry in DYNAMIC. If SID>0, then UMETHOD command is ignored and the EIGUL entry is selected by this parameter's value. All subsequent parameter values (F1, F2, etc.) are ignored. If SID<0, then both the UMETHOD command and all EIGUL entries are ignored and the subsequent parameter values (F1, F2, etc.) will be used to control the eigenvalue extraction.

F1

Input-real-default=0.0. The lower frequency/eigenvalue bound.

F2

Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency/eigenvalue bound. The default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.

ND

Input-integer-default=0. The number of desired eigenvalues.

EPS

Input-real-default=0.0. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000 where N is the size of KXX, etc.

Remarks: 1. In certain MD Nastran applications the eigenvalue problem presented contains real, unsymmetric matrices. One such application, the direct structural acoustic problem is formulated as: 2

[ K aa + λ M aa ]φ = 0 where the stiffness and mass matrices are both real unsymmetric, containing coupled blocks of structural and fluid matrices. Another case of unsymmetric but real eigenvalue problem is given in the aeroelastic divergence solution posed as: [ K ll + λQ ll ]φ = 0 where K ll is the structural stiffness matrix, real, symmetric positive definite, however, the Q ll divergence matrix is real, unsymmetric. 2. The left-handed solutions of the two problems presented before are:

Main Index

1793

1794

UEIGL Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems

2

T

ψ ( K aa + λ M aa ) = 0 for acoustics and T

ψ ( K ll + λQ ll ) = 0 for aeroelastic divergence. Based on the physical principals of above problems, the eigenvectors are real and the eigenvalues are either real (aeroelastic divergence) or pure imaginary (acoustics). 3. QXX is required if MXX is purged and vice versa. 4. XORTH, CLAMMAT, SVEC, BP, APL and, APU may be purged.

Main Index

UGVADD Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results

UGVADD

Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results

Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition based on small angle theory would yield erroneous results. For old geometric nonlinear analysis only. Format: UGVADD

UGNI,DUGNI,SIL/ UGNT $

Input Data Blocks: UGNI

Displacement matrix at converged step in the g-set.

DUGNI

Incremental displacement matrix between the last two converged steps.

SIL

Scalar index list.

Output Data Block: UGNT

Total displacement matrix in the g-set.

Parameters: None. Remarks: 1. SIL may not be purged. 2. If either UGNI or DUGNI is null, the addition will be done directly. 3. UGVADD is used only in SOL 4.

Main Index

1795

1796

UMERGE Merges two matrices based on USET

UMERGE

Merges two matrices based on USET

Merge two matrices with the same number of columns and with the rows based on degrees-of-freedom sets defined in the USET table into a single matrix. A11 → [ A ] A21 Format: UMERGE

USET,A11,A21/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2 $

Input Data Blocks: USET

USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).

Aij

Matrix partitions.

Output Data Block: A

Assembled matrix.

Parameters: MAJOR

Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See Remarks.

SETi

Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names. See Remarks.

Remarks: 1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions.

Main Index

UMERGE Merges two matrices based on USET

sets mp mr sb sg o q r c b lm e k sa j

supersets m s g

l

t

a

d

f

n

ne

p

fe

ks js

2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank) then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set. 3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See Remark 2) and not just the s-set. 4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'ab+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then unioned with the m-set. 5. USET and A may not be purged. 6. A11 or A21 may be purged, in which case, they are assumed to be null. Examples: To merge four matrices into a single matrix based on degrees-of-freedom sets. 1. Append PHO to PHA.

Main Index

a. UMERGE

USET,PHA,PHO/PHF/'F'/'A' $

b. UMERGE

USET,PHO,PHA/PHF/'F'//'O' $

1797

1798

UMERGE Merges two matrices based on USET

2. Expand PHA to g-set size. a. UMERGE

USET,PHA,/PHG/'G'/'A' $

b. UMERGE

USET,,PHA/PHG/'G'//'A' $

3. Expand PHRC with rows corresponding to the r and c-set to the union of the t, o, and m-sets. a. UMERGE

Main Index

USET,PHRC,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C' $

UMERGE1 Merges up to four matrices based on USET

Merges up to four matrices based on USET

UMERGE1 Format: UMERGE1

USET,A11,A21,A12,A22/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $

Input Data Blocks: USET

USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).

Aij

Matrix partitions with rows and columns that correspond to degreesof-freedom in the USET table.

Output Data Block: A

Assembled matrix.

Parameters: MAJOR

Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See Remarks.

SETi

Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names. See Remarks.

IOPT

Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between square and rectangular. IOPT = 0

IOPT = 1

A11 A12 → [ A ] A21 A22

A11 → [ A ] A21

IOPT = 2 A11 A22 → [ A ]

Remarks: 1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:

Main Index

1799

1800

UMERGE1 Merges up to four matrices based on USET

sets mp mr sb sg o q r c b lm e k sa j

supersets m s g

l

t

a

d

f

n

ne

p

fe

ks js

2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank) then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set. 3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See Remark 2) and not just the s-set. 4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'ab+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then unioned with the m-set. 5. USET and A may not be purged. 6. If an input matrix is purged, then it is assumed to be null. Examples: 1. Merge submatrices of KFF.

Main Index

a. UMERGE1

USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'/'A' $

b. UMERGE1

USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'//'O' $

c. UMERGE1

USET,KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/KFF/'F'/'O' $

UMERGE1 Merges up to four matrices based on USET

2. Expand PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, to PHTOM, with rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets. a. UMERGE1

Main Index

USET,PHRC,,,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $

1801

1802

UPARTN Partitions a matrix based on USET

Partitions a matrix based on USET

UPARTN

Partition matrix based on degrees of freedom defined in the USET table. Format: UPARTN

USET,A/A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $

Input Data Blocks: USET

USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).

A

Any matrix with rows or columns that correspond to degrees-of-freedom in the USET table.

Output Data Blocks: Aij

Matrix partitions

Parameters: MAJOR

Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See Remarks.

SETi

Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names. See Remarks.

IOPT

Integer-input-default = 0. IOPT chooses between a symmetric partition and a vector partition. A vector partition is performed if IOPT = 1 or 2. IOPT = 0

[A] →

A11 A12 A21 A22

IOPT = 1 [A] →

A11 A21

IOPT = 2 [A] →

A11 A12

Remarks: 1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:

Main Index

UPARTN Partitions a matrix based on USET

sets mp mr sb sg o q r c b lm e k sa j

supersets m s g

l

t

a

d

f

n

ne

p

fe

ks js

2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank) then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set. 3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See Remark 2) and not just the s-set. 4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'ab+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then unioned with the m-set. 5. USET may not be purged. 6. A may be purged, in which case UPARTN will simply return, causing the output matrices to be purged. 7. Any or all output data block(s) may be purged. Examples: 1.

Main Index

Partition KFF into its submatrices. a. UPARTN

USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'/'A' $

b. UPARTN

USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'//'O' $

1803

1804

UPARTN Partitions a matrix based on USET

c. UPARTN 2.

Extract PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, from PHTOM, with rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets. a. UPARTN

3.

USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $

USET,PHTOM/PHRC,,/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $

Partition [KGG] into the q-set and its complement, columns only: [ K gg ] ⇒ a. UPARTN

Main Index

K gq K gcomp

USET,KGG/KGQ,,KGCOMP,/’G’/’Q’//2 $

UREDUC Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set

UREDUC

Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set

Reduces rectangular matrices of displacements or loads from the p-set (or g-set) to the d- and/or h-set. Format:

UREDUC

 XP   USETD   GMD   GOD   PHDH  / , , ,   ,  XG   USET   GM   GOA   PHA  XD,XH,XS $

Input Data Blocks: XP

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set

XG

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the g-set

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

GMD

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix with extra points, m-set by ne-set.

GM

Multipoint constraint transformation matrix, m-set by n-set.

GOD

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix with extra points, o-set by d-set.

GOA

Omitted degree-of-freedom transformation matrix, o-set by a-set.

PHDH

Transformation matrix from d-set to h-set (modal).

PHA

Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set.

Output Data Blocks: XD

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the p-set.

XH

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the h-set (modal).

XS

Rectangular matrix of displacements or loads in the s-set.

Parameters: None.

Main Index

1805

1806

UREDUC Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set

Remarks: 1. If PHDH is purged PH will not be output. 2. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist. 3. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN, UMERGE1, MPYAD, and MCE2.

Main Index

VDR Creates tables based on solution set output requests

VDR

Creates tables based on solution set output requests

Creates tables based on solution set output requests for displacements, velocities, accelerations, and nonlinear loads. Format:

VDR

 EQDYN   USETD  CASECC,   ,UXY,OL,XYCDB,PNL,MODSELT/ ,  EQEXIN   USET  OUXY1,OPNL1/ APP/SOLTYP/S,N,NOSORT2S/S,N,NOSOUT/S,N,NOSDR2/ FMODE/S,N,NOSORT2 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

EQDYN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar/extra point identification numbers. (EQEXIN appended with extra point data).

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

USETD

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

UXY

Solution matrix from dynamic analysis (transient, frequency, normal or complex modes) in the d- or h-set.

OL

Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.

XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

PNL

Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step.

MODSELT

Table of mode numbers selected by the combination of MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control command and user parameters LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ. If FLUID=TRUE, then MODSELT is based on the MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control command and user parameters LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL.

1807

1808

VDR Creates tables based on solution set output requests

Output Data Blocks: OUXY1

Table of displacements in SORT1 format for h-set or d-set.

OPNL1

Table of nonlinear loads in SORT1 format for the h-set or d-set.

Parameters: APP

Input-character-no default. Analysis type. Allowable values: 'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

'FREQRESP' Frequency response. 'TRANRESP' Transient response. 'CEIGEN' SOLTYP

Complex eigenvalues.

Input-character-no default. Solution method. 'MODAL'

Modal.

'DIRECT'

Direct.

NOSORT2S

Output-integer-no default. Solution set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format or x-y plotting is requested for the solution set; -1 otherwise.

NOSOUT

Output-integer-default=0. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution set output is requested; -1 otherwise.

NOSDR2

Output-integer-no default. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set output is requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise.

FMODE

Input-integer-no default. The lowest mode number resulting from LMODES or LFREQ and HFREQ.

NOSORT2

Output-integer-default=0. Physical set SORT2 format flag. Set to 1 if SORT2 format is requested or XYCDB is present; -1 otherwise.

Remarks: 1. PP may be purged only if UDV is purged. 2. PNL, XYCDB, OUXY1, and OPNL1 may be purged.

Main Index

VEC Creates partitioning vector based on USET

Creates partitioning vector based on USET

VEC

To create a partitioning vector based on degree-of-freedom sets. The vector may be used by the MERGE and PARTN modules. Format: VEC

USET/CP/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/UNUSED4/SET3 $

Input Data Block: USET

USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).

Output Data Block: CP

Partitioning vector.

Parameters: MAJOR

Character-input-no default. Major degree-of-freedom set name. See Remarks.

SETi

Character-input-default='COMP'. Subset degree-of-freedom names. See Remarks.

UNUSED4

Integer-input-default=0. Unused and may be unspecified.

SET3

Character-input-default='

'.

Remarks: 1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:

Main Index

1809

1810

VEC Creates partitioning vector based on USET

sets mp mr sb sg o q r c b lm e k sa j

supersets m s g

l

t

a

d

f

n

ne

p

fe

ks js

2. If MAJOR = 'BITID', then SET1 and SET2 are ignored and the set name specified for SET3 corresponds to the zeros in CP and MAJOR corresponds to G or P for USET and USETD, respectively. Those degrees-of-freedom not in SET3 correspond to ones in CP. 3. If SET1 (or SET2, but not both) is set to 'COMP' (or left blank) then SET1 (or SET2) is assumed to be the complement of SET2 (or SET1). 4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-) character an exclusion. For example, 'ab+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this resultant set is then unioned with the m-set. 5.

USET may not be purged.

Examples: 1. To partition [ K ff ] into a- and o-set based matrices, use VEC PARTN

USET/V/'F'/'O' $ KFF,V,/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA $

Note that the same thing can be done in one step by UPARTN

USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $

2. Example 1 could be accomplished by VEC

USET/V/'F'/'O' $

or VEC

Main Index

USET/V/'F'/'A' $

VEC Creates partitioning vector based on USET

3. Example 1 could also be accomplished by VEC

Main Index

USET/V/'BITID'////'A' $

1811

1812

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

VECPLOT

Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

Performs utility functions on g-set size matrices, including computation of resultants, transformation from one coordinate system to another, and generation of rigid body matrices. Format:

VECPLOT

 LAMA  XG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,CASECC,   ,  USET  MEDGE,X66P,VGQ,RBF/ XOUT,RESMAX,HEADCNTL,X66/ S,N,GRDPNT/COORID/IOPT/TITLE1/TITLE2/TITLE3/ ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/SEID/SETNAM/RBFAIL $

Format for IOPT=11: VECPLOT

PGRES,BGPDT,,,CASECC,,,QGRES,QMGRES/ XOUT,,,,/GRDPNT//11 $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

XG

Any matrix with rows corresponding to the g-set or p-set in the global coordinate system. An example is a displacement or load matrix.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

SCSTM

Table of global transformation matrices for partitioned superelements.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

LAMA

Normal modes eigenvalue summary table.

USET

Degree-of-freedom set membership table for g-set.

MEDGE

Edge table for p-element analysis.

X66P

Previous output of X66, usually at g-set. Used by IOPT=9, when setnam<>'g', as a baseline to compare against the non-g-set results in X66.

VGQ

Partitioning vector with values of 1.0 at rows corresponding to degreesof-freedom in the q-set.

RBF

Rigid body force matrix.

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

PGRES

Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when PG is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.

QGRES

Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when QG is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.

QMGRES

Same as RESMAX output in a prior execution of VECPLOT when QMG is input for XG and IOPT=1 or 8.

Output Data Block: XOUT

Output matrix or table as described in Remark 1.

RESMAX

Resultant or maxima matrix that is printed out with IOPT=1 or 5.

HEADCNTL List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module under IOPT=1 or 5. X66

Triple-product of XG with rigid body modes for IOPT=9 or 10.

Parameters: GRDPNT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number of the grid point about which resultant moments will be computed. If GRDPNT = 0 or the grid point does not exist, then the origin of the basic coordinate system will be used and GRDPNT=-1 will be output from the module.

COORID

Input-integer-default=-1. Identification number of the coordinate system into which XG will be transformed. The default (-1 or 0) indicates the basic coordinate system. Used only with IOPT = 1 and 5.

IOPT

Input-integer-default=-1. Output option. See Remark 1. IOPT=9 is intended for processing of the WEIGHTCHECK Case Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except: XG is a mass matrix: 1) Allows other sets. 2) Compares X66 (for non-g-set) with X66p. IOPT=10 is intended for processing of the GROUNDCHECK Case Control command. Similar to IOPT=7 except: XG is a stiffness matrix: 1) Allows other sets.

Main Index

1813

1814

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

2) Prints UIM indicating strain energy in each rigid body direction. TITLEi

Input-character. Title which appears above the printed output. See Remark 1. TITLE1 default = 'VECTOR' TITLE2 default = 'RESULTAN' TITLE3 default = 'T'

ALTSHAPE Input-integer-default=0. Set of displacement functions in p-element analysis. See “Parameters” on page 659 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guide. WTMASS

Input-real-default=1.0. Scale factor on structural mass matrix. Used only in IOPT=7. See “Parameters” on page 659 of the MD Nastran Quick Reference Guideww.gooww.goo.

SEID

Input-integer-default=-1. Superelement identification number.

SETNAM

Input-character-default='g'. Degree-of-freedom set name used by IOPT=9 and 10.

RBFAIL

Output-logical-default='false'. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy threshold used by IOPT=10.

Remarks: 1. The table below describes the contents of XOUT and the printed output for each IOPT. IOPT

Contents of XOUT

<0

Displacement vector file suitable for input to the PLOT module.

None.

1

XG converted to the coordinate system specified by COORID.

Resultants of the input vectors about GRDPNT in the basic coordinate system.

2

Same as IOPT=1 and for each grid point,

Same as IOPT = 1.

u' x = u' y = θ' x = θ' y = θ' z = 0 and u' z = u x + u y + u z + θ x + θ y + θ z , where u i and θ i are the translations and rotations of XG.

Main Index

Printed Output

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

IOPT

Contents of XOUT

Printed Output

3

XG is converted to the basic coordinate system. Then the coordinate locations (x, y, z) in BGPDT converted to a matrix and translated by XG:

None.

x' = u x + x y' = u y + y z' = u z + z where u x , u y , u z are the translations of XG in the basic coordinate system. BGPDT contains the location of each grid point in the basic coordinate system. COORID is ignored. 4

A six rows by g-column rigid body matrix where each row represents the motion, in the global coordinate system, of all grid points due to the unit motion of the grid point listed on PARAM,GRDPNT. Grid point GRDPNT is given a unit translation or rotation in each direction of the basic coordinate system. XOUT represents the rigid body modes of the structure with no mechanisms. The motion is output in the global coordinate system. XG and COORID are ignored.

5

Same as IOPT=1.

6

A g-row by 6-column rigid body matrix where each column represents the motion of all grid points due to a unit motion of an r-set degrees of freedom (see SUPORTi Bulk Data entries). T

[ XOUT ] = [ XOUT4 ] [ DRR

Main Index

–1

]

None.

None.

1815

1816

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

IOPT

Contents of XOUT

Printed Output

where [XOUT4] is the rigid body matrix generated under PLOTFORM = 4, and [ DRR ] is the partition of [ XOUT4 ] corresponding to the six r-set degrees of freedom defined in the USET table. There must be six and only six r-set degrees of freedom which completely describe the six rigid body modes. The r-set degrees of freedom may be defined on more than one grid point. If the r-set degrees of freedom belong to a single grid point, then the result is the same as IOPT=4, except that the unit motions of the grid point listed on PARAM, GRDPNT are in its global, rather than basic coordinate system.

Main Index

7

Grid point weight generator summary table suitable for printing by the OFP module. Same as GPWG module.

None.

8

Same as IOPT=1.

Same as IOPT=1 except output includes contributions from each direction.

9

Same as IOPT=7.

None.

10

Same as IOPT=7.

User Information Message 7570, which shows grounding check strain energies and pass/fail report.

11

A table suitable for processing by OFP. The table consists of a single line for each type of force resultants (OLOADs, SPCForces, and MPCForces) present as well as a line that represents the total sum of the force resultants. The results are summed about the grid point specified in the EQUILIBRIUIM Case Control command if specified.

None.

VECPLOT Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices

2. If displacement coordinate systems exist, or COORID = 0, then CSTM may not be purged and SCSTM may not be purged if partitioned superelements are present. 3. CASECC and LAMA may be purged. 4. BGPDT and XOUT may not be purged. 5. XG may be purged if IOPT=3, 4, or 6. 6. MEDGE may be purged if p-elements are not present. 7. USET may be purged except for IOPT=6, 9, and 10. 8. IOPT=11 processes, but does not require, the EQUILIBRIUM Case Control command and requires the previous executions of VECPLOT to compute resultants of PG, QG, and QMG with IOPT=1 or 8. It is assumed that the resultants, PGRES, QGRES, and QMGRES were computed with the same value of GRDPNT. Examples: 1. Convert a displacement vector in a global coordinate system that is cylindrical to the basic system, and print it. VECPLOT MATGPR

UG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/UGBASIC/0/0/1 $ BGPDT,USET,,UGBASIC//’H’/’G’ $

2. Given a free-free model with no mechanisms, compute its rigid body modes in the global and basic coordinate systems. VECPLOT TRNSP VECPLOT

,,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/RBGLOBAL///4 $ RBGLOBAL/RBT $ RBT,BGPDT,,CSTM,,,,/RBBASIC///1 $

3. Convert a load matrix to the basic coordinate system, and print out the maximum load at any grid point for each load vector. VECPLOT MATPRN

Main Index

PG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/PGBASIC//0/5 $ PG,PGBASIC//$

1817

1818

VIEW Computes heat transfer radiation view factors

VIEW

Computes heat transfer radiation view factors

Computes heat transfer radiation view factors. Format: VIEW

EST,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EPT,EDT,MATPOOL/ MPOOL $

Input Data Blocks: EST

Element summary table.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation. Required only for differential stiffness generation.

MATPOOL Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries. Output Data Block: MPOOL Parameters: None.

Main Index

Table of RADSET, RADLST, and RADMTX Bulk Data entry images.

VIEWP Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery

VIEWP

Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery

Generates geometry tables for the view mesh in p-element data recovery. Format: VIEWP

GEOM1,GEOM2,EST,CASECC,OINT,EDT,EPT, PELSET,BGPDT,EQEXIN,CSTM,PVAL0/ ELEMVOL,GEOM1VU,GEOM2VU,VIEWTB/ S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/ VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/ S,N,VUEXIST $

Input Data Blocks:

Main Index

GEOM1

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry.

GEOM2

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.

EST

Element summary table.

CASECC

Table of Case Control command images.

OINT

p-element output control table.

EDT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, p-element analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver.

EPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties.

PELSET

p-element set table, contains SETS DEFINITIONS.

BGPDT

Basic grid point definition table.

EQEXIN

Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar identification numbers.

CSTM

Table of coordinate system transformation matrices.

PVAL0

p-value table generated by the ADAPT module in a previous run or superelement.

1819

1820

VIEWP Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery

Output Data Blocks: ELEMVOL

Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value dependencies of each p-element grid, edge, face and body.

GEOM1VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry with view-grids added. GEOM2VU Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points p-elements removed and view-elements added. VIEWTB

View information table, contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.

Parameters: VUGNEXT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next view-grid.

VUENEXT

Input/output-integer-default=0. Starting identification number for next view-element.

VUGJUMP

Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-grid identification numbers.

VUELJUMP Input-integer-default=100. Delta between view-element identification numbers.

Main Index

VUHEXA

Input-character-default='VUHEXA'. Name for VUHEXA element.

VUPENTA

Input-character-default='VUPENTA'. Name for VUPENTA element.

VUTETRA

Input-character-default='VUTETRA'. Name for VUTETRA element.

VUQUAD4

Input-character-default='VUQUAD4'. Name for VUQUAD4 element.

VUTRIA3

Input-character-default='VUTRIA3'. Name for VUTRIA3 element.

VUBEAM

Input-character-default='VUBEAM'. Name for VUBEAM element.

VUEXIST

Output-logical-default=FALSE. View-element flag. Set to TRUE if view-elements exist.

WEIGHT Calculates model's volume and/or weight

WEIGHT

Calculates model's volume and/or weight

Calculates the model's volume and/or weight. Format: WEIGHT

VELEM,EST,MPT,DIT,OPTPRM,OGPWG,DESTAB,XINIT/ WMID,WGTM/ WGTVOL/S,N,VOLS/S,N,FRMS/SEID/DOFRMASS $

Input Data Blocks: VELEM

Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes.

EST

Element summary table.

MPT

Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties.

DIT

Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images.

OPTPRM

Table of optimization parameters.

OGPWG

Grid point weight generator table in weight units.

DESTAB

Table of design variable attributes.

XINIT

Matrix of initial values of the design variables.

Output Data Blocks: WMID

Table of weight as a function of material identification number.

WGTM

Table of the 6x6 rigid body mass matrix.

Parameters: WGTVOL

Input-integer-default=0. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. 1 Weight only. 2 Volume only. 3 Weight And volume.

Main Index

VOLS

Output-real-default=0.0. Total volume of analysis model.

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

FRMASS

Output-real-default=0.0. Fractional mass of designed structure.

1821

1822

WEIGHT Calculates model's volume and/or weight

SEID

Input-integer-default=0. Superelement identification number.

DOFRMASS Input-integer-default=0. Fractional mass flag.

Main Index

XSORT Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section

XSORT

Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section

Reads and sorts the Bulk Data Section. Format: XSORT

FORCE,BULKOLD/ BULK,UBULK/ S,N,NOGOXSRT/S,N,QUALNAM/S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK/ S,N,EQVBLK $

Input Data Blocks: FORCE

Table of MSGSTRESS plotting commands.

BULKOLD

Bulk table from a prior run, to be merged into BULK.

UBULK

Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries.

Output Data Block: BULK

Table of all Bulk Data entries.

UBULK

Table of all unsorted Bulk Data entries.

Parameter: NOGOXSRT Logical-output-default=FALSE. Set to TRUE an error is detected in the Bulk Data.

Main Index

QUALNAM

Output-character-default=' '. Keyword which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually SUPER or AUXMODEL.

NEXTID

Input/output-integer-default=0. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually indicates superelement or auxiliary model identification number.

1823

1824

XSORT Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section

LASTBULK

Output-logical-default=FALSE. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data Section is the last section in the input file.

EQVBLK

Input/output-logical-default=FALSE. Copy/equivalence flag of BULKOLD to BULK. If on input EQVBLK=FALSE, and no new Bulk Data then copy BULKOLD to BULK. If on input and output EQVBLK=TRUE and no new Bulk Data, then BULKOLD must be be equivalenced to BULK in a subsequent EQUIVX statement. If there are any new Bulk Data then EQVBLK will be set to FALSE on output.

Remarks: 1. XSORT does not stop on error detection; therefore, the following statement should appear after the module: IF (NOGOXSRT) EXIT $

2. If BULKOLD is purged or empty, then the current Bulk Data is sorted and copied into BULK. 3. XSORT must be specified after the IFP1 module. Examples: 1. Read the Bulk Data Section in a cold start. XSORT

,,/IBULK/S,N,NOGOXSRT $

2. Read multiple Bulk Data Sections in a loop and cold start. Each Bulk Data Section is prefaced with BEGIN SUPER=SEID and qualified by SEID. DO WHILE ( NOT LASTBULK ) $ XSORT ,,/IBULK/ S,N,NOGOXSRT//S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBULK $ SEID=NEXTID $ ENDDO $

Main Index

XYPLOT Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)

XYPLOT

Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)

Writes plot information to the plot file (.plt). Format: XYPLOT

XYPLOT// $

Input Data Blocks: XYPLOT

Table of x-y plot control values.

Output Data Block: None. Parameters: None.

Main Index

1825

1826

XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots

XYTRAN

Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots

Creates a table of plot instructions for x-y plots. Format for SDR2 Outputs: XYTRAN

XYCDB,OPG2,OQG2,OUG2,OES2,OEF2,OSTR2,OQMG2, OVG2,OAG2/ XYPLOT/ APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/ S,N,TABID/DVAFLAG $

Format for RPSEC Output: XYTRAN

XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,,,,,/ XYPOLT/ ‘RSPEC’/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/ S,N,TABID $

Format for MODEPOUT Outputs:

XYTRAN

 OFMPF2M   OSMPF2M   OPMPF2M  XYCDB,  , ,   OFMPF2E   OSMPF2E   OPMPF2E   OLMPF2M  ,  OGPMF2M  ,,,,/XYPLOT/  OLMPF2E   OGPMPF2E      ‘MODE’    ‘RESP’ 

/’PSET’/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/

S,N,NOXYPLOT/S,N,TABID $ Format for VDR Outputs: XYTRAN

Main Index

XYCDB,OUXY2,OPNL2,,,,,,,/ XYPLOT/ APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/ S,N,TABID $

XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots

Format for RANDOM Outputs: XYTRAN

XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,,,,,/ XYPLOT/ APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/ S,N,TABID $

Input Data Blocks: XYCDB

Table of x-y plotting commands.

PSDF

Power spectral density table.

AUTO

Autocorrelation function table.

OVG

Table of aeroelastic x-y plot data for V-g or V-f curves.

OXRESP

Table of response spectra in SORT2 format.

OVG2

Table of velocities in SORT2 format.

OAG2

Table of accelerations in SORT2 format.

OUXY2

Table of displacements in SORT2 format for h-set or d-set.

OPNL2

Table of nonlinear loads in SORT2 format for the h-set or d-set.

OFMPF2M

Table of fluid mode participation factors by normal mode.

OFMPF2E

Table of fluid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OSMPF2M

Table of structure mode participation factors by normal mode.

OSMPF2E

Table of structure mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OPMPF2M

Table of panel mode participation factors by normal mode.

OPMPF2E

Table of panel mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OLMPF2M

Table of load mode participation factors by normal mode.

OLMPF2E

Table of load mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

OGMPF2M Table of grid mode participation factors by normal mode. OGMPF2E

Table of grid mode participation factors by excitation frequencies.

Output Data Block: XYPLOT

Main Index

Table of x-y plot control values.

1827

1828

XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots

Parameters: APP

Input-character-default='TRANRESP'. Analysis type. Allowable values are: 'REIGEN'

Normal modes.

'FREQRESP' Frequency response. 'TRANRESP' Transient response. 'CEIGEN'

Complex eigenvalues.

'VG'

Aeroelastic V-g or V-f data.

'CONTACT'

Slideline contact.

'RAND' or Process all random results excluding acoustic modal ‘RANDOM’ ‘RANDOM’ participation factor outputs from MODEPOUT. ‘RANDSDVA Process only VDR module outputs which are requested ’ with the SDISP, SVELO , SACCEL Case Control commands. ‘RANDOMS’ Process all random results except VDR outputs. ‘RANDMPF’ Process only MODEPOUT outputs.

XYSET

'SET1'

Abscissa points are specified on SET1Bulk Data entries

'RSPEC'

Response spectra.

Input-character-default='SOL'. Degree-of-freedom set type. 'SOL'

Solution set (d-set or h-set).

'DSET'

d-set.

'HSET'

h-set.

'PSET'

p-set.

PLTNUM

Input/output-integer-default=0. Plot frame counter.

UNUSED

Unused.

NOXYPLOT Output-integer-default=1. Set to 1 if XYPLOT is created; -1 otherwise. TABID

Main Index

Input/output-integer-default=0. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all requests for XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched.

XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots

DVAFLAG

Input-integer-default=-1. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in separate data blocks and any associated outputs follow suit. -1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OUG2 1 Velocities and acceleratons are contained in OVG2 and OAG2

Remarks: 1. OFPi2 may be element stresses, displacements, element forces, single-point forces of constraint, applied loads, slideline contact stresses, nonlinear loads in p-set, h-set, or d-set. 2. OFPi2 may be specified in any order. 3. If APP='RAND' then PSDF and AUTO must be specified. 4. If APP='RSPEC' then OXRESP must be specified. 5. If APP='VG' then OVG must be specified. Examples: 1. Modal frequency response solution set (h-set) output: XYTRAN

XYCDB,OUDVC2,,,,/XYPLTFA/'FREQ'/'HSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $

2. Direct transient response physical set (p-set) output: XYTRAN

XYCDB,OPP2,OQP2,OUPV2,OES2,OEF2/XYPLTT/'TRAN'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $

3. Random response output: XYTRAN

XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,/XYPLTR/'RAND'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLTR $

4. Response spectra output: XYTRAN

XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP/S,N,TABID $

5. Aerodynamic V-g curve output: XYTRAN

XYCDB,OVG,,,,/XYPLTCE/'VG'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $

6. Grid point output; i.e., grid points on the abscissa: XYTRAN

Main Index

XYCDB,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,OEF2X/XYPLTT/'SET1'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $

1829

1830

XYTRAN Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots

7. Slideline contact output: XYTRAN

Main Index

XYCDBS,OESNLBP2,,,,/XYPLTB1/'CONT'/'PSET'/ S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $

1831

I

N

D

E

X

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide MSC.Nastran 2005 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

MD Nastran 2006 DMAP Programmer’s Guide

A Arithmetic operators, 10

C Character operator (&), 10

D Data block automatic deletion of, 39 basic definition of, 2 local, definition of, 15 permanent, definition of, 15 rules for, 39 scratch, definition of, 15 states of, 15 DATABLK NDDL statement, 835, 836 DBset, 15 DEPEN NDDL statement, 845 DMAP general rules, 3 last time used (LTU) instruction, 39 output from previous module" rule, 38 DMAP control statements conditional branching, 31 DO WHILE DMAP statement, 34 looping, 33 DMAP modules basic definition, 2 description summary, by category, 852 detailed descriptions of,, see also specific module name list of, by category, 852 obsolete, 858 DO WHILE DMAP statement, 34 Main Index

E Errors, see also user errors Executive modules description summary, 858

list of, 853 Expressions and operators arithmetic operators, 10 character operator (&), 10 logical operators, 11 relational operators, 11

F File management statements, 2 Functions, intrinsic, 20

L Logical operators, 11

M MATPRN DMAP module, 1378 Matrix modules description summary, 855 list of, 852 Matrix trailer, 13

N NDDL (Nastran Data Definition Language) basic definition of, 2 DATABLK NDDL statement, 836 DEPEN NDDL statement, 845 PARAM NDDL statement, 847 PATH NDDL statement, 849 purpose of, 834 QUAL NDDL statement, 850 summary of statements, 834 syntax of descriptions, 835

O Obsolete modules, list of, 858 OFP DMAP module, 1506 Operators,, see also expressions and

1832 INDEX

operators OUTPUT2 DMAP module, 1515 OUTPUT4 DMAP module, 1528

P PARAM NDDL statement, 847 Parameters basic definition of, 2 PATH NDDL statement, 849 Preface modules, 40 PRTPARM DMAP module, 1557

Q QUAL NDDL statement, 850

R Relational operators, 11

S SCRATCH data block automatic deletion of, 39 special rules for, 39 SOLution 100, 40 Solution sequences, definition of, 2 SubDMAP DBFETCH, 42 DBMGR, 42 DBSTORE, 42

U Upward compatibility in Version 68,, see also V68 DMAP changes User errors, processing of, 41 User fatal message 1126,, see also DMAP output from previous module" rule Utility modules description summary, 856 list of, 852 Index Main Index